As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 27, 2007

Registration No. 333-            


UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


Entropic Communications, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 


 

Delaware   3674   33-0947630

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

9276 Scranton Road

Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92121

(858) 625-3200

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,

Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 


Patrick C. Henry

Chief Executive Officer

Entropic Communications, Inc.

9276 Scranton Road

Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92121

(858) 625-3200

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 


Copies to:

 

Frederick T. Muto, Esq.

Jason L. Kent, Esq.

Charles S. Kim, Esq.

Cooley Godward Kronish LLP

4401 Eastgate Mall

San Diego, CA 92121

(858) 550-6000

 

Lance W. Bridges, Esq.

Vice President of Corporate

Development and General

Counsel

Entropic Communications, Inc.

9276 Scranton Road

Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92121

(858) 625-3200

 

Alan F. Denenberg, Esq.

Davis Polk & Wardwell

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, CA 94025

(650) 752-2000

 


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

 


If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 


Title of each class of securities

to be registered

   Proposed maximum aggregate offering price(1)(2)    Amount of registration fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

   $100,000,000    $3,070

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2) Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 


The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell or accept an offer to buy these securities under this preliminary prospectus until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where such offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Prospectus    Subject to completion, dated July 27, 2007  

             Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

 


Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of the common stock is expected to be between $             and $             per share. We have applied for listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ENTR.” We are selling              shares of our common stock and the selling stockholders are selling              shares of our common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholders.

The underwriters have an option to purchase from us and the selling stockholders up to              additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments of shares.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” on page 9.

 

     Price to
Public
   Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
  

Proceeds to
Issuer

(before expenses)

   Proceeds to
Selling
Stockholders

Per Share

   $                 $                 $                 $             

Total

   $                 $                 $                 $             

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

C REDIT S UISSE

L EHMAN  B ROTHERS

 

T HOMAS W EISEL P ARTNERS LLC   
            JMP S ECURITIES   
  T HINK E QUITY  P ARTNERS  LLC

                    , 2007

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page

P ROSPECTUS S UMMARY

  1

T HE O FFERING

  5

S UMMARY C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL D ATA

  6

R ISK F ACTORS

  9

F ORWARD -L OOKING S TATEMENTS

  34

U SE OF P ROCEEDS

  36

D IVIDEND P OLICY

  36

C APITALIZATION

  37

D ILUTION

  38

U NAUDITED P RO F ORMA C ONDENSED C ONSOLIDATED C OMBINED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

  40

S ELECTED C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL D ATA

  48

M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION AND A NALYSIS OF F INANCIAL C ONDITION AND R ESULTS OF O PERATIONS

  50
    Page  

B USINESS

  66  

M ANAGEMENT

  80  

E XECUTIVE C OMPENSATION

  86  

R ELATED -P ERSON T RANSACTIONS

  108  

P RINCIPAL AND S ELLING S TOCKHOLDERS

  113  

D ESCRIPTION OF C APITAL S TOCK

  117  

S HARES E LIGIBLE FOR F UTURE S ALE

  122  

M ATERIAL U.S. F EDERAL I NCOME T AX C ONSEQUENCES TO N ON -U.S. H OLDERS

 

124

 

U NDERWRITING

  126  

N OTICE TO C ANADIAN R ESIDENTS

  131  

L EGAL M ATTERS

  133  

E XPERTS

  133  

W HERE Y OU C AN F IND M ORE I NFORMATION

  133  

I NDEX TO C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

  F-1  

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

Until                     , 2007 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained in other parts of this prospectus. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in shares of our common stock and it is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and notes to these financial statements contained in this prospectus, before deciding to buy shares of our common stock.

Our Company

We are a leading fabless semiconductor company that designs, develops and markets systems solutions to enable connected home entertainment. Our technologies significantly change the way high-definition television-quality video, or HD video, and other multimedia content such as movies, music, games and photos are brought into and delivered throughout the home.

We are a pioneer of key technologies that enable connected home networking of digital entertainment over existing coaxial cables, or coax. We are a founding member of the Multimedia over Coax Alliance, or MoCA, a global home networking consortium that sets standards for the distribution of video and other multimedia entertainment over coax. Our products include:

 

   

home networking chipsets based on the MoCA standard;

 

   

high-speed broadband access chipsets;

 

   

integrated circuits, or ICs, that simplify and enhance digital broadcast satellite, or DBS, services; and

 

   

silicon TV tuner ICs.

Our products allow telecommunications carriers, or telcos, cable multiple service operators, or MSOs, and DBS service providers, which we collectively refer to as service providers, to enhance and expand their service offerings and reduce deployment costs in an increasingly competitive environment.

Our home networking solutions capitalize on the worldwide conversion of multimedia content, including video, from analog to digital. Multimedia content is now easy to store on digital video recorders, or DVRs, gaming consoles, DVD recorders and PCs. The ability to store this content on various devices has created “islands” of digital entertainment within the home. Our products bridge these islands and allow consumers to access their multimedia content throughout the home. Today, we are the only high-volume supplier of MoCA-compliant chipsets, which can be embedded in a wide variety of consumer electronic devices. Service providers can employ our solutions to offer consumer applications such as multi-room DVR, multi-room and online gaming, PC-to-TV personal content sharing, and streaming of downloaded movies stored on a PC to any TV.

We have extensive core competencies in video communications, networking algorithms and protocols, system-on-a-chip, or SoC, design, embedded software, mixed signal and radio frequency, or RF, integrated circuit design, and communications and RF systems. We use our considerable experience with service provider-based deployments to create solutions that address the complex requirements associated with delivering multiple streams of HD video into and throughout the home while seamlessly coexisting with video, voice and data services that are using the same coax infrastructure.

We generate the majority of our revenues from sales of our products to original design manufacturers, or ODMs, and original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, that provide customer premises equipment, or CPE, to service providers. We have sold our products to more than 55 customers globally, including Actiontec Electronics, Inc., Jabil Circuit, Inc. and Motorola, Inc. We have also established relationships with leading service providers including EchoStar Satellite L.L.C., Jupiter Telecommunications Co., Ltd., or J:COM, and Verizon Communications Inc. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, Entropic and its recently acquired subsidiary, RF Magic, Inc., generated pro forma revenues of $29.2 million.

 

 

1


Industry Background

Intense competition among service providers seeking to maximize revenues is driving a revolution in the delivery of video and other multimedia content into and throughout the home. Service providers are making significant infrastructure investments to differentiate their offerings, increase average revenue per user, or ARPU, increase subscriber growth and reduce subscriber turnover. Several favorable trends such as the increasing availability of digital multimedia content and consumer applications and the proliferation of digital media devices within the home are contributing to the increasing revenue opportunity for service providers.

Service providers and OEMs have identified a tremendous opportunity to seamlessly network the “islands” of stored multimedia content and enable the sharing of such content across devices and between rooms throughout the home. According to iSuppli Corporation, the number of network-enabled devices is expected to increase from 321 million in 2007 to 760 million in 2011, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 24%. To address this opportunity, service providers are introducing new CPE and service offerings. By providing CPE, service providers are able to easily introduce new services, simplify and enhance the user experience, and provide content security and service reliability.

The stringent communications requirements associated with high-quality HD video and other multimedia content present a significant obstacle for service providers today. In response, service providers require technology solutions that enable the distribution of such content into and throughout the home while maintaining the requisite high-quality standards demanded by subscribers. For any such technology solution to succeed, we believe it must satisfy the following requirements:

 

   

high bandwidth, reliability and full quality of service, or QoS, for HD video;

 

   

co-existence with other services and devices;

 

   

cost-effective deployment for service providers;

 

   

customer ease of use and minimal maintenance; and

 

   

consumer privacy and content security.

Our Solutions

We provide systems solutions comprised of silicon ICs and associated software as a platform to enable delivery of multiple streams of HD video and other multimedia content into and throughout the home. Our families of products include home networking, broadband access, DBS outdoor unit and silicon TV tuner solutions.

Home Networking

Our home networking solutions target a large and rapidly growing market. According to iSuppli, the worldwide home networking silicon total available market is expected to grow from $1.1 billion in 2007 to $3.1 billion in 2011, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 29%. Our home networking solutions are based on the MoCA standard. MoCA-based products use existing coax to create a robust internet protocol, or IP, based network for easy sharing of HD video and other multimedia content throughout the home. We have been working on MoCA-related technology since 2001 and are presently shipping our second generation of MoCA-compliant products. Our MoCA-compliant chipsets are currently being deployed by Verizon as part of its FiOS service offering. We believe that our pioneering role in developing the MoCA standard and our success to date in providing these solutions position us well to continue to be the leading provider of MoCA-based connected home entertainment solutions. Our home networking solutions provide the following key benefits:

 

   

High data rates. Deliver field-tested consistent net throughput in excess of 110 megabits per second, or Mbps, and a physical layer, or PHY, rate of up to 270 Mbps.

 

 

2


   

High-quality video experience. Satisfy stringent quality of service requirements of service providers and allow distribution of multiple streams of HD video.

 

   

Ease of installation and use. Leverage existing coax infrastructure to simplify installation and enable plug-and-play implementation for consumers.

 

   

Security and reliability. Create a shielded, self-healing network that provides high levels of fault tolerance and reliability and supports service provider-based conditional access systems and encryption to protect the privacy of personal multimedia content.

 

   

Remote upgrade and diagnostics. Deploy additional service offerings and perform system diagnostics through remotely upgradeable firmware and remote diagnostics tools.

Broadband Access

Our broadband access solutions are designed to meet broadband access requirements in areas characterized by fiber optic networks that terminate within approximately one kilometer of a customer premises. In particular, our solutions allow cable MSOs with fiber optic deployments to offer broadband access services that are competitive with very high-speed digital subscriber line, or VDSL, services offered by telcos. According to Interactive Data Corp., or IDC, worldwide broadband service subscriptions for our current target market, which consists of cable modem and fiber-to-the-home deployments, are expected to increase from 104 million in 2007 to 160 million in 2011. Our solutions use coax infrastructure to deliver “last kilometer” connectivity for high-speed broadband access to single-family homes and multiple dwelling units, or MDUs. They incorporate the same PHY used in our home networking products and a different network-optimized media access controller, or MAC, technology and offer high performance with net throughput in excess of 100 Mbps.

DBS Outdoor Unit

Our DBS outdoor unit solutions, which consist of our band translation switch, or BTS, and channel stacking switch, or CSS, products, target the large and growing DBS market. According to IMS Research, worldwide households with digital satellite free-to-air and pay-TV are expected to increase from approximately 266 million in 2007 to 377 million in 2011. In a traditional satellite installation, each tuner usually requires a unique cable from the satellite dish to the set-top box, or STB, to receive the full channel lineup. Our DBS outdoor unit solutions can significantly reduce the deployment costs for DBS providers by allowing them to send multiple video streams from individual or multiple satellites into the home over a single cable. This simplified cabling architecture can enable DBS providers to deploy STBs, with multiple tuner capabilities, in multiple rooms, and roll out new services without expensive installation and retrofitting while also improving aesthetics.

Silicon TV Tuner

We provide silicon TV tuner ICs for satellite, cable and terrestrial applications that conform to most of the major digital video broadcast standards. According to IMS, worldwide shipments of satellite, cable and terrestrial STB and integrated DTVs are expected to increase from approximately 186 million in 2007 to 277 million in 2011. Our tuner ICs integrate RF functions, including those performed by a surface acoustic wave filter, with other major discrete components onto a single die while maintaining the performance of traditional non-silicon can tuners. Our highly integrated solutions significantly reduce our customers’ design costs and shrink the tuner footprint in consumer electronic devices.

 

 

3


Our Strategy

Our goal is to be the leading provider of systems solutions for the connected home entertainment market by enabling the delivery of multiple streams of HD video and other multimedia content into and throughout the home. The key elements of our strategy are to:

 

   

Extend our technology leadership. We have created innovative systems-level solutions such as our MoCA-based home networking and DBS outdoor unit product lines. We intend to extend our leadership by focusing on our research and development efforts and through targeted technology acquisitions.

 

   

Expand relationships with industry leaders and customers . We intend to expand our existing relationships with service providers, ODMs and OEMs by securing additional design wins and by positioning our connected home entertainment technologies as the key differentiator in next generation CPE.

 

   

Continue to broaden our solutions. We intend to add additional features and capabilities to our products and provide full platform solutions to address the large and growing connected home entertainment market.

 

   

Expand our presence in international markets . We intend to continue to expand our sales and technical support organization to broaden our service provider reach in international markets, primarily in Asia and Europe.

 

   

Drive industry standards. We intend to continue to use our technology leadership to define specifications and drive industry standards, such as MoCA, which we believe will lead to widespread adoption of our solutions.

Risk Factors

We are subject to a number of risks, which you should be aware of before you buy our common stock. These risks are discussed in “Risk Factors.”

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in January 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200, San Diego, California 92121, and our telephone number is (858) 625-3200. Our corporate website address is www.entropic.com . We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.

For convenience in this prospectus, “Entropic,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Entropic Communications, Inc. and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, unless otherwise noted.

We use “Entropic,” “Entropic Communications,” “c.LINK” and “RF Magic” as registered trademarks. This prospectus also contains trademarks and tradenames of other companies, and those trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective owners.

 

 

4


THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by Entropic

             shares

Common stock offered by the selling

stockholders

             shares

 

Over-allotment option

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock.

Common stock to be outstanding after

this offering

             shares

 

Use of proceeds from this offering

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, and potentially to acquire or license products, technologies or businesses. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 35.

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market

symbol

“ENTR”

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 192,543,395 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2007, and excludes:

 

   

20,588,762 shares of common stock subject to options outstanding at June 30, 2007 under our stock option and equity incentive plans, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.27 per share;

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan, 2007 non-employee directors’ stock option plan and 2007 employee stock purchase plan, each of which will become effective upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering;

 

   

592,168 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to put and call option agreements between Entropic, RF Magic, and certain holders of options to purchase RF Magic common stock; and

 

   

3,190,120 shares of common stock subject to warrants outstanding at June 30, 2007, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.66 per share.

Unless otherwise stated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

a 1-for-     reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 145,915,526 shares of common stock prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur upon the closing of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

 

5


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth summary consolidated financial data. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 and summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2007 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes and the information under “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of results of operations to be expected in any future period.

The following summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated combined statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007 are based on the historical statements of operations of Entropic Communications, Inc. and RF Magic, Inc., giving effect to our acquisition of RF Magic as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2006. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated combined statement of operations data are based on the estimates and assumptions set forth in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated combined financial statements. These estimates and assumptions are preliminary and subject to change, and have been made solely for the purposes of developing such pro forma information. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated combined statement of operations data are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the combined results of operations to be expected in any future period or the results that actually would have been realized had the entities been a single entity during these periods.

The as adjusted balance sheet data as of March 31, 2007 gives effect to (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock as of March 31, 2007 into 103,527,986 shares of common stock, which will occur automatically immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and (ii) our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

6


     Actual     Pro Forma     Actual     Pro Forma  
     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2004     2005     2006     2006     2006     2007     2007  
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

              

Net revenues

   $ 358     $ 3,719     $ 41,471     $ 67,654     $ 7,276     $ 20,026     $ 29,244  

Cost of net revenues(1)

     149       1,979       31,099       49,551       5,091       14,531       18,636  
                                                        

Gross profit

     209       1,740       10,372       18,103       2,185       5,495       10,608  

Operating expenses(1):

              

Research and development

     8,984       9,574       11,601       23,903       2,540       4,190       7,717  

Sales and marketing

     1,560       2,247       4,112       8,322       763       1,500       2,791  

General and administrative

     1,482       1,846       2,192       5,344       512       767       2,072  

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

                       3,566                   541  
                                                        

Total operating expenses

     12,026       13,667       17,905       41,135       3,815       6,457       13,121  
                                                        

Loss from operations

     (11,817 )     (11,927 )     (7,533 )     (23,032 )     (1,630 )     (962 )     (2,513 )

Other income (expense), net

     157       (323 )     482       241       186       (150 )     (330 )

Income tax provision

                       (49 )                 (21 )
                                                        

Net loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (11,660 )     (12,250 )     (7,051 )     (22,840 )     (1,444 )     (1,112 )     (2,864 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

           54                                
                                                        

Net loss

     (11,660 )     (12,196 )     (7,051 )     (22,840 )     (1,444 )     (1,112 )     (2,864 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (85 )     (89 )     (126 )     (126 )     (32 )     (32 )     (32 )
                                                        

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (11,745 )   $ (12,285 )   $ (7,177 )   $ (22,966 )   $ (1,476 )   $ (1,144 )   $ (2,896 )
                                                        

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (1.31 )   $ (1.14 )   $ (0.51 )   $ (0.69 )   $ (0.11 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.08 )
                                                        

Weighted average number of shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

     8,973       10,781       14,056       33,225       13,426       17,784       36,953  
                                                        

Pro forma net loss per common share—basic and diluted (unaudited)

       $ (0.06 )   $ (0.13 )     $ (0.01 )   $ (0.02 )
                                      

Weighted average number of shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted (unaudited)

         116,631       178,188         121,312       182,869  
                                      

(1)    Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

      

         
     Actual     Pro Forma     Actual     Pro Forma  
     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,*  
     2004     2005     2006*     2006*     2006     2007     2007  
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Cost of net revenues

   $     $     $     $ 188     $     $     $ 45  

Research and development

                 116       1,120       1       53       266  

Sales and marketing

     2       6       56       528             65       115  

General and administrative

     11       20       51       1,225       1       22       301  

 

 

7


* We adopted the fair value recognition and measurement provisions of SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment , effective January 1, 2006, using the prospective transition method. For periods prior to January 1, 2006, we followed the intrinsic value recognition and measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . For further information, see note 1 to the notes to consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2007
     Actual    

As
Adjusted(2)

    

(unaudited)

    

(in thousands)

     

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

   $ 7,525     $             

Working capital

     18,615    

Total assets

     35,785    

Debt obligations—current and long-term

     900    

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     80,411    

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (59,954 )  

 

(2) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

8


R ISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes contained in this prospectus, before investing in our common stock. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, also may become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks materialize, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose some or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

Neither Entropic nor RF Magic has ever been profitable on an annual basis. Entropic has never been profitable in any fiscal period. Entropic incurred net losses of $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and $11.7 million, $12.2 million and $7.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and RF Magic had net income of $0.8 million and net losses of $11.6 million, $5.3 million and $1.5 million for the same periods, respectively. As of March 31, 2007, Entropic had an accumulated deficit of $61.4 million and RF Magic had an accumulated deficit of $37.3 million. Accordingly, there can be no assurance if or when we may achieve profitability as a combined company. Though Entropic’s revenues increased from approximately $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 to approximately $41.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and RF Magic’s revenues increased from approximately $14.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 to approximately $26.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, we may not achieve similar growth as a combined company in future periods. You should not rely on Entropic’s or RF Magic’s operating results for any prior quarterly or annual periods as an indication of our future operating performance. Moreover, we expect to make significant expenditures related to the development of our products and the expansion of our business, including research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. As a public company, we will also incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. Additionally, we may encounter unforeseen difficulties, complications, product delays and other unknown factors that require additional expenditures and unforeseen difficulties or costs associated with the integration of RF Magic. As a result of these expenditures, we may have to generate and sustain substantially increased revenue to achieve profitability. If we are unable to achieve adequate revenue growth, we may not achieve or sustain profitability and our stock price could decline.

We face intense competition and expect competition to increase in the future, with many of our competitors being larger, more established and better capitalized than us.

The markets for our products are extremely competitive and have been characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, rapid changes in customer requirements, short product life cycles and frequent introduction of next generation and new products. This competition could make it more difficult for us to sell our products, and result in increased pricing pressure, reduced gross profit as a percentage of revenues, or gross margins, increased sales and marketing expenses, and failure to increase or the loss of market share or expected market share. Semiconductor products in particular have a history of declining prices driven by customer insistence on lower prices as the cost of production is reduced and as demand falls when competitive products or newer, more advanced products are introduced. If market prices decrease faster than product costs, our gross and operating margins would be adversely affected. Moreover, we expect increased competition from other established and emerging companies both domestically and internationally. In particular, we expect to face future competition in the sale of MoCA-compliant chipsets due in part to the fact that we are required to license any of our patent claims that are essential to implement the MoCA specifications to other MoCA members on reasonable and non-discriminatory, or RAND, terms. Our current and potential competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties. If so, competitors or alliances that include our competitors may emerge that could acquire significant market share. We expect these trends to continue as

 

9


companies attempt to strengthen or maintain their market positions in an evolving industry. In addition, our competitors could develop products or technologies that cause our products and technologies to become non-competitive or obsolete, or cause us to substantially reduce our prices.

Currently, we face competition from a number of established companies that offer products based on competing technologies, such as Data over Cable Service Interface Specifications, or DOCSIS, versions of digital subscriber line, or xDSL, Ethernet, HomePNA, HomePlug AV, Wi-Fi, WiMedia, which is based on ultra-wide band, or UWB, technology, and Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access, or WiMAX. Many of our competitors and potential competitors are substantially larger and have longer operating histories, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources than us. Given their capital resources, many of these larger organizations are in a better position to withstand any significant reduction in capital spending by customers or market downturns in the markets in which we compete. Many of our competitors also have broader product lines and market focus, allowing them to bundle their products and services and effectively use other products to subsidize lower prices for those products that compete with ours. In addition, many of our competitors have been in operation much longer than us and therefore have better name recognition and more long-standing and established relationships with service providers, ODMs and OEMs.

Our ability to compete depends on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the adoption of our products and technologies by service providers, ODMs and OEMs;

 

   

the performance and cost effectiveness of our products relative to our competitors’ products;

 

   

our ability to deliver high quality and reliable products in large volumes and on a timely basis;

 

   

our ability to build close relationships with service providers, ODMs and OEMs;

 

   

our success in developing and utilizing new technologies to offer products and features previously not available in the marketplace that are technologically superior to those offered by our competitors;

 

   

our ability to identify new and emerging markets and market trends;

 

   

our ability to recruit design and application engineers and other technical personnel; and

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property and obtain licenses to the intellectual property of others on commercially reasonable terms.

Our inability to effectively address any of these factors, alone or in combination with others, could seriously harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

In addition, consolidation by industry participants or acquisitions of our competitors by our customers or suppliers could result in competitors with increased market share, larger customer bases, greater diversified product offerings and greater technological and marketing expertise, which would allow them to compete more effectively against us. Current and potential competitors may also gain such competitive advantages by establishing financial or strategic relationships with existing or potential customers, suppliers or other third-parties. These new competitors or alliances among competitors could emerge rapidly and acquire significant market share. In addition, some of our suppliers and customers offer or may offer products that compete with our products. Depending on the participants, industry consolidation or the formation of strategic relationships could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations by reducing our ability to compete successfully in our current markets and the markets we are seeking to serve.

We depend on a limited number of customers and ultimately service providers for a substantial portion of our revenues, and the loss of, or a significant shortfall in orders from, any of these parties could significantly impair our financial condition and results of operations.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from a limited number of customers. For example, during the three months ended March 31, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006, ten customers accounted for

 

10


more than 91% of the pro forma revenues of Entropic and its recently-acquired subsidiary, RF Magic. During the year ended December 31, 2006, Actiontec, Motorola and CalAmp Corp. accounted for 31%, 23% and 11%, respectively, of the pro forma revenues of Entropic and RF Magic. During the three months ended March 31, 2007, Motorola, Actiontec and Marubun/Arrow (HK) Ltd. accounted for 32%, 24% and 12%, respectively, of the pro forma revenues of Entropic and RF Magic. Our inability to generate anticipated revenues from our key existing or targeted customers, or a significant shortfall in sales to these customers, would significantly reduce our revenues and adversely affect our operating results. Our operating results in the foreseeable future will continue to depend on our ability to effect sales to existing and other large customers.

In addition, we depend on a limited number of service providers that purchase products from our customers that incorporate our products. To date, only one major service provider, Verizon, has publicly announced its intention to use the MoCA standard for home networking in its FiOS deployment. We also currently rely on one major service provider, EchoStar, to deploy products using our DBS outdoor unit solutions. During the year ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007, products sold to Entropic’s and RF Magic’s customers that were incorporated into products purchased by Verizon and EchoStar accounted for substantially all of the pro forma revenues of Entropic and RF Magic. If either of these service providers, or other service providers that elect to use our products, reduce or eliminate purchases of our customers’ products which incorporate our products, this would significantly reduce our revenues and adversely affect our operating results. Our operating results in the foreseeable future will continue to depend on a limited number of service providers’ demand for products which incorporate our products.

If we fail to develop and introduce new or enhanced products on a timely basis, our ability to attract and retain customers could be impaired, and our competitive position may be harmed.

To compete successfully, we must design, develop, market and sell new or enhanced products that provide increasingly higher levels of performance and reliability and meet the cost expectations of our customers. The introduction of new products by our competitors, the market acceptance of products based on new or alternative technologies, or the emergence of new industry standards could render our existing or future products obsolete. Our failure to anticipate or timely develop new or enhanced products or technologies in response to technological shifts could result in decreased revenues and an increase in design wins by our competitors. In particular, we may experience difficulties with product design, manufacturing, marketing or certification that could delay or prevent our development, introduction or marketing of new or enhanced products. If we fail to introduce new or enhanced products that meet the needs of our customers or penetrate new markets in a timely fashion, we will lose market share and our operating results will be adversely affected.

Our results could be adversely affected if our customers or the service providers who purchase their products are unable to successfully compete in their respective markets.

Our customers and the service providers that purchase products from our customers face significant competition from their competitors. We rely on these customers’ and service providers’ ability to develop products and/or services that meet the needs of their customers in terms of functionality, performance, availability and price. If these customers and service providers do not successfully compete, they may lose market share, which would negatively impact the demand for our products. For example, for our home networking products, there is intense competition among service providers to deliver video and other multimedia content into and throughout the home. For the sale of our home networking products, we are currently dependent on Verizon’s ability to compete in the market for the delivery of HD video and other multimedia content. Therefore, factors influencing Verizon’s ability to compete in this market, such as laws and regulations regarding local cable franchising, could have an adverse effect on our current ability to sell home networking products. In addition, our DBS outdoor unit products are primarily supplied to DBS service providers by our ODM and OEM customers. DBS service providers are facing significant competition from telcos and cable MSOs as they compete for customers in terms of video, voice and data services. Moreover, ODMs and OEMs who market satellite STBs using our silicon TV tuners are competing with a variety of IP-based video delivery solutions,

 

11


including xDSL technology and certain fiber optic-based solutions. Many of these technologies compete effectively with satellite STBs and do not require TV tuners such as the ones we sell. If our customers and the service providers who purchase products from our customers that incorporate our products do not successfully compete, they may lose market share, which would reduce their demand for our products.

If the market for HD video and other multimedia content delivery solutions based on the MoCA standard does not develop as we anticipate, our revenues may decline or fail to grow, which would adversely affect our operating results.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive for the foreseeable future, a significant portion of our revenues from sales of our home networking products based on the MoCA standard. The market for such multimedia content delivery solutions based on the MoCA standard is relatively new, still evolving, and difficult to predict. It is therefore uncertain whether the MoCA standard will achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance. Moreover, deployment of services or electronic devices utilizing MoCA-based solutions may be delayed or slower than we anticipate. If the market for MoCA-based solutions does not continue to develop or develops more slowly than we expect, or if we make errors in predicting adoption and deployment rates for these solutions, our revenues may be significantly adversely affected.

Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the willingness of service providers, ODMs and OEMs to adopt the MoCA standard for multimedia content delivery. As of June 30, 2007, 11 companies had products certified by MoCA and only one major service provider, Verizon, had publicly announced its intention to use the MoCA standard for home networking. Some service providers, ODMs and OEMs have adopted and others may adopt multimedia content delivery solutions that rely on technologies other than the MoCA standard or may choose to wait for the introduction of products and technologies that serve as a replacement or substitute for, or represent an improvement over, MoCA-based solutions. It is critical to our success that additional service providers, including telcos and cable operators, adopt the MoCA standard for home networking.

Even if service providers, ODMs and OEMs adopt multimedia content delivery solutions based on the MoCA standard, we may not compete successfully in the market for MoCA-compliant chipsets.

As a member of MoCA, we are required to license any of our patent claims that are essential to implement the MoCA specifications to other MoCA members on RAND terms. As a result, we are required to license some of our important intellectual property to other MoCA members, including other semiconductor manufacturers that may compete with us in the sale of MoCA-compliant chipsets. If we are unable to differentiate our MoCA-compliant chipsets from other MoCA-compliant chipsets by offering superior pricing and features outside MoCA specifications, we may not be able to compete effectively in the market for such chipsets. Moreover, although we are currently and actively involved in the ongoing development of the MoCA standard, we cannot guarantee that future MoCA specifications will incorporate technologies or product features we are developing or that our products will be compatible with future MoCA specifications. As additional members, including our competitors, continue to join MoCA, they and existing members may exert greater influence on MoCA and the development of the MoCA standard in a manner that is adverse to our interests. If our home networking products fail to comply with future MoCA specifications, the demand for these products could be severely reduced.

The geographic market for our broadband access products is limited and these products may not be widely adopted.

Our broadband access products are designed to meet broadband access requirements in areas characterized by fiber optic network deployments that terminate within one kilometer of a customer premise. We believe the primary geographic markets for our broadband access products are currently in certain Asian countries such as China, Japan and Korea, and parts of Europe where there are many MDUs and fiber optic networks that extend to or near a customer premises. We do not expect to generate significant revenues from sales of our broadband access products in North America, which is generally characterized by low-density housing, or in developing

 

12


nations which do not generally have extensive fiber optic networks. To the extent our efforts to sell our broadband access products into currently targeted foreign markets are unsuccessful, the demand for these products may not develop as anticipated or decline, either of which could adversely affect our future revenues. Moreover, these foreign markets have a large number of service providers and varying regulatory standards, both of which may delay any widespread adoption of our products and increase the time during which competing technologies could be introduced and displace our products.

In addition, if areas characterized by fiber optic networks that terminate within one kilometer of customer premises do not continue to grow, or we are unable to develop broadband access products that are competitive outside of these areas, the demand for our broadband access products may not grow and our revenues may be limited. Even if the markets in which our broadband access products are targeted continue to grow or we are able to serve additional markets, customers and service providers may not adopt our technology. There are a growing number of competing technologies for delivering high-speed broadband access from the service provider’s network to the customer’s premises. For example, our broadband access products face competition from products using DOCSIS, xDSL, Ethernet and WiMAX-based solutions. Moreover, there are many other access technologies that are currently in development including some low cost proprietary solutions. If service providers adopt competing products or technologies, the demand for our broadband access products will decline and we may not be able to generate significant revenues from these products.

The success of our DBS outdoor unit products depends on the demand for our products within the satellite digital television market and the growth of this overall market.

In addition to our home networking products, we also derive a significant portion of our revenues from sales of our DBS outdoor unit products into markets served by DBS providers and their ODM and OEM partners. The DBS market may not grow in the future as anticipated or a significant market slowdown may occur, which would in turn reduce the demand for applications or devices, such as STBs and low-noise block converters, or LNBs, that rely on our DBS outdoor unit products. Because of the intense competition in the satellite, terrestrial and cable digital television markets, the unproven technology of many products addressing these markets and the short product life cycles of many consumer applications or devices, it is difficult to predict the potential size and future growth rate of the markets for DBS outdoor unit products. If the demand for our DBS outdoor unit products is not as great as we expect, or if we are unable to produce competitive products to meet that demand, our revenues could be adversely affected.

Market-specific risks affecting the digital television, digital television STBs, and digital television peripheral markets could impair our ability to successfully sell our silicon TV tuners.

The market for digital television applications in digital televisions, digital television STBs and digital television peripherals is characterized by certain market-specific risks, any of which may adversely affect our ability to sell our silicon TV tuners. For example, sellers of module tuners that offer similar or better functionality than our silicon TV tuner solutions may dramatically lower their prices and become more competitive than us in the tuner market. In addition, our silicon TV tuners may not have the feature set desired by our customers or may not be architecturally compatible with other components in the customers’ designs. Our efforts to penetrate the digital television market, in particular, will depend on our ability to overcome these and other challenges and upon market acceptance of our new digital television products. To the extent our efforts are adversely affected by any of these risks or are otherwise unsuccessful, the demand for our silicon TV tuners may not develop as anticipated or decline which would adversely affect our revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

The success of our silicon TV tuners is highly dependent on our relationships with demodulator manufacturers.

Our silicon TV tuners are designed to be interoperable with various specific demodulator IC products that are designed and manufactured by other companies. Historically, RF Magic relied on strategic relationships with

 

13


various demodulator manufacturers to enable both parties to offer an interoperable tuner/demodulator solution to mutual end customers. Although we work in concert with third party demodulator manufacturers to complete highly functional reference designs, we have no control over their future product plans and product roadmaps and could be effectively designed out of future customer applications by the refusal of a demodulator manufacturer to continue to support our products. Likewise, our ability to acquire new customers is dependent on the cooperation of third party demodulator manufacturers. If such third party manufacturers decide to partner with one of our competitors or to provide their own tuner solutions, we would effectively be prevented from selling our products to potential new customers. Furthermore, our dependence on these third party demodulator manufacturers often limits our strategic direction. If we were to design products that were competitive with any of such demodulator manufacturers, they may choose to stop working with us. Our current principal demodulator relationship is with STMicroelectronics in the digital video broadcasting terrestrial and cable, Advanced Television Systems Committee, or ATSC, and DBS markets. In the DBS market, our tuners are currently marketed with an STMicroelectronics demodulator; however, STMicroelectronics has recently released its own RF silicon tuner that will replace some of the tuners we sell, and STMicroelectronics may continue to release other competing tuners or require us to reduce our prices on the tuners we sell with their demodulators.

If any of the current or prospective demodulator manufacturers with whom we have or intend to have relationships were to stop working with us in favor of other tuner manufacturers or in favor of deploying their own tuner products, we would be effectively designed out of current and potential customers’ products and the demand for our silicon TV tuners would be substantially reduced.

We intend to expand our operations and increase our expenditures in an effort to grow our business. If we are not able to manage this expansion and growth, or if our business does not grow as we expect, we may not be able to realize a return on the resources we devote to expansion.

We have experienced significant growth in a short period of time, including growth related to our recent acquisitions of RF Magic and Arabella Software Ltd. For example, we have increased our headcount from 59 full-time employees as of January 1, 2006 to 220 full-time employees as of June 30, 2007 (including the 101 full-time employees which we added as part of our acquisitions of RF Magic and Arabella). We anticipate that further expansion of our infrastructure and headcount will be required to achieve planned expansion of our product offerings, projected increases in our customer base and anticipated growth in the number of our product deployments. For example, we are currently in negotiations to lease additional facilities in San Diego, California to accommodate our anticipated growth. Our rapid growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our administrative and operational infrastructure. Our success in managing our operations and growth will be dependent upon our ability to:

 

   

enhance our operational, financial, and management controls, human resource policies, and reporting systems and procedures;

 

   

expand our facilities and equipment;

 

   

successfully hire, train, motivate and productively deploy additional employees, including technical personnel; and

 

   

expand our international resources.

Our inability to effectively address any of these factors, alone or in combination with others, could seriously harm our ability to execute our business strategy.

Further, we intend to grow our business by entering new markets, developing new product offerings and pursuing new customers. If we fail to timely or efficiently expand operational and financial systems in connection with such growth or if we fail to implement or maintain effective internal controls and procedures, resulting operating inefficiencies could increase costs and expenses more than we planned and might cause us to lose the ability to take advantage of market opportunities, enhance existing products, develop new products, satisfy customer requirements, respond to competitive pressures, control our inventory or otherwise execute our

 

14


business plan. Failure to implement or maintain such controls and procedures could also impact our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements. Additionally, if we increase our operating expenses in anticipation of the growth of our business and such growth does not meet our expectations, our financial results likely would be negatively impacted.

We may not realize the anticipated financial and strategic benefits from our recent acquisitions of RF Magic and Arabella or be able to successfully integrate those companies with ours.

We will need to overcome significant challenges in order to realize benefits or synergies from our recent acquisitions of RF Magic and Arabella. These challenges include the following:

 

   

integrating businesses, operations and technologies;

 

   

retaining and assimilating key personnel;

 

   

retaining existing customers and attracting additional customers;

 

   

creating uniform standards, controls, procedures, policies, and information systems;

 

   

meeting the challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees, including some at geographic locations distant from our headquarters and senior management; and

 

   

implementing appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs.

Integration in particular may involve considerable risks and may not be successful. These risks include the following:

 

   

the potential disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of our management;

 

   

the potential strain on our financial and managerial controls and reporting systems and procedures;

 

   

unanticipated expenses and potential delays related to integration of the operations, technology and other resources of the acquired companies;

 

   

the impairment of relationships with employees, suppliers, and customers; and

 

   

potential unknown liabilities.

The inability to successfully integrate RF Magic and Arabella, or any significant delay in achieving integration, could delay introduction of new products and require expenditure of additional resources to achieve integration.

In addition, we have recorded significant amounts of goodwill and other intangible assets in connection with our acquisitions of RF Magic and Arabella. The carrying amount of these long-lived assets could be reduced through impairment charges in future periods if events or changes in circumstances, including adverse industry conditions or a downturn in demand for our products, indicate that such amount is not recoverable. Any such impairment charge could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

We have a very limited operating history as a combined company following our acquisition of RF Magic and we cannot predict what effect the acquisition will have on our future combined results of operations.

Investors should not rely on the historical financial results of Entropic or RF Magic as separate operating entities to predict our future results of operations as a combined company. Moreover, the summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated combined financial data presented elsewhere in this prospectus are for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the combined financial position or results of operations that actually would have been realized had our acquisition of RF Magic occurred prior to the covered periods. Investors should not rely on this pro forma data to predict our future results of operations as a combined

 

15


company. If we are unable to or experience difficulties or delays in our attempt to successfully integrate RF Magic’s business and operations with our own, our financial results as a combined company may suffer.

Any acquisition, strategic relationship, joint venture or investment could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition.

We intend to continue to actively pursue acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or investments that we believe may allow us to complement our growth strategy, increase market share in our current markets or expand into adjacent markets, or broaden our technology and intellectual property. Such transactions may be complex, time consuming and expensive, and may present numerous challenges and risks including:

 

   

difficulties in assimilating any acquired workforce and merging operations;

 

   

attrition and the loss of key personnel;

 

   

an acquired company, asset or technology not furthering our business strategy as anticipated;

 

   

our overpayment for a company, asset or technology or changes in the economic or market conditions or assumptions underlying our decision to make an acquisition;

 

   

difficulties entering and competing in new product or geographic markets and increased competition, including price competition;

 

   

significant problems or liabilities, including increased intellectual property and employment related litigation exposure, associated with acquired businesses, assets or technologies;

 

   

in connection with any such transaction, the need to use a significant portion of our available cash, issue additional equity securities that would dilute the then-current stockholders’ percentage ownership or incur substantial debt or contingent liabilities; and

 

   

requirements to record substantial charges and amortization expense related to certain purchased intangible assets, deferred stock compensation and other items.

Any one of these challenges or risks could impair our ability to realize any benefit from our acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or investments after we have expended resources on them.

In addition, from time to time we may enter into negotiations for acquisitions, relationships, joint ventures or investments that are not ultimately consummated. These negotiations could result in significant diversion of management time, as well as substantial out-of-pocket costs.

We cannot forecast the number, timing or size of future acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or investments, or the effect that any such transactions might have on our operating or financial results. Any such transaction could disrupt our business and harm our operating results and financial condition.

The average selling prices of our products have historically decreased over time and will likely do so in the future, which may reduce our revenues.

Our products and products sold by other companies in our industry have historically experienced a decrease in average selling prices over time. We anticipate that the average selling prices of our products will continue to decrease in the future in response to competitive pricing pressures, increased sales discounts and new product introductions by our competitors. For example, while we are currently the only manufacturer of MoCA-compliant chipsets, we expect that other chipset manufacturers who are members of MoCA will eventually produce competing chipsets and create pricing pressure for such products. Our future operating results may be harmed due to the decrease of our average selling prices. To maintain our current gross margins or increase our gross margins in the future, we must develop and introduce on a timely basis new products and product enhancements, continually reduce our product costs and manage product transitions in a timely and cost-effective manner. Our failure to do so would likely cause our revenues and gross margins to decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and cause the value of our common stock to decline.

 

16


Our product development efforts are time-consuming, require substantial research and development expenditures and may not generate an acceptable return.

Our product development efforts require substantial research and development expense. Entropic’s research and development expense for the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $4.2 million and was $9.0 million, $9.6 million and $11.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and RF Magic’s research and development expense for the same periods was $3.3 million, $10.1 million, $9.8 million and $11.2 million, respectively. There can be no assurance that we will achieve an acceptable return on our research and development efforts.

The development of our products is also highly complex. Due to the relatively small size of our product design teams, our research and development efforts in our core technologies may lag behind those of our competitors, some of whom have substantially greater financial and technical resources. We occasionally have experienced delays in completing the development and introduction of new products and product enhancements, and we could experience delays in the future. Unanticipated problems in developing products could also divert substantial engineering resources, which may impair our ability to develop new products and enhancements and could substantially increase our costs. Furthermore, we may expend significant amounts on a research and development program that may not ultimately result in a commercially successful product. As a result of these and other factors, we may be unable to develop and introduce new products successfully and in a cost-effective and timely manner, and any new products we develop and offer may never achieve market acceptance. Any failure to successfully develop future products would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and we expect them to continue to fluctuate in the future, which could lead to volatility in the price of our common stock.

Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to continue to fluctuate, on an annual and a quarterly basis, as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control. These fluctuations in our operating results may cause our stock price to fluctuate as well. The primary factors that are likely to affect our quarterly and annual operating results include:

 

   

changes in demand for our products or those offered by service providers and our customers;

 

   

the timing and amount of orders, especially from significant service providers and customers;

 

   

the seasonal nature of our sales;

 

   

the level and timing of capital spending of service providers, both in the United States and in international markets;

 

   

competitive market conditions, including pricing actions by us or our competitors;

 

   

adverse market perception of MoCA-compliant products;

 

   

our unpredictable and lengthy sales cycles;

 

   

the mix of products and product configurations sold;

 

   

our ability to successfully define, design and release new products on a timely basis that meet customers’ or service providers’ needs;

 

   

costs related to acquisitions of complementary products, technologies or businesses;

 

   

new product introductions and enhancements, or the market anticipation of new products and enhancements, by us or our competitors;

 

   

the timing of revenue recognition on sales arrangements, which may include multiple deliverables;

 

   

unexpected changes in our operating expenses;

 

17


   

our ability to attain and maintain production volumes and quality levels for our products, including adequate allocation of wafer, assembly and test capacity for our products by our subcontractors;

 

   

the cost and availability of components used in our products;

 

   

changes in manufacturing costs, including wafer, test and assembly costs, manufacturing yields and product quality and reliability;

 

   

productivity of our sales and marketing force;

 

   

our inability to reduce operating expenses in a particular quarter if revenues for that quarter fall below expectations;

 

   

future accounting pronouncements and changes in accounting policies;

 

   

general economic and political conditions in the countries where we operate or our products are sold or used;

 

   

costs associated with litigation; and

 

   

changes in domestic and international regulatory environments.

Unfavorable changes in any of the above factors, many of which are beyond our control, could significantly harm our business and results of operations. You should not rely on the results of prior periods as an indication of our future performance.

Our products typically have lengthy sales cycles, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate, and a service provider, ODM or OEM customer may decide to cancel or change its service or product plans, which could cause us to lose anticipated sales.

Our products typically have lengthy sales cycles. A service provider must first evaluate our products. This initial evaluation period can vary considerably based on the service provider and product being evaluated, and could take a significant amount of time to complete. Products incorporating new technologies generally require longer periods for evaluation. After this initial evaluation period, if a service provider decides to adopt our products, that service provider and the applicable ODM or OEM customers will need to further test and evaluate our products prior to completing the design of the equipment that will incorporate our products. Additional time is needed to begin volume production of equipment that incorporates our products. Due to these lengthy sales cycles, we may experience significant delays from the time we incur research and development and sales expenses until the time, if ever, that we generate sales from these products. The delays inherent in these lengthy sales cycles increase the risk that a customer will decide to cancel or change its product plans. From time to time, we have experienced changes, delays and cancellations in the purchase plans of our customers. A cancellation or change in plans by a service provider, ODM or OEM customer could prevent us from realizing anticipated sales. In addition, our anticipated sales could be lost or substantially reduced if a significant service provider, ODM or OEM customer reduces or delays orders during our sales cycle or chooses not to release equipment that contains our products. Furthermore, we may invest significant time and effort in marketing to a particular customer that does not ultimately result in a sale to that customer. As a result of these lengthy and uncertain sales cycles for our products, it is difficult for us to predict if or when our customers may purchase products in volume from us, and our operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter, which may negatively affect our operating results for any given quarter.

Fluctuations in the mix of products we sell may adversely affect our financial results.

Because of the wide differences in selling prices and manufacturing costs among our products, the mix and types of products sold affect the average selling price of our products and have a substantial impact on our revenues and profit margins. To the extent our sales mix shifts toward increased sales of our lower-margin products, our overall gross margins will be negatively affected. Fluctuations in the mix and types of our products

 

18


sold may also affect the extent to which we are able to recover our costs and expenditures that are associated with a particular product, and as a result can negatively impact our financial results.

If we do not complete our design-in activities before a customer’s design window closes, we will lose the design opportunity, which could adversely effect our future sales and revenues and harm our customer relationships.

The timing of our design-in activities with key customers and prospective customers may not align with their open design windows, which may or may not be known to us, making design win predictions more difficult. If we miss a particular customer’s design window, we may be forced to wait an entire year or even longer for the next opportunity to compete for the customer’s next design. The loss of a particular design opportunity could eliminate or substantially delay revenues from certain target customers and markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and future prospects as well as our customer relationships.

Our products must interoperate with many software applications and hardware found in service providers’ networks and other devices in the home, and if they do not interoperate properly, our business would be harmed.

Our products must interoperate with service providers’ networks and other devices in the home, which often have varied and complex specifications, utilize multiple protocol standards, software applications and products from multiple vendors, and contain multiple generations of products that have been added over time. As a result, we must continually ensure that our products interoperate properly with these existing networks. To meet these requirements, we must undertake development efforts that involve significant expense and the dedication of substantial employee resources. We may not accomplish these development efforts quickly or cost-effectively, if at all. If we fail to maintain compatibility with products, software or equipment found in our customers’ existing networks, we may face substantially reduced demand for our products, which would adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

From time to time, we may enter into interoperability arrangements with equipment and software vendors for the use or integration of their technology with our products. These arrangements would give us access to and enable interoperability with various products in the connected home entertainment market. If these relationships fail, we would have to devote substantially more resources to the development of alternative products and the support of our products, and our efforts may not be as effective as the combined solutions with our current customers. In many cases, these parties are either companies that we compete with directly in other areas or companies that have extensive relationships with our existing and potential customers and may have influence over the purchasing decisions of these customers. A number of our competitors have stronger relationships than we do with some of our existing and potential customers and, as a result, our ability to have successful arrangements with these companies may be harmed. Our failure to establish or maintain key relationships with third party equipment and software vendors may harm our ability to successfully sell and market our products. We are currently devoting significant resources to the development of these relationships. Our operating results could be adversely affected if these efforts do not result in the revenues necessary to offset these investments.

In addition, if we find errors in the software or hardware used in service providers’ networks or problematic network configurations or settings we may have to modify our products so that they will interoperate with service providers’ networks. This could cause longer installation times for our products and order cancellations, either of which would adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our customers may cancel their orders, change production quantities or delay production, and if we fail to forecast demand for our products accurately, we may incur product shortages, delays in product shipments or excess or insufficient product inventory.

We sell our products to customers who integrate them into their products. We do not obtain firm, long-term purchase commitments from our customers. We have limited visibility as to the volume of our products that our

 

19


customers are selling or carrying in their inventory. In addition, our sales are seasonal in nature, with our second quarter revenues expected to be lower and our fourth quarter revenues expected to be higher than the revenues we derive in our other quarters. Because production lead times often exceed the amount of time required to fulfill orders, we often must build inventory in advance of orders, relying on an imperfect demand forecast to project volumes and product mix. Our demand forecast accuracy can be adversely affected by a number of factors, including inaccurate forecasting by our customers, changes in market conditions, adverse changes in our product order mix and demand for our customers’ products. We have in the past had customers dramatically decrease and increase their requested production quantities with little or no advance notice. Even after an order is received, our customers may cancel these orders or request a decrease in production quantities. Any such cancellation or decrease subjects us to a number of risks, most notably that our projected sales will not materialize on schedule or at all, leading to unanticipated revenue shortfalls, reduced profit margins and excess or obsolete inventory which we may be unable to sell to other customers or which we must sell at reduced prices. Alternatively, if we are unable to project customer requirements accurately, we may not build enough products, which could lead to delays in product shipments and lost sales opportunities in the near term, as well as force our customers to identify alternative sources of supply, which could affect our ongoing relationships with these customers and potentially reduce our market share. If we do not timely fulfill customer demands, our customers may cancel their orders and we may be subject to customer claims for cost of replacement.

We extend credit to our customers, sometimes in large amounts, but there is no guarantee every customer will be able to pay our invoices when they become due.

As part of our routine business, we extend credit to customers purchasing our products. As of March 31, 2007, approximately 95% of Entropic’s net accounts receivable, amounting to $10.4 million in the aggregate, was due from three customers and 75% of RF Magic’s net accounts receivable, amounting to $1.9 million in the aggregate, was due from three customers. While our customers may have the ability to pay on the date of shipment or on the date credit is granted, their financial condition could change and there is no guarantee that customers will ever pay the invoices. Rapid changes in our customers’ financial conditions and risks associated with extending credit to our customers can subject us to a higher financial risk and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The semiconductor and communications industries have historically experienced cyclical behavior and prolonged downturns, which could impact our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.

The semiconductor industry has historically exhibited cyclical behavior, which at various times has included significant downturns in customer demand. Though we have not yet experienced any of these industry downturns, we may in the future. Because a significant portion of our expenses is fixed in the near term or is incurred in advance of anticipated sales, we may not be able to decrease our expenses rapidly enough to offset any unanticipated shortfall in revenues. If this situation were to occur, it could adversely affect our operating results, cash flow and financial condition. Furthermore, the semiconductor industry has periodically experienced periods of increased demand and production constraints. If this happens in the future, we may not be able to produce sufficient quantities of our products to meet the increased demand. We may also have difficulty in obtaining sufficient manufacturing, assembly and test resources from our manufacturers. Any factor adversely affecting the semiconductor industry in general, or the particular segments of the industry that our products target, may adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and could negatively impact our operating results.

Additionally, the communications industry has experienced pronounced downturns, and these cycles may continue in the future. To respond to a downturn, many service providers, OEMs and ODMs may slow their research and development activities, cancel or delay new product development, reduce their inventories and take a cautious approach to acquiring products, which would have a significant negative impact on our business. If this situation were to occur, it could adversely affect our operating results, cash flow and financial condition. In the future, any of these trends may also cause our operating results to fluctuate significantly from period to period, which may increase the volatility of the price of our stock.

 

20


We depend on a limited number of third parties to manufacture, assemble and test our products which reduces our control over key aspects of our products and their availability.

We do not own or operate a manufacturing, assembly or test facility for our products. Rather, we outsource the manufacture, assembly and testing of our products to third party subcontractors including Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, or TSMC, Jazz Technologies, Inc., Amkor Technology, Inc., and Giga Solution Tech. Co., Ltd. Accordingly, we are greatly dependent on a limited number of suppliers to deliver quality products on time. Our reliance on sole or limited suppliers involves several risks, including susceptibility to increased manufacturing costs if competition for foundry capacity intensifies and reduced control over the following:

 

   

supply of our products available for sale;

 

   

pricing, quality and timely delivery of our products;

 

   

prices and availability of components for our products; and

 

   

production capacity for our products.

Because we rely on a limited number of third party manufacturers, if we were required to change contract manufacturers or one of our contract manufacturers became unable or unwilling to continue manufacturing our products, we may sustain lost revenues, increased costs and damage to our customer relationships. In addition, we would need to expend significant time and effort to locate and qualify new third party manufacturers, if available.

Manufacturing defects may not be detected by the testing process performed by our subcontractors. If defects are discovered after we have shipped our products, we may be exposed to warranty and consequential damages claims from our customers. Such claims may have a significant adverse impact on our revenues and operating results. Furthermore, if we are unable to deliver quality products, our reputation would be harmed, which could result in the loss of future orders and business with our customers.

When demand for manufacturing capacity is high, we may take various actions to try to secure sufficient capacity, which may be costly and negatively impact our operating results.

The ability of each of our subcontractors’ manufacturing facilities to provide us with chipsets is limited by their available capacity and existing obligations. Although we have purchase order commitments to supply specified levels of products to our customers, we do not have a guaranteed level of production capacity from any of our subcontractors’ facilities to produce our products. Facility capacity may not be available when we need it or at reasonable prices. In addition, our subcontractors may allocate capacity to the production of other companies’ products and thereby reduce deliveries to us on short notice.

In order to secure sufficient manufacturing facility capacity when demand is high and mitigate the risks associated with an inability to meet our customers’ demands for our products, we may enter into various arrangements with subcontractors that could be costly and harm our operating results, including:

 

   

option payments or other prepayments to a subcontractor;

 

   

nonrefundable deposits with or loans to subcontractors in exchange for capacity commitments;

 

   

contracts that commit us to purchase specified quantities of components over extended periods; and

 

   

purchase of testing equipment for specific use at the facilities of our subcontractors.

We may not be able to make any such arrangements in a timely fashion or at all, and any arrangements may be costly, reduce our financial flexibility and not be on terms favorable to us. Moreover, if we are able to secure capacity, we may be obligated to use all of that capacity or incur penalties. These penalties and obligations may be expensive and require significant capital and could harm our business.

 

21


We believe that transitioning certain of our silicon products to newer or better manufacturing process technologies will be important to our future competitive position. If we fail to make this transition efficiently, our competitive position could be seriously harmed.

We continually evaluate the benefits, on a product-by-product basis, of migrating to higher performance or lower cost process technologies in order to produce higher performance, more efficient or better ICs because we believe this migration is required to remain competitive. Other companies in our industry have experienced difficulty in migrating to new process technologies and, consequently, have suffered reduced yields, delays in product deliveries and increased expense levels. We may experience similar difficulties. Moreover, we are dependent on our relationships with subcontractors to successfully migrate to newer or better process technologies. Our third party manufacturers may not make newer or better process technologies available to us on a timely or cost-effective basis, if at all. If our third party manufacturers do not make newer or better manufacturing process technologies available to us on a timely or cost-effective basis, or if we experience difficulties in migrating to these processes, it could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position and business prospects.

We rely on third party sales representatives to assist in selling our products, and the failure of these representatives to perform as expected could reduce our future sales.

We sell our products to some of our customers through third party sales representatives. Our relationships with some of these third party sales representatives are relatively new and we are unable to predict the extent to which our third party sales representatives will be successful in marketing and selling our products. Moreover, many of our third party sales representatives also market and sell competing products. Our third party sales representatives may terminate their relationships with us at any time, or with short notice and may give greater attention to the products sold by our competitors. Our future performance will also depend, in part, on our ability to attract additional third party sales representatives that will be able to market our products effectively, especially in markets in which we have not previously distributed our products. If we cannot retain our current third party sales representatives and recruit additional or replacement third party sales representatives, our revenues and operating results could be harmed.

Our products may contain defects or errors which may adversely affect their market acceptance and our reputation and expose us to product liability claims.

Our products are very complex and may contain defects or errors, especially when first introduced or when new versions are released. Despite testing, errors may occur. Product errors could affect the performance of our products, delay the development or release of new products or new versions of products, adversely affect our reputation and our customers’ willingness to buy products from us, and adversely affect market acceptance or perception of our products. Any such errors or delays in releasing new products or new versions of products or allegations of unsatisfactory performance could cause us to lose revenue or market share, increase our service costs, cause us to incur substantial costs in redesigning our products, subject us to liability for damages and divert our resources from other tasks. Our products must successfully interoperate with products from other vendors. As a result, when problems occur in a device or application in which our product is used, it may be difficult to identify the sources of these problems. The occurrence of hardware and software errors, whether or not caused by our products, could result in the delay or loss of market acceptance of our products, and therefore delay our ability to recognize revenue from sales, and any necessary revisions may cause us to incur significant expenses. Moreover, since one of the key benefits of our home networking products is reduction of the need for service providers to dispatch service vehicles to customer premises, often referred to as “truck rolls,” problems with our products would likely result in a greater number of truck rolls and this in turn could adversely affect our sales. The occurrence of any such problems could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Any limitation of liability provisions in our standard terms and conditions of sale may not fully or effectively protect us from claims as a result of federal, state or local laws or ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions in the United States or other countries. The use of our products also entails the risk of product liability

 

22


claims. We maintain insurance to protect against certain claims associated with the use of our products, but our insurance coverage may not adequately cover any claim asserted against us. In addition, even claims that ultimately are unsuccessful could result in our expenditure of funds in litigation and divert management’s time and other resources.

We depend on key personnel to operate our business, and if we are unable to retain our current personnel and hire additional qualified personnel, our ability to develop and successfully market our products could be harmed.

We believe our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to attract and retain highly skilled managerial, engineering and sales and marketing personnel. There is intense competition for qualified personnel in the markets in which we compete. Moreover, the cost of living in the San Diego area, where our corporate headquarters are located, has been an impediment to attracting new employees in the past, and we expect that this will continue to impair our ability to attract and retain employees in the future. The loss of any key employees, including Patrick Henry, our Chief Executive Officer, other members of our senior management or our senior engineering personnel, or an inability to attract additional qualified personnel, including engineers and sales and marketing personnel, could delay the development, introduction and sale of our products and our ability to execute our business strategy may suffer. We do not currently have any key person life insurance covering any executive officer or employee or employment agreements with most of our employees.

If we fail to comply with environmental regulatory requirements, our operating results could be adversely affected.

We face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and upcoming requirements relating to the materials composition of many of our products. The European Union, or EU, has adopted certain directives to facilitate the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment sold in the EU, including the Restriction on the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment, or RoHS, directive that restricts the use of lead, mercury and certain other substances in electrical and electronic products placed on the market in the EU after July 1, 2006. In connection with our compliance with these environmental laws and regulations, we may incur substantial costs, including research and development costs and costs associated with assuring the use of compliant components in products manufactured by our subcontractors. Similar laws and regulations have been proposed or may be enacted in other regions, including the United States. Other environmental regulations may require us to reengineer our products to utilize components that are compatible with these regulations, and this reengineering and component substitution may result in additional costs to us or disrupt our operations or logistics. If we or the third party manufacturers of our products are unable to meet new environmental regulations such as the RoHS in a timely manner, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Certain of our customers’ products and service providers’ services are subject to governmental regulation.

Governmental regulation could place constraints on our customers and service providers’ services and consequently reduce our customers’ demand for our products. For example, the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, has broad jurisdiction over products that emit RF signals in the United States. Similar governmental agencies regulate these products in other countries. Moreover, laws and regulations regarding local cable franchising could have an adverse effect on Verizon’s and other service providers’ ability to compete in the HD video and multimedia content delivery market. Although most of our products are not directly subject to current regulations of the FCC or any other federal or state communications regulatory agency, much of the equipment into which these products are incorporated is subject to direct governmental regulation. Accordingly, the effects of regulation on our customers or the industries in which they operate may, in turn, impede sales of our products. For example, demand for these products will decrease if equipment into which they are incorporated fails to comply with FCC specifications.

 

23


Our failure to raise additional capital or generate the significant capital necessary to expand our operations and invest in new products could reduce our ability to compete and could harm our business.

We intend to continue spending substantial amounts in connection with our expansion in order to grow our business. We may need to obtain additional financing to pursue our business strategy, develop new products, respond to competition and market opportunities and acquire complementary businesses or technologies. We may not be able to obtain such financing on favorable terms or at all. If we were to raise additional capital through further sales of our equity securities, our stockholders would suffer dilution of their equity ownership. If we engage in debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, prohibit us from paying dividends, repurchasing our stock or making investments, and force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios, any of which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, we may not be able to, among other things:

 

   

develop or enhance our products;

 

   

continue to expand our product development and sales and marketing organizations;

 

   

acquire complementary technologies, products or businesses;

 

   

expand operations, in the United States or internationally;

 

   

hire, train and retain employees; or

 

   

respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements.

Our failure to do any of these things could seriously harm our ability to execute our business strategy and may force us to curtail our research and development plans or existing operations.

Adverse U.S. and international economic conditions may adversely affect our revenues, margins and profitability.

Adverse economic conditions may result in decreased spending by our customers for our products. In addition, our products, and the services and devices that contain or use our products, are discretionary purchases for consumers. Consumers are generally more willing to make discretionary purchases during periods of favorable economic conditions. As a result of unfavorable economic conditions, including higher interest rates, increased taxation, higher consumer debt levels and lower availability of consumer credit, consumers’ purchases of discretionary items may decline, which could adversely affect our revenues. Moreover, we may experience adverse conditions in our cost base due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates that reduce the purchasing power of the U.S. dollar, increases in general and administrative expenses and other factors. These conditions may harm our margins and profitability if we are unable to increase the selling prices of our products or reduce our costs sufficiently to offset the effects of effective increases in our costs. Our attempts to offset the effects of cost increases through controlling our expenses, passing cost increases on to our customers or any other method may not succeed.

Maintaining and improving our financial controls and the requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and management.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules, or Nasdaq rules. The requirements of these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and may also place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources. The Exchange Act will require, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

24


The Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. We are in the process of documenting, reviewing and, where appropriate, improving our internal controls and procedures in preparation for compliance with the SEC regulations adopted pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors. Both we and our independent auditors will be testing our internal controls in connection with the Section 404 requirements and could, as part of that documentation and testing, identify material weaknesses, significant deficiencies or other areas for further attention or improvement. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training for our directors, executive officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify our existing accounting systems, and take a significant period of time to complete. Such changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or any consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. Moreover, effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to help prevent fraud. As a result, our failure to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 on a timely basis could result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which in turn could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

In accordance with Nasdaq rules, we will be required to maintain a majority independent board of directors. We also expect that the various rules and regulations applicable to public companies will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to maintain coverage. If we are unable to maintain adequate directors’ and officers’ insurance, our ability to recruit and retain qualified directors, especially those directors who may be deemed independent for purposes of Nasdaq rules, and executive officers will be significantly curtailed.

Our effective tax rate may increase or fluctuate, and we may not derive the anticipated tax benefits from the planned expansion of our international operations.

Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by various factors, many of which are outside of our control. Our effective tax rate is directly affected by the relative proportions of revenue and income before taxes in the various domestic and international jurisdictions in which we operate. We are also subject to changing tax laws, regulations, and interpretations in multiple jurisdictions in which we operate as well as the requirements of certain tax rulings. Changes in applicable tax laws may cause fluctuations between reporting periods in which the changes take place. We are in the process of expanding our international operations and staff to better support our expansion into international markets. We anticipate that this expansion will include the implementation of an international organizational structure. As a result of this anticipated change and an expanding international customer base, we expect that an increasing percentage of our consolidated pre-tax income will be derived from, and reinvested in, our international operations. Moreover, we anticipate that this pre-tax income will be subject to foreign tax at relatively lower tax rates when compared to the U.S. federal statutory tax rate and as a consequence, our future effective income tax rate is expected to be lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate. There can be no assurance that significant pre-tax income will be derived from or reinvested in our international operations, or that our international operations and sales will result in a lower effective income tax rate. In addition, our future effective income tax rate could be adversely affected if tax authorities challenge our international tax structure or if the relative mix of U.S. and international income changes for any reason. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that our effective income tax rate will be less than the U.S. federal statutory rate.

 

25


Our ability to utilize our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be limited, which could result in our payment of income taxes earlier than if we were able to fully utilize our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.

As of December 31, 2006, Entropic had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $22.9 million and $22.5 million, respectively, and federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $3.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively. As of the same dates, RF Magic had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $30.7 million and $18.6 million, respectively, and federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $2.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively. Our ability to utilize these net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be limited by the issuance of common stock in this offering or in future offerings or as a result of future events. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes an annual limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards that may be used to offset federal taxable income and federal tax liabilities when a corporation has undergone a significant change in its ownership. To the extent our use of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards is limited by Section 382, our income would be subject to cash payments of income tax earlier than it would be if we were able to fully use our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards without limitation.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Our ability to compete and our business could be jeopardized if we are unable to secure or protect our intellectual property.

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and licensing arrangements to establish and protect our proprietary rights. However, these legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. Our patent applications may not issue as patents at all or they may not issue as patents in a form that will be advantageous to us. Our issued patents and those that may issue in the future may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related products. Although we have taken steps to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, there is no assurance that third parties will not be able to invalidate or design around our patents. Furthermore, although we have entered into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and advisors, such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements. Moreover, we are required to license any of our patent claims that are essential to implement MoCA specifications to other MoCA members, who could potentially include our competitors, on RAND terms.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and use our products or technology. Monitoring unauthorized use of our technology is difficult and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken to prevent such unauthorized use will be successful, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as comprehensively as in the United States. In addition, if we become aware of a third party’s unauthorized use or misappropriation of our technology, it may not be practicable, effective or cost-efficient for us to enforce our intellectual property and contractual rights, particularly where the initiation of a claim might harm our business relationships or risk a costly and protracted lawsuit, including a potential countersuit by a competitor with patents that may implicate our products. If competitors engage in unauthorized use or misappropriation of our technology, our ability to compete effectively could be harmed.

Our participation in “patent pools” and standard setting organizations may require us to license our patents to competitors and other third parties and limit our ability to enforce or collect royalties for our patents.

In addition to our existing obligation to license our patent claims that are essential to implement the MoCA specifications, in the course of participating in patent pools and other standards setting organizations, we may

 

26


agree to license certain of our technologies on a RAND basis and, as a result, our control over the license of such technologies may be limited. We may also be unable to limit to whom we license some of our technologies, and may be unable to restrict many terms of the license. Consequently, our competitors may obtain the right to use our technology. In addition, our control over the application and quality control of our technologies that are included in patent pools or otherwise necessary for implementing industry standards may be limited.

Any dispute with a MoCA member regarding what patent claims are necessary to implement MoCA specifications could result in litigation which could have an adverse effect on our business.

We are required to grant to other MoCA members a non-exclusive and world-wide license on RAND terms to any of our patent claims that are essential to implement MoCA specifications. If we had a disagreement with a MoCA member regarding which of our patent claims are necessary to implement MoCA specifications, this could result in a lawsuit. Any such lawsuit, regardless of its merits, could be time-consuming, expensive to resolve, divert our management’s time and attention and harm our reputation. In addition, any such litigation could result in us being required to license on RAND terms certain of our patent claims which we previously believed did not need to be licensed under our MoCA agreement. This could have an adverse effect on our business and harm our competitive position.

Possible third party claims of infringement of proprietary rights against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation or financial condition.

The semiconductor industry is characterized by a relatively high level of litigation based on allegations of infringement of proprietary rights. We have in the past received and may in the future receive inquiries from other patent holders and may become subject to claims that we infringe their intellectual property rights. We cannot assure you that we are not currently infringing a third party’s proprietary rights or will not do so in the future. Any claim that our products infringe upon a third party’s proprietary rights, regardless of its merits, could force us to license the third party’s patents for substantial royalty payments or to defend ourselves and possibly our customers or contract manufacturers in litigation. We may also be required to indemnify our customers and contract manufacturers for damages they suffer as a result of such infringement or litigation. These claims and any resulting licensing arrangement or lawsuit, if successful, could subject us to significant royalty payments and liability for damages (including treble damages) and invalidation of our proprietary rights. Any potential intellectual property litigation, regardless of the merits, could also force us to do one or more of the following:

 

   

stop selling, incorporating or using our products that incorporate or use the applicable intellectual property;

 

   

obtain from the owner of the applicable intellectual property a license to sell or use the relevant technology, which license may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all; or

 

   

redesign those products that use any allegedly infringing technology causing us to lose sales prior to completing such a redesign, and such effort may be time consuming, expensive and ineffective.

Any lawsuits regarding intellectual property rights, regardless of their success, would be time-consuming, expensive to resolve and would divert our management’s time and attention.

Our use of open source and third party software could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our products.

We incorporate open source software into our products, including certain open source code which is governed by the GNU General Public License, Lesser GNU General Public License and Common Development and Distribution License. The terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. In such event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products, make our proprietary code generally available in source code form (for example, proprietary code that links to certain open source modules), re-engineer our

 

27


products, discontinue the sale of our products if re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a cost-effective and timely basis, or become subject to other consequences, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

In addition to technologies we have already licensed, we may find that we need to incorporate certain proprietary third party technologies, including software programs, into our products in the future. However, licenses to relevant third party technologies may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Therefore, we could face delays in product releases until alternative technology can be identified, licensed or developed, and integrated into our current products. Such alternative technology may not be available to us on reasonable terms, if at all, and may ultimately not be as effective as the preferred technology. Any such delays or failures to obtain licenses, if they occur, could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Because we license some of our software source code directly to customers, we face increased risks that our trade secrets will be exposed through inadvertent or intentional disclosure, which could harm our competitive position or increase our costs.

We license some of our software source code to our customers, which increases the number of people who have access to some of our trade secrets and other proprietary rights. Contractual obligations of our licensees not to disclose or misuse our source code may not be sufficient to prevent such disclosure or misuse. The costs of enforcing contractual rights could substantially increase our operating costs and may not be cost-effective, reasonable under the circumstances or ultimately succeed in protecting our proprietary rights. If our competitors access our source code, they may gain further insight into the technology and design of our products, which would harm our competitive position.

Risks Related to International Operations

We expect a significant portion of our future revenues to come from our international customers, and, as a result, our business may be harmed by political and economic conditions in foreign markets and the challenges associated with operating internationally.

We have derived, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenues from international markets. Revenues outside of the United States comprised 64% of Entropic’s total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 84%, 82% and 49% of Entropic’s total revenues for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Revenues outside of the United States comprised 100% of RF Magic’s total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 89%, 99% and 98% of RF Magic’s total revenues for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. International business activities involve certain risks, including:

 

   

difficulties involved in the staffing and management of geographically dispersed operations;

 

   

longer sales cycles in certain countries, especially on initial entry into a new geographical market;

 

   

greater difficulty evaluating a customer’s ability to pay, longer accounts receivable payment cycles and greater difficulty in the collection of past-due accounts;

 

   

general economic conditions in each country;

 

   

challenges associated with operating in diverse cultural and legal environments;

 

   

seasonal reductions in business activity specific to certain markets;

 

   

loss of revenue, property and equipment from expropriation, nationalization, war, insurrection, terrorism and other political risks;

 

   

foreign taxes and the overlap of different tax structures, including modifications to the United States tax code as a result of international trade regulations;

 

   

foreign technical standards;

 

   

changes in currency exchange rates; and

 

   

import and export licensing requirements, tariffs, and other trade and travel restrictions.

 

28


To the extent our international sales are adversely affected by any of these risks or are otherwise unsuccessful, we could experience a reduction in revenue and our operating results could suffer.

In addition, certain foreign countries where we sell our products, such as China and Korea, have historically limited recognition and enforcement of contractual and intellectual property rights. In particular, we may have difficulty preventing ODMs and OEMs in these countries from incorporating our technologies or trademarks into their products without our authorization or without paying us licensing fees. We may also experience difficulty enforcing our intellectual property rights in these countries, where intellectual property rights are not as respected as they are in the United States, Japan and Europe. Unauthorized use of our technologies and intellectual property rights may dilute or undermine the strength of our brand. Further, if we are not able to adequately monitor the use of our technologies by foreign-based ODMs and OEMs, or enforce our intellectual property rights in foreign countries, our revenue potential could be adversely affected.

Fluctuations in exchange rates between and among the currencies in which we do business may adversely affect our operating results.

We transact business internationally, currently mainly focusing on Japan, Korea, China and Europe. As a result, we may experience foreign exchange gains or losses due to the volatility of other currencies compared to the U.S. dollar. Our sales have been historically denominated in U.S. dollars and an increase in the U.S. dollar relative to the currencies of the countries in which our customers operate could materially affect the demand of our non-U.S. customers for our products, thereby forcing these customers to reduce their orders, which would adversely affect our business. We incur a portion of our expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, including New Israeli Shekels. Our operating results are denominated in U.S. dollars and the difference in exchange rates in one period compared to another may directly impact period to period comparisons of our operating results. Furthermore, currency exchange rates have been especially volatile in the recent past and these currency fluctuations may make it difficult for us to predict our results.

Currently, we have not implemented any strategies to mitigate risks related to the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Even if we were to implement hedging strategies, not every exposure can be hedged, and, where hedges are put in place based on expected foreign exchange exposure, they are based on forecasts which may vary or which may later prove to have been inaccurate. Failure to hedge successfully or anticipate currency risks properly could adversely affect our operating results. We cannot predict future currency exchange rate changes.

Our products are subject to export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.

Our products are subject to U.S. export controls and may be exported outside the United States only with the required level of export license or through an export license exception, in most cases because we incorporate encryption technology into our products. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products or could limit our customers’ ability to implement our products in those countries. Changes in our products or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our products in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our products throughout their global systems or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries altogether. Any change in export or import regulations or related legislation, shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers internationally.

In addition, we may be subject to customs duties and export quotas, which could have a significant impact on our revenue and profitability. The future imposition of significant increases in the level of customs duties or export quotas could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

29


Our third party contractors are concentrated primarily in areas subject to earthquakes and other natural disasters. Any disruption to the operations of these contractors could cause significant delays in the production or shipment of our products.

Substantially all of our products are manufactured by third party contractors located in the Pacific Rim. The risk of an earthquake in these areas is significant due to the proximity of major earthquake fault lines to the facilities of our foundry, assembly and test subcontractors. For example, in December 2006 and June 2003, major earthquakes occurred in Taiwan. The occurrence of additional earthquakes or other natural disasters could result in the disruption of our foundry or assembly and test capacity. Any disruption resulting from such events could cause significant delays in the production or shipment of our products until we are able to shift our manufacturing, assembling or testing from the affected contractor to another third party vendor. We may not be able to obtain alternate capacity on favorable terms, if at all.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There may not be a viable public market for our common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the Nasdaq Global Market or any other stock market or how liquid any such market might become. An active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after the offering. If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at a price that is attractive to you, or at all.

There has been no prior market for our common stock, our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

Following this offering, the market price for our common stock is likely to be volatile, in part because our shares have not been traded publicly. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which we cannot control, including:

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market;

 

   

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those that sell semiconductor products in particular;

 

   

the timing of customer or service provider orders that may cause quarterly or other periodic fluctuations in our results that may, in turn, affect the market price of our common stock;

 

   

the seasonal nature of our sales;

 

   

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

 

   

changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our common stock, our failure to meet these estimates or failure of those analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our common stock;

 

   

ratings downgrades by any securities analysts who follow our common stock;

 

   

the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC and announcements relating to product development, litigation and intellectual property impacting us or our business;

 

30


   

market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole;

 

   

the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our common stock;

 

   

future sales of our common stock by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders;

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, natural disasters or responses to these events; and

 

   

changes in accounting principles.

In addition, the stock markets, and in particular the Nasdaq Global Market, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

Future sales of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock may depress our stock price.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have              outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2007. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately unless held by an affiliate of ours. Of the remaining shares,              shares may be sold upon the expiration of lock-up agreements at least 180 days after the date of this offering and the remaining shares may be sold from time to time after the expiration of such lock-up agreements and applicable holding periods specified in Rule 144 and Rule 145 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as more fully described in the “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” section of this prospectus. In addition, as of June 30, 2007, we had outstanding warrants to purchase up to 3,190,120 shares of our common stock that, if exercised, would result in these additional shares becoming available for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements.

Moreover, after this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2007, holders of up to approximately              shares of common stock (including shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants) will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. These rights will continue following this offering and will terminate two years following the completion of this offering, or for any particular holder with registration rights who holds less than one percent of our outstanding capital stock, at any time following this offering when all securities held by that stockholder that are subject to registration rights may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act within a single 90 day period. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue after this offering under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described above.

If a large number of our shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock are sold in the public market after they become eligible for sale, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock and impede our ability to raise future capital.

 

31


Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might deter acquisition bids for us that you might consider favorable.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions:

 

   

establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board are elected at one time;

 

   

authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include rights superior to the rights of the holders of common stock;

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws; and

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

If you purchase shares of common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $             per share, because the initial public offering price of $             per share is substantially higher than the pro forma net book value per share of our outstanding common stock. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less that the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. In addition, you may also experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances or the exercise of stock options to purchase common stock granted to our employees, consultants and directors under our stock option and equity incentive plans. See the “Dilution” section of this prospectus.

Our existing principal stockholders, executive officers and directors will continue to have substantial control over the company after this offering, which may prevent you and other stockholders from influencing significant corporate decisions and may harm the market price of our common stock.

Upon completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and including stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2007, our existing principal stockholders, executive officers and directors, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock. These stockholders may have interests that conflict with yours and, if acting together, have the ability to determine the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, may have the ability to control our management and affairs. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership may harm the market price of our common stock by:

 

   

delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control;

 

   

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us; or

 

   

discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

 

32


If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

Because management has broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering, you may not agree with how we use them, and such proceeds may not be applied successfully.

We currently anticipate using the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. A portion may also be used to acquire or license products, technologies or businesses. However, we do not currently have any specific plans for use of the proceeds of this offering, nor have we performed studies or made preliminary decisions with respect to the best use of the capital resources resulting from this offering. As such, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not necessarily improve our operating results or enhance the value of our common stock. You will be relying on the judgment of our management concerning these uses and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The failure of our management to apply these funds effectively could result in unfavorable returns and uncertainty about our prospects, each of which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

The continued expansion of our business will require substantial funding. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreements with Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC and Silicon Valley Bank prohibit us from paying cash dividends under certain circumstances. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.

 

33


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our ability to achieve or sustain profitability;

 

   

the competitive nature of the markets in which we compete and the effect of competing products and technologies;

 

   

the demand for our products;

 

   

the adoption of our technologies and the MoCA standard;

 

   

the competitive nature of service providers;

 

   

our dependence on manufacturers, sales representatives and other third parties;

 

   

our ability to create and introduce new products and technologies;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

   

our ability to successfully acquire companies or technologies that would complement our business;

 

   

our ability to realize the expected benefits of, and to successfully integrate, acquired companies including RF Magic;

 

   

the ability of our contract manufacturers to produce and deliver products in a timely manner and at satisfactory prices;

 

   

the transitioning of our silicon products to improved manufacturing process technologies;

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property and avoid infringement of the intellectual property of others;

 

   

our reliance on our key personnel;

 

   

the effects of government regulation;

 

   

our ability to obtain sufficient capital to expand our business;

 

   

the cyclical nature of our industry;

 

   

our ability to effectively transact business in foreign countries;

 

   

our ability to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and

 

   

our current and future compensation structure and philosophy.

In some cases, you can identify these statements by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative of those terms, and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements reflect our management’s beliefs and views with respect to future events and are based on estimates and assumptions as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to risks and uncertainties. We discuss many of these risks in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor

 

34


can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

 

35


USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $             million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters fully exercise their over-allotment option, we estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $             million.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, create a public market for our common stock and facilitate our future access to the public equity markets.

We currently have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering, nor have we performed studies or made preliminary decisions with respect to the best use of the capital resources resulting from this offering. We anticipate using the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. In addition, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to us from this offering to acquire or license products, technologies or businesses, but we currently have no agreements or commitments relating to material acquisitions or licenses. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of our net proceeds from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds.

Pending their use, we plan to invest the net proceeds to us from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business. We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreements prohibit us from paying cash dividends under certain circumstances.

 

36


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and capitalization as of March 31, 2007:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on an as adjusted basis to give effect to (1) our filing of an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, (2) the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (3) our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The actual and as adjusted data does not give effect to our acquisition of RF Magic on June 30, 2007.

You should read the information in this table together with our financial statements and accompanying notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2007
     Actual    

As Adjusted(1)

     (unaudited)
     (in thousands, except
per share data)

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

   $ 7,525       $            
              

Debt obligations—current and long-term

     900    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:

    

101,749 shares authorized and 100,207 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, as adjusted

     80,411    

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock, $0.001 par value: 160,000 shares authorized and 24,956 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 200,000 shares authorized and                  shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

     25    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 10,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

        

Additional paid-in capital

     1,378    

Accumulated deficit

     (61,357 )  
              

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (59,954 )  
              

Total capitalization

   $ 21,357     $             
              

(1) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of the pro forma as adjusted additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2007 excludes the following:

 

   

5,011,292 shares of common stock subject to options outstanding as of March 31, 2007 under our stock option and equity incentive plans, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.10 per share;

 

   

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan, 2007 non-employee directors’ stock option plan and 2007 employee stock purchase plan, each of which will become effective upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and

 

   

777,192 shares of common stock subject to warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2007, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.77 per share.

 

37


DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. The historical net tangible book value of our common stock as of March 31, 2007 was approximately ($60.0 million), or approximately ($2.40) per share of common stock, based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2007. Historical net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2007 into our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities. Pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2007 of approximately $20.5 million, or $0.16 per share of our common stock, represents our historical net tangible book value as of March 31, 2007, after giving effect to the conversion of all shares of our preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2007 into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate, substantial dilution. After giving effect to the sale of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point range of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2007 would have been approximately $             million, or approximately $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $             per share to existing common stockholders, and an immediate dilution of $             per share to investors participating in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus

     $             

Historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2007

   $ (2.40 )  

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2007 attributable to conversion of preferred stock

   $ 2.56    
          

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2007

   $ 0.14    

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to investors participating in this offering

   $                 
          

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     $             
        

Dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

     $             
        

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             per share and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering by $             per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

38


The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2007, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration, which includes cash received from the exercise of stock options and the value of common stock issued to employees and non-employees, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors participating in this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
Per Share
     Number    Percent     Amount    Percent    
     (in thousands)

Existing stockholders before this offering

               %   $                          %   $             

Investors participating in this offering

            

Total

      100 %   $      100 %  

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by investors participating in this offering by $             million, or increase (decrease) the percent of total consideration paid by investors participating in this offering by     %, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The discussion and tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option or any outstanding options or warrants and no sale of common stock by the selling stockholders. The sale of              of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to     % of the total shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering to     % of the total shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering. In addition, if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be further reduced to     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to              shares or     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering.

As of March 31, 2007, there were:

 

   

5,011,292 shares of common stock subject to options outstanding under our stock option and equity incentive plans, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.10 per share; and

 

   

777,192 shares of common stock subject to outstanding warrants, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.77 per share.

Effective upon the closing of this offering, an aggregate of             ,              and              shares of our common stock will be reserved for issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan, our 2007 non-employee directors’ stock option plan and our 2007 employee stock purchase plan, respectively, and these share reserves will also be subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with the terms of the plans. Furthermore, we may choose to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that any of these options or warrants are exercised, new stock awards are issued under our equity incentive plans or we issue additional shares of common stock or other equity securities in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

39


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007 are based on the historical statements of operations of Entropic Communications, Inc. and RF Magic, Inc., giving effect to our acquisition of RF Magic as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2006. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2007 is presented as if the acquisition occurred on March 31, 2007.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated combined financial statements are based on estimates and assumptions which are preliminary and subject to change, as set forth in the notes to such statements. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated combined financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the combined results of operations to be expected in any future period or the results that actually would have been realized had the entities been a single entity during these periods. This information should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and related notes of Entropic Communications, Inc. and RF Magic, Inc. included in this prospectus, and in conjunction with the accompanying notes to these unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated combined financial statements.

 

40


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Combined Balance Sheet

As of March 31, 2007

(in thousands)

 

     Entropic     RF Magic     Notes     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Combined
 
     (unaudited)           (unaudited)  

Assets

          

Current assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,890     $ 6,820     (a )   $ (500 )   $ 11,210  

Marketable securities

     2,635                     2,635  

Accounts receivable

     10,956       2,574               13,530  

Inventory

     12,837       6,165     (b )     2,725       21,727  

Other current assets

     640       254               894  
                                  

Total current assets

     31,958       15,813         2,225       49,996  

Property and equipment, net

     2,900       1,579               4,479  

Purchased intangible assets

               (c )     38,200       38,200  

Goodwill

               (d )     80,987       80,987  

Other long-term assets

     927       140               1,067  
                                  

Total assets

   $ 35,785     $ 17,532       $ 121,412     $ 174,729  
                                  

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders' (deficit) equity

          

Current liabilities:

          

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 11,461     $ 2,194       $     $ 13,655  

Accrued payroll and benefits

     746       1,226               1,972  

Deferred revenues

     492       358     (e )     (358 )     492  

Current portion of licenses and debt

     644       1,297               1,941  
                                  

Total current liabilities

     13,343       5,075         (358 )     18,060  

Stock repurchase liability

     646       81               727  

Deferred revenues

           1,285     (e )     (1,285 )      

Long-term debt obligations

     256       4,537               4,793  

Other long-term liabilities

           477               477  

Preferred stock warrant liability

     1,083           (f )     1,233       2,316  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     80,411           (g )     98,405       178,816  

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

          

Convertible preferred stock

           14     (g )     (14 )      

Common stock

     25       5     (g )     14       44  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,378       43,370     (g )     7,505       52,253  

Accumulated deficit

     (61,357 )     (37,312 )   (g )     15,912       (82,757 )
                                  

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (59,954 )     6,077         23,417       (30,460 )
                                  

Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ 35,785     $ 17,532       $ 121,412     $ 174,729  
                                  

 

41


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Combined Statement of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2006

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

    

Entropic

   

RF Magic

   

Notes

  

Pro Forma

Adjustments

   

Pro Forma

Combined

 
                      (unaudited)  

Net revenues

   $ 41,471     $ 26,183        $     $ 67,654  

Cost of revenues

     31,099       10,579     (h)(j)      7,873       49,551  
                                   

Gross profit

     10,372       15,604          (7,873 )     18,103  

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

     11,601       11,182     (j)      1,120       23,903  

Sales and marketing

     4,112       3,682     (j)      528       8,322  

General and administrative

     2,192       1,927     (j)      1,225       5,344  

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

               (i)      3,566       3,566  
                                   

Total operating expenses

     17,905       16,791          6,439       41,135  
                                   

Loss from operations

     (7,533 )     (1,187 )        (14,312 )     (23,032 )

Interest income (expense), net

     883       (241 )              642  

Loss on fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

     (401 )                    (401 )
                                   

Loss before income taxes

     (7,051 )     (1,428 )        (14,312 )     (22,791 )

Provision for income taxes

           (49 )              (49 )
                                   

Net loss

     (7,051 )     (1,477 )        (14,312 )     (22,840 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (126 )                    (126 )
                                   

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (7,177 )   $ (1,477 )      $ (14,312 )   $ (22,966 )
                                   

Net loss per share attributable to common
stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (0.51 )          $ (0.69 )
                       

Weighted average number of shares used to compute loss per share attributable to common stockholders

     14,056            19,169       33,225  
                             

Pro forma net loss per common share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.06 )          $ (0.13 )
                       

Weighted average number of shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

     116,631            61,557       178,188  
                             

 

42


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Combined Statement of Operations

Three Months Ended March 31, 2007

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

    

Entropic

   

RF Magic

   

Notes

  

Pro Forma

Adjustments

   

Pro Forma

Combined

 
     (unaudited)          (unaudited)  

Net revenues

   $ 20,026     $ 9,218        $     $ 29,244  

Cost of revenues

     14,531       2,820     (h)(j)      1,285       18,636  
                                   

Gross profit

     5,495       6,398          (1,285 )     10,608  

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

     4,190       3,261     (j)      266       7,717  

Sales and marketing

     1,500       1,176     (j)      115       2,791  

General and administrative

     767       1,004     (j)      301       2,072  

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

               (i)      541       541  
                                   

Total operating expenses

     6,457       5,441          1,223       13,121  
                                   

Income (loss) from operations

     (962 )     957          (2,508 )     (2,513 )

Interest income (expense), net

     122       (180 )              (58 )

Loss on fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

     (272 )                    (272 )
                                   

Loss before income taxes

     (1,112 )     777          (2,508 )     (2,843 )

Provision for income taxes

           (21 )          (21 )
                                   

Net (loss) income

     (1,112 )     756          (2,508 )     (2,864 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (32 )                    (32 )
                                   

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

   $ (1,144 )   $ 756        $ (2,508 )   $ (2,896 )
                                   

Net loss per share attributable to common
stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (0.06 )          $ (0.08 )
                       

Weighted average number of shares used to compute loss per share attributable to common stockholders

     17,784            19,169       36,953  
                             

Pro forma net loss per common share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.01 )          $ (0.02 )
                       

Weighted average number of shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

     121,312            61,557       182,869  
                             

 

43


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Combined Financial Statements

 

Pro Forma Financial Information of Business Combination

Basis of Pro Forma Presentation

On June 30, 2007, Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) acquired RF Magic, Inc. (“RF Magic”), a provider of digital broadcast satellite outdoor unit and silicon TV tuner solutions for approximately 19,169,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and 42,388,000 shares of the Company’s newly created Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock. The securities the Company issued or reserved for issuance pursuant to the acquisition were equal to approximately 34% of the combined Company’s fully diluted capitalization. The acquisition will combine established complementary technologies focused on the rapidly growing market for connected home entertainment.

The unaudited condensed consolidated combined pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2007 and the unaudited condensed combined pro forma statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007 are based on the historical financial statements of the Company and RF Magic after giving effect to the Company’s acquisition of RF Magic. No transactions between RF Magic and the Company have occurred for the periods presented.

The unaudited condensed combined pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2007 is presented as if the acquisition occurred on March 31, 2007. The unaudited condensed combined pro forma statements of operations are presented as if the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2006.

The unaudited condensed combined pro forma statements of operations do not give effect to any restructuring costs or any potential cost savings or other operating efficiencies that could result from the acquisition. They also do not give effect to any non-recurring charges or credits resulting from the transaction such as in-process research and development charges.

The effects of the acquisition have been presented using the purchase method of accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, Business Combinations . The total estimated purchase price of the acquisition has been allocated to assets and liabilities based on management’s preliminary estimate of their fair values. The preliminary allocation of the purchase price will be subject to further adjustments, as the Company finalizes its allocation of purchase price in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

Preliminary Purchase Price Allocation

The total purchase price of the acquisition was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount

Fair value of common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to stockholders

   $ 140,988

Fair value of assumed stock options

     6,067

Fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants assumed

     1,233

Fair value of common stock warrants assumed

     2,244

Acquisition-related transaction costs

     500
      

Total purchase price

   $ 151,032
      

The fair value of common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to the stockholders of RF Magic was determined based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2007. The fair value of stock options and warrants assumed was determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model in accordance with SFAS 123R, Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”).

 

44


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Combined Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Under the purchase method of accounting, the total purchase price as shown in the table above is allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The purchase price was allocated using the information currently available, and the Company may adjust the preliminary purchase price allocation until the analysis is completed.

The excess of the purchase price over the net of the amounts assigned to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill. The preliminary allocation of the purchase price is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount

Net tangible assets

   $ 10,445

Identifiable intangible assets:

  

Developed technology

     24,800

Customer relationships

     11,000

Backlog

     1,400

Trade name

     1,000

In-process research and development

     21,400

Goodwill

     80,987
      

Total purchase price

   $ 151,032
      

Pro Forma Adjustments

The preceding unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared as if the acquisition was completed on March 31, 2007 for balance sheet purposes and on January 1, 2006 for statement of operations purposes and reflect the following pro forma adjustments to:

 

  (a) Reflect cash reduction for estimated acquisition costs

 

  (b) Adjust work-in-process and finished goods inventories to their fair values

 

  (c) Record the fair value of intangible assets acquired

 

  (d) Record the fair value of goodwill acquired

 

  (e) Reduce deferred revenues to fair value for remaining performance obligations

 

  (f) Record the RF Magic preferred stock warrants issued in the acquisition in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position 150-5, Issuer’s Accounting under FASB Statement No. 150 for Freestanding Warrants and Other Similar Instruments That Are Redeemable

 

  (g) Reflect redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity adjustments for the following (in thousands):

 

     Amount  

Eliminate RF Magic’s historical stockholders’ equity:

  

Preferred stock

   $ (14 )

Common stock

     (5 )

Additional paid-in capital

     (43,370 )

Accumulated deficit

     37,312  

Fair value of common and redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to RF Magic stockholders and fair value of RF Magic stock options and warrants assumed:

  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     98,405  

Common stock

     19  

Additional paid-in capital

     50,875  

Write-off in-process research and development

     (21,400 )

 

45


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Combined Financial Statements (cont.)

 

  (h) Adjust cost of sales for amortization of developed technology and the inventory step-up from January 1, 2006 over their estimated useful lives (in thousands, except for years):

 

Purchased Assets:

   Purchase Price
Allocation
  

Estimated
Useful Life

(in years)

   Amortization for
the Year Ended
December 31, 2006
   Amortization for the
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2007

Developed technology

   $ 24,800    5.00    $ 4,960    $ 1,240

Inventory step-up

     2,725    0.25      2,725     
                   

Total amortization to cost of sales

         $ 7,685    $ 1,240
                   

 

  (i) Record amortization of purchased intangible assets from January 1, 2006 over their estimated useful lives (in thousands, except for years):

 

Purchased Intangible Assets:

   Purchase Price
Allocation
   Estimated
Useful Life
(in years)
   Amortization for
the Year Ended
December 31, 2006
   Amortization for the
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2007

Customer relationships

   $ 11,000    6.00    $ 1,833    $ 458

Backlog

     1,400    0.50      1,400     

Trade name

     1,000    3.00      333      83
                   

Total amortization

         $ 3,566    $ 541
                   

 

  (j) Record stock-based compensation expense related to the following: (1) reversal of SFAS 123R compensation expense included in the historical financial statements of RF Magic and (2) record stock- based compensation for unvested stock options assumed in the acquisition based on a value as determined by the Black-Scholes pricing model in accordance with SFAS 123R (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2006
  

Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2007

Cost of revenues

   $ 188    $ 45

Research and development

     1,120      266

Sales and marketing

     528      115

General and administrative

     1,225      301
             

Total

   $ 3,061    $ 727
             

In-Process Research and Development

In accordance with GAAP, research and development costs are expensed as incurred. However, material non-recurring charges, which result directly from the acquisition and will be recognized in the Company’s statements of operations within the next 12 months following the transaction, were not included in the pro forma unaudited condensed consolidated combined statements of operations. Accordingly, the estimated acquired in-process research and development charge of $21,400,000 was not reflected in the pro forma unaudited consolidated condensed combined statements of operations. The pro forma effect was given to in-process research and development acquired in the pro forma unaudited consolidated condensed combined balance sheet as a reduction of retained earnings.

 

46


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Combined Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Net Loss Per Share

Pro forma basic and diluted shares outstanding include the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the Company during the respective periods, in addition to the common stock issued as a result of the acquisition assuming they had been issued at the beginning of the period. The common stock issued in connection with the acquisition is assumed to be outstanding for the entire period presented.

Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

Pro forma net loss per share assumes conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock on the original dates of issuance using the “if-converted method”.

 

47


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth selected consolidated financial data. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Our audited consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and our audited consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our audited consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 and our audited consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004 have not been included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2007 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical results set forth below are not necessarily indicative of results of operations to be expected in any future period.

The following selected unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated combined statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007 are based on the historical statements of operations of Entropic Communications, Inc. and RF Magic, Inc., giving effect to our acquisition of RF Magic as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2006. The selected unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated combined balance sheet data as of March 31, 2007 are based on the historical balance sheets of the two companies, giving effect to our acquisition of RF Magic as if the acquisition had occurred on March 31, 2007. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated combined financial data are based on the estimates and assumptions set forth in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated combined financial statements. These estimates and assumptions are preliminary and subject to change, and have been made solely for the purposes of developing such pro forma information. The selected unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated combined financial data are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the combined results of operations to be expected in any future period or the results that actually would have been realized had the entities been a single entity during these periods.

 

    Actual     Pro Forma     Actual     Pro Forma  
    Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2006     2006     2007     2007  
                                  (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                 

Net revenues

  $     $     $ 358     $ 3,719     $ 41,471     $ 67,654     $ 7,276     $ 20,026     $ 29,244  

Cost of net revenues(1)

                149       1,979       31,099       49,551       5,091       14,531       18,636  
                                                                       

Gross profit

                209       1,740       10,372       18,103       2,185       5,495       10,608  

Operating expenses:

                 

Research and development

    9,989       9,908       8,984       9,574       11,601       23,903       2,540       4,190       7,717  

Sales and marketing

    482       1,431       1,560       2,247       4,112       8,322       763       1,500       2,791  

General and administrative

    1,834       2,146       1,482       1,846       2,192       5,344       512       767       2,072  

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

                                  3,566                   541  
                                                                       

Total operating expenses

    12,305       13,485       12,026       13,667       17,905       41,135       3,815       6,457       13,121  
                                                                       

Loss from operations

    (12,305 )     (13,485 )     (11,817 )     (11,927 )     (7,533 )     (23,032 )     (1,630 )     (962 )     (2,513 )

Other (expense) income, net

    (187 )     110       157       (323 )     482       241       186       (150 )     (330 )

Income tax provision

                                  (49 )                 (21 )
                                                                       

Net loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

    (12,492 )     (13,375 )     (11,660 )     (12,250 )     (7,051 )     (22,840 )     (1,444 )     (1,112 )     (2,864 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

                      54                                
                                                                       

Net loss

    (12,492 )     (13,375 )     (11,660 )     (12,196 )     (7,051 )     (22,840 )     (1,444 )     (1,112 )     (2,864 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

          (73 )     (85 )     (89 )     (126 )     (126 )     (32 )     (32 )     (32 )
                                                                       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (12,492 )   $ (13,448 )   $ (11,745 )   $ (12,285 )   $ (7,177 )   $ (22,966 )   $ (1,476 )   $ (1,144 )   $ (2,896 )
                                                                       

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $ (3.61 )   $ (2.08 )   $ (1.31 )   $ (1.14 )   $ (0.51 )   $ (0.69 )   $ (0.11 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.08 )
                                                                       

Weighted average number of shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

    3,459       6,479       8,973       10,781       14,056       33,225       13,426       17,784       36,953  
                                                                       

Pro forma net loss per common share—basic and diluted (unaudited)

          $ (0.06 )   $ (0.13 )     $ (0.01 )   $ (0.02 )
                                         

Weighted average number of shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted (unaudited)

            116,631       178,188         121,312       182,869  
                                         

 

48


     Actual     Pro Forma  
     As of December 31,    

As of

March 31, 2007

 
     2002     2003     2004     2005     2006    
                                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

              

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

   $ 3,145     $ 16,750     $ 12,788     $ 22,377     $ 13,674     $ 7,525     $ 13,845  

Working capital

     732       15,123       10,146       23,142       18,866       18,615       31,936  

Total assets

     5,079       18,691       15,652       28,957       31,224       35,785       174,729  

Debt obligations—current and long-term

     2,819       521       984       794       1,089       900       6,734  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     16,402       45,411       52,448       77,275       80,379       80,411       178,816  

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (15,494 )     (28,899 )     (40,617 )     (52,571 )     (59,315 )     (59,954 )     (30,460 )

(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

     Actual    Pro Forma    Actual    Pro Forma
     Years Ended December 31,   

Three Months Ended

March 31,*

     2002    2003    2004    2005    2006*    2006*    2006    2007    2007
                    (unaudited)   

(unaudited)

   (unaudited)
     (in thousands, except per share data)

Cost of net revenues

   $    $    $    $    $    $ 188    $    $    $ 45

Research and development

     16      8                116      1,120      1      53      266

Sales and marketing

     1      4      2      6      56      528           65      115

General and administrative

     13      11      11      20      51      1,225      1      22      301

 

* We adopted the fair value recognition and measurement provisions of SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment , effective January 1, 2006, using the prospective transition method. For periods prior to January 1, 2006, we followed the intrinsic value recognition and measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . For further information, see note 1 to the notes to consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

49


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including but not limited to, those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. In this discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations and elsewhere in this prospectus, we present pro forma consolidated financial data relating to our acquisition of RF Magic. This data is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the combined financial position or results of operations that actually would have been realized had our acquisition of RF Magic occurred prior to the covered periods. Investors should not rely on this pro forma data to predict our future results of operations as a combined company.

Overview

We are a leading fabless semiconductor company that designs, develops and markets systems solutions to enable connected home entertainment. Our technologies significantly change the way HD video and other multimedia content such as movies, music, games and photos are brought into and delivered throughout the home.

We are a pioneer of key technologies that enable connected home networking of digital entertainment over existing coax. We are a founding member of MoCA, a global home networking consortium that sets standards for the distribution of video and other multimedia entertainment over coax. Our products include:

 

   

home networking chipsets based on the MoCA standard;

 

   

high-speed broadband access chipsets;

 

   

ICs that simplify and enhance DBS services; and

 

   

silicon TV tuner ICs.

We have extensive core competencies in video communications, networking algorithms and protocols, SoC design, embedded software, mixed signal and RF integrated circuit design, and communications and RF systems. We use our considerable experience with service provider-based deployments to create solutions that address the complex requirements associated with delivering multiple streams of HD video into and throughout the home, while seamlessly coexisting with video, voice and data services that are using the same coax infrastructure.

In December 2004, we introduced and commenced commercial shipments of our home networking products. In March 2007, we began commercially shipping our broadband access solutions. In May 2007, we acquired Arabella, a developer of embedded software. In June 2007, we acquired RF Magic, a provider of DBS outdoor unit and silicon TV tuner solutions.

Since inception, we have invested heavily in product development and have not yet achieved profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our revenues have grown from $3.7 million in 2005 to $41.5 million in 2006, driven primarily by demand for our home networking products. As of March 31, 2007, we had an accumulated deficit of $61.4 million.

We use third party foundries and assembly and test contractors to manufacture, assemble and test our products. This outsourced manufacturing approach allows us to focus our resources on the design, sales and marketing of our products and avoid the cost associated with owning and operating our own manufacturing facility.

 

50


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. These accounting principles require us to make certain estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the consolidated financial statements, the disclosure of contingencies as of the dates of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Although we believe that our judgments and estimates are reasonable under the circumstances, actual results may differ from those estimates. If actual results or events differ materially from those contemplated by us in making these estimates, our reported financial condition and results of operations for future periods could be materially affected.

We believe the following to be our critical accounting policies because they are important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and they require critical management judgments and estimates about matters that are uncertain:

 

   

revenue recognition;

 

   

warranty accrual;

 

   

inventory valuation;

 

   

stock-based compensation;

 

   

accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets;

 

   

accounting for income taxes; and

 

   

estimation of fair value of warrants to purchase preferred stock.

Revenue Recognition

We generate product revenues principally by sales of our semiconductor products. We also generate service revenues from development contracts. We recognize revenues in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements , and SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition . We recognize product revenues when the following fundamental criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the price to the customer is fixed or determinable and (iv) collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. These criteria are usually met at the time of product shipment. However, we do not recognize revenues until all customer acceptance requirements have been met, when applicable. A portion of our sales are made through distributors under agreements allowing for pricing credits and/or rights of return. Product revenues on sales made through these distributors is not recognized until the distributors ship the product to their customers. We record reductions to revenue for estimated product returns and pricing adjustments, such as competitive pricing programs and rebates, in the same period that the related revenue is recorded. To date, product returns and pricing adjustments have not been material. When we refer to “revenues” in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, it reflects revenues net of such adjustments.

We generally recognize revenues on sales of semiconductor products at the time of shipment to our customers. Our revenues consist primarily of sales of our products to ODMs and OEMs.

We also enter into development contracts with certain ODMs, OEMs and service providers to help them implement our solutions. Revenues under these contracts are deferred until technological feasibility has been established, customer acceptance is obtained, and other contract-specific terms have been completed in accordance with the completed contract method of American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or

 

51


AICPA, Statement of Position 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction- accordance with the completed contract method of AICPA Statement of Position 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts . We periodically evaluate the status of each project to ensure that the estimates to complete each contract are accurate. A provision for estimated losses on contracts is made in the period in which the loss becomes probable and reasonably estimable. To date, we have not recorded any such losses. If the amount billed exceeds the amount of revenue recognized, the excess amount is recorded as deferred revenues.

We generate royalty revenue pursuant to a development agreement in which we provide STMicroelectronics with an exclusive right to manufacture and sell certain silicon TV tuner products in exchange for royalty payments on sales of these products. Royalty revenues are recognized in the period the royalties are paid to us.

Warranty Accrual

Our products are subject to warranties of one year or more and we provide for the estimated future costs of replacement upon shipment of the product in our consolidated statements of operations as a component of cost of net revenues. We have not incurred any significant warranty claims to date. Our warranty accrual is based on management’s best estimate of expected product failure rates.

Inventory Valuation

Our inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or market. Lower of cost or market adjustments reduce the carrying value of the related inventory and take into consideration reductions in sales prices, excess inventory levels and obsolete inventory. These adjustments are done on a part-by-part basis. Once established, these adjustments are considered permanent and are not reversed until the related inventory is sold or disposed.

Stock-Based Compensation

Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for employee stock options using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , or APB No. 25, and Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB No. 25 . The intrinsic value represents the difference between the per share fair value of the stock on the date of grant and the per share exercise price of the respective stock option. If the per share exercise price equaled or exceeded the per share fair value of the stock on the date of grant, then no compensation expense is recognized. Under APB No. 25, if the per share exercise price is below the per share fair value of the stock on the date of grant, then compensation expense is recorded and generally recognized over the grant’s vesting period.

On January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions of FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, 123R, Share-Based Payment . Under SFAS 123R, stock-based compensation expense for employees is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award at that date, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. We adopted the provisions of SFAS 123R using the prospective transition method. Under this transition method, unvested option awards outstanding at January 1, 2006 continue to be accounted for under the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB No. 25. All awards granted, modified or settled after the date of adoption are accounted for using the measurement, recognition and attribution provisions of SFAS 123R.

 

52


We estimate the grant date fair value of stock option awards under the provisions of SFAS 123R using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For the year ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, the fair value of stock options was estimated at the grant date using the following assumptions:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

2006

   Three Months Ended March 31,
            2006            2007    
          (unaudited)

Expected option life (in years)

   6.0    6.0    6.0

Risk-free interest rate

   4.8% to 5.0%    4.8%    4.5%

Expected volatility

   73%    73%    73%

Expected dividend yield

        

The expected option life reflects the application of the simplified method set out in SAB No. 107 , Share-Based Payment , or SAB 107. The risk-free interest rate is based on zero coupon U.S. Treasury instruments with maturities similar to those of the expected term of the award being valued. The simplified method defines the life as the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted-average vesting period for all option tranches. The estimated volatility reflects the application of SAB 107’s interpretive guidance and, accordingly, incorporates historical volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The expected dividend yield was based on our expectation of not paying dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.

The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of employee stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 was $0.60, $0.23 and $1.44, respectively.

We have granted to our employees options to purchase our common stock at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock at the time of each grant, as determined by our board of directors. Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our board of directors was required to estimate the fair value of our common stock at the time of each grant. Our board of directors, the members of which are experienced in valuing the securities of early-stage companies, considered objective and subjective factors in determining the estimated fair value of our common stock on each option grant date, including:

 

   

valuation indicators of our common stock, such as the prices for our preferred stock sold to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions and the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

   

our stage of development and revenue growth;

 

   

material events that could result in increased valuation of our common stock;

 

   

material risks affecting our business; and

 

   

the lack of marketability of our common stock.

Beginning in January 2006, our board of directors also relied upon periodic valuations of our common stock conducted by an independent valuation consultant. Our board of directors believes it properly valued our common stock in all periods, although we also understand that the judgments required in such efforts necessarily involve an element of subjectivity.

In April through July 2007, in connection with our 2006 year-end audit and our preparations for this offering, we undertook retrospective analyses of the estimated fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes. The retrospective valuations were undertaken using a valuation methodology recommended in the AICPA Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation .

 

53


We undertook the retrospective valuations as of five dates — March 31, 2006, July 31, 2006, October 31, 2006, April 30, 2007 and June 30, 2007 — the first four of which we selected because they were in close proximity to dates on which our board of directors approved stock option grants and the last of which we selected because it was the date we completed our acquisition of RF Magic. For periods prior to January 1, 2006, we believe the estimated fair value determinations originally made by our board of directors were appropriate because of our early stage of development and revenue growth prior to that time. In light of the stage of our development, we determined it was appropriate to utilize a probability-weighted expected return valuation methodology for the retrospective valuations. We assessed the estimated value of our common stock based on the relative likelihood and occurrence as of each such date that we would follow one of four possible future scenarios:

 

   

continuing to operate as a private company;

 

   

completing an acquisition;

 

   

completing an initial public offering; or

 

   

liquidating our assets upon bankruptcy.

The estimated value of our common stock under each scenario was in turn affected by the use of certain assumptions and valuation methodologies. Our assessment of the relative likelihood and occurrence of the future scenarios changed from being more heavily weighted towards continuing as a private company or completing an acquisition to more recently being more heavily weighted towards completing an initial public offering. In all cases, we assessed the relative likelihood and occurrence of the liquidation upon bankruptcy scenario as low.

In the private company scenario, we estimated our future cash flows based on forecasts of revenues and expenses, and discounted them to a present value using a discount rate ranging from 35% to 19% to reflect the risks associated with achieving those forecasts. We then apportioned that total value to our various classes of securities, taking into account the liquidation preferences of our preferred stock, to arrive at a per share value for our common stock. Lastly, we applied a discount rate ranging from 31% to 24% to reflect the lack of marketability of our common stock. In the acquisition scenario, we developed a list of comparable companies and derived appropriate valuation multiples based on those companies’ financial statements and stock prices. We then used these multiples to determine our estimated enterprise value. From this amount, we again apportioned that total value to our various classes of securities, taking into account the liquidation preferences of our preferred stock, to arrive at a per share value for our common stock as of the future time of the anticipated transaction. We then discounted the future per share value of our common stock using a discount rate ranging from 35% to 19%, which we believed appropriately accounted for the market cost of capital to our common stockholders, as well as the risk and nature of the cash flow. Lastly, we applied a discount rate ranging from 24% to 0% to reflect the lack of marketability of our common stock. The methodology we used for the initial public offering scenario was substantially the same as for the acquisition scenario, except that we disregarded the liquidation preferences of our preferred stock given the expected automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into common stock upon an initial public offering. In the liquidation upon bankruptcy scenario, we assumed that all of our assets available for distribution to our stockholders would be apportioned to our preferred stock after taking into account their liquidation preferences, thereby eliminating any per share value for our common stock.

Based on such retrospective valuations and other information considered by our management and our board of directors, we determined adjusted fair values per share of our common stock on March 31, 2006, July 31, 2006, October 31, 2006, April 30, 2007 and June 30, 2007. We considered our historical results, future prospects and other factors to extrapolate fair values of our common stock for each option grant date between the dates of the retrospective valuations. We then recorded stock-based compensation for stock option grants based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model and updated fair values of the common stock.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the reassessed fair values. These judgments and estimates include determinations of the appropriate valuation methods and, when utilizing a market-based approach, the selection and weighting of appropriate market comparables. For these and other

 

54


reasons, the reassessed fair values used to compute stock-based compensation expense for financial reporting purposes may not reflect the fair values that would result from the application of other valuation methods, including accepted valuation methods for tax purposes.

Stock-based compensation expense related to employees for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 was $0, $0, $183,000, $1,000 and $115,000, respectively.

We account for stock-based compensation arrangements with non-employees in accordance with SFAS 123R and Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services , using a fair value approach. The fair value of the stock options granted to non-employees was estimated using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. Stock-based compensation expense related to non-employees for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 was $13,000, $26,000, $40,000, $1,000 and $25,000, respectively.

Accounting for Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Acquisitions which cause us to recognize goodwill and other intangible assets require us to make determinations that involve estimates and judgments about the value and recoverability of those assets.

We account for goodwill based on the provisions of SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . SFAS 142 addresses financial accounting and reporting for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, and provides that goodwill is no longer subject to amortization over its estimated useful life. Rather, goodwill is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment. Once a year and otherwise if facts and circumstances indicate goodwill may be impaired, we will perform a recoverability evaluation. The calculation of fair value will include a number of estimates and assumptions, including projections of future income and cash flows, the identification of appropriate market multiples and the choice of an appropriate discount rate. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record additional impairment charges.

We also assess the impairment of our long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable. An impairment charge is recognized when the sum of the expected future undiscounted net cash flows is less than the carrying value of the asset. An impairment charge would be measured by comparing the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset being evaluated for impairment. Any resulting impairment charge could have an adverse impact on our results of operations. We have identified no such impairment losses to date.

Accounting for Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements we are required to estimate our taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate.

We estimate current tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as accruals and allowances not currently deductible for tax purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheets. In general, deferred tax assets represent future tax benefits to be received when certain expenses previously recognized in our consolidated statements of operations become deductible expenses under applicable income tax laws or loss or credit carryforwards are utilized. Accordingly, realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent on future taxable income against which these deductions, losses and credits can be utilized. We must assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance.

 

55


Management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2006, we recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets arising from U.S. operations since, based on the available evidence, we believed at that time it was more likely than not that we would not be able to utilize all of these deferred tax assets in the future. We intend to maintain the full valuation allowances until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowances. We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. Should the actual amounts differ from our estimates, the amount of our valuation allowance could be materially impacted.

We are in the process of expanding our international operations and staff to better support our expansion into international markets. We anticipate that this expansion will include the implementation of an international organizational structure. As a result of this anticipated change and an expanding international customer base, we expect that an increasing percentage of our consolidated pre-tax income will be derived from, and reinvested in, our international operations. Moreover, we anticipate that this pre-tax income will be subject to foreign tax at relatively lower tax rates when compared to the U.S. federal statutory tax rate and, as a consequence, our future effective income tax rate is expected to be lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate.

As of December 31, 2006, Entropic had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $22.9 million and $22.5 million, respectively. These federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will expire beginning in 2021 and 2013, respectively. As of the same date, Entropic also had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $3.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively. The federal tax credit carryforward will expire commencing in 2021 while the California research tax credits will continue in effect indefinitely. As of December 31, 2006, RF Magic had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $30.7 million and $18.6 million, respectively, and federal and state research and development tax carryforwards of $2.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

Utilization of net operating losses and credit carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation due to ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The tax benefits related to future utilization of federal and state net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be limited or lost if cumulative changes in ownership exceed 50% within any three-year period. Additional limitations on the use of these tax attributes could occur in the event of disputes arising in examinations from various taxing authorities. Our ability to utilize these net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be further limited by prior changes in ownership, the implementation of an international organizational structure and the issuance of common stock in this offering or in future offerings or future events. Currently, we are not under examination. Any carryforwards that will expire prior to utilization as a result of such limitations will be removed from deferred tax assets with a corresponding reduction of the valuation allowance.

Estimation of Fair Value of Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock

On July 1, 2005, we adopted FASB Staff Position 150-5, Issuer’s Accounting under FASB Statement No. 150 for Freestanding Warrants and Other Similar Instruments on Shares That Are Redeemable , or FSP 150-5. Our warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock are subject to FSP 150-5, which requires us to classify these warrants as current liabilities and to adjust the value of these warrants to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. At the time of adoption, we recorded income in the amount of $54,000 for the cumulative effect of this change in accounting principle, to reflect the estimated decrease in fair value of these warrants as of that date. We recorded $3,000 of income and $272,000 of expense in gain (loss) on change in fair value of warrants for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $28,000 and $401,000 of expense for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, to reflect changes in the estimated fair value of the warrants. The fair value at each reporting period is calculated using the Black-Scholes pricing model with current assumptions.

Upon the closing of this offering, the remaining outstanding warrants will convert to warrants to purchase shares of our common stock and, as a result, will no longer be subject to FSP 150-5. At that time, the then-current

 

56


aggregate fair value of these warrants will be reclassified from current liabilities to additional paid-in capital, and we will cease to record any related periodic fair value adjustments.

Recent Acquisitions

In May 2007, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Arabella in exchange for 1,265,000 shares of our common stock and cash consideration of $650,000. In June 2007, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of RF Magic in exchange for 19,169,412 shares of our common stock, 2,277,591 shares of our Series D-1 preferred stock, 19,082,222 shares of our Series D-2 preferred stock and 21,027,727 shares of our Series D-3 preferred stock. Except for stock options outstanding under the RF Magic (France) Incentive Stock Plan, which remain outstanding but are subject to put and call agreements under which we may issue up to an aggregate of 592,168 shares of our common stock, we also assumed each outstanding option to purchase RF Magic common stock and converted these options into options to purchase an aggregate of 8,725,121 shares of our common stock. We also assumed each outstanding warrant to purchase RF Magic common stock, Series B preferred stock and Series C preferred stock and converted these warrants into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,051,382 shares of our common stock, 101,225 shares of our Series D-2 preferred stock and 561,808 shares of our Series D-3 preferred stock, respectively. The securities we issued or reserved for issuance pursuant to the RF Magic acquisition represented approximately 34% of our outstanding common stock as of June 30, 2007 (including shares available for issuance under equity incentive plans and assuming conversion of all outstanding preferred stock and exercise of all outstanding stock options and warrants).

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of total net revenues for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Years Ended December 31,    

Three Months Ended

March 31,

 
       2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                       (unaudited)  

Net revenues:

          

Product

   45  %   78  %   97  %   100  %   100  %

Service

   55     22     3          
                              

Total net revenues

   100          100          100          100          100  

Cost of net revenues:

          

Product

   35     52     74     70     73  

Service

   7     1     1          
                              

Total cost of net revenues

   42     53     75     70     73  
                              

Gross profit

   58     47     25     30     27  

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

   2,509     257     28     35     21  

Sales and marketing

   436     60     10     10     7  

General and administrative

   414     50     5     7     4  
                              

Total operating expenses

   3,359     367     43     52     32  
                              

Loss from operations

   (3,301 )   (321 )   (18 )   (22 )   (5 )

Other income (expense), net

   44     (9 )   1     3     (1 )
                              

Net loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   (3,257 )   (329 )   (17 )   (20 )   (6 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

       1              
                              

Net loss

   (3,257 )   (328 )   (17 )   (20 )   (6 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

   (24 )   (2 )            
                              

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   (3,281 )%   (330 )%   (17 )%   (20 )%   (6 )%
                              

 

57


Revenues.     We generate revenues principally by sales of our semiconductor products. We also generate service revenues from development contracts. We principally sell our products directly to either ODMs or OEMs. We price our products based on market and competitive conditions and periodically reduce the price of our products, as market and competitive conditions change, and as manufacturing costs are reduced. Our markets are generally characterized by declining average selling prices over the life of a product and accordingly we must reduce costs and introduce new products and enhancements to maintain our gross margins.

We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2004, three customers accounted for 79% of Entropic’s revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2005, four customers accounted for 80% of Entropic’s revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2006, three customers accounted for 65% of the pro forma revenues of Entropic and RF Magic. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, three customers accounted for 68% of the pro forma revenues of Entropic and RF Magic. We expect our revenue concentration to decrease as a result of our acquisition of RF Magic and to decrease further if additional customers and service providers adopt our solutions. In addition, we depend on a limited number of service providers that purchase products from our customers that incorporate our products. To date, only one major service provider, Verizon, has publicly announced its intention to use the MoCA standard for home networking in its FiOS deployment. We also currently rely on one major service provider, EchoStar, to deploy products using our DBS outdoor unit solutions. During the year ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007, products sold to Entropic’s and RF Magic’s customers that were incorporated into products purchased by Verizon and EchoStar accounted for substantially all of the combined revenues of Entropic and RF Magic. The FiOS deployment by Verizon has been a primary driver of our revenues and we expect this to continue into the near future.

Since inception, we have derived our revenues primarily from North America and Asia. Revenues are allocated to the geographic region based on the shipping destination of customers’ orders. For sales to ODMs and OEMs, their geographic locations may differ from those of the ultimate end customers. Of our $67.7 million in pro forma revenues in 2006, $23.5 million and $42.1 million were derived from North America and Asia, respectively. Of our $29.2 million in pro forma revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2007, $7.8 million and $21.0 million were derived from North America and Asia, respectively. Accordingly, we are dependent on sales outside of the United States for a substantial percentage of our revenues and expect that to continue in the future.

Cost of Revenues.     We use third party foundries and assembly and test contractors to manufacture, assemble and test our products. A significant portion of our cost of revenues consists of payments for the purchase of wafers and for assembly and test services. To a lesser extent, cost of revenues includes expenses relating to management of our contractors, the cost of shipping and logistics, royalties, inventory valuation charges taken for excess and obsolete inventory, warranty costs, changes in product cost due to changes in wafer manufacturing, assembly and test yields, and allocated facilities expenses. In general, our cost of revenues associated with a particular product declines over time as a result of yield improvements.

We currently outsource the manufacturing of our home networking and broadband access products principally to TSMC and the manufacturing of our DBS outdoor unit and silicon TV tuner product lines to Jazz Technologies, Inc. Our home networking and broadband access products are primarily assembled and tested by Amkor Technology, Inc., while our DBS outdoor unit and silicon TV tuner product lines are primarily assembled by Amkor and tested by Giga Solution Tech. Co., Ltd. We do not have a guaranteed level of production capacity from any of our subcontractors’ facilities to produce our products.

Gross Margin .    Our gross margins were higher in 2004 and 2005 compared to 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007 as a result of our revenues in the former periods primarily being derived from development contracts, representing an earlier stage of our development. Our semiconductor products did not launch in significant volume until 2006. Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including average sales prices of our products, the product mix, the timing of cost reductions for fabricated wafers and assembly and test service costs, inventory valuation charges, purchase accounting-related charges, and changes in wafer manufacturing, assembly and test yields.

 

58


Research and Development Expenses.     Research and development expenses primarily include costs related to personnel, outside services which consist primarily of contract labor services, fabrication masks, architecture licenses, engineering design development software and hardware tools, allocated facilities expenses and depreciation of equipment used in research and development. While a substantial portion of our research and development activities are undertaken in support of our current and anticipated customers, we also invest in research and development to develop our technology. In the future, we expect some of the services currently performed by contractors to be performed internally.

We expect research and development expenses to continue to increase in total dollars although we expect these expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenues. We anticipated that our research and development expenses may fluctuate over the course of a year based on the timing of our fabrication mask costs.

Sales and Marketing Expenses.     Sales and marketing expenses primarily include costs related to personnel, sales commissions, trade shows, marketing programs, depreciation and allocated facilities expenses. We plan to continue to increase the size of our sales and marketing organization to enable us to expand into existing and new markets. We also plan to continue to invest in expanding our domestic and international sales and marketing activities and building brand awareness. Due to the lengthy sales cycles that we face, we may experience significant delays from the time we incur research and development and sales expenses until the time, if ever, that we generate sales from these products.

General and Administrative Expenses.     General and administrative expenses primarily include costs related to personnel, accounting, legal compliance and allocated facilities expenses. We expect that after this offering, our general and administrative expenses will increase as we incur additional costs associated with being a public company, including those related to compliance with the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Nasdaq rules.

(Loss) gain on fair value of warrant liabilities.     (Loss) gain on fair value of warrant liabilities reflects the change in fair value of the warrant liabilities calculated at the end of each reporting period. We will continue to record the change in fair value of the warrant liabilities each reporting period until either the exercise of the warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock or the completion of this offering, at which time the liabilities will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity.

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2006 and 2007

Revenues.     Our revenues were $7.3 million in the first three months of 2006 as compared to $20.0 million in the first three months of 2007, an increase of 175.2%. The substantial majority of the increase in revenues from the three months ended March 31, 2006 to the three months ended March 31, 2007 resulted from an increase in sales to existing customers to support increased demand for home networking products. Our revenues in both periods were primarily a result of sales of our home networking products for the Verizon FiOS service deployment.

Gross Profit/Gross Margin .    Gross profit increased by $3.3 million, or 151.5%, from $2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 to $5.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. This increase was due to higher revenues from the sales of our home networking products. Gross margin in the three months ended March 31, 2006 was relatively flat, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2007.

Research and Development Expenses.     Research and development expenses increased by $1.7 million, or 65.0%, from $2.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006 to $4.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007. This $1.7 million increase was primarily related to increased personnel costs of $0.6 million and outside services costs of $0.3 million. The remainder of this increase resulted from a variety of expenditures principally related to customer-driven projects. Research and development headcount increased from 42 full-time employees as of March 31, 2006 to 61 full-time employees as of March 31, 2007.

 

59


Sales and Marketing Expenses.     Sales and marketing expenses increased by $0.7 million, or 96.6%, from $0.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006 to $1.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007. This $0.7 million increase included increased personnel costs of $0.3 million and increased trade show and travel costs of $0.2 million primarily due to a general increase in business activities. Sales and marketing headcount increased from 12 full-time employees as of March 31, 2006 to 21 full-time employees as of March 31, 2007.

General and Administrative Expenses.     General and administrative expenses increased by $0.3 million, or 49.8%, from $0.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006 to $0.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007. This $0.3 million increase included increased personnel costs of $0.2 million and increased accounting, legal fees and recruiting costs of $0.1 million primarily due to a general increase in business activities. General and administrative headcount increased from eight full-time employees as of March 31, 2006 to 11 full-time employees as of March 31, 2007.

Other Income (Expense), Net.     Other income (expense), net decreased by $0.3 million from income of $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 to expense of $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 primarily as a result of increase in loss of fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities as a result of the increasing preferred stock value.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006

Revenues.     Our revenues were $0.4 million in 2004 as compared to $3.7 million in 2005 and $41.5 million in 2006. The increase in revenues from 2005 to 2006 was primarily related to an increase in sales of our home networking products. In 2006, product revenues and service revenues accounted for 96.7% and 3.3% of total revenues, respectively. In 2005, product revenues and service revenues accounted for 78.5% and 21.5% of total revenues, respectively. The increase in product revenues was due to a significant increase in sales of our home networking products for the deployment of Verizon’s FiOS service. The increase in revenues from 2004 to 2005 was also primarily due to an increase in sales of our home networking products, which started shipping in modest amounts in late 2004 and in increased amounts in 2005.

Gross Profit / Gross Margin .    Our gross profit in 2004 was $0.2 million, as compared to $1.7 million in 2005 and $10.4 million in 2006. The increase each year was due to higher revenues from sales of our home networking products. Gross margin decreased from 58.4% in 2004 to 46.8% in 2005. This decrease was primarily a result of the percentage of our revenues derived from service revenues decreasing from 55.3% in 2004 to 21.5% in 2005. Gross margin decreased from 46.8% in 2005 to 25.0% in 2006. The decrease from 2004 to 2005 and from 2005 to 2006 resulted from a shift in our sales mix from higher margin service revenues in 2005 to product revenues in 2006. In 2006, product revenues accounted for 96.7% of our revenues, while only accounting for 78.5% of our revenues in 2005.

Research and Development Expenses.     Research and development expenses increased by $0.6 million, or 6.6%, from $9.0 million in 2004 to $9.6 million in 2005. This $0.6 million increase included increased personnel costs of $1.0 million that were offset by a decrease in a variety of expenditures principally related to customer-driven projects. Research and development expenses increased by $2.0 million, or 21.2%, from $9.6 million in 2005 to $11.6 million in 2006. This $2.0 million increase included increased personnel costs of $1.4 million and increases in a variety of expenditures principally related to customer-driven projects. Research and development headcount increased from 31 full-time employees as of December 31, 2004 to 38 as of December 31, 2005 and to 53 full-time employees as of December 31, 2006.

Sales and Marketing Expenses .    Sales and marketing expenses increased by $0.7 million, or 44.0%, from $1.6 million in 2004 to $2.2 million in 2005. This $0.7 million increase included increased personnel costs of $0.5 million and increased travel and trade show costs of $0.2 million due to the increased demand for our home networking products. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $1.9 million, or 83.0%, from $2.2 million in 2005 to $4.1 million in 2006. This $1.9 million increase included increased personnel costs of $0.9 million, increased external commissions of $0.5 million and increased trade show and travel costs of $0.3 million. Sales and marketing headcount increased from three full-time employees as of December 31, 2004 to ten as of December 31, 2005 and to 15 full-time employees as of December 31, 2006.

 

60


General and Administrative Expenses.     General and administrative expenses increased by $0.4 million, or 24.6%, from $1.5 million in 2004 to $1.8 million in 2005. This $0.4 million increase included increased personnel costs of $0.2 million and increased travel and legal expenses of $0.2 million to support the growth of our business. General and administrative expenses increased by $0.3 million, or 18.7%, from $1.8 million in 2005 to $2.2 million in 2006. This $0.3 million increase included personnel costs of $0.2 million and increased travel and legal expenses of $0.1 million due to the increased demand for our home networking products. General and administrative headcount increased from three full-time employees as of December 31, 2004 to 10 as of December 31, 2005 and to 15 full-time employees as of December 31, 2006.

Other Income (Expense), Net.     Other income (expense), net decreased from income of $0.2 million in 2004 to expense of $0.3 million in 2005. This $0.5 million decrease was primarily due to increased interest expense of $0.5 million resulting from opening of a bank line of credit that was terminated in December 2005. Other income (expense), net increased by $0.8 million from expense of $0.3 million in 2005 to income of $0.5 million in 2006. This $0.8 million increase was due to increased interest income of $0.8 million, attributable to higher cash balances resulting from $24.9 million in net equity financing proceeds received in December 2005 and $3.0 million in April 2006, lower interest expense of $0.4 million due to a bank line or credit that was terminated in 2005 and offset by a $0.4 million increase in loss of fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities as a result of the increasing preferred stock value.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have funded our operations using a combination of preferred stock issuances, cash collections from customers, bank lines of credit, and cash received from the exercise of stock options. As of March 31, 2007, we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $7.5 million and no outstanding debt.

In April 2007, we entered into a subordinated debt and security agreement with Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC and Silicon Valley Bank under which we could receive advances of up to $8.0 million, secured by all of our tangible and intangible assets excluding intellectual property. Interest is payable monthly at an annual rate equal to the greater of 11.85% or 11.85% plus the difference between the one-month LIBOR rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal three business days prior to the applicable advance and 5.3%. We drew $1.0 million against this line of credit in April 2007.

In April 2007, we also entered into a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank under which we could receive advances of up to $7.0 million, secured by substantially all our tangible and intangible assets excluding intellectual property. We may increase the credit limit to $10.0 million under this credit facility upon payment of an additional commitment fee of $15,000. Interest is payable monthly at an annual rate equal to the prime rate plus 0.5% to 2.0% depending on the liquidity ratio we maintain. We drew $1.0 million against this credit facility in May 2007, which we paid down prior to the end of that month.

On June 30, 2007, we acquired RF Magic which significantly increased our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. We also guaranteed, and secured with all our tangible and intangible assets excluding intellectual property, RF Magic’s subordinated debt with Horizon Technology Funding of $7.0 million, which significantly increased our debt obligations. Interest on this subordinated debt is payable monthly at an annual rate of 11.90%. As of June 30, 2007, the combined company had $15.6 million in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and $8.0 million in debt. Additionally, as of June 30, 2007, the combined company had $17.0 million of available credit under these various debt agreements, $4.0 million and $3.0 million of which will cease to be available if it is not drawn down prior to August 31, 2007 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

 

61


The following table shows our cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                       (unaudited)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (10,091 )   $ (13,992 )   $ (10,229 )   $ (3,725 )   $ (6,260 )

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     6,411       3,598       (3,918 )     (184 )     4,863  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     6,528       24,241       2,688       (84 )     359  
                                        

Total increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,848     $ 13,847     $ (11,459 )   $ (3,993 )   $ (1,038 )
                                        

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006, primarily consisting of a net loss of $1.4 million and increases of $4.1 million in accounts receivable primarily driven by higher sales, and $1.5 million in inventory primarily driven by higher expected sales. This was offset by a decrease in prepaid assets of $1.3 million due to the reduction of vendor prepayments and by an increase in accounts payable of $1.3 million. The remaining changes in operating cash flows primarily reflects increases in deferred revenues and in depreciation and amortization. Net cash used in operating activities was $6.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, primarily consisting of a net loss of $1.1 million and increases of $3.5 million in accounts receivable primarily driven by higher sales and $6.9 million in inventory primarily driven by higher expected sales. This was offset by an increase in accounts payable of $4.7 million. The remaining changes in operating cash flows primarily reflects increases in depreciation and amortization, revaluation of preferred stock warrant liabilities and stock-based compensation.

Net cash used in operating activities was $10.1 million, $14.0 million and $10.2 million in 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities in 2004 primarily consisted of net losses of $11.7 million. Additionally, accounts receivable and inventory increased by $0.3 million. These uses of cash were offset by depreciation and amortization of $0.8 million, an increase in deferred revenues of $0.6 million and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $0.6 million. The increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses was primarily due to growth in accrued compensation and benefits associated with increases in our headcount.

Net cash used in operating activities in 2005 primarily consisted of a net loss of $12.2 million and increases of $1.5 million in accounts receivable primarily driven by higher sales, $1.5 million in prepaid assets due to vendor prepayments and $0.4 million in inventory primarily driven by higher expected sales. This was offset by depreciation and amortization of $1.1 million and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $0.6 million. The increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses was primarily due to growth in accrued compensation and benefits associated with increases in our headcount.

Net cash used in operating activities in 2006 primarily consisted of a net loss of $7.1 million and increases of $5.8 million in accounts receivable primarily driven by higher sales and $5.3 million in inventory, primarily driven by higher expected sales. This was offset by an increase in accounts payable of $4.5 million, a decrease of prepaid expenses and other current assets of $1.3 million due to the reduction of vendor prepayments and depreciation and amortization of $1.1 million. The remaining changes in operating activities primarily reflect increases in revaluation of warrant liabilities and accrued payroll and benefits.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 consisting of purchases of property and equipment to support product development and general growth. Net cash provided by investing activities was $4.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 primarily consisting of the sales and maturities of short-term investments to support general business growth.

 

62


Net cash provided by investing activities was $6.4 million and $3.6 million in 2004 and 2005, respectively, primarily consisting of the net sales and maturities of short-term investments to support general business growth offset by purchases of property and equipment to support product development and a general increase in business activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $3.9 million in 2006 primarily consisting of the net purchases and sales and maturities of $2.8 million of short-term investments due to investments of proceeds from the sale of preferred stock in late 2005 and of $1.2 million of purchases of property and equipment to support product development and general growth.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities  

Net cash used in financing activities was $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 primarily consisting of principal payments of software licenses and capital lease obligations. Net cash provided by financing activities was $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 primarily consisting of stock option exercises and offset by principal payments of software licenses and capital lease obligations.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $6.5 million, $24.2 million and $2.7 million in 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. In 2004 we sold shares of our Series B preferred stock for net proceeds of $7.0 million. In 2005 and 2006 we sold shares of our Series C preferred stock for net proceeds of $24.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively.

We believe that our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, the additional $17.0 million currently available under our loan and security agreements, expected cash flow from operations, and the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to fund our projected operating requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, we intend to continue spending substantial amounts in connection with the growth of our business and we may need to obtain additional financing to pursue our business strategy, develop new products, respond to competition and market opportunities and acquire complementary businesses or technologies. We may not be able to obtain such financing on favorable terms or at all. If we were to raise additional capital through further sales of our equity securities, our stockholders would suffer dilution of their equity ownership. If we engage in debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, prohibit us from paying dividends, repurchasing our stock or making investments, and force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios, any of which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Contractual Obligations

The following table describes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2006 (in thousands):

 

     Payments Due By Period
     Less Than
1 Year
   1 to 2
Years
   3 to 5
Years
   More Than
5 Years
   Total

Operating leases

   $ 882    $ 895    $ 1,217    $       —    $ 2,994

Capitalized software licenses

     784      403                1,187

Purchase commitments

     697                     697
                                  

Total

   $ 2,363    $ 1,298    $ 1,217    $    $ 4,878
                                  

Our principal lease commitments consist of obligations under leases for office space. We finance the purchase of some of our development tools under a capital lease arrangement over various dates that end in the next two years. Purchase commitments in the above table represent non-cancellable contractual obligations under purchase orders as of December 31, 2006.

In June 2007, we entered into a software license and maintenance agreement with Cadence Design Systems, Inc. We expect to pay a total of $3,750,000 in licensing for over four years under the agreement, net of a $38,000 prepayment. We are currently in negotiations to lease additional facilities in San Diego, California to accommodate our anticipated growth. We expect any lease agreement we enter into for such facilities to involve significant contractual obligations in addition to those in the above table.

 

63


Indemnities

In the ordinary course of business, we have entered into agreements with customers that include indemnity provisions. Based on historical experience and information known as of December 31, 2006, we believe our exposure related to such indemnity obligations as of December 31, 2006 was not material.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the periods presented, we did not have, nor do we currently have, any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Risk

Our sales have been historically denominated in U.S. dollars and an increase in the value of U.S. dollar relative to the currencies of the countries in which our customers operate could materially affect the demand of our non-U.S. customers for our products, thereby resulting in these customers to reduce their orders, which would adversely affect our business. Our international sales and marketing operations incur expenses that are denominated in foreign currencies. These expenses could be materially affected by currency fluctuations; however, we do not consider this currency risk to be material as the related costs do not constitute a significant portion of our total spending. We outsource our wafer manufacturing, assembly, testing, warehousing and shipping operations; however all expenses related thereto are denominated in U.S. dollars. If the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to the currencies of the countries in which such contractors operate, the prices we are charged for their services may increase, which would adversely affect our business. Currently, we have not implemented any hedging strategies to mitigate risks related to the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $7.5 million as of March 31, 2007, which were held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We do not believe that we have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of these investments as a result of changes in interest rates due to their short term nature. Declines in interest rates, however, will reduce future investment income.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement 109 , or FIN 48. FIN 48 establishes a single model to address accounting for uncertain tax positions. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

We adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As of the date of adoption, we had no unrecognized tax benefits. The adoption of FIN 48 did not result in an adjustment to retained earnings. We will recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. We recognized no interest or penalties upon the adoption of FIN 48. We do not expect any significant increases to our unrecognized tax benefits within 12 months of this reporting date. We are not currently under federal, state or foreign tax examination.

 

64


In September 2006, the SEC issued SAB No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements . Due to diversity in practice among registrants, SAB No. 108 expresses SEC staff views regarding the process by which misstatements in financial statements are evaluated for purposes of determining whether financial statement restatement is necessary. SAB No. 108 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006. The adoption of SAB No. 108 did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . The purpose of SFAS No. 157 is to define fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value and enhance disclosures about fair value measurements. The measurement and disclosure requirements are effective for us beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. We are currently evaluating what impact, if any, SFAS No. 157 will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial position.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , which permits entities to choose to measure eligible financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We will adopt this pronouncement in the first quarter of 2008 and are currently evaluating what impact, if any, it will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial position.

 

65


BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading fabless semiconductor company that designs, develops and markets systems solutions to enable connected home entertainment. Our technologies significantly change the way HD video and other multimedia content such as movies, music, games and photos are brought into and delivered throughout the home.

We are a pioneer of key technologies that enable connected home networking of digital entertainment over existing coax. We are a founding member of MoCA, a global home networking consortium that sets standards for the distribution of video and other multimedia entertainment over coax. Our products include:

 

   

home networking chipsets based on the MoCA standard;

 

   

high-speed broadband access chipsets;

 

   

ICs that simplify and enhance DBS services; and

 

   

silicon TV tuner ICs.

We have extensive core competencies in video communications, networking algorithms and protocols, SoC design, embedded software, mixed signal and RF integrated circuit design, and communications and RF systems. We use our considerable experience with service provider-based deployments to create solutions that address the complex requirements associated with delivering multiple streams of HD video into and throughout the home while seamlessly coexisting with video, voice and data services that are using the same coax infrastructure.

We generate the majority of our revenues from sales of our products to ODMs and OEMs that provide CPE to service providers. We have sold our products to more than 55 customers globally, including Actiontec, Jabil Circuit and Motorola. We have also established relationships with leading service providers including EchoStar, J:COM and Verizon. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, Entropic and its recently acquired subsidiary, RF Magic, generated pro forma revenues of $29.2 million.

Industry Background

Intense competition among service providers seeking to maximize revenues is driving a revolution in the delivery of video and other multimedia content into and throughout the home. These service providers are making significant infrastructure investments to differentiate their offerings by adding new video services such as high-definition television, or HDTV, DVR and video on demand, or VOD, as well as bundled video, voice and broadband data, also referred to as “triple-play”, services. In fact, consumers typically pay a higher price for video services than for traditional voice and broadband services. According to Yankee Group, in 2006 cable service providers generated ARPU of $68.50 per month from digital cable TV subscribers compared to $36.94 from broadband access subscribers, while telcos generated ARPU of $47.09 per month from traditional voice subscribers and $32.81 from broadband access subscribers. A successful video offering is critical for service providers to increase ARPU, drive subscriber growth and reduce subscriber turnover.

Several favorable consumer entertainment trends are contributing to the increasing video and multimedia revenue opportunity for service providers. These trends include:

 

   

Increasing availability of digital multimedia content. The conversion of multimedia content from an analog to a digital format is significantly increasing the amount and variety of video, music, photos and other multimedia content that consumers buy, receive and store.

 

   

Introduction of new multimedia applications. An increasing number of multimedia applications utilize digital video and other multimedia content for consumer home entertainment. Some examples of these applications include video “timeshifting”, or the ability to pause, fast forward and rewind live or stored

 

66


 

video, the ability to watch and record multiple TV shows at once, VOD, PC-to-TV personal content sharing, multi-room and online gaming, and streaming of downloaded movies stored on a PC to any TV. According to IDC, approximately 90% of households in the United States, or 99 million households, subscribe to pay-TV services including cable, satellite and telco TV services. Also, according to S2 Data Corporation, approximately 500 million households worldwide will have cable or satellite pay-TV subscriptions by 2011, representing nearly 50 percent of total worldwide TV households.

 

   

Proliferation of digital multimedia devices within the home. The Consumer Electronics Association, or CEA, estimates that an average U.S. household has three TVs, one desktop PC, one notebook or laptop PC, and a growing number of other digital multimedia devices such as DVRs, DVD players, CD players, MP3 players and gaming consoles. In particular, DVRs represent one of the fastest growing consumer electronics device categories. CEA estimates that one in four U.S. households now own a DVR and projects that household penetration may reach 33% by the end of 2007. Additionally, a key driver for the growth of the digital TV market is the FCC’s mandate that all TV broadcasts in the U.S. be in digital format by 2009. As a result, according to S2 Data Corporation, the number of households with single or multiple HDTVs is expected to increase from 20 million in 2006 to more than 60 million in 2011.

These trends have resulted in a growing number of “islands” of stored multimedia content within the home, including standard definition and HD video, movies and broadcast TV programs. Service providers and OEMs have identified a tremendous opportunity to seamlessly bridge these “islands” and enable the sharing of such content across devices and between rooms throughout the home. According to iSuppli, the number of network-enabled devices is expected to increase from 321 million in 2007 to 760 million in 2011, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 24%. To address this opportunity, service providers are introducing new CPE and service offerings such as multi-room DVR, which allows for video “placeshifting”, or the ability to access content from multiple locations and devices. For example, according to IDC, approximately 91% of DVRs shipped in 2006 in the United States were deployed by service providers. By providing CPE, service providers are able to easily introduce new services, simplify and enhance the user experience, and provide content security and service reliability. We believe service providers are competitively positioned to provide these services because they already have licensed access and distribution rights for premium video content and have established the infrastructure that enables carrier class QoS.

The stringent communications requirements associated with high-quality HD video and other multimedia content present a significant obstacle for service providers today. In response, service providers require technology solutions that enable the distribution of such content into and throughout the home while maintaining the requisite high-quality standards demanded by subscribers. For any such technology solution to succeed, we believe it must satisfy the following requirements:

 

   

High bandwidth, reliability and full QoS for HD video. Due to the fact that video is a streaming, real-time, visual experience, video quality rapidly degrades with any errors or delays in packet delivery. A high-quality video experience requires reliable first-pass transmission, very low packet error rate, low latency and low jitter. Moreover, video consumes up to ten times more bandwidth than typical voice and data services and has higher QoS requirements. A connected home with capacity to support multiple high-quality HD video streams requires a high bandwidth network with net throughput in excess of 100 Mbps.

 

   

Co-existence with other services and devices. Consumers currently subscribe to a broad array of communications services, including traditional voice, cable, satellite or telco TV, broadband access and cellular wireless, that are delivered using a number of different technologies. In addition, consumers may use a multitude of computing, communications and consumer electronics devices, such as PCs, STBs and TVs. Any successful home networking or access solution must seamlessly co-exist with existing services and devices without any interference or degradation in performance.

 

   

Cost-effective deployment. It is important for service providers to leverage the existing installed network infrastructure inside and outside the home to minimize incremental cost and expedite new

 

67


 

service deployments. Service providers prefer plug-and-play installation of new services as opposed to having to dispatch a service vehicle to customer premises, often referred to as a “truck roll.” Service providers are focused on saving installation time and minimizing customer service calls, thereby reducing total costs to deliver video services.

 

   

Customer ease of use. Most consumers have little tolerance for complicated consumer devices or service disruptions. Therefore, mainstream consumer adoption requires an easy to use and compelling service offering and plug-and-play service installation with minimal on-going maintenance.

 

   

Security. The ability to protect content and consumer privacy is a key element of any successful bundled service offering. Therefore, home networking and access solutions require data encryption and other security mechanisms.

To address these requirements, service providers are exploring home networking and access technology platforms that enable delivery of new services into and throughout the home. There are a variety of other technologies for delivering video into and throughout the home. Broadband access technology solutions include DOCSIS, xDSL, Ethernet and WiMAX. Home networking technology solutions include Ethernet, HomePNA, HomePlug AV, Wi-Fi and WiMedia, which is based on UWB technology. We believe each of these other technologies currently have limitations in meeting all the requirements necessary to effectively deliver multiple streams of HD video and other multimedia content into and throughout the home.

Our Solutions

We provide systems solutions comprised of silicon ICs and associated software as a platform to enable delivery of multiple streams of HD video and other multimedia content into and throughout the home. Our solutions are based upon our ability to combine the following core competencies:

 

   

Video communications, networking algorithms and protocols. We have extensive experience in defining and developing PHY and MAC protocols as well as networking, routing and security protocols. This includes expertise in advanced equalization, modulation and coding techniques, and contention-free MAC protocols required for high QoS video delivery.

 

   

SoC design, mixed signal and embedded software capabilities. Our ability to integrate multiple complex functions into a single silicon solution is a result of our significant experience in many disciplines, including embedded system architecture, high-speed very large-scale integration, or VLSI, design, microcontrollers, embedded software, packet processing and high-performance mixed signal design. Our mixed signal design expertise includes designing high-performance analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog converters. We also have in-depth experience in packaging design and automated high-volume test development, which allows us to develop cost-effective solutions.

 

   

RF integrated circuit design expertise. We have extensive experience developing highly-integrated RFICs. Our broad RF systems and design capability allow us to provide solutions that seamlessly integrate RF functionality within a digital communications platform. Our team has extensive experience with the complex task of integrating digital, high-speed mixed signal and RF IC designs into complementary metal–oxide semiconductor, or CMOS, SoCs.

 

   

Comprehensive communications and RF systems-level capabilities. Our system-level knowledge is the result of significant experience supplying solutions for service provider networks and includes an understanding of the critical elements in coax and satellite networks, such as service provider equipment and other devices both inside and outside the home.

 

   

Domain expertise in operator-based deployments. We have close working relationships with service providers and their ODM and OEM partners. Our extensive experience with service provider deployments allows us to deliver rapid time-to-market solutions over multiple generations of CPE and access equipment. These close relationships allow us to contribute to and gain insight into future service provider, ODM and OEM roadmaps.

 

68


Our families of products include home networking, broadband access, DBS outdoor unit and silicon TV tuner solutions. Our solutions target applications in all HD video and other multimedia content distribution networks through cable, satellite, telco and terrestrial mediums. Our solutions are currently used in consumer electronic and networking devices, including STBs, broadband routers, optical network terminals, or ONTs, LNBs, multi-room DVRs and residential gateways, and can potentially be used in other devices, such as digital TVs, gaming consoles, media servers and network attached storage devices.

Home Networking

Our home networking solutions target a large and rapidly growing market. According to iSuppli, the worldwide home networking silicon total available market is expected to grow from $1.1 billion in 2007 to $3.1 billion in 2011, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 29%. Our home networking solutions are based on the MoCA standard. We are a founding member of MoCA, which was established in 2004 and currently has more than 40 members that include major service providers as well as communications equipment companies and semiconductor manufacturers. MoCA-based products use existing coax to create a robust IP-based network for easy sharing of HD video and other multimedia content throughout the home. According to SNL Kagan Data, as presented by the National Cable Television Association, more than 112 million occupied homes in the United States are wired with coax. Based on U.S. Census Bureau data, this represents 98% of all U.S. households. We expect that MoCA-based products will be widely accepted by service providers for digital home entertainment networking.

The implementation of home networking chipsets based on the MoCA specification requires expertise in multiple technical disciplines as well as extensive integration and testing. Any home network technology using the existing coax must overcome the inherent constraints of such infrastructure. The in-home coax network was designed to isolate individual cable outlets from each other in order to eliminate potential video signal interference between TV sets that reside at different coax outlets in the home. The successful implementation of MoCA requires ICs that support high wirespeed signal transmission and enable low-level signal detection, real-time error correction and recovery. The broad range of expertise required for such implementation includes PHY and MAC system engineering, RFIC and high-speed mixed signal design, complex baseband SoC experience and embedded software expertise. In addition, MoCA designs must undergo a formal certification process in order to ensure interoperability and full compliance with the MoCA specification.

We are currently the only high-volume supplier of MoCA-compliant chipsets. We have been working on home networking technologies on which the MoCA specification is based since 2001 and began shipping production quantities of MoCA-compliant chipsets in December 2004. We are currently shipping our second generation of MoCA-compliant products. As of June 30, 2007, MoCA had certified 15 products from 11 different ODMs and OEMs, all of which use our home networking chipsets. Our MoCA-compliant chipsets are currently being deployed by Verizon as part of its FiOS service offering. On June 20, 2007, Verizon announced that it had over one million household and business subscribers to its FiOS service and nearly 500,000 subscribers to FiOS TV. We believe that our pioneering role in developing the MoCA standard and our success to date in providing these solutions position us well to continue to be the leading provider of MoCA-compliant connected home entertainment solutions. Our MoCA-compliant home networking solutions provide the following key benefits:

 

   

High data rates. In field trials defined and conducted by MoCA, our first generation solutions consistently delivered net throughput in excess of 110 Mbps in real world conditions with no loss in performance when multiple devices were connected to the network. This performance enables sharing of multiple simultaneous streams of HD video. Our second generation solutions continue to have a PHY rate of up to 270 Mbps and we have increased net throughput to up to 180 Mbps. The PHY rate refers to the maximum speeds of the physical layer of our ICs, while net throughput refers to the rate at which data is actually made available to applications and experienced by users.

 

   

High-quality video experience. Our solutions provide a reliable and high-quality video experience for the consumer that meets service provider requirements. Our solutions operate at frequencies on the

 

69


 

coax that do not interfere with other services or devices. Our PHY and MAC provide a very low native packet error rate, without retransmissions, that is essential for service provider-quality HD video. Our MAC is time coordinated and eliminates collisions in the network. Our solution also provides prioritized QoS and a reserved bandwidth, or parameterized QoS.

 

   

Ease of installation and use. Our solutions leverage the existing coax infrastructure and do not require expensive new wiring in the home. The plug-and-play installation of our solutions makes it easy for consumers to install and use and allows service providers to rapidly deploy new services. Both of these features enable service providers to minimize costly truck rolls.

 

   

Security and reliability. Our solutions operate on coax, which is a shielded, wired medium that can be simply isolated from neighboring home networks through both logical and physical means. We support service provider-based conditional access systems and related digital rights management and provide basic encryption for consumer privacy of personal multimedia content. In addition, our solutions create a self-healing network that provides high levels of fault tolerance and reliability.

 

   

Remote upgrade and diagnostics. Our solutions allow service providers to remotely upgrade firmware which gives them the ability to continuously enhance the features of their service offerings without truck rolls. Our solutions’ remote diagnostics tools also allow service providers to remotely diagnose and potentially remediate the home coax environment.

Broadband Access

Our broadband access solutions are designed to meet broadband access requirements in areas characterized by fiber optic networks that terminate within one kilometer of a customer premises. In particular, our solutions allow cable MSOs with fiber optic deployments to offer broadband access services that are competitive with VDSL services offered by telcos. According to IDC, worldwide broadband service subscriptions for our current target market, which consists of cable modem and fiber-to-the-home deployments, are expected to increase from 104 million in 2007 to 160 million in 2011. We believe that we are at an early stage in penetrating these large target markets.

Our broadband access solutions use coax infrastructure to deliver “last kilometer” connectivity for high- speed broadband access to single-family homes and MDUs. They incorporate the same PHY used in our home networking products and a different network-optimized MAC technology. Our broadband access solutions offer high performance with net throughput in excess of 100 Mbps. The point-to-multi-point architecture of our solutions currently supports up to 31 subscribers on a single RF channel. Our solutions can simultaneously support up to four channels over a single coax cable. As a result, our solutions are scaleable up to 124 subscribers over a single distribution cable, supporting an effective PHY rate of over one gigabit per second, or Gbps. Our broadband access solutions are currently being deployed by J:COM as part of its broadband access service offering in Japan.

DBS Outdoor Unit

Our DBS outdoor unit solutions target the large and growing DBS market. According to IMS, worldwide households with digital satellite free-to-air and pay-TV are expected to increase from approximately 266 million in 2007 to 377 million in 2011. In a traditional satellite installation, the ability to select multiple channels simultaneously may require multiple cables from the satellite dish to the STB. For example, in order to simultaneously view and record separate programs from the full channel lineup with DVRs in three rooms in a house, a user would need six separate cables from outside the home. Our DBS outdoor unit products can significantly reduce the deployment costs for DBS providers by allowing them to send multiple video streams from individual or multiple satellites into the home over a single cable. This simplified cabling architecture enable DBS providers to deploy STBs, with multiple tuner capabilities, in multiple rooms and roll out new services without expensive installation and retrofitting while improving aesthetics. We believe that our solutions can improve the competitiveness of DBS services by reducing subscriber acquisition costs, decreasing additional

 

70


services deployment costs and enabling a more attractive product offering. We are at an early stage in penetrating this target market.

Our DBS outdoor unit products include BTS and CSS ICs which are highly complex single-chip RFICs that integrate multiple independent signal receivers and multiple discrete analog functions onto a single silicon die. Moreover, as many as four CSS ICs can be linked to provide up to 12 DBS signals on a single cable. We are the pioneers in developing BTS and CSS RFICs and we have helped to define the standard for satellite signal distribution over a single cable in conjunction with members of the European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization, or CENELEC. We believe that single cable standardization will lead to more rapid adoption and further expand the market for our products. Our DBS outdoor unit products are currently used in outdoor equipment, broadly deployed as part of EchoStar’s service offering.

Silicon TV Tuner

We provide silicon TV tuner ICs for satellite, cable and terrestrial applications that conform to most major digital video broadcast standards. According to IMS, worldwide shipments of satellite, cable and terrestrial STBs and integrated DTVs are expected to increase from approximately 186 million in 2007 to 277 million in 2011. Many of these STBs and integrated DTVs will have multiple TV tuners to enable advanced features such as DVR and picture-in-picture, or PIP, viewing, further expanding the market for TV tuner ICs. Our tuner ICs integrate RF functions, including those performed by a surface acoustic wave filter, with other major discrete components onto a single die while maintaining the performance of traditional non-silicon can tuners. Our highly integrated solutions significantly reduce our customers’ design costs and shrink the tuner footprint in consumer electronics devices. We believe that the performance and small footprint of our tuners will lead to greater adoption of multiple-tuner applications across a broad range of consumer electronics.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to be the leading provider of systems solutions for the connected home entertainment market by enabling the delivery of multiple streams of HD video and other multimedia content into and throughout the home. The key elements of our strategy are to:

 

   

Extend our technology leadership . We believe that our success has been, and will continue to be, largely attributable to our interdisciplinary skill set that we leverage to create innovative systems-level solutions. As the incumbent supplier of key MoCA-compliant technologies in service provider-based deployments, we gain critical insight into next generation product and system requirements. We have and will continue to use these insights to enhance our products. For example, we recently introduced a number of new features for our home networking products, including net throughput enhancements, parameterized QoS, expanded node support and remote diagnostic capabilities. We are actively working with other members of MoCA to promote the adoption of these new features in future MoCA specifications. We intend to extend our technology leadership by focusing on our research and development efforts and through targeted technology acquisitions.

 

   

Expand relationships with industry leaders and customers. We work very closely with leading service providers around the world to increase the adoption of connected home entertainment solutions that utilize our technology. We have been selected in deployments by leading service providers such as Verizon and EchoStar and leading ODMs and OEMs such as Motorola, Actiontec and Jabil Circuit. We believe that expanding our relationships with these companies and further aligning our product and technology roadmap with their strategies will contribute to our future growth. We intend to expand our existing customer relationships by securing additional design wins with our customers and by positioning our connected home entertainment technology as the key differentiator in next generation CPE.

 

   

Continue to broaden our solutions. We seek to provide our customers with full platform solutions. For example, our company was originally focused on the development of MoCA home networking

 

71


 

solutions and we have since expanded our product offerings to include broadband access, DBS outdoor unit and silicon TV tuner solutions. Over time, we intend to add additional features and capabilities to our products and provide platform solutions to address the large and growing connected home entertainment market.

 

   

Expand our presence in international markets. Historically, we have been principally focused on ODMs and OEMs that supply equipment for service provider-based deployments in the United States. We intend to continue to expand our sales and technical support organization to broaden our service provider reach in international markets, primarily in Asia and Europe. For example, we are actively marketing our broadband access solutions in Korea and China, our DBS outdoor unit solutions in Europe and our tuner products in Europe and Asia.

 

   

Drive industry standards. We use our technology leadership to define specifications and drive industry standards, such as MoCA, which we believe will lead to widespread adoption of our solutions. In Europe, we have actively worked with members of CENELEC to develop a standard for satellite signal distribution over a single cable. We intend to continue to participate in other standards-settings bodies that we believe will influence our target markets, including Universal Plug and Play, CableLabs, the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, or IEEE, and Digital Living Network Alliance.

 

72


Our Products

We offer products that provide solutions for the delivery of HD video and other multimedia content into and throughout the connected home. Our families of products include home networking, broadband access, DBS outdoor unit and silicon TV tuner solutions. The chart below lists, for each of our product families, its key product lines, descriptions, target markets and target devices or applications:

 

Product Family

  

Description

  

Target Markets

  

Representative Target Devices or Applications

Home Networking         

EN101x

  

Coaxial network

interface RFIC

   Networked home entertainment devices    Multi-room DVR, STB, DTV, gaming console, home media server, residential gateway, PC and ONT

EN2xxx

   Coaxial network controller IC    Networked home entertainment devices    Multi-room DVR, STB, DTV, gaming console, home media server, residential gateway, PC and ONT
Broadband Access         

EN101x

  

Coaxial network

interface RFIC

   Broadband Access, IPTV, and Voice over IP, or VoIP    ONT, point-of-entry network controller, and access CPE for single family homes and MDUs

EN3011

  

Access network

controller IC

   Broadband Access, IPTV and VoIP    ONT and point-of-entry network controller for single family homes and MDUs

EN3230

   Access client IC    Broadband Access, IPTV and VoIP    Access CPE for single family homes and MDUs
DBS Outdoor Unit         

RF5000

  

Band Translation Switch—Dual

2-channel IC

   U.S. DBS    LNB and multi-switch DBS products for single family homes and MDUs

RF510x

  

Band Translation Switch—Triple

2-channel IC

   U.S. DBS    LNB and multi-switch DBS products for single family homes and MDUs

RF520x

   Channel Stacking Switch—3-channel IC    U.S. DBS    LNB and multi-switch DBS products for single family homes and MDUs

RF521x

   Channel Stacking Switch—3-channel IC    Global DBS    LNB and multi-switch DBS products for single family homes and MDUs
Silicon TV Tuners         

RF4000/4400

  

Silicon Tuner IC—

Digital Terrestrial

   DTV and recorders    HDTV, DVR, PC and converter boxes

RF4800

   Silicon Tuner IC—Digital Cable    Cable STBs and cable-ready TV    DVR, STB and cable modem

RF4900/4910

   Silicon Tuner IC—Digital Satellite    Satellite STBs    STB and DVR

Our Technology

We believe that we possess the expertise and experience, breadth and depth of technologies and the skills required to address and compete effectively in our target markets. These capabilities result from our in-depth understanding of the environments in which we operate, knowledge and experience with customer and operator requirements, and extensive communications system understanding.

 

73


Home Networking

Our home networking products are based on an innovative platform technology that allows very high-speed and reliable communications between coax home outlets without the need to modify the home coax system and without interfering with existing cable TV services. This technology has been designed to address the very difficult communications environment of the coax home network architecture. We have developed an in-depth understanding of the home coax environment as a result of extensive testing and characterization of both the coax home network and its components, such as splitters, cables, taps, and home entertainment devices including TV sets and STBs. These tests provided us with a large database of home coax network characteristics from which we have developed a set of tools and models that we use to optimize our solutions for this environment.

Coax home cabling is designed for “vertical” communications to and from the cable system head-end to the devices connected to coax outlets in the home, such as TV sets and STBs, and has in the past primarily been used for the delivery of cable TV, data (cable modem) and, more recently, voice over IP, or VoIP, services. The in-home coax architecture has been specifically designed to prevent inter-outlet communications through the use of splitters with high port-to-port isolation. This leads to a highly dispersive PHY channel, over which it is difficult for typical digital communication systems to operate. The historical inability to address these issues associated with in-home coax architecture has contributed to the creation of “islands” of digital entertainment within the home.

Our home networking technology is a full-mesh, peer-to-peer network. It overcomes the inherent limitations of home coax cabling and enables high-speed “horizontal” communications between the outlets in cable homes. This is accomplished through a combination of an adaptive PHY that optimizes the signal modulation in order to maximize the channel capacity of the in-home coax network and a unique MAC protocol that maintains very low latency independent of network load by allocating channel resources without contention or retransmission. The system simplifies installation and maintenance requirements through the use of an ad-hoc network controller functionality, which makes the network self-healing and provides redundancy. Our home networking solution is implemented using an efficient and flexible architecture through an optimized combination of hardware, firmware, software and cost effective RFIC and SoC implementations.

The following graphic demonstrates how our home networking technology enables horizontal communications between home coax outlets, providing room-to-room connectivity, in addition to the vertical communications path traditionally used in the home coax system:

LOGO

 

74


Our home networking technology has been selected as the basis for the MoCA standard for home networking over coax after a selection process that involved an extensive and successful field trial conducted by MoCA. The field trial demonstrated that our home networking technology repeatedly achieved a very reliable net throughput in excess of 110 Mbps at acceptable packet error rate levels to support in-home video distribution at quality levels appropriate for service provider-based pay-TV developments. This net throughput allows for the simultaneous delivery of four full-rate HDTV channels and other services, such as voice and data.

Broadband Access

Our broadband access solutions use coaxial cable infrastructure to deliver “last kilometer” connectivity for high-speed broadband access to single-family homes and MDUs. Our solutions are designed to work on passive coax networks. This means that a fiber node in the hybrid fiber coaxial, or HFC, network, or the passive optical network, or PON, terminates at the last active device in a coax wide area network. This termination point is typically within 600 meters of a customer’s premises. For active or passive coax distribution plants extending up to 1.2 kilometers, cable operators can use a c.LINK-compliant distribution amplifier which increases coverage while delivering the same throughput performance. Our solutions are based on our c.LINK Access technology and provide efficient communications between an access node, such as a fiber termination in the basement of an apartment building, and the cable outlets in each apartment throughout the building.

The c.LINK Access technology utilizes a single RF channel for communicating in both the “upstream” and “downstream” directions. This allows flexibility in the allocations of the amount of information transmitted in either direction. For example, if a user has a significant amount of information to send from a computer, such as video files or photos loading to a server on the Internet, the c.LINK Access technology can allocate the available resources for the requisite time duration to this “upstream” direction. Also, since the access node device and the client do not transmit and receive simultaneously, the device can share much of the front-end circuitry for both transmit and receive functions, resulting in additional cost savings. Since communications to different nodes in the network and to or from each device are accomplished through the time division of the RF channel, a single device using our c.LINK Access technology at the access node can communicate with as many as 31 clients, resulting in a cost-effective solution for high-speed broadband access. Our solution is also able to simultaneously support up to four channels over a single coax cable. As a result, our solution is scalable up to 124 subscribers over a single distribution cable supporting an effective PHY rate of over 1 Gbps.

DBS Outdoor Unit

Our DBS outdoor unit solutions simplify the installation required to support simultaneous reception of multiple channels from multiple satellites over a single cable. This capability is critical to allow a satellite receiver to enable PIP viewing or to record and watch two or more programs simultaneously, using a single cable. In cable TV systems, all the channels are available over the coax connected to the TV set or the cable STB. In satellite systems, the number of channels available from multiple satellites typically exceeds the channel carrying capabilities of the connecting cable. The CSS and BTS technologies are designed to select desired satellite channels and re-arrange them for delivery to the indoor STB over a single connecting cable. This single cable connects the outdoor unit to either many STBs in and around the home or a media center inside the home, and delivers all the programs being viewed on the various devices inside the home. In a legacy system that does not use the CSS and BTS technologies, additional cables may be required as the numbers of simultaneously viewed satellite channels or the number of simultaneously viewed programs increases.

The implementation of such complex RF processing in an integrated RFIC requires our unique RF system architecture and design capabilities, including the design of multiple, independently operable, low noise oscillators on a single die, cross-point switching, and high isolation techniques realized in both circuit design and advanced floor planning methodologies.

 

75


Silicon TV Tuners

Our RF technology is well suited for the design of low-cost, high-performance, low-power and small footprint, satellite, terrestrial and cable single and multiple TV tuner ICs. Our silicon TV tuner ICs integrate RF functions, including those performed by a surface acoustic wave filter, with other major discrete components into a single die while maintaining the performance of traditional non-silicon can tuners. Our system architecture is capable of addressing today’s legacy standard interfaces to digital demodulation ICs, and at the same time is optimized for future interfaces. This architecture is also ideal for an integrated, multiple tuner, single IC implementation. Our low noise, high dynamic range front-end and low phase noise design combined with the integrated, tunable, high selectivity RF filters ensure that we can meet the stringent requirements of both terrestrial and cable applications. Our fully-integrated, auto-calibrated, analog signal processing and high isolation techniques including advanced floor-planning methodologies enable us to design multi-standard, multiple tuners on a single silicon die.

Customers

We work closely with ODMs, OEMs and leading service providers around the world to increase the adoption of connected home entertainment solutions that incorporate our technology. Service providers that utilize our products are mainly served by leading consumer electronic ODMs and OEMs of connected home entertainment solutions. We have been selected by leading equipment manufacturers such as Actiontec, Jabil Circuit and Motorola for deployments by leading service providers such as EchoStar, J:COM and Verizon. In 2006, Entropic and RF Magic together derived revenues from over 55 different customers.

We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our revenues. During the year ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007, ten customers accounted for more than 90% of the pro forma revenues of Entropic and its recently-acquired subsidiary, RF Magic. During the year ended December 31, 2006, Actiontec, Motorola and CalAmp accounted for 31%, 23% and 11%, respectively, of the pro forma revenues of Entropic and RF Magic. During the three months ended March 31, 2007, Motorola, Actiontec and Marubun/Arrow accounted for 32%, 24% and 12%, respectively, of the pro forma revenues of Entropic and RF Magic.

For the year ending December 31, 2006, 34.7% of the pro forma revenues of Entropic and RF Magic were derived from the United States and Canada, 3.1% in Europe and 62.2% in Asia. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, 26.8% of the pro forma revenues of Entropic and RF Magic were derived from the United States and Canada, 1.3% in Europe and 71.9% in Asia. Many of our ODM and OEM customers in Asia incorporate our chipsets into products that they sell to U.S.-based service providers.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our products worldwide through multiple channels, including our direct sales force and our network of domestic and international sales representatives and distributors. We have strategically located our direct sales personnel in the United States, Europe, China and Taiwan, where each salesperson has specific end-user market expertise. Our sales directors focus their efforts on leading ODMs and OEMs. We also have field application engineers who provide technical support and assistance to existing and potential customers in designing, testing, qualifying and certifying systems that incorporate our products.

Our sales cycles typically take a significant amount of time to complete, requiring a substantial expenditure of resources before realization of revenue from product sales, if at all. Such long sales cycles mean that service providers’ and ODM and OEM customers’ product selections, once made, are normally difficult to change. As a result, a design loss to one of our competitors may negatively impact our financial results for several years. Similarly, design wins may result in an extended period of revenue opportunities.

Our sales and marketing strategy is to achieve design wins with leading ODMs and OEMs and mass deployment of our solutions with service providers worldwide. This requires us to work extensively and

 

76


collaboratively with our ODM and OEM customers as well as the service providers who purchase products from them. As a result, we believe that our established relationships allow us faster time to market and will lead to greater proliferation of our solutions.

Our marketing group focuses on our product strategy and management, product development roadmaps, product positioning, new product launch and transition, demand assessment and competitive analysis. The group also ensures that product development activities, product launch, channel marketing program activities, and ongoing demand and supply planning occur in a well-managed and timely manner in coordination with our development, operations and sales groups as wells as our service provider representatives, ODMs and OEMs. Our marketing group also has programs in place to heighten industry awareness of our company, products and technologies, including participating in technical conferences, support of industry initiatives such as MoCA, publication of technical whitepapers, and exhibition at trade shows.

Research and Development

We believe our future success depends in part on our ability to introduce enhancements to our existing products and to develop new products for existing and emerging markets. We work closely with service providers and their ODM and OEM partners to understand their requirements and align our research and development efforts to meet their system requirements. We are also actively engaged in advancing the MoCA standard through our research and development efforts. We have assembled a team of highly skilled design engineers with core competencies in complex communications chipsets, RFICs and embedded application software expertise. Our engineers are responsible for new product development efforts while continuing to enhance existing product lines and provide critical technical support to our customers.

As of June 30, 2007, we had 131 full-time employees engaged in research and development. Entropic’s research and development expense was $4.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and $9.0 million, $9.6 million and $11.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. RF Magic’s research and development expense for the same periods was $3.3 million, $10.1 million, $9.8 million and $11.2 million, respectively.

Competition

The markets for our products are extremely competitive and are characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards and new demands for features and performance of multimedia content delivery solutions. We believe the principal competitive factors in our markets include the following:

 

   

the adoption of our products and technologies by service providers, ODMs and OEMs;

 

   

the performance and cost effectiveness of our products relative to our competitors’ products;

 

   

our ability to deliver high quality and reliable products in large volumes and on a timely basis;

 

   

our ability to build close relationships with service providers, ODMs and OEMs;

 

   

our success in developing and utilizing new technologies to offer products and features previously not available in the marketplace that are technologically superior to those offered by our competitors;

 

   

our ability to identify new and emerging markets and market trends;

 

   

our ability to recruit design and application engineers and other technical personnel; and

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property and obtain licenses to the intellectual property of others on commercially reasonable terms.

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to each of these criteria. However, conditions in our markets could change rapidly and significantly as a result of technological advancements or the adoption of new standards for the delivery of HD video and other multimedia content. In addition, many of our current and

 

77


potential competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater resources, stronger name recognition and a larger base of customers than we do. This may allow them to respond more quickly than we are able to respond to new or emerging technologies or changes in customer requirements or it may allow them to deliver products that are priced lower than our products or which include features and functions that are not included in our products.

In the market for home networking solutions, we are currently the only high-volume supplier of MoCA-compliant chipsets. In the near-term, therefore, we believe our primary competition in this market will be from companies that offer products based on non-MoCA home networking solutions, such as Ethernet, HomePNA, Home Plug AV, Wi-Fi and WiMedia. In the future, we expect other semiconductor manufacturers to compete with us in the manufacture and sale of MoCA-compliant chipsets. In the broadband access market, our broadband access products compete with other, more well-established high-speed wide area networking technologies such as DOCSIS, xDSL and WiMAX. In the market for DBS outdoor unit solutions, our BTS and CSS products face competition from discrete solution providers and other semiconductor manufacturers. In the market for TV tuners, our silicon TV tuners face competition from silicon and non-silicon tuners that offer similar functionality.

Manufacturing

We use third party foundries and assembly and test contractors to manufacture, assemble and test our products. This outsourced manufacturing approach allows us to focus our resources on the design, sales and marketing of our products and avoid the cost associated with owning and operating our own manufacturing facility. Our engineers work closely with foundries and other contractors to increase yields, lower manufacturing costs and improve quality.

We currently outsource the manufacturing of our home networking and our broadband access products principally to TSMC and the manufacturing of our DBS outdoor unit and silicon TV tuner product lines to Jazz Technologies, Inc. Our products are shipped from such third party foundries to third party assembly and testing facilities. Our home networking and our broadband access chipsets are primarily assembled and tested by Amkor, while our DBS outdoor unit and silicon TV tuner product lines are primarily assembled by Amkor and tested by Giga Solution. We do not have a guaranteed level of production capacity from any of our subcontractors’ facilities to produce our products. We have implemented a robust quality management system, designed to assure high levels of product quality for our customers. We have completed and have been awarded ISO 9001:2000 certification. In addition, the independent foundries, assembly, and test subcontractors identified above have been awarded ISO 9001:2000 certifications, among others.

Intellectual Property

Our success and future revenue growth depend, in part, on our ability to develop and protect our intellectual property. We rely primarily on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as nondisclosure agreements and other methods, to protect our proprietary technologies and processes. However, these measures may not provide meaningful protection for our intellectual property.

We review our technological developments to identify features that provide us with a technological or commercial advantage, and we file patent applications when we deem it to be appropriate to protect these features in the United States and internationally in select countries. In addition to developing patented technology internally, we evaluate the acquisition and licensing of intellectual property from third parties that complements our business. As of June 30, 2007, we held six issued patents, one of which is currently being reexamined by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, and had over 80 patent applications pending in the United States and in selected foreign countries. The term of each of our issued patents in the United States is 20 years from its filing date and to the extent our patent applications are pending for a long period of time, the term of any resulting patents will be correspondingly reduced. The remaining terms of our issued patents range from 16 to 18 years in most jurisdictions without taking into account any patent term extensions which may be available to us.

 

78


We are the owner of several registered trademarks in the United States and in certain foreign countries, including “Entropic”, “Entropic Communications”, “c.LINK” and “RF Magic”.

In connection with our membership in MoCA, we are required to license any of our patent claims that are essential to implement the MoCA specification to other MoCA members under RAND terms. Because our core home networking technology is a primary component of the MoCA specification, we are required to license this technology to other MoCA members, including other semiconductor manufacturers that may compete with us in the sale of MoCA-compliant chipsets.

We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and strategic partners, and typically control access to and distribution of our proprietary information. Our employees are generally required to assign their intellectual property rights to us and to treat all technology as our confidential information.

Employees

As of June 30, 2007, we employed a total of 220 people on a full-time basis, including 131 in research and development, 73 in sales, marketing, general and administrative, and 16 in operations. We also engage temporary employees and consultants. None of our employees is represented by a labor union with respect to his or her employment with us. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Facilities

We lease approximately 43,600 square feet of space for our corporate headquarters in San Diego, California, under two lease agreements. One agreement, under which we lease approximately 22,300 square feet of space, expires in May 2010 and the other agreement, under which we lease approximately 21,300 square feet of total space, expires in December 2007. In addition to our headquarters, we lease additional offices in San Jose, California; Hong Kong and Shenzen, China; Biot, France; and Kfar Saba, Israel.

We believe that our existing properties are in good condition and are sufficient and suitable for the conduct of our business. We are currently in negotiations to lease additional facilities in San Diego, California, to accommodate our anticipated growth. As our existing leases expire and as we continue to expand our operations, we believe that suitable space will be available on commercially reasonable terms.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

 

79


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Name

   Age    Position(s)

Patrick Henry

   44    Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Mark Foley

   48    President and Chief Operating Officer

David Lyle

   43    Chief Financial Officer

Itzhak Gurantz

   62    Chief Technology Officer

Lance Bridges

   45    Vice President of Corporate Development and General Counsel

Michael Economy

   44    Vice President of Worldwide Sales

Timothy Pappas

   42    Vice President of Operations

Kurt Noyes

   47    Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer

Thomas Baruch(2)(3)

   68    Director

Amir Mashkoori(1)(3)

   45    Director

Kenneth Merchant(1)

   60    Director

Umesh Padval(2)(3)

   49    Director

John Walecka(2)

   47    Director

Rouzbeh Yassini(1)

   48    Director

(1) Member of the audit committee.

 

(2) Member of the compensation committee.

 

(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Patrick Henry has served as Entropic’s Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since September 2003 and Chairman of the Board since July 2007. From February 2003 to September 2003, Mr. Henry was President and Chief Executive Officer of Pictos Technologies Inc., a developer of digital imaging products which was acquired by ESS Technology. Prior to joining Pictos, from September 2001 to October 2002, Mr. Henry was Chief Executive Officer of Lincom Wireless, Inc., a chip manufacturing company focused on 802.11 wireless LAN products. Mr. Henry also served as a vice president and general manager at LSI Logic Corporation, and was a senior vice president at C-Cube Microsystems Inc., a developer of digital video ICs. Mr. Henry has also held sales and marketing management positions at Hyundai Electronics America (now Hynix Semiconductor Inc.) and Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., or AMD. Mr. Henry received an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California, and holds a B.S. in engineering science and mechanics from the Georgia Institute of Technology.

Mark Foley has served as Entropic’s President and Chief Operating Officer since June 2007. Prior to joining Entropic, Mr. Foley co-founded and served as the President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of RF Magic. Prior to working at RF Magic, Mr. Foley led technical marketing and applications at Conexant Systems, Inc., a supplier of semiconductors for broadband communications, and also served as Director of Marketing and Director of Engineering for the commercial broadcast engineering group at ComStream, Inc. Mr. Foley received a B.S. in electrical engineering from the University of Southern California.

David Lyle has served as Entropic’s Chief Financial Officer since June 2007. Prior to joining Entropic, Mr. Lyle was the Chief Financial Officer at RF Magic. Prior to working at RF Magic, Mr. Lyle was Finance Director and Controller for the Mobile Communications business unit at Broadcom Corporation, a leading provider of highly integrated semiconductor solutions. He joined Broadcom through its acquisition of Zyray Wireless Inc., a WCDMA baseband co-processor company where he served as CFO. Prior to Zyray Wireless, he was CFO at Mobilian Corporation, a wireless data communications semiconductor company. Mr. Lyle has also served in various finance roles at Intel Corporation in the microprocessor and networking groups and also

 

80


worked at Intel Capital, focusing on mergers and acquisitions primarily for the wireless communications and computing group. Mr. Lyle received his undergraduate degree in business from the University of Southern California and an M.B.A. from Arizona State University as well as Master of International Management degree from The Garvin School of International Management (Thunderbird).

Itzhak Gurantz has served as Entropic’s Chief Technology Officer since May 2007. Dr. Gurantz co-founded Entropic in 2001 and served as Chief Executive Officer, becoming Chief Technology Officer in September 2003 and serving as a part-time employee from June 2006 to May 2007. He also served as Entropic’s Chairman of the Board from January 2001 to April 2007. Beginning in 1997, Dr. Gurantz served as Vice President of Engineering for the Digital Entertainment Division of Rockwell Semiconductor (now Conexant). In 1984, Dr. Gurantz co-founded ComStream Corporation and held engineering and research and development leadership positions.  Prior to co-founding ComStream, Dr. Gurantz worked at Linkabit Corporation. Dr. Gurantz received a Ph.D. in electrical engineering from the University of California at Berkeley and holds a B.S. and an M.S. in electrical engineering from the Technion, Israel Institute of Technology in Haifa, Israel.

Lance Bridges joined Entropic in May 2007 as Entropic’s Vice President of Corporate Development and General Counsel. Prior to joining Entropic, Mr. Bridges was a partner at Cooley Godward Kronish LLP, where he practiced law since 1991. Mr. Bridges received a J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley School of Law (Boalt Hall) in 1990. Mr. Bridges concurrently earned an M.B.A., concentrating in finance and strategic planning, from the Walter A. Haas School of Business Administration, University of California, Berkeley. In 1985, Mr. Bridges received a B.A. in economics from the University of California, San Diego. Prior to attending law school, Mr. Bridges worked for a regional investment banking firm as a financial analyst specializing in business valuations and merger and acquisition advisory services. Mr. Bridges is a member of the State Bar of California and the Business Law section of the American Bar Association.

Michael Economy has served as Entropic’s Vice President of Worldwide Sales since February 2004. Prior to joining Entropic, Mr. Economy served as Vice President OEM Sales at Trident Microsystems, Inc., a graphics-chip manufacturer, from 1998 to 2003. Mr. Economy was Vice President of Marketing at Synergy Semiconductor until its acquisition by Micrel, Inc., and also held positions as a product engineer and technical and product marketing manager at AMD. Mr. Economy received a B.S. in Electrical Engineering in Solid State, Microwave and Quantum Electronics from the University of California, Davis.

Timothy Pappas joined Entropic in September 2002 as Manager of Product and Test, and was promoted to Director of Operations in March 2004 and to Vice President of Operations in April 2006. Prior to joining Entropic, Mr. Pappas served as Manager of Product Engineering at Conexant, from 1999 to 2002. Additionally, Mr. Pappas served as manager of the product engineering group for Mindspeed Technologies, Inc., a semiconductor and software networking solutions company. He has also held senior product engineering positions with industry pioneers Brooktree Corporation and TRW Automotive Inc. Mr. Pappas received a B.S. in electrical engineering from San Diego State University.

Kurt Noyes has served as Entropic’s Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer since May 2007. Mr. Noyes joined Entropic in September 2002 as Controller, becoming Director of Finance in October 2003, and then becoming Vice President of Finance and Administration in December 2005. Prior to joining Entropic, Mr. Noyes served as Director of Finance at Cargo Technology, Inc., a packing solutions company, from June 2002 until September 2002. Mr. Noyes also held various management positions with Camino Neurocare, Inc., Anchor Chips Inc., Provide Commerce, Inc. and Applied Micro Circuits Corporation. Mr. Noyes received a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Wisconsin-La Crosse and an Executive M.B.A. from San Diego State University. Mr. Noyes is also a California-licensed Certified Public Accountant.

Thomas Baruch has served as a member of our board of directors since 2001. Mr. Baruch is the founder and a managing director of CMEA Ventures, a venture capital firm that was established in 1989 as an affiliated fund of New Enterprise Associates. Mr. Baruch is currently on the board of directors of two public companies,

 

81


Monogram Biosciences, Inc. and Symyx Technologies, Inc., and several private companies, including Codexis, Inc. and Intermolecular, Inc. where he serves as Chairman of the Board. Before starting CMEA Ventures, Mr. Baruch was a founder and Chief Executive Officer of Microwave Technology, Inc. Prior to working at Microwave Technology, Inc. Mr. Baruch managed a dedicated venture fund at Exxon, and was President of the Exxon Materials Division. Earlier in his career, Mr. Baruch worked as a patent attorney. Mr. Baruch received a B.S. in engineering degree from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and a J.D. from Capital University. He is a registered patent attorney and is also a member of the Board of Trustees of Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and the Board of Trustees of the Berkeley Institute of Synthetic Biology.

Amir Mashkoori has served as a member of our board of directors since 2004. Mr. Mashkoori is currently the Chief Executive Officer of Kovio, Inc., a semiconductor company. Prior to joining Kovio in 2006, he was the executive vice president of the Wireless Solutions Division of Spansion Inc., a manufacturer of flash memory semiconductors. Mr. Mashkoori began his professional career at AMD in 1978, serving in various senior level operational roles for a period of 17 years. Additionally, Mr. Mashkoori held the position of vice president of operations and later senior vice president of operations and business development at Trident Microsystems between 1996 and 1998. Mr. Mashkoori rejoined AMD in 1999 and held various executive positions including vice president of operations, vice president of the Embedded Business Unit and vice president of the Wireless Business Unit. Mr. Mashkoori received a B.S. in business finance from San Jose State University, and an M.B.A. from San Jose State University.

Kenneth Merchant has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2007. Dr. Merchant currently holds the Deloitte & Touche LLP Chair of Accountancy at the University of Southern California, or USC, and currently teaches in USC’s M.B.A., Executive M.B.A. and undergraduate accounting programs. Dr. Merchant also served as Senior Associate Dean-Corporate Programs in USC’s Marshall School of Business and as Dean of USC’s Leventhal School of Accounting. Dr. Merchant is also a part-time research professor at the University of Maastricht, The Netherlands. Before joining USC, Dr. Merchant taught at Harvard University and the University of California, Berkeley. Dr. Merchant started his professional career at Texas Instruments, Inc., and Ernst & Young LLP. Dr. Merchant is currently serving as a director and member of the audit and compensation committees of Universal Guardian Holdings, Inc. and was formerly a director of Diagnostic Products Corporation and John Laing Homes. Dr. Merchant received a Ph.D. in accounting from the University of California, Berkeley, an M.B.A. in operations research and production from Columbia University, and a B.S. in industrial economics from Union College.

Umesh Padval has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2004. Mr. Padval currently serves as Executive Vice President, Consumer Products at LSI Logic Corporation. Mr. Padval is responsible for the engineering, marketing, applications, and product and business development of LSI’s standard products and SoC solutions for customers in global consumer markets. Prior to his promotion to his current position in 2004, Mr. Padval was senior vice president and general manager for LSI’s Broadband Entertainment Division, a position he held since 2001. Mr. Padval served as Chief Executive Officer of C-Cube from 2000 to 2001, C-Cube’s President from 1998 to 2000 and a member of C-Cube’s board of directors from 1998 to 2001. Previously, Mr. Padval was senior vice president and general manager of the Consumer Digital Entertainment Division at VLSI Technology, Inc. Mr. Padval also served as senior vice president and general manager for VLSI’s Computing Division. Before joining VLSI in 1984, Mr. Padval held marketing and engineering positions at AMD. Mr. Padval is a member of the Monolithic Power Systems, Inc. board of directors. He received a B.S. in technology from the Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay, and an M.S. in engineering from Pennsylvania State University and Stanford University.

John Walecka has served as a member of our board of directors since 2001. Mr. Walecka is a founding partner and a general partner of Redpoint Ventures. Prior to founding Redpoint, Mr. Walecka was a general partner with Brentwood Venture Capital, a firm he joined in 1984. Mr. Walecka currently focuses on software infrastructure and security products in the enterprise as well as enabling products for the cable, consumer and broadband markets. Mr. Walecka served as director of the Western Association of Venture Capitalists and is currently a director of the Stanford Business School Venture Capital Trust and the Menlo Park Atherton

 

82


Education Foundation. Prior to joining Brentwood, Mr. Walecka worked at Hewlett-Packard Company and the Stanford University Smart Product Design Laboratory. Mr. Walecka received a B.S. and an M.S. in engineering from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Rouzbeh Yassini has served as a member of our board of directors since 2002. Dr. Yassini is a founder and the Chief Executive Officer of YAS Broadband Ventures LLC. Dr. Yassini was the founder, chairman, Chief Executive Officer and president of LANcity Corp., where he was involved with inventing the technology behind cable modems and establishing cable modem industry standards through CableLabs. Dr. Yassini is a worldwide speaker and author on topics related to digital services such as voice, data and video using broadband infrastructure, and author of the book Planet Broadband . Dr. Yassini also serves on the board of directors of several private companies. Dr. Yassini received an honorary Ph.D. in science and a B.S. in electrical engineering from West Virginia University.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are organized under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of eight members but will be reduced to seven members effective upon the closing of this offering. The primary responsibilities of our board of directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Our board of directors meets on a regular basis and additionally as required. Written board materials are distributed in advance of meetings as a general rule, and our board of directors schedules meetings with and presentations from members of our senior management on a regular basis and as required.

Our board of directors has determined that six of our seven directors, Thomas Baruch, Amir Mashkoori, Kenneth Merchant, Umesh Padval, John Walecka and Rouzbeh Yassini, are independent directors, as defined by Rule 4200(a)(15) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. Mr. Baruch serves as our lead independent director.

Effective upon the closing of this offering, we will divide our board of directors into three classes, as follows:

 

   

Class I, which will consist of Messrs. Baruch, Henry and Mashkoori, and whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008;

 

   

Class II, which will consist of Mr. Walecka and Dr. Yassini, and whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2009; and

 

   

Class III, which will consist of Dr. Merchant and Mr. Padval, and whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2010.

At each annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will serve until the third annual meeting following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors, subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed between the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. Our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of our voting stock.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Kenneth Merchant, Amir Mashkoori and Rouzbeh Yassini. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee satisfies the Nasdaq Stock Market and

 

83


SEC independence requirements. Dr. Merchant serves as the chair of our audit committee. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

   

evaluating the performance, independence and qualifications of our independent auditors and determining whether to retain our existing independent auditors or engage new independent auditors;

 

   

reviewing and approving the engagement of our independent auditors to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

 

   

monitoring the rotation of partners of our independent auditors on our engagement team as required by law;

 

   

reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports, including the disclosures contained under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and discussing the statements and reports with our independent auditors and management;

 

   

reviewing with our independent auditors and management significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation, and matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our financial controls;

 

   

reviewing with management and our auditors any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding material developments;

 

   

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls, accounting or auditing matters and other matters;

 

   

preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing and providing oversight of any related-person transactions in accordance with our related-person transaction policy and reviewing and monitoring compliance with our code of conduct and ethics;

 

   

reviewing on a periodic basis our investment policy; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating on a periodic basis the performance of the audit committee.

Our board of directors has determined that Dr. Merchant qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. In making this determination, our board has considered Mr. Merchant’s formal education, his current position with the University of Southern California, his accounting and auditing firm experience, and the nature and scope of his previous experience with public companies. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically meet privately with our audit committee.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of John Walecka, Thomas Baruch and Umesh Padval. Mr. Walecka serves as the chair of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the directors serving on our compensation committee is independent within the meaning of the rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

   

reviewing, modifying and approving (or if it deems appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) our overall compensation strategy and policies;

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and approving performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers and assessing their performance against these goals and objectives;

 

   

reviewing and approving (or if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) the equity incentive plans, compensation plans and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modifying, amending or terminating existing plans and programs;

 

84


   

reviewing and approving (or if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) the type and amount of compensation to be paid or awarded to our non-employee board members;

 

   

administering our equity incentive plans;

 

   

establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements;

 

   

reviewing the competitiveness of our executive compensation programs and evaluating the effectiveness of our compensation policy and strategy in achieving expected benefits to us;

 

   

reviewing and approving the terms of any employment agreements, severance arrangements, change in control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers;

 

   

reviewing with management and approving our disclosures under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in our periodic reports or proxy statements to be filed with the SEC; and

 

   

reviewing and assessing on a periodic basis the performance of the compensation committee.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Thomas Baruch, Amir Mashkoori and Umesh Padval. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of this committee satisfies the Nasdaq Stock Market independence requirements. Mr. Baruch serves as the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

   

identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve on our board of directors consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors;

 

   

determining the minimum qualifications for service on our board of directors;

 

   

evaluating director performance on the board and applicable committees of the board and determining whether continued service on our board is appropriate;

 

   

evaluating, nominating and recommending individuals for membership on our board of directors;

 

   

evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to our board;

 

   

considering and assessing the independence of members of our board of directors;

 

   

developing a set of corporate governance policies and principles, including a code of business conduct and ethics, periodically reviewing and assessing these policies and principles and their application, and recommending to our board of directors any changes to such policies and principles;

 

   

considering questions of possible conflicts of interest of directors as such questions arise; and

 

   

periodically evaluating the performance of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

85


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overall Compensation Philosophy

Our compensation committee is comprised of independent directors within the meaning of applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules. The compensation committee’s responsibilities and duties are outlined in detail under the heading “Management — Board Committees — Compensation Committee” in this prospectus and in our compensation committee charter, which is available on our website at www.entropic.com . We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part or this prospectus.

We seek to develop compensation packages for our employees that will allow us to attract, retain and motivate talented employees at all levels within the organization to further enhance long-term stockholder value. The primary objectives of our executive compensation program are establishing compensation for our executive officers that is externally competitive, aligning compensation with our short-term and long-term performance, building stockholder value by providing incentives based on achievement of corporate goals and providing differentiated compensation based on individual performance. In order to implement those objectives, we provide a total compensation package to our executive officers through a mix of salary, bonus and long-term equity-based compensation that is designed to be competitive with comparable companies within the semiconductor industry, align management’s incentives with the long-term interests of our stockholders and reward our executive officers for achievement of corporate and individual goals.

When assessing the composition of risk and reward-based incentives as elements of total compensation, we consider our stage of development, which until the completion of this offering has been a privately held company. Historically, our executive compensation programs have emphasized long-term incentive awards rather than salary and annual cash bonuses. We believe that this has allowed us to retain talented, entrepreneurial managers that we would not otherwise have been able to attract with our salary and bonus structure, which was necessarily limited by our lack of liquidity and capital resources. We also believe that this emphasis on long-term incentives, implemented through stock option awards, serves to align the total compensation of our executive officers with the risk and reward profile of our stockholders.

As a component of the evaluation of 2006 executive compensation, the compensation committee reviewed third party survey compensation data of executive officers of technology companies that our management, in conjunction with the compensation committee, determined were comparable to us in terms of industry sector and stage of development. While the compensation committee used such compensation survey data to help benchmark executive compensation, it did not use a specific formula to set pay in relation to this market data. In addition, to aid the compensation committee in performing its duties, our Chief Executive Officer provided recommendations concerning the compensation of executive officers, excluding himself, and also provided the compensation committee with an analysis of annual corporate goal achievement and executive officer performance. The compensation committee has not historically retained the services of outside compensation consultants to assist with benchmarking and setting executive compensation, but it may do so in the future.

In terms of structure and philosophy, the compensation program for executive officers has not been materially changed for 2007 as compared to 2006. The compensation committee anticipates that as we grow and become a more well-established enterprise, our peer group for compensation benchmarking purposes will change significantly, more specific relevant compensation benchmarking data will become available, and the compensation committee will be able to develop and implement new ways to measure and reward executive performance in order to build stockholder value, closely align compensation with our short-term and long-term goals and provide executive compensation that is competitive with comparable companies.

Elements of Compensation

To accomplish our executive compensation program objectives, we provide our executive officers with compensation packages that generally consist of the following components: base salary, bonus and long-term

 

86


incentives. Our executive officers are also entitled to potential payments upon specified termination or change in control events. Additionally, our executive officers receive other benefits that are generally available to our employees.

Base Salary

Base salaries are used to attract and retain employees by providing a portion of compensation that is not considered “at risk”, as compared to other performance-based and long-term incentives. The initial base salary for each executive officer was established at the time of hire taking into account the executive officer’s scope of responsibilities, qualifications, experience, competitive salary information and internal equity. Base salaries for ensuing years are determined based on an assessment of the executive’s performance against job responsibilities, overall company performance and competitive salary information. Annual adjustments in base salaries, if any, have generally been made effective as of January 1. Historically, our compensation committee and Board have annually reviewed base salaries for our executive officers in December of each year. Going forward, the compensation committee intends to review base salaries during the first quarter of the fiscal year, and therefore any change in base salary will reflect the prior year’s business and individual performance achievements. For purposes of setting base salary levels, the compensation committee will consider both an executive officer’s exhibited value to the organization and its business, as well as his or her anticipated contributions to the success (both short-term and long-term) of the company.

Our board of directors met in December 2005 to consider the base salaries of our executive officers for 2006. On the recommendation of the compensation committee, our board determined to keep base salaries for executive officers in 2006 the same as they had been at the end of 2005. 2006 base salary information for our named executive officers is detailed in the Summary Compensation Table set forth below.

Our board met again in December 2006 to consider the base salaries of our executive officers for 2007. On the recommendation of the compensation committee, our board approved modest base salary increases for 2007 for our executive officers. Based on available survey data, the compensation committee determined that base salaries for our executive officers are below average for comparable companies in our industry. However, based on its philosophy and practice of using long-term incentives to align management’s incentives with the long-term interests of our stockholders, the compensation committee decided to use equity-based incentives to make our executive officers’ total compensation competitive with comparable companies and maximize our ability to retain existing executive officers in future years through long-term vesting of such incentives.

Bonuses

In 2006, we instituted an executive bonus plan for all our executive officers and director level employees, other than our Chief Executive Officer and our Vice President of Worldwide Sales, each of whom had an individual 2006 bonus plan (as described below) that was approved by our board of directors in December 2005. As a result of these bonus plans, all executive officers were eligible to receive an annual bonus which is designed to offer incentive compensation by rewarding the achievement of corporate and individual goals. These annual bonuses are intended to reward executive officers who have a positive impact on corporate results, and, as such, they provide an incentive to achieve overall company goals and specific individual goals, thereby enhancing stockholder value.

Under the executive bonus plan, the potential bonus payment any participant could have received was measured as a fixed percentage of the participant’s base salary based on whether pre-approved corporate goals were met. Once the potential bonus dollar amount was determined based on attainment of such pre-approved corporate goals, the actual payout amount was then determined based on how well the participant performed in meeting his or her individual goals for the period. Our compensation committee approved the corporate goals and determined whether they had been achieved at the end of the period to determine the potential bonus dollar amount to be paid out to each executive officer. The compensation committee delegates to our Chief Executive Officer the task of establishing individual goals and determining the extent to which such individual goals were

 

87


achieved. Corporate goals are typically based on operational, financial and business development objectives. Individual goals are typically based on a particular executive officer’s respective area of responsibility and designed to support overall corporate goal achievement. Our corporate and individual goals are collectively designed to be challenging but attainable and therefore reflect a reward-based form of compensation with a risk of achievement. For 2006, the target bonus for vice presidents under our 2006 executive bonus plan was 20% of their base salary. Actual payouts to our named executive officers (as defined in “ — Summary Compensation Table” below), other than our Chief Executive Officer and Vice President of Worldwide Sales, under such plan are detailed in the summary compensation table below.

Under the 2006 bonus plan for our Chief Executive Officer, or the CEO plan, and under the 2006 bonus plan for our Vice President of Worldwide Sales, or the VP plan, the potential bonus payments were set as a fixed dollar amount for each pre-approved goal. The actual payouts under the CEO plan and the VP plan were determined based on a measure of performance against the various pre-approved goals. Our compensation committee determined whether such goals were achieved during the period and approved bonus payments during the year as such goals were achieved. Unlike the 2006 executive bonus plan for other executive officers, it was not possible for the bonus payments under the CEO plan or the VP plan to exceed the fixed dollar amounts set forth in such plans. The compensation committee did, however, reserve the right to approve discretionary bonuses during the period or at the end of the year to reward extraordinary achievements and superior performance. For 2006, the target bonus and actual payout for our Chief Executive Officer under the CEO plan was $135,000 and the target bonus and actual payout for our Vice President of Worldwide Sales under the VP plan was $210,000.

In April 2007, our board of directors approved a 2007 executive bonus plan for all our executive officers and director level employees, which includes our Chief Executive Officer and our Vice President of Worldwide Sales. The 2007 executive bonus plan was similar to the corresponding 2006 executive bonus plan, the CEO plan and the VP plan, except that the CEO plan was changed from a fixed dollar bonus plan to a target percentage of base salary bonus plan. In light of the substantial changes to the responsibilities of our individual officers that resulted from the acquisition of RF Magic in June 2007, the corporate and individual goals for certain executive officers under the 2007 executive bonus plan were reassessed and the 2007 executive bonus plan was amended and restated following the acquisition. The 2007 goals established for our Chief Executive Officer and our Vice President of Worldwide Sales under the 2007 executive bonus plan remained in place and were not reassessed following the acquisition of RF Magic. The bonus targets (as a percentage of base salary except where otherwise specified) established for our executive officers for 2007 under the executive bonus plan, as currently in effect, are as follows:

 

Position/Title

  

Bonus Target

Chief Executive Officer

   50% of base salary

President and Chief Operating Officer

   30% of base salary

Vice President of Worldwide Sales

   $236,250

Other executive officers

   20% of base salary

As in 2006, the compensation committee reserved the right to approve discretionary bonuses during or at the end of 2007 to reward extraordinary achievements and superior performance, and to date has approved and paid such bonuses to certain executive officers.

Long-Term Incentives

We provide long-term incentive compensation to our executive officers through equity awards. The 2001 stock option plan was established to provide incentives to our directors, employees, including executive officers, and consultants to perform and execute on our long-term objectives and strategic initiatives. We believe equity awards we have granted help align the interests of our employees with those of our stockholders. Given the early stage of our business, limited cash resources and industry risk profile, we believe the use of equity-based awards

 

88


as a component of our compensation package for executive officers is the best approach to encourage executive officers to focus on the achievement of corporate goals that align the interests of our executive officers with creating long-term stockholder value.

Stock Options

Our 2001 stock option plan authorizes us to grant stock options to employees, consultants and directors. With respect to executive officers, stock options are typically granted and effective upon commencement of employment and on an annual basis in connection with our performance evaluation process. In the past our performance evaluation process typically occurred at the end of each year, but going forward is expected to occur in the first quarter of each year. The compensation committee also generally makes grants in connection with promotions. All equity-based awards to executive officers require the approval of our board of directors or the compensation committee before they are awarded or communicated to the executive officer.

In determining the number of options awarded to our executive officers, the compensation committee considers the performance of the executive in achieving corporate goals and enhancing stockholder value, the overall number and exercise prices of unvested options held by the executive, and the number of options awarded and timing of those awards made to executive officers in comparable positions within a group of comparable companies.

Stock options are priced at the fair value of our common stock on the date the award is granted. To date, our board of directors has determined fair value based on factors that it considered relevant, including valuation indicators of our common stock, such as the prices for our preferred stock sold to outside investors in arms-length transactions and the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock. Our board of directors also relied upon valuations of our common stock conducted by an independent valuation consultant at various times in 2006.

Generally, 25% of the shares subject to stock options vest one year from the effective date of grant and the remainder of the shares vest in equal monthly installments over the 36 months thereafter, subject to acceleration of vesting in certain situations such as in connection with a change in control. We have not granted options with performance-based vesting conditions to our executive officers, though we have conditioned the granting of options on satisfactory performance of specific pre-approved goals. Our stock options generally expire ten years from the date of grant.

Stock option grants made during 2006 to our named executive officers are reflected in the grants of plan-based awards table below and outstanding stock option awards to our named executive officers as of December 31, 2006 are reflected in the outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end table below. The stock option grants in 2006 to our Chief Executive Officer and our Vice President of Worldwide Sales were made in October 2006 upon satisfactory completion of pre-approved performance milestones established by our board of directors in December 2005. The stock option grant in 2006 to our Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer was made in December 2006 as part of his annual performance review.

 

89


In April 2007, the compensation committee undertook a review of overall compensation paid to our key employees, including executive officers, to determine whether we were providing total compensation that was competitive with comparable companies and how we should seek to maximize our ability to retain our key employees, many of whom had long-term equity incentives that were substantially vested. As a result of this process and on the recommendation of the compensation committee, in May 2007, our board of directors approved new stock option grants, subject to vesting over four years, to our key employees. These included option grants to our named executive officers as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

  

Title

  

Stock Option Grant

(No. of Shares)

Patrick Henry

   Chief Executive Officer    1,000,000

Kurt Noyes

   Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer       135,000

Michael Economy

   Vice President of Worldwide Sales       265,000

Andre Chartrand

   Vice President of Broadband Engineering       200,000

Anton Monk

   Vice President of Communications Technology       165,000

New Equity Incentive Plans

In July 2007, our board of directors adopted our 2007 equity incentive plan and 2007 employee stock purchase plan, each of which will become effective upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering. These plans are available to and intended to encourage and motivate all of our employees, including our executive officers, to continue in our employ by giving them the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the company either by way of stock option grants pursuant to the 2007 equity incentive plan or through the purchase of shares of our common stock at a discount to the market price, subject to certain limits, pursuant to the 2007 employee stock purchase plan.

Severance and Change in Control Payments

We have entered into agreements containing severance benefits and change in control provisions with certain of our executive officers, the terms of which are described in “ — Employment and Severance Arrangements” and “Related-Person Transactions.” These agreements provide for a varying combination of cash, continued benefits and acceleration of vesting on outstanding stock option awards either prior to or after a change in control. Given the nature of the industry in which we participate and the range of strategic initiatives we may explore, we believe these severance and change in control benefits are an essential element of our executive compensation package and assist us in recruiting and retaining talented individuals. In addition, since we believe it may be difficult for our executive officers to find comparable employment following a termination without cause or resignation with good reason in connection with a change in control, these severance and change in control benefits are intended to ease the consequences to an executive officer of an unexpected termination of employment. By establishing these severance and change in control benefits, we believe we can mitigate the distraction and loss of executive officers that may occur in connection with rumored or actual fundamental corporate changes and thereby protect stockholder interest while a transaction is under consideration or pending.

Other Compensation

In order to remain competitive and recruit and retain highly talented individuals we provide other forms of compensation from time to time, such as paid premiums on life insurance policies, supplemental disability insurance coverage, a section 401(k) savings/retirement plan, relocation benefits and hiring bonuses. We also provide personal paid time off and paid holidays to all employees, including our executive officers, which are comparable to those provided at comparable companies.

 

90


Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation earned during the year ended December 31, 2006 by our principal executive and financial officers and our three other most highly compensated executive officers as of December 31, 2006, whom we collectively refer to as our “named executive officers.”

 

Name and Principal Position(1)

   Year    Salary    Bonus    Stock
Awards(2)
   Option
Awards(3)
   All Other
Compensation
    Total

Patrick Henry

Chief Executive Officer

   2006    $ 250,000    $ 135,000    $ 23,975    $ 67,069    $ 420 (4)   $ 476,464

Kurt Noyes

Vice President, Finance and

Chief Accounting Officer

   2006    $ 145,000    $ 31,900         $ 3,009    $ 244 (4)   $ 180,153

Michael Economy

Vice President of Worldwide

Sales

   2006    $ 150,000    $ 210,000    $ 3,900    $ 8,193    $ 252 (4)   $ 372,345

Andre Chartrand(5)

Vice President of Broadband

Engineering

   2006    $ 200,000    $ 40,000         $ 4,600    $ 56,998 (6)   $ 301,598

Anton Monk(7)

Vice President of

Communications Technology

   2006    $ 162,000    $ 29,160         $ 14,102    $ 272 (4)   $ 205,534

(1) Positions listed reflect the named executive officers’ positions with us as of June 30, 2007.

 

(2) Calculated in accordance with SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition method without consideration of forfeitures. Represents shares of common stock issued upon “early exercise” of a stock option prior to the vesting date.

 

(3) Calculated in accordance with SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition method without consideration of forfeitures.

 

(4) Represents life insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of the named executive officer.

 

(5) Mr. Chartrand was one of our named executive officers in 2006, but as a result of our recent growth and reorganization, is no longer one of our executive officers. Mr. Chartrand continues to be employed by us as our Vice President of Broadband Engineering.

 

(6) Represents relocation expenses and life insurance premiums in the amount of $56,662 and $336, respectively, paid by us on behalf of Mr. Chartrand.

 

(7) Dr. Monk was one of our named executive officers in 2006, but as a result of our recent growth and reorganization, is no longer one of our executive officers. Dr. Monk co-founded Entropic in 2001 and continues to be employed by us as our Vice President of Communications Technology.

Employment and Severance Arrangements

Offer Letters

We have entered into offer letters with the named executive officers setting forth their respective base salary, bonus eligibility and other employment benefits. Each named executive officer’s employment is on an “at-will” basis and can be terminated by us or the executive officer at any time, for any reason and with or without notice, subject where applicable to the agreements described in “Severance Arrangements.”

 

91


Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements

We have entered into a standard form agreement with each of the named executive officers relating to proprietary information and inventions. Among other things, this agreement obligates the executive officer to refrain from disclosing any of our confidential information received during the course of employment and, with some exceptions, to assign to us any inventions conceived or developed during the course of such executive’s employment with us.

Severance Arrangements

We currently maintain severance arrangements with the named executive officers that entitle them to receive cash severance, continued medical benefits and acceleration of vesting of outstanding stock options, among other things, in the event their employment is terminated under specified circumstances.

Mr. Henry is entitled to receive the following compensation in the event of either his termination without cause or resignation for good reason at any time, conditioned upon execution of a full general release of all claims against us and continued compliance with his other agreements with us:

 

   

cash severance equal to 6 months’ salary, payable in a lump sum;

 

   

accelerated vesting of 50% of all unvested stock options and an extension of time for 12 months after Mr. Henry’s termination date to exercise all vested stock options; and

 

   

continued medical benefits for a period of up to 12 months.

In the event a termination without cause or a resignation for good reason occurs within four and one half months before or twelve months following a change in control, Mr. Henry’s cash severance will be increased to 12 months’ salary and his accelerated vesting will cover all unvested stock options.

Our other named executive officers are entitled to receive the following compensation in the event of either a termination without cause or resignation for good reason within 12 months following a change in control, conditioned upon their execution of a full general release of all claims against us and continued compliance with their other agreements with us:

 

   

cash severance equal to 6 months’ salary, payable in a lump sum;

 

   

accelerated vesting of 50% of all unvested stock options; and

 

   

continued medical benefits for a period of up to 6 months.

 

92


The following table sets forth potential payments to our named executive officers upon various termination or change in control events assuming such events occurred as of December 31, 2006.

 

     Upon Termination Without Cause or Resignation
for Good Reason — No Change in Control
   Upon Termination without Cause or Resignation
for Good Reason — Change in Control(1)

Name

   Salary    Continuation
of Medical
Benefits
   Value of
Accelerated
Vesting(2)
   Total    Salary    Continuation
of Medical
Benefits
   Value of
Accelerated
Vesting(2)
   Total

Patrick Henry

   $ 125,000    $ 17,955          $ 250,000    $ 17,955      

Kurt Noyes

                   $ 72,500    $ 7,029      

Michael Economy

                   $ 75,000    $ 8,782      

Andre Chartrand

                   $ 100,000    $ 6,294      

Anton Monk

                   $ 81,000    $ 8,815      

(1) Assumes that the termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurs within the time period specified in the applicable change of control agreement.

 

(2) The value of accelerated vesting is equal to an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, multiplied by the number of shares subject to accelerated vesting, less the stock option exercise price, if applicable.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

All stock options granted to our named executive officers are incentive stock options, to the extent permissible under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and were granted under our 2001 stock option plan. The exercise price per share of each stock option was equal to the per share fair market value of our common stock as determined in good faith by our board of directors on the date of grant. One quarter of the common stock underlying each stock option vests on the one year anniversary of the date of grant with the remainder vesting in equal installments on a monthly basis over the next three years, subject to accelerated vesting as described in “Employment and Severance Arrangements” above.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

Name

   Grant Date    All Option
Awards:
Number of
Shares of Stock
or Units
   Exercise or
Base Price
of Option
Awards(1)
   Grant Date
Fair Value
of Option
Awards(2)

Patrick Henry

   10/18/06    650,000    $ 0.10    $ 473,016

Kurt Noyes

   12/31/06    100,000    $ 0.10    $ 115,072

Michael Economy

   10/18/06    100,000    $ 0.10    $ 72,772

Andre Chartrand

               

Anton Monk

               

(1) Represents the per share fair market value of our common stock, as determined in good faith by our board of directors on the grant date.

 

(2) Calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 123R using the modified prospective transition method without consideration of forfeitures.

 

93


Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2006

The following table sets forth certain information regarding equity awards granted to our named executive officers that were outstanding as of December 31, 2006.

 

     Option Awards(1)    Stock Awards(2)

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options —
Exercisable
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options —
Unexercisable
   Option
Exercise
Price
   Option
Expiration
Date
   Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
   Market Value
of Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested(3)

Patrick Henry

   721,875

  

   0.10

   09/12/13

  
1,350,000
487,500
  

Kurt Noyes

   80,000
1,333
34,375
50,000
54,167
  

15,625
50,000
145,833
100,000
   0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
   10/30/12
07/02/13
04/15/14
12/01/14
12/21/15
12/31/16
  




  




Michael Economy

  
25,000
   100,000
75,000
   0.10
0.10
   12/21/15
10/18/16
  

227,500
  

Andre Chartrand

   325,833
   594,167
80,000
   0.10
0.10
   08/18/15
12/21/15
  
  

Anton Monk

   95,833
   104,167
300,000
   0.10
0.10
   02/22/15
12/21/15
  
  

(1) One quarter of the common stock underlying each stock option vests on the one year anniversary of the date of grant with the remainder vesting in equal installments on a monthly basis over the next three years, subject to accelerated vesting as described in “Employment and Severance Arrangements” above.

 

(2) Represents shares issued upon “early exercise” of a stock option prior to the vesting date; such shares are subject to a repurchase option in our favor that lapses in accordance with the original vesting schedule for the stock option as described in footnote (1).

 

(3) The market value is determined using an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table provides information regarding the number of shares of common stock acquired and the value realized pursuant to the exercise of stock options and the vesting of stock during the year ended December 31, 2006 by certain of our named executive officers.

 

     Option Awards    Stock Awards(1)

Name

   Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
   Value Realized
on Exercise(2)
   Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting
   Value Realized
on Vesting(3)

Patrick Henry

   962,500       162,500   

Kurt Noyes

           

Michael Economy

         195,000   

Andre Chartrand

           

Anton Monk

           

(1) Represents shares issued upon “early exercise” of a stock option prior to the vesting date.

 

94


(2) The value realized on exercise is equal to the difference between the option exercise price and an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, multiplied by the number of shares subject to the option, without taking into account any taxes that may be payable in connection with the transaction.

 

(3) The value realized on vesting is equal to an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, multiplied by the number of shares that vested, without taking into account any taxes that may be payable in connection with the transaction.

Pension Benefits

None of our named executive officers participate in or have account balances in qualified or nonqualified defined benefit plans sponsored by us. Our compensation committee may elect to adopt qualified or nonqualified benefit plans in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

None of our named executive officers participate in or have account balances in nonqualified defined contribution plans or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans maintained by us. Our compensation committee may elect to provide our executive officers and other employees with nonqualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Director Compensation

Effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors adopted a compensation policy that will be applicable to all of our non-employee directors. This compensation policy provides that each such non-employee director will receive the following compensation for service on our board of directors:

 

   

an annual cash retainer of $10,000;

 

   

an additional annual cash retainer of $15,000 for serving as the lead independent director;

 

   

an additional cash retainer of $20,000 for serving as chairman of the audit committee and $6,000 for serving as a member of the audit committee;

 

   

an additional cash retainer of $10,000 for serving as the chairman of the compensation committee and $4,000 for serving as a member of the compensation committee;

 

   

an additional cash retainer of $5,000 for serving as the chairman of the nominating and governance committee and $2,000 for serving as a member of the nominating and governance committee;

 

   

an additional cash retainer of $2,000 for serving as a member of any other committee of our board of directors that may be formed from time to time;

 

   

a payment for attending regularly scheduled board meetings of $2,500 per in-person meeting and $1,000 per telephonic meeting if such telephonic meeting lasts for longer than one hour;

 

   

upon first joining our board of directors, an automatic initial grant of an option to purchase              shares of our common stock vesting in equal installments on a monthly basis over four years following the grant date; and

 

   

for each director whose term continues following an annual meeting of stockholders beginning with our 2008 annual meeting and has served on our board of directors for at least 180 days prior to such annual meeting, an automatic annual grant of an option to purchase              shares of our common stock vesting in equal installments on a monthly basis over one year following the grant date.

 

95


Prior to the above policy becoming effective, we granted certain of our non-employee directors options to purchase shares of our common stock under our 2001 stock option plan for their services on our board of directors. In July 2007, we granted options to purchase 166,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.82 per share to each of Messrs. Baruch and Walecka. In May 2007, we granted an option to purchase 320,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.46 per share to Dr. Merchant. In October 2004, December 2004 and April 2005, we granted options to purchase 320,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.10 per share to each of Messrs. Mashkoori, Padval and Yassini, respectively. These options vest in equal installments on a monthly basis over four years following the grant date, and vest in their entirety upon a change in control provided that a seat on the board of directors of the surviving company is not offered to the optionee in connection with the change in control.

In addition, we have reimbursed and expect to continue to reimburse our non-employee directors for their reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

The following table provides information regarding the compensation earned during the year ended December 31, 2006 by our non-employee directors during that year.

 

Name(1)

   Option
Awards
(2)(3)(4)
   Total

Thomas Baruch

     

Amir Mashkoori

   5,600    5,600

Umesh Padval

   5,600    5,600

Leo S. Spiegel

     

John Walecka

     

Rouzbeh Yassini

   5,600    5,600

(1) Does not include Patrick Henry or Itzhak Gurantz, both of whom were employed by us and served on our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2006, but did not receive additional compensation for services provided as a director. Mr. Henry’s compensation is set forth in the summary compensation table above; Dr. Gurantz was not a named executive officer for the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

(2) Calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 123R using the modified prospective transition method without consideration of forfeitures based on awards that vested during the period.

 

(3) The full grant date fair value for the stock option grants reported in the table above, as calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 123R, was $22,400 for each of Messrs. Mashkoori, Padval and Yassini.

 

(4) The aggregate number of shares subject to stock option grants outstanding as of December 31, 2006 was 320,000 for each of Messrs. Mashkoori, Padval and Yassini.

Equity Incentive Plans

2001 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2001 stock option plan, or 2001 plan, in March 2001 and our stockholders approved the 2001 plan in April 2001. As of June 30, 2007, 18,760,342 shares of common stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted, options to purchase 11,863,641 shares of common stock were outstanding and 1,545,652 shares of common stock remained available for future grant under the 2001 plan. Upon the signing of the underwriting agreement related to this offering, the 2001 plan will be terminated and no further option grants will be made under the 2001 plan and any shares then remaining available for future grant, plus any shares underlying outstanding options that expire or are forfeited, will be allocated to our 2007 equity incentive plan.

Administration .    Our board of directors administers the 2001 plan and has the authority to determine the exercise price of the stock options, the recipients of stock options granted under the plan and the terms,

 

96


conditions and restrictions applicable to all options granted under the 2001 plan. Our board of directors approves the form of option agreement and has authority to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any stock option issued under the 2001 plan. Our board of directors may amend or modify the 2001 plan at any time, provided that no such amendment may adversely affect any then outstanding option without the consent of the optionee.

Eligibility .    The 2001 plan permits us to grant stock options to our employees, directors and consultants, as well as prospective employees, directors and consultants. A stock option may be an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code or a nonstatutory stock option. However, only employees and prospective employees may be granted incentive stock options.

Stock option provisions generally .    In general, the duration of a stock option granted under the 2001 plan cannot exceed ten years. The exercise price of an incentive stock option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of a nonstatutory stock option cannot be less than 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. An incentive stock option may be transferred only on death, but a nonstatutory stock option may be transferred as permitted in an individual stock option agreement. In addition, our board of directors may amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any outstanding option or may waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any outstanding option.

The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of shares of our common stock with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. An incentive stock option granted to a person who at the time of grant owns or is deemed to own more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock or any of our affiliates must have a term of no more than five years and an exercise price that is at least 110% of fair market value at the time of grant.

Effect on stock options of certain corporate transactions .    If we experience a change in control, the surviving or acquiring corporation may assume or substitute substantially similar stock options for the outstanding stock options granted under our 2001 plan. If the surviving or acquiring corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding stock options granted under our 2001 plan, then stock options held by individuals whose service has not terminated prior to the corporate transaction will be accelerated to the fullest extent provided in the option agreements evidencing such options. Upon consummation of the change in control, all outstanding stock options will terminate to the extent not exercised or assumed by the surviving or acquiring corporation.

Other provisions .    If there is a transaction or event which changes our stock that does not involve our receipt of consideration, such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, stock dividend or stock split, our board of directors will appropriately adjust the class and the maximum number of shares subject to the 2001 plan.

2007 Israeli Stock Option Sub-Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2007 Israeli stock option sub-plan, or 2007 sub-plan, in March 2007, which is a sub-plan under our 2001 plan. The 2007 sub-plan automatically terminates upon the termination of the 2001 plan. Our 2007 sub-plan is intended to provide for the grant of stock options that qualify for favorable tax treatment for Israeli residents under Section 102 or Section 3(i) of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance (New Version) 1961, or the “ordinance.” The 2007 sub-plan shares a common share reserve with our 2001 plan. Any shares issued from or subject to outstanding options granted under the 2007 sub-plan reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2001 plan. As of June 30, 2007, options to purchase 2,795,000 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price per share of $0.46 remained outstanding under our 2007 sub-plan. As of June 30, 2007, 505,000 shares of common stock remained available for future issuance under our 2007 sub-plan. Our board of directors or its designee has the authority to construe and interpret the terms of our 2007 sub-plan and the awards granted under it.

 

97


Stock options .    Our 2007 sub-plan provides for the grant of options to our employees, consultants and directors. All grants of options to our employees, consultants and directors (other than controlling stockholders) are made pursuant to the provisions of Section 102 of the ordinance. All grants of options to our consultants, contractors, and controlling stockholders are made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3(i) of the ordinance. In the event options are granted to a trustee designated by our board of directors (and with respect to Section 102 options, approved by the Israeli Commissioner of Income Tax), the trustee will hold the options and shares issued upon the exercise thereof in trust for the benefit of the grantee for a requisite period to qualify for favorable Israeli tax treatment for the grantee or until the grantee requests the release of vested options or shares issued upon the exercise thereof.

The exercise price of options under our 2007 sub-plan may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of a share of stock on the effective date of a grant. Shares subject to options under our 2007 sub-plan generally vest over four years of continuous service with us.

In general, the term of options granted under our 2007 sub-plan may not exceed ten years. Unless the terms of an optionee’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionee’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or after a change in control, the optionee may exercise the vested portion of any options for three months after the date of such termination. If an optionee’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, terminates by reason of disability, the optionee or a personal representative generally may exercise the vested portion of any options for 12 months after the date of such termination. If an optionee’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, terminates by reason of death, or the optionee dies within three months after his or her service relationship with us terminates, a personal representative generally may exercise the vested portion of any options for 12 months after the date of such termination.

Corporate transactions.     If we experience a change in control, the surviving or acquiring corporation may assume or substitute substantially similar stock options for the outstanding stock options granted under our 2007 sub-plan. If the surviving or acquiring corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding stock options granted under our 2007 sub-plan, then stock options held by individuals whose service has not terminated prior to the corporate transaction will be accelerated to the extent provided in the option agreements evidencing such options. Upon consummation of the change in control, all outstanding stock options will terminate to the extent not exercised or assumed by the surviving or acquiring corporation.

RF Magic 2000 Incentive Stock Plan

In connection with our acquisition of RF Magic, we assumed RF Magic’s 2000 incentive stock plan, or the RF Magic plan, including all of the outstanding stock options issued under the RF Magic plan, and these options became options to purchase shares of our common stock. The stock options we assumed under the RF Magic plan continue to be governed by the terms of the RF Magic plan.

Stock awards .    The RF Magic plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights, or collectively, stock awards. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, directors and consultants.

Share reserve .    At the time of the acquisition, the maximum aggregate number of RF Magic’s common stock that is authorized to be subject to options and sold under the RF Magic plan was 7,088,888 shares. If a stock award granted under the RF Magic plan expires, is surrendered under an option exchange program or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again become available for subsequent issuance under the RF Magic plan.

 

98


Administration .    Our board of directors administers the RF Magic plan. Subject to the terms of the RF Magic plan, our board of directors or an authorized committee, referred to as the plan administrator, is responsible for determining the exercise price of the stock awards granted, the recipients, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards. The plan administrator is also responsible for construing and interpreting the terms of the RF Magic plan, creating an option exchange program, amending the plan to assure that recipients are able to satisfy withholding tax obligations and ensuring that the stock awards under the plan qualify for preferred tax treatment.

Corporate transactions .    If we experience a change in control, the surviving or acquiring entity may assume or substitute substantially similar stock options for the outstanding stock options or stock purchase rights granted under the RF Magic plan. Upon consummation of the corporate transaction, all outstanding stock options and stock purchase rights will terminate to the extent not exercised or assumed by the surviving or acquiring corporation. In the event of a proposed dissolution, liquidation or sale of all or substantially all the assets of RF Magic, all unexercised stock options and stock purchase rights terminate.

RF Magic (France) Incentive Stock Plan

Prior to its acquisition, RF Magic also maintained the RF Magic, Inc. (France) 2000 incentive stock plan, or the French plan. This plan remains in effect as a stock option plan of RF Magic. As of June 30, 2007, options to purchase 195,000 shares of RF Magic’s common stock remained outstanding under the French plan. We do not intend to issue any additional stock options or stock purchase rights under the French plan. In connection with our acquisition of RF Magic, we entered into put and call option agreements with the holders of outstanding options issued under the French plan. Under these put and call option agreements, each share of RF Magic common stock issued upon exercise of the French plan options will be exchanged for 3.0368 shares of our common stock, which is equal to the number of shares of our common stock issued in exchange for each outstanding share of RF Magic in the acquisition.

Stock awards .    The French plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights, or collectively, stock awards. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, directors and consultants.

Share reserve .    At the time of the acquisition, the maximum aggregate number of RF Magic’s common stock that was authorized to be subject to options and sold under the French plan was 4,588,888 shares. If a stock award granted under the French plan expires, is surrendered under an option exchange program or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in cash, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again become available for subsequent issuance under the French plan.

Administration .    The RF Magic board of directors administered the French plan. Subject to the terms of the French plan, the board of directors or an authorized committee, referred to as the plan administrator, was responsible to determine the exercise price of the stock awards granted, the recipients, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards. The plan administrator was also responsible for construing and interpreting the terms of the French plan, creating an option exchange program, amending the plan to assure that recipients were able to satisfy withholding tax obligations and ensuring that the stock awards under the plan qualified for preferred tax treatment.

Corporate transactions .    If we experience a change in control, the surviving or acquiring entity may assume or substitute substantially similar stock options for the outstanding stock options or stock purchase rights granted under the French plan. Upon consummation of the corporate transaction, all outstanding stock options and stock purchase rights will terminate to the extent not exercised or assumed by the surviving or acquiring corporation. In the event of a dissolution, liquidation or sale of all the assets of RF Magic, all unexercised stock options and stock purchase rights terminate.

 

99


2007 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2007 equity incentive plan, or 2007 plan, in July 2007 and we expect our stockholders to approve the 2007 plan prior to the closing of this offering. The 2007 plan will become effective upon the date of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. The 2007 plan will terminate in July 2017, unless sooner terminated or suspended by our board of directors.

Stock awards .    The 2007 plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights, performance stock awards, and other forms of equity compensation, or collectively, stock awards. In addition, the 2007 plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards. The board of directors, a committee delegated by the board, or an officer delegated by the board with limited authority to make grants in accordance with the limitations of Delaware law determines the recipients of awards under this plan. Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees or employees of our parent or subsidiary corporations. All other awards may be granted to employees, including non-employee directors and consultants.

Share reserve .    Following this offering, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued initially pursuant to stock awards under the 2007 plan is              shares, which number includes the unallocated shares remaining available for issuance under our prior plans as of the effective date of the 2007 Plan (             shares as of June 30, 2007). In addition, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, from January 1, 2008 through January 1, 2017, by the lesser of (a)     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, (b)              shares or (c) a number determined by our board of directors prior to the first day of any calendar year. The reserve will also be increased by any shares of common stock that would have reverted from time to time to our 2001 stock option plan and the RF Magic 2000 incentive stock plan but for their termination. The maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options under the 2007 plan is equal to          shares, as increased from time to time pursuant to annual increases.

No person may be granted stock awards covering more than              shares of our common stock under the 2007 plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options or stock appreciation rights. In addition, no person may be granted a performance stock award covering more than              shares or a performance cash award covering $             in any calendar year. Such limitations are designed to help assure that any deductions to which we would otherwise be entitled with respect to such stock awards will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

The following types of shares under the 2007 plan may become available for subsequent issuance under the 2007 plan: (a) shares granted under the 2007 plan which expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without being exercised in full, (b) shares forfeited back to or repurchased by us after being issued to a participant pursuant to a stock award because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares, (c) shares granted under a stock award which is settled in cash and (d) shares of common stock which are cancelled in accordance with our cancellation and regrant provisions. In addition, if any shares are withheld to satisfy payment of taxes, used to pay the exercise price of an option in a net exercise arrangement, or used to pay for a stock appreciation right, the shares not delivered to the participant remain available for subsequent issuance under the plan. Shares issued under the 2007 plan may be authorized but unissued or required common stock, including shares repurchased by us on the open market. As of the date hereof, no shares of our common stock have been issued under the 2007 plan.

Administration .    Our board of directors has the authority to administer the 2007 plan. The board may delegate limited or full administration of the plan to one or more committees or limited administration to one or more officers. Subject to the terms of the 2007 plan, our board, authorized committee or authorized officer, referred to as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards

 

100


to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price of options granted, the consideration to be paid for restricted stock awards and the strike price of stock appreciation rights. The board has the authority to reprice any outstanding stock award under the 2007 plan without the approval of our stockholders.

Stock options .    Incentive and nonstatutory stock options are granted pursuant to incentive and nonstatutory stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2007 plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an option may be granted with an exercise price lower than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock if the option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code. Options granted under the 2007 plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator and may vest in unequal periodic installments.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2007 plan, up to a maximum of ten years, except in certain cases of termination, as described below. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than for cause, disability or death, the optionholder may exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. If an optionholder’s service relationship is terminated for cause, then the option terminates immediately. If an optionholder’s service relationship ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following the date of termination due to disability or the date of death. The option term may be extended in the event that exercise of the option following termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. In no event, however, may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (a) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (b) a same day sale under Regulation T promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that results in a receipt of cash, check, or irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to us from the sales proceeds, (c) the tender of common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (d) a net exercise of the option and (e) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the board of directors provides otherwise, all stock options are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death. The board in its sole discretion and in compliance with applicable tax and securities laws may permit transfers upon the optionee’s request.

Tax limitations on incentive stock options .    Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of shares of our common stock with respect to stock options that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant.

Restricted stock awards .    Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for (a) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (b) past or future services rendered to us or our affiliates, or (c) any other form of legal consideration acceptable to the plan administrator in his sole discretion. Shares of common

 

101


stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the plan administrator. In the event an awardholder is terminated, we may receive any or all of the unvested shares under a forfeiture condition or repurchase right. Rights to acquire shares under a restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator.

Restricted stock unit awards .    Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Any form of legal consideration acceptable to the plan administrator in its sole discretion may be paid by the participant for each share of common stock subject to the award. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by the delivery of cash, stock, a combination of cash and stock, or in any other form of consideration determined by the plan administrator and set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. The plan administrator may delay the delivery or settlement of an award to a time after the vesting of the award by imposing restrictions or conditions at the time of grant. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award and may be converted into additional shares of common stock covered by the award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock unit awards that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Stock appreciation rights .    Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation rights agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right which cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount not greater than the product of (a) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (b) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. The appreciation distribution may be paid in common stock, cash or any combination or in any other form of consideration acceptable by the plan administrator and set forth in the stock appreciation right agreement. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2007 plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement and may be restricted by the plan administrator at the time of grant.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2007 plan, up to a maximum of ten years. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than cause, then the participant, or the participant’s beneficiary, may exercise any vested stock appreciation right for three months (or such longer or shorter period specified in the stock appreciation right agreement) after the date such service relationship ends. If the participant’s service relationship with us is terminated for cause, then the stock appreciation right terminates immediately. In no event, however, may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance awards .    The 2007 plan permits the grant of performance stock awards and performance cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation. To assure that the compensation attributable to performance-based awards will so qualify, our compensation committee can structure such awards so that stock will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only upon the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. The plan administrator may specify the form of payment of performance awards and may permit a participant to elect for deferred payment of a performance cash award. The maximum benefit number of shares that may be granted to a participant in any calendar year attributable to performance stock awards may not exceed              shares of common stock and the maximum value that may be granted to a participant in any calendar year attributable to performance cash awards may not exceed $            .

Other stock awards .    The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Changes to capital structure .    In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, appropriate adjustments will be made to (a) the classes and maximum number of securities reserved under the

 

102


2007 plan, (b) the classes and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options, (c) the classes and maximum number or securities that may be awarded as stock awards and performance awards, and (d) the classes and maximum number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding stock awards.

Dissolution or liquidation.     In the event of a dissolution or liquidation, all outstanding stock awards will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, other than vested and outstanding shares of common stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or our right of repurchase and except as otherwise provided in a stock award agreement. The shares may be repurchased by us if subject to repurchase rights despite the participant providing continuous service.

Corporate transactions .    In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, awards under the 2007 plan may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity or its parent company. If the surviving or acquiring entity or its parent company elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such stock awards, then (a) with respect to any such stock awards that are held by individuals whose service with us or our affiliates has not terminated prior to the effective date of the corporate transaction, the vesting and exercisability provisions of such stock awards will be accelerated in full and such awards will be terminated if not exercised prior to the effective date of the corporate transaction, and (b) all other outstanding stock awards will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective date of the corporate transaction, provided that under stock awards held by persons other than current participants, we may continue to exercise our reacquisition or repurchase rights notwithstanding the corporate transaction. Our board of directors also has the discretion to provide for the surrender of a stock award in exchange for a payment equal to the excess of (a) the value of the property that the optionholder would have received upon the exercise of the stock award over (b) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.

Changes in control .    A stock award under the 2007 plan may vest as to all or any portion of the shares subject to the stock award (a) immediately upon the occurrence of certain specified change in control transactions, whether or not such stock award is assumed, continued or substituted by a surviving or acquiring entity in the transaction or (b) in the event a participant’s service is terminated actually or constructively within a designated period before or after the occurrence of certain specified change in control transactions. Stock awards held by participants under the 2007 plan will not vest automatically on such an accelerated basis unless specifically provided by the participant’s applicable award agreement or by any other written agreement between us or any affiliate and the participant.

2007 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2007 non-employee directors’ stock option plan, or directors’ plan, in July 2007 and we expect our stockholders to approve the 2007 plan before the closing of this offering. The directors’ plan will become effective upon the date of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. The directors’ plan will terminate at the discretion of our board of directors. The plan provides for the automatic grant of nonstatutory stock options to purchase shares of our common stock to our non-employee directors.

Share reserve .    An aggregate of              shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance under the directors’ plan. This amount will be automatically increased annually on January 1 of each year, from January 1, 2008 through January 1, 2017, by the excess of (a) the number of shares of our common stock subject to options granted during the preceding calendar year, over (b) the number of shares, if any, added back to the share reserve during the preceding calendar year, unless the board of directors designates a lesser number of shares of common stock prior to the first day of any calendar year.

Shares of our common stock subject to stock options that have expired or otherwise terminated under the directors’ plan without having been exercised in full shall again become available for grant under the directors’ plan. Shares available for issuance under the plan include shares not delivered to the optionholder because the

 

103


shares are withheld for payment of taxes and shares used to pay the exercise price of an option in a net exercise arrangement. Shares of our common stock issued under the directors’ plan may be previously authorized but unissued or reacquired common stock, including shares repurchased by us on the open market. If the exercise of any stock option granted under the directors’ plan is satisfied by tendering shares of our common stock held by the participant, then the number of shares tendered shall again become available for the grant of awards under the directors’ plan.

Administration .    The directors’ plan will be administered by our board of directors. The board may not delegate the administration of the plan.

Stock options .    Stock options will be granted pursuant to the director’s plan and may contain additional terms and conditions as determined by the board of directors. The exercise price of the options granted under the directors’ plan will be equal to 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

In general, the term of stock options granted under the directors’ plan may not exceed ten years. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any affiliate of ours, ceases, then the optionholder or his or her beneficiary may exercise any vested options for such period as provided under the terms of the stock option agreement. If an optionholder’s relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than for cause, disability, death or upon a change in control, the optionholder may exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. If an optionholder’s service relationship ceases due to disability or death, or the optionholder dies within the three month period after termination for a reason other than death, the optionholder or his or her beneficiary may exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following the date of termination due to disability or the date of death. If an optionholder’s service relationship terminates within 12 months following a change in control, the optionholder may exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following the date of change in control. The option term may be extended in the event that applicable securities laws prohibit the exercise of the option following termination of service. In no event, however, may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of our common stock issued under the directors’ plan may include any combination of (a) cash or check, (b) delivery of shares of common stock to us or (c) a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that results in a receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to us from the sales proceeds.

Generally, an optionholder may not transfer a stock option other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. However, an optionholder may transfer an option under certain circumstances with the board’s written consent if (a) a Form S-8 registration statement is available for the exercise of the option and the subsequent resale of the shares or (b) the transfer is to the optionholder’s employer or affiliate at the time of transfer. In addition, an optionholder may designate a beneficiary who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

Automatic grants.

 

   

Initial grant . Any person who becomes a non-employee director after the completion of this offering will automatically receive an initial grant of an option to purchase              shares of our common stock upon his or her election. These options will vest in equal annual installments over four years.

 

   

Annual grant . In addition, any person who is a non-employee director on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders commencing with our 2008 annual meeting automatically will be granted, on the annual meeting date, beginning with our 2008 annual meeting, an option to purchase              shares of our common stock. However, a non-employee director who is elected after the completion of this offering and who has served for less than 180 days at the time of the annual meeting will not be eligible to receive the annual grant. These options will vest in equal monthly installments over 12 months.

 

104


Changes to capital structure .    In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, the board of directors will make the appropriate adjustments to (a) the classes and maximum number of securities reserved under the 2007 plan, (b) the classes and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve increases automatically each year, (c) the classes and maximum number or securities for which nondiscretionary grants are made and (d) the classes and maximum number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding stock awards.

Dissolution or liquidation.     In the event of a dissolution or liquidation, all outstanding stock awards will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation.

Corporate transactions .    In the event of certain corporate transactions, including change in control transactions, the vesting options held by non-employee directors whose service has not been terminated as of, or immediately prior to, the effective time of the corporate transaction, generally will be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction. All options outstanding under the directors’ plan will be terminated if not exercised prior to the effective date of the corporate transaction, provided that under stock awards held by directors whose service has been terminated prior to or as of the corporate transaction, we may continue to exercise our reacquisition or repurchase rights notwithstanding the corporate transaction. If an option will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a corporate transaction, in lieu of exercise, the board may provide that we will pay the optionholder the excess of (a) the value of the property the optionholder would receive upon exercise of the option, over (b) the exercise price.

Changes in control .    Outstanding options will immediately vest and become exercisable in the event that an optionholder (a) is required to resign his or her position as a non-employee director as a condition of a change in control, or (b) is removed from his or her position as a non-employee director in connection with a change in control.

Plan amendments .    Our board of directors will have the authority to amend or terminate the directors’ plan. However, no amendment or termination of the directors’ plan may adversely affect any rights under awards already granted to a participant unless requested by us and agreed to in writing by the affected participant. Except as related to changes in capital structure, we will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to the directors’ plan as required by applicable law.

2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2007 employee stock purchase plan, or 2007 purchase plan, in July 2007 and we expect our stockholders to approve the 2007 purchase plan prior to the closing of this offering. The 2007 purchase plan will become effective upon the date of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. The purchase plan will terminate at the discretion of our board of directors.

Share reserve .    Subject to any capitalization adjustments, the 2007 purchase plan authorizes the issuance of              shares of our common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, from January 1, 2008 through January 1, 2017, by the lesser of (a)     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, (b)              shares or (c) a number determined by the plan administrator prior to the first day of any calendar year. The 2007 purchase plan is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.

Administration .    Our board of directors has the authority to administer the 2007 purchase plan. The board may delegate limited or full administration of the plan to one or more committees. The 2007 purchase plan is implemented through a series of offerings of purchase rights to eligible employees. Under the 2007 purchase plan, we may specify offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase

 

105


periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll deductions .    All participants may contribute to the 2007 purchase plan, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings for the purchase of our common stock under the 2007 purchase plan. For the first purchase period of the initial offering only, eligible employees may choose to contribute funds directly in cash. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock will be purchased for accounts of employees participating in the 2007 purchase plan at a price per share not less than the lesser of (a) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering or (b) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

Limitations .    Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the 2007 purchase plan, as determined by our board of directors: (a) customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week, (b) customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year or (c) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a period of time not to exceed two years. No employee may purchase shares under the 2007 purchase plan at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering for each year such purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the 2007 purchase plan if, immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value. The board may designate in any offering that any highly compensated employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code are ineligible to participate in the purchase plan.

If an employee’s relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason, such employee’s purchase rights will terminate immediately and we will distribute all of the employee’s accumulated contributions. Purchase rights are not transferable except by will and the laws of descent and distribution.

Changes to capital structure .    In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, the board will make appropriate adjustments to (a) the classes and maximum number of securities reserved under the 2007 purchase plan, (b) the classes and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (c) the classes and number of securities subject to outstanding purchase rights and (d) the classes and number of securities imposed by purchase limits under each ongoing offering.

Corporate transactions .    In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the 2007 purchase plan may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity or its parent company. If the surviving or acquiring entity or its parent company elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within ten business days prior to such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately thereafter.

401(k) Plans

We maintain two defined contribution employee retirement plans, or 401(k) plans, for our employees. Our executive officers are also eligible to participate in the 401(k) plans on the same basis as our other employees. The 401(k) plans are intended to qualify as tax-qualified plans under Section 401(k) of the Code. The plans provide that each participant may contribute up to the lesser of 100% of his or her pre-tax compensation or the statutory limit, which is $15,500 for calendar year 2007. Participants that are 50 years or older can also make “catch-up” contributions, which in calendar year 2007 may be up to an additional $5,000 above the statutory limit. Under the 401(k) plans, each participant is fully vested in his or her deferred salary contributions when contributed. Participant contributions are held and invested by the plans’ trustees.

 

106


Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee. We have had a compensation committee since February 2004. Prior to establishing the compensation committee, our full board of directors made decisions relating to compensation of our executive officers.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, limits the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability for any:

 

   

breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or

 

   

transaction from which the directors derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that we will indemnify our directors and executive officers, and may indemnify other officers, employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in connection with their services to us, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws permit such indemnification. We have obtained a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or executive officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

107


RELATED-PERSON TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2004 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements which are described under “Executive Compensation.”

Sales of Securities

In March and June 2003 and September, November and May 2004, we issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 48,936,892 shares of Series B preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.7431, for aggregate consideration of $36,365,004. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, these shares will convert into 48,936,892 shares of common stock.

In December 2005 and April 2006, we issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 34,925,784 shares of Series C preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.8017 per share, for aggregate consideration of $28,000,001. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, these shares will convert into 34,925,784 shares of common stock.

In June 2007, we issued 19,169,412 shares of our common stock and 42,387,540 shares of our Series D preferred stock to RF Magic’s stockholders in connection with our acquisition of RF Magic. By virtue of the acquisition, RF Magic’s common stock was converted into our common stock and RF Magic’s Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock was converted into our Series D-1, Series D-2 and Series D-3 preferred stock, respectively. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, these shares of our Series D-1, D-2 and D-3 preferred stock will convert into an aggregate of 42,387,540 shares of common stock. Except for stock options outstanding under the RF Magic (France) Incentive Stock Plan, we also assumed each outstanding option to purchase RF Magic common stock and converted these options into options to purchase an aggregate of 8,725,121 shares of our common stock. We also assumed each outstanding warrant to purchase RF Magic common stock, Series B preferred stock and Series C preferred stock and converted these warrants into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,051,382 shares of our common stock, 101,225 shares of our Series D-2 preferred stock and 561,808 shares of our Series D-3 preferred stock, respectively. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the warrants to purchase shares of Series D-2 and D-3 preferred stock will become warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 663,033 shares of common stock.

 

108


The participants in the transactions described above included the following directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them. The following table presents the number of shares issued to these related parties in these transactions:

 

Purchaser(1)

   Common
Stock
   Options to
Purchase
Common
Stock
   Warrants
to Purchase
Common
Stock
   Series B
Preferred
Stock
   Series C
Preferred
Stock
   Series D
Preferred
Stock(2)

5% Stockholders

                 

CMEA Ventures Information Technology II, L.P. and its affiliates(3)

         163,728    6,055,713    3,222,623    10,556,842

Redpoint Ventures II, L.P. and its affiliates(4)

            6,055,713    4,176,385   

Focus Ventures II, L.P. and its affiliates(5)

               12,473,494   

Granite Ventures, LP and its affiliates(6)

         163,731          10,556,839

Mission Ventures II, L.P. and its affiliates(7)

            5,382,857    2,600,629   

Motorola, Inc.(8)

            8,074,284    2,494,699   

The Dow Employee Pension Plan

            4,037,142    762,959   

Cisco Systems, Inc.

            4,037,142    762,959   

Executive Officers and Directors

                 

Mark Foley(9)

   3,840,640    1,328,901            

David Lyle(10)

   303,680    1,124,222            

(1) For additional detail regarding certain of these stockholders and their equity holdings, see “Principal and Selling Stockholders”.

 

(2) Includes shares of our Series D-1, Series D-2 and Series D-3 preferred stock that were issued upon conversion of RF Magic Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock, respectively.

 

(3) Includes 679,558 shares of Series B preferred stock, 349,951 shares of Series C preferred stock, 32,830 shares of Series D-1 preferred stock, 778,778 shares of Series D-2 preferred stock, 367,464 shares of Series D-3 preferred stock and a warrant to purchase 18,372 shares of common stock held by CMEA Ventures Information Technology II, Civil Law Partnership. Of these shares, 1,583,523 shares of Series D preferred stock are held in an escrow account pursuant to the terms of our acquisition of RF Magic and may be used to satisfy certain indemnification claims that we may make. Upon the closing of this offering two-thirds of the shares held in escrow will be released, assuming that we have not made indemnification claims prior to that time. Thomas Baruch, a member of our board of directors, is a member of CMEA Ventures Information Technology II, L.P. and has voting and investment power over the shares held by CMEA Ventures Information Technology II, L.P.

 

(4) Includes 164,110 shares of Series B preferred stock and 94,385 shares of Series C preferred stock held by Redpoint Associates II, LLC. The voting and disposition of the shares held by Redpoint Ventures II, L.P. is determined by Redpoint Ventures II, LLC, the general partner of Redpoint Ventures II, L.P. Jeffery Brody, Thomas Dyal, Timothy Haley, G. Bradford Jones, John Walecka and Geoffrey Yang are the managing members of Redpoint Ventures II, LLC and Redpoint Associates II, LLC.

 

(5) Includes 155,919 shares of Series C preferred stock held by FV Investors II A, L.P. and 467,756 shares of Series C preferred stock held by FV Investors II QP, L.P.

 

(6)

Includes 161,330 shares of Series D-1 preferred stock, 3,479,784 shares of Series D-2 preferred stock, 1,637,308 shares of Series D-3 preferred stock and a warrant to purchase 81,866 shares of common stock held by TI Ventures III, LP, as well as 16,131 shares of Series D-1 preferred stock, 347,977 shares of Series D-2 preferred stock, 163,732 shares of Series D-3 preferred stock and a warrant to purchase 8,187 shares of

 

109


 

common stock held by Todd U.S. Ventures, LLC. Of these shares, 1,583,521 are held in an escrow account pursuant to the terms of our acquisition of RF Magic and may be used to satisfy certain indemnification claims that we may make. Upon the closing of this offering two-thirds of the shares held in escrow will be released, assuming that we have not made indemnification claims prior to that time.

 

(7) Includes 581,349 shares of Series B preferred stock and 280,868 shares of Series C preferred stock held by Mission Ventures Affiliates II, L.P. Mission Ventures Management II, LLC is the general partner of Mission Ventures II, L.P. and Mission Ventures Affiliates II, L.P. Leo S. Spiegel, a former member of our board of directors, is a general member of Mission Ventures Management II, LLC and shares voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Mission Ventures II, L.P. and Mission Ventures Affiliates II, L.P.

 

(8) In March 2003, Motorola purchased 4,037,142 shares of Series B preferred stock. These shares were subsequently transferred to Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. In November 2004, Motorola purchased an additional 4,037,142 shares of Series B preferred stock.

 

(9) Includes an aggregate of 303,680 shares of common stock held by Mr. Foley’s children. Of these 3,840,640 shares, 576,089 are held in an escrow account pursuant to the terms of our acquisition of RF Magic and may be used to satisfy certain indemnification claims that we may make. Upon the closing of this offering two-thirds of the shares held in escrow will be released, assuming that we have not made indemnification claims prior to that time.

 

(10) Of these shares, 45,552 are held in an escrow account pursuant to the terms of our acquisition of RF Magic and may be used to satisfy certain indemnification claims that we may make. Upon the closing of this offering two-thirds of the shares held in escrow will be released, assuming that we have not made indemnification claims prior to that time.

Investor Rights Agreement

We have entered into a third amended and restated investor rights agreement with all of the holders of our preferred stock. This agreement provides for certain rights relating to the registration of shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock, as well as information rights and rights of first refusal. Except for the registration rights, all of the investors’ rights under the investor rights agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering. The registration rights will terminate two years after the closing of this offering or earlier if, for any particular holder, such holder’s shares may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act within any three-month period. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights” for a more detailed description of the registration rights contained in the investor rights agreement.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

We have entered into a fourth amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with all of the holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock. Under this agreement, certain holders of our common stock are subject to contractual restrictions relating to their proposed transfer of our common stock. In addition, in the event such holders of our common stock desire to transfer more than 15% of their shares of our common stock to a third party and we do not fully exercise our right of first refusal under this agreement, then the holders of our preferred stock have a right, on a pro-rata basis, to purchase such shares of common stock proposed to be transferred. The holders of our preferred stock also have a right of co-sale under this agreement to sell their own stock, on a pro-rata basis, in the event of a proposed transfer of stock by such holders of our common stock. This agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

Voting Agreement

The election of the members of our board of directors is governed by an amended and restated voting agreement that we entered into with certain holders of our common stock and holders of our preferred stock and related provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our amended and restated voting agreement also requires certain holders of our common stock to vote in favor of any proposed change in control transaction that is approved by our board of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate in its entirety and our certificate of incorporation will be further amended and restated such that

 

110


none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors or will be required by us to vote in favor of a change in control transaction.

Employment and Severance Arrangements

We have entered into employment and severance arrangements with our executive officers that entitle them to receive cash severance, continued medical benefits and acceleration of vesting of outstanding stock options, among other things, in the event their employment is terminated under specified circumstances.

The employment and severance arrangements we have entered into with Patrick Henry, Michael Economy and Kurt Noyes are described in “Executive Compensation — Employment and Severance Arrangements.”

Mark Foley is entitled to receive the following compensation in the event of either a termination without cause or a resignation for good reason at any time, conditioned upon execution of a full general release of all claims against us and continued compliance with his other agreements with us:

 

   

cash severance equal to 6 months’ salary, as well as the partial year pro-rated portion of Mr. Foley’s bonus to be earned during the year in which the termination occurs;

 

   

accelerated vesting of stock options that would have vested during the 12 months following the termination date; and

 

   

continued medical benefits for a period of up to 6 months.

In the event a termination without cause or a resignation for good reason occurs within 12 months following a change in control, Mr. Foley’s accelerated vesting will cover all unvested stock options.

The employment and severance arrangements we have entered into with David Lyle, Itzhak Gurantz, Lance Bridges and Timothy Pappas are substantially similar to those described in “Executive Compensation — Employment and Severance Arrangements” for the named executive officers other than Mr. Henry.

We also entered into additional severance agreements with Mr. Noyes and Mr. Lyle in January 2007 and June 2007, respectively, each of which will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

Stock Options Granted to Executive Officers and Directors

From January 1, 2004 to June 30, 2007 we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 8,615,000 shares of our common stock to our current executive officers and directors, with exercise prices ranging from $0.10 to $0.46.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, as described in “Executive Compensation — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Loans to Executive Officer

We have made various loans, evidenced by recourse promissory notes, to Mr. Henry. A total of 9 loans were made to Mr. Henry from December 12, 2005 to January 29, 2007 for an aggregate principal amount of $515,625. The promissory notes bore interest at rates ranging from 4.48% to 5.01%. The largest aggregate amount of principal outstanding under the promissory notes since December 12, 2005 was $515,625. As of the date of this prospectus, Mr. Henry has repaid all principal and interest owed under the promissory notes and the notes have been cancelled. The total amount of interest Mr. Henry paid under the promissory notes was $30,539.

 

111


Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons

In connection with this offering, we have adopted a related-person transactions policy to monitor transactions in which we and any of the following have an interest: any of our directors or executive officers or a nominee to become a director; a security holder known by us to be the record or beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities; an “immediate family member” of any of the foregoing, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law of such person, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such person; and any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is an executive, partner or principal or holds a similar control position or in which such person directly or indirectly has a 10% or greater equity interest. The policy covers any transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we are, were or will be participants in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee, consultant or director are not considered related-person transactions under this policy.

Under the policy, where a transaction has been identified as a related-person transaction, management must present information regarding the proposed related-person transaction to our audit committee (or, where approval by our audit committee would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors) for review. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the direct and indirect interests of the related persons, the benefits of the transaction to us and whether any alternative transactions are available. To identify related-person transactions in advance, we rely on information supplied by our executive officers, directors and certain significant stockholders. In considering related-person transactions, our audit committee takes into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

 

   

the risks, costs and benefits to us;

 

   

the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

 

   

the terms of the transaction;

 

   

the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

 

   

the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties or to or from our employees generally.

In the event a director has an interest in the proposed transaction, the director must recuse himself or herself from the deliberations and approval.

 

112


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock outstanding as of June 30, 2007 by:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each selling stockholder.

The percentage ownership information shown in the table is based upon              shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2007, which assumes (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock and (ii) the issuance of              shares of common stock in this offering. The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, executive officer, beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock and selling stockholder. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before August 29, 2007, which is 60 days after June 30, 2007. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

113


Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o Entropic Communications, Inc., 9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200, San Diego, CA 92121.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
   Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
      Before
Offering
    After
Offering

5% or Greater Stockholders

       

CMEA Ventures Information Technology II, L.P. and its affiliates(1)

   24,511,082    12.7 %  

One Embarcadero Center, Suite 3250

San Francisco, CA 94111

       

Redpoint Ventures II, L.P. and its affiliates(2).

   19,858,073    10.3    

3000 Sand Hill Road Building 2, Suite 290

Menlo Park, CA 94025

       

Focus Ventures II and its affiliates(3)

   12,473,494    6.5    

525 University Avenue, Suite 1400

Palo Alto, CA 94301

       

Granite Ventures, LP and its affiliates(4)

   10,720,570    5.6    

One Bush Street, 13 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

       

Mission Ventures II, L.P. and its affiliates(5)

   9,842,501    5.1    

11512 El Camino Real, Suite 215

San Diego, CA 92130

       

Directors and Named Executive Officers

       

Patrick Henry(6)

   6,863,286    3.5    

Kurt Noyes(7)

   666,333    *    

Michael Economy(8)

   1,245,000    *    

Andre Chartrand(9)

   1,200,000    *    

Anton Monk(10)

   2,278,286    1.2    

Thomas Baruch(11)

   24,511,082    12.7    

Amir Mashkoori(12)

   320,000    *    

Kenneth Merchant(13)

   320,000    *    

Umesh Padval(14)

   320,000    *    

John Walecka(15)

   19,858,073    10.3    

Rouzbeh Yassini(16)

   983,626    *    

All executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons)(17)

   73,871,228    37.1    

Selling Stockholders

       
       

 * Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

(1) Includes shares held by CMEA Ventures Information Technology II, Civil Law Partnership. Of these shares, 1,583,505 shares are held in an escrow account pursuant to the terms of our acquisition of RF Magic and may be used to satisfy certain indemnification claims that we may make. Upon the closing of this offering two-thirds of the shares held in escrow will be released, assuming that we have not made indemnification claims prior to that time. Thomas Baruch, a member of our board of directors, is a member of CMEA Ventures Information Technology II, L.P. and has voting and investment power over the shares held by CMEA Ventures Information Technology II, L.P. Thomas Baruch disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Also includes 163,728 shares subject to warrants that will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

 

114


(2) Includes shares held by Redpoint Associates II, LLC, Redpoint Technology Partners A-I, L.P. and Redpoint Technology Partners Q-I, L.P. The voting and disposition of the shares held by Redpoint Ventures II, L.P. is determined by Redpoint Ventures II, LLC, its general partner. The voting and disposition of the shares held by Redpoint Technology Partners A-I, L.P. and Redpoint Technology Partners Q-I, L.P. is determined by Redpoint Ventures I, LLC, the general partner of Redpoint Technology Partners A-I, L.P. and Redpoint Technology Partners Q-I, L.P. Jeffery Brody, Thomas Dyal, Timothy Haley, G. Bradford Jones, John Walecka and Geoffrey Yang are the managing members of Redpoint Ventures I, LLC, Redpoint Ventures II, LLC and Redpoint Associates II, LLC and have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by Redpoint Ventures II, L.P., Redpoint Associates II, LLC, Redpoint Technology Partners A-I, L.P. and Redpoint Technology Partners Q-I, L.P. Messrs. Brody, Dyal, Haley, Jones, Walecka and Yang disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

 

(3) Includes shares held by FV Investors II A, L.P. and FV Investors II QP, L.P. Focus Ventures Partners II, L.P. is the general partner of Focus Ventures II, L.P., FV Investors II A, L.P. and FV Investors II QP, L.P. James H. Boettcher, Kevin McQuillan, Steven Bird and George Bischof are the general partners of Focus Ventures Partners II, L.P. Messrs. Boettcher, McQuillan, Bird and Bischof have shared voting and investment control over all the shares held by Focus Ventures II, L.P., FV Investors II A, L.P. and FV Investors II QP, L.P. Each of Messrs. Boettcher, McQuillan, Bird and Bischof disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Focus Ventures II, L.P., FV Investors II A, L.P. and FV Investors II QP, L.P., except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

 

(4) Includes shares held by TI Ventures III, L.P. and Todd U.S. Ventures, LLC. Of these shares, 1,583,507 are held in an escrow account pursuant to the terms of our acquisition of RF Magic and may be used to satisfy certain indemnification claims that we may make. Upon the closing of this offering two-thirds of the shares held in escrow will be released, assuming that we have not made indemnification claims prior to that time. Also includes 163,731 shares subject to warrants that will terminate upon the closing of this offering. Granite Management, LLC is the general partner of Granite Ventures, L.P, TI Ventures Management III, LLC is the general partner of TI Ventures III, L.P. and H&Q Todd Ventures Management, LLC is the member of Todd U.S. Ventures, LLC. Granite Ventures, LLC is the manager of each of Granite Management, LLC, TI Ventures Management III, LLC and H&Q Todd Ventures Management, LLC. Eric Zimits is a managing director of Granite Ventures, LLC and shares voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Granite Ventures, L.P., TI Ventures III, L.P. and Todd U.S. Ventures, LLC. Mr. Zimits disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Granite Ventures, L.P., TI Ventures III, L.P. and Todd U.S. Ventures, LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(5) Includes shares held by Mission Ventures Affiliates II, L.P. The voting and disposition of these shares is determined by Mission Ventures Management II, LLC, the general partner of Mission Ventures II, L.P. and Mission Ventures Affiliates II, L.P. Leo S. Spiegel, a former member of our board of directors, is a general member of Mission Ventures Management II, LLC and shares voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Mission Ventures II, L.P. and Mission Ventures Affiliates II, L.P. Mr. Spiegel disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Mission Ventures II, L.P. and Mission Ventures Affiliates II, L.P., except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(6) Includes 5,208,333 shares held by the Patrick C. Henry and Wendy A. Henry Family Trust, of which Mr. Henry and his wife, Wendy A. Henry, are co-trustees. Of these shares, 1,194,792 are subject to repurchase as of August 29, 2007. Also includes 1,654,953 shares subject to options which are exercisable as of August 29, 2007.

 

(7) Of these shares, 8,333 are subject to repurchase as of August 29,2007. Also includes 536,333 shares subject to options which are exercisable as of August 29, 2007.

 

(8) Of these shares, 232,500 are subject to repurchase as of August 29, 2007. Also includes 265,000 shares subject to options which are exercisable as of August 29, 2007.

 

(9) Of these shares, 70,833 are subject to repurchase as of August 29, 2007. Also includes 650,000 shares subject to options which are exercisable as of August 29, 2007.

 

115


(10) Of these shares, 270,833 are subject to repurchase as of August 29, 2007. Also includes 178,286 shares subject to options which are exercisable as of August 29, 2007.

 

(11) Includes the shares referred to in footnote (1) above. Mr. Baruch disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(12) All of these shares are subject to a stock option which is exercisable as of August 29, 2007.

 

(13) All of these shares are subject to a stock option which is exercisable as of August 29, 2007.

 

(14) All of these shares are subject to a stock option which is exercisable as of August 29, 2007.

 

(15) Includes the shares referred to in footnote (2) above. Mr. Walecka disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(16) Includes 343,626 shares held by YAS Broadband Ventures, LLC. Mr. Yassini is the President and Chief Executive Officer of YAS Broadband Ventures, LLC and has sole voting and investment power over these shares. Mr. Yassini disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Also includes 320,000 shares subject to options held by Mr. Yassini and an additional 320,000 shares subject to stock options held by YAS Broadband Ventures, LLC, all of which are exercisable as of August 29, 2007.

 

(17) Includes 67,319,726 outstanding shares, of which 2,720,729 will be subject to repurchase as of August 29, 2007. Additionally 9,233,474 of these outstanding shares are held in an escrow account pursuant to the terms of our acquisition of RF Magic and may be used to satisfy certain indemnification claims that we may make. Upon the closing of this offering, two-thirds of the shares held in escrow will be released, assuming that we have not made indemnification claims prior to that time. Mark Foley, as the representative of the former RF Magic stockholders, has shared investment power over the 9,233,474 shares held in the escrow account while they are in escrow. Additionally, certain of our directors and executive officers beneficially own an aggregate of 2,273,474 of the 9,233,474 shares held in the escrow account because they are entitled to receive these shares assuming we do not make indemnification claims prior to the release of the shares. Also includes 6,387,774 shares subject to options that will be exercisable as of August 29, 2007 and 163,728 shares subject to the warrants referred to in footnote (1) above.

 

116


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon closing of this offering and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock. This summary is not complete. For more detailed information, please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

Outstanding Shares .    On June 30, 2007, there were 46,627,869 shares of our common stock outstanding, held of record by approximately 249 stockholders. This amount excludes our outstanding shares of preferred stock as of June 30, 2007, which will convert into 145,915,526 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Based on (i) 46,627,869 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2007, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and (iii) the issuance of              shares of common stock in this offering, there will be              shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

As of June 30, 2007, there were 20,588,762 shares of our common stock subject to outstanding options, and 3,190,120 shares of our common stock subject to outstanding warrants. As of the same date, 592,168 shares of our common stock were issuable pursuant to put and call option agreements between Entropic, RF Magic, and the holders of options to purchase RF Magic common stock issued under the RF Magic (France) Incentive Stock Plan. Pursuant to these agreements, each share of RF Magic common stock issued upon exercise of these options will be exchanged into 3.0368 shares of our common stock, which is equal to the number of shares of our common stock that we issued for each outstanding share of RF Magic in the acquisition.

Voting Rights.     Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election.

Dividends.     Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, the holders of our outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation.     In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences.     Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable.     All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

117


Preferred Stock

Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of our preferred stock issued and outstanding. Following this offering, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of June 30, 2007, there were outstanding warrants to purchase the following shares of our capital stock:

 

Description

   Number of Shares
Subject to Warrants
   Weighted Average Exercise
Price Per Share as of
June 30, 2007

Common stock

   1,051,382    $   0.1317175975

Series A preferred stock

   165,000    $ 1.00

Series B preferred stock

   578,657    $ 0.7431

Series C preferred stock

   698,513    $ 0.8017

Series D-2 preferred stock

   101,225    $ 0.740911486

Series D-3 preferred stock

   561,808    $ 1.317175975

Common Stock, Series D-2 Preferred Stock and Series D-3 Preferred Stock Warrants .    In connection with our acquisition of RF Magic, we assumed certain outstanding warrants to purchase RF Magic’s common stock, Series B preferred stock and Series C preferred stock and these warrants became warrants to purchase our common stock, Series D-2 preferred stock and Series D-3 preferred stock, respectively. Each of the warrants to purchase our common stock will terminate if not exercised prior to the closing of this offering. The warrant to purchase 101,225 shares of our Series D-2 preferred stock will terminate if not exercised prior to December 11, 2011. A warrant to purchase 478,296 shares of our Series D-3 preferred stock will terminate if not exercised prior to the earlier of (i) seven years after October 6, 2006, (ii) five years after the closing of this offering or (iii) immediately prior to the closing of certain acquisition transactions. The remaining warrant to purchase 83,512 shares of our Series D-3 preferred stock will terminate if not exercised prior to July 28, 2015. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the warrants to purchase our Series D-2 and D-3 preferred stock will convert into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 663,033 shares of our common stock (less any portion of such warrants that may be exercised between June 30, 2007 and the closing of this offering).

Series A Preferred Stock Warrant .    In March 2002, in connection with a loan and security agreement, we issued a warrant to Silicon Valley Bank to purchase 165,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock. This warrant will terminate five years after the closing of this offering. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, this warrant will convert into a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 198,535 shares of our common stock (less any portion of this warrant that may be exercised between June 30, 2007 and the closing of this offering).

Series B Preferred Stock Warrant .    In May 2005, in connection with a loan and security agreement, we issued a warrant to Lighthouse Capital Partners V, L.P. to purchase 807,428 shares of our Series B preferred

 

118


stock. The number of shares of our Series B preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrant was subsequently reduced to 578,657 pursuant to the terms of the warrant and our borrowings under the loan and security agreement. This warrant will terminate on May 2, 2012. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, this warrant will convert into a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 578,657 shares of our common stock (less any portion of this warrants that may be exercised between June 30, 2007 and the closing of this offering).

Series C Preferred Stock Warrants .    In April 2007, in connection with a venture loan and security agreement, we issued warrants to Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC and Silicon Valley Bank to purchase an aggregate of up to 698,513 shares of our Series C preferred stock. These warrants will terminate on April 5, 2014. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, these warrants will convert into warrants to purchase an aggregate of up to 698,513 shares of our common stock (less any portion of these warrants that may be exercised between June 30, 2007 and the closing of this offering).

Each of the warrants described above has a net exercise provision under which its holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our common stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. Each of these warrants also contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the aggregate number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations. Each of the warrants to purchase preferred stock also contains adjustment provisions in the event we declare or pay dividends in shares of our common stock or other securities.

The holders of certain of these warrants are entitled to registration rights under our third amended and restated investor rights agreement, as described in “—Registration Rights” below.

Registration Rights

Under our third amended and restated investor rights agreement, six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2007, the holders of              shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase up to                      shares of our common stock, or their transferees, have the right to require us to register their shares with the SEC so that those shares may be publicly resold or to include their shares in any registration statement we file.

Demand Registration Rights.     At any time beginning six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the holders of at least 30% of the shares having registration rights have the right to demand that we file up to two registration statements. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances.

Form S-3 Registration Rights.     If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, each holder of shares having registration rights has the right to demand that we file up to two registration statements for the holders on Form S-3 within a year of such request so long as the aggregate offering price to the public of securities to be sold under the registration statement on Form S-3 is at least $3,000,000, subject to specified exceptions, conditions and limitations.

“Piggyback” Registration Rights.     If we register any securities for public sale after the closing of this offering, stockholders with registration rights will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares having registration rights to be included in the registration statement, but not below 25% of the total number of shares included in the registration statement.

Expenses of Registration.     We will pay all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, relating to all demand registrations and piggyback registrations. We will also pay all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, relating to the first two Form S-3 registrations.

 

119


Expiration of Registration Rights .    The registration rights described above will terminate upon the earlier of either two years following the closing of this offering or, as to a given holder of registrable securities, when such holder of registrable securities can sell all of such holder’s registrable securities pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act during a three-month period and such holder owns less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law.     We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (a) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (b) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; and

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws.     Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws:

 

   

permit our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate (including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control);

 

120


   

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

 

   

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

   

divide our board of directors into three classes;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;

 

   

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

   

do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose); and

 

   

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, our chief executive officer or by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors.

The amendment of any of these provisions, with the exception of the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and designate any rights, preferences and privileges thereto, would require approval by the holders of at least 66-2/3% of our then outstanding common stock.

Nasdaq Global Market Listing

We have applied for listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ENTR”.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 59 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038.

 

121


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2007, upon the closing of this offering,              shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable unless held by one of our affiliates. Except as set forth below, the remaining              shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements. These remaining shares will generally become available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

             shares of common stock will be eligible for immediate sale upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

             shares of common stock will be eligible for sale (including pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701) upon expiration of lock-up agreements at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and

 

   

             shares of common stock will be eligible for sale from time to time thereafter upon expiration of their respective holding periods under Rule 144 or Rule 145, but certain of these shares could be sold earlier if the holders exercise any available registration rights.

Rule 144

In general, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 144(k)

Pursuant to Rule 144(k) promulgated under the Securities Act as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell the shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares.

 

122


Rule 145

Pursuant to Rule 145(d)(1), individuals who received shares of our common stock in connection with our acquisition of RF Magic and who were (i) affiliates of Entropic or RF Magic immediately prior to the acquisition and (ii) affiliates of ours immediately following the acquisition may resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Pursuant to Rule 145(d)(1), (2) or (3), individuals who received shares of our common stock in connection with our acquisition of RF Magic and who were affiliates of Entropic or RF Magic immediately prior to the acquisition but were not affiliates of ours immediately following the acquisition may resell such shares either (i) in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement, (ii) at any time following the one year anniversary of the acquisition, provided that current public information about us continues to be available or (iii) at any time following the two year anniversary of the acquisition if at the time of the resale they are not, and have not been in the last three months, an affiliate of ours. In general, individuals who received shares of our common stock in connection with our acquisition of RF Magic, and who (i) were not affiliates of Entropic or RF Magic immediately prior to the acquisition and (ii) did not become an affiliate of ours immediately following the acquisition may resell such shares at any time.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, along with our directors, executive officers and substantially all of our other stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders, have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions, we or they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock. The “lock-up” period is subject to limited extension as described in “Underwriting” below. Upon expiration of the “lock-up” period, certain of our stockholders and warrantholders will have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act. See “Registration Rights” below.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2007, the holders of                      shares of common stock and warrants to purchase up to                      shares of common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up arrangements described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of this registration. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights” for additional information.

Equity Incentive Plans

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan, our 2007 non-employee directors’ stock option plan and our 2007 employee stock purchase plan. The registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the closing of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.

 

123


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to a non-U.S. holder. For the purpose of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any holder that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not a U.S. person. For purposes of this discussion, the term U.S. person means:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation or a partnership or entity taxable as a partnership created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated a U.S. person.

If a partnership holds common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, we urge partnerships that hold our common stock and partners in such partnerships to consult their tax advisors.

This discussion assumes that a non-U.S. holder will hold our common stock issued pursuant to the offering as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant in light of a non-U.S. holder’s special tax status or special tax situations. U.S. expatriates, life insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currency, banks or other financial institutions, investors whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar, and investors that hold common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction are among those categories of potential investors that are subject to special rules not covered in this discussion. This discussion does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. taxing jurisdiction. Furthermore, the following discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Accordingly, we urge each non-U.S. holder to consult a tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of our common stock.

Dividends

We have not paid any dividends on our common stock and we do not plan to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future. However, if we do pay dividends on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those dividends exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the dividends will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce a holder’s basis, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Any dividend (out of earnings and profits) paid to a non-U.S. holder of common stock generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty. To receive a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder are exempt from such withholding tax. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S.

 

124


holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits, subject to any applicable tax treaty providing otherwise. In addition to the graduated tax described above, dividends received by corporate non-U.S. holders that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the corporate non-U.S. holder may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder of common stock that is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if an appropriate claim for refund is filed with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. holder (which gain, in the case of a corporate non-U.S. holder, must also be taken into account for branch profits tax purposes), subject to any applicable tax treaty providing otherwise;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the holder’s holding period for our common stock. We believe that we are not currently, and that we will not become, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to a non-U.S. holder may be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) unless the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

 

125


UNDERWRITING

Credit Suisse (USA) LLC and Lehman Brothers Inc. are acting as representatives of the underwriters and joint book-running managers of the offering. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                     , 2007, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters and the underwriters named below have severally agreed to purchase the respective number of shares of common stock shown below from us and the selling stockholders.

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Lehman Brothers Inc.

  

Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

  

JMP Securities LLC

  

ThinkEquity Partners LLC

  
    

Total

  
    

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase, at any time and from time to time within such 30-day period, in whole or in part, on a pro rata basis up to              additional shares from us and              additional outstanding shares from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $             per share. After the initial public offering the representatives may change the public offering price and concession.

The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay:

 

    Per Share   Total
    Without
Over-allotment
  With
Over-allotment
  Without
Over-allotment
  With
Over-allotment

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

  $                $                $                $             

Expenses payable by us

  $                $                $                $             

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by selling stockholders

  $                $                $                $             

Expenses payable by the selling stockholders

  $                $                $                $             

The representatives have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.

We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file or cause to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, or the “Securities Act” relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Lehman Brothers Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus,

 

126


subject to specified exceptions. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or there is a public announcement of a material news or a material event relating to us or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the public announcement of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Lehman Brothers Inc. waive, in writing, such an extension.

Our officers, directors and substantially all of our other stockholders have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Lehman Brothers Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus subject to certain exceptions, including the transfer of shares (i) acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering provided that no filing by any party under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer (other than a filing made after the expiration of the 180-day “lock-up” period), (ii) in this offering as a selling stockholder, (iii) to a family member or trust, (iv) by gift, will or intestacy, (v) to their partners, members, stockholders or affiliates or (vi) to a parent or other corporation to the extent such entities are wholly-owned by the stockholder or are wholly-owned by the stockholder’s parent, in each case without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse and Lehman Brothers; provided that in connection with the transactions listed in (iii)-(vi) above, the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of the lock-up agreement prior to such transfer and no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer (other than a filing made after the expiration of the lock-up period). However, subject to certain exceptions, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or there is a public announcement of a material news or material event relating to us or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the public announcement of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Lehman Brothers Inc. waive, in writing, such an extension. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Lehman Brothers Inc. have agreed that the implementation or modification of plans to sell securities pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act is not prohibited by the above described lock-up arrangement, provided that no shares may be sold pursuant to any such plans within the “lock-up” period. The underwriters have also agreed that a release from the restrictions of the lock-up agreement granted by Credit Suisse and Lehman Brothers will, subject to certain exceptions, result in a pro rata release of certain other stockholders from such restrictions.

The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to              shares of the common stock for employees, directors and other persons associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing common stock in the offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

We are applying to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ENTR”.

 

127


Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have from time to time performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, commercial banking and investment banking services for us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business, for which they received, or will receive, customary fees and expenses.

Prior to the offering, there has been no market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters and will not necessarily reflect the market price of the common stock following the offering. The principal factors that will be considered in determining the initial public offering price will include:

 

   

the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters;

 

   

the history of and the prospectus for the industry in which we will compete;

 

   

the ability of our management;

 

   

the prospects for our future earnings;

 

   

the present state of our development and our current financial condition;

 

   

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

   

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of the offering.

We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which our common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active trading market for the common stock will develop and continue after the offering.

In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

   

Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by

 

128


 

the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

 

   

In passive market making, market makers in the common stock who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to limitations, make bids for or purchases of our common stock until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq Global Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format will be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as an underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

No common stock has been offered to the public or will be offered to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the common stock and the approval of the offer by the Financial Services Authority, or FSA, or, where appropriate, approval in another Member State and notification to the FSA, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that an offer of the stock may be made to persons who fall within the definition of “qualified investor” as that term is defined in Section 86(1) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA, or otherwise in circumstances which do not result in an offer of transferable securities to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the FSMA;

Each invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by any of the underwriters has only been communicated in connection with the issuance or sale of stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us or to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the FSMA; and

All applicable provisions of the FSMA have been complied with regarding anything done by any underwriter in relation to the stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The offering of shares of our common stock has not been cleared by the Italian Securities Exchange Commission (Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa, the “CONSOB”) pursuant to Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, the shares of our common stock may not and will not be offered, sold or delivered, nor may or will copies of this prospectus or any other documents relating to the shares of our common stock be distributed in Italy, except (i) to professional investors (operatori qualificati), as defined in Article 31, second paragraph, of CONSOB Regulation No. 11522 of July 1, 1998, as amended (the “Regulation No. 11522), or

 

129


(ii) in other circumstances which are exempted from the rules on solicitation of investments pursuant to Article 100 of Legislative Degree No. 58 of February 24, 1998 (the “Financial Service Act”) and Article 33, first paragraph, of CONSOB Regulation No. 11971 of May 14, 1999, as amended.

Any offer, sale or delivery of shares of our common stock or distribution of copies of this prospectus or any other document relating to the shares of our common stock in Italy may and will be effected in accordance with all Italian securities, tax, exchange control and other applicable laws and regulations, and, in particular, will be: (1) made by an investment firm, bank or financial intermediary permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with the Financial Services Act, Legislative Decree No. 385 of September 1, 1993, as amended (the “Italian Banking Law”), Regulation No. 11522 and any other applicable laws and regulations; (2) in compliance with Article 129 of the Italian Banking Law and the implementing guidelines of the Bank of Italy; and (3) in compliance with any other applicable notification requirement or limitation which may be imposed by CONSOB or the Bank of Italy.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), and effective as of the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date), no common stock has been offered to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and brought to the attention of the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an offer of common stock may be made effective as of the Relevant Implementation Date to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(1) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(2) to any legal entity which has two or more of (a) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (b) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (c) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

(3) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive. For the purposes of this paragraph, the expression an “offer of common stock to the public” in relation to any common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

No action may be taken in any jurisdiction other than the United States that would permit a public offering of the common stock or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither the prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the common stock may be distributed or published in or from any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

130


NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

Resale Restrictions

The distribution of the shares in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling stockholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of shares are made. Any resale of the shares in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the shares.

Representations of Purchasers

By purchasing the shares in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us, the selling stockholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

 

   

the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the shares without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws,

 

   

where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent,

 

   

the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions, and

 

   

the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of specified information concerning its purchase of the shares to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to collect the information. Further details concerning the legal authority for this information is available on request.

Rights of Action — Ontario Purchasers Only

Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the shares, for rescission against us and the selling stockholders in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the shares. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the shares. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us or the selling stockholders. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the shares were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we and the selling stockholders, will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we and the selling stockholders will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the shares as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and executive officers as well as the experts named herein and the selling stockholders may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

 

131


Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Canadian purchasers of shares should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the shares in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the shares for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

 

132


LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley Godward Kronish LLP, San Diego, California. The underwriters are being represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell, Menlo Park, California.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Entropic Communications, Inc. as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of RF Magic, Inc. as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at: 9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200, San Diego, California 92121, (858) 625-3200.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.entropic.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

133


Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Entropic Communications, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

RF Magic, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Auditors

   F-29

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-30

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-31

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

   F-32

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-34

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-35

 

F-1


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Entropic Communications, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Entropic Communications, Inc. as of December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Entropic Communications, Inc. at December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, Entropic Communications, Inc. adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position 150-5, “ Issuer’s Accounting Under Statement No. 150 for Freestanding Warrants and Other Similar Instruments on Shares That Are Redeemable, ” during the year ended December 31, 2005 and changed its method of accounting for Share-Based Payments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (Revised 2004), “Share Based Payment,” during the year ended December 31, 2006.

June 8, 2007

except for Note 12, as to which the date is

July 25, 2007.

 

F-2


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     As of December 31,    

As of
March 31,
2007

    Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity as of
March 31,
2007
 
     2005     2006       (Note 1)  

Assets

         (unaudited)       (unaudited)  

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,387     $ 5,928     $ 4,890    

Marketable securities

     4,990       7,746       2,635    

Accounts receivable

     1,654       7,453       10,956    

Inventory

     628       5,972       12,837    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,779       453       640    
                          

Total current assets

     26,438       27,552       31,958    

Property and equipment, net

     2,133       2,975       2,900    

Other long-term assets

     386       697       927    
                          

Total assets

   $ 28,957     $ 31,224     $ 35,785    
                          

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 2,291     $ 6,814     $ 11,461    

Accrued payroll and benefits

     495       864       746    

Deferred revenues

     190       300       492    

Current portion of software licenses and capital lease obligations

     319       709       644    
                          

Total current liabilities

     3,295       8,687       13,343    

Stock repurchase liability

     42       282       646    

Deferred rent

     31                

Software licenses and capital lease obligations, less current portion

     475       380       256    

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

     410       811       1,083    

Commitments and contingencies

        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 101,749 shares authorized:

        

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, 16,509 shares designated; 16,344 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2005, 2006, and March 31, 2007 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $24,515 as of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 (unaudited)

     16,309       16,319       16,321    

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, 49,744 shares designated; 48,937 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and March 31, 2007 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $54,548 as of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 (unaudited)

     36,090       36,165       36,184    

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, 34,926 shares designated; 31,184, 34,926 and 34,926 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and March 31, 2007 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $42,000 as of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 (unaudited)

     24,876       27,895       27,906    

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

        

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 160,000 shares authorized; 13,706, 18,213 and 24,956 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and March 31, 2007 (unaudited), respectively; and 128,484 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

     14       18       25     $ 128  

Additional paid-in capital

     451       880       1,378       81,686  

Accumulated deficit

     (53,036 )     (60,213 )     (61,357 )     (61,357 )
                                

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (52,571 )     (59,315 )     (59,954 )   $ 20,457  
                                

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 28,957     $ 31,224     $ 35,785    
                          

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                       (unaudited)  

Net revenues:

          

Product

   $ 160     $ 2,919     $ 40,121     $ 7,276     $ 20,026  

Service

     198       800       1,350              
                                        

Total net revenues

     358       3,719       41,471       7,276       20,026  

Cost of net revenues:

          

Product

     125       1,931       30,714       5,091       14,531  

Service

     24       48       385              
                                        

Total cost of net revenues

     149       1,979       31,099       5,091       14,531  
                                        

Gross profit

     209       1,740       10,372       2,185       5,495  

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     8,984       9,574       11,601       2,540       4,190  

Sales and marketing

     1,560       2,247       4,112       763       1,500  

General and administrative

     1,482       1,846       2,192       512       767  
                                        

Total operating expenses

     12,026       13,667       17,905       3,815       6,457  
                                        

Loss from operations

     (11,817 )     (11,927 )     (7,533 )     (1,630 )     (962 )

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

     194       242       1,018       230       147  

Interest expense

     (37 )     (537 )     (135 )     (47 )     (25 )

(Loss) gain on fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

           (28 )     (401 )     3       (272 )
                                        

Other income (expense), net

     157       (323 )     482       186       (150 )
                                        

Net loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (11,660 )     (12,250 )     (7,051 )     (1,444 )     (1,112 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

           54                    
                                        

Net loss

     (11,660 )     (12,196 )     (7,051 )     (1,444 )     (1,112 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (85 )     (89 )     (126 )     (32 )     (32 )
                                        

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (11,745 )   $ (12,285 )   $ (7,177 )   $ (1,476 )   $ (1,144 )
                                        

Net loss per share attributable to common
stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (1.31 )   $ (1.14 )   $ (0.51 )   $ (0.11 )   $ (0.06 )
                                        

Weighted average number of shares used to compute loss per share attributable to common stockholders

     8,973       10,781       14,056       13,426       17,784  
                                        

Pro forma net loss per common share—basic and diluted (unaudited)

       $ (0.06 )     $ (0.01 )
                      

Weighted average number of shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted (unaudited)

         116,631         121,312  
                      

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands)

 

    Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock             Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
   

Total
Stockholders’

Deficit

 
    Series A     Series B     Series C   Common Stock      
    Shares   Amount     Shares   Amount     Shares   Amount   Shares     Amount      

Balance as of December 31, 2003

  16,344   $ 16,424     39,517   $ 28,987       $   10,361     $ 10   $ 97     $ (29,006 )   $ (28,899 )

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock for cash, net of $48 in issuance costs

          9,420     6,952                                  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                        176           17             17  

Stock-based compensation to consultants

                                  13             13  

Repurchase of unvested common shares

                        (289 )         (3 )           (3 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

      10         75                           (85 )     (85 )

Net loss and comprehensive loss

                                        (11,660 )     (11,660 )
                                                                     

Balance as of December 31, 2004

  16,344     16,434     48,937     36,014           10,248       10     124       (40,751 )     (40,617 )

Issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for cash, net of $127 in issuance costs

                  31,184     24,873                          

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                        512       1     51             52  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for promissory notes

                        2,946       3     292             295  

Stock-based compensation to consultants

                                  26             26  

Net reclassification of repurchase liability for early exercise of stock options

                                  (42 )           (42 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

      10         76         3                   (89 )     (89 )

Warrants issued in connection with line of credit

              307                           –—        

Reclassification of warrants to liabilities

      (135 )       (307 )                                

Net loss and comprehensive loss

                                        (12,196 )     (12,196 )
                                                                     

Balance as of December 31, 2005

  16,344     16,309     48,937     36,090     31,184     24,876   13,706       14     451       (53,036 )     (52,571 )

Issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $22

                  3,742     2,978                          

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

                        1,559       2     154             156  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for promissory notes

                        2,963       2     294             296  

Stock-based compensation to employees

                                  183             183  

Stock-based compensation to consultants

                                  40             40  

Repurchase of unvested common shares

                        (15 )         (2 )           (2 )

Net reclassification of repurchase liability for early exercise of stock options

                                  (240 )           (240 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

      10         75         41                   (126 )     (126 )

Net loss and comprehensive loss

                                        (7,051 )     (7,051 )
                                                                     

Balance as of December 31, 2006

  16,344     16,319     48,937     36,165     34,926     27,895   18,213       18     880       (60,213 )     (59,315 )

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash (unaudited)

                        4,910       5     542             547  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for promissory notes (unaudited)

                        1,833       2     181             183  

Stock-based compensation to employees (unaudited)

                                  115             115  

Stock-based compensation to consultants (unaudited)

                                  25             25  

Net reclassification of repurchase liability for early exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                                  (365 )           (365 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock (unaudited)

      2         19         11                   (32 )     (32 )

Net loss and comprehensive loss (unaudited)

                                        (1,112 )     (1,112 )
                                                                     

Balance as of March 31, 2007 (unaudited)

  16,344   $ 16,321     48,937   $ 36,184     34,926   $ 27,906   24,956     $ 25   $ 1,378     $ (61,357 )   $ (59,954 )
                                                                     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)  

Operating activities:

         

Net loss

  $ (11,660 )   $ (12,196 )   $ (7,051 )   $ (1,444 )   $ (1,112 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

         

Depreciation and amortization

    787       1,094       1,062       240       323  

Stock-based compensation to consultants

    13       26       40       1       25  

Stock-based compensation to employees

                183       1       115  

Interest expense attributable to amortization of preferred stock warrants

          249       57       22        

Revaluation of preferred stock warrant liabilities

          (26 )     401       (3 )     272  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

         

Accounts receivable

    (136 )     (1,518 )     (5,799 )     (4,079 )     (3,503 )

Inventory

    (213 )     (415 )     (5,344 )     (1,487 )     (6,865 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (60 )     (1,475 )     1,326       1,349       (187 )

Other long-term assets

          104       (75 )     7       (49 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    557       566       4,523       1,320       4,647  

Accrued payroll and benefits

    52       54       369       58       (118 )

Deferred revenues

    600       (410 )     110       313       192  

Deferred rent

    (31 )     (45 )     (31 )     (23 )      
                                       

Net cash used in operating activities

    (10,091 )     (13,992 )     (10,229 )     (3,725 )     (6,260 )

Investing activities:

         

Purchases of property and equipment

    (399 )     (660 )     (1,162 )     (183 )     (248 )

Purchases of marketable securities

    (7,002 )     (18,142 )     (10,956 )     (4,001 )      

Sales/maturities of marketable securities

    13,812       22,400       8,200       4,000       5,111  
                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    6,411       3,598       (3,918 )     (184 )     4,863  

Financing activities:

         

Principal payments on software license and capital lease obligations

    (439 )     (686 )     (447 )     (92 )     (189 )

Principal payments on line of credit obligations

          (2,000 )                  

Proceeds from line of credit obligations

          2,000                    

Net proceeds from the issuance of common stock

    18       54       159       8       548  

Net proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    6,952       24,873       2,978              

Repurchase of restricted stock

    (3 )           (2 )            
                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    6,528       24,241       2,688       (84 )     359  
                                       

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    2,848       13,847       (11,459 )     (3,993 )     (1,038 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    692       3,540       17,387       17,387       5,928  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 3,540     $ 17,387     $ 5,928     $ 13,394     $ 4,890  
                                       

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information subsequent to December 31, 2006 and pertaining to March 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) was organized under the laws of the state of Delaware on January 31, 2001. The Company is a fabless semiconductor company that designs, develops and markets systems solutions to enable connected home entertainment.

Basis of Presentation

As of March 31, 2007, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $61,357,000. The preceding consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. This basis of accounting contemplates the recovery of the Company’s assets and the satisfaction of its liabilities in the normal course of business. Successful completion of the Company’s development and its transition to attaining profitable operations is dependent upon management obtaining adequate debt or equity financing to fulfill its research and development and marketing activities, and achieving a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s cost structure.

Management believes the Company has sufficient cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities on hand to fund its operations beyond December 31, 2007. The preceding consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiary. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for all foreign operations. Foreign exchange gains and losses, which result from the process of remeasuring foreign currency financial statements into U.S. dollars or from foreign currency exchange transactions during the period are recognized in the consolidated net loss.

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The interim balance sheet as of March 31, 2007 and the statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly the interim financial information set forth therein, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The results of operations for the interim period ended March 31, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results which may be reported for any other interim period or for the year ending December 31, 2007.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity

The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity as of March 31, 2007 reflects the effect of the automatic conversion of all shares of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock into 103,528,000 shares of its common stock as though the completion of the planned initial public offering occurred on March 31, 2007. Shares of the Company’s common stock issued in such initial public offering and any related net proceeds are excluded from such pro forma information.

 

F-7


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenues are generated principally by sales of its semiconductor products. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, product revenues represented 45%, 78%, 97%, 100% and 100%, respectively, of its total net revenues. The Company also generates service revenues from development contracts.

The majority of the Company’s sales occur through the efforts of its direct sales force. The remainder of the Company’s sales occur through distributors. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, the Company derived 39%, 9%, 2%, 7% and 0%, respectively, of its total net revenues from sales made through distributors.

In accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements (“SAB 101”), and SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition (“SAB 104”), the Company recognizes product revenues when the following fundamental criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the price to the customer is fixed or determinable and (iv) collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. These criteria are usually met at the time of product shipment. However, the Company does not recognize revenue until all customer acceptance requirements have been met, when applicable. A portion of the Company’s sales are made through distributors under agreements allowing for pricing credits and/or rights of return. Product revenues on sales made through these distributors are not recognized until the distributors ship the product to their customers. The Company records reductions to revenues for estimated product returns and pricing adjustments, such as competitive pricing programs, in the same period that the related revenue is recorded. To date, product returns and pricing adjustments have not been significant.

The Company derives revenues from development contracts that involve new and unproven technologies. Revenues under these contracts are deferred until customer acceptance is obtained, and other contract-specific terms have been completed in accordance with the completed contract method of American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement of Position 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts (“SOP 81-1”). Provision for losses related to development contracts, if any, are recognized in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable. The costs associated with development contracts are included in cost of service revenue. The Company defers the cost of services provided under its development contracts. As of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and March 31, 2007, the Company has included $0, $132,000 and $132,000, respectively, of capitalized contract costs in inventory.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and leases payable. The Company’s policy is to place its cash and cash equivalents with high quality financial institutions in order to limit its credit exposure. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and a cash deposit is generally not required. The Company estimates potential losses on trade receivables on an ongoing basis.

 

F-8


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Customers

Customers that exceeded 10% of total revenues and accounts receivable were as follows:

 

     Revenues     Accounts Receivable  
     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
    As of
December 31,
    As of
March 31,
2007
 
     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007     2005     2006    
                       (unaudited)                 (unaudited)  

Actiontec Electronics, Inc

   *     *     50 %   19 %   35 %   17 %   42 %   20 %

Jabil Circuit (WUXI) Co., Ltd.

   *     *     *     *     16 %   *     16 %   16 %

Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.

   *     22 %   *     *     *     *     *     *  

Motorola Inc.

   24 %   40 %   37 %   71 %   47 %   59 %   37 %   60 %

Mototech Inc.

   16 %   *     *     *     *     *     *     *  

Tokyo Electron Devices Ltd.

   39 %   *     *     *     *     *     *     *  

* Customer accounted for less than 10% for the period indicated

Vendors

The Company had two vendors that represented a significant portion of total purchases (exclusive of payroll and related costs) as follows:

 

       Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
       2004    2005     2006     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)  

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd.

   *    12 %   49 %   53 %   52 %

Amkor Technology, Inc.

   *    *     26 %   25 %   30 %

* Vendor accounted for less than 10% for the period indicated

Segment Reporting

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). The CEO reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for evaluating financial performance and allocating resources. There are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations below the consolidated financial statement level. Accordingly, the Company reports as a single reporting segment.

Net revenues are allocated to the geographical region based on the shipping destination of customer orders. Net revenues by geographic region were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months
Ended March 31,
     2004    2005    2006      2006    2007
                      (unaudited)

North America

   $      62    $ 784    $ 21,283      $ 1,459    $ 7,233

Asia

     291      2,893      20,132        5,811      12,793

Europe

     5      42      56        6     
                                    
   $ 358    $ 3,719    $ 41,471      $ 7,276    $ 20,026
                                    

 

F-9


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and money market funds. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase that are readily convertible into cash to be cash equivalents.

Marketable Securities

The Company classifies its marketable securities as available-for-sale. Unrealized gains and losses were not significant for any period presented. Interest and dividends on securities classified as available-for-sale are included in interest income. Additionally, the Company assesses whether an other-than-temporary impairment loss on its investments has occurred due to declines in fair value or other market conditions. As of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and March 31, 2007, the carrying value of the marketable security investments approximated fair value.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash equivalents, marketable securities, trade receivables, accounts payable and other accrued liabilities approximate their fair value due to the relative short-term maturities. The carrying amounts of the Company’s capital lease obligations, loans payable, preferred stock warrant liability and other long-term liabilities approximate their fair value. The fair value of capital lease obligations and loans payable was estimated based on the current interest rates available to the Company for debt instruments with similar terms, degrees of risk, and remaining maturities. The fair value of the preferred stock warrant liabilities was estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company evaluates the collectibility of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In cases where the Company is aware of circumstances that may impair a specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations subsequent to the original sale, the Company will record a specific allowance against amounts due, and thereby reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount the Company reasonably believes will be collected. For all other customers, the Company recognizes allowances for doubtful accounts based upon specific identification, industry and geographic concentrations, the current business environment and the Company’s historical experience. The Company has not recognized an allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market. Lower of cost or market adjustments reduce the carrying value of the related inventory and take into consideration reductions in sales prices, excess inventory levels and obsolete inventory. These adjustments are done on a part-by-part basis. Once established, these adjustments are considered permanent and are not reversed until the related inventory is sold or disposed.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight - line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets (three to seven years), except leasehold improvements and software which are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the asset or the remaining lease/license term.

 

F-10


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses potential impairments to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances have made recovery of the assets’ carrying value unlikely. An impairment loss would be recognized when the sum of the expected future undiscounted net cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. Should an impairment exist, the impairment loss would be measured based on the excess of the carrying amount of the asset over the asset’s fair value. The Company has identified no such impairment losses to date.

Guarantees and Indemnifications

In the ordinary course of business, we have entered into agreements with customers that include indemnity provisions. To date, there have been no known events or circumstances that have resulted in any significant costs related to these indemnification provisions, and as a result, no liabilities have been recorded in the accompanying condensed financial statements.

Shipping and Handling

Revenues derived from billing customers for shipping and handling costs are classified as a component of net revenues. Costs of shipping and handling charged by suppliers are classified as a component of cost of net revenues.

Warranty Accrual

The Company’s products are subject to warranty periods of one year or more. The Company provides for the estimated future costs of replacement upon shipment of the product as cost of revenues. The Company has not incurred any significant warranty claims to date. The warranty accrual is based on management’s best estimate of expected costs associated with product failure and historical product failures.

Research and Developments Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and primarily include costs related to personnel, outside services, which consist primarily of contract labor services, fabrication masks, architecture licenses, engineering design development software and hardware tools, allocated facilities expenses and depreciation of equipment used in research and development.

Software Development Costs

Software development costs are capitalized beginning when technological feasibility has been established and ending when a product is available for sale to customers. To date, the period between achieving technological feasibility and when the software is made available for sale to customers has been relatively short and software development costs qualifying for capitalization have not been significant. As such, all software development costs have been expensed as incurred in research and development expense.

Advertising Costs

All advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs, which are included in sales and marketing expenses, were not significant for all periods presented.

 

F-11


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes result primarily from temporary differences between financial and tax reporting. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is established to reduce a deferred tax asset to the amount that is expected more likely than not to be realized.

Stock-Based Compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”), including the provisions of SAB No. 107 (“SAB 107”). Under SFAS 123R, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period. The Company has no awards with market or performance conditions. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 123R using the prospective transition method. Accordingly, prior periods have not been revised for comparative purposes.

The valuation provisions of SFAS 123R apply to new awards and to awards that are outstanding on the effective date, January 1, 2006, which are subsequently modified or canceled. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company used the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”), related interpretations, and the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”) for employee stock options and recorded compensation cost for options granted at exercise prices that were less than market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. Pursuant to SFAS 123R, as the Company utilized the minimum value method through December 31, 2005, the Company will continue to recognize compensation expense relating to unvested awards as of the date of adoption using APB 25 which is the same accounting principle originally applied to those awards.

Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 and three months ended March 31, 2007 included compensation expense for stock-based payment awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with SFAS 123R. For stock awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 and three months ended March 31, 2007, expenses are amortized under the straight-line method. As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 and three months ended March 31, 2007 is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123R requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

The Company allocated stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
     2004    2005    2006    2006    2007
                    (unaudited)

Research and development

   $    $    $ 116    $ 1    $ 53

Sales and marketing

     2      6      56           65

General and administrative

     11      20      51      1      22
                                  
   $ 13    $ 26    $ 223    $ 2    $ 140
                                  

 

F-12


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

The table below summarizes options granted during the period from January 1, 2006 through March 31, 2007, which resulted in stock-based compensation expense:

 

Options Granted In Month Ended

   Number of
Shares
   Exercise Price
Per Share
   Intrinsic Value
Per Share
   Deemed
Fair Value of
Common Stock at
Grant

March 2006

   725,000    $ 0.10    $ 0.18    $ 0.28

April 2006

   300,000      0.10      0.18      0.28

May 2006

   490,000      0.10      0.26      0.36

August 2006

   794,000      0.10      0.49      0.59

October 2006

   850,000      0.10      0.69      0.79

December 2006

   1,025,000      0.10      1.01      1.11

February 2007

   725,000      0.21      1.36      1.57
             
   4,909,000         
             

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards granted to non-employees in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services (“EITF 96-18”). Under EITF 96-18, the Company determines the fair value of the stock-based compensation awards granted as either the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. If the fair value of the equity instruments issued is used, it is measured using the stock price and other measurement assumptions as of the earlier of either of (1) the date at which a commitment for performance by the counterparty to earn the equity instruments is reached, or (2) the date at which the counterparty’s performance is complete.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiary is the U.S. dollar. Translation adjustments resulting from remeasuring the foreign currency denominated financial statements of the subsidiary into U.S. dollars are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Translation gains and losses have not been significant to date.

Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle

Effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Staff Position (“FSP”) No. 150-5, Issuer’s Accounting Under Statement No. 150 for Freestanding Warrants and Other Similar Instruments on Shares That Are Redeemable (“FSP 150-5”), an interpretation of FSAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity (“SFAS 150”). Pursuant to FSP 150-5, freestanding warrants for shares that are either puttable or warrants for shares that are redeemable are classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. At the end of each reporting period, changes in fair value during the period are recorded as a component of other income (expense), net.

Upon adoption of FSP 150-5, the Company reclassified the fair value of its warrants to purchase shares of its redeemable convertible preferred stock from equity to a liability and recorded a cumulative effect benefit of approximately $54,000 for the change in accounting principle. The Company recorded a charge of approximately $28,000 to reflect the increase in fair value between July 1, 2005 and December 31, 2005. For the year ended December 31, 2006 and three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, the Company recorded charges of

 

F-13


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

$401,000, benefit of $3,000 and charges of $272,000, respectively, reflected as the (loss) gain on fair value of warrant liabilities in the statement of operations net to reflect the change in fair value of the warrant liabilities. The Company will continue to adjust the liabilities for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants to purchase shares of its redeemable convertible preferred stock or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time the liabilities will be reclassified to stockholders’ deficit.

The pro forma effect of the adoption of FSP 150-5 on the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, if applied retroactively assuming FSP 150-5 had been adopted in these years, has not been disclosed as these amounts would not be materially different from the reported amounts.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In June, 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement 109 (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 establishes a single model to address accounting for uncertain tax positions. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold, which a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As of the date of adoption, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits. The adoption of FIN 48 did not result in an adjustment to retained earnings. The Company will recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company has recognized no interest or penalties upon the adoption of FIN 48. The Company does not expect any significant increases to its unrecognized tax benefits within 12 months of this reporting date.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes. The Company is subject to U.S. federal, state or foreign income tax examinations for all years, to the extent allowed by law, as the tax authorities may have the right to examine prior periods where net operating losses or tax credits were generated and carried forward. The Company is not currently under Internal Revenue Service, state or foreign tax examination.

In September 2006, FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Management does not expect the adoption of SFAS 157 will have a material impact on results of operations or financial position.

In September 2006, the SEC issued SAB No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements (“SAB 108”). Due to diversity in practice among registrants, SAB 108 expresses SEC staff views regarding the process by which misstatements in financial statements are evaluated for purposes of determining whether financial statement restatement is necessary. SAB 108 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006. The adoption of SAB 108 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“SFAS 159”), which permits entities to choose to measure eligible financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Unrealized gains

 

F-14


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We will adopt this pronouncement in the first quarter of 2008 and are currently evaluating what impact, if any, it will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial position.

2. Net Loss Per Common Share and Pro Forma Net Loss Per Common Share

Basic loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock and dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding during the year. Common equivalent shares from stock options and other common stock equivalents are excluded from the computation when their effect is antidilutive.

The Company was in a loss position for all periods presented and, accordingly, there is no difference between basic loss per share and diluted loss per share since the common stock equivalents and the effect of redeemable convertible preferred stock under the “if converted” method would be antidilutive.

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share have been computed to give effect to the conversion of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted-method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the original dates of issuance.

 

F-15


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods indicated (in thousands, except per share data):

 

    

Years Ended

December 31,

   

Three Months

Ended

March 31,

 
     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                       (unaudited)  

Numerator:

          

Net loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ (11,660 )   $ (12,250 )   $ (7,051 )   $ (1,444 )   $ (1,112 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

           54                    
                                        

Net loss

     (11,660 )     (12,196 )     (7,051 )     (1,444 )     (1,112 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (85 )     (89 )     (126 )     (32 )     (32 )
                                        

Net loss attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (11,745 )   $ (12,285 )   $ (7,177 )   $ (1,476 )   $ (1,144 )
                                        

Denominator:

          

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

     10,258       11,066       16,185       15,178       20,064  

Less: Restricted stock

     (1,285 )     (285 )     (2,129 )     (1,752 )     (2,280 )
                                        

Weighted average number of shares used in computing net loss per common share—basic and diluted

     8,973       10,781       14,056       13,426       17,784  
                                        

Net loss per common share—basic and diluted

          

Net loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ (1.30 )   $ (1.14 )   $ (0.50 )   $ (0.11 )   $ (0.06 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

           0.01                    
                                        

Net loss

     (1.30 )     (1.13 )     (0.50 )     (0.11 )     (0.06 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )            
                                        

Net loss attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (1.31 )   $ (1.14 )   $ (0.51 )   $ (0.11 )   $ (0.06 )
                                        

Weighted average number of shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share above—basic and diluted

         14,056         17,784  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock (unaudited)

         102,575         103,528  
                      

Weighted average number of shares used in computing net loss per common share above—basic and diluted

         116,631         121,312  
                      

Pro forma net income per common share—basic and diluted (unaudited)

       $ (0.06 )     $ (0.01 )
                      

 

F-16


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Potentially dilutive securities that were not included in the diluted net loss per share calculations because they would be antidilutive are as follows (in thousands):

 

    

Years Ended

December 31,

  

Three Months Ended

March 31,

     2004    2005    2006    2006    2007
                    (unaudited)

Stock options

   9,801    12,016    11,058    11,173    5,011

Unvested exercised options

   342    423    2,822    1,724    5,925

Preferred stock warrants

   165    744    744    744    744

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

   65,281    99,705    103,528    99,705    103,528
                        

Total

   75,589    112,888    118,152    113,346    115,208
                        

3. Balance Sheet Data

Marketable Securities

The Company has classified its marketable securities as available-for-sale which are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2005
     Cost    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Market
Value

Corporate debt

   $ 990    $    $    $ 990

Auction-rate securities

     4,000                4,000
                           
   $ 4,990    $    $    $ 4,990
                           

 

     As of December 31, 2006
     Cost    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Market
Value

Corporate debt

   $ 5,955    $ 5    $    $ 5,960

Commercial paper

     597                597

Asset-backed securities

     1,194      1           1,195
                           
   $ 7,746    $ 6    $    $ 7,752
                           

 

     As of March 31, 2007
     Cost    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Market
Value
     (unaudited)

Corporate debt

   $ 2,036    $ 1    $    $ 2,037

Asset-backed securities

     599                599
                           
   $ 2,635    $ 1    $    $ 2,636
                           

 

F-17


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

As of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, all marketable securities were due in one year or less.

Inventories

The components of inventory are as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of
December 31,
  

As of
March 31,
2007

     2005    2006   
               (unaudited)

Capitalized development contract costs

   $    $ 132    $ 132

Work-in-process

     448      3,252      3,040

Finished goods

     180      2,588      9,665
                    

Total inventory

   $ 628    $ 5,972    $ 12,837
                    

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands, except for years):

 

     Useful Lives
(in years)
   As of December 31,    

As of
March 31,
2007

 
        2005     2006    
                      (unaudited)  

Office and laboratory equipment

   5    $ 1,105     $ 1,537     $ 1,631  

Computer equipment

   3      692       724       806  

Furniture and fixtures

   7      105       252       279  

Leasehold improvements

   Lease term      103       258       272  

Licensed software

   1-3      1,572       2,071       2,102  
                           
        3,577       4,842       5,090  

Accumulated depreciation

        (1,444 )     (1,867 )     (2,190 )
                           

Property and equipment, net

      $ 2,133     $ 2,975     $ 2,900  
                           

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, was $787,000, $1,094,000, $1,062,000, $240,000, and $323,000, respectively.

Accrued Warranty

The following table presents a rollforward of the Company’s product warranty liability, which is included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,   

As of

March 31,
2007

     2005    2006   
               (unaudited)

Beginning balance

   $    $ 20    $ 417

Accruals for warranties issued during the period

     20      397      151

Settlements made during the period

              
                    

Ending balance

   $ 20    $ 417    $ 568
                    

 

F-18


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Software License and Capital Lease Obligations

The Company has financed certain licenses for software used in product development. The present value of the future license payments has been capitalized and included in property and equipment and will be amortized over the length of the license period, generally one to three years. The software license obligation will be reduced by the principal portion of the quarterly license payments. The cost of the assets under capital lease as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and March 31, 2007 totaled $1,115,000, $1,556,000 and $1,556,000, respectively, and accumulated amortization totaled $261,000, $459,000, and $633,000, respectively, as of those same dates. Amortization of the asset recorded under capital lease is included in depreciation expense.

As of December 31, 2006 the remaining minimum future payments on software licenses and capital lease obligations are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ended December 31,

      

2007

   $ 784  

2008

     403  
        
     1,187  

Less amounts representing interest

     (98 )
        

Present value of obligations

     1,089  

Less current portion

     709  
        

Long-term software license and capital lease obligations

   $ 380  
        

Interest expense associated with capital lease obligations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 was $37,000, $47,000, $70,000, $18,000 and $25,000, respectively.

4. Debt

As of December 31, 2005, the Company maintained a loan and security agreement with Lighthouse Capital Partners V, L.P. under which the Company could receive advances up to $5,000,000, secured by the Company’s accounts receivable. In June 2006, the Company canceled this line. The Company did not draw against this line in 2006.

5. Commitments

The minimum future payments under all noncancelable operating leases with an initial term of one year or more as of December 31, 2006, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ended December 31,

    

2007

   $ 882

2008

     895

2009

     880

2010

     337
      
   $ 2,994
      

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 was $319,000, $360,000, $531,000, $109,000, and $197,000, respectively.

The Company had firm purchase order commitments for the acquisition of inventory as of December 31, 2006 of $697,000.

 

F-19


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

6. Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

In connection with the line of credit obtained in 2002, the Company issued a warrant to the lender to purchase shares of the Company’s Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In connection with the loan and security agreement entered into with a financial institution in May 2005, the Company issued a warrant to the lender to purchase shares of the Company’s Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock.

The fair value of the warrants is recorded as a liability and remeasured at each reporting period with gains or losses recognized as (loss) gain on fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities.

Significant terms and fair value of warrants to purchase the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock are as follows:

 

          Exercise
Price Per
Share
  Shares (in thousands)   Fair Value (in thousands)
          As of
December 31,
  As of
March 31,
2007
  As of
December 31,
  As of
March 31,
2007

Stock

 

Expiration Date

    2005   2006     2005   2006  
                    (unaudited)           (unaudited)

Series A preferred

  Later of (i) March 6, 2012 or (ii) five years after the closing of the initial public offering of the Company’s stock   $ 1.00   165   165   165   $ 85   $ 184   $ 233

Series B preferred

  May 12, 2012     0.74   579   579   579     325     627     850
                                 

Total

      744   744   744   $ 410   $ 811   $ 1,083
                                 

The fair value of the above warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model based on the following assumptions:

 

    

Years Ended

December 31,

   

Three Months
Ended

March 31,

2007

 
     2005     2006    
                 (unaudited)  

Remaining contractual term, Series A Preferred Warrants (in years)

   6.2     5.2     4.9  

Remaining contractual term, Series B Preferred Warrants (in years)

   6.4     5.4     5.1  

Risk-free interest rate

   3 %   5 %   5 %

Expected volatility

   75 %   73 %   73 %

Expected dividend yield

            

The Company recorded interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 of $0, $249,000, $57,000, $22,000 and $0, respectively, in connection with the warrants.

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

In May, September and November of 2004, the Company issued an aggregate of 9,420,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock for $0.74 per share resulting in cash proceeds of $6,952,000, net of issuance costs of $48,000.

 

F-20


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

In December of 2005, the Company issued 31,184,000 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for $0.80 per share, resulting in cash proceeds of $24,873,000, net of issuance costs of $127,000.

In April 2006, the Company issued 3,742,000 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for $0.80 per share, resulting in cash proceeds of $2,978,000, net of issuance costs of $22,000.

The redeemable convertible preferred stock was originally convertible at the option of the holder into one share of common stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. As of December 31, 2006, the Series A, Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock were convertible into 19,665,000, 48,937,000, and 34,926,000 shares of common stock, respectively. As a result of the issuance of Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock conversion ratio was one share of redeemable convertible preferred stock for 1.203 shares of common stock as of December 31, 2006. The Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock convert on a one-for-one basis to common stock. Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock upon the earlier of the written consent of more than 75% of the then issued and outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock voting as a class, or a firm commitment to undertake an underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock at a per share price not less than three times the original Series C price per share and aggregate gross proceeds of not less than $20,000,000. The holder of each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which such share would convert.

The redeemable convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to noncumulative dividends at a rate of 8% of the original issue price, when and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors, out of funds legally available. To date, the Company has not declared any dividends.

In the event of liquidation, the holders of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution to holders of Series B and A redeemable convertible preferred stock or common stock, a per share amount equal to the original Series C price per share plus declared and unpaid dividends. The holders of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock shall then be entitled to receive prior, and in preference to any further distribution to holders of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock or a distribution to Series A redeemable convertible common stock, a per share amount equal to the original Series B price per share plus declared and unpaid dividends. The holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock shall then be entitled to receive prior, and in preference to any further distribution to holders of Series C and B redeemable convertible preferred stock, or common stock, a per share amount equal to the original Series A price per share plus declared and unpaid dividends. The holders of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock shall then be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any further distribution to holders of Series B and A redeemable convertible preferred stock, or common stock, a per share amount equal to one-half the original Series C price per share. The holders of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock shall then be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any further distribution to holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock or common stock, a per share amount equal to one-half the original Series B price per share. The holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock shall then be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any further distribution to holders of common stock, a per share amount equal to one-half the original Series A price per share. The holders of common stock shall then be entitled to any remaining distributions.

At the earlier of (i) any time on or after March 27, 2010 and (ii) a written request of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding (“Series A Redemption Request”) or the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding (“Series B Redemption Request”) and upon a written request of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding, the Company shall redeem at least one-eighth of the number of shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding. Subsequent to this first

 

F-21


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

redemption date, the Company shall redeem at least one-eighth of the number of shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding on each of the subsequent seven three-month anniversaries of the first redemption date (each a redemption date). However, the portion of the outstanding shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock redeemed on any redemption date may be increased at the option of the Company. The redemption price shall be $0.80 per share, plus an amount equal to the amount of all declared but unpaid dividends. The Company is not required to establish any sinking fund for redemption of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock.

At the earlier of any time on or after March 27, 2010, or a Series A Redemption Request, upon a written request of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding, the Company shall redeem at least one-eighth of the number of shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding. Subsequent to this first redemption date, the Company shall redeem at least one-eighth of the number of shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding on each of the subsequent seven three-month anniversaries of the first redemption date (each a redemption date). However, the portion of the outstanding shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock redeemed on any redemption date may be increased at the option of the Company. The redemption price shall be $0.74 per share, plus an amount equal to the amount of all declared but unpaid dividends. The Company is not required to establish any sinking fund for redemption of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock.

At the earlier of any time on or after September 13, 2008 or a Series A Redemption Request, the Company shall redeem at least one-eighth of the number of shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding. Subsequent to this first redemption date, the Company shall redeem at least one-eighth of the number of shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding on each of the subsequent seven three-month anniversaries of the first redemption date (each a redemption date). However, the portion of the shares redeemed on any redemption date may be increased at the option of the Company. The redemption price shall be $1.00 per share, plus an amount equal to the amount of all declared but unpaid dividends. The Company is not required to establish any sinking fund for redemption of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be redeemed unless all the outstanding shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock have first been redeemed.

8. Stockholders’ Deficit

Stock Options

In 2001, the Company adopted the 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), since amended, under which 26,200,000 shares of common stock are authorized and reserved for issuance as of December 31, 2006. The Plan provides for the grant of incentive and nonstatutory stock options, stock bonuses and rights to purchase restricted stock by employees, directors or consultants of the Company. The Plan provides that incentive stock options will be granted only to employees at no less than the fair value of the Company’s common stock (no less than 85% of the fair value for nonstatutory stock options), as determined by its Board of Directors at the date of the grant. Awards generally vest 25% one year from date of grant and ratably each month thereafter for a period of 36 months and expire ten years from date of grant.

Stock option grants under the Plan are subject to an early exercise provision. Shares of common stock obtained upon early exercise of unvested options or by restricted stock purchase rights are subject to repurchase by the Company at the applicable original issue price and will vest according to the respective agreement. Shares subject to repurchase by the Company as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and March 31, 2007 were 423,000, 2,822,000, and 5,925,000, respectively.

The consideration received for the exercise of an unvested stock option is considered a deposit of the exercise price, and thus is a liability that is recorded by the Company. The liability associated with this potential for repurchase, and the related shares, are only reclassified into equity as the option award vests. As a result, the

 

F-22


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Company has recorded liabilities as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and March 31, 2007 of $42,000, $282,000 and $646,000, respectively, for the unvested portion of early stock option exercise.

Under the Plan, certain executives could exercise options using a combination of cash and full recourse promissory notes payable to the Company. All shares issued under this arrangement were pledged to the Company as security for the notes. Interest rates on the notes ranged from 3.8% to 5.0% per annum. Interest was payable annually in arrears with full principal amount and any unpaid interest due in five years. The balance of the notes payable as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and March 31, 2007 was $292,000, $585,000, and $766,000, respectively. The notes were repaid in full as of July 2007.

A summary of the Company’s stock option award activity and related information for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007, is as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Number
of Stock
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2004

   9,801     $ 0.10   

Granted

   6,114     $ 0.10   

Exercised

   (3,458 )   $ 0.10   

Canceled/forfeited/expired

   (441 )   $ 0.10   
           

Outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2005

   12,016     $ 0.10   

Granted

   4,184     $ 0.10   

Exercised

   (4,522 )   $ 0.10   

Canceled/forfeited/expired

   (620 )   $ 0.10   
           

Outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2006

   11,058     $ 0.10    $ 12,274
           

Granted (unaudited)

   725     $ 0.21   

Exercised (unaudited)

   (6,743 )   $ 0.10   

Canceled/forfeited/expired (unaudited)

   (29 )   $ 0.10   
           

Outstanding and exercisable as of March 31, 2007 (unaudited)

   5,011     $ 0.10    $ 8,346
               

The following summarizes information regarding outstanding and exercisable stock options as of December 31, 2006:

 

     Stock Options Outstanding and Exercisable      Stock Options Vested

Exercise Price

   Number
(in thousands)
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life
(in years)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Number
(in thousands)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

$0.10

   11,058      8.2      $ 0.10      5,036      $ 0.10

 

F-23


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

The following summarizes information regarding outstanding and exercisable stock options as of March 31, 2007:

 

     Stock Options Outstanding and Exercisable      Stock Options Vested

Exercise Price

   Number
(in thousands)
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life
(in years)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Number
(in thousands)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

$0.10

   4,801      7.5      $ 0.10      2,439      $ 0.10

$0.21

   210      9.6      $ 0.21            
                          
   5,011             $0.10      2,439        $0.10
                          

In connection with the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company reviewed and updated its forfeiture rate, expected term and volatility assumptions. The expected option life reflects the application of the simplified method set out in SAB 107. The risk-free interest rate is based on zero coupon U.S. Treasury instruments with maturities similar to those of the expected term of the award being valued. The simplified method defines the life as the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted-average vesting period for all option tranches. The estimated volatility reflects the application of SAB 107’s interpretive guidance and, accordingly, incorporates historical volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The expected dividend yield was based on our expectation of not paying dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.

The fair value of stock options was estimated at the grant date using the following assumptions:

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,

2006

  

Three Months Ended

March 31,

            2006            2007    
          (unaudited)

Expected option life (in years)

   6.0    6.0      6.0  

Risk-free interest rate

   4.8% to 5.0%    4.8%    4.5%

Expected volatility

   73%    73%    73%

Expected dividend yield

      —      —  

The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of employee stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 was $0.60, $0.23 and $1.44, respectively.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $0, $1,797,000, and $9,051,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, the Company estimates that there are $2,301,000 and $3,195,000, respectively, in total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested employee stock option agreements, which are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.6 years and 3.6 years, respectively.

Since the Company has a net operating loss carryforward as of December 31, 2006, no excess tax benefits for the tax deductions related to share-based awards were recognized in the statement of operations. Additionally, no incremental tax benefits were recognized from stock options exercised in the year ended December 31, 2006 that would have resulted in a reclassification to reduce net cash provided by operating activities with an offsetting increase in net cash provided by financing activities.

The Company granted options and other stock awards to consultants in connection with their service agreements. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006

 

F-24


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

and 2007, the Company recorded compensation expense related to these awards of $13,000, $26,000, $40,000, $1,000 and $25,000, respectively. The fair value of the awards was estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model in accordance with EITF 96-18.

The fair value of stock options granted to consultants was estimated at the grant date using the following assumptions:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                       (unaudited)  

Contractual term of option (in years)

   10.0     10.0     10.0     10.0     10.0  

Risk-free interest rate

   4.5 %   4.5 %   4.8 %   4.8 %   4.5 %

Expected volatility

   75 %   75 %   73 %   73 %   73 %

Expected dividend yield

   —       —       —       —       —    

Shares Reserved for Future Issuance

The following common stock is reserved for future issuance (in thousands):

 

    

As of

December 31,
2006

  

As of

March 31,
2007

          (unaudited)

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

   103,482    103,482

Preferred stock warrants

   744    744

Stock awards issued and outstanding

   11,058    5,011

Authorized for grants under the Plan

   4,931    4,235
         
   120,215    113,472
         

9. Income Taxes

As of December 31, 2006, the Company has federal and state tax net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $22,890,000 and $22,518,000, respectively. The federal and state tax loss carryforwards will begin expiring in 2021 and 2013, respectively, unless previously utilized. The Company also has federal and state research and development tax credit (“R&D”) carryforwards of approximately $3,125,000 and $2,344,000, respectively. The federal research and development tax credit carryforward will begin to expire in 2021 unless previously utilized. The California research and development tax credit will carryforward indefinitely. As of December 31, 2006, the Company has a California Manufacturer’s Investment Tax Credit (“MIC”) carryforward of approximately $53,000, which will begin to expire in 2011 unless previously utilized.

Utilization of net operating losses and credit carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation due to ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The tax benefits related to future utilization of federal and state net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be limited or lost if cumulative changes in ownership exceed 50% within any three-year period. While there may have been prior changes in ownership, it is anticipated that the Company will be able to utilize substantially all of its federal and state net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. The Company is in the process of completing an analysis to determine the impact of any prior changes in ownership. Until the Company has determined the amount subject to limitation, the deferred tax assets will not be reduced. Additional

 

F-25


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

limitations on the use of these tax attributes could occur in the event of disputes arising in examinations from various taxing authorities. As of December 31, 2006, the Company is not under examination. Any carryforwards that will expire prior to utilization as a result of such limitations will be removed from deferred tax assets with a corresponding reduction of the valuation allowance.

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2005 and 2006, are shown below (in thousands):

 

     As of
December 31,
 
     2005     2006  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 9,343     $ 9,306  

R&D and MIC credit carryforwards

     3,705       4,683  

Capitalized R&D

     10,800       13,027  

Other, net

     6       179  
                

Total deferred tax assets

     23,854       27,195  

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

     (23,854 )     (27,195 )
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $     $  
                

A valuation allowance has been established to offset the deferred tax assets as realization of such assets does not meet the “more likely than not” threshold required under SFAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes .

10. Employee Benefits

The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) plan for employees who are at least 21 years of age. Under the terms of the plan, employees may make voluntary contributions as a percentage of compensation, but not in excess of the maximum amounts allowed under the Internal Revenue Code. The Company’s contributions to the plan are discretionary and no contributions were made by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007.

11. Supplemental Disclosure of Cash-Flow and Non-Cash Activity

Cash-Flow

The following table sets forth supplemental disclosure of cash flow information (in thousands):

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
   Three Months
Ended March 31,
    2004    2005    2006      2006        2007  
                   (unaudited)

Cash paid for interest

  $ 39    $ 542    $ 66    $ 16    $ 28

Non-Cash Activity

The following table sets forth supplemental disclosure of non-cash activity (in thousands):

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
   Three Months
Ended March 31,
    2004    2005    2006      2006        2007  
                   (unaudited)

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

  $ 85    $ 89    $ 126    $ 32    $ 32

Financed software license costs

    902      778      743          

Issuance of common stock for stockholder notes

         292      293      142      181

Repurchase liability for early exercise of stock options

              240      130      365

Issuance of preferred stock warrants in connection with debt financing

         307               

 

F-26


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

12. Subsequent Events

In April 2007, the Company entered into a subordinated debt and security agreement with Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC and Silicon Valley Bank under which the Company could receive advances up to $8,000,000, secured by all of the Company’s tangible and intangible assets excluding intellectual property (“Growth Line”). Interest is payable monthly at an annual interest equal to the greater of 11.85% or 11.85% plus the difference between the one-month LIBOR rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal three business days prior to the applicable advance and 5.32%. Beginning in April 2008, principal and interest payments shall be payable over 30 months on the outstanding principal of the loan. The Company drew $1,000,000 against the Growth Line in April 2007.

In April 2007, the Company also entered into a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank under which the Company could receive advances up to $7,000,000, secured by substantially all of the Company’s tangible and intangible assets excluding intellectual property (“AR Line”). The Company may increase the credit limit to $10,000,000 under this credit facility upon payment of an additional commitment fee of $15,000. Interest is payable monthly at an annual interest rate equal to the prime rate plus 0.5% if the Company maintains a liquidity ratio of at least 1.75 to 1 or the prime rate plus 2.0% if the Company maintains a liquidity ratio of less than 1.75 to 1. The Company drew $1,000,000 against the AR Line in May 2007, which the Company paid down prior to the end of the month.

In connection with the Growth Line, in April 2007 the lenders received warrants to purchase up to a maximum of 699,000 shares of the Company’s Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock in the aggregate, at a purchase price of $0.80 per share. The actual number of shares purchaseable under the warrants varies according to the amount of draws taken against the Growth Line. The warrants became exercisable immediately and expire on the later of April 5, 2014 or five years after the closing of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company recorded the fair value of the warrants of $1,136,000 on the issuance date as debt issuance cost and will accrete the value to interest expense over the term of the Growth Line. The initial fair value of the warrants was calculated under the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions: contractual term of seven years, 4.8% risk-free interest rate, expected volatility of 73% and expected dividend yield of 0%. The warrants will be classified as a liability and recorded at their fair value. At each reporting period, the Company will remeasure the fair value of the warrant liability and any gains or losses will be recognized as (loss) gain on fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities.

In May 2007, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Arabella Software Ltd. for $3,416,750. The purchase consideration consisted of 1,265,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, cash consideration of $650,000, and legal and other costs approximating $300,000. Arabella Software, based in Israel, specializes in the design and development of embedded Linux software.

In May 2007, the Company granted stock options to purchase 8,232,500 shares of its common stock under the Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $0.46 per share. Included in this amount are 1,000,000 shares subject to options granted under the Company’s Israeli Option Sub-Plan that vest upon the achievement of product development milestones.

On June 30, 2007, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common and convertible preferred stock of RF Magic, Inc., a provider of digital broadcast satellite outdoor unit and silicon TV tuner solutions for approximately $151,032,000. The purchase consideration consisted of 19,169,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and 42,388,000 shares of newly created Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock of the Company, which represented approximately 34% of the combined Company’s fully-diluted capitalization. Additionally, the Company assumed outstanding stock options and warrants of RF Magic in the acquisition.

 

F-27


Entropic Communications, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

The Company further amended and restated its amended and restated certificate of incorporation in June 2007 in part to authorize the Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock issued in connection with the acquisition of RF Magic. The Series D and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of assets to Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock holders an amount equal to the applicable original issuance price of the respective series of redeemable convertible preferred stock and any declared and unpaid dividends thereon. The liquidation value of the Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock is approximately $129,127,000. The Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible into 42,388,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

In June 2007, the Company entered into a software license and maintenance agreement for software tools with Cadence Design Systems, Inc. for $3,750,000. The licensing fees, net of a $38,000 prepayment, will be paid in quarterly payments over four years as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ended December 31,

2007

   $ 337

2008

     750

2009

     938

2010

     1,124

2011

     563
      
   $ 3,712
      

As of July 2007, all principal and interest owed under promissory notes evidencing loans by the Company to certain of its stockholders were repaid in full.

 

F-28


Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

RF Magic, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of RF Magic, Inc. as of December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards of generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of RF Magic, Inc. at December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, RF Magic, Inc. changed its method of accounting for Shared-Based Payments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment , on January 1, 2006.

June 8, 2007

except for note 10, as which the date is

July 25, 2007

 

F-29


RF Magic, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

    

As of

December 31,

   

As of

March 31,
2007

 
     2005     2006    
                 (unaudited)  

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,443     $ 6,878     $ 6,820  

Accounts receivable

     2,855       3,481       2,574  

Inventories

     1,394       4,921       6,165  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     253       209       254  
                        

Total current assets

     9,945       15,489       15,813  

Restricted cash

     95       95        

Property and equipment, net

     2,052       1,466       1,579  

Other assets

     71       84       140  
                        

Total assets

   $ 12,163     $ 17,134     $ 17,532  
                        

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 1,357     $ 2,470     $ 2,194  

Accrued payroll and benefits

     908       1,397       1,226  

Current portion of software licenses and capital lease obligations

     2              

Current portion of note payable

     2,114       884       1,297  

Deferred revenues

     95       201       358  
                        

Total current liabilities

     4,476       4,952       5,075  

Stock repurchase liability

     65       2       81  

Note payable, net of current portion

           5,087       4,537  

Deferred rent

     5       72       67  

Deferred revenues

     1,500       1,500       1,285  

Deferred compensation

           324       410  

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 20,567 shares authorized:

      

Series A convertible preferred stock, 750 shares designated; 750 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and March 31, 2007 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $750 as of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 (unaudited)

     1       1       1  

Series B convertible preferred stock, 6,317 shares designated, 6,284 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and March 31, 2007 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $14,138 as of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 (unaudited)

     6       6       6  

Series C convertible preferred stock, 7,500 shares designated, 6,924 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and March 31, 2007 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $27,697 as of December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 (unaudited)

     7       7       7  

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 32,750 shares authorized; 4,678, 4,658 and 5,039 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and March 31, 2007 (unaudited), respectively

     5       5       5  

Additional paid-in capital

     42,689       43,246       43,370  

Accumulated deficit

     (36,591 )     (38,068 )     (37,312 )
                        

Total stockholders’ equity

     6,117       5,197       6,077  
                        

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 12,163     $ 17,134     $ 17,532  
                        

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-30


RF Magic, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months  
     Ended March 31,  
     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                       (unaudited)  

Net revenues

   $ 5,387     $ 14,485     $ 26,183     $ 3,825     $ 9,218  

Cost of net revenues

     3,115       6,035       10,579       1,812       2,820  
                                        

Gross profit

     2,272       8,450       15,604       2,013       6,398  

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     10,138       9,829       11,182       2,617       3,261  

Sales and marketing

     1,307       2,112       3,682       869       1,176  

General and administrative

     2,578       1,876       1,927       460       1,004  
                                        

Total operating expenses

     14,023       13,817       16,791       3,946       5,441  
                                        

(Loss) income from operations

     (11,751 )     (5,367 )     (1,187 )     (1,933 )     957  

Interest income

     196       151       159       42       55  

Interest expense

     (51 )     (52 )     (400 )     (42 )     (235 )
                                        

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (11,606 )     (5,268 )     (1,428 )     (1,933 )     777  

Provision for income taxes

     (41 )     (49 )     (49 )     (11 )     (21 )
                                        

Net (loss) income

   $ (11,647 )   $ (5,317 )   $ (1,477 )   $ (1,944 )   $ 756  
                                        

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-31


RF Magic, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(in thousands)

 

   

Series A Convertible

Preferred Stock

 

Series B Convertible

Preferred Stock

 

Series C Convertible

Preferred Stock

  Common Stock  

Additional

Paid-in

Capital

   

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

   

Accumulated

Deficit

   

Total
Stockholders’

Equity

 
    Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares     Amount        

Balance as of December 31, 2003

        750         $  1      6,284         $  6      6,499         $  6      4,262           $  4    $40,837           $ 19     $(19,627 )   $ 21,246  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

              342     1   119             120  

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock, net of $46 issuance costs

          425   1         1,653             1,654  

Repurchase of unvested common shares

              (25 )     (6 )           (6 )

Stock-based compensation expense to consultants

                    21             21  

Comprehensive loss:

                       

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                        (42 )       (42 )

Net loss

                            (11,647 )   (11,647 )
                           

Total comprehensive loss

                                (11,689 )
                                                         

Balance as of December 31, 2004

  750   1   6,284   6   6,924   7   4,579     5   42,624     (23 )   (31,274 )   11,346  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

              125       38             38  

Net reclassification of repurchase liability for early exercise of stock options

                    (65 )           (65 )

Issuance costs of Series C convertible preferred stock

                    (1 )           (1 )

Issuance of Series C preferred warrants

                    80             80  

Repurchase of unvested common shares

              (26 )     (6 )           (6 )

Stock-based compensation expense to consultants

                    19             19  

Comprehensive loss:

                       

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

                        23         23  

Net loss

                            (5,317 )   (5,317 )
                           

Total comprehensive loss

                                (5,294 )
                                                         

Balance as of December 31, 2005

  750   $  1   6,284   $  6   6,924   $  7   4,678     $  5   $42,689     $ —     $(36,591 )   $   6,117  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-32


RF Magic, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (cont.)

(in thousands)

 

   

Series A Convertible

Preferred Stock

 

Series B Convertible

Preferred Stock

 

Series C Convertible

Preferred Stock

  Common Stock  

Additional

Paid-in

Capital

   

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

 

Accumulated

Deficit

   

Total
Stockholders’

Equity

 
    Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares     Amount        

Balance as of December 31, 2005

        750         $  1      6,284         $  6      6,924         $  7      4,678           $  5    $42,689           $  —   $(36,591 )   $   6,117  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash

              103       32           32  

Net reclassification of repurchase liability for early exercise of stock options

                    64           64  

Issuance of Series C preferred warrants in connection with debt financing

                    417           417  

Repurchase of unvested common shares

              (123 )     (49 )         (49 )

Stock-based compensation expense to employees

                    60           60  

Stock-based compensation expense to consultants

                    33           33  

Net loss and comprehensive loss

                          (1,477 )   (1,477 )
                                                       

Balance as of December 31, 2006

  750   1   6,284   6   6,924   7   4,658     5   $43,246       (38,068 )   5,197  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options for cash (unaudited)

              381       152           152  

Net reclassification of repurchase liability for early exercise stock options (unaudited)

                    (79 )         (79 )

Stock-based compensation expense to employees (unaudited)

                    43           43  

Stock-based compensation expense to consultants (unaudited)

                    8           8  

Net income and comprehensive income (unaudited)

                          756     756  
                                                       

Balance as of March 31, 2007 (unaudited)

  750   $  1   6,284   $  6   6,924   $  7   5,039     $  5   $43,370     $  —   $(37,312 )   $   6,077  
                                                       

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-33


RF Magic, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)  

Operating activities

         

Net (loss) income

  $ (11,647 )   $ (5,317 )   $ (1,477 )   $ (1,944 )   $ 756  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

         

Depreciation and amortization

    1,371       1,524       1,098       361       173  

Stock-based compensation to consultants

    21       19       33       6       8  

Stock-based compensation to employees

                60       7       43  

Loss on disposal of assets

    2                          

Interest expense attributable to amortization of convertible preferred stock warrants

          11       51       7       55  

Accrued interest income on stockholder notes

    (18 )     (10 )     (2 )     (1 )     (1 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

         

Accounts receivable

    (1,014 )     (1,773 )     (626 )     315       907  

Inventories

    (544 )     (598 )     (3,527 )     391       (1,244 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    99       73       (81 )     (60 )     (63 )

Other assets

    (85 )     28       (13 )     (116 )     39  

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (167 )     522       1,181       (479 )     (281 )

Accrued payroll and benefits

    197       471       489       (113 )     (171 )

Deferred revenues

    (200 )     1,595       106       (56 )     (58 )

Deferred compensation

                324       81       86  
                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (11,985 )     (3,455 )     (2,384 )     (1,601 )     249  

Investing activities

         

Purchases of property and equipment

    (2,533 )     (823 )     (512 )     (158 )     (286 )

Sales/maturities of marketable securities

    13,251       7,497                    

Increase in other assets

    (51 )                        
                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    10,667       6,674       (512 )     (158 )     (286 )

Financing activities

         

Proceeds from bank financing

          2,000       5,000              

Proceeds from notes payable

    329                          

Principal payments on software license and capital lease obligations

    (543 )     (125 )     (2 )     (2 )      

Principal payments of notes payable

    (449 )     (248 )     (777 )     (195 )     (192 )

Proceeds from stockholder loan repayments

    21       171       127       90       19  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

    120       38       32             152  

Proceeds (costs) from issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock

    1,654       (1 )                  

Repurchase of restricted stock

    (6 )     (6 )     (49 )     (49 )      
                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    1,126       1,829       4,331       (156 )     (21 )
                                       

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (192 )     5,048       1,435       (1,915 )     (58 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    587       395       5,443       5,443       6,878  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 395     $ 5,443     $ 6,878     $ 3,528     $ 6,820  
                                       

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


RF Magic, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information subsequent to December 31, 2006 and pertaining to March 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

RF Magic, Inc. (the “Company”) was organized under the laws of the state of Delaware on June 28, 2000. The Company is a provider of digital broadcast satellite outdoor unit and silicon TV tuner solutions.

Basis of Presentation

The preceding financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. This basis of accounting contemplates the recovery of the Company’s assets and the satisfaction of its liabilities in the normal course of business. Successful completion of the Company’s development and its transition to attaining profitable operations is dependent upon the Company achieving a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s cost structure.

Management believes the Company has enough cash and cash equivalents on hand as of March 31, 2007, to fund operations beyond December 31, 2007. The preceding financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for all foreign operations. Foreign exchange gains and losses, which result from the process of remeasuring foreign currency financial statements into U.S. dollars or from foreign currency exchange transactions during the period are recognized in the consolidated net (loss) income.

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The interim balance sheet as of March 31, 2007 and the statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly the interim financial information set forth therein, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The results of operations for the interim period ended March 31, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results which may be reported for any other interim period or for the year ending December 31, 2007.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-35


RF Magic, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Revenue Recognition

Product Revenues

In accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements (“SAB 101”), and SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition (“SAB 104”), the Company recognizes product revenues when the following fundamental criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the price to the customer is fixed or determinable and (iv) collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. These criteria are usually met at the time of product shipment. However, the Company does not recognize revenues until all customer acceptance requirements have been met, when applicable.

Distributor Sales

A portion of the Company’s sales are made through distributors under agreements allowing for pricing credits and/or rights of return. Product revenues on sales made through these distributors is not recognized until the distributors ship the product to their customers. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, product revenues on sales made through these distributors represented 0%, 0%, 1%, 0% and 3%, respectively, of total net revenues.

Service Revenues

For development contracts, the Company uses the percentage-of-completion method to recognize revenues and costs. For contracts involving new unproven technologies, revenues and profits or parts thereof are deferred until customer acceptance is obtained and other contract-specific terms have been completed. Provisions for losses related to development contracts are recognized during the period in which the loss first becomes estimable and reasonably probable.

Royalty Revenues

The Company entered into a development agreement with a significant stockholder and related party (STMicroelectronics, or “STM”), in September 2002, which provides STM an exclusive right to manufacture and sell certain products developed by the Company. In return for this right, STM makes royalty payments to the Company for these product sales until September 15, 2007. From September 2004 to March 2006 the Company estimated royalties earned in the period the sales occurred. Starting the first quarter of 2006, the Company determined that it no longer had the ability to reliably estimate royalty revenues. Thus, the Company began recognizing revenues based on cash receipts. The change in the timing of recognizing royalty revenues was made prospectively and had an initial effect of reducing royalty revenues recorded in the second quarter of 2006. The royalties recorded during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 totaled $45,000, $870,000, $1,239,000, $324,000 and $360,000, respectively, while the accounts receivable balance related to this revenue during those same periods was $39,000, $314,000, $0, $324,000 and $0, respectively.

Rebates

The Company accounts for rebates in accordance with Emerging Issues Task (“EITF”) Issue No. 01-9, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products) and, accordingly, records reductions to revenues for rebates in the same period that the related revenues are recorded. The amount of these reductions is equal to 100% of the potential rebates, based upon the terms of the Company’s rebate agreements.

 

F-36


RF Magic, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Deferred Revenues and Customer Deposits

The Company records deferred revenues for deposits received for which all of the criteria for revenues recognition have not yet been met. In November 2004, the Company entered into a development agreement with a broadcasting service provider which the Company would develop and subsequently sell certain products to the service provider’s suppliers. During 2005, the Company received milestone payments totaling $1,500,000 which were recorded as deferred revenues. After reaching specific delivery targets under the development agreement, the $1,500,000 will be returned to the service provider in the form of a per unit rebate. Should the delivery targets not be met, any remaining portion of the deposit will be retained by the Company. The Company has no other rebate programs in place.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and money market funds. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase, that are readily convertible into cash, to be cash equivalents.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or market. Lower of cost or market adjustments reduce the carrying value of the related inventory and take into consideration reductions in sales prices, excess inventory levels and obsolete inventory. These adjustments are done on a part-by-part basis. Once established, these adjustments are considered permanent and are not reversed until the related inventory is sold or disposed.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets (three to seven years), except leasehold improvements and software which are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the asset or the remaining lease/license term.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company evaluates the collectibility of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In cases where the Company is aware of circumstances that may impair a specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations subsequent to the original sale, the Company will record a specific allowance against amounts due, and thereby reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount the Company reasonably believes will be collected. For all other customers, the Company recognizes allowances for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due, industry and geographic concentrations, the current business environment and the Company’s historical experience. The Company has not recognized an allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, nor for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , the Company will record impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations when events and circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired and undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. To date, the Company has not experienced any impairment losses on its long-lived assets used in operations. While the

 

F-37


RF Magic, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Company’s current and historical operating losses and cash flows are indicators of impairment, the Company believes the future cash flows to be received support the carrying value of its long-lived assets and, accordingly, the Company has not recognized any impairment losses for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, nor for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term and long-term marketable securities, accounts receivable, accounts payable and borrowings. The Company believes all of the financial instruments’ recorded values approximate current values because of their nature and respective durations. The fair value of marketable securities is determined using quoted market prices for those securities or similar financial instruments.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes result primarily from temporary differences between financial and tax reporting. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is established to reduce a deferred tax asset to the amount that is expected more likely than not to be realized.

Shipping and Handling

Revenues derived from billing customers for shipping and handling costs are classified as a component of net revenues. Costs of shipping and handling charged by suppliers are classified as a component of cost of net revenues.

Research and Developments Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and primarily include personnel costs, prototype expenses, which include the cost of fabrication mask costs not reasonably expected to be used in production manufacturing, and allocated facilities costs as well as depreciation of equipment used in research and development.

Advertising Costs

All advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs, which are included in sales and marketing expenses, were not significant for all periods presented.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

In accordance with SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income , the Company reports comprehensive income (loss) and its components, including foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on short-term investments in stockholders’ equity.

Accumulated other comprehensive income is displayed in the statements of stockholders’ equity and includes items not currently included in net (loss) income.

 

F-38


RF Magic, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Stock-Based Compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”), including the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulleting (“SAB”) No. 107 (“SAB 107”). Under SFAS 123R, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period.

The Company has no awards with market or performance conditions. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 123R using the prospective transition method. Accordingly, prior periods have not been revised for comparative purposes.

The valuation provisions of SFAS 123R apply to new awards and to awards that are outstanding on the effective date, January 1, 2006, which are subsequently modified or canceled. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company used the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”), related interpretations, and the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”), for employee stock options and recorded compensation cost for options granted at exercise prices that were less than market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant.

Stock-based compensation expense recognized in our statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007 included compensation expense for stock-based payment awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with SFAS 123R. For stock awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, expenses are amortized under the straight-line method. As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123R requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

The following table presents the detail of stock-based compensation expense amounts included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the periods presented (in thousands):

 

    

Years Ended
December 31,

  

Three Months Ended
March 31,

     2004    2005    2006    2006    2007
                    (unaudited)

Cost of revenues

   $    $    $ 3    $    $ 2

Research and development

     3      5      37      3      20

Sales and marketing

     5      5      16      0      19

General and administrative

     13      9      37      10      10
                                  

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 21    $ 19    $ 93    $ 13    $ 51
                                  

Options or stock awards issued to non-employees are recorded at their fair value as determined in accordance with SFAS 123, and the EITF consensus on Issue 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring , or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services (“EITF 96-18”), and the corresponding expense is recognized over the related service period. The fair value of the options granted to non-employees is periodically remeasured as the options vest.

 

F-39


RF Magic, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement 109 (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 establishes a single model to address accounting for uncertain tax positions. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As of the date of adoption, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits. The adoption of FIN 48 did not result in an adjustment to retained earnings. The Company will recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company has recognized no interest or penalties upon the adoption of FIN 48. The Company does not expect any significant increases to its unrecognized tax benefits within 12 months of this reporting date.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes. The Company is subject to U.S. federal, state or foreign income tax examinations for all years, to the extent allowed by law, as the tax authorities may have the right to examine prior periods where net operating losses or tax credits were generated and carried forward. The Company is not currently under Internal Revenue Service, state or foreign tax examination.

In September 2006, FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Management does not expect the adoption of SFAS 157 will have a material impact on results of operations or financial position.

In September 2006, the Securities Exchange Commission issued SAB No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Prior Year Financial Statements (“SAB 108”). Due to diversity in practice among registrants, SAB 108 expresses SEC staff views regarding the process by which misstatements in financial statements are evaluated for purposes of determining whether financial statement restatement is necessary. SAB 108 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006. The adoption of SAB 108 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

2. Certain Financial Statement Information

Inventories consists of the following (in thousands):

 

    

As of

December 31,

   As of
March 31,
2007
     2005    2006   
               (unaudited)

Finished goods

   $ 623    $ 2,685    $ 3,800

Work in process

     771      2,236      2,365
                    

Total inventories

   $ 1,394    $ 4,921    $ 6,165
                    

 

F-40


RF Magic, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands, except for years):

 

    

Useful

Lives
(in years)

  

As of

December 31,

   

As of

March 31,

2007

 
        2005     2006    
                      (unaudited)  

Office and laboratory equipment

   5    $ 2,752     $ 3,070     $ 3,346  

Computer equipment

   3      627       803       810  

Furniture and fixtures

   7      105       125       126  

Leasehold improvements

   Lease term      175       191       191  

Licensed software

   1-3      1,653       154       154  

Construction in process

        18             2  
                           
        5,330       4,343       4,629  

Accumulated depreciation

        (3,278 )     (2,877 )     (3,050 )
                           

Total property and equipment

      $ 2,052     $ 1,466     $ 1,579  
                           

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 was $1,371,000, $1,530,000, $1,098,000, $361,000 and $173,000, respectively.

In 2006, the Company implemented a long-term retention program for all employees (except executives, certain sales and marketing personnel and other identified key employees). During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company accrued 5% of the base salary of these employees for a 25% payout in each of 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 provided the individual is still a full-time employee of the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, this deferred compensation expense totaled $324,000, $81,000 and $86,000, respectively.

Warranty

The Company’s products typically carry a one- to three-year warranty. The Company establishes reserves for estimated product warranty costs at the time revenue is recognized based upon its historical warranty experience and, additionally, for any known product warranty issues. The following table presents a reconciliation of the Company’s product warranty liability, which is included within accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):

 

     As of
December 31,
  

As of
March 31,

2007

     2005    2006   
               (unaudited)

Beginning balance

   $    $    $ 24

Accruals for warranties issued during the year

          24     

Settlements made during the year

              
                    

Ending balance

   $    $ 24    $ 24
                    

 

F-41


RF Magic, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

3. Concentration of Credit Risk

Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and leases payable. The Company’s policy is to place its cash and cash equivalents with high quality financial institutions in order to limit its credit exposure. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and a cash deposit is generally not required. The Company estimates potential losses on trade receivables on an ongoing basis.

Customers

Revenues and accounts receivable from individual customers that exceeded 10% were as follows:

 

     Revenues     Accounts Receivable  
     Years Ended
December 31,
   

Three Months
Ended

March 31,

   

As of

December 31,

   

As of

March 31,

2007

 
     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007     2005     2006    
                       (unaudited)                 (unaudited)  

CalAmp Corporation.

   28 %   60 %   30 %   29 %   26 %   47 %   15 %   32 %

Microelectronics Tech Inc.

   28 %   12 %   24 %   *     15 %   23 %   15 %   21 %

Marubun/Arrow (HK) Ltd.

   *     11 %   20 %   29 %   37 %   21 %   23 %   22 %

Radiance Electronics Ltd 

   16 %   *     *     15 %   *     *     *     *  

Yosun Industrial Corp.

   *     *     *     *     *     *     26 %   *  

* Customer accounted for less than 10% for the period indicated

Vendors

The Company had three vendors that represented a significant portion of total purchases (exclusive of payroll and related costs) as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  

Jazz Technologies, Inc. 

   38 %   38 %   36 %   20 %   31 %

Amkor Technology, Inc. 

   11     11     12     16     11  

Giga Solution Tech. Co., Ltd. 

   *     *     11     10     10  

* Vendor accounted for less than 10% for the period indicated

4. Commitments

The Company has financed software licenses used in designing its integrated circuits and equipment under capital lease obligations. Costs of assets under capital leases as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and March 31, 2007 totaled $1,534,000, $21,000 and $21,000, respectively. Accumulated depreciation on assets under capital leases as of those same dates totaled $1,152,000, $10,000 and $21,000, respectively.

In July 2001, the Company signed a three-year operating lease for office and laboratory space. In July 2006, the Company extended its operating lease to December 2007.

 

F-42


RF Magic, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

The minimum future payments under all noncancelable operating leases with an initial term of one year or more as of December 31, 2006, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ended December 31,

    

2007

   $ 1,461

2008

     471
      
   $ 1,932
      

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 was $426,000, $397,000, $474,000, $115,000 and $153,000, respectively.

The Company has firm purchase order commitments as of December 31, 2006 totaling $2,717,000. These commitments are scheduled to be paid during the year ended December 31, 2007.

5. Debt

In December 2001, the Company signed a $1,500,000 equipment line of credit. The line provided the Company with immediately available funds of up to $750,000, plus an additional $750,000 that was made available to the Company upon completion of an initial evaluation kit. Advances on the line of credit are repayable over three years at an interest rate of 3% over the lender’s prime rate (9.25% at December 31, 2006). The line of credit is secured by all of the Company’s right, title and interest in and to all of its personal property.

In July 2004, the Company amended their December 2001 equipment line of credit to add an additional $600,000 toward purchases of additional equipment. In August 2004, the Company borrowed $329,000 repayable over three years at an interest rate of 1% over the lender’s prime rate.

The Company made principal payments on the line during the year ended December 31, 2005 totaling $247,000 and in the year ended December 31, 2006 totaling $110,000. As of December 31, 2006, $73,000 remains outstanding on the equipment line.

In July 2005, and amended in September and November 2006, the Company signed a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank that included a revolving line of credit against accounts receivable for funds up to $3,000,000 and a term loan not to exceed $2,000,000. The loan and security agreement contains certain customary restrictive financial and operating covenants which, among other things, require the Company to (i) maintain a quick ratio of at least 1.0 and (ii) achieve revenues of at least 75% of projections supplied to the lender for each preceding four-month period. The line of credit and term loan are secured by all tangible and intangible assets of the Company. The line of credit carries an interest rate equal to the greater of 0.75% above the prime rate or 9% and expires in October 2008. There were no borrowings against the line of credit as of December 31, 2006. The term loan has an interest rate of 1.25% above the prime rate (9.5% at December 31, 2006), and was drawn down for the full $2,000,000 in December 2005. The Company is required to maintain at least 85% of its available cash balances at Silicon Valley Bank. The Company made principal payments on the term loan during 2006 totaling $667,000. As of December 31, 2006, $1,333,000 remains outstanding on the loan.

In October 2006, the Company entered into a venture loan and security agreement (“Working Capital Line”) with Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC under which the Company could receive advances up to $7,000,000. The Company took a $5,000,000 draw against the Working Capital Line in October 2006. Interest only payments commenced in December 2006 and are payable monthly through November 2007 at an annual interest rate equal to the greater of 11.9% or LIBOR plus 5.33% (the Company was paying interest at a rate of

 

F-43


RF Magic, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

11.9% per annum at December 31, 2006). Thirty (30) principal and interest payments will begin in December 2007. The Working Capital Line is secured by all the tangible and intangible assets of the Company.

The minimum future payments under notes payable are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ended December 31,

      

2007

   $ 1,580  

2008

     3,024  

2009

     2,322  

2010

     968  
        

Total payments

     7,894  

Less amount representing interest

     (1,923 )

Less current portion

     (884 )
        

Note payable, net of current portion

   $ 5,087  
        

Interest expense associated with software licenses, debt and capital leases for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 was $51,000, $52,000, $400,000, $42,000 and $235,000, respectively.

6. Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

Notes Receivable from Stockholders

Prior to 2004, the Company issued full recourse notes to employees in connection with the purchase of restricted stock. As of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and March 31, 2007, there was $143,000, $19,000 and $0, respectively, due from stockholders and included in other current assets of the consolidated balance sheet. Upon termination during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, employees repaid notes totaling $6,000 and $49,000, respectively, and the Company repurchased the related stock. The notes receivable bear interest at 6% and are due four years from the date of the notes.

Convertible Preferred Stock

In September 2004, the Company issued 425,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $4.00 per share for cash proceeds of $1,653,000, net of $46,000 of issuance costs. In connection with the issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock, the Company also issued 21,000 common stock warrants to the Series C investor.

The Series A, B and C convertible preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder into one share of its common stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. Each share will automatically convert into common stock upon a two-thirds vote of the then issued and outstanding convertible preferred stock voting as a group or a firm commitment to undertake an underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock at a price not less than $3.00 per share for the Series A convertible preferred stock to convert or $6.75 per share for either the Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock to convert, and aggregate net proceeds of not less than $20,000,000. The holders of each share of convertible preferred stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which their convertible preferred stock would convert.

The convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to noncumulative dividends, out of funds legally available, at a rate of $0.08 per share of Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.18 per share of Series B

 

F-44


RF Magic, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

convertible preferred stock and $0.32 per share of Series C convertible preferred stock, subject to anti-dilution provisions. To date, the Company has not declared any dividends.

In the event of a liquidation, the convertible preferred stockholders shall be entitled to receive, prior to any distribution to common stockholders, a liquidation preference equal to $1.00 per share of Series A convertible preferred stock then held, $2.25 per share of Series B convertible preferred stock then held and $4.00 per share of Series C convertible preferred stock then held. In the event assets are insufficient to permit the payment of the full preferential amounts of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed among the convertible preferred stockholders pro rata in proportion to the full preferential amount such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

Stock Options

In 2000, the Company adopted the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as amended, under which 7,089,000 shares of the Company’s common stock are authorized and reserved for issuance. The Plan provides for the grant of incentive and nonstatutory stock options, stock bonuses and rights to purchase restricted stock by employees, directors or consultants of the Company. The Plan provides that incentive stock options will be granted only to employees at no less than the fair value of the Company’s common stock (no less than 85% of the fair value for nonstatutory stock options), as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors at the date of the grant. Awards generally vest 25% one year from date of grant and ratably each month thereafter for an additional period of 36 months and expire up to ten years from the date of grant.

Option grants under the Plan are subject to an early exercise provision at the Company’s discretion. Common shares obtained on early exercise of unvested options or by restricted stock purchase rights are subject to repurchase by the Company at the original issue price and will vest according to the respective agreement. As of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and March 31, 2007, there were 188,000, 5,000 and 203,000 shares, respectively, subject to repurchase by the Company.

The consideration received for the exercise of an unvested stock option is considered a deposit of the exercise price, and thus is a liability that is recorded by the Company. The liability associated with this potential for repurchase, and the related shares, are only reclassified into equity as the option award vests. As a result, as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and March 31, 2007, the Company recorded $65,000, $2,000 and $81,000, respectively, for the unvested portion of early stock option exercise.

 

F-45


RF Magic, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

A summary of the Company’s stock option award activity, and related information for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007 is as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Number of
Stock Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

Outstanding as of December 31, 2004

   2,419     $ 0.33   

Granted

   790     $ 0.40   

Canceled

   (185 )   $ 0.38   

Exercised

   (125 )   $ 0.31   
           

Outstanding as of December 31, 2005

   2,899     $ 0.35   

Granted

   1,399     $ 0.40   

Canceled

   (165 )   $ 0.38   

Exercised

   (103 )   $ 0.31   
           

Outstanding as of December 31, 2006

   4,030     $ 0.37    $ 1,548
           

Granted (unaudited)

   47     $ 0.53   

Canceled (unaudited)

   (75 )   $ 0.40   

Exercised (unaudited)

   (381 )   $ 0.40   
           

Outstanding as of March 31, 2007 (unaudited)

   3,621     $ 0.36    $ 1,798
               

The following summarizes information regarding outstanding and exercisable stock options as of December 31, 2006:

 

   

Stock Options Outstanding

  Stock Options Vested
Exercise
Price
  Number
(in thousands)
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life
(in years)
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number
(in thousands)
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
$0.23   788   5.9   $ 0.23   786   $ 0.23
$0.40   3,242   8.5   $ 0.40   1,210   $ 0.40
             
  4,030       1,996  
             

The following summarizes information regarding outstanding and exercisable stock options as of March 31, 2007:

 

   

Stock Options Outstanding

  Stock Options Vested
Exercise
Price
 

Number

(in thousands)

 

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life

(in years)

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Number

(in thousands)

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
$0.23   788   5.7   $ 0.23   786   $ 0.23
$0.40   2,786   6.3   $ 0.40   1,203   $ 0.40
$0.53   47   9.9   $ 0.53      
             
  3,621       1,989  
             

 

F-46


RF Magic, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

In connection with the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company reviewed and updated, among other things, its forfeiture rate, expected term and volatility assumptions. The weighted average expected option term for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflects the application of the simplified method set out in SAB 107. The simplified method defines the life as the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all option tranches. Estimated volatility for the year ended December 31, 2006 also reflects the application of SAB 107’s interpretive guidance and, accordingly, incorporates historical volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available.

The fair value of each option or restricted stock grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes method with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2006
   

Three Months
Ended

March 31,
2007

 
           (unaudited)  

Expected life (in years)

   6.1     5.9  

Risk-free interest rate

   4.8 %   4.4 %

Expected volatility

   89 %   77 %

Expected dividend yield

   0 %   0 %

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $0.40, $0.40, $0.53 and $0.66, respectively. There were no options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2006. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 was $0, $0, $34,000, $0 and $175,000, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, the Company recorded stock-based compensation to employees cost of $60,000, $7,000 and $43,000, respectively. As of March 31, 2007, the Company estimates that there is $544,000 in total unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested employee stock option agreements, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.7 years.

Since the Company has a net operating loss carryforward as of December 31, 2006, no excess tax benefits for the tax deductions related to stock-based awards were recognized in the statement of operations. Additionally, no incremental tax benefits were recognized from stock options exercised in the year ended December 31, 2006, that would have resulted in a reclassification to reduce net cash provided by operating activities with an offsetting increase in net cash provided by financing activities.

The Company granted options and other stock awards to consultants in connection with their service agreements. Stock-based compensation expenses related to these awards during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $19,000, $33,000 and $8,000, respectively. The fair value of the awards was determined in accordance with SFAS 123R and EITF 96-18 based on the following assumptions:

 

     As of
December 31,
2006
   

As of
March 31,
2007

 
           (unaudited)  

Contractual term of option (in years)

   10.0     10.0  

Risk-free interest rate

   4.6 %   4.4 %

Expected volatility

   83 %   77 %

Expected dividend yield

   0 %   0 %

 

F-47


RF Magic, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

In December 2001, the Company issued a warrant to a lender to purchase 33,333 shares of the Company’s Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.25 per share in connection with an equipment line of credit. The warrant was immediately exercisable and expires on the later of December 11, 2011, or five years after a public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company recorded deferred issuance costs of $41,000 related to the warrant based on its estimated fair value using the following assumptions: (a) expected life of ten years; (b) 4.5% risk-free interest rate; (c) 60% expected volatility; and (d) 0% expected dividend yield. The deferred issuance costs are included in additional paid-in capital.

In connection with the issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock in September 2004, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 346,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were issued to the Company’s Series C investors. On or before September 9, 2008, 325,000 shares underlying these are exercisable at an exercise price of $0.40 per share. On or before October 17, 2008, 21,000 of the shares underlying these warrants are exercisable.

In July 2005, the Company issued a warrant to a lender to purchase 28,000 shares of the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $4.00 per share in connection with a revolving line of credit and term loan. The warrant was immediately exercisable and expires on the later of July 28, 2015, or five years after a public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company recorded deferred issuance costs of $80,000 related to the warrant based on its estimated fair value using the following assumptions: (a) expected life of ten years; (b) 4.5% risk-free interest rate; (c) 60% expected volatility; and (d) 0% expected dividend yield.

In October 2006, the Company issued two warrants to a lender to purchase 113,000 and 23,000 shares of the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $4.00 per share in connection with a loan. The warrants were immediately exercisable and expire on the later of October 6, 2013, or five years after a public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company recorded deferred issuance costs of $417,000 related to these warrants based on its estimated fair value using the following assumptions: (a) expected life of seven years; (b) 4.8% risk-free interest rate; (c) 83% expected volatility; and (d) 0% expected dividend yield.

The deferred issuance costs for all warrants are included in additional paid-in capital. Interest expense related to the amortization of these warrants for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 was $0, $11,000, $51,000, $7,000 and $55,000, respectively.

Shares Reserved for Future Issuance

There are 33,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock and 163,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock reserved for future issuance related to warrants.

The following common stock is reserved for future issuance (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,    As of
March 31,
2007
     2005    2006   
               (unaudited)

Conversion of convertible preferred stock

   13,958    13,958    13,958

Series B convertible preferred stock warrants

   33    33    33

Series C convertible preferred stock warrants

   28    163    163

Common stock warrants

   346    346    346

Stock awards issued and outstanding

   2,901    4,030    3,595

Authorized for future grants under the Plan

   525    916    970
              
   17,791    19,446    19,065
              

 

F-48


RF Magic, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

7. Income Taxes

For the year ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, the income tax expense of $41,000, $49,000 and $49,000, respectively, relates to foreign income taxes and $800 California minimum tax for each of the same years. For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, the income tax expense was $11,000 and $21,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2006, the Company has federal and state tax net operating loss carryforwards of $30,678,000 and $18,582,000, respectively. The federal tax loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2021 unless previously utilized. The state tax loss will begin to expire in 2008, unless previously utilized. The Company also has federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of $2,797,000 which will begin to expire in 2020 unless previously utilized and $2,215,000 of state research and development tax credits which carry forward indefinitely.

Utilization of net operating losses and credit carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation due to ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The tax benefits related to future utilization of federal and state net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be limited or lost if cumulative changes in ownership exceed 50% within any three-year period. While it is anticipated the Company will be able to utilize substantially all of its federal and state net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards, future utilization may be limited by the issuance of common stock in future offerings and other events. The Company is in the process of completing an analysis to determine the impact of the acquisition by Entropic Communications, Inc. and the prior changes in ownership. Until the Company has determined the amount subject to limitation, the deferred tax assets will not be reduced. Additional limitations on the use of these tax attributes could occur in the event of possible disputes arising in examinations from various taxing authorities. Currently, the Company is not under examination. Any carryforwards that will expire prior to utilization as a result of such limitations will be removed from deferred tax assets with a corresponding reduction of the valuation allowance.

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2005 and 2006, are shown below (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2005     2006  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 11,838     $ 11,805  

Research and development credit carryforwards

     3,582       4,260  

Other, net

     1,481       2,065  
                

Total deferred tax assets

     16,901       18,130  

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

     (16,901 )     (18,130 )
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $     $  
                

As of December 31, 2005 and 2006, a valuation allowance was established to offset the deferred tax assets as realization of such assets did not meet the “more likely than not” threshold required under SFAS 109, Accounting For Income Taxes .

 

F-49


RF Magic, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (cont.)

 

8. Employee Savings Plan

In 2001, the Company adopted a 401(k) program that allows the participating employees to contribute up to 20% of their salary, subject to annual limits. The Company’s Board of Directors may, at its sole discretion, approve Company contributions. No such contributions were approved or made since inception of the program.

9. Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow and Non-Cash Activity

Cash Flow

The following table sets forth supplemental disclosure of cash flow information (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
     2004    2005    2006    2006    2007
                    (unaudited)

Cash paid for interest

   $ 51    $ 99    $ 288    $ 35    $ 181

Cash paid for income taxes

               136           26

Non-Cash Activity

The following sets forth supplemental disclosure of non-cash activity (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
     2004     2005     2006    2006    2007
                      (unaudited)

Issuance of common stock for stockholder notes

   $ 84     $     $    $    $

Equipment acquired under capital leases

     14                      

Unrealized (loss) gain on marketable securities

     (42 )     23                

Issuance of preferred stock warrants in connections with debt financing

           80       417           0

Repurchase liability for early exercise of stock options

           (65 )     64          

10. Subsequent Events

In conjunction with the October 2006 venture loan and security agreement, the Company drew down $2,000,000 in April 2007. Interest only payments commence in May 2007 and are payable monthly through May 2008 at an annual interest rate equal to the greater of 11.90% or LIBOR plus 5.33%. Thirty principal and interest payments will begin in June 2008. In conjunction with the debt draw, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 22,500 shares of Series C preferred stock at an exercise price of $4.00 per share.

From April to May 2007, the Company issued 347,000 options to employees at an exercise price of $0.98 share. The Company also issued 770,000 options to employees upon the successful completion of the merger with Entropic Communications, Inc.

On June 30, the Company was acquired by Entropic Communications, Inc. All of the Company’s outstanding shares of common and convertible preferred stock were exchanged for an aggregate of 19,169,000 shares of Entropic’s common stock and 42,388,000 shares of Entropic’s newly created series D redeemable convertible preferred stock. Additionally, Entropic assumed all of the Company’s outstanding stock options and warrants in the acquisition. The total price amounted to approximately $151,032,000. In connection with the acquisition, RF Magic paid off its $2,000,000 term loan with Silicon Valley Bank and terminated its $3,000,000 accounts receivable line of credit.

 

F-50


LOGO

 

 


PART II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq Stock Market filing fee.

 

     Amount to be paid

SEC registration fee

   $ 3,070

NASD filing fee

     10,500

Nasdaq Stock Market filing fee

     150,000

Blue sky qualification fees and expenses

     *

Printing and engraving expenses

     *

Legal fees and expenses

     *

Accounting fees and expenses

     *

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *

Miscellaneous expenses

     *

Total

   $ *

* To be provided by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, as permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws provide that expenses incurred by any officer or director in defending any action, suit or proceeding described above shall be paid by us in advance of a

 

II-1


final disposition upon delivery to us of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it is ultimately determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by us.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:

 

   

transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

 

   

act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or

 

   

breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes such a provision.

Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have entered into indemnity agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that require us to indemnify such persons against any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’, witness or other professional fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (including derivative actions), whether actual or threatened, to which any such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer or is or was acting or serving as an officer, director, employee or agent of Entropic or any of its affiliated enterprises. Under these agreements, we are not required to provided indemnification for certain matters, including:

 

   

indemnification beyond that permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law;

 

   

indemnification for any proceeding with respect to the unlawful payment of remuneration to the director or officer;

 

   

indemnification for certain proceedings involving a final judgment that the director or officer is required to disgorge profits from the purchase or sale of our stock or a final judgment that the director’s or officer’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct or a breach of his or her duty of loyalty;

 

   

indemnification for proceedings or claims brought by an officer or director against us or any of our directors, officers, employees or agents, except for claims to establish a right of indemnification or proceedings or claims approved by our board of directors or required by law;

 

   

indemnification for settlements the director or officer enters into without our consent; or

 

   

indemnification in violation of any undertaking required by the Securities Act or in any registration statement that we file.

The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

 

II-2


We have an insurance policy covering our officers and directors with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

We plan to enter into an underwriting agreement which provides that the underwriters are obligated, under some circumstances, to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this registration statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:

 

Exhibit

   Number

Form of Underwriting Agreement

   1.1

Form of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to become effective upon closing of this offering

   3.2

Form of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Bylaws to become effective upon closing of this offering

   3.4

Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated June 30, 2007 by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders

   4.3

Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers

   10.1

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold since January 1, 2004:

 

(1) From January 1, 2004 to June 30, 2007, we granted stock options to purchase up to 23,039,500 shares of our common stock to employees, consultants and directors under to our 2001 stock option plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.10 to $0.46 per share. Of these options, as of June 30, 2007, options exercisable for up to 1,303,526 shares of common stock have been cancelled without being exercised, options to purchase 10,854,083 shares of common stock have been exercised of which 44,062 shares have been repurchased and options exercisable for up to 10,796,891 shares of common stock remain outstanding.

 

(2) In May 2004, we issued 4,037,142 shares of Series B preferred stock to two accredited investors for an aggregate purchase price of $3,000,000. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, these shares will convert into an aggregate of 4,037,142 shares of common stock.

 

(3) In September 2004, we issued 1,345,714 shares of Series B preferred stock to an accredited investor for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000,000. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, these shares will convert into an aggregate of 1,345,714 shares of common stock.

 

(4) In November 2004, we issued 4,037,142 shares of Series B preferred stock to an accredited investor for an aggregate purchase price of $3,000,000. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, these shares will convert into an aggregate of 4,037,142 shares of common stock.

 

(5) In May 2005, in connection with a loan and security agreement, we issued a warrant to purchase a maximum of up to 807,428 shares of our Series B preferred stock, at an initial exercise price of $0.7431 per share. The current number of shares that the warrant can be exercised for based on the amount drawn under the loan agreement is 578,657 shares of Series B preferred stock. This warrant is exercisable through May 2, 2012. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, this warrant will become a warrant to purchase up to 578,657 shares of common stock.

 

(6) In December 2005, we issued 31,183,735 shares of Series C preferred stock to 20 accredited investors for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000,000. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, these shares will convert into an aggregate of 31,183,735 shares of common stock.

 

II-3


(7) In April 2006, we issued 3,742,049 shares of Series C preferred stock to an accredited investor for an aggregate purchase price of $3,000,001. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, these shares will convert into an aggregate of 3,742,049 shares of common stock.

 

(8) In April 2007, in connection with a loan and security agreement, we issued two warrants to two lenders to purchase up to 698,513 shares of our Series C preferred stock in the aggregate, at an initial exercise price of $0.8017 per share. The warrants are exercisable through April 5, 2014. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, these warrants will become warrants to purchase up to 698,513 shares of common stock.

 

(9) In May 2007, we issued 1,265,000 shares of our common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Arabella.

 

(10) In June 2007 we issued 19,169,412 shares of our common stock, 2,277,591 shares of our Series D-1 preferred stock, 19,082,222 shares of our Series D-2 preferred stock and 21,027,727 shares of our Series D-3 preferred stock in exchange for all of the outstanding common stock, Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock and Series C preferred stock, respectively, of RF Magic. Except for certain stock options outstanding under the RF Magic (France) Incentive Stock Plan, we also assumed each outstanding option to purchase RF Magic common stock and converted these options into options to purchase an aggregate of 8,725,121 shares of our common stock. We also assumed each outstanding warrant to purchase RF Magic common stock, Series B preferred stock and Series C preferred stock and converted these warrants into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,051,382 shares of our common stock, 101,225 shares of our Series D-2 preferred stock and 561,808 shares of our Series D-3 preferred stock, respectively. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, these shares of Series D-1, D-2 and D-3 preferred stock will convert into an aggregate of 42,387,540 shares of common stock and the warrants to purchase shares of Series D-2 and D-3 preferred stock will become warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 663,033 shares of common stock.

Except for the offer and issuance of stock options to purchase up to 60,000 shares of our common stock described in paragraph (1), all of the offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraph (1) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of such securities were our employees, directors or bona fide consultants and received the securities under our 2001 equity incentive plan. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

The offer and issuance of stock options to purchase up to 60,000 shares of our common stock described in paragraph (1), the offers, sales, and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (2) through (8) and 21,631 of the shares of our common stock described in paragraph (9) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 promulgated under Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

The offer and issuance of 1,243,369 shares of our common stock described in paragraph (9) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S of the Securities Act as an offer and sale of securities that occurred outside the United States and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

 

II-4


The offer, issuance and assumption of the securities described in paragraph (10) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act after a fairness hearing before the California Department of Corporations.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number
  

Description of Document

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of April 9, 2007, as amended, by and among the Registrant, Raptor Acquisition Sub, Inc., RF Magic, Inc. and Mark Foley, as the Stockholders’ Representative.
  3.1    Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Form of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to become effective upon closing of this offering.
  3.3    Registrant’s Bylaws, as currently in effect.
  3.4    Form of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Bylaws to become effective upon closing of this offering.
  4.1    Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 through 3.4.
  4.2†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
  4.3    Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated June 30, 2007, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
  5.1†    Opinion of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP.
10.1+    Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+    RF Magic, Inc. 2000 Incentive Stock Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement and Form of Stock Option Grant Notice thereunder.
10.3+    2001 Equity Incentive Plan and Forms of Option Agreement and Form of Stock Option Grant Notice thereunder.
10.4+    2007 Equity Incentive Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement and Form of Stock Option Grant Notice thereunder.
10.5+    2007 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement and Form of Stock Option Grant Notices thereunder.
10.6+    2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Form of Offering Document thereunder.
10.7+    Amended and Restated 2007 Executive Bonus Plan.
10.8+    Employment offer letter dated August 18, 2003 between the Registrant and Patrick Henry.
10.9+    Employment offer letter dated December 1, 2005 between the Registrant and Kurt Noyes.
10.10+    Employment offer letter dated February 18, 2004 between the Registrant and Michael Economy.
10.11+    Employment offer letter dated June 23, 2005 between the Registrant and Andre Chartrand.
10.12+    Employment offer letter dated January 19, 2005 between the Registrant and Anton Monk.

 

II-5


Exhibit
Number
  

Description of Document

10.13+    Change of Control Agreement dated August 18, 2003 between the Registrant and Patrick Henry.
10.14+    Change of Control Agreement dated December 1, 2005 between the Registrant and Kurt Noyes.
10.15+    Change of Control Agreement dated February 28, 2004 between the Registrant and Michael Economy.
10.16+    Change of Control Agreement dated August 4, 2005 between the Registrant and Andre Chartrand.
10.17+    Change of Control Agreement dated January 19, 2005 between the Registrant and Anton Monk.
10.18+    Form of Employee Innovations and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement.
10.19    Director offer letter dated September 1, 2004 between the Registrant and Amir Mashkoori.
10.20    Director offer letter dated November 23, 2004 between the Registrant and Umesh Padval.
10.21    Director offer letter dated April 11, 2005 between the Registrant and Rouzbeh Yassini.
10.22    Director offer letter dated March 25, 2007 between the Registrant and Kenneth Merchant.
10.23†    Development and License Agreement dated September 15, 2002 between RF Magic, Inc. and STMicroelectronics N.V.
10.24*    Corporate Supply Agreement dated March 2, 2006 between the Registrant and Motorola, Inc.
10.25*    Master Purchase Agreement dated July 1, 2006, as amended, between the Registrant and Tellabs Operations, Inc.
10.26    Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated October 6, 2006 between RF Magic, Inc. and Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC.
10.27    Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated April 5, 2007 between the Registrant, Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.28    Loan and Security Agreement dated April 11, 2007 between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.29    Guaranty and Security Agreements dated June 30, 2007 among the Registrant, RF Magic, Inc., Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, as applicable.
10.30    Standard Office Lease dated September 29, 2005 between the Registrant and Arden Realty Limited Partnership, as amended on May 30, 2006 and January 26, 2007.
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
23.3    Consent of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.
24.1    Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

To be filed by amendment.

 

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

* Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-6


Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-7


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of California, on the 27th day of July, 2007.

 

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

By:

 

/s/    Patrick Henry        

  Patrick Henry
  Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Patrick Henry and David Lyle, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments), and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Patrick Henry        

Patrick Henry

  

Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors

( Principal Executive Officer)

  July 27, 2007

/s/    David Lyle        

David Lyle

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  July 27, 2007

/s/    Kurt Noyes        

Kurt Noyes

  

Vice President, Finance and
Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  July 27, 2007

/s/    Thomas Baruch        

Thomas Baruch

   Member of the Board of Directors   July 27, 2007

/s/    Amir Mashkoori        

Amir Mashkoori

   Member of the Board of Directors   July 27, 2007

/s/    Kenneth Merchant        

Kenneth Merchant

   Member of the Board of Directors   July 27, 2007

 

II-8


Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Umesh Padval        

Umesh Padval

   Member of the Board of Directors   July 27, 2007

/s/    John Walecka        

John Walecka

   Member of the Board of Directors   July 27, 2007

/s/    Rouzbeh Yassini        

Rouzbeh Yassini

   Member of the Board of Directors   July 27, 2007

 

II-9


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number
  

Description of Document

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of April 9, 2007, as amended, by and among the Registrant, Raptor Acquisition Sub, Inc., RF Magic, Inc. and Mark Foley, as the Stockholders’ Representative.
  3.1    Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Form of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to become effective upon closing of this offering.
  3.3    Registrant’s Bylaws, as currently in effect.
  3.4    Form of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Bylaws to become effective upon closing of this offering.
  4.1    Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 through 3.4.
  4.2†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
  4.3    Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated June 30, 2007, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
  5.1†    Opinion of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP.
10.1+    Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+    RF Magic, Inc. 2000 Incentive Stock Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement and Form of Stock Option Grant Notice thereunder.
10.3+    2001 Equity Incentive Plan and Forms of Option Agreement and Form of Stock Option Grant Notice thereunder.
10.4+    2007 Equity Incentive Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement and Form of Stock Option Grant Notice thereunder.
10.5+    2007 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement and Form of Stock Option Grant Notices thereunder.
10.6+    2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Form of Offering Document thereunder.
10.7+    Amended and Restated 2007 Executive Bonus Plan.
10.8+    Employment offer letter dated August 18, 2003 between the Registrant and Patrick Henry.
10.9+    Employment offer letter dated December 1, 2005 between the Registrant and Kurt Noyes.
10.10+    Employment offer letter dated February 18, 2004 between the Registrant and Michael Economy.
10.11+    Employment offer letter dated June 23, 2005 between the Registrant and Andre Chartrand.
10.12+    Employment offer letter dated January 19, 2005 between the Registrant and Anton Monk.
10.13+    Change of Control Agreement dated August 18, 2003 between the Registrant and Patrick Henry.
10.14+    Change of Control Agreement dated December 1, 2005 between the Registrant and Kurt Noyes.
10.15+    Change of Control Agreement dated February 28, 2004 between the Registrant and Michael Economy.
10.16+    Change of Control Agreement dated August 4, 2005 between the Registrant and Andre Chartrand.


Exhibit
Number
  

Description of Document

10.17+    Change of Control Agreement dated January 19, 2005 between the Registrant and Anton Monk.
10.18+    Form of Employee Innovations and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement.
10.19    Director offer letter dated September 1, 2004 between the Registrant and Amir Mashkoori.
10.20    Director offer letter dated November 23, 2004 between the Registrant and Umesh Padval.
10.21    Director offer letter dated April 11, 2005 between the Registrant and Rouzbeh Yassini.
10.22    Director offer letter dated March 25, 2007 between the Registrant and Kenneth Merchant.
10.23†    Development and License Agreement dated September 15, 2002 between the Registrant and STMicroelectronics N.V.
10.24*    Corporate Supply Agreement dated March 2, 2006 between the Registrant and Motorola, Inc.
10.25*    Master Purchase Agreement dated July 1, 2006, as amended, between the Registrant and Tellabs Operations, Inc.
10.26    Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated October 6, 2006 between RF Magic, Inc. and Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC.
10.27    Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated April 5, 2007 between the Registrant, Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.28    Loan and Security Agreement dated April 11, 2007 between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.29    Guaranty and Security Agreements dated June 30, 2007 among the Registrant, RF Magic, Inc., Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, as applicable.
10.30    Standard Office Lease dated September 29, 2005 between the Registrant and Arden Realty Limited Partnership, as amended on May 30, 2006 and January 26, 2007.
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
23.3    Consent of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.
24.1    Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

To be filed by amendment.

 

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

* Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Exhibit 2.1

Execution Version


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER AND REORGANIZATION

among:

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .,

a Delaware corporation;

R APTOR A CQUISITION S UB , I NC .,

a Delaware corporation;

RF M AGIC , I NC .,

a Delaware corporation;

and

(solely for purposes of Section 9 and 10.1)

M ARK F OLEY

 


Dated as of April 9, 2007

 


 



T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

 

          P AGE

SECTION 1.

           DESCRIPTION OF TRANSACTION    2

1.1

   Merger of Merger Sub into the Company    2

1.2

   Effect of the Merger    2

1.3

   Closing; Effective Time    2

1.4

   Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws; Directors and Officers    2

1.5

   Conversion of Shares    3

1.6

   Employee Stock Options    4

1.7

   Warrants    5

1.8

   Closing of the Company’s Transfer Books    6

1.9

   Exchange of Certificates    6

1.10

   Company Dissenting Shares    8

1.11

   Parent Dissenting Shares    9

1.12

   Escrow    9

1.13

   Adjustments.    10

1.14

   Further Action    13

SECTION 2.

           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY    13

2.1

   Organization and Standing    13

2.2

   Capitalization    13

2.3

   Corporate Power; Authorization    15

2.4

   Subsidiaries    15

2.5

   Governmental Authorizations    15

2.6

   Compliance with Laws; No Conflicts    16

2.7

   Litigation    17

2.8

   Financial Statements    17

2.9

   Absence of Certain Changes    18

2.10

   Taxes    19

2.11

   Property and Assets    22

2.12

   Intellectual Property    22

2.13

   Insurance    24

2.14

   Material Contracts and Obligations    24

 

i.


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

( CONTINUED )

 

          P AGE

2.15

   Employees    26

2.16

   ERISA and Employee Benefits    28

2.17

   Books and Records    29

2.18

   Permits    29

2.19

   Environmental and Safety Laws    29

2.20

   Obligations to Related Parties    29

2.21

   Customers and Suppliers    29

2.22

   Product Liability and Recalls    30

2.23

   Foreign Corrupt Practices Act    30

2.24

   Brokers’ and Finders’ Fee    30

2.25

   Permit Application, Information Statement    30

SECTION 3.

           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB    30

3.1

   Organization and Standing    31

3.2

   Capitalization    31

3.3

   Corporate Power; Authorization    32

3.4

   Subsidiaries    33

3.5

   Governmental Authorizations    33

3.6

   Compliance with Laws; No Conflicts    33

3.7

   Litigation    34

3.8

   Financial Statements    35

3.9

   Absence of Certain Changes    35

3.10

   Taxes.    37

3.11

   Property and Assets    40

3.12

   Intellectual Property    40

3.13

   Insurance    42

3.14

   Material Contracts and Obligations    42

3.15

   Employees    45

3.16

   ERISA and Employee Benefits    46

3.17

   Books and Records    47

 

ii.


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

( CONTINUED )

 

          PAGE

3.18

   Permits    47

3.19

   Environmental and Safety Laws    47

3.20

   Obligations to Related Parties    47

3.21

   Customers and Suppliers    48

3.22

   Product Liability and Recalls    48

3.23

   Foreign Corrupt Practices Act    48

3.24

   Brokers’ and Finders’ Fee    48

3.25

   Permit Application, Information Statement    48

3.26

   Securities Law Exemptions    49

3.27

   Merger Sub    49

SECTION 4.

           CERTAIN COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND PARENT    49

4.1

   Access and Investigation    49

4.2

   Operation of the Company’s and Parent’s Businesses    49

4.3

   Notification; Updates to Disclosure Schedule    52

4.4

   No Negotiation    53

4.5

   Intentionally Omitted    55

4.6

   Payment of Expenses and Liabilities    55

4.7

   Release of Liens    55

4.8

   Employment Agreements    55

4.9

   Resolution of Disputes    55

SECTION 5.

           ADDITIONAL COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES    56

5.1

   Filings and Consents    56

5.2

   California Permit; Fairness Hearing    56

5.3

   Written Consent; Information Statement    56

5.4

   Other Regulatory Approvals; Reasonable Efforts    59

5.5

   Public Announcements    59

5.6

   Commercially Reasonable Best Efforts    59

5.7

   Termination of Agreements    59

5.8

   FIRPTA Matters    59

5.9

   Indemnification of Company Officers and Directors.    59

 

iii.


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

( CONTINUED )

 

          P AGE

5.10

   Certain Tax Matters    60

5.11

   Cooperation    61

5.12

   Duration of Covenants    62

5.13

   Labor Condition Applications    62

5.14

   280G    62

SECTION 6.

           CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB    62

6.1

   Accuracy of Representations    62

6.2

   Performance of Covenants    63

6.3

   No Material Adverse Effect    63

6.4

   Stockholder Approval    63

6.5

   Consents    63

6.6

   Agreements and Documents    63

6.7

   FIRPTA Compliance    64

6.8

   Permit; Compliance With §3(a)(10) of the Securities Act    65

6.9

   No Restraints    65

6.10

   No Legal Proceedings    65

6.11

   280G Stockholder Approval    65

6.12

   Intentionally Omitted    65

6.13

   Termination of Agreements    65

6.14

   Company Preferred Stockholder Agreements    65

6.15

   Release of Liens    65

SECTION 7.

           CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY    66

7.1

   Accuracy of Representations    66

7.2

   Performance of Covenants    66

7.3

   No Material Adverse Effect    66

7.4

   Stockholder Approval    66

7.5

   Consents    66

7.6

   Documents    66

7.7

   Permit; Compliance With §3(a)(10) of the Securities Act    67

 

iv.


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

( CONTINUED )

 

          P AGE

7.8

   Intentionally Omitted    67

7.9

   No Restraints    67

7.10

   Company Preferred Stockholder Agreements    67

SECTION 8.

           TERMINATION    68

8.1

   Termination Events    68

8.2

   Termination Procedures    68

8.3

   Effect of Termination    68

SECTION 9.

           INDEMNIFICATION, ETC    69

9.1

   Survival of Representations, Etc    69

9.2

   Indemnification by Company Stockholders    70

9.3

   Indemnification by Parent    71

9.4

   Adjustment to Aggregate Merger Consideration    71

9.5

   Maximum Liability    71

9.6

   Threshold/Limitations    72

9.7

   No Contribution; Multiple Recovery    72

9.8

   Procedure for Recovery from Escrow Fund    72

9.9

   Defense of Third Party Claims    73

9.10

   Indemnification Claims    76

9.11

   Exercise of Remedies by Parent Indemnitees Other than Parent    78

9.12

   Tax Matters    78

9.13

   Transfer Taxes    79

9.14

   Exclusive Remedy    79

SECTION 10.

           MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS    79

10.1

   Stockholders’ Representative    79

10.2

   Further Assurances    85

10.3

   Fees and Expenses    85

10.4

   Attorneys’ Fees    86

10.5

   Notices    86

10.6

   Time of the Essence    87

10.7

   Headings    87

 

v.


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

( CONTINUED )

 

          PAGE

10.8

   Counterparts    87

10.9

   Governing Law    87

10.10

   Successors and Assigns    87

10.11

   Arbitration    88

10.12

   Waiver    89

10.13

   Amendments    89

10.14

   Severability    89

10.15

   Parties in Interest    89

10.16

   Entire Agreement    89

10.17

   Conflict of Interest    90

10.18

   Intentionally Omitted    90

10.19

   Construction    90

 

vi.


Execution Version

AGREEMENT AND PLAN

OF MERGER AND REORGANIZATION

T HIS A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF M ERGER AND R EORGANIZATION (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of April 9, 2007, by and among: E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC . a Delaware corporation (“Parent”); R APTOR A CQUISITION S UB , I NC ., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”); RF M AGIC , I NC ., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”); and solely for purposes of Sections 9 and 10.1 M ARK F OLEY , as the Stockholders’ Representative. Certain other capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A .

R ECITALS

A. Parent, Merger Sub and the Company intend to effect a merger of Merger Sub into the Company in accordance with this Agreement and the DGCL (the “Merger”). Upon consummation of the Merger, Merger Sub will cease to exist, and the Company will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent.

B. This Agreement has been approved and declared advisable by the respective boards of directors of Parent, Merger Sub and the Company and such respective boards of directors have determined that the Merger is in the best interests of the stockholders of their respective companies.

C. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties hereto, and as a condition and inducement to Parent’s and Merger Sub’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, the stockholders of the Company set forth on Exhibit B that are listed under the heading “Company Stockholders Signing Voting Agreements” are executing and delivering voting agreements, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

D. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties hereto, and as a condition and inducement to the Company’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, the stockholders of Parent set forth on Exhibit B that are listed under the heading “Parent Stockholders Signing Voting Agreements” are executing and delivering voting agreements, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

E. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties hereto, and as a condition and inducement to Parent’s and Merger Sub’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, the stockholders of the Company set forth on Exhibit E are executing and delivering a Non-Competition Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F .

F. Parent and the Company intend that the Merger qualify as a “reorganization” under Section 368(a) of the Code.

 

1.


A GREEMENT

The parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

SECTION 1. D ESCRIPTION OF T RANSACTION

1.1 Merger of Merger Sub into the Company. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the DGCL, at the Effective Time, Merger Sub shall be merged with and into the Company, and the separate existence of Merger Sub shall cease. The Company will continue as the surviving corporation in the Merger (the “Surviving Corporation”).

1.2 Effect of the Merger. The Merger shall have the effects set forth in this Agreement and in the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

1.3 Closing; Effective Time. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall take place at the offices of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP , 4401 Eastgate Mall, San Diego, California, at the time and on a date to be mutually agreed to by Parent and the Company, which shall be no later than the second business day after the satisfaction or waiver of the last to be satisfied or waived of the conditions set forth in Sections 6 and 7 (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions). The date on which the Closing actually takes place is referred to in this Agreement as the “Closing Date.” Contemporaneously with or as promptly as practicable after the Closing, a properly executed certificate of merger satisfying the applicable requirements of the DGCL (the “Certificate of Merger”) shall be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Merger shall become effective at the time the Certificate of Merger is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, or such later time as may be agreed upon by each of the parties hereto and specified in the Certificate of Merger (the time the Merger becomes effective being the “Effective Time”).

1.4 Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws; Directors and Officers. Unless otherwise determined by Parent and the Company prior to the Effective Time:

(a) the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated as of the Effective Time to conform to the Certificate of Incorporation of Merger Sub as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, except that Article I thereof shall be amended as follows: “The name of the Corporation is RF Magic, Inc.”;

(b) the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated as of the Effective Time to conform to the Bylaws of Merger Sub as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time; and

(c) the directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation immediately after the Effective Time shall be the directors and officers of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

2.


1.5 Conversion of Shares .

(a) Subject to Sections 1.9, 1.10 and 1.12, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of Parent, Merger Sub, the Company or any stockholder of the Company:

(i) each share of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of Parent Common Stock equal to the Exchange Ratio; provided, that, at the Closing, with respect to each Company Stockholder entitled to receive shares of Parent Common Stock pursuant to this Section 1.5(a)(i), the Escrow Percentage of the aggregate number of shares of Parent Common Stock being issued to such Company Stockholder, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, shall be withheld and placed in the Escrow Fund in accordance with Section 1.12 and the Escrow Agreement;

(ii) each share of Company Series A Preferred Stock (if any) outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock equal to the Exchange Ratio; provided, that, at the Closing, with respect to each Company Stockholder entitled to receive shares of Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1.5(a)(ii), the Escrow Percentage of the aggregate number of shares of Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock being issued to such Company Stockholder, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, shall be withheld and placed in the Escrow Fund in accordance with Section 1.12 and the Escrow Agreement;

(iii) each share of Company Series B Preferred Stock (if any) outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock equal to the Exchange Ratio; provided, that, at the Closing, with respect to each Company Stockholder entitled to receive shares of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1.5(a)(iii), the Escrow Percentage of the aggregate number of shares of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock being issued to such Company Stockholder, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, shall be withheld and placed in the Escrow Fund in accordance with Section 1.12 and the Escrow Agreement;

(iv) each share of Company Series C Preferred Stock (if any) outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of Parent Series D-3 Preferred Stock equal to the Exchange Ratio; provided, that, at the Closing, with respect to each Company Stockholder entitled to receive shares of Parent Series D-3 Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1.5(a)(iv), the Escrow Percentage of the aggregate number of shares of Parent Series D-3 Preferred Stock being issued to such Company Stockholder, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, shall be withheld and placed in the Escrow Fund in accordance with Section 1.12 and the Escrow Agreement; and

 

3.


(v) each share of the common stock (with no par value) of Merger Sub outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into one share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation.

(b) If any shares of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time are unvested or are subject to a repurchase option, risk of forfeiture or other condition under any applicable restricted stock purchase agreement or other agreement with the Company, then the shares of Parent Common Stock issued in exchange for such shares of Company Common Stock will also be unvested and subject to the same repurchase option, risk of forfeiture or other condition, and the certificates representing such shares of Parent Common Stock may accordingly be marked with appropriate legends.

1.6 Employee Stock Options .

(a) At the Effective Time, each Eligible Stock Option that is then outstanding under the Company Option Plan, whether vested or unvested, shall be assumed by Parent in accordance with the terms (as in effect as of the date of this Agreement) of the Company Option Plan and the stock option agreement by which such Eligible Stock Option is evidenced. All rights with respect to Company Common Stock under outstanding Eligible Stock Options shall thereupon be converted into rights with respect to Parent Common Stock. Accordingly, from and after the Effective Time, (a) each Eligible Stock Option assumed by Parent may be exercised solely for shares of Parent Common Stock, (b) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to each such assumed Eligible Stock Option shall be equal to the number of shares of Company Common Stock that were subject to such Eligible Stock Option immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares of Parent Common Stock, (c) the per share exercise price for the Parent Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each such assumed Eligible Stock Option shall be determined by dividing the exercise price per share of Company Common Stock subject to such Eligible Stock Option, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, by the Exchange Ratio, and rounding the resulting exercise price up to the nearest whole cent, and (d) all restrictions on the exercise of each such assumed Eligible Stock Option shall continue in full force and effect, and the term, exercisability, vesting schedule and other provisions of such Eligible Stock Option shall otherwise remain unchanged; provided, however , that each such assumed Eligible Stock Option shall, in accordance with its terms, be subject to further adjustment as appropriate to reflect any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or other similar transaction effected by Parent after the Effective Time. The Company and Parent shall take all action that may be necessary (under the Company Option Plan and otherwise) to effectuate the provisions of this Section 1.6.

(b) Subject to compliance with all applicable laws and regulations of the United States and all states, foreign countries or other governmental authorities, prior to the Closing, the Company and Parent shall offer to enter into a separate put-call agreement (“ Put-Call Agreement ”) with each holder of a French Stock Option, which Put-Call Agreement shall be in a form reasonably satisfactory to both Parent and the Company. From and after the Effective Time, pursuant to the Put-Call Agreement:

(i) each French Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable for shares of common stock of the Surviving Corporation;

 

4.


(ii) upon the exercise of any French Stock Option, the holder thereof shall have the right to put to Parent, and Parent shall have the right to call from the holder thereof, all shares of common stock of the Surviving Corporation acquired upon such exercise in exchange for a number of shares of Parent Common Stock equal to the product of (x) the number of shares of common stock of the Surviving Corporation acquired upon such exercise, multiplied by (y) the Exchange Ratio, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares; and

(iii) all restrictions on the exercise of each French Stock Option shall continue in full force and effect, and the term, exercisability, vesting schedule and other provisions of each French Stock Option shall otherwise remain unchanged; provided, however, that each such French Stock Option shall, in accordance with its terms, be subject to further adjustment as appropriate to reflect any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or other similar transaction effected by the Surviving Corporation after the Effective Time.

The Company and Parent shall take all action that may be necessary (under the French Stock Option Plan and otherwise) to effectuate the provisions of this Section 1.6(b). As to each French Stock Option for which a Put-Call Option is fully executed prior to the Effective Time, such French Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable for shares of common stock of the Surviving Corporation, and shall not be deemed an Eligible Stock Option or otherwise assumed by Parent at the Effective Time. Any French Stock Option for which a Put-Call Agreement is not in place prior to the Effective Time will be deemed an Eligible Stock Option and subject to the provisions of Section 1.6(a).

(c) Except as set forth in 1.6(b), at the Effective Time, Parent shall not be obligated to assume any Company Stock Option issued to residents of Taiwan and the United Kingdom to the extent that such assumption would result in a violation of local law. All such Company Stock Options that are outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and not exercised prior to the Effective Time will, pursuant to their respective terms, be cancelled and null and void as of the Effective Time.

(d) As soon as practicable after the Effective Time, Parent shall deliver to each holder of an outstanding Eligible Stock Option an appropriate notice setting forth such holder’s rights pursuant thereto. Parent shall take all corporate action necessary to reserve for issuance a sufficient number of shares of Parent Common Stock for delivery upon exercise of such assumed or replaced Company Option pursuant to the terms set forth in this Section 1.6.

1.7 Warrants . At the Effective Time, each warrant to purchase Company Common Stock that is then outstanding (a “Company Common Warrant”), shall be assumed by Parent in accordance with the terms (as in effect as of the date of this Agreement) of the Company Common Warrant and each warrant to purchase Company Preferred Stock that is then outstanding (a “Company Preferred Warrant”), shall be assumed by Parent in accordance with the terms (as in effect as of the date of this Agreement) of the Company Preferred Warrant. All rights with respect to the Company Common Warrants shall thereupon be converted into rights

 

5.


with respect to Parent Common Stock, all rights with respect to the Company Preferred Warrants that are exercisable for Company Series B Preferred Stock shall thereupon be converted into rights with respect to Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock, and all rights with respect to the Company Preferred Warrants that are exercisable for Company Series C Preferred Stock shall thereupon be converted into rights with respect to Parent Series D-3 Preferred Stock. Accordingly, from and after the Effective Time, (a) each Company Common Warrant assumed by Parent may be exercised solely for shares of Parent Common Stock and each Company Preferred Warrant assumed by Parent may be exercised solely for shares of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock or Parent Series D-3 Preferred Stock, as applicable, (b) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock and Parent Series D Preferred Stock subject to each such assumed Company Warrant, shall be equal to the number of shares of Company Common Stock or Parent Series D Preferred Stock, as applicable, that were subject to such Company Warrant immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares of Parent Common Stock or Parent Series D Preferred Stock, as applicable, (c) the per share exercise price for the Parent Common Stock or Parent Series D Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of each such assumed Company Warrant shall be determined by dividing the exercise price per share of Company Common Stock or Parent Series D Preferred Stock subject to such Company Warrant as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, by the Exchange Ratio, and rounding the resulting exercise price up to the nearest whole cent, and (d) all restrictions on the exercise of each such assumed Company Warrant shall continue in full force and effect and the other provisions of such Company Warrant shall otherwise remain unchanged; provided, however , that each such assumed Company Warrant shall, in accordance with its terms, be subject to further adjustment as appropriate to reflect any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or other similar transaction effected by Parent after the Effective Time. The Company and Parent shall take all action that may be necessary (under the Company Warrants and otherwise) to effectuate the provisions of this Section 1.7.

1.8 Closing of the Company’s Transfer Books. At the Effective Time, holders of certificates representing shares of the Company’s capital stock that were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall cease to have any rights as stockholders of the Company, and the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed with respect to all shares of such capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. No further transfer of any such shares of the Company’s capital stock shall be made on such stock transfer books after the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, a valid certificate previously representing any of such shares of the Company’s capital stock (a “Company Stock Certificate”) is presented to the Surviving Corporation or Parent, such Company Stock Certificate shall be canceled and shall be exchanged as provided in Section 1.9.

1.9 Exchange of Certificates .

(a) At or as soon as practicable after the Effective Time, Parent will send to the holders of Company Stock Certificates (i) a letter of transmittal in customary form and containing such provisions as Parent may reasonably specify, and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of Company Stock Certificates in exchange for certificates representing Parent Common Stock. Upon surrender of a Company Stock Certificate to Parent for exchange and, if applicable, the delivery by such holder of the executed signature pages to the Preferred Stock Agreements, together with a duly executed letter of transmittal and such other documents

 

6.


as may be reasonably required by Parent, the holder of such Company Stock Certificate shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor a certificate representing the number of whole shares of Parent Common Stock or Parent Series D Preferred Stock (together, the “Parent Capital Stock”) that such holder has the right to receive pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1, and the Company Stock Certificate so surrendered shall be canceled. Until surrendered as contemplated by this Section 1.9, each Company Stock Certificate shall be deemed, from and after the Effective Time, to represent only the right to receive upon such surrender a certificate representing shares of Parent Capital Stock (and cash in lieu of any fractional share of Parent Capital Stock) as contemplated by this Section 1. If any Company Stock Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, Parent may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance of any certificate representing Parent Capital Stock, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed Company Stock Certificate to provide an appropriate affidavit and to deliver a bond (in such sum as Parent may reasonably direct) as indemnity against any claim that may be made against Parent or the Surviving Corporation with respect to such Company Stock Certificate.

(b) No dividends or other distributions declared or made with respect to Parent Capital Stock with a record date after the Effective Time shall be paid to the holder of any unsurrendered Company Stock Certificate with respect to the shares of Parent Capital Stock represented thereby, and no cash payment in lieu of any fractional share shall be paid to any such holder, until such holder surrenders such Company Stock Certificate in accordance with this Section 1.8 (at which time such holder shall be entitled to receive all such dividends and distributions and such cash payment).

(c) No fractional shares of Parent Capital Stock shall be issued in connection with the Merger, and no certificates for any such fractional shares shall be issued. In lieu of such fractional shares, any holder of capital stock of the Company who would otherwise be entitled to receive a fraction of a share of Parent Capital Stock (after aggregating all fractional shares of Parent Capital Stock issuable to such holder) shall, upon surrender of such holder’s Company Stock Certificate(s), be paid in cash the dollar amount (rounded to the nearest whole cent), without interest, determined by multiplying such fraction by the Agreement Conversion Price.

(d) Parent and the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any consideration payable or otherwise deliverable to any holder or former holder of capital stock of the Company pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as Parent or the Surviving Corporation may be required to deduct or withhold therefrom under the Code or under any provision of state, local or foreign Tax law. To the extent such amounts are so deducted or withheld, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as having been paid to the Person to whom such amounts would otherwise have been paid.

(e) Neither Parent nor the Surviving Corporation shall be liable to any holder or former holder of capital stock of the Company for any shares of Parent Capital Stock (or dividends or distributions with respect thereto), or for any cash amounts, delivered to any public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law. Any amounts remaining unclaimed by holders of Company Stock Certificates three years after the Effective Time (or such earlier date immediately prior to such time as such amounts would otherwise escheat to or become property of any Governmental Body) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, become the property of Parent free and clear of any Encumbrance.

 

7.


1.10 Company Dissenting Shares

(a) Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, shares of Company Capital Stock held by a holder who has made a demand for appraisal of such shares in accordance with Section 262 of the DGCL and shares of Company Capital Stock that, as of the Effective Time, are or may become “dissenting shares” within the meaning of Section 1300(b) of the California Corporations Code (any such shares being referred to as “Company Dissenting Shares” until such time as such holder fails to perfect or otherwise loses such holder’s appraisal rights under Section 262 of the DGCL and Chapter 13 of the CGCL with respect to such shares) shall not be converted into or represent the right to receive the consideration payable in accordance with Section 1.5(a) (or cash in lieu of fractional shares in accordance with Section 1.9(c)), but shall be entitled only to such rights as are granted by the DGCL to a holder of Company Dissenting Shares and/or such rights as may be granted to a holder of Company Dissenting Shares in Chapter 13 of the CGCL. Parent shall be entitled to retain any such consideration not paid on account of such Company Dissenting Shares pending resolution of the claims of such holders, and the remaining holders of Company Capital Stock shall not be entitled to any portion thereof.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.10(a), but subject to Section 1.12, if any Company Dissenting Shares shall lose their status as such (through failure to perfect or otherwise), then, as of the later of the Effective Time or the date of the loss of such status, such shares shall automatically be converted into and shall represent only the right to receive the applicable consideration in accordance with Section 1.5(a), without interest thereon, upon surrender of the certificate or certificates representing such shares of Company Capital Stock.

(c) The Company shall give Parent: (i) prompt notice of: (A) any written demand received by the Company prior to the Effective Time to require the Company to purchase shares of Company Capital Stock pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL or Chapter 13 of the CGCL; (B) any withdrawal of any such demand; and (C) any other demand, notice or instrument delivered to the Company prior to the Effective Time pursuant to the DGCL or CGCL; and (ii) the opportunity to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to any such demand, notice or instrument. The Company shall not, except with the prior written consent of Parent, make any payment or settlement offer prior to the Effective Time with respect to any such demand, notice or instrument other than by operation of law or pursuant to a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

8.


1.11 Parent Dissenting Shares

(a) Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, shares of Parent Capital Stock that, as of the Effective Time, are or may become “dissenting shares” within the meaning of Section 1300(b) of the California Corporations Code (any such shares being referred to as “Parent Dissenting Shares” until such time as such holder fails to perfect or otherwise loses such holder’s appraisal rights under Chapter 13 of the CGCL with respect to such shares) shall be entitled only to such rights as may be granted to a holder of Parent Dissenting Shares in Chapter 13 of the CGCL.

(b) Parent shall give the Company: (i) prompt notice of: (A) any written demand received by Parent prior to the Effective Time to require Parent to purchase shares of Parent Capital Stock pursuant to Chapter 13 of the CGCL; (B) any withdrawal of any such demand; and (C) any other demand, notice or instrument delivered to Parent prior to the Effective Time pursuant to the CGCL; and (ii) the opportunity to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to any such demand, notice or instrument. Parent shall not, except with the prior written consent of the Company, make any payment or settlement offer prior to the Effective Time with respect to any such demand, notice or instrument other than by operation of law or pursuant to a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

1.12 Escrow

(a) On the Closing Date, on behalf of the Company Stockholders, Parent shall deliver to the Escrow Agent, as a contribution to the Escrow Fund, certificates (issued in the name of the Escrow Agent or its nominee) representing the Preferred Stock Escrow Shares and a certificate (issued in the name of the Escrow Agent or its nominee) representing the Common Stock Escrow Shares. Subject to Section 9.10(d) and Section 10.1(g), upon the closing of a Qualified IPO, following receipt of written instructions from Parent and the Stockholders’ Representative as set forth in the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Agent shall distribute 2/3 of the Escrow Shares and/or Escrow Cash to the Escrow Contributors in accordance with Section 8.1 of the Escrow Agreement.

(b) The Escrow Fund shall be available to hold harmless and indemnify each of the Parent Indemnitees pursuant to the provisions of Section 9 below and to reimburse and pay the Stockholders’ Representative and his Representatives pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.1. The Escrow Fund shall be held by the Escrow Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Escrow Agreement. The Escrow Fund shall be held as a trust fund and shall not be subject to any lien, attachment, trustee process or any other judicial process of any creditor of any Person, and shall be held and disbursed solely for the purposes and in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

 

9.


1.13 Adjustments .

(a) The Company shall provide Parent with a preliminary written estimate of the Company Working Capital, three business days before the Closing Date on a schedule (the “Closing Company Schedule”), which Closing Company Schedule (i) shall set forth in reasonable detail the Company’s calculation of the Company Working Capital as of the Closing Date, and the Company Working Capital Deficit Amount (the “Estimated Company Working Capital Deficit Amount”), if any, as of the Closing Date, and (ii) shall be prepared in good faith by the Company and in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Parent shall provide Company with a preliminary written estimate of the Parent Working Capital, three business days before the Closing Date on a schedule (the “Closing Parent Schedule”), which Closing Parent Schedule (i) shall set forth in reasonable detail Parent’s calculation of the Parent Working Capital as of the Closing Date, and the Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount (the “Estimated Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount”), if any, as of the Closing Date, and (ii) shall be prepared in good faith by Parent and in accordance with GAAP.

(c) As soon as practicable after the Closing Date Parent shall prepare and deliver to the Stockholders’ Representative an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the Closing Date (the “Closing Date Company Balance Sheet”) and an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Parent as of the Closing Date (the “Closing Date Parent Balance Sheet”). The Closing Date Company Balance Sheet shall be accompanied by a written statement of any Company Working Capital Deficit Adjustment as determined by Parent resulting from the information set forth in the Closing Date Company Balance Sheet (the “Parent Proposed Company Working Capital Deficit Amount”). The Closing Date Parent Balance Sheet shall be accompanied by a written statement of any Parent Working Capital Deficit Adjustment as determined by Parent resulting from the information set forth in the Closing Date Parent Balance Sheet (the “Parent Proposed Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount”). The Closing Date Company Balance Sheet shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP (and will set forth an itemized calculation of the Closing Date Company Transaction Expense Amount in the notes thereto). The Closing Date Parent Balance Sheet shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP (and will set forth an itemized calculation of the Closing Date Parent Transaction Expense Amount in the notes thereto).

(d) Following the delivery of the Closing Date Company Balance Sheet and Closing Date Parent Balance Sheet to the Stockholders’ Representative, Parent shall provide the Stockholders’ Representative and its accountants, at the reasonable request of the Stockholders’ Representative, with reasonable access during normal business hours to the books and records of the Surviving Corporation and Parent (and their subsidiaries) as may reasonably be required for the review of the Closing Date Company Balance Sheet and the calculation of the Parent Proposed Company Working Capital Deficit Amount and for the review of the Closing Date Parent Balance Sheet and the calculation of the Parent Proposed Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount. All fees, costs and expenses of the Stockholders’ Representative relating to the review of the Closing Date Company Balance Sheet and the Closing Date Parent Balance Sheet shall be borne by the Stockholders’ Representative and to the extent Parent incurs any fees, costs or expenses related thereto Parent shall bear its own such fees, costs and expenses. The Stockholders’ Representative shall make available to Parent and its accountants, at the request of

 

10.


Parent, any relevant work papers of the Stockholders’ Representative and its accountants generated in connection with the review of the Closing Date Company Balance Sheet and Closing Date Parent Balance Sheet.

(e) If the Stockholders’ Representative has any objections to the Parent Proposed Company Working Capital Deficit Amount, it shall deliver a statement describing its objections to Parent (the “Company Objection Notice”) within 30 days after the Stockholders’ Representative’s receipt of the Closing Date Company Balance Sheet. If the Stockholders’ Representative has any objections to the Parent Proposed Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount, it shall deliver a statement describing its objections to Parent (the “Parent Objection Notice”) within 30 days after the Stockholders’ Representative’s receipt of the Closing Date Parent Balance Sheet.

(f) The Stockholders’ Representative shall include in the Company Objection Notice a reasonably detailed calculation of the Company Working Capital Deficit Amount as determined by the Stockholders’ Representative (the “Stockholders’ Representative Proposed Company Working Capital Deficit Amount”), accompanied by a reasonably detailed description of the bases for any variances between the Parent Proposed Company Working Capital Deficit Amount and the Stockholders’ Representative Proposed Company Working Capital Deficit Amount (the “Description of Company Variances”). If the Stockholders’ Representative fails to deliver a Company Objection Notice and a Description of Company Variances within 30 days after the Stockholders’ Representative’s receipt of the Closing Date Company Balance Sheet, then the Parent Proposed Company Working Capital Deficit Amount shall be deemed the Final Company Working Capital Deficit Amount.

(g) The Stockholders’ Representative shall include in the Parent Objection Notice a reasonably detailed calculation of the Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount as determined by the Stockholders’ Representative (the “Stockholders’ Representative Proposed Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount”), accompanied by a reasonably detailed description of the bases for any variances between the Parent Proposed Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount and the Stockholders’ Representative Proposed Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount (the “Description of Parent Variances”). If the Stockholders’ Representative fails to deliver a Parent Objection Notice and a Description of Parent Variances within 30 days after the Stockholders’ Representative’s receipt of the Closing Date Parent Balance Sheet, then the Parent Proposed Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount shall be deemed the Final Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount.

(h) If the Stockholders’ Representative delivers the Company Objection Notice and/or Parent Objection Notice and the Description of Company Variances and/or Description of Parent Variances to Parent within such 30-day period, and Parent disagrees with the Stockholders’ Representative’s objection, then Parent and the Stockholders’ Representative will, during the 30-day period following the date of the Company Objection Notice and/or the Parent Objection Notice (the “Resolution Period”), use reasonable efforts to resolve any such objection themselves.

(i) If at the conclusion of the Resolution Period, the parties have not reached an agreement on the Stockholders’ Representative’s objections set forth in any valid Company

 

11.


Objection Notice and/or Parent Objection Notice, then all amounts and issues remaining in dispute may, within 30 days of the end of the Resolution Period and at the election of either party, be submitted by the Stockholders’ Representative or Parent to a mutually agreeable nationally recognized firm of independent auditors that has not performed work for (other than as a neutral auditor), and is otherwise independent of, each of Parent, the Company and the Stockholders’ Representative (the “Neutral Auditor”). All costs and expenses incurred by the parties in connection with resolving any dispute hereunder before the Neutral Auditor shall be borne by the party incurring such cost and expense (except the cost of the Neutral Auditor shall be borne equally by Parent and the Stockholders’ Representative). The Neutral Auditor shall act as an arbitrator to determine only those issues still in dispute at the time of the election by either party to submit the objections to the Neutral Auditor, which shall be limited to whether and to what extent (if any) there is a Company Working Capital Deficit Adjustment or a Parent Working Capital Deficit Adjustment. The Neutral Auditor’s determination shall be made within 45 days after its engagement (which engagement shall be made no later than five business days after the time of the election by either Parent or the Stockholders’ Representative to submit the objections to the Neutral Auditor), or as soon thereafter as possible, shall be set forth in a written statement delivered to Parent and the Stockholders’ Representative and shall be final, binding, conclusive and non-appealable for all purposes under this Agreement.

(j) The term “Final Company Working Capital Deficit Amount” shall mean (A) if the Stockholders’ Representative fails to deliver a Company Objection Notice and a Description of Company Variances within the 30-day period set forth in Section 1.13(e) and (f), the Parent Proposed Company Working Capital Deficit Amount and (B) if the Stockholders’ Representative delivers a Company Objection Notice within the 30-day period set forth in Section 1.13(e), the definitive Company Working Capital Deficit Amount agreed to by the Stockholders’ Representative and Parent in accordance with Section 1.13(h) or the Company Working Capital Deficit Amount resulting from the determination made by the Neutral Auditor in accordance with Section 1.13(i)) (which shall reflect those items theretofore agreed to by the Stockholders’ Representative and Parent during the Resolution Period or otherwise in accordance with Section 1.13(i)). The term “Final Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount” shall mean (A) if the Stockholders’ Representative fails to deliver a Parent Objection Notice and a Description of Parent Variances within the 30-day period set forth in Section 1.13(e) and (g), the Parent Proposed Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount and (B) if the Stockholders’ Representative delivers a Parent Objection Notice within the 30-day period set forth in Section 1.13(e), the definitive Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount agreed to by the Stockholders’ Representative and Parent in accordance with Section 1.13(h) or the Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount resulting from the determination made by the Neutral Auditor in accordance with this Section 1.13(i)) (which shall reflect those items theretofore agreed to by the Stockholders’ Representative and Parent during the Resolution Period or otherwise in accordance with Section 1.13(i)).

(k) In the event:

(i) there is a Company Working Capital Deficit Adjustment, then such amount shall constitute Damages and Parent shall be entitled to indemnification for the amount of the Company Working Capital Deficit Adjustment.

 

12.


(ii) there is a Parent Working Capital Deficit Adjustment, Parent shall, subject to Section 1.9, distribute the Parent Working Capital Adjustment Shares of the appropriate class and series to the Company Common Stockholders and Company Preferred Stockholders in accordance with their Pro Rata Share.

1.14 Further Action. If, at any time after the Effective Time, any further action is determined by Parent to be necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement or to vest the Surviving Corporation or Parent with full right, title and possession of and to all rights and property of Merger Sub and the Company, the officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation and Parent shall be fully authorized (in the name of Merger Sub, in the name of the Company and otherwise) to take such action.

SECTION 2. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE C OMPANY

Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule, which exceptions shall be deemed to be representations and warranties as if made hereunder, the Company hereby represents and warrants to Parent as follows (it being understood that each representation and warranty contained in this Section 2 is subject to: (a) the exceptions and disclosures set forth in the part or subpart of the Company Disclosure Schedule corresponding to the particular Section or subsection in this Section 2 in which such representation and warranty appears; (b) any exceptions or disclosures explicitly cross-referenced in such part or subpart of the Company Disclosure Schedule by reference to another part or subpart of the Company Disclosure Schedule; and (c) any exception or disclosure set forth in any other part or subpart of the Company Disclosure Schedule to the extent it is reasonably apparent that such exception or disclosure is intended to qualify such representation and warranty):

2.1 Organization and Standing . The Company is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is in good standing under such laws. The Company has the requisite corporate power to own and operate its properties and assets, and to carry on its business as presently conducted and, to the Company’s Knowledge, as presently proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties (both owned and leased) makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or its business. The Company has delivered, or made available for review in a data room, to Parent or its advisors true and correct copies of its Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or other equivalent organizational documents (collectively, the “Company Charter Documents”), as applicable, as in effect as of the date of this Agreement.

2.2 Capitalization.

(a) As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (a) 32,750,000 shares of Company Common Stock, of which 5,190,033 shares are issued and outstanding, (b) 20,566,999 shares of Company Preferred Stock, of which (i) 750,000 shares are designated as Company Series A Preferred Stock, of which 750,000 shares are issued and outstanding, (ii) 6,316,999 shares are designated as Company Series B Preferred Stock, of which

 

13.


6,283,666 shares are issued and outstanding, and (iii) 7,500,000 shares are designated as Company Series C Preferred Stock, of which 6,924,306 shares are issued and outstanding. Each share of Company Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of Company Common Stock.

(b) All of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock and Company Preferred Stock (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and are nonassessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws; (ii) are free of any Encumbrances created by the Company, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, free of any Encumbrances created by or imposed upon the holders thereof, other than restrictions on transfer imposed by federal or state securities laws, and (iii) were not issued in violation of any preemptive rights or rights of first refusal created by statute, the Company Charter Documents or any agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

(c) As of the date hereof, the Company has reserved 7,088,888 shares of Company Common Stock for issuance to employees, directors and officers of, and consultants to, the Company under its Company Option Plan, of which (i) 3,085,969 shares have been issued pursuant to the exercise of outstanding options, and except for 410,936 shares which were repurchased by the Company and are no longer outstanding, are included in Section 2.2(a) above; (ii) 3,444,177 shares are subject to options that are currently outstanding; and (iii) 969,678 shares remain available for future issuance. There are outstanding warrants to purchase 346,215 shares of Company Common Stock, 33,333 shares of Company Series B Preferred Stock and 162,500 shares of Company Series C Preferred Stock. All Company Options and Company Warrants were issued in compliance with all applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws. Except as set forth in this Section 2.2, the Company has no obligation (contingent or otherwise) to (i) issue any subscription, warrant, option, convertible security or other such right (including preemptive rights and rights of first refusal) or to issue or distribute to holders any shares of its capital stock or (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or to pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect thereof.

(d) No stock plan, stock purchase, stock option or other agreement or understanding between the Company and any holder of any equity securities or rights to purchase equity securities provides for acceleration or other changes in the vesting provisions or other terms of such agreement or understanding as the result of (i) termination of employment (whether actual or constructive); (ii) any merger, consolidated sale of stock or assets, change in control or any other transaction(s) by the Company; or (iii) the occurrence of any other event or combination of events.

(e) Section 2.2(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains, with respect to each Company Option that is outstanding as of the date of this Agreement and each other right to acquire the Company’s capital stock (including any anti-dilution or similar rights) (each, a “Company Capital Stock Right”): (i) the name of the holder of such Company Capital Stock Right; (ii) the total number of shares of Company Capital Stock that are subject to such Company Capital Stock Right and the number of shares of Company Capital Stock with respect to which such Company Capital Stock Right is immediately exercisable; (iii) the date on which such Company Capital Stock Right was granted and the term of such Company Capital Stock Right; (iv) the vesting schedule for such Company Capital Stock Right; (v) the total number of vested shares for such Company Capital Stock Right (and any acceleration thereof as a result of

 

14.


the Merger); (vi) the exercise price per share of Company Capital Stock purchasable under such Company Capital Stock Right; (vii) any plan or other arrangement or agreement under which Company Options or Company Capital Stock Right was granted; and (viii) whether such Company Option has been designated an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

(f) The Company has never repurchased, redeemed or otherwise reacquired any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company.

2.3 Corporate Power; Authorization . The Company has all requisite corporate power to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the Merger.

(a) The Company has the right, power and authority to enter into and to perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company and its board of directors.

(b) The affirmative vote or consent of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Company Preferred Stock, a majority of the outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock, and a majority of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock, are the only votes of the holders of any Company Capital Stock necessary under applicable law and the Company Charter Documents to approve this Agreement (the “Company Required Stockholder Vote”). The affirmative vote or consent of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Company Preferred Stock and a majority of the outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock are the only vote of the holders of any Company Capital Stock necessary under applicable law and the Company Charter Documents to approve the Company Charter Amendment (the “Company Required Charter Vote”).

(c) The Board of Directors of the Company has (a) adopted this Agreement and approved its execution and delivery and the consummation of the Merger; and (b) determined that the Merger is advisable and in the best interests of the stockholders of the Company and is on terms that are fair to such stockholders.

(d) This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company, will constitute a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) laws of general application relating to specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, and (ii) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

2.4 Subsidiaries . The Company owns all of the outstanding equity interest in its wholly-owned subsidiaries, RF Magic SAS (France) and RF Magic Ltd. (United Kingdom) (the “Company Subsidiaries”). Except for its ownership of the Company Subsidiaries, the Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any equity interest in any other corporation, partnership, trust, joint venture, association or other entity. The Company is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement.

2.5 Governmental Authorizations . The Company has obtained each material federal, state, county, local or foreign governmental consent, license, permit, grant or other

 

15.


authorization of a Governmental Body that is required, as of the date hereof, for the operation by the Company of its business as currently being conducted, and all of such consents, licenses, permits, grants and authorizations are in full force and effect.

2.6 Compliance with Laws; No Conflicts.

(a) The Company is not in violation or default of (i) any provisions of the Company Charter Documents, as amended to date or (ii) to its Knowledge, any applicable laws, regulations, judgments, decrees or orders of the United States of America and all states, foreign countries or other governmental bodies and agencies having jurisdiction over the Company’s business or properties, other than violations of laws, regulations, judgments, decrees or orders that would not individually or in the aggregate result in Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 2.6(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither (1) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any of the other agreements referred to in this Agreement, nor (2) the consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, will directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time):

(i) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of (i) any of the provisions of the Company Charter Documents, or (ii) any resolution adopted by the Company’s stockholders, the Company’s board of directors or any committee of the Company’s board of directors;

(ii) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of, or give any Governmental Body or other Person the right to challenge any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under, any Legal Requirement or any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree to which the Company, or any of the assets owned or used by the Company, is subject;

(iii) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of any of the terms or requirements of, or give any Governmental Body the right to revoke, withdraw, suspend, cancel, terminate or modify, any Governmental Authorization that is held by the Company or that otherwise relates to the Company’s business or to any of the assets owned or used by the Company;

(iv) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or result in a default under, any provision of any Company Material Contract, or give any Person the right to (i) declare a default or exercise any remedy under any such Company Material Contract, (ii) accelerate the maturity or performance of any such Company Material Contract, or (iii) cancel, terminate or modify any such Company Material Contract; or

(v) result in the imposition or creation of any Encumbrance upon or with respect to any asset owned or used by the Company (except for minor liens that will not, in any case or in the aggregate, materially detract from the value of the assets subject thereto or materially impair the operations of the Company).

 

16.


(c) Except as set forth in Section 2.6(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company is not and will not be required to make any filing with or give any notice to, or to obtain any Consent from, any Person in connection with (x) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any of the other agreements referred to in this Agreement, or (y) the consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.7 Litigation . There is no Legal Proceeding pending, or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened against the Company. The Company is not a party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Company currently pending or which the Company intends to initiate. No Legal Proceeding has ever been commenced by or has ever been pending against the Company. There is no order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree to which the Company, or any of the assets owned or used by the Company, is subject.

2.8 Financial Statements .

(a) The Company’s audited consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations and cash flows as of and for the periods ended December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005, unaudited balance sheet and statements of operations and cash flows as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the unaudited balance sheet for the period ended February 28, 2007 (the “Company Balance Sheet”) and statements of operations and cash flows as of and for the period ended February 28, 2007 made available to Parent (together, the “Company Financial Statements”) (i) are substantially in accordance with the books and records of the Company and (ii) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the relevant period, except that the unaudited Financial Statements do not contain the footnotes required by GAAP. The Company Financial Statements fairly present the financial condition and operating results of the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries) as of the dates, and for the periods indicated therein, subject, in the case of the unaudited Company Financial Statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments. Except for liabilities reserved or reflected in the Company Financial Statements, the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries) has no liabilities, contingent or otherwise, other than (i) liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business subsequent to the Company Financial Statements and (ii) obligations under contracts and commitments incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business and not required under GAAP to be reflected in the Company Financial Statements, which, in the case of (i) and (ii), individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the financial condition or operating results of the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries). To the extent a liability or obligation is not disclosed in Section 2.8(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule but would otherwise be required to be disclosed in the Company Disclosure Schedule pursuant to the requirements of a representation or warranty included in this Section 2 other than this Section 2.8, the failure to disclose such liability or obligation will not be deemed to violate this Section 2.8 as long as the nature and scope of such liability or obligation are disclosed elsewhere in the Company Disclosure Schedule.

 

17.


(b) Part 2.8(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule provides an accurate and complete breakdown and aging of all accounts receivable, notes receivable and other receivables of the Company and Company Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2007.

2.9 Absence of Certain Changes . Since February 28, 2007 until the date hereof, there has not been:

(a) any material change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries) from the Company Financial Statements, except (i) changes in the Ordinary Course of Business and (ii) as disclosed elsewhere in the Company Disclosure Schedule;

(b) any damage, destruction, or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, materially and adversely affecting the assets, financial condition, properties, operating results or business of the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries);

(c) any change or amendment to the Company Charter Documents;

(d) any sale, assignment or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s (including the Company Subsidiaries’) rights in any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intangible assets or other material assets, except a sale, assignment or transfer made in the Ordinary Course of Business that is not material to the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results or business of the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries);

(e) any satisfaction or discharge of any Encumbrance, except a satisfaction or discharge of an Encumbrance made in the Ordinary Course of Business that it is not material to the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results or business of the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries);

(f) any resignation or termination of any officer, key employee or group of employees of the Company; and the Company, to its Knowledge, does not know of the impending resignation or termination of employment of any such officer, key employee or group of employees;

(g) any waiver by the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries) of a material debt owed to it;

(h) any capital expenditure which, when added to all other capital expenditures made on behalf of the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries) since February 28, 2007, exceeds $50,000;

(i) any loans or advances by the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries) to or any investments by the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries) in, any Person (other than pursuant to routine advances made to employees in the Ordinary Course of Business), or incurrence or guarantee of any indebtedness by the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries) for borrowed money;

 

18.


(j) any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any officer, director or stockholder of the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries);

(k) any declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution of the assets of the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries);

(l) any event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries);

(m) any pledge of any of the Company’s (including the Company Subsidiaries’) assets or otherwise permitted any of its assets to become subject to any Encumbrance, except for pledges of immaterial assets made in the Ordinary Course of Business and consistent with the Company’s past practices;

(n) any change in the Company’s methods of accounting or accounting practices in any respect;

(o) any material Tax election outside the Ordinary Course of Business or inconsistent with the Company’s past practices;

(p) any commencement or settlement of any Legal Proceeding involving the Company or any Company Affiliates;

(q) entry into any material transaction or taking of any other material action outside the Ordinary Course of Business or inconsistent with the Company’s past practices;

(r) receipt of any notice that there has been or will be a loss of, or material order cancellation by, any major customer of the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries); or

(s) any agreement or commitment by the Company (including the Company Subsidiaries) to do any of the acts described in subsections (a) through (q) above.

2.10 Taxes .

(a) Each of the Company and Company Subsidiaries has timely filed or has obtained presently effective extensions with respect to all federal, state, county, local and foreign Tax Returns which are required to be filed by it. All such filed returns are true and correct in all material respects and all Taxes shown thereon to be due have been timely paid with exceptions not material to the Company or the Company Subsidiaries.

(b) Each of the Company and Company Subsidiaries has (i) properly and timely withheld all Taxes required to be withheld, and (ii) properly remitted to the proper taxing authority all Taxes required to be remitted for which the remittance deadline has passed, with respect to amounts paid or owed to any employee, independent contractor, stockholder or other third party.

 

19.


(c) No claim or Legal Proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company or the Company Subsidiaries, has been threatened against or with respect to the Company or the Company Subsidiaries in respect of any material Tax. There are no unsatisfied liabilities for material Taxes with respect to any notice of deficiency or similar document received by the Company or the Company Subsidiaries with respect to any material Tax. There are no liens or other Encumbrances for material Taxes upon any of the assets of the Company or the Company Subsidiaries except liens for current Taxes not yet due and payable. Neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries has been or will be, required to include any adjustment in taxable income for any Tax period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 481 or 263A of the Code (or any comparable provision of state or foreign Tax laws) as a result of transactions or events occurring, or accounting methods employed, prior to the Closing.

(d) No claim has ever been delivered by any Governmental Body to the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries in a jurisdiction where the Company or the Company Subsidiaries does not file a Tax Return that it is subject to taxation by that jurisdiction which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in an obligation to pay material Taxes.

(e) None of the Company or any Company Subsidiary has waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency.

(f) None of the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party to any Tax-sharing agreement or similar arrangement with any other party, and none of the Company or any Company Subsidiary has assumed any obligation to pay any Tax obligations of, or with respect to any transaction relating to, any other person or agreed to indemnify any other person with respect to any Tax.

(g) As of the date of this Agreement, none of the Company or any Company Subsidiary has ever been audited by a government or taxing authority, nor is any such audit in process or pending, and none of the Company or any Company Subsidiary has been notified in writing of any request for such an audit or other examination.

(h) None of the Company or any Company Subsidiary has ever been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code.

(i) None of the Company or any Company Subsidiary has constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” in a distribution of stock qualifying for Tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (i) in the two years prior to the date of this Agreement or (ii) in a distribution which could otherwise constitute part of a “plan” or “series of related transactions” (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) in conjunction with the Closing.

(j) Each of the Company and Company Subsidiaries has delivered to Parent accurate and complete copies of all income Tax Returns of the Company and Company Subsidiaries for all Tax years that remain open or are otherwise subject to audit, and all other material Tax Returns of the Company filed since December 31, 2001.

 

20.


(k) The unpaid Taxes of the Company (A) did not, as of the date of the Company Balance Sheet, exceed the reserve for Tax Liability (other than any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth on the face of the Company Balance Sheet (rather than the notes thereto), and (B) will not exceed that reserve as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of the Company in filing its Tax Returns. Since the date of the Company Balance Sheet, the Company has not incurred any liability for Taxes arising from extraordinary gains or losses, determined in accordance with GAAP, outside the Ordinary Course of Business.

(l) Each of the Company and Company Subsidiaries has disclosed on its income Tax Returns all positions that could give rise to a material understatement penalty within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code or any similar Legal Requirement.

(m) None of the Company or any Company Subsidiary has agreed to make, nor is required to make, any adjustment under Section 481 of the Code or corresponding provision of state, local or foreign law by reason of any change in accounting method.

(n) Except for any instances where 280G Waivers are obtained in connection with the Merger, there are no other agreements, plans, arrangements or other Contracts covering any director or officer or other employee of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, and no payments have been made or will be made to any director or officer or other employee of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, that, considered individually or considered collectively with any other such Contracts or payments, will, or could result in a payment that would be considered an “excess parachute payment)” and treated as nondeductible under Section 280G of the Code.

(o) None of the Company or any Company Subsidiary has either granted, or is a party to any Contract that grants any compensation, equity award, or bonus, that fails to comply in good faith with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

(p) None of the Tax attributes (including net operating loss carryforwards and general business Tax credits) of the Company and Company Subsidiaries is limited by Section 382, 383 or 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar Legal Requirement) for any period ending on or prior to the Closing Date.

(q) There is no intercorporate indebtedness existing between Parent and the Company that was issued, acquired, settled, or that will be settled at a discount.

(r) The Company is not an “investment company” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(2)(F)(iii) of the Code or under the jurisdiction of a court in a title 11 or similar case as defined in Section 368(a)(3)(A) of the Code.

 

21.


(s) Other than holders of Company Dissenting Shares, no stockholder of the Company will receive cash from Parent in the Merger in an amount equal to or greater than the value of one full share of stock of Parent.

2.11 Property and Assets . The Company has good title to all of its material properties, assets and leasehold estates, in each case subject to no mortgage, pledge, security interest, lease, charge or Encumbrance, other than liens resulting from Taxes which have not yet become delinquent and Encumbrances which have arisen in the Ordinary Course of Business and do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially impair the operations of the Company. All material items of equipment and other tangible assets owned by or leased to the Company are adequate for the uses to which they are being put, are in good condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and are adequate for the conduct of the Company’s business in the manner in which such business is currently being conducted.

2.12 Intellectual Property.

(a) The Company owns, or possesses sufficient legal rights to all Company IP necessary for its business as now conducted. Section 2.12(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule accurately identifies: (a) each item of Registered IP in which the Company has an ownership interest (whether exclusively, jointly with another Person, or otherwise); (b) the jurisdiction in which such item of Registered IP has been registered or filed and the applicable registration or serial number; and (c) any other Person that has an ownership interest in such item of Registered IP. The Company has provided or made available to Parent complete and accurate copies of all applications, material correspondence with any Governmental Body, and other material documents related to each such item of Registered IP.

(b) No current or former officer, manager, director or employee of the Company or any Company Subsidiary and to the Knowledge of the Company, no stockholder, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, has any ownership interest in, to or under any Company IP that has not been assigned, transferred or exclusively licensed to the Company. Except as set forth in Section 2.12(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no third party has provided a written communication to the Company or any Company Subsidiary challenging the right, title or interest of the Company or any Company Subsidiary in the Company IP, or the validity, enforceability or claim construction of any patent rights included in the Company IP.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 2.12(c)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has granted to any Person any option, license or agreement of any kind with respect to the Company IP. Except as set forth in Section 2.12(c)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has received from any Person any option, license or agreement of any kind with respect to the Company IP, other than licenses or agreements relating to the Company’s or any Company Subsidiary’ use rights regarding “off the shelf” or standard products.

(d) Except as set forth in Section 2.12(d)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is a party to or bound by any agreements that include exclusivity, non-competition, sub-licensing or most-favored-nation

 

22.


obligations or licenses or other arrangements relating to any Intellectual Property Rights (or any tangible embodiment thereof) to be developed in the future by the Company or any Company Subsidiary from any of the Company IP as of the date of this Agreement. To the Knowledge of the Company, the conduct of the Company’s or any Company Subsidiary’ business as it is currently being conducted does not infringe, constitute contributory infringement, inducement to infringe, misappropriation or unlawful use of Intellectual Property Rights of any other person, and, except as set forth in Section 2.12(d)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has received any written notice that it is infringing upon, violating or otherwise misappropriating, or that by conducting its business as proposed it would infringe upon, violate or otherwise misappropriate, the right or claimed right of any person or entity under or with respect to any Intellectual Property Rights or licenses of third parties. To the Company’s Knowledge, no third party is infringing upon, violating or misappropriating any of the Company IP. Each item of Company IP that is Registered IP is and at all times has been in compliance with all legal requirements and all filings, payments, and other actions required to be made or taken to maintain such item of Company IP in full force and effect have been made by the applicable deadline.

(e) Except as disclosed in Section 2.12(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, to its Knowledge, neither the Company nor the Company Subsidiaries is obligated or under any liability to make payments by way of royalties, fees or otherwise to any owner, licensor of, other claimant to, or party to any option, license or agreement of any kind with respect to, any Intellectual Property Rights except for commercially available software which the Company or any Company Subsidiary licenses on standard terms.

(f) Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is subject to any “open source” or “copyleft” obligations with respect to software used or developed by the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

(g) To the Company’s Knowledge, none of the software (including firmware and other software embedded in hardware devices) owned, developed (or currently being developed), used, marketed, distributed, licensed, or sold by the Company or the Company Subsidiaries (including any software that is part of, is distributed with, or is used in the design, development, manufacturing, production, distribution, testing, maintenance, or support of any Company Product, but excluding any third-party software that is generally available on standard commercial terms and is licensed to the Company or the Company Subsidiaries solely for internal use on a non-exclusive basis) (collectively, “Company Software”) contains any bug, defect, or error (including any bug, defect, or error relating to or resulting from the display, manipulation, processing, storage, transmission, or use of date data) that materially and adversely affects the use, functionality, or performance of such Company Software or any product or system containing or used in conjunction with such Company Software. To the Company’s Knowledge, no Company Software contains any “back door,” “drop dead device,” “time bomb,” “Trojan horse,” “virus,” or “worm” (as such terms are commonly understood in the software industry) or any other code designed or intended to have, or capable of performing, any of the following functions: (a) disrupting, disabling, harming, or otherwise impeding in any manner the operation of, or providing unauthorized access to, a computer system or network or other device on which such code is stored or installed; or (b) damaging or destroying any data or file without the user’s consent.

 

23.


(h) No source code for any Company Software has been delivered, licensed, or made available to any escrow agent. Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has any duty or obligation (whether present, contingent, or otherwise) to deliver, license, or make available the source code for the Company Software to any escrow agent or other Person. To the Company’s Knowledge, no event has occurred, and no circumstance or condition exists, that (with or without notice or lapse of time) will, or could reasonably be expected to, result in the delivery, license, or disclosure of the source code for any Company Software to any other Person.

(i) The Company and the Company Subsidiaries have put in place policies and procedures to protect and maintain the confidentiality of the proprietary know how included in the Company IP that, to its Knowledge, are commercially reasonable and customary. Except as set forth in Section 2.12(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has transferred or disclosed any Company IP (or any tangible embodiment thereof) to a third party without having the recipient thereof execute a written non-disclosure agreement.

2.13 Insurance. Section 2.13 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth the insurance the Company maintains with respect to its properties and business. There is no material claim pending under any of the Company’s insurance policies or fidelity bonds as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. The Company is in compliance in all material respects with the terms of such policies and bonds. The Company has no Knowledge of any threatened termination of, or material premium increase with respect to, any of such policies or bonds.

2.14 Material Contracts and Obligations.

(a) Section 2.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists the following Company Contracts in effect as of the date hereof (each of the Company Contracts required to be listed in clauses (i) through (xvii) that follows, a “Company Material Contract”):

(i) each Company Contract relating to the employment of, or the performance of services by, any employee, consultant or independent contractor or involving any loans or advances by the Company to any officer, director or employee which are outstanding as of the date hereof;

(ii) each Company Contract relating to the acquisition, transfer, use, development, sharing or license of any (A) technology, (B) Intellectual Property or (C) Intellectual Property Right other than pursuant to the Company’s standard customer agreements;

(iii) each Company Contract imposing any restriction on the Company’s right or ability (A) to compete with any other Person, (B) to acquire any product or other asset or any services from any other Person, to sell any product or other asset to or perform any services for any other Person or to transact business or deal in any other manner with any other Person, or (C) develop or distribute any technology;

 

24.


(iv) each Company Contract creating or involving any agency relationship, distribution arrangement or franchise relationship;

(v) each Company Contract relating to the creation of any Encumbrance with respect to any material asset of Company;

(vi) each real property lease agreement;

(vii) each Company Contract involving or incorporating any guaranty, any pledge, any performance or completion bond, any indemnity or any surety arrangement;

(viii) each Company Contract resulting in the Company incurring or guarantying any indebtedness for money borrowed or any other liabilities (other than with respect to dividend obligations, distributions, indebtedness and other obligations in the Ordinary Course of Business) individually in excess of $100,000 or, in the case of indebtedness and/or liabilities individually less than $50,000, in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate

(ix) each Company Contract creating or relating to any partnership or joint venture or any sharing of revenues, profits, losses, costs or liabilities;

(x) each Company Contract constituting or relating to a Government Contract;

(xi) each Company Contract that contains “most favored nation” or preferred pricing provisions;

(xii) each Company Contract providing for indemnification by the Company with respect to infringements of proprietary rights other than pursuant to the Company’s standard customer agreement;

(xiii) each Contract between the Company and any officer, director or 10%-or-greater stockholder or any affiliate thereof other than agreements entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(xiv) any sales representative, original equipment manufacturer, manufacturing, value added, remarketer, reseller, or independent software vendor, or other agreement for distribution of the Company Products;

(xv) each Company Contract that has a term of more than 60 days and that may not be terminated by the Company (without penalty) within 60 days after the delivery of a termination notice by the Company;

(xvi) each other Company Contract that was entered into outside the Ordinary Course of Business or was inconsistent with the Company’s past practices; and

 

25.


(xvii) each Company Contract that contemplates or involves (A) the payment or delivery of cash or other consideration in an amount or having a value in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate, or (B) the performance of services having a value in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate.

(b) The Company has delivered or made available to Parent accurate and complete copies of all written Company Material Contracts, including all amendments thereto. Section 2.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule provides an accurate description of the terms of each Company Material Contract that is not in written form. Each Company Material Contract is valid and in full force and effect, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, is enforceable by the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors, and (ii) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 2.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule:

(i) the Company has not violated or breached, or committed any default under, any Company Material Contract, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no other Person has violated or breached, or committed any default under, any Company Material Contract;

(ii) to the Knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred and is continuing, and no circumstance or condition currently exists, that (with or without notice or lapse of time) will, or would reasonably be expected to, (A) result in a material violation or material breach of any of the provisions of any Company Material Contract, (B) give any Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under any Company Material Contract, (C) give any Person the right to accelerate the maturity or performance of any Company Material Contract, or (D) give any Person the right to cancel, terminate or modify any Company Material Contract;

(iii) the Company has not received any notice or other communication regarding any actual or possible violation or breach of, or default under, any Company Material Contract; and

(iv) the Company has not waived any of its material rights under any Company Material Contract.

2.15 Employees .

(a) Section 2.15 of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists, as of the date of this Agreement, (i) the names of all individuals classified as current employees (including part-time employees and temporary employees), current leased employees, current independent contractors and current consultants of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, and (ii) their current respective salaries or wages, other compensation, dates of employment, positions and all written agreements between the Company and such individuals or entities.

(b) To the Knowledge of the Company, none of its employees are obligated under any contract (including licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature) or other

 

26.


agreement, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would interfere with their duties to the Company or that would conflict with the Company’s business as presently proposed to be conducted.

(c) Each current and former employee, officer and consultant of the Company has executed and delivered a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , and all of such agreements are in full force and effect. To the Company’s Knowledge, no such employee, officer or consultant of the Company is in violation of such Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. No former or current employee, officer or consultant of the Company has excluded works or inventions made prior to his or her employment with the Company from his or her assignment of inventions pursuant to such employee, officer or consultant’s proprietary information and inventions agreement. The Company is not a party to or bound by any currently effective written employment contract with any of its employees, other than those that are terminable at will. No employee of the Company has been granted the right to any material compensation following termination of employment with the Company.

(d) To the Knowledge of the Company: (i) no officer or other employee intends to, or has communicated any intention to, terminate his or her employment with the Company; and (ii) no employee of the Company is a party to or is bound by any confidentiality agreement, noncompetition agreement or other Contract (with any Person) that may have a material effect on the business or operations of any of the Company.

(e) The Company is not engaged, and the Company has never been engaged, in any unfair labor practice of any nature. As of the date of this Agreement, the Company is not a party to, or has a duty to bargain for, any collective bargaining agreement, collective labor agreement or other Contract with a labor organization, works council, trade union or other organization or body representing any of its employees or involving any of its employees, and there are no labor organizations, works councils, trade union or other organization or body representing, purporting to represent or, to the Knowledge of the Company, seeking to represent any employees of any of the Company. There has not been any strike, slowdown, work stoppage, lockout, job action, picketing, labor dispute, question concerning representation, union organizing activity, or any threat thereof, or any similar activity or dispute, affecting the Company or any of its employees. There has been no dispute between the Company and any group of its employees and there has been no effort on the part of any labor union to organize any employees of the Company. There is not now pending, no event has occurred and no circumstance or condition exists, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no Person has threatened to commence, any such strike, slowdown, work stoppage, lockout, job action, picketing, labor dispute, question regarding representation or union organizing activity or any similar activity or dispute. There is no claim or grievance pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened relating to any employment Contract, wages and hours, plant closing notification, employment statute or regulation, privacy right, labor dispute, workers’ compensation policy or long-term disability policy, safety, retaliation, immigration or discrimination matters involving any Company Associate, including charges of unfair labor practices or harassment complaints.

 

27.


(f) The Company has in good faith classified each of its employees and independent contractors for Tax and other employment-related purposes.

2.16 ERISA and Employee Benefits .

(a) Section 2.16(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains an accurate and complete list as of the date hereof of each Company Employee Plan and each Company Employee Agreement. The Company does not intend nor have they committed to establish or enter into any new Company Employee Plan or Company Employee Agreement, or to modify any Company Employee Plan or Company Employee Agreement (except to conform any such Company Employee Plan or Company Employee Agreement to the requirements of any applicable Legal Requirements, in each case as previously disclosed to Parent in writing or as required by this Agreement).

(b) The Company has performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under each Company Employee Plan. Each Company Employee Plan has been established and maintained in all material respects in accordance with its terms and in accordance with any and all applicable Legal Requirements. There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, anticipated material claims against or otherwise involving any of the Company Employee Plans and no suit, action or other litigation (excluding claims for benefits incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business of Company Employee Plans activities) has been brought against or with respect to any Company Employee Plan, and no set of circumstances exists which may reasonably give rise to a claim or lawsuit, against the Company Employee Plans, any fiduciaries thereof with respect to their duties to the Company Employee Plans or the assets of any of the trusts under any of the Company Employee Plans that could reasonably be expected to result in any material Liability of the Company to the Department of Treasury, the DOL, any Company Employee Plan, any participant in a Company Employee Plan, or any other party. All material contributions, reserves or premium payments, required to be made as of the date hereof to the Company Employee Plan have been made or accrued for in the Ordinary Course of Business and consistent with the Company’s past practices. Any Company Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has obtained a favorable determination letter (or opinion letter, if applicable) as to its qualified status under the Code, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred and no circumstance or condition exists that could reasonably be expected to result in the disqualification of any such Company Employee Plan. Each Company Employee Plan can be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued after the Closing in accordance with its terms, without Liability to Parent, the Company or any Company Affiliate (other than any Liability for ordinary administration expenses). There are no audits or inquiries pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened by the IRS, the DOL or any other Governmental Body with respect to any Company Employee Plan.

(c) No Company Employee Plan promises or provides retiree medical or other retiree welfare benefits to any Person other than as required under Section 4980B of the Code and Sections 601-608 of ERISA. No Company Employee Plan is subject to, and the Company has not incurred nor expects to incur any direct or indirect Liability under, Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code.

 

28.


2.17 Books and Records. The minute books of the Company made available to the legal counsel for Parent contain complete and accurate records of all meetings and other corporate actions of its stockholders and its Board of Directors and committees thereof. The stock ledger of the Company is complete and reflects all issuances, transfers, repurchases and cancellations of shares of capital stock of the Company.

2.18 Permits . The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses, and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted by it, the lack of which would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company, and believes it can obtain, without undue burden or expense, any similar authority for the conduct of its business as presently planned to be conducted. The Company is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other similar authority.

2.19 Environmental and Safety Laws . To its Knowledge, the Company has not been and is not in violation of any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and to its Knowledge, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing statute, law or regulation.

2.20 Obligations to Related Parties . There are no obligations of the Company to any officer, director or stockholder holding 1% or more of the Company’s outstanding capital stock (collectively, the “Company Related Parties”) other than (a) obligations under existing employment arrangements with the Company, (b) reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of the Company, (c) for other standard employee benefits made generally available to all employees (including stock option agreements outstanding under any stock option plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Company) and (d) obligations under existing Contracts set forth in Section 2.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule. None of the officers, directors or stockholders of the Company, or any members of their immediate families, are indebted to the Company. None of the officers, directors or, to the Company’s Knowledge, key employees or stockholders of the Company or any members of their immediate families, are indebted to the Company or have any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which the Company is affiliated or with which the Company has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation which competes with the Company, other than passive investments in publicly traded companies (representing less than 1% of such company) which may compete with the Company. No Company Related Party, and to the Company’s Knowledge, other stockholder of the Company, or any member of their immediate families, is, directly or indirectly, interested in any material Contract with the Company (other than such Contracts as relate to any such person’s ownership of capital stock or other securities of the Company).

2.21 Customers and Suppliers . Section 2.21 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of the top 20 customers of the Company, based upon revenue generated in fiscal year 2006. No material current customer and no material current supplier of the Company has canceled or otherwise terminated, or made any written threat to the Company to cancel or otherwise terminate, its relationship with the Company or has at any time on or after the date of the Company Balance Sheet, decreased materially its services or supplies to the Company in the case of any such supplier, or its usage of the services or products of the Company in the case of such customer. No such material supplier or customer has indicated in a

 

29.


writing delivered to the Company, or to the Company’s Knowledge, orally to the Company, that such supplier or customer intends to cancel or otherwise terminate its relationship with the Company or to decrease materially its delivery of services or supplies to the Company or its usage of the services or products of the Company. The Company has not engaged in any fraudulent conduct with respect to any customer or supplier of the Company.

2.22 Product Liability and Recalls. There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened recall or investigation of any Company Product.

2.23 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Neither the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, the Company Subsidiaries or any other Persons acting on their behalf has, in connection with the operation of their respective businesses, (i) used any corporate or other funds for unlawful contributions, payments, gifts or entertainment, or made any unlawful expenditures relating to political activity to government officials, candidates or members of political parties or organizations, or established or maintained any unlawful or unrecorded funds in violation of Section 104 of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any other similar applicable foreign, federal or state law, (ii) paid, accepted or received any unlawful contributions, payments, expenditures or gifts, or (iii) violated or operated in noncompliance in any material respect with any export restrictions, anti-boycott regulations, embargo regulations or other applicable domestic or foreign laws and regulations, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

2.24 Brokers’ and Finders’ Fee . No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or investment bankers’ fees or any similar charges from the Company in connection with the Merger, this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.

2.25 Permit Application, Information Statement . The information supplied by the Company for inclusion in, the Permit Application and the Company Information Statement, will not, on the date the Fairness Hearing is held, on the date the Company Information Statement is first mailed to the Company Stockholders, or at the Effective Time, contain any statement that at such time and in light of the circumstances under which it shall be made, is false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or shall omit to state any material fact necessary, in order to make the statements made therein not false or misleading, or omit to state any material fact necessary to correct any statement in any earlier communication with respect to the Permit Application or the consent solicitation that has become false or misleading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any information supplied by Parent that is contained in any of the foregoing documents.

SECTION 3. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF P ARENT AND M ERGER S UB

Except as set forth in the Parent Disclosure Schedule, which exceptions shall be deemed to be representations and warranties as if made hereunder, Parent and Merger Sub hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows (it being understood that each representation and warranty contained in this Section 3 is subject to: (a) the exceptions and disclosures set forth in the part or subpart of the Parent Disclosure Schedule corresponding to the particular Section or subsection in this Section 3 in which such representation and warranty appears; (b) any

 

30.


exceptions or disclosures explicitly cross-referenced in such part or subpart of the Parent Disclosure Schedule by reference to another part or subpart of the Parent Disclosure Schedule; and (c) any exception or disclosure set forth in any other part or subpart of the Parent Disclosure Schedule to the extent it is reasonably apparent that such exception or disclosure is intended to qualify such representation and warranty):

3.1 Organization and Standing . Each of Parent and Merger Sub is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is in good standing under such laws. Parent has the requisite corporate power to own and operate its properties and assets, and to carry on its business as presently conducted and, to Parent’s Knowledge, as presently proposed to be conducted. Parent is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties (both owned and leased) makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on Parent or its business. Each of Parent and Merger Sub has delivered, or made available for review, to the Company or its advisors true and correct copies of its Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws (collectively, the “Parent Charter Documents”) as in effect as of the date of this Agreement.

3.2 Capitalization.

(a) As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of Parent consists of (a) 160,000,000 shares of Parent Common Stock, of which 24,974,082 shares are issued and outstanding, (b) 101,748,663 shares of Parent Preferred Stock, of which (i) 16,508,543 shares are designated as Parent Series A Preferred Stock, of which 16,343,543 shares are issued and outstanding, (ii) 49,744,320 shares are designated as Parent Series B Preferred Stock, of which 48,936,892 shares are issued and outstanding, and (iii) 35,495,800 shares are designated as Parent Series C Preferred Stock, of which 34,925,784 shares are issued and outstanding. Each share of Parent Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into 1.21 shares of Parent Common Stock and each share of Parent Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of Parent Common Stock.

(b) All of the outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock and Parent Preferred Stock (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and are nonassessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws; (ii) are free of any Encumbrances created by the Parent, and, to the Knowledge of the Parent, free of any Encumbrances created by or imposed upon the holders thereof, other than restrictions on transfer imposed by federal or state securities laws, and (iii) were not issued in violation of any preemptive rights or rights of first refusal created by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Parent or any agreement to which the Parent is a party or by which it is bound.

(c) As of the date hereof, Parent has reserved 28,900,000 shares of Parent Common Stock for issuance to employees, directors and officers of, and consultants to, Parent under its Parent Option Plan, of which (i) 16,973,333, shares have been issued pursuant to the exercise of outstanding options and are included in Section 3.2(a) above; (ii) 4,991,292 shares are subject to options that are currently outstanding; and (iii) 6,935,375 shares remain available for future issuance. There are outstanding warrants to purchase 165,000 shares of the Parent

 

31.


Series A Preferred Stock and outstanding warrants to purchase 578,657 shares of the Parent Series B Preferred Stock (all of such warrants for Parent Preferred Stock being referred to herein as “Parent Warrants”). All Parent Options and, to the extent issued, Parent Warrants were issued in compliance with all applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws. Except as set forth in this Section 3.2, Parent has no obligation (contingent or otherwise) to (i) issue any subscription, warrant, option, convertible security or other such right (including preemptive rights and rights of first refusal) or to issue or distribute to holders of any shares of its capital stock any evidences of indebtedness of Parent or (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or to pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect thereof.

(d) No stock plan, stock purchase, stock option or other agreement or understanding between Parent and any holder of any equity securities or rights to purchase equity securities provides for acceleration or other changes in the vesting provisions or other terms of such agreement or understanding as the result of (i) termination of employment (whether actual or constructive); (ii) any merger, consolidated sale of stock or assets, change in control or any other transaction(s) by Parent; or (iii) the occurrence of any other event or combination of events.

(e) Section 3.2(e) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule contains, with respect to each Parent Option that is outstanding as of the date of this Agreement and each other right to acquire the Parent’s capital stock (including any anti-dilution or similar rights) (each, a “Parent Capital Stock Right”): (i) the name of the holder of such Parent Capital Stock Right; (ii) the total number of shares of Parent Capital Stock that are subject to such Parent Capital Stock Right and the number of shares of Parent Capital Stock with respect to which such Parent Capital Stock Right is immediately exercisable; (iii) the date on which such Parent Capital Stock Right was granted and the term of such Parent Capital Stock Right; (iv) the vesting schedule for such Parent Capital Stock Right; (v) the total number of vested shares for such Parent Capital Stock Right (and any acceleration thereof as a result of the Merger); (vi) the exercise price per share of Parent Capital Stock purchasable under such Parent Capital Stock Right; (vii) any plan or other arrangement or agreement under which Parent Options or Parent Capital Stock Right was granted; and (viii) whether such Parent Option has been designated an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

(f) Parent has never repurchased, redeemed or otherwise reacquired any shares of capital stock or other securities of Parent.

3.3 Corporate Power; Authorization . Each of Parent and Merger Sub has all requisite corporate power to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the Merger.

(a) Parent has the right, power and authority to enter into and to perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the execution, delivery and performance by Parent of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Parent and its board of directors.

(b) The affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Parent Capital Stock and a majority of the outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock, are the only votes of the holders of any Parent Capital Stock necessary under applicable law and the Parent Charter Documents to approve this Agreement (the “Parent

 

32.


Required Stockholder Vote”). Under applicable law and the Parent Charter Documents, the only vote of any Parent Capital Stock necessary to approve the Parent Charter Amendment is the affirmative vote or consent of (the “Parent Required Charter Vote”) the holders of (i) a majority of the outstanding shares of Parent Capital Stock, (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock, (iii) 75% of the outstanding shares of Parent Preferred Stock, (iv) a majority of the outstanding shares of Parent Series A Preferred Stock, (v) 66-2/3% of the outstanding shares of Parent Series B Preferred Stock, and (vi) a majority of the outstanding shares of Parent Series C Preferred Stock.

(c) Each of the Board of Directors of Parent and Merger Sub has (a) adopted this Agreement and approved its execution and delivery and the consummation of the Merger; and (b) determined that the Merger is advisable to and in the best interests of their respective stockholders and is on terms that are fair to such stockholders.

(d) This Agreement, when executed and delivered by Parent and Merger Sub, will constitute a valid and binding obligation of Parent and Merger Sub enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) laws of general application relating to specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, and (ii) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

3.4 Subsidiaries . Except for Merger Sub and Entropic Communications (Hong Kong) Limited (the “Parent Subsidiary”), Parent’s wholly-owned subsidiaries as of the date hereof, Parent does not presently own or control, directly or indirectly, any equity interest in any other corporation, partnership, trust, joint venture, association or other entity. Parent is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement. Merger Sub was formed solely for the purpose of engaging in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, has engaged in no other business activities and has conducted its operations only as contemplated by this Agreement.

3.5 Governmental Authorizations . Parent has obtained each material federal, state, county, local or foreign governmental consent, license, permit, grant or other authorization of a Governmental Body that is required, as of the date hereof, for the operation by Parent of its business as currently being conducted, and all of such consents, licenses, permits, grants and authorizations are in full force and effect.

3.6 Compliance with Laws; No Conflicts.

(a) Parent is not in violation or default of (i) any provisions of the Parent Charter Documents, as amended to date, (ii) to its Knowledge, any applicable laws, regulations, judgments, decrees or orders of the United States of America and all states, foreign countries or other governmental bodies and agencies having jurisdiction over Parent’s business or properties, other than violations of laws, regulations, judgments, decrees or orders that would not individually or in the aggregate result in Material Adverse Effect on Parent.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 3.6(b) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule, neither (1) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any of the other

 

33.


agreements referred to in this Agreement, nor (2) the consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, will directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time):

(i) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of (i) any of the provisions of the Parent Charter Documents, or (ii) any resolution adopted by Parent’s stockholders, Parent’s board of directors or any committee of Parent’s board of directors;

(ii) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of, or give any Governmental Body or other Person the right to challenge any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under, any Legal Requirement or any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree to which Parent, or any of the assets owned or used by Parent, is subject;

(iii) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of any of the terms or requirements of, or give any Governmental Body the right to revoke, withdraw, suspend, cancel, terminate or modify, any Governmental Authorization that is held by Parent or that otherwise relates to Parent’s business or to any of the assets owned or used by Parent;

(iv) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or result in a default under, any provision of any Parent Material Contract, or give any Person the right to (i) declare a default or exercise any remedy under any such Parent Material Contract, (ii) accelerate the maturity or performance of any such Parent Material Contract, or (iii) cancel, terminate or modify any such Parent Material Contract; or

(v) result in the imposition or creation of any Encumbrance upon or with respect to any asset owned or used by Parent (except for minor liens that will not, in any case or in the aggregate, materially detract from the value of the assets subject thereto or materially impair the operations of Parent).

(c) Except as set forth in Section 3.6(c) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule, Parent is not and will not be required to make any filing with or give any notice to, or to obtain any Consent from, any Person in connection with (x) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any of the other agreements referred to in this Agreement, or (y) the consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.7 Litigation . There is no Legal Proceeding pending, or, to the Knowledge of Parent and Merger Sub, threatened against Parent or Merger Sub. Neither Parent nor Merger Sub is a party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by Parent or Merger Sub currently pending or which Parent or Merger Sub intends to initiate. No Legal Proceeding has ever been commenced by or has ever been pending against Parent. There is no order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree to which Parent, or any of the assets owned or used by Parent, is subject.

 

34.


3.8 Financial Statements .

(a) Parent’s audited consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations and cash flows as of and for the periods ended December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005, unaudited balance sheet and statements of operations and cash flows as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the unaudited balance sheet for the period ended February 28, 2007 (the “Parent Balance Sheet”) and statements of operations and cash flows as of and for the period ended February 28, 2007 made available to the Company (the “Parent Financial Statements”) (i) are substantially in accordance with the books and records of Parent and (ii) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the relevant period, except that the unaudited Parent Financial Statements do not contain the footnotes required by GAAP. The Parent Financial Statements fairly present the financial condition and operating results of Parent (including the Parent Subsidiary) as of the dates, and for the periods indicated therein, subject, in the case of the unaudited Parent Financial Statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments. Except as set forth in the Parent Financial Statements, Parent (including the Parent Subsidiary) has no liabilities, contingent or otherwise, other than (i) liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business subsequent to the Parent Financial Statements and (ii) obligations under contracts and commitments incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business and not required under GAAP to be reflected in the Parent Financial Statements, which, in the case of (i) and (ii), individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the financial condition or operating results of Parent (including the Parent Subsidiary). To the extent a liability or obligation is not disclosed in Section 3.8(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule but would otherwise be required to be disclosed in the Parent Disclosure Schedule pursuant to the requirements of a representation or warranty included in this Section 3 other than this Section 3.8, the failure to disclose such liability or obligation will not be deemed to violate this Section 3.8 as long as the nature and scope of such liability or obligation are disclosed elsewhere in the Parent Disclosure Schedule.

(b) Section 3.8(b) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule provides an accurate and complete breakdown and aging of all accounts receivable, notes receivable and other receivables of Parent as of March 31, 2007.

3.9 Absence of Certain Changes . Since February 28, 2007 until the date hereof, there has not been:

(a) any material change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of Parent (including the Parent Subsidiary) from the Parent Financial Statements, except changes in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(b) any damage, destruction, or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, materially and adversely affecting the assets, financial condition, properties, operating results or business of Parent (including the Parent Subsidiary);

(c) any change or amendment to (i) the Parent Charter Documents or (ii) a material contract or arrangement by which Parent (including the Parent Subsidiary) or any of its assets or properties is bound or subject;

(d) any sale, assignment or transfer of all or substantially all of Parent’s (including the Parent Subsidiary’s) rights in any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intangible assets or other material assets, except a sale, assignment or transfer made in the Ordinary Course of Business that is not material to the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results or business of Parent (including the Parent Subsidiary);

 

35.


(e) any satisfaction or discharge of any Encumbrance, except a satisfaction or discharge of an Encumbrance made in the Ordinary Course of Business that it is not material to the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results or business of Parent (including the Parent Subsidiary);

(f) any resignation or termination of any officer, key employee or group of employees of Parent; and Parent, to its Knowledge, does not know of the impending resignation or termination of employment of any such officer, key employee or group of employees;

(g) any waiver by Parent (including the Parent Subsidiary) of a material debt owed to it;

(h) any capital expenditure which, when added to all other capital expenditures made on behalf of Parent (including the Parent Subsidiary) since February 28, 2007, exceeds $50,000;

(i) any loans or advances by Parent (including the Parent Subsidiary) to or any investments by Parent (including the Parent Subsidiary) in, any Person (other than pursuant to routine advances made to employees in the Ordinary Course of Business), or incurrence or guarantee of any indebtedness by Parent (including the Parent Subsidiary) for borrowed money;

(j) any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any officer, director or stockholder of Parent (including the Parent Subsidiary);

(k) any declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution of the assets of Parent (including the Parent Subsidiary);

(l) any event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent (including the Parent Subsidiary);

(m) any pledge of any of Parent’s (including the Parent Subsidiary’s) assets or otherwise permitted any of its assets to become subject to any Encumbrance, except for pledges of immaterial assets made in the Ordinary Course of Business and consistent with Parent’s past practices;

(n) any change in Parent’s methods of accounting or accounting practices in any respect;

(o) any material Tax election outside the Ordinary Course of Business or inconsistent with Parent’s past practices;

(p) any commencement or settlement of any Legal Proceeding involving Parent or the Parent Subsidiary;

 

36.


(q) entry into any material transaction or taking of any other material action outside the Ordinary Course of Business or inconsistent with Parent’s past practices;

(r) receipt of any notice that there has been or will be a loss of, or material order cancellation by, any major customer of Parent (including Parent Subsidiary); or

(s) any agreement or commitment by Parent (including Parent Subsidiary) to do any of the acts described in subsections (a) through (q) above.

3.10 Taxes .

(a) Each of Parent, Parent Subsidiary and Merger Sub has timely filed or has obtained presently effective extensions with respect to all federal, state, county, local and foreign Tax Returns which are required to be filed by it. All such filed returns are true and correct in all material respects and all Taxes shown thereon to be due have been timely paid with exceptions not material to Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub.

(b) Each of Parent, Parent Subsidiary and Merger Sub has (i) properly and timely withheld all Taxes required to be withheld, and (ii) properly remitted to the proper taxing authority all Taxes required to be remitted for which the remittance deadline has passed, with respect to amounts paid or owed to any employee, independent contractor, stockholder or other third party.

(c) No claim or Legal Proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub, has been threatened against or with respect to Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub in respect of any material Tax. There are no unsatisfied liabilities for material Taxes with respect to any notice of deficiency or similar document received by Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub with respect to any material Tax. There are no liens or other Encumbrances for material Taxes upon any of the assets of Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub except liens for current Taxes not yet due and payable. None of Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub has been or will be, required to include any adjustment in taxable income for any Tax period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 481 or 263A of the Code (or any comparable provision of state or foreign Tax laws) as a result of transactions or events occurring, or accounting methods employed, prior to the Closing.

(d) No claim has ever been delivered by any Governmental Body to Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub in a jurisdiction where Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub does not file a Tax Return that it is subject to taxation by that jurisdiction which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in an obligation to pay material Taxes.

(e) None of Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub has waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency.

(f) None of Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub is a party to any Tax-sharing agreement or similar arrangement with any other party, and none of Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub has assumed any obligation to pay any Tax obligations of, or with respect to any transaction relating to, any other person or agreed to indemnify any other person with respect to any Tax.

 

37.


(g) As of the date of this Agreement, none of Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub has ever been audited by a government or taxing authority, nor is any such audit in process or pending, and none of Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub has been notified in writing of any request for such an audit or other examination.

(h) None of Parent, Parent Subsidiary, or Merger Sub has been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code.

(i) None of Parent, Parent Subsidiary, or Merger Sub has constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” in a distribution of stock qualifying for Tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (i) in the two years prior to the date of this Agreement.

(j) Each of Parent, Parent Subsidiary, and Merger Sub has delivered to the Company accurate and complete copies of all income Tax Returns of Parent, Parent Subsidiary and Merger Sub for all Tax years that remain open or are otherwise subject to audit, and all other material Tax Returns of Parent, Parent Subsidiary and Merger Sub filed since 2005.

(k) The unpaid Taxes of Parent (A) did not, as of the date of Parent Balance Sheet, exceed the reserve for Tax Liability (other than any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth on the face of Parent Balance Sheet (rather than the notes thereto), and (B) will not exceed that reserve as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of Parent in filing its Tax Returns. Since the date of Parent Balance Sheet, Parent has not incurred any liability for Taxes arising from extraordinary gains or losses, determined in accordance with GAAP, outside the Ordinary Course of Business.

(l) Each of Parent, Parent Subsidiary and Merger Sub has disclosed on its income Tax Returns all positions that could give rise to a material understatement penalty within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code or any similar Legal Requirement.

(m) None of Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub has agreed to make, or is required to make, any adjustment under Section 481 of the Code or corresponding provision of state, local or foreign law by reason of any change in accounting method.

(n) There is no agreement, plan, arrangement or other Contract covering any director or officer or other employee of Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub, and no payments have been made or will be made to any director or officer or other employee of Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub, that, considered individually or considered collectively with any other such Contracts or payments, will, or could reasonably be expected to, be characterized as a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code.

(o) None of Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub has granted or is a party to any Contract that grants any compensation, equity award, or bonus, that fails to comply in good faith with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

38.


(p) None of the Tax attributes (including net operating loss carryforwards and general business Tax credits) of Parent, Parent Subsidiary or Merger Sub is limited by Section 382, 383 or 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar Legal Requirement) for any period ending on or prior to the Closing Date.

(q) Prior to and as of the time of the Merger, Parent will be in control of Merger Sub within the meaning of Section 368(c) of the Code. Parent has no plan or intention to cause the Company to issue additional stock or securities that would result in Parent losing such control of the Company after the Merger.

(r) There is no plan, intention, agreement or understanding on the part of Parent to redeem or purchase from the stockholders of the Company or to cause or permit any corporation related to Parent (as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations § 1.368-1(e)(3)) (a “Related Corporation”) to redeem or purchase from the stockholders of the Company (or be treated as having done so pursuant to Treasury Regulations § 1.368-1(e)(4) or (5)), a number of shares of stock of Parent received in the Merger that would reduce the ownership of the stockholders of the Company of stock of Parent to a number of shares having a value, as of the Effective Time, of less than 50 percent of the value of all of the formerly outstanding stock of the Company as of the Effective Time. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, shares of stock of the Company exchanged for cash or other property, surrendered by dissenters or exchanged for cash in lieu of fractional shares of stock of Parent in the Merger, as well as shares of stock of the Company and shares of stock of Parent held by the stockholders of the Company and otherwise purchased by Parent, the Company or a Related Corporation prior or subsequent to the Merger will be treated as outstanding stock of the Company as of the Effective Time.

(s) Parent has no plan or intention to liquidate the Company; to merge the Company with or into another corporation; to sell or otherwise dispose of any of the stock of the Company except for transfers of stock to corporations controlled by Parent within the meaning of Section 368(c) of the Code; or to cause the Company to sell or otherwise dispose of any of its assets or of any of the assets acquired from Merger Sub in the Merger, except for (i) dispositions made in the ordinary course of business and (ii) transfers of assets to a corporation controlled by the Company within the meaning of Section 368(c) of the Code or successive transfers to one or more corporations controlled in each transfer by the transferor corporation as permitted in Treasury Regulations § 1.368-2(i)(2). Following the Merger, Parent will cause the Company (or a corporation to which a transfer has been made that is permitted under clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence) to continue the Company’s historic business or use a significant portion of the Company’s historic business assets in a business.

(t) There is no intercorporate indebtedness existing between Parent and the Company or between Merger Sub and the Company, that was issued, acquired, settled, or that will be settled at a discount.

(u) Neither Parent nor Merger Sub is an “investment company” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(2)(F)(iii) of the Code or under the jurisdiction of a court in a title 11 or similar case as defined in Section 368(a)(3)(A) of the Code.

 

39.


(v) Any payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares of stock of Parent is solely for the purpose of avoiding the expense and inconvenience to Parent of issuing fractional shares and does not represent separately bargained-for consideration. Other than holders of Company Dissenting Shares, no stockholder of the Company will receive cash in an amount equal to or greater than the value of one full share of stock of Parent.

(w) The stock of Parent issued to the stockholders of the Company in the Merger will appear as issued and outstanding on the balance sheets of Parent prepared for financial reporting purposes and will be legally outstanding under applicable state law. There are not outstanding any “poison pill” or similar rights with respect to stock of Parent (or, if any such “poison pill” or similar rights are so outstanding, as of the Effective Time such rights will not be treated as property other than voting stock of Parent within the meaning of Section 368(a)(2)(E) of the Code).

3.11 Property and Assets . Parent has good title to all of its material properties, assets and leasehold estates, in each case subject to no mortgage, pledge, security interest, lease, charge or Encumbrance, other than liens resulting from Taxes which have not yet become delinquent and Encumbrances which have arisen in the Ordinary Course of Business and do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially impair the operations of Parent. All material items of equipment and other tangible assets owned by or leased to Parent are adequate for the uses to which they are being put, are in good condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and are adequate for the conduct of Parent’s business in the manner in which such business is currently being conducted.

3.12 Intellectual Property.

(a) Parent owns, or possesses sufficient legal rights to all Parent IP necessary for its business as now conducted. Section 3.12(a) of Parent Disclosure Schedule accurately identifies: (a) each item of Registered IP in which Parent has an ownership interest (whether exclusively, jointly with another Person, or otherwise); (b) the jurisdiction in which such item of Registered IP has been registered or filed and the applicable registration or serial number; and (c) any other Person that has an ownership interest in such item of Registered IP. Parent has provided or made available to the Company complete and accurate copies of all applications, material correspondence with any Governmental Body, and other material documents related to each such item of Registered IP.

(b) No current or former officer, manager, director or employee of Parent or the Parent Subsidiary, and to the Knowledge of Parent, no stockholder, consultant or independent contractor of Parent or the Parent Subsidiary, has any ownership interest in, to or under any Parent IP that has not been assigned, transferred or exclusively licensed to Parent. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.12(b) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule, no third party has provided a written communication to Parent or the Parent Subsidiary challenging the right, title or interest of Parent or the Parent Subsidiary in the Parent IP, or the validity, enforceability or claim construction of any patent rights included in the Parent IP.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 3.12(c)(i) of Parent Disclosure Schedule, neither Parent nor the Parent Subsidiary has granted to any Person any option, license or

 

40.


agreement of any kind with respect to Parent IP. Except as set forth in Section 3.12(c)(ii) of Parent Disclosure Schedule, neither Parent nor the Parent Subsidiary has received from any Person any option, license or agreement of any kind with respect to Parent IP, other than licenses or agreements relating to Parent’s or the Parent Subsidiary’s use rights regarding “off the shelf” or standard products.

(d) Except as set forth in Section 3.12(d)(i) of Parent Disclosure Schedule, neither Parent nor the Parent Subsidiary is a party to or bound by any agreements that include exclusivity, non-competition, sub-licensing or most-favored-nation obligations or licenses or other arrangements relating to any Intellectual Property Rights (or any tangible embodiment thereof) to be developed in the future by the Parent or the Parent Subsidiary from any of the Parent IP as of the date of this Agreement. To the Knowledge of Parent, the conduct of Parent’s or the Parent Subsidiary’s business as it is currently being conducted does not infringe, constitute contributory infringement, inducement to infringe, misappropriation or unlawful use of Intellectual Property Rights of any other person, and, except as set forth in Section 3.12(d)(ii) of Parent Disclosure Schedule, neither Parent nor the Parent Subsidiary has received any written notice that it is infringing upon, violating or otherwise misappropriating, or that by conducting its business as proposed it would infringe upon, violate or otherwise misappropriate, the right or claimed right of any person or entity under or with respect to any Intellectual Property Rights or licenses of third parties. To Parent’s Knowledge, no third party is infringing upon, violating or misappropriating any of Parent IP. Each item of Parent IP that is Registered IP is and at all times has been in compliance with all legal requirements and all filings, payments, and other actions required to be made or taken to maintain such item of Parent IP in full force and effect have been made by the applicable deadline.

(e) Except as disclosed in Section 3.12(e) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule, to its Knowledge, neither Parent nor the Parent Subsidiary is obligated or under any liability to make payments by way of royalties, fees or otherwise to any owner, licensor of, other claimant to, or party to any option, license or agreement of any kind with respect to, any Intellectual Property Rights except for commercially available software which Parent or the Parent Subsidiary licenses on standard terms.

(f) Neither Parent nor the Parent Subsidiary is subject to any “open source” or “copyleft” obligations with respect to software used or developed by Parent or the Parent Subsidiary.

(g) To Parent’s Knowledge, none of the software (including firmware and other software embedded in hardware devices) owned, developed (or currently being developed), used, marketed, distributed, licensed, or sold by Parent or the Parent Subsidiary (including any software that is part of, is distributed with, or is used in the design, development, manufacturing, production, distribution, testing, maintenance, or support of any Parent Product, but excluding any third-party software that is generally available on standard commercial terms and is licensed to Parent or the Parent Subsidiary solely for internal use on a non-exclusive basis) (collectively, “Parent Software”) contains any bug, defect, or error (including any bug, defect, or error relating to or resulting from the display, manipulation, processing, storage, transmission, or use of date data) that materially and adversely affects the use, functionality, or performance of such Parent Software or any product or system containing or used in conjunction with such Parent Software.

 

41.


To Parent’s Knowledge, no Parent Software contains any “back door,” “drop dead device,” “time bomb,” “Trojan horse,” “virus,” or “worm” (as such terms are commonly understood in the software industry) or any other code designed or intended to have, or capable of performing, any of the following functions: (a) disrupting, disabling, harming, or otherwise impeding in any manner the operation of, or providing unauthorized access to, a computer system or network or other device on which such code is stored or installed; or (b) damaging or destroying any data or file without the user’s consent.

(h) No source code for any Parent Software has been delivered, licensed, or made available to any escrow agent. Neither Parent nor the Parent Subsidiary has any duty or obligation (whether present, contingent, or otherwise) to deliver, license, or make available the source code for any Parent Software to any escrow agent or other Person. To Parent’s Knowledge, no event has occurred, and no circumstance or condition exists, that (with or without notice or lapse of time) will, or could reasonably be expected to, result in the delivery, license, or disclosure of the source code for any Parent Software to any other Person.

(i) Parent and the Parent Subsidiary have put in place policies and procedures to protect and maintain the confidentiality of the proprietary know how included in the Parent IP that are, to its Knowledge, commercially reasonable and customary. Except as set forth in Section 3.12(i) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of Parent, neither Parent nor the Parent Subsidiary have transferred or disclosed any Parent IP (or any tangible embodiment thereof) to a third party without having the recipient thereof execute a written non-disclosure agreement.

3.13 Insurance. Section 3.13 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule sets forth the insurance Parent maintains with respect to its properties and business. There is no material claim pending under any of Parent’s insurance policies or fidelity bonds as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. Parent is in compliance in all material respects with the terms of such policies and bonds. Parent has no Knowledge of any threatened termination of, or material premium increase with respect to, any of such policies or bonds.

3.14 Material Contracts and Obligations.

(a) Section 3.14 of Parent Disclosure Schedule lists the following Parent Contracts in effect as of the date hereof (each of Parent Contracts required to be listed in clauses (i) through (xvii) that follows, a “Parent Material Contract”):

(i) each Parent Contract relating to the employment of, or the performance of services by, any employee, consultant or independent contractor or involving any loans or advances by Parent to any officer, director or employee which are outstanding as of the date hereof;

(ii) each Parent Contract relating to the acquisition, transfer, use, development, sharing or license of any (A) technology, (B) Intellectual Property or (C) Intellectual Property Right other than pursuant to Parent’s standard customer agreements;

 

42.


(iii) each Parent Contract imposing any restriction on Parent’s right or ability (A) to compete with any other Person, (B) to acquire any product or other asset or any services from any other Person, to sell any product or other asset to or perform any services for any other Person or to transact business or deal in any other manner with any other Person, or (C) develop or distribute any technology;

(iv) each Parent Contract creating or involving any agency relationship, distribution arrangement or franchise relationship;

(v) each Parent Contract relating to the creation of any Encumbrance with respect to any material asset of Parent;

(vi) each real property lease agreement;

(vii) each Parent Contract involving or incorporating any guaranty, any pledge, any performance or completion bond, any indemnity or any surety arrangement;

(viii) each Parent Contract resulting in Parent incurring or guarantying any indebtedness for money borrowed or any other liabilities (other than with respect to dividend obligations, distributions, indebtedness and other obligations in the Ordinary Course of Business) individually in excess of $100,000 or, in the case of indebtedness and/or liabilities individually less than $50,000, in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate

(ix) each Parent Contract creating or relating to any partnership or joint venture or any sharing of revenues, profits, losses, costs or liabilities;

(x) each Parent Contract constituting or relating to a Government Contract;

(xi) each Parent Contract that contains “most favored nation” or preferred pricing provisions;

(xii) each Parent Contract providing for indemnification by Parent with respect to infringements of proprietary rights other than pursuant to Parent’s standard customer agreement;

(xiii) each Contract between Parent and any officer, director or 10%-or-greater stockholder or any affiliate thereof other than agreements entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(xiv) any sales representative, original equipment manufacturer, manufacturing, value added, remarketer, reseller, or independent software vendor, or other agreement for distribution of the Parent Products;

(xv) each Parent Contract that has a term of more than 60 days and that may not be terminated by Parent (without penalty) within 60 days after the delivery of a termination notice by Parent;

 

43.


(xvi) each other Parent Contract that was entered into outside the Ordinary Course of Business or was inconsistent with Parent’s past practices; and

(xvii) each Parent Contract that contemplates or involves (A) the payment or delivery of cash or other consideration in an amount or having a value in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate, or (B) the performance of services having a value in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate.

(b) Parent has delivered or made available to the Company accurate and complete copies of all written Parent Material Contracts, including all amendments thereto. Section 3.14 of Parent Disclosure Schedule provides an accurate description of the terms of each Parent Material Contract that is not in written form. Each Parent Material Contract is valid and in full force and effect, and, to the Knowledge of Parent, is enforceable by Parent in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors, and (ii) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 3.14 of Parent Disclosure Schedule:

(i) Parent has not violated or breached, or committed any default under, any Parent Material Contract, and, to the Knowledge of Parent, no other Person has violated or breached, or committed any default under, any Parent Material Contract;

(ii) to the Knowledge of Parent, no event has occurred and is continuing, and no circumstance or condition currently exists, that (with or without notice or lapse of time) will, or would reasonably be expected to, (A) result in a material violation or material breach of any of the provisions of any Parent Material Contract, (B) give any Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under any Parent Material Contract, (C) give any Person the right to accelerate the maturity or performance of any Parent Material Contract, or (D) give any Person the right to cancel, terminate or modify any Parent Material Contract;

(iii) Parent has not received any notice or other communication regarding any actual or possible violation or breach of, or default under, any Parent Material Contract; and

(iv) Parent has not waived any of its material rights under any Parent Material Contract.

 

44.


3.15 Employees .

(a) Section 3.15 of Parent Disclosure Schedule lists, as of the date of this Agreement, (i) the names of all individuals classified as current employees (including part-time employees and temporary employees), current leased employees, current independent contractors and current consultants of Parent and the Parent Subsidiary, and (ii) their current respective salaries or wages, other compensation, dates of employment, positions and all written agreements between Parent and such individuals or entities.

(b) To the Knowledge of Parent, none of its employees are obligated under any contract (including licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature) or other agreement, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would interfere with their duties to Parent or that would conflict with Parent’s business as presently proposed to be conducted.

(c) Each current and former employee, officer and consultant of Parent has executed and delivered a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H , and all of such agreements are in full force and effect. To Parent’s Knowledge, no such employee, officer or consultant of Parent is in violation of such Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. No former or current employee, officer or consultant of Parent has excluded works or inventions made prior to his or her employment with Parent from his or her assignment of inventions pursuant to such employee, officer or consultant’s proprietary information and inventions agreement. Parent is not a party to or bound by any currently effective written employment contract with any of its employees, other than those that are terminable at will. No employee of Parent has been granted the right to any material compensation following termination of employment with Parent.

(d) To the Knowledge of Parent: (i) no officer or other employee intends to, or has communicated any intention to, terminate his or her employment with Parent; and (ii) no employee of Parent is a party to or is bound by any confidentiality agreement, noncompetition agreement or other Contract (with any Person) that may have a material effect on the business or operations of any of Parent.

(e) Parent is not engaged, and Parent has never been engaged, in any unfair labor practice of any nature. As of the date of this Agreement, Parent is not a party to, or has a duty to bargain for, any collective bargaining agreement, collective labor agreement or other Contract with a labor organization, works council, trade union or other organization or body representing any of its employees or involving any of its employees, and there are no labor organizations, works councils, trade union or other organization or body representing, purporting to represent or, to the Knowledge of Parent, seeking to represent any employees of any of Parent. There has not been any strike, slowdown, work stoppage, lockout, job action, picketing, labor dispute, question concerning representation, union organizing activity, or any threat thereof, or any similar activity or dispute, affecting Parent or any of its employees. There has been no dispute between Parent and any group of its employees and there has been no effort on the part of any labor union to organize any employees of Parent. There is not now pending, no event has occurred and no circumstance or condition exists, and, to the Knowledge of Parent, no Person has threatened to commence, any such strike, slowdown, work stoppage, lockout, job action,

 

45.


picketing, labor dispute, question regarding representation or union organizing activity or any similar activity or dispute. There is no claim or grievance pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened relating to any employment Contract, wages and hours, plant closing notification, employment statute or regulation, privacy right, labor dispute, workers’ compensation policy or long-term disability policy, safety, retaliation, immigration or discrimination matters involving any Parent Associate, including charges of unfair labor practices or harassment complaints.

(f) Parent has in good faith classified each of its employees and independent contractors for Tax and other employment-related purposes.

(g) Except as permitted during the Pre-Closing Period by the initial paragraph of Section 4.2, Parent will not forgive debt owed to Parent by its employees, or pay bonuses outside the Ordinary Course of Business for the purpose of enabling such employees to repay such debt.

3.16 ERISA and Employee Benefits .

(a) Section 3.16(a) of Parent Disclosure Schedule contains an accurate and complete list as of the date hereof of each Parent Employee Plan and each Parent Employee Agreement. Parent does not intend nor have they committed to establish or enter into any new Parent Employee Plan or Parent Employee Agreement, or to modify any Parent Employee Plan or Parent Employee Agreement (except to conform any such Parent Employee Plan or Parent Employee Agreement to the requirements of any applicable Legal Requirements, in each case as previously disclosed to the Company in writing or as required by this Agreement).

(b) Parent has performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under each Parent Employee Plan. Each Parent Employee Plan has been established and maintained in all material respects in accordance with its terms and in accordance with any and all applicable Legal Requirements. There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent, anticipated material claims against or otherwise involving any of Parent Employee Plans and no suit, action or other litigation (excluding claims for benefits incurred in the ordinary course of Parent Employee Plans activities) has been brought against or with respect to any Parent Employee Plan, and no set of circumstances exists which may reasonably give rise to a claim or lawsuit, against Parent Employee Plans, any fiduciaries thereof with respect to their duties to Parent Employee Plans or the assets of any of the trusts under any of Parent Employee Plans that could reasonably be expected to result in any material Liability of Parent to the Department of Treasury, the DOL, any Parent Employee Plan, any participant in a Parent Employee Plan, or any other party. All material contributions, reserves or premium payments, required to be made as of the date hereof to Parent Employee Plan have been made or accrued for in the Ordinary Course of Business and consistent with Parent’s past practices. Any Parent Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has obtained a favorable determination letter (or opinion letter, if applicable) as to its qualified status under the Code, and, to the Knowledge of Parent, no event has occurred and no circumstance or condition exists that could reasonably be expected to result in the disqualification of any such Parent Employee Plan. Each Parent Employee Plan can be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued after the Closing in accordance with its terms, without Liability to the Company,

 

46.


Parent or the Parent Subsidiary (other than any Liability for ordinary administration expenses). There are no audits or inquiries pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened by the IRS, the DOL or any other Governmental Body with respect to any Parent Employee Plan.

(c) No Parent Employee Plan promises or provides retiree medical or other retiree welfare benefits to any Person other than as required under Section 4980B of the Code and Sections 601-608 of ERISA. No Parent Employee Plan is subject to, and Parent has not incurred nor expects to incur any direct or indirect Liability under, Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code.

3.17 Books and Records. The minute books of Parent made available to the legal counsel for the Company contain complete and accurate records of all meetings and other corporate actions of its stockholders and its Board of Directors and committees thereof. The stock ledger of Parent is complete and reflects all issuances, transfers, repurchases and cancellations of shares of capital stock of Parent.

3.18 Permits . Parent has all franchises, permits, licenses, and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted by it, the lack of which would have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent, and believes it can obtain, without undue burden or expense, any similar authority for the conduct of its business as presently planned to be conducted. Parent is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other similar authority.

3.19 Environmental and Safety Laws . To its Knowledge, Parent has not been and is not in violation of any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and to its Knowledge, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing statute, law or regulation.

3.20 Obligations to Related Parties . There are no obligations of Parent to any officer, director or stockholder holding 1% or more of Parent’s outstanding capital stock (collectively, the “Parent Related Parties”) other than (a) obligations under existing employment arrangements with Parent, (b) reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of Parent, (c) for other standard employee benefits made generally available to all employees (including stock option agreements outstanding under any stock option plan approved by the Board of Directors of Parent) and (d) obligations under existing Contracts set forth in Section 3.14 of Parent Disclosure Schedule. None of the officers, directors or stockholders of Parent, or any members of their immediate families, are indebted to Parent. None of the officers, directors or, to Parent’s Knowledge, key employees or stockholders of Parent or any members of their immediate families, are indebted to Parent or have any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which Parent is affiliated or with which Parent has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation which competes with Parent, other than passive investments in publicly traded companies (representing less than 1% of such Parent) which may compete with Parent. No Parent Related Party, and to Parent’s Knowledge, other stockholder of Parent, or any member of their immediate families, is, directly or indirectly, interested in any material Contract with Parent (other than such Contracts as relate to any such person’s ownership of capital stock or other securities of Parent).

 

47.


3.21 Customers and Suppliers . Section 3.21 of Parent Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of the top 20 customers of Parent, based upon revenue generated in fiscal year 2006. No material current customer and no material current supplier of Parent has canceled or otherwise terminated, or made any written threat to Parent to cancel or otherwise terminate, its relationship with Parent or has at any time on or after the date of Parent Balance Sheet, decreased materially its services or supplies to Parent in the case of any such supplier, or its usage of the services or products of Parent in the case of such customer. No such material supplier or customer has indicated in a writing delivered to Parent, or to Parent’s Knowledge, orally to Parent, that such supplier or customer intends to cancel or otherwise terminate its relationship with Parent or to decrease materially its delivery of services or supplies to Parent or its usage of the services or products of Parent. Parent has not engaged in any fraudulent conduct with respect to any customer or supplier of Parent.

3.22 Product Liability and Recalls. There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened recall or investigation of any Parent Product.

3.23 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Neither Parent nor, to the Knowledge of Parent, the Parent Subsidiary or any other Persons acting on their behalf has, in connection with the operation of their respective businesses, (i) used any corporate or other funds for unlawful contributions, payments, gifts or entertainment, or made any unlawful expenditures relating to political activity to government officials, candidates or members of political parties or organizations, or established or maintained any unlawful or unrecorded funds in violation of Section 104 of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any other similar applicable foreign, federal or state law, (ii) paid, accepted or received any unlawful contributions, payments, expenditures or gifts, or (iii) violated or operated in noncompliance in any material respect with any export restrictions, anti-boycott regulations, embargo regulations or other applicable domestic or foreign laws and regulations, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect on Parent.

3.24 Brokers’ and Finders’ Fee . No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or investment bankers’ fees or any similar charges from Parent in connection with the Merger, this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.

3.25 Permit Application, Information Statement . The information supplied by Parent for inclusion in, the Permit Application and the Parent Information Statement, will not, on the date the Fairness Hearing is held, on the date the Parent Information Statement is first mailed to the Parent Stockholders, or at the Effective Time, contain any statement that at such time and in light of the circumstances under which it shall be made, is false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or shall omit to state any material fact necessary, in order to make the statements made therein not false or misleading, or omit to state any material fact necessary to correct any statement in any earlier communication with respect to the Permit Application or the consent solicitation that has become false or misleading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent makes no representation or warranty with respect to any information supplied by the Company that is contained in any of the foregoing documents.

 

48.


3.26 Securities Law Exemptions. Assuming the receipt of the Fairness Approval, the offer, sale and issuance of the Parent Common Stock and Series D Preferred Stock issuable pursuant to Sections 1.5, 1.6 and 1.7 (the “Merger Securities”) will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. When issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration provided for herein, the Merger Securities shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

3.27 Merger Sub. Merger Sub is a special purpose entity formed for the sole purpose of participating in the Merger and has (and, as of the Effective Time, will have) no assets and has conducted (and, as of the Effective Time, will have conducted) no activities unrelated to the Merger.

SECTION 4. C ERTAIN C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY AND P ARENT

4.1 Access and Investigation. During the period from the date of this Agreement through the Effective Time (the “Pre-Closing Period”), the Company and Parent shall, and shall cause their respective Representatives to: (a) provide the other party and its Representatives with reasonable access during normal business hours to its officers, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants and advisors assets and to all existing books, records, Tax Returns, work papers and other documents and information relating to it and upon prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to the Company’s employees; and (b) provide the other party with copies of such existing books, records, Tax Returns, work papers and other documents and information, and with such additional financial, operating and other data and information regarding itself, as the Company or Parent, as applicable, may reasonably request; provided , however , that no information discovered through the access afforded by this 4.1 shall be deemed to amend or supplement the Company Disclosure Schedule or Parent Disclosure Schedule except as specified in Section 4.3.

4.2 Operation of the Company’s and Parent’s Businesses . Except as set forth in Section 4.2 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule and except for any activities relating to Parent’s initial public offering of Parent Common Stock (including, without limitation, the incurrence of reasonable expenses related thereto and the forgiveness of debt owed to Parent by certain of its employees, to the extent related to Parent’s preparation for such initial public offering), during the Pre-Closing Period:

(a) each of the Company and Parent shall conduct its business and operations in the Ordinary Course and in substantially the same manner as such business and operations have been conducted prior to the date of this Agreement;

(b) each of the Company and Parent shall use reasonable efforts to preserve intact its current business organization, keep available the services of its current officers and employees and maintain its relations and good will with all suppliers, customers, landlords, creditors, employees and other Persons having business relationships with the Company or Parent, as applicable;

 

49.


(c) each of the Company and Parent shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep in full force all insurance policies, or to obtain substitute policies with reasonably equivalent coverages;

(d) each of the Company and Parent shall cause its officers to report regularly, promptly upon request, to the other party concerning the status of its business;

(e) neither the Company nor Parent shall declare, accrue, set aside or pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect of any shares of capital stock, and shall not repurchase, redeem or otherwise reacquire any shares of capital stock or other securities, except repurchases from its employees upon their departure from the Company or Parent, as applicable;

(f) except as set forth herein, neither the Company nor Parent shall sell, issue or authorize the issuance of (i) any capital stock or other security, (ii) any option or right to acquire any capital stock or other security, or (iii) any instrument convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock or other security (except that each of the Company and Parent shall be permitted (x) to issue Company Capital Stock or Parent Capital Stock, as applicable, upon the exercise of outstanding Company Options and Company Warrants or Parent Options and Parent Warrants, as applicable, (y) to issue shares of Company Common Stock or Parent Common Stock upon the conversion of shares of Company Preferred Stock or Parent Preferred Stock, as applicable, and (z) to issue Company Options under the Company Option Plan or Parent Options under the Parent Option Plan in amounts and on terms consistent with past practice);

(g) except as set forth herein, neither the Company nor Parent shall amend or waive any of its rights under, or permit the acceleration of vesting under, (i) any provision of the Company Option Plan or Parent Option Plan, (ii) any provision of any agreement evidencing any outstanding Company Option or Parent Option, or (iii) any provision of any restricted stock purchase agreement;

(h) except as set forth herein, neither the Company nor Parent shall amend or permit the adoption of any amendment to the Company Charter Documents or Parent Charter Documents, as applicable, or effect or, with respect to the Company, permit the Company to become a party to any Acquisition Transaction, recapitalization, reclassification of shares, stock split, reverse stock split or similar transaction (except that the Company may issue shares of Company Common Stock upon the conversion of shares of Company Preferred Stock);

(i) neither the Company nor Parent shall form any subsidiary or acquire any equity interest or other interest in any other Entity;

(j) neither the Company nor Parent shall make any capital expenditure, except for capital expenditures that, when added to all other capital expenditures made on behalf of the Company or Parent, as applicable, during the Pre-Closing Period, do not exceed the quarterly amounts set forth on Schedule 4.2(j) to the Parent Disclosure Schedule or Company Disclosure Schedule, as applicable;

 

50.


(k) except in the Ordinary Course of Business, neither the Company nor Parent shall (i) enter into, or permit any of the assets owned or used by it to become bound by, any Contract that is or would constitute a Company Material Contract or Parent Material Contract, as applicable, or (ii) amend or prematurely terminate, or waive any material right or remedy under, any such Contract;

(l) neither the Company nor Parent shall (i) acquire, lease or license any right or other asset from any other Person except in the Ordinary Course of Business, (ii) sell or otherwise dispose of, or lease or license, any right or other asset to any other Person except in the Ordinary Course of Business and pursuant to the Company’s or Parent’s standard forms of agreements relating to such sale, disposal, lease or license, which forms have been provided or made available to the other party, or immaterial modifications thereto, or (iii) waive or relinquish any right, except for assets acquired, leased, licensed or disposed of by it pursuant to Contracts that are not Company Material Contracts or Parent Material Contracts, as applicable;

(m) neither the Company nor Parent shall (i) lend money to any Person (except loans to employees for business expenses consistent with past practice), or (ii) incur or guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money;

(n) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.2(n) to the Parent Disclosure Schedule and except as set forth herein, neither the Company nor Parent shall (i) establish, adopt or amend any Company Employee Plan or Parent Employee Plan, as applicable, (ii) pay any bonus or make any profit-sharing payment, cash incentive payment or similar payment to, or increase the amount of the wages, salary, commissions, fringe benefits or other compensation or remuneration payable to, any of its directors, officers or employees, or (iii) hire any new employee whose aggregate annual compensation is expected to exceed $175,000;

(o) neither the Company nor Parent shall change any of its methods of accounting or accounting practices in any material respect;

(p) neither the Company nor Parent shall make any material Tax election outside the Ordinary Course of Business or inconsistent with the Company’s or Parent’s past practices, as applicable;

(q) neither the Company nor Parent shall commence or settle any material Legal Proceeding;

(r) the Company shall not accelerate any accounts receivable, grant any early payment discount or take any other action the primary goal of which is to increase the Company’s cash on hand or decrease or defer any outstanding debt or account payable; and

(s) neither the Company nor Parent shall enter into a binding agreement to take any of the actions described in clauses “(e)” through “(r)” above.

 

51.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) each of the Company and Parent may take any action described in clauses “(e)” through “(s)” above if the other party gives its prior written consent to the taking of such action, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld (it being understood that a party’s withholding of consent to any action will not be deemed unreasonable if such party determines in good faith that the taking of such action would not be in the best interests of the Surviving Corporation) and (y) the Board of Directors of Parent approve any action described in clauses “(e)” through “(s) during the Pre-Closing Period to the extent such action would take effect subsequent to the Closing Date.

4.3 Notification; Updates to Disclosure Schedule .

(a) During the Pre-Closing Period, the Company shall promptly notify Parent in writing of:

(i) the discovery by the Company of any event, condition, fact or circumstance that occurred or existed on or prior to the date of this Agreement and that caused or constitutes an inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement;

(ii) any event, condition, fact or circumstance that occurs, arises or exists after the date of this Agreement and that would cause or constitute an inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement if (A) such representation or warranty had been made as of the time of the occurrence, existence or discovery of such event, condition, fact or circumstance, or (B) such event, condition, fact or circumstance had occurred, arisen or existed on or prior to the date of this Agreement;

(iii) any breach of any covenant or obligation of the Company; and

(iv) any event, condition, fact or circumstance that would make the timely satisfaction of any of the conditions set forth in Section 6 or Section 7 impossible or unlikely.

(b) If any event, condition, fact or circumstance that is required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 4.3(a) requires any change in the Company Disclosure Schedule, or if any such event, condition, fact or circumstance would require such a change assuming the Company Disclosure Schedule were dated as of the date of the occurrence, existence or discovery of such event, condition, fact or circumstance, then the Company shall promptly deliver to Parent an update to the Company Disclosure Schedule specifying such change. No such update pursuant to Section 4.3(a)(i) shall be deemed to supplement or amend the Company Disclosure Schedule for the purpose of (i) determining the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties made by the Company in this Agreement for the purposes of Section 9, or (ii) determining whether any of the conditions set forth in Section 6 has been satisfied. Each such update pursuant to Section 4.3(a)(ii) shall be deemed to supplement or amend the Company Disclosure Schedule for the purpose of determining the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties made by the Company in this Agreement for the purposes of Section 9, but not for the purpose of determining whether any of the conditions set forth in Section 6 has been satisfied.

 

52.


(c) During the Pre-Closing Period, Parent shall promptly notify Company in writing of:

(i) the discovery by Parent of any event, condition, fact or circumstance that occurred or existed on or prior to the date of this Agreement and that caused or constitutes an inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty made by Parent or Merger Sub in this Agreement;

(ii) any event, condition, fact or circumstance that occurs, arises or exists after the date of this Agreement and that would cause or constitute an inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty made by Parent in this Agreement if (A) such representation or warranty had been made as of the time of the occurrence, existence or discovery of such event, condition, fact or circumstance, or (B) such event, condition, fact or circumstance had occurred, arisen or existed on or prior to the date of this Agreement;

(iii) any breach of any covenant or obligation of Parent; and

(iv) any event, condition, fact or circumstance that would make the timely satisfaction of any of the conditions set forth in Section 6 or Section 7 impossible or unlikely.

(d) If any event, condition, fact or circumstance that is required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 4.3(c) requires any change in the Parent Disclosure Schedule, or if any such event, condition, fact or circumstance would require such a change assuming the Parent Disclosure Schedule were dated as of the date of the occurrence, existence or discovery of such event, condition, fact or circumstance, then Parent shall promptly deliver to the Company an update to the Parent Disclosure Schedule specifying such change. No such update pursuant to Section 4.3(c)(i) shall be deemed to supplement or amend the Parent Disclosure Schedule for the purpose of (i) determining the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties made by Parent and Merger Sub in this Agreement for the purposes of Section 9, or (ii) determining whether any of the conditions set forth in Section 6 has been satisfied. Each such update pursuant to Section 4.3(c)(ii) shall be deemed to supplement or amend the Parent Disclosure Schedule for the purpose of determining the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties made by Parent in this Agreement for the purposes of Section 9, but not for the purpose of determining whether any of the conditions set forth in Section 6 has been satisfied.

4.4 No Negotiation. During the Pre-Closing Period, neither (i) the Company nor the Company Subsidiaries shall, nor (ii) Parent nor the Parent Subsidiary shall, directly or indirectly:

(a) solicit or encourage the initiation of any inquiry, proposal or offer from any Person (other than Parent or the Company, as applicable) relating to a possible Acquisition Transaction;

 

53.


(b) participate in any discussions or negotiations or enter into any agreement with, or provide any non-public information to, any Person (other than Parent or the Company, as applicable) relating to or in connection with a possible Acquisition Transaction; or

(c) consider, entertain or accept any proposal or offer from any Person (other than Parent and the Company, as applicable) relating to a possible Acquisition Transaction;

provided, however, that prior to the adoption of this Agreement by the Company Required Stockholder Vote, this Section 4.4 shall not prohibit the Company from furnishing nonpublic information regarding the Company to, or entering into discussions with, any Person in response to a Superior Offer that is submitted to the Company by such Person (and not withdrawn) if (1) neither the Company nor any Representative of any of the Company or its subsidiaries shall have violated any of the provisions set forth in this Section 4.4, (2) the board of directors of the Company concludes in good faith, after having taken into account the advice of its outside legal counsel, that failure to take any such action would violate the fiduciary obligations of the board of directors of the Company to the Company’s stockholders under applicable law, (3) at least two business days prior to furnishing any such information to, or entering into discussions with, such Person, the Company gives Parent written notice of the identity of such Person and of the Company’s intention to furnish information to, or enter into discussions with, such Person, and the Company receives from such Person an executed confidentiality agreement containing provisions (including nondisclosure provisions, use restrictions, non-solicitation provisions and “standstill” provisions) at least as favorable to the Company as the provisions of the Letter of Intent, and (4) at least two business days prior to furnishing any such information to such Person, the Company furnishes such nonpublic information to Parent (to the extent such nonpublic information has not been previously furnished by the Company to Parent). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company acknowledges and agrees that any violation of any of the provisions set forth in the preceding sentence by any Representative of any of the Company and its subsidiaries, shall be deemed to constitute a breach of this Section 4.4 by the Company.

(d) The Company shall promptly (and in no event later than 24 hours after receipt of any Acquisition Proposal, any inquiry or indication of interest that could lead to an Acquisition Proposal or any request for nonpublic information) advise Parent orally and in writing of any Acquisition Proposal or any inquiry or indication of interest that would reasonably be expected to result in an Acquisition Proposal (including the identity of the Person making or submitting such Acquisition Proposal, inquiry, indication of interest or request, and the terms thereof) that is made or submitted by any Person during the Pre-Closing Period. The Company shall keep Parent fully informed with respect to the status of any such Acquisition Proposal, inquiry, indication of interest or request and any modification or proposed modification thereto.

(e) Subject to Section 5.3, the obligation of the Company to solicit the Written Consents shall not be limited or otherwise affected by the commencement, disclosure, announcement or submission to it of any Acquisition Proposal with respect to it. The Company shall not submit to the vote of its stockholders any Acquisition Proposal or publicly propose to do so.

 

54.


(f) The Company shall immediately cease and cause to be terminated any discussions existing as of the date of this Agreement with any Person that relate to any Acquisition Proposal.

(g) The Company agrees not to release or permit the release of any Person from, or to waive or permit the waiver of any provision of, any confidentiality, “standstill” or similar agreement to which the Company is a party or under which the Company has any rights, and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to enforce or cause to be enforced each such agreement at the request of Parent.

4.5 Intentionally Omitted.

4.6 Payment of Expenses and Liabilities. The Company shall pay, at or prior to the Closing, the Closing Date Company Transaction Expense Amount and the Closing Date Stockholder Liability Amount. Each of the Persons set forth on Schedule 4.6(a) shall execute a written acknowledgment, in a form reasonably acceptable to Parent, (the “Company Acknowledgements of Payment and Release”): (i) of the total amount of fees, costs and expenses of any nature that is payable or was paid to such Person (and, if payable or paid in connection with this Agreement and any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, such amount shall include a reasonable amount for the fees and expenses that such Person expects to incur following the Closing); and (ii) that, other than the amounts described in clause “(i)” above, it is not (and will not be) owed any other amount by the Company in excess of $15,000. Each of the Persons set forth on Schedule 4.6(b) shall execute a written acknowledgment, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company, (the “Parent Acknowledgements of Payment and Release”): (i) of the total amount of fees, costs and expenses of any nature that is payable or was paid to such Person (and, if payable or paid in connection with this Agreement and any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, such amount shall include a reasonable amount for the fees and expenses that such Person expects to incur following the Closing); and (ii) that, other than the amounts described in clause “(i)” above, it is not (and will not be) owed any other Closing Date Parent Transaction Expense Amount by Parent in excess of $15,000.

4.7 Release of Liens. The Company shall file, or shall have filed, all agreements, instruments, certificates and other documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Parent, that are necessary or appropriate to effect the release of all liens set forth in Schedule 4.7 hereto.

4.8 Employment Agreements. The Company shall cooperate with Parent to cause each of its employees subject to employment or similar agreements providing severance benefits, nonstandard perquisites or the acceleration of Company Options to terminate such agreements and enter into a standard form of employment agreement, in the form of Parent’s standard form of employment agreement, which agreement shall be effective on the Closing Date.

4.9 Resolution of Disputes. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to finally resolve and settle the matters set forth in Annex 2.7 to the Company Disclosure Schedule.

 

55.


SECTION 5. A DDITIONAL C OVENANTS OF THE P ARTIES

5.1 Filings and Consents. As promptly as practicable after the execution of this Agreement, each party to this Agreement (a) shall make all filings (if any) and give all notices (if any) required to be made and given by such party in connection with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (b) shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all Consents (if any) required to be obtained (pursuant to any applicable Legal Requirement or Contract, or otherwise) by such party in connection with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each party shall (upon request) promptly deliver to the other party a copy of each such filing made, each such notice given and each such Consent obtained during the Pre-Closing Period.

5.2 California Permit; Fairness Hearing. Promptly after the execution of this Agreement, the Company and Parent shall prepare and cause to be filed with the California Commissioner of Corporations (the “California Commissioner”) a permit application under Section 25121 of the California Corporations Code, and a related information statement or other disclosure document (the “Permit Application”), and shall request a hearing (the “Fairness Hearing”) on the fairness of the terms and conditions of the Merger pursuant to Section 25142 of the California Corporations Code. The parties to this Agreement shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the California Commissioner to approve the fairness of the terms and conditions of the Merger at such a Fairness Hearing (the “Fairness Approval”); provided, however, that neither party shall be required to modify any of the terms of the Merger in order to cause the California Commissioner to approve the fairness of such terms and conditions. The Company shall provide and include in the Permit Application such information relating to the Company as may be required pursuant to the rules of the California Commissioner. Each of Parent and the Company shall (i) notify the other promptly of the receipt of any comments from the California Commissioner and of any request by the California Commissioner for amendments or supplements to the Permit Application or for additional information, and (ii) shall supply the other with copies of all correspondence with the California Commissioner with respect to the Permit Application. Neither Parent nor the Company shall file any amendment or supplement to the Permit Application to which the other shall have reasonably objected. Whenever any event occurs that should be set forth in an amendment or supplement to the Permit Application, Parent or the Company, as the case may be, shall promptly inform the other of such occurrence and shall cooperate in filing with the California Commissioner or its staff, and, if appropriate, mailing to the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, such amendment or supplement.

5.3 Written Consent; Information Statement.

(a) Promptly after the execution of this Agreement, Parent and the Company shall prepare an Information Statement for the Company Stockholders to approve this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Company Information Statement”). The Company Information Statement shall include a disclosure document for the offer and issuance of the shares of Parent Capital Stock to be received by the holders of Company Capital Stock, Company Options and Company Warrants in the Merger. Parent and the Company shall each use reasonable commercial efforts to cause the Information Statement to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws requirements. Each of Parent and the Company agrees to

 

56.


provide promptly to the other such information concerning its business and financial statements and affairs as, in the reasonable judgment of the providing party, or its counsel, may be required or appropriate for inclusion in the Company Information Statement, or in any amendments or supplements thereto, and to cause its counsel and auditors to cooperate with the other’s counsel and auditors in the preparation of the Company Information Statement. The Company will promptly advise Parent, and Parent will promptly advise the Company, in writing if at any time prior to the Effective Time either the Company or Parent shall obtain knowledge of any facts that might make it necessary or appropriate to amend or supplement the Company Information Statement in order to make the statements contained or incorporated by reference therein not misleading or to comply with applicable law. The Company Information Statement shall contain the recommendation of the board of directors of the Company that the Company Stockholders approve the Merger and this Agreement and the conclusion of the board of directors that the terms and conditions of the Merger are advisable, fair and reasonable to the Company Stockholders.

(b) The Company shall, in accordance with its Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and the applicable requirements of the DGCL (including Sections 228 and 262 of the DGCL) and the CGCL, (i) solicit the written consents of stockholders of the Company (the “Written Consents”) for the adoption of this Agreement and approval of the Merger, and (ii) cause a copy of the Company Information Statement to be delivered to the address on record for each stockholder of the Company who is entitled to vote upon adoption of this Agreement. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each stockholder to vote all shares of Company Capital Stock that are owned, beneficially or of record, by such stockholder on the record date for the written consent, to be voted in favor of the adoption of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5.3, at any time prior to the adoption of this Agreement by the Company Required Stockholder Vote, the board of directors of the Company may withhold, amend, withdraw or modify its recommendation to adopt the Agreement and approve the Merger in a manner adverse to Parent if, but only if, the board of directors of the Company determined in good faith, based on such matters as it deems relevant following consultation with its outside legal counsel, that the failure to withdraw, withhold, amend, or modify such recommendation is reasonably likely to result in a breach of its fiduciary duties under applicable Legal Requirements. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the Company shall not include in the Company Information Statement any information with respect to Parent or its affiliates or associates, the form and content of which information shall not have been approved by Parent prior to such inclusion, in its reasonable judgment.

(c) If applicable, the Company shall promptly submit for approval by the Company Stockholders by the requisite vote (and in a manner satisfactory to Parent) any payments or benefits that Parent determines may constitute a “parachute payment” pursuant to Section 280G of the Code, such that all such payments and benefits shall not be deemed to be “parachute payments” pursuant to Section 280G of the Code or shall be exempt from such treatment under such Section 280G, and deliver to Parent evidence satisfactory to Parent that a vote of the Company’s stockholders was received in conformance with Section 280G and the regulations thereunder, or that such requisite stockholder approval has not been obtained with respect to any payment or benefit that may be deemed to constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and as a consequence, that such “parachute payment” shall not be made or provided.

 

57.


(d) (i) the Company shall submit for approval by the Company Charter Vote Requirement an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Company Charter Amendment”) to provide for the distribution of the Aggregate Merger Consideration in the manner set forth in Section 1 hereto, and (ii) the Company shall submit for approval by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock an amendment to the Company Option Plan (the “Company Option Pool Amendment”) whereby the number of shares of Company Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the Company Option Plan shall be increased by 450,000, and promptly after the receipt of the Fairness Approval, following receipt of the requisite approvals shall file such Company Charter Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Any stockholder consent solicitation relating to such Company Charter Amendment and Company Option Pool Amendment shall be submitted in advance to Parent for Parent’s review and comment.

(e) Promptly after the execution of this Agreement, Parent shall prepare an Information Statement for the Parent Stockholders to approve this Agreement, and the Merger (the “Parent Information Statement”). The Company agrees to provide promptly to Parent such information concerning its business and financial statements and affairs as, in the reasonable judgment of Parent, or its counsel, may be required or appropriate for inclusion in the Parent Information Statement, or in amendments or supplements thereto, and to cause its counsel and auditors to cooperate with Parent’s counsel and auditors in the preparation of the Parent Information Statement. Parent will promptly advise the Company, in writing if at any time prior to the Effective Time Parent shall obtain knowledge of any facts that might make it necessary or appropriate to amend or supplement the Parent Information Statement in order to make the statements contained or incorporated by reference therein not misleading or to comply with applicable law. The Parent Information Statement shall contain the recommendation of the board of directors of Parent that the Parent Stockholders approve the Merger and this Agreement and the conclusion of the board of directors that the terms and conditions of the Merger are advisable, fair and reasonable to the Parent Stockholders.

(f) Parent shall, in accordance with its Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and the applicable requirements of the DGCL and the CGCL, solicit the written consents of stockholders of Parent for the adoption of this Agreement and approval of the Merger. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5.3, at any time prior to the adoption of this Agreement by the Parent Required Stockholder Vote, the board of directors of Parent may withhold, amend, withdraw or modify its recommendation to adopt the Agreement and approve the Merger in a manner adverse to the Company if, but only if, the board of directors of Parent determined in good faith, based on such matters as it deems relevant following consultation with its outside legal counsel, that the failure to withdraw, withhold, amend, or modify such recommendation is reasonably likely to result in a breach of its fiduciary duties under applicable Legal Requirements. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, Parent shall not include in the Parent Information Statement any information with respect to Company or its affiliates or associates, the form and content of which information shall not have been approved by the Company prior to such inclusion, in its reasonable judgment.

 

58.


(g) (i) Parent shall submit for approval by Parent Required Charter Vote (i) an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Parent (the “Parent Charter Amendment”) in the form set forth on Exhibit I and (ii) Parent shall submit for approval by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Parent Capital Stock of an amendment to the Parent Option Plan (the “Parent Option Pool Amendment”) whereby the number of shares of Parent Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the Parent Option Plan shall be increased by 1,800,000, and shall, immediately prior to the Closing, file such Parent Charter Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Any stockholder consent solicitation relating to such Parent Charter Amendment and Parent Option Pool Amendment shall be submitted in advance to the Company for the Company’s review and comment.

5.4 Other Regulatory Approvals; Reasonable Efforts .

(a) Each party to this Agreement shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement, all notices, reports and other documents required to be filed by such party with any Governmental Body with respect to the Merger, and to submit promptly any additional information requested by any such Governmental Body.

5.5 Public Announcements. During the Pre-Closing Period, (a) neither the Company nor Parent shall (and the Company and Parent shall not permit any of their Representatives to) issue any press release or make any public statement regarding this Agreement or the Merger, or regarding any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, without the other party’s prior written consent.

5.6 Commercially Reasonable Best Efforts. During the Pre-Closing Period, (a) the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the conditions set forth in Section 6 to be satisfied on a timely basis, and (b) Parent and Merger Sub shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the conditions set forth in Section 7 to be satisfied on a timely basis.

5.7 Termination of Agreements. To the extent requested by Parent, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the agreements referred to in Schedule 5.7 to be terminated immediately prior to the Effective Time.

5.8 FIRPTA Matters. At the Closing, (a) the Company shall deliver to Parent a statement (in such form as may be reasonably requested by counsel to Parent) conforming to the requirements of Section 1.897 - 2(h)(1)(i) of the United States Treasury Regulations, and (b) the Company shall deliver to the IRS the notification required under Section 1.897 - 2(h)(2) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

5.9 Indemnification of Company Officers and Directors.

(a) All rights to indemnification and exculpation existing in favor of those persons who on or prior to the Effective Time were directors or officers of the Company for acts and omissions occurring prior to the Effective Time, as provided in the Company’s charter documents (as in effect as of the date of this Agreement) shall survive the Merger and shall be observed by the Surviving Corporation to the fullest extent available under Delaware law for a period of six (6) years from the Effective Time.

 

59.


(b) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall purchase a tail insurance policy to the Company’s existing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for a period of not less than six (6) years after the Effective Time.

5.10 Certain Tax Matters . Parent agrees that:

(a) Parent shall not take any action, nor permit any Parent Affiliate or, after the Effective Time, the Company, to take any action, that would cause the Merger not to qualify as a reorganization pursuant to Section 368(a)(1) of the Code.

(b) Parent shall not take any action or make any election (or, after the Effective Time, cause or permit the Company to take any action or make any election) that would give rise to any item of income, gain, loss, deduction, expense or credit to the Company for income Tax purposes on the Closing Date to the extent any stockholder of the Company would have an obligation hereunder to indemnify the Parent, the Company or any other person for Taxes as a result thereof, other than the conduct of the historic business of the Company in the Ordinary Course thereof consistent with past practice.

(c) The federal and state income Tax Returns of the Company for its taxable years ending on or before the Closing Date shall be prepared under the direction and control of the Stockholders’ Representative at the expense of the Company, consistent with applicable law and regulations and historic practices of the Company and based on a closing-of-the-books of the Company as of the Closing Date. The Stockholders’ Representative shall afford Parent a reasonable opportunity to review the proposed form of such Tax Returns and shall not file any such Tax Return without Parent’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Parent shall be deemed to have granted such consent unless Parent delivers to the Stockholders’ Representative a written notice of objection and the reasons for the objection within 20 business days after delivery to Parent of the proposed form of any such Tax Return. Parent shall cause the Company to execute and file such income Tax Returns as so prepared and consented and pay the Tax reflected thereon as required to be paid. No election to make a ratable allocation based on the pre-Closing taxable year of the Company shall be made under Treasury Regulations § 1.1502-76(b)(2)(ii). However, with the written consent of the Stockholders’ Representative, an election to make a ratable allocation of items for the month during which the Closing occurs may be made in accordance with Treasury Regulations § 1.1502-76(b)(2)(iii).

(d) The Parent shall afford the Stockholders’ Representative a reasonable opportunity to review the proposed form of any state income Tax Return of the Company for any period that begins before and ends after the Closing Date and shall not file any such Tax Return without the prior written consent of the Stockholders’ Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Stockholders’ Representative shall be deemed to have granted such consent unless the Stockholders’ Representative delivers to the Parent a written notice of objection and the reasons for objection within 20 business days after delivery to the Stockholders’ Representative of the proposed form of state income Tax Return.

(e) After the Effective Time, Parent shall not cause or permit the Company to file or join in filing any income Tax Return, any amendment of any income or other Tax Return,

 

60.


or any waiver or extension of the applicable statute of limitations for the assessment or imposition of income or other Taxes, for any period ending on or before the Closing Date or which includes the Effective Time, or which relates to a taxable year or period with respect to any portion of which any stockholder of the Company may have an obligation hereunder to indemnify the Parent, the Company or any other person for any Taxes (or in respect of which the Aggregate Merger Consideration may be reduced pursuant to this Agreement), without the prior written consent of the Stockholders’ Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(f) The Stockholders’ Representative shall have control over audit of any Tax Return filed by the Company on or before the Closing Date or over the preparation of which the Stockholders’ Representative has control pursuant to this Agreement, and over any other audit to the extent it relates to any Taxes for which the stockholders of the Company may have an obligation to indemnify Parent, the Company or any other person hereunder or in respect of which the Aggregate Merger Consideration may be reduced pursuant to this Agreement (provided, however, in exercising such control the Stockholders’ Representative shall not take any action which may materially adversely affect Parent or the Company with respect to Taxes for any period beginning after Closing, or attributable to the portion of a period after Closing where the period begins before and ends after the Closing Date, without the prior written consent of Parent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and Parent shall not take or cause or permit the Company or any affiliate of either of them to take any material action in respect of any such audit without the prior written consent of the Stockholders’ Representative (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). For purposes hereof, “audit” shall mean any audit, examination or investigation of a Tax Return or with respect to Taxes, including any administrative appeal therefrom and any litigation before any tribunal relating thereto.

(g) Parent shall pay or cause to be paid to the Stockholders’ Representative any refunds of Taxes received by Parent, the Company or any of their Affiliates after the Closing in respect of Taxes for any period ending on or before the Closing, or attributable to the portion of any period which precedes the Closing Date where the period begins before and ends after the Closing Date (other than a refund of Taxes attributable solely to a carryback of net operating losses or credits to a period ending on or before the Closing Date from a period beginning after the Closing Date).

(h) Parent acknowledges and agrees that no part of the Aggregate Merger Consideration is allocable to any covenant not to compete, non-solicitation agreement, employment agreement, or similar covenant or agreement of any of the stockholders of the Company for financial reporting or Tax purposes.

5.11 Cooperation . After the Closing Date, the Stockholders’ Representative shall, and Parent shall (and shall cause its affiliates to):

(a) timely sign and deliver such certificates or forms as may be necessary or appropriate to establish an exemption from (or otherwise reduce), or file Tax Returns or other reports with respect to Taxes imposed on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

61.


(b) assist the other party to the extent commercially reasonably necessary in preparing any Tax Returns which such other party is responsible for preparing and filing;

(c) cooperate to the extent commercially reasonably necessary in preparing for any audits of, or disputes with taxing authorities regarding, any Tax Returns of the Company;

(d) make available to the other and to any taxing authority as reasonably requested all information, records, and documents within its possession or control relating to Taxes of the Company; and

(e) furnish the other with copies of all correspondence received from any taxing authority in connection with any Tax audit or information request with respect to any taxable period that ends on or before the Closing Date or which includes the Closing Date.

5.12 Duration of Covenants . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the obligations in the immediately preceding two sections regarding Taxes shall remain in effect without limitation as to time.

5.13 Labor Condition Applications. Parent and the Surviving Corporation hereby accept all obligations, liabilities and undertakings arising from or under the attestations made in the Labor Condition Applications and similar filings with the DOL on behalf of the Company employees identified on Schedule 5.13, except for any such applications or similar filings that were fraudulent or improperly filed.

5.14 280G. Each Person who might receive any payments and/or benefits in connection with the Merger that constitute “parachute payments” pursuant to Section 280G of the Code shall execute a 280G Waiver, each in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J (the “280G Waiver”), pursuant to which each such Person will waive any right or entitlement to such payments and/or benefits unless the requisite stockholder approval of those payments and/or benefits is obtained pursuant to Section 280G of the Code so that such payment and benefits do not constitute “parachute payments” thereunder.

SECTION 6. C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT TO O BLIGATIONS OF P ARENT AND M ERGER S UB

The obligations of Parent and Merger Sub to effect the Merger and otherwise consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

6.1 Accuracy of Representations . Each of the representations and warranties made by the Company in this Agreement and in each of the other agreements and instruments delivered to Parent in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been accurate in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement (without giving effect to any “Material Adverse Effect” or other materiality qualifications contained or incorporated directly or indirectly in such representations and warranties), and shall be accurate in all material respects as of the Closing Date as if made at the Closing Date (without giving effect to any update to the Company Disclosure Schedule, and without giving effect to any “Material Adverse Effect” or other materiality qualifications contained or incorporated directly or indirectly in such representations and warranties), except that those representations and warranties which address matters only as of a particular date shall have been true and correct only on such date.

 

62.


6.2 Performance of Covenants . All of the covenants and obligations that the Company is required to comply with or to perform at or prior to the Closing shall have been complied with and performed in all material respects.

6.3 No Material Adverse Effect. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, there shall not have been any Material Adverse Effect on the Company, and no event shall have occurred or circumstance shall exist that could reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

6.4 Stockholder Approval . The Merger shall have been duly approved and this Agreement shall have been duly adopted and approved by the Company Required Stockholder Vote. The Merger shall have been duly approved and this Agreement shall have been duly adopted and approved by the Parent Required Stockholder Vote. The sum of the number of Company Dissenting Shares and the number of shares of Company Capital Stock that may in the future become Company Dissenting Shares shall not exceed 10% of the number of shares of Company Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Closing. The Company Charter Amendment shall have been duly adopted and approved by the Company Stockholders and filed with and accepted by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Company Option Pool Amendment shall have been duly adopted and approved by the requisite vote of the Company Stockholders.

6.5 Consents . All Consents required to be obtained by the Company set forth on Schedule 6.5 shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect.

6.6 Agreements and Documents. Parent and the Company shall have received the following agreements and documents, each of which shall be in full force and effect:

(a) Affiliate Agreements in the form of Exhibit K , executed by the Persons identified on Exhibit L and by any other Person who could reasonably be deemed to be an “affiliate” of the Company for purposes of the Securities Act;

(b) the Escrow Agreement in a the form of Exhibit M ;

(c) the employment offer letters in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit N , executed by the individuals identified on Exhibit E ;

(d) Noncompetition Agreements in the form of Exhibit F , executed by the individuals identified on Exhibit E ;

(e) a Release in the form of Exhibit O , executed by the Persons identified on Exhibit P ;

(f) confidential invention and assignment agreements, attached hereto as Exhibit H , executed by all employees of the Company and by all consultants and independent contractors to the Company who have not already signed such agreements, including Stephen Blake;

 

63.


(g) the statement referred to in Section 5.8(a), executed by the Company;

(h) a legal opinion of Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP dated as of the Closing Date, in the form of Exhibit Q , which legal opinion shall be subject to customary qualifications;

(i) a certificate executed by the Company and containing the representation and warranty of the Company that each of the conditions set forth in Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.4 and 6.10 have been duly satisfied (the “Company Closing Certificate”); and

(j) a certificate executed by the Secretary of the Company attaching and certifying the Company’s current Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and the resolutions of the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approving and adopting this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(k) the Certificate of Merger, executed by the Company;

(l) the Company Acknowledgments of Payment and Release;

(m) a long-form certificate of good standing from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware which is dated within two Business Days prior to Closing with respect to the Company;

(n) a Certificate of Status of Foreign Corporation of the Company from the applicable Governmental Authority in each jurisdiction where it is required to be qualified to do business, all of which are dated within five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing; and

(o) a spreadsheet (the “Closing Payment Schedule”), duly certified by an officer of the Company setting forth: (i) the Closing Date Stockholder Liability Amount; (ii) the name and address of each of the holders of the Company Capital Stock, Company Warrants and Company Options as of immediately prior to the Effective Time and the number of shares of Company Capital Stock, Company Warrants and Company Options of each class and series held by each such stockholder immediately prior to the Effective Time; (iii) the consideration that each such stockholder is entitled to receive pursuant to Sections 1.5(a), 1.6 and 1.7; and (iv) the amount to be contributed to the Escrow Fund by Parent on behalf of each Escrow Contributor pursuant to Section 1.10.

(p) written resignations of all officers and directors of the Company, effective as of the Effective Time.

6.7 FIRPTA Compliance. The Company shall have filed with the IRS a statement conforming to the requirements of Section 1.897 – 2(h)(1)(i) of the United States Treasury Regulations, required under Section 1.897 – 2(h)(2) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

 

64.


6.8 Permit; Compliance With §3(a)(10) of the Securities Act. The California Commissioner shall have issued a permit under Section 25121 of the California Corporations Code (following a hearing upon the fairness of the terms and conditions of the Merger, conducted pursuant to Section 25142 of the California Corporations Code) for the issuance of the Parent Common Stock to be issued in the Merger, and all applicable requirements of Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act shall have been satisfied.

6.9 No Restraints. No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order preventing the consummation of the Merger shall have been issued by any court of competent jurisdiction and remain in effect, and there shall not be any Legal Requirement enacted or deemed applicable to the Merger that makes consummation of the Merger illegal.

6.10 No Legal Proceedings. No Person shall have commenced or threatened to commence any Legal Proceeding challenging or seeking the recovery of a material amount of damages in connection with the Merger or seeking to prohibit or limit the exercise by Parent of any material right pertaining to its ownership of stock of the Surviving Corporation.

6.11 280G Stockholder Approval.

(a) Each Person who might receive any payments and/or benefits referred to in Section 5.3(b) hereof shall have executed and delivered to the Company a 280G Waiver, and such 280G Waiver shall be in full force and effect immediately prior to the Effective Time.

(b) With respect to any payments and/or benefits that Parent determines may constitute “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Code with respect to any employees, the Company Stockholders shall have (i) approved, pursuant to the method provided for in the regulations promulgated under Section 280G of the Code, any such “parachute payments” or (ii) shall have voted upon and disapproved such parachute payments, and, as a consequence, such “parachute payments” shall not be paid or provided for in any manner, and Parent and the Parent Subsidiary shall not have any liabilities with respect to such “parachute payments.”

6.12 Intentionally Omitted.

6.13 Termination of Agreements . The Company shall have delivered to Parent written evidence satisfactory to Parent of the termination of the agreements identified on Schedule 6.13.

6.14 Company Preferred Stockholder Agreements . Holders of at least 90% of the outstanding shares of Company Preferred Stock and each of Mark Foley and Dale Hancock (as applicable) shall have executed copies of each of the agreements identified on Schedule 6.14 (the “Preferred Stock Agreements”).

6.15 Release of Liens . Parent shall have received from the Company a duly and validly executed copy of all agreements, instruments, certificates and other documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Parent, that are necessary or appropriate to evidence the release of all liens set forth on Schedule 6.15 hereto.

 

65.


SECTION 7. C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT TO O BLIGATIONS OF THE C OMPANY

The obligations of the Company to effect the Merger and otherwise consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions:

7.1 Accuracy of Representations . Each of the representations and warranties made by Parent and Merger Sub in this Agreement and in each of the other agreements and instruments delivered to Parent in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been accurate in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement (without giving effect to any “Material Adverse Effect” or other materiality qualifications contained or incorporated directly or indirectly in such representations and warranties), and shall be accurate in all material respects as of the Closing Date as if made at the Closing Date (without giving effect to any update to the Parent Disclosure Schedule, and without giving effect to any “Material Adverse Effect” or other materiality qualifications contained or incorporated directly or indirectly in such representations and warranties), except that those representations and warranties which address matters only as of a particular date shall have been true and correct only on such date.

7.2 Performance of Covenants . All of the covenants and obligations that Parent and Merger Sub are required to comply with or to perform at or prior to the Closing shall have been complied with and performed in all material respects.

7.3 No Material Adverse Effect. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, there shall not have been any Material Adverse Effect on Parent, and no event shall have occurred or circumstance shall exist that could reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect on Parent.

7.4 Stockholder Approval . The Merger shall have been duly approved and this Agreement shall have been duly adopted and approved by the Parent Required Stockholder Vote. The Merger shall have been duly approved and this Agreement shall have been duly adopted and approved by the Company Required Stockholder Vote. The sum of the number of Parent Dissenting Shares and the number of shares of Parent Capital Stock that may in the future become Company Dissenting Shares shall not exceed 10% of the number of shares of Company Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Closing. The Parent Charter Amendment shall have been duly adopted and approved by the stockholders of Parent and filed with and accepted by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

7.5 Consents . All Consents required to be obtained by Parent set forth on Schedule 7.5 shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect.

7.6 Documents . The Company shall have received the following agreements and documents, each of which shall be in full force and effect:

(a) the Escrow Agreement, executed by Parent and the Escrow Agent;

 

66.


(b) a certificate executed by Parent and containing the representation and warranty of Parent that each of the conditions set forth in Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.4 have been satisfied;

(c) a certificate executed by the Secretaries of Parent and Merger Sub attaching and certifying as to the resolutions of the board of directors of Parent and the resolutions of the board of directors and stockholders of Merger Sub approving and adopting this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Parent Closing Certificate”);

(d) the employment offer letters for the individuals identified on Exhibit E in substantially the form of Exhibit N , executed by Parent;

(e) a legal opinion of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP dated as of the Closing Date, in the form of Exhibit R , which legal opinion shall be subject to customary qualifications;

(f) the Certificate of Merger, executed by Merger Sub;

(g) the Parent Acknowledgments of Payment and Release;

(h) long-form certificate of good standing from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware which are dated within two Business Days prior to Closing with respect to Parent and Merger Sub;

(i) a Certificate of Status of Foreign Corporation of Parent from the applicable Governmental Authority in each jurisdiction where it is required to be qualified to do business, all of which are dated within five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing; and

(j) Noncompetition Agreements in the form of Exhibit F , executed by the individuals identified on Exhibit E ;.

7.7 Permit; Compliance With §3(a)(10) of the Securities Act. The California Commissioner shall have issued a permit under Section 25121 of the California Corporations Code (following a hearing upon the fairness of the terms and conditions of the Merger, conducted pursuant to Section 25142 of the California Corporations Code) for the issuance of the Parent Common Stock to be issued in the Merger, and all applicable requirements of Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act shall have been satisfied.

7.8 Intentionally Omitted.

7.9 No Restraints . No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order preventing the consummation of the Merger shall have been issued by any court of competent jurisdiction and remain in effect, and there shall not be any Legal Requirement enacted or deemed applicable to the Merger that makes consummation of the Merger illegal.

7.10 Company Preferred Stockholder Agreements . Parent and such requisite number of parties to each of the agreements identified on Schedule 6.14 shall have executed any and all amendments, certificates or other documents necessary to allow the Company Preferred Stockholders to be made parties thereto.

 

67.


SECTION 8. T ERMINATION

8.1 Termination Events. This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Closing:

(a) by Parent if the timely satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 6 has become impossible (other than as a result of any failure on the part of Parent or Merger Sub to comply with or perform any covenant or obligation of Parent or Merger Sub set forth in this Agreement);

(b) by the Company if the timely satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 7 has become impossible (other than as a result of any failure on the part of the Company to comply with or perform any covenant or obligation set forth in this Agreement or in any other agreement or instrument delivered to Parent);

(c) by Parent if the Closing has not taken place on or before September 9, 2007 1 (other than as a result of any failure on the part of Parent to comply with or perform any covenant or obligation of Parent set forth in this Agreement or in any other agreement or instrument delivered to the Company);

(d) by the Company if the Closing has not taken place on or before September 9, 2007 2 (other than as a result of the failure on the part of the Company to comply with or perform any covenant or obligation set forth in this Agreement or in any other agreement or instrument delivered to Parent); or

(e) by the mutual consent of Parent and the Company.

8.2 Termination Procedures. If Parent wishes to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or Section 8.1(c), Parent shall deliver to the Company a written notice stating that Parent is terminating this Agreement and setting forth a brief description of the basis on which Parent is terminating this Agreement. If the Company wishes to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(b) or Section 8.1(d), the Company shall deliver to Parent a written notice stating that the Company is terminating this Agreement and setting forth a brief description of the basis on which the Company is terminating this Agreement.

8.3 Effect of Termination. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.1, all further obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall terminate; provided, however , that: (a) neither the Company nor Parent shall be relieved of any obligation or liability arising from any prior breach by such party of any provision of this Agreement; (b) the parties shall, in all events, remain bound by and continue to be subject to the provisions set forth in Section 10; and (c) the Company and Parent shall, in all events, remain bound by and continue to be subject to Section 5.5.


1

5 months following the date of this Agreement.

2

5 months following the date of this Agreement.

 

68.


SECTION 9. I NDEMNIFICATION , E TC .

9.1 Survival of Representations, Etc.

(a) Subject to limitations set forth herein, the representations and warranties made by the Company in this Agreement (including the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 and the representations and warranties set forth in the Company Closing Certificate) shall survive the Closing and shall expire on the earlier of the date (the “Company Expiration Date”) that is (i) the eighteenth month anniversary of the Closing Date and (ii) the fourth month anniversary of the closing of a Qualified IPO; provided, however , that if, at any time prior to the Company Expiration Date, any Parent Indemnitee (acting in good faith) delivers to the Stockholders’ Representative a written notice alleging the existence of an inaccuracy in or a breach of any of the representations and warranties made by the Company (and setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for such Parent Indemnitee’s belief that such an inaccuracy or breach exists) and asserting a claim for recovery under Section 9.2 based on such alleged inaccuracy or breach, then the claim asserted in such notice shall survive the Company Expiration Date until such time as such claim is fully and finally resolved. The representations and warranties made by Parent or Merger Sub in this Agreement (including the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3) shall survive the Closing and shall expire on the earlier of the date (the “Parent Expiration Date”) that is (i) the eighteenth month anniversary of the Closing Date anniversary of the Closing Date and (ii) the date of the closing of a Qualified IPO; provided, however , that if, at any time prior to the Parent Expiration Date, the Stockholders’ Representative (acting in good faith) delivers to Parent a written notice alleging the existence of an inaccuracy in or a breach of any of the representations and warranties made by Parent or Merger Sub (and setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the Stockholders’ Representative’s belief that such an inaccuracy or breach exists) and asserting a claim for recovery under Section 9.3 based on such alleged inaccuracy or breach, then the claim asserted in such notice shall survive the Parent Expiration Date until such time as such claim is fully and finally resolved. The agreements, covenants and other obligations of the parties hereto shall survive the Closing and the Effective Time in accordance with their respective terms.

(b) The representations and warranties made by the Company, and the covenants and obligations of the Company, and the rights and remedies that may be exercised by the Parent Indemnitees, shall not be limited or otherwise affected by or as a result of any information furnished to, or any investigation made by or Knowledge of, any of the Parent Indemnitees or any of their Representatives. The representations and warranties made by Parent and Merger Sub, and the covenants and obligations of Parent and Merger Sub, and the rights and remedies that may be exercised by the Stockholders’ Representative, shall not be limited or otherwise affected by or as a result of any information furnished to, or any investigation made by or Knowledge of, the Company, the Company Stockholders, the Stockholders’ Representative or any of the respective representatives.

(c) Nothing contained in this Section 9.1 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall limit any rights or remedy of any Parent Indemnitee or any Company Stockholder for claims based on fraudulent or intentional misrepresentation.

 

69.


9.2 Indemnification by Company Stockholders .

(a) From and after the Effective Time (but subject to Section 9.1(a)), the Company Stockholders who shall have received, or shall be entitled to receive, consideration pursuant to Section 1.5, shall each, in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Share of Damages, hold harmless and indemnify each of the Parent Indemnitees from and against, and shall compensate and reimburse each of the Parent Indemnitees for, any Damages which are suffered or incurred by any of the Parent Indemnitees or to which any of the Parent Indemnitees may otherwise become subject (regardless of whether or not such Damages relate to any third-party claim) and which arise from or as a result of:

(i) any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement as of the date of this Agreement (in each case, after giving effect to any “Material Adverse Effect” or other materiality qualification or any similar qualification contained or incorporated directly or indirectly in such representation or warranty, taking into account any update to the Company Disclosure Schedule pursuant to Section 4.3(b));

(ii) any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement as if such representation or warranty was made on and as of the Closing, except for representations which address matters as of particular date, in which case, as of such particular date (in each case, after giving effect to any “Material Adverse Effect” or other materiality qualification or any similar qualification contained or incorporated directly or indirectly in such representation or warranty, taking into account any update to the Company Disclosure Schedule pursuant to Section 4.3(b));

(iii) any inaccuracies in the Company Closing Certificate or in any of the amounts set forth in the Closing Payment Schedule;

(iv) any breach of any covenant or obligation of the Company in this Agreement;

(v) any (a) Company Working Capital Deficit Adjustment and any Company Long-Term Liabilities Deficit Adjustment and fees, costs and expenses for which Parent is entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 1.13, (b) any unpaid Closing Date Stockholder Liability Amount and any unpaid Closing Date Company Transaction Amount;

(vi) any indemnification pursuant to Section 9.12; and

(vii) any matter referenced in Annex 2.7 to the Company Disclosure Schedule.

(b) It is understood and agreed that if the Company suffers, incurs or otherwise becomes subject to any Damages as a result of or in connection with any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation, then (without limiting any of the rights of such Company as a Parent Indemnitee) Parent shall also be deemed, by virtue of its direct or indirect ownership of the stock of the Company, to have incurred (the same, not additional) Damages as a result of and in connection with such inaccuracy or breach.

 

70.


9.3 Indemnification by Parent . From and after the Effective Time (but subject to Section 9.1(a)), Parent shall hold harmless and indemnify each of the Company Stockholders from and against, and shall compensate and reimburse each of the Company Stockholders for, any Damages which are suffered or incurred by any of the Company Stockholders or to which any of the Company Stockholders may otherwise become subject (regardless of whether or not such Damages relate to any third-party claim) and which arise from or as a result of:

(a) any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty made by Parent or Merger Sub in this Agreement as of the date of this Agreement (in each case, after giving effect to any “Material Adverse Effect” or other materiality qualification or any similar qualification contained or incorporated directly or indirectly in such representation or warranty taking into account any update to the Parent Disclosure Schedule pursuant to Section 4.3(d));

(b) any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty made by Parent or Merger Sub in this Agreement as if such representation or warranty was made on and as of the Closing, except for representations which address matters as of particular date, in which case, as of such particular date (in each case, after giving effect to any “Material Adverse Effect” or other materiality qualification or any similar qualification contained or incorporated directly or indirectly in such representation or warranty, taking into account any update to the Parent Disclosure Schedule pursuant to Section 4.3(d));

(c) any inaccuracies in the Parent Closing Certificate;

(d) any breach of any covenant or obligation of Parent or Merger Sub in this Agreement; and

(e) any matter referenced in Section 3.7 or regarding the Foxconn receivable referenced in Section 3.9(s) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule.

9.4 Adjustment to Aggregate Merger Consideration. Any indemnity payment made pursuant to Section 9 shall be treated as an adjustment to the Aggregate Merger Consideration for Tax purposes, unless a final determination with respect to the Parent Indemnitee or the Company Stockholders causes such payment to be treated other than as an adjustment to the amount of the Aggregate Merger Consideration for federal Tax purposes.

9.5 Maximum Liability .

(a) Except in the case of fraudulent or intentional misrepresentation, (i) the Escrow Shares and Escrow Cash shall be the exclusive means for Parent Indemnitees to collect any Damages under this Agreement; and (ii) the aggregate liability (including indemnification pursuant to the Escrow Fund) of each Company Stockholder shall not exceed such Company Stockholder’s Pro Rata Share of the Escrow Shares and Escrow Cash.

(b) Except in the case of fraudulent or intentional misrepresentation, the aggregate liability of Parent under this Agreement shall not exceed the Parent Escrow Cap.

(c) Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the rights or remedies of any Parent Indemnitee against any particular Company Stockholder, or the Liability of any particular

 

71.


Company Stockholder, for a breach by such particular Company Stockholder of any provision of any agreement (other than this Agreement) executed and delivered by such Company Stockholder in connection with the Merger.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the case of fraudulent or intentional misrepresentation, the following provisions shall apply:

(i) the Parent Indemnitees shall have recourse to the Escrow Shares and Escrow Cash with respect to any Damages which arise from or as a result of, or are connected with, such fraudulent or intentional misrepresentation (irrespective of the Person who actually participated in or had actual knowledge of such fraudulent or intentional misrepresentation); and

(ii) in addition to the rights and remedies referred to in clause “(i)” of this sentence, with respect to any Company Stockholder who participated in or had actual knowledge of such fraudulent or intentional misrepresentation, there shall be no limit on such Company Stockholder’s liability for such fraudulent or intentional misrepresentation.

9.6 Threshold/Limitations.

(a) Subject to Section 9.6(b), the Company Stockholders and the Parent Indemnitees shall not be required to make any indemnification payment pursuant to Section 9.2 and Section 9.3, respectively, until such time as the total amount of all Damages that have been directly or indirectly suffered or incurred by any one or more of the Parent Indemnitees or Company Stockholders, as applicable, or to which any one or more of the Parent Indemnitees or Company Stockholders, as applicable, has or have otherwise become subject, exceeds $100,000 in the aggregate. If the total amount of such Damages exceeds $100,000, then the Parent Indemnitees or Company Stockholders, as applicable, shall be entitled to be indemnified against and compensated and reimbursed for the entire amount of such Damages, including the initial $100,000.

(b) The limitations that are set forth in Section 9.6(a) shall not apply: (i) in the case of fraudulent or intentional misrepresentation; (ii) to any inaccuracies in any of the amounts set forth in the Closing Payment Schedule; (iii) to any breach of the representation and warranty set forth in Section 3.15(g); or (iv) to indemnification pursuant to Sections 9.2(a)(iii), 9.2(a)(v) and 9.2(a)(vi).

9.7 No Contribution; Multiple Recovery . Each Company Stockholder waives, and acknowledges and agrees that such Company Stockholder shall not have and shall not exercise or assert (or attempt to exercise or assert), any right of contribution, right of indemnity or other right or remedy against Merger Sub or the Company in connection with any indemnification obligation or any other liability to which such Company Stockholder may become subject under or in connection with this Agreement or any other agreement or document delivered to Parent in connection with this Agreement. The parties agree that there shall not be any multiple recovery for any Damages.

9.8 Procedure for Recovery from Escrow Fund . The Parent Indemnitees on the one hand and the Stockholders’ Representative, on behalf of the Company Stockholders, on the other hand, shall follow the procedures set forth in the Escrow Agreement in order to recover Damages from the Escrow Fund.

 

72.


9.9 Defense of Third Party Claims .

(a) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the initiation of any investigation, the imposition by any Person of any penalty or assessment, or the assertion by any Person of any claim against it, or any material change to any of the foregoing, and promptly (and in no event later than ten (10) days) after the commencement by any Person of any Legal Proceeding against it or the amendment or dismissal in part of the claims brought in such Legal Proceeding, if such Indemnified Party may seek indemnification in respect thereof under this Section 9, such Indemnified Party shall give notice thereof to the Person obligated to indemnify such Indemnified Party under this Section 9 (the “Indemnifying Party”), specifying in reasonable detail (to the extent known) the nature of such investigation, imposition or claim (each, a “Third-Party Claim”) and the basis thereof, and shall attach to such notice any documentation provided by the claimant. The failure by an Indemnified Party to notify the Indemnifying Party as provided in this Section 9.9(a) shall not relieve such Indemnifying Party of any liability that it may have to such Indemnified Party, except to the extent that such Indemnifying Party demonstrates that it has suffered Damages, or that the defense of the Third-Party Claim is prejudiced, by such failure.

(b) If an Indemnified Party gives notice to the Indemnifying Party pursuant to Section 9.9(a) of the assertion of a Third-Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party upon written notice (the “Indemnifying Party Election”) to the Indemnified Party shall be entitled at any time after receipt of such notice (including after a prior election not to participate in or assume the defense of the Third-Party Claim) to participate in the defense of the Third-Party Claim and to assume the defense of the Third-Party Claim.

(c) The Indemnified Party will be entitled (at the Indemnified Party’s expense) to participate in the defense of any Third-Party Claim with its own counsel.

(d) While the Indemnifying Party has assumed the defense of a Third-Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall not, so long as it diligently conducts such defense, be liable to the Indemnified Party under this Section 9.9 for any fees of other counsel or any other costs and expenses with respect to the defense of the Third-Party Claim, in each case subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense of the Third-Party Claim, other than reasonable costs of investigation. If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of a Third-Party Claim, no compromise or settlement of the Third-Party Claim may be effected by the Indemnifying Party without the Indemnified Party’s consent unless (A) there is no finding or admission of any violation of any Legal Requirement or any violation of the rights of any Person which finding or admission may be materially adverse to the Indemnified Party; (B) the relief provided consists solely of monetary damages that are paid in full by the Indemnifying Party (or, with respect to claims to be paid by the Company Stockholders, there are sufficient Escrow Shares (valued at the Agreement Conversion Price) and Escrow Cash in the Escrow Fund to pay such relief in full; (C) the Indemnified Party shall have no liability with respect to any compromise or settlement; and (D) the Indemnifying Party has acknowledged in writing its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party with respect to the Third-Party Claim in accordance with this Section 9.

 

73.


(e) If the Indemnifying Party does not for any reason give the Indemnifying Party Election within ten (10) days after notice from the Indemnified Party of the assertion of a Third-Party Claim, or after giving the Indemnifying Party Election, does not continue the diligent defense of a Third-Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to select separate counsel (in addition to local counsel solely for purposes of satisfying jurisdictional requirements) to participate in the defense of the Third-Party Claim on its behalf, at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, to the extent such expenses are reasonable, and to pay, compromise or settle such Third-Party Claim; provided that if more than one Indemnified Party is a party to the Third Party Claim or any related Third-Party Claim (whether or not brought in front of the same adjudicator), the Indemnifying Party shall be obligated to pay only for a single law firm to represent all the Indemnified Parties in all of the related Legal Proceedings, except to the extent (and only to the extent) that (i) joint representation would be inappropriate under the applicable rules of professional conduct, or (ii) if applicable, a single law firm reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Parties is not available which can represent the Indemnified Parties in all of the related Legal Proceedings.

(f) If an Indemnified Party determines in good faith that all of the conditions set forth in subsections (i) through (v) below (the “Defense Conditions”), are not satisfied, then the Indemnified Party may, by written notice to the Indemnifying Party, assume or continue the exclusive defense of such Third-Party Claim:

(i) the Indemnifying Party agrees in the Indemnifying Party Election (x) to bear the costs and expenses of defending the Third-Party Claim, and (y) as between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party, subject to Sections 9.5 and 9.6, the Indemnifying Party shall be solely obligated to satisfy and discharge the Third-Party Claim; provided , that if the Indemnifying Party later gives the Indemnified Party prompt written notice and an opportunity to participate in the defense thereof, the Indemnifying Party shall not be deemed to have agreed to be solely obligated to satisfy and discharge the Third-Party Claim to the extent (1) facts and circumstances arise subsequent to the date of the Indemnifying Party Election, or (2) claims are amended or dismissed, or new claims or cross-claims are made in the same action against the Indemnified Party, following the assumption of the defense of such Third Party Claim by the Indemnifying Party, which indicate, in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnifying Party, that the Indemnifying Party would not be solely responsible, as between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party, for the Damages resulting from the Third-Party Claim, and upon such notice, this condition shall no longer be satisfied;

(ii) in the case that a Parent Indemnitee is the Indemnified Party, the Escrow Fund contains Escrow Shares (valued at the Agreement Conversion Price) and/or Escrow Cash sufficient to satisfy and discharge the Third-Party Claim and the defense thereof after accounting for any Escrow Shares or Escrow Cash necessary to satisfy other escrow claims by the Parent Indemnitee;

(iii) the Indemnifying Party employs counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party;

 

74.


(iv) either (x) the Third-Party Claim is solely for monetary damages, or (y) if the Third Party Claim is not solely for monetary damages, then a judgment in favor of the third party claimant on any non-monetary claim (in light of the rights of indemnification provided hereunder and assuming each Escrow Share is worth not less than the Agreement Conversion Price to the Indemnified Party) would not, in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnified Party, have a material and adverse effect on (1) the assets, liabilities, revenues or expenses of Parent or the Company, (2) the current or planned operations or business of the Parent or the Company, or (3) the ability of the Parent or the Company to exploit the material Company Intellectual Property or Parent Intellectual Property; and

(v) the timing of the assumption of the defense by the Indemnifying Party will not, in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnified Party, adversely prejudice the defense of such Third Party Claim.

(g) If the Indemnifying Party has given the Indemnifying Party Election and has continued the diligent defense of a Third-Party Claim, but the Indemnified Party has assumed or continued the defense of the Third-Party Claim pursuant to Section 9.9(f) other than by reason of the condition set forth in Section 9.9(f)(i) not being satisfied, then:

(i) the Indemnifying Party will be responsible for only 75% of the reasonable legal fees and costs and other Damages of the Indemnified Party incurred or paid in connection with the Third-Party Claim, exclusive of payment, compromise, settlement or satisfaction of such Third-Party Claim, that it would have otherwise been responsible for under this Section 9;

(ii) the Indemnifying Party will be responsible for only 75% of the Damages it would have otherwise been responsible for pursuant to this Section 9 for any payment or satisfaction of such Third-Party Claim following a final adjudication thereof which is no longer subject to appeal;

(iii) the Indemnifying Party will be responsible for only 75% of the Damages it would have otherwise been responsible for pursuant to this Section 9 for any compromise or settlement of such Third-Party Claim, provided the Indemnifying Party shall have consented thereto, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; and

(iv) if the Indemnifying Party has not consented to a compromise or settlement of such Third-Party Claim, the Indemnified Party may nonetheless effect such compromise or settlement, provided that the amounts paid by the Indemnified Party in connection with such compromise or settlement shall not be dispositive as to the Damages to which the Indemnified Party would otherwise be entitled pursuant to this Agreement.

(h) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.11, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party hereby consent to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any court or other Governmental Body or arbitrator or arbitration panel in which a Legal Proceeding in respect of a Third-Party Claim is brought against any Indemnified Party for purposes of any claim that the Indemnified Party may have under this Agreement with respect to such Legal Proceeding or the matters alleged therein and agree that process may be served on the Indemnifying Party with respect to such a claim anywhere in the world.

 

75.


(i) With respect to any Third-Party Claim subject to indemnification under this Section 9: (i) both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, as the case may be, shall keep the other of them fully informed of the status of the Third-Party Claim and any related Legal Proceedings at all stages thereof where such Person is not represented by its own counsel, and (ii) the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall render (each at its own expense) to each other and each other’s counsel such assistance as they may reasonably require of each other and cooperate in good faith with each other in order to ensure the proper and adequate defense of any Third-Party Claim.

(j) With respect to any Third-Party Claim subject to indemnification under this Section 9, the parties agree to cooperate in such a manner as to preserve in full (to the extent possible) the confidentiality of all Confidential Information and the attorney-client and work-product privileges. In connection therewith, each party hereto and beneficiary hereof agrees that: (i) it will use its commercially reasonable efforts, in respect of any Third-Party Claim in which it has assumed or participated in the defense, to avoid production of Confidential Information (consistent with applicable law and rules of procedure), and (ii) all communications between any party hereto or beneficiary hereof and counsel responsible for or participating in the defense of any Third-Party Claim shall, to the extent possible, be made so as to preserve any applicable attorney-client or work-product privilege.

(k) In the event Parent and the Stockholders’ Representative subsequently agree, in their reasonable discretion, to the addition of an insurer to cover some or all of the potential liabilities hereunder, the parties acknowledge that reasonable revisions to the provisions herein related to defense of Third-Party Claims may be necessary in order to accommodate the insurer.

9.10 Indemnification Claims.

(a) In order to seek indemnification under this Section 9, a Person entitled to indemnification under Section 9.2 or Section 9.3 (an “Indemnified Party”) shall deliver, in good faith, a written demand (an “Indemnification Demand”) to the Stockholders’ Representative (in the case of Indemnification Demands from a Parent Indemnitee) or Parent (in the case of Indemnification Demands from Company Stockholders) which contains (i) a description and the amount (the “Asserted Damages Amount”) of any Damages incurred or reasonably expected to be incurred by the Indemnified Party, (ii) a statement that the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under this Section 9 for such Damages and a reasonable explanation of the basis therefor, and (iii) a demand for payment in the amount of such Damages. If the Indemnified Party is a Parent Indemnitee and the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under Section 9.2, Parent shall also deliver a copy of the Indemnification Demand to the Escrow Agent contemporaneously with its delivery to the Stockholders’ Representative. For all purposes of this Section 9.10(a), the Stockholders’ Representative shall be entitled to deliver Indemnification Demands to Parent on behalf of the Company Stockholders.

 

76.


(b) Within thirty (30) days after delivery of an Indemnification Demand to the Stockholders’ Representative or Parent (as the case may be), such party shall deliver to the other of such parties a written response (the “Response”) in which the party providing the Response shall: (i) agree that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive all of the Asserted Damages Amount (in which case, if the Indemnified Party is (A) Parent, then the Stockholders’ Representative and Parent shall deliver to the Escrow Agent, within three days following the delivery of the Response, a written notice executed by both such parties instructing the Escrow Agent to distribute to Parent such number of Escrow Shares equal to the quotient of the Asserted Damages Amount divided by the Agreement Conversion Price, or (B) the Company Stockholders, then Parent shall, in accordance with a distribution method reasonably acceptable to the Stockholders’ Representative, distribute to the Company Stockholders cash equal to the Asserted Damages Amount (in either case, subject to the limitations of Sections 9.5 and 9.6); (ii) agree that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive part, but not all, of the Asserted Damages Amount (such portion, the “Agreed Portion”) (in which case, if the Indemnified Party is (A) Parent, then the Stockholders’ Representative and Parent shall deliver to the Escrow Agent, within three days following the delivery of the Response, a written notice executed by both such parties instructing the Escrow Agent to distribute to Parent such number of Escrow Shares equal to the quotient of the Agreed Portion divided by the Agreement Conversion Price, or (B) the Company Stockholders, then Parent shall, in accordance with a distribution method reasonably acceptable to the Stockholders’ Representative, distribute to the Company Stockholders cash equal to the Amount of the Agreed Portion (subject to the limitations of Sections 9.5 and 9.6); or (iii) dispute that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive any of the Asserted Damages Amount.

(c) In the event that the party providing a Response pursuant to Section 9.10(b) shall (i) dispute that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive any of the Asserted Damages Amount, or (ii) agree that the Indemnified Party is entitled to only the Agreed Portion of the Asserted Damages Amount, the Stockholders’ Representative and Parent shall attempt in good faith to agree upon the rights of the respective parties with respect to each of the indemnification claims that comprise the Asserted Damages Amount (or the portion of the Asserted Damages Amount not comprising the Agreed Portion). If the Stockholders’ Representative and Parent should so agree, a memorandum setting forth such agreement shall be prepared and signed by both such Parties and, in the case of a demand for recovery from the Escrow Fund, shall be furnished to the Escrow Agent. If no such agreement can be reached after good faith negotiation within sixty days after delivery of a Response, either Parent or the Stockholders’ Representative may demand arbitration of any matter set forth in the applicable Indemnification Demand, which arbitration shall be conducted pursuant to Section 10.11.

(d) If on or prior to the Company Expiration Date, any Parent Indemnitee has made an Indemnification Demand containing a claim which has not been resolved prior to the Company Expiration Date in accordance with Section 9 and the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Agent shall retain in the Escrow Account after the Company Expiration Date, Escrow Shares collectively having a Agreement Conversion Price of the Asserted Amount or contested portion of the Asserted Amount, as the case may be, with respect to all claims which have not then been resolved.

 

77.


9.11 Exercise of Remedies by Parent Indemnitees Other than Parent . No Parent Indemnitee (other than Parent or any successor thereto or assign thereof) shall be permitted to assert any indemnification claim or exercise any other remedy under this Agreement unless Parent (or any successor thereto or assign thereof) shall have consented to the assertion of such indemnification claim or the exercise of such other remedy.

9.12 Tax Matters . The following provisions shall govern the allocation of responsibility as between Parent and the Company Stockholders for certain Tax matters following the Closing Date:

(a) Tax Indemnification. The Company Stockholders shall indemnify the Parent Indemnitees and hold them harmless from and against, any Damages attributable to (i) all Taxes (or the non-payment thereof) of the Company for all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date and the portion through the end of the Closing Date for any taxable period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date (the “Preclosing Tax Period”), (ii) all Taxes of any member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which the Company (or any predecessor of the Company) is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date, including pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any analogous or similar state, local, or foreign law or regulation, (iii) any and all Taxes of any person (other than the Company) imposed on the Company as a transferee or successor, by contract or pursuant to any law, rule, or regulation, which Taxes relate to an event or transaction occurring before the Closing Date, and (iv) any Tax liability resulting from any adjustment in Tax liability relating to any “tax-free spin-off” occurring prior to the Closing Date being treated as a taxable event. Any amounts described in the preceding sentence shall be treated as Damages to Parent for all purposes hereunder, and Parent shall be entitled to receive payment from the Escrow Fund of the aggregate amount of such Damages, provided that the Company Stockholders shall not be liable for any amount of Taxes actually paid by the Company on or prior to the Closing Date, or for any Tax to the extent a reserve or payable for such Tax is reflected on the balance sheet of the Company on the Closing Date.

(b) Straddle Periods. For purposes of this Section 9.12, in the case of any Taxes that are imposed on a periodic basis and are payable for a Taxable period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date, the portion of such Tax attributed to the portion of such Taxable period ending on the Closing Date shall (x) in the case of any Taxes other than Taxes based upon or related to income or receipts, be deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire Taxable period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the Taxable period ending on the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire Taxable period, and (y) in the case of any Tax based upon or related to income or receipts be deemed equal to the amount which would be payable if the relevant Taxable period ended on the Closing Date. For purposes of this Section, in the case of any Tax credit relating to a Taxable period that begins before and ends after the Closing Date, the portion of such Tax credit which relates to the portion of such Taxable period ending on the Closing Date shall be the amount which bears the same relationship to the total amount of such Tax credit as the amount of Taxes described in (y) above bears to the total amount of Taxes for such Taxable period. All determinations necessary to give effect to the foregoing allocations shall be made in a manner consistent with prior practice of the Company.

 

78.


(c) Responsibility for Filing Tax Returns. Except as provided in Section 5.12, Parent shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed all Tax Returns for the Company that are filed after the Closing Date.

(d) Tax Sharing Agreements. All Tax sharing agreements or similar agreements with respect to or involving the Company shall be terminated as of the Closing Date and, after the Closing Date, the Company shall not be bound thereby or have any liability thereunder.

9.13 Transfer Taxes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any transfer, documentary, sales, use, excise or other Taxes assessed upon or incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be borne and paid by the Company Stockholders, and the Company Stockholders shall promptly reimburse Parent for any such Tax, fee or duty which they are required to pay under applicable law.

9.14 Exclusive Remedy . After the Closing has occurred, the right to indemnification under this Section 9 shall be the exclusive remedy of each party hereto in connection with any breach by the other party of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein.

SECTION 10. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS

10.1 Stockholders’ Representative.

(a) Appointment . The Company Stockholders, by adopting this Agreement, hereby appoint Mark Foley, as agent and attorney-in-fact (the “Stockholders’ Representative”) for, in the name and on behalf of the Company Stockholders. The Stockholders’ Representative shall have full power and authority to represent all of the Company Stockholders and their successors with respect to all matters arising under this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement and all actions taken by the Stockholders’ Representative hereunder and thereunder shall be binding upon all such Company Stockholders and their successors as if expressly confirmed and ratified in writing by each of them and no Company Stockholder shall have the right to object, dissent, protest or otherwise contest the same. The Stockholders’ Representative hereby accepts such appointment. The Stockholders’ Representative shall take any and all actions which he believes are necessary or appropriate under this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement for, in the name and on behalf of the Company Stockholders, as fully as if the Company Stockholders were acting on their own behalf, including executing and delivering the Escrow Agreement as Stockholders’ Representative, giving and receiving any notice or instruction permitted or required under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement by the Stockholders’ Representative or any Company Stockholder, interpreting all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, authorizing payments to be made with respect hereto or thereto, obtaining reimbursement as provided for herein for all out-of-pocket fees and expenses and other obligations of or incurred by the Stockholders’ Representative in connection with this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, defending all indemnity claims against the Company Stockholders pursuant to Section 9 (a “Parent Indemnity Claim”), consenting to, compromising or settling all Parent Indemnity Claims, conducting negotiations with Parent and the Parent Indemnitees and agents regarding such claims, dealing with Parent and the Escrow Agent under this Agreement

 

79.


and the Escrow Agreement with respect to all matters arising under this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, taking any and all other actions specified in or contemplated by this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, and engaging counsel, accountants or other agents in connection with the foregoing matters. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Stockholders’ Representative shall have full power and authority to interpret all the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement and to consent to any amendment hereof or thereof for, in the name and on behalf of all such Company Stockholders and such successors.

(b) Authorization . By their approval and adoption of this Agreement, the Company Stockholders hereby authorize the Stockholders’ Representative, for, in the name and on behalf of the Company Stockholders to:

(i) receive all notices or documents given or to be given to any of the Company Stockholders by Parent or any Parent Indemnitee or the Escrow Agent pursuant hereto or to the Escrow Agreement or in connection herewith or therewith and to receive and accept service of legal process in connection with any suit or proceeding arising under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement;

(ii) deliver to Parent or any Parent Indemnitee or the Escrow Agent at the Closing all certificates and documents to be delivered to Parent by any of the Company Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, together with any other certificates and documents executed and delivered by any of the Company Stockholders and deposited with the Stockholders’ Representative for such purpose;

(iii) engage counsel, and such accountants and other advisors for any of the Company Stockholders and incur such other expenses on behalf of any of the Company Stockholders in connection with this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby as the Stockholders’ Representative may in its sole discretion deem appropriate; and

(iv) take such action on behalf of any of the Company Stockholders as the Stockholders’ Representative may in its sole discretion deem appropriate in respect of:

(1) taking such other action as the Stockholders’ Representative or any of the Company Stockholders is authorized to take under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement;

(2) receiving all documents or certificates and making all determinations, on behalf of any of the Company Stockholders, required under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement;

(3) all such other matters as the Stockholders’ Representative may in its sole discretion deem necessary or appropriate to consummate this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; and

(4) all such action as may be necessary after the Closing Date to carry out any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement,

 

80.


including, without limitation, the defense and/or settlement of any claims for which indemnification is sought pursuant to Section 9 and any waiver of any obligation of Parent or the Surviving Corporation.

All actions, decisions and instructions of the Stockholders’ Representative shall be conclusive and binding upon all of the Company Stockholders and no Company Stockholder shall have any claim or cause of action against the Stockholders’ Representative, and the Stockholders’ Representative shall have no liability to any Company Stockholder, for any action taken, decision made or instruction given by the Stockholders’ Representative in connection with the Escrow Agreement or this Agreement, except in the case of his own fraud or willful misconduct.

(c) Reliance . Parent shall be entitled to rely conclusively on the instructions and decisions given or made by, or believed in good faith by Parent to be given or made by, the Stockholders’ Representative as to the settlement of any claims for indemnification by Parent or the Surviving Corporation or any of them pursuant to Section 9 hereof, or any other actions required or permitted to be taken by the Stockholders’ Representative hereunder, and no party shall have any cause of action against Parent for any action taken by Parent in reliance upon any such instructions or decisions.

(d) Exculpation; Limitation of Liability .

(i) The Stockholders’ Representative shall incur no liability to the Company Stockholders with respect to any action taken or suffered by it in reliance upon any note, direction, instruction, consent, statement or other documents reasonably believed by the Stockholders’ Representative to be genuinely and duly authorized by at least a majority in interest of the Company Stockholders (determined on the basis of the number of shares of Company Capital Stock owned by each Company Stockholder immediately prior to the Effective Time) (the “Majority in Interest”), nor for other action or inaction taken or omitted in good faith in connection with this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, in any case except for liability to the Company Stockholders for the Stockholders’ Representative’s own fraud or willful misconduct. In the exercise or performance of his powers, rights, duties and privileges hereunder and under the Escrow Agreement, the Stockholders’ Representative shall be entitled to rely upon any document or instrument reasonably believed by him to be genuine, accurate as to content and signed by any Company Stockholder. The Stockholders’ Representative may assume that any Person purporting to give any notice in accordance with the provisions hereof or of the Escrow Agreement has been duly authorized to do so.

(ii) The Stockholders’ Representative may, in all questions arising under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, rely on the advice of counsel and for anything done, omitted or suffered in good faith by the Stockholders’ Representative in accordance with such advice, the Stockholders’ Representative shall not be liable to any Company Stockholder.

(iii) If the Stockholders’ Representative is required by the terms of this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement to determine the occurrence of any event or contingency, the Stockholders’ Representative shall, in making such determination, be liable to the Company Stockholders only for his proven bad faith as determined in light of all the circumstances, including the time and facilities available to him in the ordinary conduct of business. In

 

81.


determining the occurrence of any such event or contingency, the Stockholders’ Representative may request from any of the Company Stockholders such reasonable additional evidence as the Stockholders’ Representative in his sole discretion may deem necessary to determine any fact relating to the occurrence of such event or contingency, and may at any time inquire of and consult with others, including Parent, any Parent Indemnitee or any of the Company Stockholders, and the Stockholders’ Representative shall not be liable to any Company Stockholder for any damages resulting from his delay in acting under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement pending his receipt and examination of additional evidence requested by him.

(iv) No provision of this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement shall require the Stockholders’ Representative to expend or risk his own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the exercise or performance of any of his powers, rights, duties or privileges under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to him.

(v) The Stockholders’ Representative may exercise and perform any of the powers, rights, duties or privileges vested in him under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement either himself or by or through his attorney or other Representatives, and the Stockholders’ Representative shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorney or Representative or for any Damages to the Company Stockholders resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct, provided reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.

(vi) In no event shall the Stockholders’ Representative be liable to any Company Stockholder or any other Person for any indirect, punitive, special or consequential damages.

(e) Indemnification . From and after the Effective Time, the Company Stockholders who shall have received, or shall be entitled to receive, consideration pursuant to Section 1.5, shall each, in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Share of Damages, hold harmless and indemnify the Stockholders’ Representative and his Representatives and their respective affiliates and Representatives (collectively, the “Stockholders’ Representative Indemnitees”) from and against, and shall compensate and reimburse the Stockholders’ Representative Indemnitees for, any Damages which are suffered or incurred by any Stockholders’ Representative Indemnitee or to which any Stockholders’ Representative Indemnitee may otherwise become subject (regardless of whether or not such Damages relate to any third-party claim) and which arise from or as a result of the performance or exercise by the Stockholders’ Representative, directly or through his Representatives, of his powers, rights, duties or privileges under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, including Damages resulting from the active negligence or gross negligence of the Stockholder Representative or the active negligence of his Representatives, other than such Damages resulting from the Stockholders’ Representative Indemnitee’s fraud or willful misconduct. This indemnification shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement.

(f) Access to Information. Upon the reasonable request of the Stockholders’ Representative, Parent shall provide the Stockholders’ Representative reasonable access to

 

82.


information of and concerning any Parent Indemnity Claim which is in the possession or control of Parent for purposes of performing the Stockholders’ Representative’s duties under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement and exercising its rights under this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, including for the purpose of evaluating any Parent Indemnity Claim by Parent; provided that, Parent shall not be obligated to provide any such information that is an attorney-client communication or, absent the execution by the Stockholders’ Representative of a nondisclosure agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to Parent, that is confidential or proprietary in nature. Any failure by Parent to comply with this paragraph (f) shall not be a breach of its obligations except to the extent that the Stockholders’ Representative demonstrates that it has suffered Damages, or that the defense of the Parent Indemnity Claim is prejudiced, by such failure.

(g) Attorney-in-Fact .

(i) The Stockholders’ Representative is hereby appointed and constituted the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of each Company Stockholder, with full power in his, her or its name and on his, her or its behalf to act according to the terms of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement in the absolute discretion of the Stockholders’ Representative; and in general to do all things and to perform all acts including, without limitation, executing and delivering the Escrow Agreement and any other agreements, certificates, receipts, instructions, notices or instruments contemplated by or deemed advisable in connection with the Escrow Agreement. The Stockholders’ Representative hereby accepts such appointment.

(ii) This power of attorney and all authority hereby conferred is granted and shall be irrevocable and shall not be terminated by any act of any Company Stockholder, by operation of law, whether by such Company Stockholder’s death, disability protective supervision or any other event. Without limitation to the foregoing, this power of attorney is to ensure the performance of a special obligation and, accordingly, each Company Stockholder hereby renounces its, his or her right to renounce this power of attorney unilaterally any time before the sixth (6 th ) anniversary of the Effective Time and the complete distribution of the Escrow Fund.

(iii) Each Company Stockholder hereby waives any and all defenses which may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the Stockholders’ Representative taken in good faith under the Escrow Agreement.

(iv) Notwithstanding the power of attorney granted in this Section 10.1, no agreement, instrument, acknowledgement or other act or document shall be ineffective by reason only of the holders of a Majority in Interest having signed or given such agreement, instrument, acknowledgement or other act or document directly, instead of the Stockholders’ Representative.

(h) Reimbursement; Payment of Claims . The Stockholders’ Representative shall be entitled to seek reimbursement of any out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Stockholders’ Representative in connection with the exercise or performance of his powers, rights, duties and privileges set forth in this Agreement and in the Escrow Agreement (including costs and expenses advanced or

 

83.


previously reimbursed by any Company Stockholder or any other Person for reimbursement to such Company Stockholder or other Person), and to obtain satisfaction of any amounts due to the Stockholders’ Representative pursuant to Section 10.1(e), from the Stockholders’ Representative Reserve and, subject to the terms and conditions of the Escrow Agreement (including the valuation of each Escrow Share at the Agreement Conversion Price and the subordination to the Parent Indemnity Claims), from the Escrow Fund. Each Stockholders’ Representative Indemnitee shall be entitled to payment of any amounts to which such Stockholders’ Representative Indemnitee is entitled pursuant to Section 10.1(e) from the Escrow Fund, subject to the terms and conditions of the Escrow Agreement (including the valuation of each Escrow Share at the Agreement Conversion Price and the subordination to the Parent Indemnity Claims). The Stockholders’ Representative agrees to submit claims for reimbursement to the Escrow Agent promptly upon receiving a valid claim, as determined in the sole discretion of the Stockholders’ Representative, from a Stockholders’ Representative Indemnitee.

(i) Orders. The Stockholders’ Representative is authorized, in his sole discretion, to comply with final, nonappealable Orders or decisions issued or process entered by any Court or arbitrator with respect to the Escrow Fund in connection with the Escrow Contributors. If any portion of the Escrow Fund is disbursed to the Stockholders’ Representative and is at any time attached, garnished or levied upon under any court order, or in case the payment, assignment, transfer, conveyance or delivery of any such property shall be stayed or enjoined by any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree (collectively, an “Order”), or in case any Order shall be made or entered by any Court affecting such property or any part thereof, then and in any such event, the Stockholders’ Representative is authorized, in his sole discretion, but in good faith, to rely upon and comply with any such Order which he is advised by legal counsel selected by him is binding upon him without the need for appeal or other action; and if the Stockholders’ Representative complies with any such Order, he shall not be liable to any Company Stockholder by reason of such compliance even though such Order may be subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside or vacated.

(j) Adoption by Company Stockholders. In the event that this Agreement is adopted by the stockholders of the Company, then all such stockholders of the Company shall, without any further act of any stockholder of the Company, be deemed to have consented to and approved (i) the use of the Escrow Fund as collateral to secure the rights of the Parent Indemnitees under Section 9 and the Stockholders’ Representative and his Representatives under this Section 10.1, in each case in the manner set forth herein and in the Escrow Agreement; (ii) the appointment of the Stockholders’ Representative as the representative under this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement and as the attorney-in-fact and agent for and on behalf of each such Person (other than holders of Dissenting Shares); and (iii) the reimbursement and indemnification of the Stockholders’ Representative by the stockholders of the Company as contemplated herein and by the Escrow Agreement.

(k) Stockholders’ Representative Reserve. At or prior to the Closing, the Company shall deposit cash in the amount of $100,000 (together with any earnings thereon, the “Stockholders’ Representative Reserve”) into a separate account at a United States financial institution designated by the Stockholders’ Representative, provided that such deposit shall be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and, provided, further, that such account shall inure to the benefit of any successor Stockholders’ Representative hereunder. The

 

84.


Stockholders’ Representative may in his sole discretion apply the Stockholders’ Representative Reserve to defray, offset, pay or reimburse any charges, fees, costs, taxes, liabilities or expenses of the Stockholders’ Representative incurred in his capacity as Stockholders’ Representative under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, including fees of accountants and legal counsel, and to pay any indemnification amounts pursuant to Section 10.1(d). When the Stockholders’ Representative determines, in his sole discretion, that the Stockholders’ Representative Reserve is no longer necessary to assure the full payment of all amounts set forth in the sentence next preceding, the Stockholders’ Representative shall (i) if there was a Final Company Working Capital Deficit Amount, distribute or cause to be distributed (with the costs of such distribution to be paid from the Stockholders’ Representative Reserve) to each Company Stockholder who held any shares of Company Capital Stock immediately prior to the Closing its Pro Rata Share of the remaining Stockholders’ Representative Reserve and (ii) if there was not a Final Company Working Capital Deficit Amount, distribute or cause to be distributed (with the costs of such distribution to be paid from the Stockholders’ Representative Reserve) to Parent the remaining Stockholders’ Representative Reserve.

(l) Successors. If the Stockholders’ Representative shall die, become disabled, resign or otherwise be unable to fulfill his responsibilities hereunder, a Majority in Interest of the Company Stockholders shall appoint a new Stockholders’ Representative as soon as reasonably practicable by written consent by sending notice and a copy of the duly executed written consent appointing such new Stockholders’ Representative to Parent and the Escrow Agent. Such appointment will be effective upon the later of the date indicated in the consent or the date such consent is received by Parent and the Escrow Agent. The parties hereto and each Indemnified Party shall stay any proceedings under or pursuant to Section 9 pending the appointment of a successor Stockholders’ Representative. If the Majority in Interest shall not have appointed a successor Stockholders’ Representative within 20 days after receipt of notice of the death, disability, resignation or other termination of the Stockholders’ Representative, Parent or the Surviving Corporation may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of either (i) a Company Stockholder holding not less than 1% of the outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock immediately prior to the Closing, or (ii) an officer or director of the Company immediately prior to the Closing, as the successor Stockholders’ Representative or for other appropriate relief, and any such resulting appointment shall be binding upon all Company Stockholders, all parties hereto and all beneficiaries hereof. Any successor Stockholders’ Representative shall accept his appointment, and such appointment shall become effective upon such successor executing and delivering to Parent and the Escrow Agent counterpart signature pages to this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

10.2 Further Assurances. Each party hereto shall execute and cause to be delivered to each other party hereto such instruments and other documents, and shall take such other actions, as such other party may reasonably request (prior to, at or after the Closing) for the purpose of carrying out or evidencing any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10.3 Fees and Expenses. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each party to this Agreement shall bear and pay all fees, costs and expenses (including legal fees and accounting fees) that have been incurred or that are incurred by such party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including all fees, costs and expenses incurred by such party in connection with or by virtue of (a) the investigation and review conducted by

 

85.


Parent and its Representatives with respect to the Company’s business (and the furnishing of information to Parent and its Representatives in connection with such investigation and review), (b) the investigation and review conducted by the Company and its Representatives with respect to Parent’s business (and the furnishing of information to Parent and its Representatives in connection with such investigation and review), (c) the negotiation, preparation and review of this Agreement (including the Company Disclosure Schedule and Parent Disclosure Schedule) and all agreements, certificates, opinions and other instruments and documents delivered or to be delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (d) the preparation and submission of any filing or notice required to be made or given in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and the obtaining of any Consent required to be obtained in connection with any of such transactions, and (e) the consummation of the Merger.

10.4 Attorneys’ Fees. If any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement is brought against any party hereto, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and disbursements (in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing party may be entitled).

10.5 Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be delivered to any party under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed properly delivered, given and received when delivered (by hand, by registered mail, by courier or express delivery service or by facsimile) to the address or facsimile telephone number set forth beneath the name of such party below (or to such other address or facsimile telephone number as such party shall have specified in a written notice given to the other parties hereto):

if to Parent:

Entropic Communications, Inc.

9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: (858) 546-2409

With a copy to:

Cooley Godward Kronish LLP

4401 Eastgate Mall

San Diego, CA 92121-1909

Attention: Lance Bridges, Esq.

Fax: (858) 550-6420

 

86.


if to the Company:

RF Magic, Inc.

Attn: Mark Foley

10182 Telesis Court, 4th Floor

San Diego, CA 92121

Fax: (858) 546-2430

with a copy to:

Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP

12275 El Camino Real, Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92130

Fax: (858) 509-3691

Attn: John J. Hentrich, Esq. and John D. Tishler, Esq.

if to the Stockholders’ Representative:

Mark Foley

RF Magic, Inc.

10182 Telesis Court, 4th Floor

San Diego, CA 92121

Fax: (858) 546-2430

10.6 Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

10.7 Headings. The underlined headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

10.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement.

10.9 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and governed in all respects by, the internal laws of the State of California (without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws).

10.10 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon: the Company and its successors and assigns (if any); Parent and its successors and assigns (if any); and Merger Sub and its successors and assigns (if any). This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of: the Company; the Company Stockholders (to the extent set forth in Section 1.5); the holders of assumed Company Options and Company Warrants (to the extent set forth in Section 1.6 and Section 1.7); Parent; Merger Sub; the other Parent Indemnitees (subject to Section 9.12); and the respective successors and assigns (if any) of the foregoing. Neither this Agreement nor any of a party’s rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned or delegated by either the Company or Parent without the prior written consent of Parent or the Company, as applicable, and any attempted assignment or delegation of this Agreement or any of such rights or

 

87.


obligations by such party without the other party’s prior written consent shall be void and of no effect; provided, however, that following the Closing Date, Parent and the Surviving Corporation may assign this Agreement to any successor by reason or merger, reorganization, sale of all or substantially all of the assets, change of control or operation of law without the prior written consent of the other parties to this Agreement.

10.11 Arbitration.

(a) Each party is required to notify the other parties, in writing, of any dispute, claim, or controversy arising out of this Agreement. As to disputes related to indemnification, the parties shall provide written notice in accordance with Section 9.10. As to all other disputes, the parties shall provide notice in the form of a written description of the basis for the dispute and the remedy sought, delivered in accordance with Section 10.6. If, within thirty days after delivery of the notice, the parties are unable to resolve the dispute, then any party may submit the dispute to binding arbitration.

(b) Any dispute, claim, or controversy arising out of this Agreement which cannot be resolved by the parties, including but not limited to Indemnification Demands made pursuant to Section 9.10, shall be determined by binding arbitration conducted by one arbitrator and administered by Judicate West, pursuant to the American Arbitration Association Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect except to the extent those Rules conflict with any provision of this section. If, within thirty days after submission of any dispute to arbitration, the parties cannot mutually agree on one Judicate West arbitrator, then the parties shall arrange for Judicate West to designate a single arbitrator according to the process set forth in the American Arbitration Association Commercial Arbitration Rules.

(c) Any such arbitration shall be held in San Diego, California. The arbitrator shall set a limited time period and establish procedures designed to reduce the cost and time for discovery while allowing the parties an opportunity, adequate in the sole judgment of the arbitrator, to discover relevant information from the opposing parties about the subject matter of the dispute. In an arbitration regarding an Indemnification Demand, the decision of the arbitrator as to the validity and amount of any indemnification claim in such Indemnification Demand shall be subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement and final, binding, and conclusive upon the parties. In an arbitration to resolve any other dispute, claim, or controversy arising out of this Agreement, the decision of the arbitrator shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon the parties.

(d) The decision of the arbitrator shall be written and shall be supported by written findings of fact and conclusions which shall set forth the award, judgment, decree or order awarded by the arbitrator. As part of such award, the prevailing party (as determined by the arbitrator) shall be awarded legal fees and expenses incurred in conjunction with the dispute and the losing party shall be required to pay the arbitrator’s fees and the administrative fee of Judicate West. All payments required by the decision of the arbitrator shall be made within thirty days after the decision of the arbitrator is rendered. Judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

(e) The rights and remedies of the parties hereto shall be cumulative (and not alternative). The parties to this Agreement agree that, in the event of any breach or threatened

 

88.


breach by any party to this Agreement of any covenant, obligation or other provision set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of any other party to this Agreement, such other party shall be entitled (in addition to any other remedy that may be available to it) to (a) a decree or order of specific performance or mandamus to enforce the observance and performance of such covenant, obligation or other provision, and (b) an injunction restraining such breach or threatened breach.

10.12 Waiver .

(a) No failure on the part of any Person to exercise any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, and no delay on the part of any Person in exercising any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, shall operate as a waiver of such power, right, privilege or remedy; and no single or partial exercise of any such power, right, privilege or remedy shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right, privilege or remedy.

(b) No Person shall be deemed to have waived any claim arising out of this Agreement, or any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, unless the waiver of such claim, power, right, privilege or remedy is expressly set forth in a written instrument duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person; and any such waiver shall not be applicable or have any effect except in the specific instance in which it is given.

10.13 Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended, modified, altered or supplemented other than by means of a written instrument duly executed and delivered on behalf of all of the parties hereto.

10.14 Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction. If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that the court making such determination shall have the power to limit the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified. In the event such court does not exercise the power granted to it in the prior sentence, the parties hereto agree to replace such invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a valid and enforceable term or provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such invalid or unenforceable term.

10.15 Parties in Interest. Except for the provisions of Sections 1.5, 1.6, 1.7 and 9, none of the provisions of this Agreement is intended to provide any rights or remedies to any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (if any).

10.16 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other agreements referred to herein set forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings among or between any of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof; provided, however, that the

 

89.


confidentiality provisions set forth in paragraph 7 of the Letter of Intent shall not be superseded by this Agreement and shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms until the earlier of (a) the Effective Time, or (b) the date on which such provision terminates pursuant to the Letter of Intent. All information contained (i) herein and (ii) in the Company Disclosure Schedule and Parent Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be “Confidential Information” (as defined and subject to the exceptions contained in the Letter of Intent).

10.17 Conflict of Interest. If the Stockholders’ Representative so desires, acting on behalf of the Company Stockholders and without the need for any consent or waiver by the Company or Parent, Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP (“SMRH”) shall be permitted to represent the Company Stockholders after the Closing in connection with any matter, including without limitation anything related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement any other agreements referenced herein or any disagreement or dispute relating thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, after the Closing, SMRH shall be permitted to represent the Company Stockholders, any of their agents and affiliates, or any one or more of them, in connection with any negotiation, transaction or dispute (“dispute”) includes litigation, arbitration or other adversary proceeding) with Parent, the Company or any of their agents or affiliates under or relating to this Agreement, any transaction contemplated by this Agreement, and any related matter, such as claims or disputes arising under other agreements entered into in connection with this Agreement. Upon and after the Closing, the Company shall cease to have any attorney-client relationship with SMRH, unless and to the extent SMRH is specifically engaged in writing by the Company to represent the Company after Closing and either such engagement involves no conflict of interest with respect to the Company Stockholders or the Stockholders’ Representative consents in writing at the time to such engagement. Any such representation of the Company by SMRH after the Closing shall not affect the foregoing provisions hereof. For example, and not by way of limitation, even if SMRH is representing the Company after the Closing, SMRH shall be permitted simultaneously to represent the Company Stockholders in any matter, including any disagreement or dispute relating hereto. Furthermore, SMRH shall be permitted to withdraw from any representation of the Company in order to be able to represent or continue so representing the Company Stockholders, even if such withdrawal causes the Company or Parent additional legal expense (such as to bring new counsel “up to speed”), delay or other prejudice. Except with the consent of the Stockholders’ Representative, neither Parent nor the Surviving Corporation, nor any Person purporting to act on behalf of or through Parent or the Surviving Corporation, will seek to obtain attorney-client privileged communications among the Company and its Representatives and SMRH related to the Merger between the period of January 1, 2007 and the Effective Time.

10.18 Intentionally Omitted.

10.19 Construction .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, whenever the context requires: the singular number shall include the plural, and vice versa; the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders; the feminine gender shall include the masculine and neuter genders; and the neuter gender shall include the masculine and feminine genders.

 

90.


(b) The parties hereto agree that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be applied in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

(c) As used in this Agreement, the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

(d) Except as otherwise indicated, all references in this Agreement to “Sections” and “Exhibits” are intended to refer to Sections of this Agreement and Exhibits to this Agreement.

 

91.


The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Patrick Henry

  Patrick Henry
  President and Chief Executive Officer
R APTOR A CQUISITION S UB , I NC .
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Patrick Henry

  Patrick Henry
  President
RF M AGIC , I NC .,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Mark Foley

  Mark Foley
  President and Chief Executive Officer
S TOCKHOLDERS ’ R EPRESENTATIVE ,
By:  

/s/ Mark Foley

  Mark Foley

 

92.


E XHIBIT A

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of the Agreement (including this Exhibit A):

280G Waiver. “280G Waiver” shall mean the 280G Waiver in the form attached as Exhibit J hereto.

Acquisition Proposal . “Acquisition Proposal” shall mean any offer or proposal (other than an offer or proposal made or submitted by Parent) contemplating or otherwise relating to any Acquisition Transaction.

Acquisition Transaction. “Acquisition Transaction” shall mean any transaction (except for Parent’s initial public offering of Parent Common Stock) involving:

(a) the sale, license, disposition or acquisition of all or a substantial portion of the Company’s or Parent’s, as applicable, or any of its subsidiary’s business or assets;

(b) any purchase from the Company or Parent, as applicable, by any Person of more than a fifty percent (50%) interest in the total outstanding voting securities of the Company or Parent, as applicable, or any of its subsidiaries or any transaction in which the stockholders of the Company or Parent, as applicable, immediately preceding such transaction hold, directly or indirectly, less than fifty percent (50%) of the equity interests in the surviving or resulting entity of such transaction or in any parent entity immediately following such transaction; or

(c) any merger, consolidation, business combination, reorganization or similar transaction involving the Company or Parent, as applicable.

Aggregate Merger Consideration. “Aggregate Merger Consideration” shall mean the aggregate number of shares of Parent Common Stock and Parent Series D Preferred Stock (on an as converted basis) issuable, pursuant to Sections 1.5, 1.6 and 1.7 to holders of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, holders of Company Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, holders of Company Common Warrants (assuming full exercise of all Company Common Warrants) outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, holders of Company Preferred Warrants (assuming full exercise of all Company Preferred Warrants) outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, holders of Company Options (assuming full vesting and exercise of all Company Options) outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and Company Options unissued but available for issuance pursuant to the Company Option Plan immediately prior to the Effective Time, in each case, prior to any contributions to the Escrow Fund and adjustments pursuant to Section 1.13.

Agreed Portion. “Agreed Portion” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.10 of the Agreement.

Agreement. “Agreement” shall mean the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization to which this Exhibit A is attached (including the Company Disclosure Schedule and Parent Disclosure Schedule), as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.


Agreement Conversion Price. “Agreement Conversion Price” shall mean $2.00, adjusted as appropriate to reflect any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction effected by Parent after the Closing Date; provided , however , for purposes of Sections 9 and 10 of the Agreement and of the Escrow Agreement, after a Qualified IPO, “Agreement Conversion Price” shall mean the volume weighted average price of one share of Parent Common Stock as reported by the exchange on which the Parent Common Stock is then trading, during the thirty (30) trading days prior to the date of the determination.

Asserted Damages Amount. “Asserted Damages Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.10 of the Agreement.

California Commissioner. “California Commissioner” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 of the Agreement.

Certificate of Merger. “Certificate of Merger” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3 to the Agreement.

CGCL. “CGCL” shall mean the California General Corporation Law.

Closing. “Closing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3 to the Agreement.

Closing Company Fully Diluted Number. “Closing Company Fully Diluted Number” shall mean the aggregate of (i) Company Preferred Stock (on an as converted to Company Common Stock basis) outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, (ii) Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, (iii) Company Preferred Stock (on an as converted to Company Common Stock basis) issuable upon exercise of Company Preferred Warrants outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (assuming full exercise of Company Preferred Warrants), (iv) Company Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Company Common Warrants outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (assuming full exercise of Company Common Warrants) and (v) Company Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company Option Plan immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Closing Company Parent Share Number. “Closing Company Parent Share Number” shall mean the product of (a) 34 divided by 66, multiplied by (b) the Closing Parent Fully Diluted Number.

Closing Company Schedule. “Closing Company Schedule” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13 of the Agreement.

Closing Date. “Closing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3 of the Agreement.

Closing Date Company Balance Sheet. “Closing Date Company Balance Sheet” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(c) of the Agreement.

Closing Date Company Transaction Expense Amount. “ Closing Date Company Transaction Expense Amount” shall mean all fees, costs and expenses of the legal advisor to the Company that have been incurred or that are incurred (whether prior to the date of the Agreement, during the Pre-Closing Period or, pursuant to the direction of the Persons who were Representatives of the Company before the Effective Time, at or after the Effective Time) by or on behalf of the Company relating directly or indirectly to, or arising from or in connection with, the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.

 

2.


Closing Date Parent Balance Sheet. “Closing Date Parent Balance Sheet” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(c) of the Agreement.

Closing Date Parent Transaction Expense Amount. “ Closing Date Parent Transaction Expense Amount” shall mean all fees, costs and expenses of the legal advisors to Parent that have been incurred or that are incurred (whether prior to the date of the Agreement, during the Pre-Closing Period) by or on behalf of Parent relating directly or indirectly to, or arising from or in connection with, the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.

Closing Date Stockholder Liability Amount. “Closing Date Stockholder Liability Amount” shall mean the total Liabilities of the Company to holders of Company equity.

Closing Parent Fully Diluted Number. “Closing Parent Fully Diluted Number” shall mean the aggregate of (i) Parent Preferred Stock (on an as converted to Parent Common Stock basis) outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, (ii) Parent Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, (iii) Parent Preferred Stock (on an as converted to Parent Common Stock basis) issuable upon exercise of each warrant to purchase Parent Preferred Stock that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (assuming full exercise of such warrants), (iv) Parent Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each warrant to purchase Parent Common Stock that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (assuming full exercise of such warrants), (v) Parent Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Parent Option Plan immediately prior to the Effective Time and (vi) if Parent has not consummated the acquisition of Arabella Software Ltd. contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated February 28, 2007 and providing that such agreement has not been terminated prior to the Closing Date, 1,300,000 shares of Parent Common Stock.

Closing Parent Schedule. “Closing Parent Schedule” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13 of the Agreement.

Closing Payment Schedule. “Closing Payment Schedule” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(o) of the Agreement.

Code. “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Stock Escrow Shares. “Common Stock Escrow Shares” shall mean the aggregate number of shares of Parent Common Stock withheld and placed in the Escrow Fund on behalf of Company Common Stockholders pursuant to Section 1.5 of the Agreement.

Company. “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to the Agreement.

Company Acknowledgments of Payment and Release. “Company Acknowledgments of Payment and Release” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6 of the Agreement.

 

3.


Company Affiliate . “Company Affiliate” shall mean any Person under common control with the Company within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) of the Code, and the regulations issued thereunder.

Company Associate. “Company Associate” shall mean any current or former officer or other employee, or current or former independent contractor, consultant or director, of or to any of the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

Company Balance Sheet. “Company Balance Sheet” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8 of the Agreement.

Company Capital Stock. “Company Capital Stock” shall mean the Company Common Stock and the Company Preferred Stock.

Company Capital Stock Right. “Company Capital Stock Right” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(e) of the Agreement.

Company Charter Amendment. “Company Charter Amendment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(c) of the Agreement.

Company Charter Documents. “Company Charter Documents” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of the Agreement.

Company Charter Vote Requirement. “Company Charter Vote Requirement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(d) of the Agreement.

Company Closing Certificate. “Company Closing Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.6 of the Agreement.

Company Common Stock. “Company Common Stock” means the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Company Common Stock Ratio. “Company Common Stock Ratio” shall mean the quotient of (a) the Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time divided by (b) the sum of the Company Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and the Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Company Common Stockholder. “Company Common Stockholder” shall mean a holder of the Company Common Stock.

Company Common Warrant. “Company Common Warrant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7 of the Agreement.

Company Contract . “Company Contract” shall mean any Contract: (a) to which the Company or its subsidiaries are a Party, (b) by which the Company (or its subsidiaries’) or any of the Company’s (or its subsidiaries’) assets is or may become bound or under which the Company is (or its subsidiaries are), or may become subject to, any obligation, or (c) under which the Company has (or its subsidiaries have) or may acquire any right or interest.

 

4.


Company Counsel. “Company Counsel” shall mean Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP.

Company Disclosure Schedule. “Company Disclosure Schedule” shall mean the schedule (dated as of the date of the Agreement) delivered to Parent on behalf of the Company and attached to the Agreement as Exhibit S .

Company Dissenting Shares. “Company Dissenting Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.10 of the Agreement.

Company Employee. “Company Employee” shall mean any current or former employee, independent contractor or director of the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

Company Employee Agreement. “Company Employee Agreement” shall mean each management, employment, severance, consulting, relocation, repatriation or expatriation agreement or other Contract between the Company or any Company Subsidiary and any Company Employee, other than any such management, employment, severance, consulting, relocation, repatriation or expatriation agreement or other Contract with a Company Employee which is terminable “at will” without any obligation on the part of the Company or any Company Affiliate to make any payments or provide any benefits in connection with such termination.

Company Employee Plan. “Company Employee Plan” shall mean any plan, program, policy, practice, Contract or other arrangement providing for compensation, severance, termination pay, deferred compensation, performance awards, stock or stock-related awards, fringe benefits, pension plan, retirement or early retirement plan or provident fund, or other employee benefits or remuneration of any kind, whether written, unwritten or otherwise, funded or unfunded, including each “employee benefit plan,” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (whether or not ERISA is applicable to such plan), that is or has been maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to, by the Company or any Company Affiliate for the benefit of any Company Employee, or with respect to which the Company or any Company Affiliate has or may have any liability or obligation, except such definition shall not include any Company Employee Agreement.

Company Expiration Date. “Company Expiration Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a) of the Agreement.

Company Financial Statements. “Company Financial Statements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8 of the Agreement.

Company IP. “Company IP” shall mean (a) all Intellectual Property Rights in or pertaining to the Company Products or methods or processes used to manufacture the Company Products, and (b) all other Intellectual Property Rights owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries.

Company Material Contract. “Company Material Contract” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14 of the Agreement.

Company Objection Notice. “Company Objection Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(e) of the Agreement.

 

5.


Company Option. “Company Option” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6 of the Agreement.

Company Option Plan. “Company Option Plan” shall mean the RF Magic, Inc. 2000 Incentive Stock Plan and the RF Magic, Inc. (France) 2000 Incentive Stock Plan.

Company Option Pool Amendment. “Company Option Pool Amendment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(c) of the Agreement.

Company Payment Schedule. “Closing Payment Schedule” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.6 of the Agreement.

Company Preferred Stock. “Company Preferred Stock” shall mean the Company’s preferred stock, including the Company Series A Preferred Stock, the Company Series B Preferred Stock and the Company Series C Preferred Stock.

Company Preferred Stock Ratio. “Company Preferred Stock Ratio” shall mean the quotient of (a) the Company Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time divided by (b) the sum of the Company Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and the Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Company Preferred Stockholder. “Company Preferred Stockholder” shall mean a holder of the Company Preferred Stock.

Company Preferred Warrant. “Company Preferred Warrant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7 of the Agreement.

Company Product. “Company Product” shall mean any product or service designed, developed, manufactured, or exclusively licensed at any time by the Company or the Company Subsidiaries.

Company Related Parties. “Company Related Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.20 of the Agreement.

Company Required Stockholder Vote. “Company Required Stockholder Vote” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3(b) of the Agreement.

Company Series A Preferred Stock. “Company Series A Preferred Stock” means the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Company Series B Preferred Stock. “Company Series B Preferred Stock” means the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Company Series C Preferred Stock. “Company Series C Preferred Stock” means the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Company Software. “Company Software” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(g) of the Agreement.

 

6.


Company Stock Certificate. “Company Stock Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.8 of the Agreement.

Company Stockholder. “Company Stockholder” shall mean a holder of Company Common Stock or Company Preferred Stock.

Company Subsidiaries. “Company Subsidiaries” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 of the Agreement.

Company Warrant. “Company Warrant” shall mean a Company Common Warrant or a Company Preferred Warrant, as applicable, and “Company Warrants” shall mean all Company Common Warrants and Company Preferred Warrants.

Company Working Capital. “Company Working Capital” shall mean the Working Capital of the Company on a specified date; provided, that Company Working Capital shall be adjusted upwards for the amount of any Closing Date Company Transaction Expense Amount.

Company Working Capital Deficit Adjustment. “Company Working Capital Deficit Adjustment” shall be equal to the amount by which the Final Company Working Capital Deficit Amount exceeds the Estimated Company Working Capital Deficit Amount, if any.

Company Working Capital Deficit Amount. “Company Working Capital Deficit Amount” shall mean the aggregate absolute amount by which Company Working Capital, as of the Closing Date, is less than the Company Working Capital Projection, provided, however, that in the event that Company Working Capital, as of the Closing Date, is greater than or equal to the Company Working Capital Projection, the Company Working Capital Deficit Amount shall equal zero.

Company Working Capital Pro Rated Projection. “Company Working Capital Pro Rated Projection” shall be equal to the product of:

(i) (a) the difference of (I) the projected Company Working Capital for the last day of the calendar month in which the Closing Date occurs (as set forth in Exhibit T to the Agreement) minus (II) the projected Company Working Capital for the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the calendar month in which the Closing Date occurs (as set forth in Exhibit T to the Agreement); divided by (b) the number of days between the two month ends described in clauses (I) and (II);

multiplied by

(ii) the number of days elapsed from (but not including) the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the calendar month in which the Closing Date occurs to (and including) the Closing Date.

Company Working Capital Projection. “Company Working Capital Projection” shall be equal to, (i) if the Closing Date is the last calendar day of a calendar month, the projected Company Working Capital for such day set forth in Exhibit T to the Agreement, and (ii) if the Closing Date is other than the last calendar day of a calendar month, the sum of (a) the projected Company Working Capital for the last day of the calendar month preceding the calendar month in which the Closing Date occurs and (b) the Company Working Capital Pro Rated Projection.

 

7.


Consent. “Consent” shall mean any approval, consent, ratification, permission, waiver or authorization (including any Governmental Authorization).

Contract. “Contract” shall mean any written, oral or other agreement, contract, subcontract, lease, understanding, instrument, note, warranty, insurance policy, benefit plan or legally binding commitment or undertaking of any nature.

Current Assets. “Current Assets” shall mean the aggregate amount of the accounts receivable, short-term investments, inventory and prepaid and other current assets of the (including cash and cash equivalents).

Current Liabilities. “Current Liabilities” shall mean the accounts payable and accrued liabilities (including the short-term portion of capitalized leases and long-term liabilities and accruals for doubtful accounts).

Damages. “Damages” shall include any loss, damage, injury, decline in value, liability, claim, demand, settlement, judgment, award, fine, penalty, Tax, fee (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), charge, cost (including costs of investigation) or expense of any nature.

Deemed Estimated Company Working Capital Deficit Amount. “Deemed Estimated Company Working Capital Deficit Amount” shall mean the Estimated Company Working Capital Deficit Amount divided by the Agreement Conversion Price.

Deemed Estimated Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount. “Deemed Estimated Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount” shall mean the Estimated Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount divided by the Agreement Conversion Price.

Defense Conditions. “Defense Conditions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(f).

Description of Company Variances. “Description of Company Variances” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(f) of the Agreement.

Description of Parent Variances. “Description of Parent Variances” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(g) of the Agreement.

DGCL. “DGCL” shall mean the Delaware General Corporation Law.

DOL. “DOL” shall mean the United States Department of Labor.

Effective Time. “Effective Time” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3 to the Agreement.

Eligible Stock Option. “Eligible Stock Option” shall mean any Company Stock Option other than (a) a French Stock Option for which a Put-Call Agreement is not in place, as described in Section 1.6(b), and (b) Company Stock Options issued to residents of the United Kingdom and Taiwan that Parent shall not be obligated to assume pursuant to Section 1.6(c).

Encumbrance. “Encumbrance” shall mean any lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, mortgage, security interest, encumbrance, claim, infringement, interference, option, right of first

 

8.


refusal, preemptive right, community property interest or restriction of any nature (including any restriction on the voting of any security, any restriction on the transfer of any security or other asset, any restriction on the receipt of any income derived from any asset, any restriction on the use of any asset and any restriction on the possession, exercise or transfer of any other attribute of ownership of any asset).

Entity. “Entity” shall mean any corporation (including any non-profit corporation), general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, estate, trust, company (including any limited liability company or joint stock company), firm or other enterprise, association, organization or entity.

ERISA . “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Escrow Cash. “Escrow Cash” shall mean the proceeds from the sale of the Escrow Shares pursuant to Section 12 of the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Contributors. “Escrow Contributors” shall mean the holders of Company Common Stock, Company Series A Preferred Stock, Company Series B Preferred Stock and Company Series C Preferred Stock on whose behalf any amounts have been or are required to be contributed to the Escrow Fund in accordance with Section 1.5 and 1.13 of the Agreement.

Escrow Fund. “Escrow Fund” shall mean the escrow fund established pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Percentage. “Escrow Percentage” shall mean 15%.

Escrow Shares. “Escrow Shares” shall mean the sum of the Common Stock Escrow Shares and the Preferred Stock Escrow Shares.

Estimated Company Working Capital Deficit Amount. “Estimated Company Working Capital Deficit Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13 of the Agreement.

Estimated Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount. “Estimated Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13 of the Agreement.

Excess Company Transaction Expense Amount. “Excess Company Transaction Expense Amount” shall mean the quotient of (i) the amount by which the Closing Date Company Transaction Expense Amount exceeds $350,000, if any, divided by (ii) the Agreement Conversion Price.

Excess Parent Transaction Expense Amount. “Excess Parent Transaction Expense Amount” shall mean the quotient of (i) the amount by which the Closing Date Parent Transaction Expense Amount exceeds $350,000, if any, divided by (ii) the Agreement Conversion Price.

Exchange Ratio. “Exchange Ratio” shall mean (a) (A) the Closing Company Parent Share Number minus (B) the Deemed Estimated Company Working Capital Deficit Amount and the Excess Company Transaction Expense Amount, if any, plus (C) the Deemed Estimated Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount and the Excess Parent Transaction Expense Amount, if any; divided by (b) the Closing Company Fully Diluted Number.

 

9.


Fairness Approval. “Fairness Approval” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 of the Agreement.

Fairness Hearing. “Fairness Hearing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 of the Agreement.

Final Company Working Capital Deficit. “Final Company Working Capital Deficit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(j) of the Agreement.

Final Parent Working Capital Deficit. “Final Parent Working Capital Deficit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(j) of the Agreement.

French Stock Option. “French Stock Option” shall mean a Company Stock Option issued pursuant to the RF Magic, Inc. (France) 2000 Incentive Stock Plan.

GAAP. “GAAP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8 of the Agreement.

Government Contract. “Government Contract” shall mean any prime contract, subcontract, letter contract, purchase order or delivery order executed or submitted to or on behalf of any Governmental Body or any prime contractor or higher-tier subcontractor, or under which any Governmental Body or any such prime contractor or subcontractor otherwise has or may acquire any right or interest.

Governmental Authorization. “Governmental Authorization” shall mean any: (a) permit, license, certificate, franchise, permission, clearance, registration, qualification or authorization issued, granted, given or otherwise made available by or under the authority of any Governmental Body or pursuant to any Legal Requirement; or (b) right under any Contract with any Governmental Body.

Governmental Body. “Governmental Body” shall mean any: (a) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; or (c) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental division, department, agency, commission, instrumentality, official, organization, unit, body or Entity and any court or other tribunal).

Indemnification Demand. “Indemnification Demand” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.10 of the Agreement

Indemnified Party. “Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.10 of the Agreement

Indemnifying Party Election. “Indemnifying Party Election” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(b) of the Agreement.

Information Statement. “Information Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a) of the Agreement.

 

10.


Intellectual Property. “Intellectual Property” shall mean and include all algorithms, application programming interfaces, apparatus, chemical compositions or structures, circuit designs and assemblies, databases and data collections, diagrams, formulae, gate arrays, IP cores, inventions (whether or not patentable), know-how, logos, marks (including brand names, product names, logos, and slogans), methods, network configurations and architectures, net lists, photomasks, processes, proprietary information, protocols, schematics, specifications, software, software code (in any form including source code and executable or object code), subroutines, test results, test vectors, user interfaces, techniques, URLs, web sites, works of authorship, and other forms of technology (whether or not embodied in any tangible form and including all tangible embodiments of the foregoing such as instruction manuals, laboratory notebooks, prototypes, samples, studies, and summaries).

Intellectual Property Rights. “Intellectual Property Rights” shall mean and include all rights of the following types, which may exist or be created under the laws of any jurisdiction in the world: (a) rights associated with works of authorship, including exclusive exploitation rights, copyrights, moral rights, and mask works; (b) trademark and trade name rights and similar rights; (c) trade secret rights; (d) patents and industrial property rights; and (e) all registrations, renewals, extensions, continuations, divisions, or reissues of, and applications for, any of the rights referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above.

IRS. “IRS” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Knowledge. “Knowledge” shall mean, with respect to any fact, circumstance, event or other matter in question, the actual knowledge of such fact, circumstance, event or other matter in question of, (A) with respect to the Company, Dean Barnat, Stephen Blake, Mark Foley, Dale L. Hancock, David B. Lyle, Branislav Petrovic, Gordon Schenk, Angelo S. Stephano, Frank Finnerty, Alan Heim, Kathy White, and Kathleen Cahill and (B) with respect to Parent or Merger Sub, Andre Chartrand, John Graham, Patrick Henry, Michael Economy, Tim Pappas, Kurt Noyes, Anton Monk, Phil Zouris, Lynda Woodley, and Kathleen Murphy.

Legal Proceeding. “Legal Proceeding” shall mean any action, suit, litigation, arbitration, proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or appellate proceeding), hearing, inquiry, audit, examination or investigation commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any court or other Governmental Body or any arbitrator or arbitration panel.

Legal Requirement. “Legal Requirement” shall mean any applicable federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, regulation, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body.

Letter of Intent. “Letter of Intent” shall mean the letter of intent dated March 16, 2006, by and between Parent and the Company.

Liability. “Liability” shall mean any liability or obligation of whatever kind of nature (whether known of unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether assured or unassured, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due).

 

11.


Long-Term Liabilities. “Long-Term Liabilities” shall mean liabilities that are due to be paid in more than one year.

Material Adverse Effect. A violation or other matter will be deemed to have a “Material Adverse Effect” on the Person if such violation or other matter (considered together with all other matters that would constitute exceptions to the representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement but for the presence of “Material Adverse Effect” or other materiality qualifications, or any similar qualifications, in such representations and warranties) would have a material adverse effect on the Person’s business, condition, assets, intellectual property, liabilities, operations or financial performance; provided, however , that none of the following (individually or in combination) shall be deemed to constitute, or shall be taken into account in determining whether there has been or would be, a Material Adverse Effect: (i) any change, event, violation, inaccuracy, circumstance or effect (each, an “Effect”) resulting from general business or economic conditions in the United States to the extent such Effect does not disproportionately affect such entity; (ii) any Effect resulting from conditions generally affecting the industry in which such party operates to the extent such Effect does not disproportionately affect such entity; (iii) any Effect to the extent resulting from the announcement or pendency of the Merger; and (iv) any Effect resulting from the circumstances described in Section 2.9(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

Merger. “Merger” shall have the meaning set forth in Recital A to the Agreement.

Merger Securities. “Merger Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.18 of the Merger Agreement.

Merger Sub. “Merger Sub” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to the Agreement.

Neutral Auditor. “Neutral Auditor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(i) of the Agreement.

Order. “Order” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Ordinary Course. “Ordinary Course” shall mean an action taken by a Person that does not require authorization by the board of directors or stockholders of such Person (or by any Person or group of Persons exercising similar authority) or any other separate or special authorization of any nature, and either (a) is consistent in nature, scope and magnitude with the past practices of such Person and is taken in the ordinary course of the normal, day-to day operations of such Person; or (b) is similar in nature, scope and magnitude to actions customarily taken, without any separate or special authorization, in the ordinary course of the normal, day-to-day operations of other Persons that are in the same line of business as such Person.

Parent. “Parent” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to the Agreement.

Parent Acknowledgments of Payment and Release. “Parent Acknowledgments of Payment and Release” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6 of the Agreement.

 

12.


Parent Affiliate . “Parent Affiliate” shall mean any Person under common control with the Parent within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) of the Code, and the regulations issued thereunder.

Parent Associate. “Parent Associate” shall mean any current or former officer or other employee, or current or former independent contractor, consultant or director, of or to any of Parent or the Parent Subsidiary.

Parent Balance Sheet. “Parent Balance Sheet” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8 of the Agreement.

Parent Capital Stock. “Parent Capital Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(e) of the Agreement.

Parent Charter Amendment. “Parent Charter Amendment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(g) of the Agreement.

Parent Charter Documents. “Parent Charter Documents” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Agreement.

Parent Closing Certificate. “Parent Closing Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(c) of the Agreement.

Parent Common Stock. “Parent Common Stock” means Parent’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Parent Disclosure Schedule. “Parent Disclosure Schedule” shall mean the schedule (dated as of the date of the Agreement) delivered to the Company on behalf of Parent and the Merger Sub and attached to the Agreement as Exhibit U .

Parent Dissenting Shares. “Parent Dissenting Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.11 of the Agreement.

Parent Employee. “Parent Employee” shall mean any current or former employee, independent contractor or director of Parent or the Parent Subsidiary.

Parent Employee Agreement. “Parent Employee Agreement” shall mean each management, employment, severance, consulting, relocation, repatriation or expatriation agreement or other Contract between Parent or the Parent Subsidiary and any Parent Employee, other than any such management, employment, severance, consulting, relocation, repatriation or expatriation agreement or other Contract with a Parent Employee which is terminable “at will” without any obligation on the part of Parent or the Parent Subsidiary to make any payments or provide any benefits in connection with such termination.

Parent Employee Plan. “Parent Employee Plan” shall mean any plan, program, policy, practice, Contract or other arrangement providing for compensation, severance, termination pay, deferred compensation, performance awards, stock or stock-related awards, fringe benefits, pension plan, retirement or early retirement plan or provident fund, or other employee benefits or remuneration of any kind, whether written, unwritten or otherwise, funded or unfunded, including each “employee benefit plan,” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (whether

 

13.


or not ERISA is applicable to such plan), that is or has been maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to, by Parent or any Parent Affiliate for the benefit of any Parent Employee, or with respect to which Parent or any Parent Affiliate has or may have any liability or obligation, except such definition shall not include any Parent Employee Agreement.

Parent Escrow Cap. “Parent Escrow Cap” shall mean the product of the aggregate number of Escrow Shares immediately following the Closing multiplied by $2.00, adjusted as appropriate to reflect any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction effected by Parent.

Parent Expiration Date. “Parent Expiration Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a) of the Agreement.

Parent Financial Statements. “Parent Financial Statements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8 of the Agreement.

Parent Indemnitees. “Parent Indemnitees” shall mean the following Persons: (a) Parent; (b) Parent’s current and future affiliates (including the Surviving Corporation); (c) the respective Representatives of the Persons referred to in clauses “(a)” and “(b)” above; and (d) the respective successors and assigns of the Persons referred to in clauses “(a)”, “(b)” and “(c)” above.

Parent IP. “Parent IP” shall mean (a) all Intellectual Property Rights in or pertaining to the Parent Products or methods or processes used to manufacture the Parent Products, and (b) all other Intellectual Property Rights owned by or exclusively licensed to Parent and the Parent Subsidiary.

Parent Long-Term Liabilities. “Parent Long-Term Liabilities” shall mean the Long-Term Liabilities of Parent on a specified date.

Parent Material Contract. “Parent Material Contract” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14 of the Agreement.

Parent Objection Notice. “Parent Objection Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(e) of the Agreement.

Parent Option. “Parent Option” shall mean options to purchase Parent Common Stock.

Parent Option Plan. “Parent Option Plan” shall mea Parent’s 2001 Stock Option Plan.

Parent Option Pool Amendment. “Parent Option Pool Amendment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(c) of the Agreement.

Parent Preferred Stock. “Parent Preferred Stock” shall mean Parent’s preferred stock, including the Parent Series A Preferred Stock, the Parent Series B Preferred Stock and the Parent Series C Preferred Stock.

Parent Product. “Parent Product” shall mean any product or service designed, developed, manufactured, or exclusively licensed at any time by Parent or the Parent Subsidiary.

 

14.


Parent Proposed Company Working Capital Deficit Amount. “Parent Proposed Company Working Capital Deficit Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(c) of the Agreement.

Parent Proposed Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount. “Parent Proposed Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(c) of the Agreement.

Parent Related Parties. “Parent Related Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.20 of the Agreement.

Parent Required Stockholder Vote. “Parent Required Stockholder Vote” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b) of the Agreement.

Parent Series A Preferred Stock. “Parent Series A Preferred Stock” means Parent’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Parent Series B Preferred Stock. “Parent Series B Preferred Stock” means Parent’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Parent Series C Preferred Stock. “Parent Series C Preferred Stock” means Parent’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Parent Series D Preferred Stock. “Parent Series D Preferred Stock” means the newly issued (a) Series D-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Parent, (b) Series D-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Parent and (c) Series D-3 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Parent.

Parent Software. “Parent Software” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(g) of the Agreement.

Parent Subsidiary. “Parent Subsidiary” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4 of the Agreement.

Parent Warrants. “Parent Warrants” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c) of the Agreement.

Parent Working Capital. “Parent Working Capital” shall mean the Working Capital of Parent on a specified date; provided, that Parent Working Capital shall be adjusted upwards for the amount of any Closing Date Parent Transaction Expense Amount.

Parent Working Capital Adjustment Shares. “Parent Working Capital Adjustment Shares” shall mean the aggregate number of shares of Parent D-1 Preferred Stock, Parent D-2 Preferred Stock, Parent D-3 Preferred Stock and Parent Common Stock equal to the quotient of (a) the Parent Working Capital Deficit Adjustment divided by (b) the Agreement Conversion Price.

Parent Working Capital Deficit Adjustment. “Parent Working Capital Deficit Adjustment” shall be equal to the amount by which the Final Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount exceeds the Estimated Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount, if any.

 

15.


Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount. “Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount” shall mean the aggregate absolute amount by which Parent Working Capital, as of the Closing Date, is less than the Parent Working Capital Projection, provided, however, that in the event that Parent Working Capital, as of the Closing Date, is greater than or equal to the Parent Working Capital Projection, the Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount shall equal zero.

Parent Working Capital Pro Rated Projection. “Parent Working Capital Pro Rated Projection” shall be equal to the product of:

(i) (a) the difference of (I) the projected Parent Working Capital for the last day of the calendar month in which the Closing Date occurs (as set forth in Exhibit T to the Agreement) minus (II) the projected Parent Working Capital for the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the calendar month in which the Closing Date occurs (as set forth in Exhibit T to the Agreement); divided by (b) the number of days between the two month ends described in clauses (I) and (II);

multiplied by

(ii) the number of days elapsed from (but not including) the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the calendar month in which the Closing Date occurs to (and including) the Closing Date.

Parent Working Capital Projection. “Parent Working Capital Projection” shall be equal to, (i) if the Closing Date is the last calendar day of a calendar month, the projected Parent Working Capital for such day set forth in Exhibit T to the Agreement, and (ii) if the Closing Date is other than the last calendar day of a calendar month, the sum of (a) the projected Parent Working Capital for the last day of the calendar month preceding the calendar month in which the Closing Date occurs and (b) the Parent Working Capital Pro Rated Projection.

Permit Application. “Permit Application” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 of the Agreement.

Pro Rata Share. “Pro Rata Share” shall mean, with respect to a particular Company Stockholder, a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Company Common Stock and/or Company Preferred Stock held by such Company Stockholder immediately prior to the Closing and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Company Capital Stock held by all Company Stockholders immediately prior to the Closing.

Person. “Person” shall mean any individual, Entity or Governmental Body.

Pre-Closing Period. “Pre-Closing Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 of the Agreement.

Pre-Closing Tax Period. “Pre-Closing Tax Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.12(a) of the Agreement.

Preferred Stock Agreements. “Preferred Stock Agreements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.14 of the Agreement.

 

16.


Preferred Stock Escrow Shares. “Preferred Stock Escrow Shares” shall mean the aggregate number of shares of (i) Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock, (ii) Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock and (iii) Parent D-3 Preferred Stock, withheld and placed in the Escrow Fund on behalf of Company Preferred Stockholders pursuant to Section 1.5.

Put-Call Agreement. “Put-Call Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(b).

Qualified IPO. “Qualified IPO” shall mean a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, covering the offer and sale of Parent Common Stock (other than a registration on Form S-8, Form S-4 or comparable or successor forms), with aggregate gross proceeds (prior to underwriters’ commissions and expenses) to Parent of more than $20,000,000 and a per share price of not less than $2.4051.

Registered IP. “Registered IP” shall mean all Intellectual Property Rights that are registered, filed, or issued under the authority of any Governmental Body, including all patents, registered copyrights, registered mask works, and registered trademarks and all applications for any of the foregoing.

Representatives. “Representatives” shall mean officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, advisors and representatives.

Resolution Period. “Resolution Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(h) of the Agreement.

Response. “Response” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.10 of the Agreement.

SEC. “SEC” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act. “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Stockholders’ Representative Proposed Company Working Capital Deficit Amount. “Stockholders’ Representative Proposed Company Working Capital Deficit Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(f) of the Agreement.

Stockholders’ Representative Proposed Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount. “Stockholders’ Representative Proposed Parent Working Capital Deficit Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(g) of the Agreement.

Superior Offer . “Superior Offer” shall mean an unsolicited bona fide written offer or proposal by a third party to enter into (a) a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, exchange offer or similar transaction as a result of which either (x) the stockholders of the Company prior to such transaction in the aggregate cease to own at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the entity surviving or resulting from such transaction (or the ultimate parent entity thereof) or (y) a Person or “group” (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules promulgated thereunder) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial or record ownership of securities representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the Company Common Stock and Company Preferred Stock, taken together on an as-converted basis or (b) a sale, exclusive

 

17.


license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, that: (1) was not obtained or made as a direct or indirect result of a breach of (or any action inconsistent with) any provision of the Agreement or any “standstill” or similar Contract under which the Company or any Subsidiary has any rights or obligations; (2) is not subject to a financing contingency; and (3) is determined by the board of directors of the Company, in its good faith judgment, after obtaining and taking into account such information that the board of directors of the Company deems relevant, and after taking into account the likelihood and anticipated timing of consummation, to be more favorable, from a financial point of view, to the Company’s stockholders than the Merger.

Surviving Corporation. “Surviving Corporation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 of the Agreement.

Tax. “Tax” shall mean any tax (including any income tax, franchise tax, capital gains tax, gross receipts tax, value-added tax, surtax, excise tax, ad valorem tax, transfer tax, stamp tax, sales tax, use tax, property tax, business tax, withholding tax or payroll tax), levy, assessment, tariff, duty (including any customs duty), deficiency or fee, and any related charge or amount (including any fine, penalty or interest), imposed, assessed or collected by or under the authority of any Governmental Body.

Tax Return. “Tax Return” shall mean any return (including any information return), report, statement, declaration, estimate, schedule, notice, notification, form, election, certificate or other document or information filed with or submitted to, or required to be filed with or submitted to, any Governmental Body in connection with the determination, assessment, collection or payment of any Tax or in connection with the administration, implementation or enforcement of or compliance with any Legal Requirement relating to any Tax.

Written Consents. “Written Consents” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a) of the Agreement.

Working Capital. “Working Capital” shall mean Current Assets less the sum of (a) Current Liabilities and (b) Long-Term Liabilities;

 

18.

Exhibit 3.1

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Entropic Communications, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is Entropic Communications, Inc.

2. The date of filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was January 31, 2001.

3. This Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended, as herein set forth in full:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock, designated “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock ” each with a par value of $0.001 per share. The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 250,000,000 shares. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 145,753,959 shares.

The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 16,508,543 shares and shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock .” The second series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 49,744,320 shares and shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock .” The third series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 35,624,300 shares and shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock .” The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 2,325,000 shares and shall be designated “ Series D-1 Preferred Stock ”. The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 19,582,697 shares and shall be designated “ Series D-2 Preferred Stock ”. The sixth series of

 

1


Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 21,969,099 shares and shall be designated “ Series D-3 Preferred Stock ”. The Series D-1 Preferred Stock, Series D-2 Preferred Stock and Series D-3 Preferred Stock shall collectively be referred to herein as “ Series D Preferred Stock ”.

The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis).

Except as otherwise indicated, all references in this Article IV to “Sections” are intended to refer to the corresponding Sections of this Article IV. As used in this Article IV, the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

The relative rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

  1. DIVIDENDS .

The holders of the then-outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive when and as declared by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Board of Directors ”), out of funds legally available therefor (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock), dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the Original Series A Price (as defined in Section 4(a)), the Original Series B Price (as defined in Section 4(a)), the Original Series C Price (as defined in Section 4(a)), the Original Series D-1 Price (as defined in Section 4(a)), the Original Series D-2 Price (as defined in Section 4(a)) and the Original Series D-3 Price (as defined in Section 4(a)), respectively, per share per annum. No dividend or other distribution may be declared or paid on any shares of Common Stock, and no shares of Common Stock may be redeemed or otherwise repurchased (whether by the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof), during any calendar year unless dividends in the total amount of the annual dividend rate for the Preferred Stock specified in this Section 1 shall have first been paid or declared and set apart for payment to the holders of the Preferred Stock during that calendar year; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to a Permitted Repurchase (as defined below). If, after dividends in the full preferential amounts specified in this Section 1 for the Preferred Stock have been paid or declared and set apart in any calendar year of the Corporation, the Board of Directors shall declare additional dividends out of funds legally available therefor in that calendar year, then such additional dividends shall be declared pro rata on the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock on a pari passu and as-converted basis. No dividend may be declared or paid on any shares of Series A Preferred Stock unless at the same time an equivalent dividend is declared and paid simultaneously on the issued and outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock. No dividend may be declared or paid on any shares of Series B Preferred Stock unless at the same time an equivalent dividend is declared and paid simultaneously on the issued and outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock. No dividend may be declared or paid on any shares of Series C Preferred Stock unless at the same time an equivalent dividend is declared and

 

2


paid simultaneously on the issued and outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock. No dividend may be declared or paid on any shares of Series D Preferred Stock unless at the same time an equivalent dividend is declared and paid simultaneously on the issued and outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock. The right to dividends on shares of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to holders of Common Stock or Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared in any period nor shall any undeclared or unpaid dividend bear or accrue interest. A “ Permitted Repurchase ” shall mean any repurchase of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock (a) issued to or held by employees, directors, or consultants upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for such repurchase at a price per share equal to the original cost of such shares or (b) upon the Corporation’s exercise of its right of first refusal pursuant to agreements providing for such right of first refusal.

 

  2. LIQUIDATION .

(a) Liquidation defined . “ Liquidation ” means any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, other than any dissolution, liquidation or winding up in connection with any reincorporation of the Corporation in another jurisdiction. For purposes of this Section 2, the following events shall be deemed to be a Liquidation: (i) a merger, reorganization or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations (except for a reincorporation, as provided in the foregoing sentence) if the holders of the outstanding voting equity securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction(s) hold less than a majority of the voting equity securities of the surviving entity immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, other than any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Corporation or any successor or indebtedness of the Corporation is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof (an “ Acquisition ”); or (ii) a sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets, intellectual property or technology of the Corporation (an “ Asset Transfer ”). In any of such events, if the consideration received by the Corporation is other than cash, the value of such consideration will be deemed to be its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including a director elected by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, a director elected by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and a director elected by the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock. Any securities delivered as part of such consideration shall be valued as follows:

(i) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (ii) below:

(A) If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such quotation system over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

(B) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and

 

3


(C) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors including a director elected by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, a director elected by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and a director elected by the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock.

(ii) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (i) (A), (B) or (C) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors including a director elected by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, a director elected by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and a director elected by the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock; provided that if the Board of Directors is unable to reach agreement, then by independent appraisal by an investment banker agreed upon by the Board of Directors, including a director elected by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, a director elected by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and a director elected by the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, that is at arm’s length with the individual members of the Board of Directors and hired and paid by the Corporation.

(b) Preference .

(i) In the event of any Liquidation, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets or property of the Corporation to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock, an amount for each share of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock held by them equal to (i) in the case of holders of Series D-1 Preferred Stock, the Original Series D-1 Price, plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends thereon (the “ Series D-1 Initial Preference Amount ”); (ii) in the case of holders of Series D-2 Preferred Stock, the Original Series D-2 Price, plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends thereon (the “ Series D-2 Initial Preference Amount ”); (iii) in the case of holders of Series D-3 Preferred Stock, the Original Series D-3 Price, plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends thereon (the “ Series D-3 Initial Preference Amount ”) and (iv) in the case of holders of Series C Preferred Stock, the Original Series C Price, plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends thereon (the “ Series C Initial Preference Amount ”, and, together with the Series D-1 Initial Preference Amount, Series D-2 Initial Preference Amount and Series D-3 Initial Preference Amount, collectively, the “ Series D and Series C Initial Preference Amount ”). If, upon any such Liquidation, the assets and funds available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock of the full Series D and Series C Initial Preference Amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders will be distributed among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full amount each holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(b)(i) if sufficient funds were available.

(ii) In the event of any Liquidation, after payment of the Series D and Series C Initial Preference Amount, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to

 

4


receive, prior and in preference to any further distribution of any assets or property of the Corporation to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock or any distribution of any assets or property of the Corporation to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, an amount for each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by them equal to the Original Series B Price plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends thereon (the “ Series B Initial Preference Amount ”). If, upon any such Liquidation, after payment of the Series D and Series C Initial Preference Amount, the assets and funds available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock of the full Series B Initial Preference Amount, then the entire remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders will be distributed among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full amount each holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(b)(ii) if sufficient funds were available.

(iii) In the event of any Liquidation, after payment of the Series D and Series C Initial Preference Amount and the Series B Initial Preference Amount, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any further distribution of any assets or property of the Corporation to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock or any distribution of any assets or property of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock, an amount equal to the Original Series A Price plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends thereon (the “ Series A Initial Preference Amount ”). If, upon any such Liquidation, after payment of the Series D and Series C Initial Preference Amount and Series B Initial Preference Amount, the assets and funds available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the full Series A Initial Preference Amount, then the entire remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders will be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full amount each holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(b)(iii) if sufficient funds were available.

(iv) In the event of any Liquidation, after payment of the Series D and Series C Initial Preference Amount, Series B Initial Preference Amount and Series A Initial Preference Amount, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any further distribution of any assets or property of the Corporation to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock or any distribution of any assets or property of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock, an amount for each share of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock held by them equal to (i) in the case of holders of Series D-1 Preferred Stock, one-half (1/2) of the Original Series D-1 Price (the “ Series D-1 Subsequent Preference Amount ”); (ii) in the case of holders of Series D-2 Preferred Stock, one-half (1/2) of the Original Series D-2 Price (the “ Series D-2 Subsequent Preference Amount ”); (iii) in the case of holders of Series D-3 Preferred Stock, one-half (1/2) of the Original Series D-3 Price (the “ Series D-3 Subsequent Preference Amount ”) and (iv) in the case of holders of Series C Preferred Stock, one-half (1/2) of the Original Series C Price (the “ Series C Subsequent Preference Amount ”, and, together with the Series D-1 Subsequent Preference Amount, Series D-2 Subsequent Preference Amount and Series D-3 Subsequent Preference Amount, collectively, the “ Series D and Series C Subsequent Preference Amount ”). If, upon any such Liquidation, after payment of the Series D and Series

 

5


C Initial Preference Amount, Series B Initial Preference Amount and Series A Initial Preference Amount, the assets and funds available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock of the full Series D and Series C Subsequent Preference Amount, then the entire remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders will be distributed among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full amount each holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(b)(iv) if sufficient funds were available.

(v) In the event of any Liquidation, after payment of the Series D and Series C Initial Preference Amount, Series B Initial Preference Amount, Series A Initial Preference Amount and Series D and Series C Subsequent Preference Amount, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any further distribution of any assets or property of the Corporation to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock or any distribution of any assets or property of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock, an amount for each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by them equal to one-half (1/2) of the Original Series B Price (the “ Series B Subsequent Preference Amount ”). If, upon any such Liquidation, after payment of the Series D and Series C Initial Preference Amount, Series B Initial Preference Amount, Series A Initial Preference Amount and Series D and Series C Subsequent Preference Amount, the assets and funds available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock of the full Series B Subsequent Preference Amount, then the entire remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders will be distributed among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full amount each holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(b)(v) if sufficient funds were available.

(vi) In the event of any Liquidation, after payment of the Series D and Series C Initial Preference Amount, Series B Initial Preference Amount, Series A Initial Preference Amount, Series D and Series C Subsequent Preference Amount and Series B Subsequent Preference Amount, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets or property of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock, an amount for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by them equal to one-half (1/2) of the Original Series A Price (the “ Series A Subsequent Preference Amount ”). If, upon any such Liquidation, after payment of the Series D and Series C Initial Preference Amount, Series B Initial Preference Amount, Series A Initial Preference Amount, Series D and Series C Subsequent Preference Amount and Series B Subsequent Preference Amount, the assets and funds available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the full Series A Subsequent Preference Amount, then the entire remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders will be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full amount each holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(b)(vi) if sufficient funds were available.

(vii) After payment in full has been made to the holders of Preferred Stock of the Series D and Series C Initial Preference Amount, Series B Initial Preference Amount, Series A Initial Preference Amount, Series D and Series C Subsequent Preference Amount, Series B Subsequent Preference Amount and Series A Subsequent Preference Amount, any remaining assets legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Common Stock based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.

 

6


(c) In the event that the Corporation is a party to an Acquisition or Asset Transfer, then each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, for each share of Preferred Stock then held, out of the proceeds of such Acquisition or Asset Transfer, the greater of (i) the amount of cash, securities or other property which such holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to Sections 2(b)(i) – (vi) above, as applicable, and (ii) the amount of cash, securities or other property which such holder would be entitled to receive in such Liquidation with respect to such shares if such shares were converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Acquisition or Asset Transfer.

 

  3. VOTING RIGHTS .

(a) General Rights . The holders of the shares of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of the shares of Common Stock as though part of the same class (except as otherwise provided herein) and shall be entitled to vote on all matters presented to the Corporation’s stockholders for a vote. The holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any meeting of the stockholders pursuant to the Bylaws of the Corporation. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to that number of votes equal to the largest number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock could be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, at the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on such matter or, if no such record date is established, at the date on which the holders of Common Stock entitled to vote on or consent to such matter shall be determined. The holders of shares of each series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote as a separate class on any matter as to which such series would be entitled to vote separately under applicable law.

(b) Election of the Board of Directors .

(i) The number of members of the Board of Directors shall be determined in accordance with Section 7(e)(ii) below and the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “ Bylaws ”).

(ii) (A) The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors; (B) the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors; (C) the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors; (D) the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, with each series of Series D Preferred Stock voting together as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors and (E) the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together, shall be entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors.

 

7


(iii) In the case of any vacancy in the office of a director occurring among the directors, whether due to the death, disability, resignation or removal of a member, elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock and/or Common Stock pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, the remaining director or directors so elected by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, Common Stock or both Common Stock and Preferred Stock voting together as a single class may, by affirmative vote of a majority thereof (or the remaining director so elected if there is but one) elect a successor or successors to hold the office for the unexpired term of the director or directors whose place or places shall be vacant. Any director who shall have been elected by the holders of (i) the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) the Series B Preferred Stock, (iii) the Common Stock, (iv) the Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, or (v) both the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, or any director so elected as provided in the preceding sentence hereof, may be removed during the aforesaid term of office, whether with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders electing such director which shall be (i) a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock, (iii) a majority of the Common Stock, (iv) a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, or (v) a majority of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, as the case may be.

 

  4. CONVERSION .

(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible without the payment of any additional consideration by the holder thereof and, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such shares and on or prior to the applicable Redemption Date, if any, as defined in Section 5(b) with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent of the Corporation for the Preferred Stock. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series A Price by the Series A Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series B Price by the Series B Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series C Price by the Series C Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. Each share of Series D-1 Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series D-1 Price by the Series D-1 Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. Each share of Series D-2 Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series D-2 Price by the Series D-2 Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. Each share of Series D-3 Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series D-3 Price by the Series D-3 Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. The “ Original Series A Price ” shall be $1.00 and the initial “ Series A Conversion Price ” shall be $0.831084435, each as adjusted for any consolidations, combinations, stock distributions, stock dividends, stock splits or similar events

 

8


(each, a “ Recapitalization Event ”). The “ Original Series B Price ” shall be $0.7431 and the initial “ Series B Conversion Price ” shall be $0.7431, each as adjusted for Recapitalization Events. The “ Original Series C Price ” shall be $0.8017 and the initial “ Series C Conversion Price ” shall be $0.8017, each as adjusted for Recapitalization Events. The “ Original Series D-1 Price ” shall be $0.329293994 and the initial “ Series D-1 Conversion Price ” shall be $0.329293994, each as adjusted for Recapitalization Events. The “ Original Series D-2 Price ” shall be $0.740911486 and the initial “ Series D-2 Conversion Price ” shall be $0.740911486, each as adjusted for Recapitalization Events. The “ Original Series D-3 Price ” shall be $1.317175975 and the initial “ Series D-3 Conversion Price ” shall be $1.317175975, each as adjusted for Recapitalization Events. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Conversion Rate ” of the Series A Preferred Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Conversion Rate ” of the Series B Preferred Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series C Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series C Conversion Rate ” of the Series C Preferred Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series D-1 Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series D-1 Conversion Rate ” of the Series D-1 Preferred Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series D-2 Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series D-2 Conversion Rate ” of the Series D-2 Preferred Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series D-3 Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series D-3 Conversion Rate ” of the Series D-3 Preferred Stock The applicable Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d) below.

(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate, as applicable, for each series of Preferred Stock immediately upon the earlier of:

(i) the written consent of the holders of more than seventy-five percent (75%) of the then-outstanding Preferred Stock, voting together as a class on an as-converted basis; or

(ii) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock (other than a registration on Form S-8, Form S-4 or comparable or successor forms), with aggregate gross proceeds (prior to underwriters’ commissions and expenses) to the Corporation of more than $20,000,000 and a per share price of not less than three (3) times the Original Series C Price.

Upon such automatic conversion, the Corporation shall pay (i) in cash, or to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board of Directors as of the date of such conversion) any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of the Preferred Stock being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board of Directors as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Preferred Stock.

 

9


(c) Adjustments to Conversion Prices of the Preferred Stock .

(i) Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 4(c), the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “ Options ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Common Stock or Convertible Securities (as defined below).

(B) “ Convertible Securitie s” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(C) “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4(c)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date (as defined below), except for shares of Common Stock issued or issuable:

(I) upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock;

(II) shares to officers, directors or employees of, or consultants to, the Corporation pursuant to a warrant, stock grant, option agreement or plan, purchase plan or other employee stock incentive program or agreement (any such plan or agreement, an “ Incentive Plan ”) approved by the Board of Directors and the holders of majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred Stock and the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class);

(III) in connection with the acquisition by the Corporation of another business entity or majority ownership thereof for consideration other than cash approved by the Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote of at least one (1) of the directors elected by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock; at least one (1) of the directors elected by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock; and at least one (1) of the directors elected by the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock;

(IV) shares or warrants issued to lease companies, real estate lessors, banks or financial institutions, in connection with any lease or debt financing transaction approved by the Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote of at least one (1) of the directors elected by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock; at least one (1) of the directors elected by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock; and at least one (1) of the directors elected by the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock;

(V) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of the Original Issue Date;

 

10


(VI) in connection with a transaction described in Section 4(c)(vi);

(VII) in connection with the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated December 6, 2005 by and between the Corporation and the parties thereto and pursuant to that Second Series C Purchase Agreement dated, on or about March 31, 2006 by and between the Corporation and the parties thereto; or

(VIII) in connection with a strategic investment and/or acquisition of technology or intellectual property not principally for equity financing purposes approved by the Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote of at least one (1) of the directors elected by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock; at least one (1) of the directors elected by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock; and at least one (1) of the directors elected by the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock.

(D) “ Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the Series C Preferred Stock was first issued by the Corporation.

(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Prices . No adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, Series D-2 Conversion Price or Series D-3 Conversion Price (each, a “ Conversion Price ”) shall be made with respect to the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock unless the consideration per share for an Additional Share of Common Stock issued or deemed issued by the Corporation, determined based on the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or deemed issued, is less than the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, Series D-2 Conversion Price or Series D-3 Conversion Price, respectively, in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to, such issuance or deemed issuance (it being understood that an adjustment may be made to some but not all of the series of Preferred Stock in respect of any such issuance or deemed issuance).

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of the Convertible Securities shall, subject to the exceptions specified in Section 4(c)(i)(C), be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, subject to the following:

(A) except as provided in Section 4(c)(iii)(B) and 4(c)(iii)(C) below, no further adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, Series D-2 Conversion Price or Series D-3 Conversion Price shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

 

11


(B) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation, or change in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than under or by reason of provisions designed to protect against dilution), the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, Series D-2 Conversion Price or Series D-3 Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;

(C) upon the expiration of any such Options or Convertible Securities, the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, Series D-2 Conversion Price and Series D-3 Conversion Price, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Options or Convertible Securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities; and

(D) no readjustment pursuant to Section 4(c)(iii) clauses (B) and (C) above shall have the effect of increasing the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, Series D-2 Conversion Price or Series D-3 Conversion Price, as applicable, to an amount which exceeds the lower of (1) the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, Series D-2 Conversion Price or Series D-3 Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Securities, or (2) the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, Series D-2 Conversion Price or Series D-3 Conversion Price, as applicable, that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Securities) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(iv) Conversion Price Adjustment . In the event the Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(c)(iii)), after the Original Issue Date, without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, Series D-2 Conversion Price or Series D-3 Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issuance, then and in each such event the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, Series D-2 Conversion Price or Series D-3 Conversion Price, as applicable, shall automatically be adjusted as set forth in this Section 4(c)(iv), unless otherwise provided in this Section 4. Whenever the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock is to be adjusted pursuant to this

 

12


Section 4(c)(iv), the new Series A Conversion Price, new Series B Conversion Price, new Series C Conversion Price, new Series D-1 Conversion Price, new Series D-2 Conversion Price or new Series D-3 Conversion Price, as applicable, shall be determined by multiplying the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, Series D-2 Conversion Price or Series D-3 Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to such issue (or deemed issue) by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue (or deemed issue) plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued (or deemed issued) would purchase at such Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, Series D-2 Conversion Price or Series D-3 Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to such issuance (or deemed issuance), and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue (or deemed issue) plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued (or deemed issued). For the purposes of this Section 4(c)(iv), the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be deemed to include the Common Stock issuable on conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock, upon conversion or exercise of any other outstanding Convertible Securities and upon exercise of all outstanding Options (and assuming conversion of Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of Options).

(v) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 4(c), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(A) Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

(I) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof;

(II) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined by Board of Directors in the good faith exercise of its reasonable business judgment; and

(III) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (I) and (II) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(B) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(c)(iii), relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

(I) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

13


(II) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(vi) Other Adjustments to Conversion Prices .

(A) Subdivisions, Combinations, or Consolidations of Common Stock . In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided, combined or consolidated, by stock split, stock dividend, combination or like event, into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock after the Original Issue Date, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such subdivision, combination, consolidation or stock dividend shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, combination or consolidation, be proportionately adjusted.

(B) Distributions Other Than Cash Dividends Out of Retained Earnings . In case the Corporation shall declare a cash dividend upon its Common Stock payable otherwise than out of retained earnings or shall distribute to holders of its Common Stock shares of its capital stock (other than shares of Common Stock and other than as otherwise adjusted in this Section 4(c)), stock or other securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends out of retained earnings) or options or rights (excluding options to purchase and rights to subscribe for Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock), then, in each such case, provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of securities of the Corporation or such other property which they would have received had their Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the date of conversion, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock.

(C) Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions . If, after the Original Issue Date, the Corporation at any time or from time to time makes, or fixes a record date for determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock, in each such event

14


the Conversion Prices that are then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Prices then in effect by a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (ii) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution; provided , however , that if such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Prices shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Prices shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(c)(vi)(C) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

(D) Reclassifications and Reorganizations. In the case, at any time after the date hereof, of any capital reorganization (except as provided in the second and third sentences of Section 2(a)) or any reclassification of the stock of the Corporation (other than as a result of a stock dividend or subdivision, split-up or combination of shares), the Conversion Prices then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such reorganization or reclassification, be proportionately adjusted such that the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock shall, after such reorganization or reclassification, be convertible into the kind and number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise to which such holder would have been entitled if immediately prior to such reorganization or reclassification, the holder had converted the holder’s shares of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock. The provisions of this Section 4(c)(vi)(D) shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, reclassifications or consolidations.

(d) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the applicable Conversion Prices pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of the Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based including the consideration received for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of the Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the applicable Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

(e) Mechanics of Conversion. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the headquarters of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Corporation and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that the holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued (except that no such written notice of election to convert shall be necessary in the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof). The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of

 

15


such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which he shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted (except that in the case of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the effectiveness of the written consent or the closing of the offering referred to in Section 4(b)) and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date. Upon the occurrence of either of the events specified in Section 4(b) above, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are either delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates.

(f) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder of Preferred Stock would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors. The number of whole shares issuable to each holder upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock of each holder at the time converting into Common Stock.

(g) Status of Redeemed or Converted Shares . No shares of Preferred Stock which have been converted into Common Stock or redeemed after the original issuance thereof shall ever again be reissued and all such shares so converted or redeemed shall upon such conversion or redemption be appropriately canceled on the books of the Corporation and shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation, undesignated as to series.

(h) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(i) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof

 

16


who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock at least ten (10) days prior to such record date, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

(j) Payment of Taxes . The Corporation will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered.

 

  5. REDEMPTION .

(a) At any time on or after September 13, 2008, the Corporation shall, upon receipt of the written request (the “ Series A Redemption Request ”) of the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, redeem for cash out of any funds legally available therefor ratably from holders thereof, on each of the relevant Redemption Dates (as defined below), that number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock equal to at least one-eighth of the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding on the date of the Series A Redemption Request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock redeemed on any Redemption Date may be increased at the option of the Corporation. The redemption of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5(a) shall be made at a price per share equal to the Original Series A Price, plus an amount equal to the amount of all declared but unpaid dividends through the applicable Redemption Date. The Corporation need not establish any sinking fund for redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock. The total amount to be paid with respect to each share of Series A Preferred Stock is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Redemption Price .” Notwithstanding the foregoing, no shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be redeemed pursuant to this Section 5(a) and the redemption of those shares suspended for the applicable time unless and until all the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock have first been redeemed pursuant to Section 5(b), all the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock have first been redeemed pursuant to Section 5(c) and all the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock have first been redeemed pursuant to Section 5(d).

(b) At the earlier of (i) any time on or after March 27, 2010 or (ii) a Series A Redemption Request, the Corporation shall, upon receipt of the written request (the “ Series B Redemption Request ”) of the holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, redeem for cash out of any funds legally available therefor ratably from holders thereof, on each of the relevant Redemption Dates, that number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock equal to at least one-eighth of the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding on the date of the Series B Redemption Request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock redeemed on any Redemption Date may be increased at the option of the Corporation. The redemption of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5(b) shall be made at a price per share equal to the Original Series B Price, plus an

 

17


amount equal to the amount of all declared but unpaid dividends through the applicable Redemption Date. The Corporation need not establish any sinking fund for redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock. The total amount to be paid with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Redemption Price .” Notwithstanding the foregoing, no shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be redeemed pursuant to this Section 5(b) and the redemption of those shares suspended for the applicable time unless and until all the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock have first been redeemed pursuant to Section 5(c) and all the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock have first been redeemed pursuant to Section 5(d).

(c) At the earlier of (i) any time on or after March 27, 2010, (ii) a Series A Redemption Request or (iii) a Series B Redemption Request, the Corporation shall, upon receipt of the written request (the “ Series C Redemption Request ”) of the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, redeem for cash out of any funds legally available therefor ratably from holders thereof, on each of the relevant Redemption Dates, that number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock equal to at least one-eighth of the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock outstanding on the date of the Series C Redemption Request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock redeemed on any Redemption Date may be increased at the option of the Corporation. The redemption of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5(c) shall be made at a price per share equal to the Original Series C Price, plus an amount equal to the amount of all declared but unpaid dividends through the applicable Redemption Date. The Corporation need not establish any sinking fund for redemption of the Series C Preferred Stock. The total amount to be paid with respect to each share of Series C Preferred Stock is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series C Redemption Price .” In the event that both a Series C Redemption Request and Series D Redemption Request are made, such redemptions shall be made pari passu.

(d) At the earlier of (i) any time on or after March 27, 2010, (ii) a Series A Redemption Request or (iii) a Series B Redemption Request, the Corporation shall, upon receipt of the written request (the “ Series D Redemption Request ”) of the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, redeem for cash out of any funds legally available therefor ratably from holders thereof, on each of the relevant Redemption Dates, that number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock equal to at least one-eighth of the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock outstanding on the date of the Series D Redemption Request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock redeemed on any Redemption Date may be increased at the option of the Corporation. The redemption of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5(d) shall be made at a price per share equal to (i) in the case of holders of Series D-1 Preferred Stock, the Original Series D-1 Price, plus an amount equal to the amount of all declared but unpaid dividends through the applicable Redemption Date; (ii) in the case of holders of Series D-2 Preferred Stock, the Original Series D-2 Price, plus an amount equal to the amount of all declared but unpaid dividends through the applicable Redemption Date and (iii) in the case of holder of Series D-3 Preferred Stock, the Original Series D-3 Price, plus an amount equal to the amount of all declared but unpaid dividends through the applicable Redemption Date. The Corporation need not establish any sinking fund for redemption of the Series D Preferred Stock. The total amount to be paid with respect to each share of Series D-1 Preferred Stock is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series D-1 Redemption Price ”; the total amount to be paid with

 

18


respect to each share of Series D-2 Preferred Stock is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series D-2 Redemption Price ”; and the total amount to be paid with respect to each share of Series D-3 Preferred Stock is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series D-3 Redemption Price .” In the event that both a Series C Redemption Request and Series D Redemption Request are made, such redemptions shall be made pari passu.

(e) A Series A Redemption Request, Series B Redemption Request, Series C Redemption Request or Series D Redemption Request (each, a “ Redemption Request ”) shall set forth the requested date of the redemption, which date in no event shall be fewer than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such Redemption Request, or such later date as the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock (taken together as a single class), as applicable, shall agree in writing. Such date (the “ Initial Redemption Date ”) and each of the subsequent seven (7) three-month anniversaries thereof are referred to herein collectively as the “ Redemption Dates ” and individually as a “ Redemption Date .” Within ten (10) days of a Redemption Request, the Corporation shall give written notice to each holder of record of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series D Preferred Stock, as applicable, of the redemption to be effected, specifying the Initial Redemption Date, the number of shares being redeemed on the Initial Redemption Date, the anticipated redemption price and the place at which payment may be obtained, and calling upon such holder to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock being redeemed (the “ Redemption Notice ”), or indicating that such Redemption Request has been suspended pursuant to the terms hereof. On or after the Initial Redemption Date and each subsequent Redemption Date, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series D Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall surrender to the Corporation the certificate or certificates representing the shares being redeemed on such Redemption Date, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the redemption price for shares being redeemed on such Redemption Date shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled. If a surrendered certificate represents more shares than are being redeemed on an applicable Redemption Date, a new certificate for non-redeemed shares shall be issued to its surrendering holder.

(f) On or prior to each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall deposit the portion of the redemption price to be paid upon such Redemption Date of all shares to be redeemed with a bank or trust company having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000, as a trust fund, with irrevocable instructions and authority to the bank or trust company to pay, on and after such Redemption Date, the applicable redemption price of the shares to their respective holders upon the surrender of their share certificates. Any moneys deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this Section 5(f) for the redemption of shares of Preferred Stock thereafter converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5 no later than the fifth (5th) day preceding the Redemption Date shall be returned to the Corporation forthwith upon such conversion. The balance of any funds deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this Section 5(f) remaining unclaimed at the expiration of one (1) year following such Redemption Date shall be returned to the Corporation promptly upon its written request.

 

19


(g) From and after the applicable Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the applicable redemption price, all rights of the holders of such shares as holders of the Preferred Stock (except the right to receive the redemption price for the shares being redeemed on such Redemption Date) shall cease with respect to the shares being redeemed on such Redemption Date, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of Preferred Stock on any Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such date, those funds which are legally available will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares ratably (based on the respective redemption prices) among the holders of such shares to be redeemed; provided that the Corporation may not redeem fractional shares of Preferred Stock. The shares of Preferred Stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of the Preferred Stock, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares which the Corporation has become obligated to redeem on any Redemption Date but which it has not redeemed.

 

  6. NOTICES .

All notices, requests and other communications to the Corporation shall be in writing addressed to the Corporation at its principal office, and to the holders of Preferred Stock at their addresses appearing on the stock ownership records of the Corporation and delivered by a nationally recognized overnight mail carrier, certified mail return receipt requested, by electronic mail or facsimile. Any notice sent by nationally-recognized overnight mail carrier shall be deemed to be delivered on the expected date of delivery. Any notice sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed to be delivered five (5) days after mailing. Electronic mail shall be deemed delivered the day of its mailing, upon the receipt by sender of confirmation of delivery. Any notice sent by facsimile shall be deemed delivered upon the receipt by sender of written confirmation of transmission.

 

  7. PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS .

(a) In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as at least Four Million (4,000,000) shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be outstanding (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events), the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a class:

(i) authorize a new series of stock or other Convertible Security of the Corporation senior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, voting, conversion, redemption or liquidation preference;

(ii) amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, this Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, or Bylaws, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, if such repeal or change would adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock; or

 

20


(iii) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any share or shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that this restriction shall not apply to the following:

(A) the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 above;

(B) the redemption of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 above; or

(C) a Permitted Repurchase.

(b) In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as at least Seven Million (7,000,000) shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be outstanding (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events), the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of not less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3 %) of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a class:

(i) authorize a new series of stock or other Convertible Security of the Corporation senior to or on parity with the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, voting, conversion, redemption or liquidation preference;

(ii) amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, this Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, or Bylaws, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, if such repeal or change would adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock; or

(iii) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any share or shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that this restriction shall not apply to the following:

(A) the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 above;

(B) the redemption of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 above; or

(C) a Permitted Repurchase.

(c) In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as at least Seven Million (7,000,000) shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be outstanding (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events), the Corporation shall not, whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a class:

(i) authorize a new series of stock or other Convertible Security of the Corporation senior to or on parity with the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, voting, conversion, redemption or liquidation preference;

 

21


(ii) amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, this Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, or Bylaws, if such repeal or change would adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock; or

(iii) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any share or shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that this restriction shall not apply to the following:

(A) the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 above;

(B) the redemption of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 above; or

(C) a Permitted Repurchase.

(d) In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as at least Seven Million (7,000,000) shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be outstanding (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events), the Corporation shall not, whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a class:

(i) authorize a new series of stock or other Convertible Security of the Corporation senior to or on parity with the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, voting, conversion, redemption or liquidation preference;

(ii) amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, this Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, or Bylaws, if such repeal or change would adversely affect the rights of the holders of any series of Series D Preferred Stock; or

(iii) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any share or shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that this restriction shall not apply to the following:

(A) the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 above;

(B) the redemption of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 above; or

(C) a Permitted Repurchase.

(e) In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as at least Seven Million (7,000,000) shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be outstanding (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events), Seven Million (7,000,000) shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be outstanding (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events), Seven Million (7,000,000) shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be outstanding (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events) or Four Million (4,000,000) shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be outstanding (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events), the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a class on an as-converted basis:

(i) effect a Liquidation, as defined in Section 2(a);

 

22


(ii) change the authorized number of directors of the Corporation;

(iii) increase or decrease (other than by redemption or conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock;

(iv) permit any corporation or other business entity in which the Corporation has more than a majority interest in such entity’s voting securities to sell securities to a party other than the Corporation;

(v) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on any Common Stock, other than a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation;

(vi) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any share or shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock; provided , however , that this restriction shall not apply to the following:

(A) the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 above;

(B) the redemption of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 above; or

(C) a Permitted Repurchase; or

(vii) amend or waive compliance with any provision of this Section 7(e).

ARTICLE V

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot, unless the Bylaws so provide.

ARTICLE VI

The Board of Directors is authorized to make, adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws. The stockholders shall also have power to make, adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws.

 

23


ARTICLE VII

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VII by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

The Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents (as defined in Section 317 of the California General Corporations Law (the “CGCL” )) for breach of duty to the Corporation and its stockholders through bylaw provisions or through agreements with the agents, or through stockholder resolutions, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 317 of the CGCL, subject, at any time or times that the Corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, to the limits on such excess indemnification set forth in Section 204 of the CGCL.

*        *        *

4. This Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation this 30th day of June, 2007.

 

By:  

/s/ Patrick Henry

  Patrick Henry, Chief Executive Officer

 

25


CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION OF THE

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC . (the “Corporation” ), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the Delaware General Corporation Law, does hereby certify:

 

  1. The name of the Corporation is Entropic Communications, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 31, 2001.

 

  2. The instrument being corrected is entitled: Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Entropic Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which was filed on June 28, 2007, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Restated Certificate” ).

 

  3. Certain inaccuracies were contained in the eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth sentences of Article IV, Section 4(a) of the Restated Certificate, which read as follows:

“The “ Original Series D-1 Price ” shall be $1.00 and the initial “ Series D-1 Conversion Price ” shall be $1.00, each as adjusted for Recapitalization Events. The “ Original Series D-2 Price ” shall be $2.25 and the initial “ Series D-2 Conversion Price ” shall be $2.25, each as adjusted for Recapitalization Events. The “ Original Series D-3 Price ” shall be $4.00 and the initial “ Series D-3 Conversion Price ” shall be $4.00, each as adjusted for Recapitalization Events. “

 

  4. The eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth sentences of Article IV, Section 4(a) of the Restated Certificate, as corrected, should read as follows:

“The “ Original Series D-1 Price ” shall be $0.329293994 and the initial “ Series D-1 Conversion Price ” shall be $0.329293994, each as adjusted for Recapitalization Events. The “ Original Series D-2 Price ” shall be $0.740911486 and the initial “ Series D-2 Conversion Price ” shall be $0.740911486, each as adjusted for Recapitalization Events. The “ Original Series D-3 Price ” shall be $1.317175975 and the initial “ Series D-3 Conversion Price ” shall be $1.317175975, each as adjusted for Recapitalization Events.”


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , Entropic Communications, Inc., acting pursuant to Section 103(f) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, has caused this Certificate of Correction to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer as of June 29, 2007.

 

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Patrick Henry

  Patrick Henry, Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Entropic Communications, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

F IRST : The name of this corporation is Entropic Communications, Inc.

S ECOND : The date of filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was January 31, 2001.

T HIRD : The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:

I.

The name of this corporation is Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801 and the name of the registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporate Trust Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

 

  A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Company shall have authority to issue is two hundred ten million (210,000,000), of which two hundred million (200,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, having a par value of $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and ten million (10,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock, having a par value of $0.001 (the “ Preferred Stock ”).

 

  B.

The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of any or all of the unissued and undesignated shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting

 

1.


 

powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

 

  C. Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their vote; provided, however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Preferred Stock are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

 

  A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

 

  B.

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively.

 

2.


 

Directors shall initially be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the filing date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Filing Date ”), the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following such Filing Date, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following such Filing Date, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provision of this section, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

 

C.

Neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause. Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-  2 / 3 % of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

  D. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 

  E.

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Company by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Amended and Restated

 

3.


 

Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation that may be filed from time to time); provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the Company.

 

  F. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Company so provide.

 

  G. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company by written consent or electronic transmission.

 

  H. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

VI.

 

  A. The liability of a director or officer of the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director or officer of the Company shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

 

  B. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

VII.

 

  A. The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in Section B of this Article VII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

  B.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a

 

4.


 

series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI or VII of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

* * * *

F OURTH : This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted and approved by the Board of Directors.

F IFTH : This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted and approved by written consent of the stockholders in accordance with sections 228, 245 and 242 of the DGCL and written notice of such action has been given as provided in section 228.

 

5.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , Entropic Communications, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer in San Diego, California, this [      ] day of [                      ], 2007.

 

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .
   
Patrick Henry
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

 

          P AGE
ARTICLE I    STOCKHOLDERS    1
        1.1    Place of Meetings    1
        1.2    Annual Meeting    1
        1.3    Special Meetings    1
        1.4    Notice of Meetings    1
        1.5    Voting List    1
        1.6    Quorum    2
        1.7    Adjournments    2
        1.8    Voting and Proxies    2
        1.9    Action at Meeting    2
        1.10    Stockholder Action Without Meeting    3
        1.11    Meetings by Remote Communication    3
ARTICLE II    BOARD OF DIRECTORS    4
        2.1    General Powers    4
        2.2    Number and Term of Office    4
        2.3    Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships    4
        2.4    Resignation    4
        2.5    Removal    4
        2.6    Regular Meetings    5
        2.7    Special Meetings    5
        2.8    Notice of Special Meetings    5
        2.9    Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls or Other Methods of Communication    5
        2.10    Quorum    5
        2.11    Action at Meeting    6
        2.12    Action by Written Consent    6
        2.13    Committees    6
        2.14    Compensation of Directors    6
        2.15    Nomination of Director Candidates    6

 

-i-


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

 

          P AGE
ARTICLE III    OFFICERS    7
        3.1    Enumeration    7
        3.2    Election    7
        3.3    Qualification    7
        3.4    Tenure    7
        3.5    Resignation and Removal    7
        3.6    Chairman of the Board    7
        3.7    President    7
        3.8    Chief Executive Officer    8
        3.9    Vice Presidents    8
        3.10    Secretary and Assistant Secretaries    8
        3.11    Chief Financial Officer    9
        3.12    Salaries    9
        3.13    Delegation of Authority    9
ARTICLE IV    CAPITAL STOCK    9
        4.1    Issuance of Stock    9
        4.2    Certificates of Stock    9
        4.3    Transfers    9
        4.4    Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates    10
        4.5    Record Date    10
ARTICLE V    GENERAL PROVISIONS    10
        5.1    Fiscal Year    10
        5.2    Corporate Seal    11
        5.3    Waiver of Notice    11
        5.4    Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations    11
        5.5    Evidence of Authority    11
        5.6    Certificate of Incorporation    11
        5.7    Severability    11
        5.8    Pronouns    11
        5.9    Notices    11

 

-ii-


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

 

          P AGE
        5.10    Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records    12
        5.11    Time Periods    12
        5.12    Facsimile Signatures    12
        5.13    Annual Report    12
ARTICLE VI    AMENDMENTS    12
        6.1    By the Board of Directors    12
        6.2    By the Stockholders    12
ARTICLE VII    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS    12
        7.1    Right to Indemnification    12
        7.2    Right of Claimant to Bring Suit    13
        7.3    Indemnification of Employees and Agents    14
        7.4    Non-Exclusivity of Rights    14
        7.5    Indemnification Contracts    14
        7.6    Insurance    14
        7.7    Effect of Amendment    14

 

-iii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders of Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) or the President or the Chief Executive Officer.

1.2 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors at the time and place to be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

1.3 Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or the holders of record of not less than ten percent (10%) of all shares entitled to cast votes at the meeting, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting and shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors may fix. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

1.4 Notice of Meetings. Written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law (meaning here and hereafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation. The notices of all meetings shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

1.5 Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. This list shall determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

1.


1.6 Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

If a notice of any adjourned special meeting of stockholders is sent to all stockholders entitled to vote thereat, stating that it will be held with those present constituting a quorum, then except as otherwise required by law, those present at such adjourned meeting shall constitute a quorum, and all matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting.

1.7 Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Bylaws by the Chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such person, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as Secretary of such meeting, or by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however , that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, date, and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

1.8 Voting and Proxies. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person or may authorize any other person or persons to vote or act for him by written proxy executed by the stockholder or his authorized agent or by a transmission permitted by law and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. No stockholder may authorize more than one proxy for his shares. Any copy, facsimile transmission or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this Section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

1.9 Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting, any election shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election, and all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively on the matter (or if there are two (2) or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, a majority of each such class present or represented and voting affirmatively or negatively on the matter) shall decide such matter, except when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

2.


All voting, including on the election of directors, but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however , that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy, a stock vote shall be taken. Every stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. Every vote taken by ballot shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting. The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as an alternate inspector to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.

1.10 Stockholder Action Without Meeting. Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes which would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of the taking of a corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder, or by a proxy holder or other person authorized to act for a stockholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purpose of this Section 1.10, provided that such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such electronic transmission. The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.

1.11 Meetings by Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote

 

3.


communication, provided that (i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

2.1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

2.2 Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors shall not be less than four (4) nor more than eight (8) and the exact number of directors initially shall be set at eight (8). Thereafter, the minimum and/or maximum number of directors and term of office shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption). All directors shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation or removal of any director.

2.3 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other cause (other than removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

2.4 Resignation. Any director may resign by delivering notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the President, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

2.5 Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation then outstanding, any directors, or the entire Board of Directors, may be

 

4.


removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, by the sole remaining director, or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting or at a special meeting called in accordance with Section 1.3 above. Directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders.

2.6 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

2.7 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or two (2) or more directors and may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware.

2.8 Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director by (i) giving notice to such director in person or by telephone, electronic transmission or voice message system at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, (ii) sending a facsimile, or delivering written notice by hand, to his last known business or home address at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or (iii) mailing written notice to his last known business or home address at least three days in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

2.9 Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls or Other Methods of Communication. Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.10 Quorum. A majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors. In the event one or more of the directors shall be disqualified to vote at any meeting, then the required quorum shall be reduced by one for each such director so disqualified; provided, however , that in no case shall less than 1/3 of the number so fixed constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or at a meeting of a committee which authorizes a particular contract or transaction.

 

5.


2.11 Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

2.12 Action by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.13 Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, with such lawfully delegated powers and duties as it therefor confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.

2.14 Compensation of Directors. Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

2.15 Nomination of Director Candidates. Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation then outstanding, nominations for the election of directors may be made by (i) the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or (ii) any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

6.


ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

3.1 Enumeration. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

3.2 Election. Officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at any other meeting.

3.3 Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder. Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the same person.

3.4 Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5 Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Corporation at its principal office or to the President, the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

3.6 Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may appoint a Chairman of the Board. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to him by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, and, if he is a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

3.7 President. The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of President or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall, in the absence of or because of the inability to act of the Chairman of the Board, perform all duties of the Chairman of the Board and preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of stockholders. The President shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. He or she shall have power to sign stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation, other than the Chairman of the Board.

 

7.


3.8 Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall be the President of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall, in the absence of or because of the inability to act of the Chairman of the Board, perform all duties of the Chairman of the Board and preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of stockholders. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. He or she shall have power to sign stock certificates (if no President has been designated by the Board), contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation, other than the Chairman of the Board.

3.9 Vice Presidents. Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the President or Chief Executive Officer, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President or Chief Executive Officer and when so performing shall have at the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President or Chief Executive Officer. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

3.10 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors, the President or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the Secretary, including, without limitation, the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to keep a record of the proceedings of all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

 

8.


3.11 Chief Financial Officer. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. In addition, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of chief financial officer, including without limitation, the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation, to maintain the financial records of the Corporation, to deposit funds of the Corporation in depositories as authorized, to disburse such funds as authorized, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors accounts of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

3.12 Salaries. Officers of the Corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

3.13 Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

4.1 Issuance of Stock. Unless otherwise voted by the stockholders and subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Certificates of Stock. Every holder of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, certifying the number and class of shares owned by him in the Corporation. Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of stockholders or among such holders and the Corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

4.3 Transfers. Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the

 

9.


certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board of Directors may require for the protection of the Corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5 Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to express consent (or dissent) to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, concession or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

10.


5.2 Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.3 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a waiver of such notice either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person’s duly authorized attorney, or by electronic transmission or any other method permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice.

5.4 Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer or President or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or President shall have the power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or proxy, and may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact to this Corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or stockholders (or with respect to any action of stockholders) of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this Corporation and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of this Corporation’s ownership of securities in such other corporation or other organization.

5.5 Evidence of Authority. A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the Corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

5.6 Certificate of Incorporation. All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

5.7 Severability. Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

5.8 Pronouns. All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

5.9 Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by facsimile or other electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or by commercial courier service. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. The time when such notice shall be deemed to be given

 

11.


shall be the time such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if delivered by hand, facsimile, other electronic transmission or commercial courier service, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails.

5.10 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records. Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation, including reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care.

5.11 Time Periods. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

5.12 Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

5.13 Annual Report. For so long as the Corporation has fewer than one hundred (100) holders of record of its shares, the mandatory requirement of an annual report under Section 1501 of the California Corporations Code is hereby expressly waived.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

6.1 By the Board of Directors. Except as is otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present.

6.2 By the Stockholders. Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders, provided notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

7.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,

 

12.


criminal, administrative or investigative (“proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or as a controlling person of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer, or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said Law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however , that except as provided in Section 7.2 of this Article VII, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors (c) such indemnification is provided by the Corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (d) the proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under an indemnity agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The rights hereunder shall be contract rights and shall include the right to be paid expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however , that, unless the Delaware General Corporation Law then so prohibits, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the Corporation in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is tendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise.

7.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 7.1 of this Article VII is not paid in full by the Corporation within ninety (90) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual

 

13.


determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

7.3 Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of related expenses, to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers of the Corporation.

7.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 of this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

7.5 Indemnification Contracts. The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines, greater than, those provided for in this Article VII.

7.6 Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

7.7 Effect of Amendment. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VII by the stockholders and the directors of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

14.


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

OF

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

I, Lance W. Bridges, the Secretary of Entropic Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certify that the Amended and Restated Bylaws to which this Certificate is attached are the Bylaws of the Corporation.

Executed effective on the 7th day of November, 2005.

 

/s/ Lance W. Bridges

 
Lance W. Bridges, Secretary  

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place Of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”).

Section 5. Annual Meetings.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a


stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Amended and Restated Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in clause (iii) of the last sentence of this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 90 th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (X) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (Y) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial

 

2


owner, and (Z) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “ Solicitation Notice ”).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the third sentence of Section 5(b) of these Amended and Restated Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 10 th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Amended and Restated Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Amended and Restated Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 5. Nothing in these Amended and Restated Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

(f) For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

 

3


(b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than 35 nor more than 120 days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in these Amended and Restated Bylaws who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(c). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by Section 5(b) of these Amended and Restated Bylaws shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to such meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of a special meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

Section 7. Notice Of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at

 

4


any such meeting. If mailed, notice is deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. If sent via electronic transmission, notice is deemed given as of the sending time recorded at the time of transmission. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Amended and Restated Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or by applicable stock exchange or Nasdaq Stock Market rules, or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is

 

5


adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners Of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one votes, and the vote is not evenly split on a particular matter, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List Of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting. No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Amended and Restated Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.

 

6


Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy duly authorized, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number And Term Of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. If for any reason, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Amended and Restated Bylaws.

Section 16. Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

7


Section 17. Classes of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Initially, directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18. Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Section 18 in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

8


Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

(b) Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66   2 / 3 % of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 21. Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the directors then in office.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least 24 hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be

 

9


present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum And Voting.

(a) Unless the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 43 for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees And Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the

 

10


power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Amended and Restated Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive

 

11


Officer (if a director), or if the Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the Chairman, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 27. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 28. Tenure And Duties Of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no President or Chief Executive Officer, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the President of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28.

(c) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

12


(d) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Amended and Restated Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Amended and Restated Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(g) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

 

13


Section 29. Delegation Of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 30. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 31. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES

OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 32. Execution Of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 33. Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

 

14


ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 34. Form And Execution Of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock of the corporation, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by certificate in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 36. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 37. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the

 

15


date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 39. Execution Of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate

 

16


security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 40. Declaration Of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 43. Indemnification Of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees And Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

 

17


(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in his or her capacity as a director or executive officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 43, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Section 43 to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within 90 days of request therefor. The claimant in such

 

18


enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because the officer or director has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section 43 or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 43.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Section 43 shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

 

19


(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Section 43 that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 43 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Section 43.

 

20


ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 44. Notices.

(a) Notice To Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by U.S. mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice To Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Amended and Restated Bylaws, or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit Of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice To Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of the DGCL, the Amended

 

21


and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Amended and Restated Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 45. Bylaw Amendments. Subject to Section 43(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of Directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66   2 / 3 % of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS OR EMPLOYEES

Section 46. Loans To Officers Or Employees. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Amended and Restated Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

22


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

OF ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT :

I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of Entropic Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”); and

Attached hereto is a complete and accurate copy of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company as duly adopted by the Board of Directors at a duly called and held meeting of the Board of Directors on July 24, 2007 and said Bylaws are presently in effect.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , I have hereunto subscribed my name this      day of                      , 2007.

 

 

 

L ANCE B RIDGES
Secretary

 

23

Exhibit 4.3

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

June 30, 2007

This Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into effective as of the date of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement by and among Entropic Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the holders of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”) listed on Exhibit A hereto, the holders of the Company’s Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”) listed on Exhibit A hereto, the holders of the Company’s Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”) listed on Exhibit A hereto, the holders of the warrants to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank and Horizon Technology Funding Company II LLC (the “Warrant Holders” ) as described in the Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated April 5, 2007 (the “Loan Agreement” ), and the holders of the Company’s Series D-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, Series D-2 Convertible Preferred Stock and Series D-3 Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”, and, together with the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock, the “ Securities ”) to be issued pursuant to the Merger Agreement, as defined below listed on Exhibit A hereto. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the purchasers of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be referred to hereinafter as the “ Investors ” and each individually as an “ Investor .”

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of December 6, 2005, as amended (the “ Prior Rights Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company has issued one or more warrants (the “Loan Warrants” ) to the Warrant Holders to acquire shares of Series C Preferred Stock, and has agreed to grant to the Warrant Holders registration rights under Section 1 of this Agreement and solely with respect to the shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Common Stock ”) issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Loan Warrants (the “ Exercise Shares ”), and the requisite parties to the Investors’ Rights Agreement desire to amend the Investors’ Rights Agreement to add Warrant Holders as “Holders” hereunder and to include the Exercise Shares as “Registrable Securities” hereunder, but only with respect to Section 1 of this Agreement (it being understood that no other rights will be granted to the Warrant Holders under this Agreement);

WHEREAS, in connection with that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated as of the date hereof by and among the Company, Raptor Acquisition, Sub, Inc., RF Magic, Inc. and, solely for the purposes of Sections 9 and 10.1 thereof, Mark Foley, as Stockholders’ Representative (the “Merger Agreement” ) certain of the Investors will be issued shares of Series D Preferred Stock and as a condition to such issuance the Company is obligated to extend to such Investors the registration rights, information rights and other rights as set forth herein; and

 

1


WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors desire to enter into this Agreement to amend, restate and replace the rights provided for under the Prior Rights Agreement with the rights set forth in this Agreement. Sections 1.12 and 2.2 of the Prior Rights Agreement provides that any provision of the Prior Rights Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and Investors (and/or any of their permitted successors or assigns) holding a majority of the Registrable Securities Then Outstanding (as defined in the Prior Rights Agreement (the “ Required Holders ”)). The undersigned Required Holders hold the required amount of such securities.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

  1. REGISTRATION RIGHTS .

1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 1:

(a) Registration . The terms “ register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement.

(b) Registrable Securities . The term “ Registrable Securities ” means: (i) any and all shares of the Company’s common stock (“ Common Stock ”) issued or issuable upon the conversion of the Securities, (ii) the Exercise Shares, and (iii) any shares of Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, in exchange for or in replacement of, all such shares of Common Stock described in clause (i) of this subsection. The term “ Registrable Securities ” shall exclude in all cases, however, any shares described by (i) or (ii) of this subsection (b) sold by a person in a transaction in which rights under this Section 1 are not assigned in accordance with this Agreement or any shares described by (i) or (ii) of this subsection (b) sold to the public or sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(c) Registrable Securities Then Outstanding . The term “ Registrable Securities Then Outstanding ” shall mean those shares of Common Stock which are Registrable Securities and (1) are then issued and outstanding or (2) are then issuable pursuant to the exercise or conversion of then-outstanding and then-exercisable options, warrants or convertible securities.

(d) Holder . For purposes of this Section 1 and Section 2 hereof, the term “ Holder ” or “ Holders ” means any person or persons owning Registrable Securities who is a party hereto.

 

2


(e) Form S-3 . The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as is in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC (as defined below) which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(f) SEC . The term “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

(g) Offered Stock . The term “ Offered Stock ” means all shares of Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of such shares) held by an Investor proposed to be the subject of a Transfer.

(h) Transfer . The term “ Transfer ” means any sale, assignment, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, conveyance in trust, gift, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, including but not limited to transfers to receivers, levying creditors, trustees or receivers in bankruptcy proceedings or general assignees for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary or by operation of law, directly or indirectly, of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock or the Series D Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of such shares), except (i) any bona fide pledge made pursuant to a bona fide loan transaction that creates a mere security interest, (ii) if such shares are held by a partnership, limited liability company, or trust, (A) to partners, members, officers, employees, and affiliates of such partnership, limited liability company, or trust or any partner, officer or employee of such affiliates (collectively, “ Affiliates ”), (B) to its general or limited partners, stockholders or beneficiaries, or to an entity owned by or organized for the benefit of the general or limited partners, stockholders, officers, directors, employees, Affiliates or beneficiaries of such holder, as applicable, or (C) to an entity that controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with such partnership or limited liability company, (iii) if such shares are held by a corporation, (A) to Affiliates, (B) to its stockholders, or to an entity owned by or organized for the benefit of the stockholders, officers, directors, employees, Affiliates or beneficiaries of such holder, as applicable, or (C) to an entity that controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with such corporation, (iv) for a Transfer made by an Investor party to that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement between the Company and the parties thereto dated as of the date hereof, as amended (the “ Co-Sale Agreement ”), pursuant to and in accordance with the right of co-sale provided therein, or (v) in connection with a sale to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the SEC under the Securities Act; provided , that in each of cases (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, each pledgee, transferee or distributee shall, as a condition precedent to such pledge or Transfer, execute either, in the Company’s sole discretion, a counterpart copy of this Agreement or a written acknowledgment that it takes such shares subject to the restrictions and provisions of this Agreement; and provided further , that in each of the cases of (i) and (iii), each pledgee, transferee or distributee is not a competitor of the Company as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. For purposes of this Section 1.1(h), any subsidiary of a Holder in which such Holder owns at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the voting securities shall not be deemed to be a competitor of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein, Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. shall be permitted to transfer its shares of the Company’s securities to Motorola, Inc., provided that, with respect to such securities,

 

3


Motorola, Inc. shall be subject to and bound by the terms of this Agreement, the Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement between the Company and the parties thereto dated as of the date hereof, as amended, and the Co-Sale Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, a transfer of Freescale’s shares of the Company’s securities to Motorola shall not be deemed a Transfer for purposes of this Agreement.

1.2 Demand Registration .

(a) Request by Holders . If the Company shall receive a written request from the Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities Then Outstanding not earlier than the earlier of (i) three (3) years after the date of the Prior Rights Agreement or (ii) six months after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company covering an underwritten offering of any of its securities to the general public, that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities (or a lesser amount if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000)) pursuant to this Section 1.2, then the Company shall, within ten (10) business days of the receipt of such written request, give written notice of such request (“ Request Notice ”) to all Holders, and effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which Holders request to be registered and included in such registration by written notice given by such Holders to the Company within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Request Notice, subject to the limitations of this Section 1.2.

(b) Underwriting . If the Holders initiating the registration request under this Section 1.2 (“ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, then they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.2 and the Company shall include such information in the Request Notice. In such event, the right of any Holder to include Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by such Holder and Initiating Holders holding a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company (and reasonably acceptable to holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be registered). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter(s) advise(s) the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced as required by the underwriter(s) and allocated among the Holders of Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis according to the number of Registrable Securities held by each Holder requesting registration (including the Initiating Holders); provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded and withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

 

4


(c) Maximum Number of Demand Registrations . The Company is obligated to effect only two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 and shall not be obligated to effect such a registration during the six (6) month period after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering of its securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

(d) Deferral . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting the filing of a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2 a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”), it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period.

(e) Expenses . All registration and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one (1) counsel for the selling Holder or Holders (the “ Registration Expenses ”) shall be borne by the Company. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 1.2 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the total number of shares sold in such registration other than for the account of the Company) of all discounts, commissions or other amounts payable to underwriters or brokers in connection with such offering (the “ Selling Expenses ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to this Section 1.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered; provided , further , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, (i) the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company not known to the Holders at the time of their request for such registration and have withdrawn their request for registration with reasonable promptness after learning of such material adverse change, (ii) the withdrawal relates to the Company exercising its right to defer the registration pursuant to Section 1.2(d), or (iii) the withdrawal is the result of the reduction by the underwriters of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities sought to be registered by the Holders, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to this Section 1.2.

1.3 Piggyback Registrations . The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to filing any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of effecting a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding registration statements relating to any registration under Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 of this Agreement or to any employee benefit plan or a corporate reorganization) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities then held by such Holder. Each Holder

 

5


desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt of the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing, and in such notice shall inform the Company of the number of Registrable Securities such Holder wishes to include in such registration statement. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a) Underwriting . If a registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 1.3 is for an underwritten offering, then the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 1.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriter(s) determine(s) in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the managing underwriter(s) may exclude shares (including Registrable Securities) from the registration and the underwriting, and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and the underwriting shall be allocated, first , to the Company, and second , to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Securities in such registration statement on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder. No such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Public Offering (as defined in Section 1.11 below) and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners and members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “ Holder ,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “ Holder ” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

6


(b) Expenses . All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1.3 shall be borne by the Company. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 1.3 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the total number of shares sold in such registration other than for the account of the Company) of all Selling Expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1.3.

1.4 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, then the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration and the Holder’s or Holders’ request therefor, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so-requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within twenty (20) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 1.4:

(1) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(2) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000);

(3) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement no more than twice during any twelve (12) month period for a period of not more than ninety (90) days following receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.4, provided that the Company shall not be entitled to exercise the deferral rights set forth in this Section 1.4(b)(3) to defer two consecutive requests by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 pursuant to this Section 1.4;

(4) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4;

 

7


(5) within three (3) months of the effective date of any registration referenced to in Sections 1.2 or 1.3 above, provided that the initiating Holder was permitted to sell Registrable Securities in such prior registration without a reduction in excess of ten percent (10%) of the number of such Holder’s Registrable Securities initially requested by such Holder to be registered in such registration; or

(6) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) Expenses . Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered pursuant to this Section 1.4 as soon as practicable after receipt of the request(s) of the Holder(s) for such registration. Until such time as two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.4 are declared effective by the SEC, all Registration Expenses shall be borne by the Company and each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the total number of shares sold in such registration other than for the account of the Company) of all Selling Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to this Section 1.4 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered; provided, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, (i) the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company not known to the Holders at the time of their request for such registration and have withdrawn their request for registration with reasonable promptness after learning of such material adverse change, (ii) the withdrawal relates to the Company exercising its right to defer the registration pursuant to Section 1.4(b)(3) or (iii) the withdrawal is the result of the reduction by the underwriters of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities sought to be registered by the Holders, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to this Section 1.4. Following the second registration pursuant to this Section 1.4 which is declared effective by the SEC, the Holders who wish to participate in a Form S-3 registration shall pay all Registration Expenses and Selling Expenses incurred in connection with each subsequent registration requested pursuant to this Section 1.4. The obligation of the Holders participating in a Form S-3 registration to pay such Registration Expenses and Selling Expenses shall be several and not joint and in such proportion so that each Holder is responsible for the portion of the expenses represented by the percentage that the number of the Registrable Securities of such Holder offered by and sold under the registration statement bears to the total number of all Registrable Securities offered by and sold under such registration statement.

(d) Not A Demand Registration . Form S-3 registrations shall not be deemed to be demand registrations as described in Section 1.2 above.

1.5 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under this Agreement, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to ninety (90) days;

 

8


(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by them that are included in such registration;

(d) use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering (it being understood and agreed that, as a condition to the Company’s obligations under this clause (e), each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement);

(f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; and

(g) furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a “comfort” letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

 

9


1.6 Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4 hereof that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to timely effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

1.7 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.8 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4 hereof:

(a) By the Company . To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers, directors and attorneys of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “ Exchange Act ”), against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (each a “ Violation ”):

(i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto;

(ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or

(iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal or state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any federal or state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement;

and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer or director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them, as incurred, in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

 

10


(b) By Selling Holders . To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who have signed the registration statement, each of its attorneys, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, members, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, attorney, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, partner, member or director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, attorney, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, partner, member, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further , that the total amounts payable in indemnity by a Holder under this Section 1.8(b) in respect of any Violation shall not exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder in the registered offering out of which such Violation arises.

(c) Notice . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflict of interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party to the extent of such prejudice under this Section 1.8, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.8.

 

11


(d) Defect Eliminated in Final Prospectus . The foregoing indemnity agreements of the Company and Holders are subject to the condition that, insofar as they relate to any Violation made in a preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the amended prospectus on file with the SEC at the time the registration statement in question becomes effective or the amended prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to SEC Rule 424(b) (the “ Final Prospectus ”), such indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit of any person if a copy of the Final Prospectus (i) was furnished to the indemnified party, (ii) would have cured the Violation, and (iii) was not furnished to the person asserting the loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the time such action is required by the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the offering is an underwritten offering, the foregoing indemnity agreements shall continue to inure to the benefit of such indemnified party to the extent such party is unable to receive indemnification from the underwriters of such offering.

(e) Contribution . In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any Holder exercising rights under this Agreement, or any controlling person of any such Holder, makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 1.8 but it is judicially determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 1.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any such selling Holder or any such controlling person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 1.8; then, and in each such case, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party with respect to such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in the proportion that is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , however , that, in any such case, (A) no such Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement and (B) no person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(f) Survival . The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement, and otherwise.

1.9 “ Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of or engage in any other transaction regarding any Registrable Securities or other shares of stock of the Company then owned by such Holder (other than to donees, partners, members or stockholders of the Holder who agree to be similarly bound) for up

 

12


to (i) one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act relating to the Initial Public Offering; provided , however , that, all executive officers and directors of the Company and holders of greater than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) (“ One Percent Stockholders” ) then holding Common Stock of the Company enter into similar agreements.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, (i) the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the shares subject to this Section 1.9 and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities and such other shares of stock of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period and (ii) the Holder agrees to execute an agreement requested by the Company and/or underwriter; provided , however , that all executive officers and directors of the Company and One Percent Stockholders then holding Common Stock of the Company enter into similar agreements and provided , further , that such agreement shall (a) contain a definitive termination date that is no more than one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of such registration statement, (b) not prevent a Holder from disposing of another company’s stock solely because such other company operates a similar business to the Company, (c) if the Company’s registration statement has not been declared effective under the Securities Act, terminate no later than two hundred seventy (270) days following the date such agreement is signed and delivered by the Holder to the Company and/or underwriter and (d) in the event any of the shares of the Common Stock, excluding any shares which are to be included in such registration, held by the officers, directors and/or the One Percent Stockholders then holding Common Stock are released by the underwriters from the lock-up restrictions set forth in similar agreements, permit a number of shares of the Common Stock held by a Holder, which number shall be equal to the largest number of shares of the Common Stock which were released from the lock-up provisions by the underwriters for an individual officer, director and/or One Percent Stockholder, to be released immediately from any remaining lock-up restrictions provided by such agreement.

1.10 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC, which may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock of the Company the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) use its best efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) as long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, to furnish to the Holder forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective

 

13


date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents of the Company as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act).

1.11 Termination of the Company’s Obligations Under this Section 1 . The Company shall have no obligations pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 with respect to: (i) any request or requests for registration made by any Holder on a date more than two (2) years after the closing date of the first firmly underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act, on the terms and conditions approved by the Board of Directors (an “ Initial Public Offering ”); or (ii) any Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder in a registration pursuant to Section 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4 if, after the Initial Public Offering, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, all such Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder may be sold in a three-month period without registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act and such Holder owns less than 1% of the Common Stock.

1.12 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities Then Outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that provides such holder or prospective holder with registration rights superior to or on a parity with the registration rights provided to the Investors pursuant to this Section 1.

 

  2. ASSIGNMENT AND AMENDMENT .

2.1 Assignment . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the registration rights of a Holder under Section 1, the Investors’ right of first refusal under Section 3, the Company and the Investors’ right of first refusal under Section 4 and the information or other rights under Section 5, if applicable, may be assigned only to (i) a party who acquires at least the lesser of all of the Registrable Securities held by the transferor or One Million (1,000,000) such shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like), (ii)(A) a stockholder, an entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with a Holder that is a corporation, partner, member, or beneficiary of such Holder; (B) a spouse, child, parent or beneficiary of the estate of such Holder or (C) a trust for the benefit of the persons set forth in (A) or (B) or (iii) a subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member, affiliated fund or other Affiliate of a Holder; provided , however , that no party may be assigned any of the foregoing rights unless the Company is given written notice by the assigning party at the time of such assignment stating the name, address and tax identification number of the assignee and identifying the securities of the Company as to which the rights in question are being assigned; and provided further that any such assignee shall receive such assigned rights subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of this Section 2 and that such assignee is not a competitor of the Company, as determined on good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

14


2.2 Amendment of Rights; Waiver . Subject to Section 2.3, any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and Investors (and/or any of their permitted successors or assigns) holding a majority of the Registrable Securities Then Outstanding. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 2.2 shall be binding upon each Investor, each Holder, each permitted successor or assignee of such Investor or Holder and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment will be effective against an Investor or Holder without such Investor’s or Holder’s prior written consent if such amendment would (i) impose any new obligations or liabilities not expressly contemplated by this Agreement on, or materially increase any existing liabilities or obligations under this Agreement of, an Investor or Holder, or (ii) eliminate or alter such Investor’s or Holder’s observer rights provided in Section 5.4 hereof to Motorola, Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc. or a Qualifying Purchaser without their respective consent, so long as Motorola, Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc. or such Qualifying Purchaser are otherwise entitled to such rights.

2.3 New Investors . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if additional parties purchase shares of the Securities from the Company (each such person or entity, a “ New Investor ”), then each such New Investor shall become a party to this Agreement as an “ Investor ” hereunder, without the need for any consent, approval or signature of any Investor when such New Investor has both: (i) purchased shares of the Securities and paid the Company all consideration payable for such shares and (ii) executed one or more counterpart signature pages to this Agreement as an “ Investor ,” with the Company’s consent.

 

  3. INVESTORS’ RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL .

3.1 Right of First Refusal . If, at any time after the date of this Agreement and prior to the termination of this right of first refusal pursuant to Section 6.12, the Company should desire to issue in a transaction not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a claimed exemption thereunder, any Equity Securities (as hereinafter defined), it shall give each Investor who, together with any person it controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, or a transferee permitted under Section 2 hereof holds not less than one million (1,000,000) shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) of Registrable Securities (a “ Qualifying Investor ”), the right to purchase such Qualifying Investor’s pro rata share (or any part thereof) of all of such privately offered Equity Securities on the same terms as the Company is willing to sell such Equity Securities to any other person. Each such Qualifying Investor’s pro rata share of the Equity Securities shall be equal to that percentage of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company held by such Qualifying Investor on the date of delivery of notice to such Qualifying Investor, as set forth in Section 3.2 below, of the Company’s intention to sell and issue such Equity Securities. For purposes of this subsection 3.1, the outstanding Common Stock of the Company shall include (i) outstanding shares of Common Stock, and (ii) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise and/or conversion of any then outstanding options, warrants and Preferred Stock of the Company.

3.2 Notice; Over-Allotment . Prior to any sale or issuance by the Company of any Equity Securities, the Company shall notify in writing each Qualifying Investor of its intention to sell and issue such securities, setting forth the terms under which it proposes to make

 

15


such sale. Within ten (10) business days after receipt of such notice, each such Qualifying Investor shall notify the Company in writing whether such Qualifying Investor desires to purchase such Qualifying Investor’s pro rata share, or any part thereof, of the Equity Securities so offered. If any Qualifying Investor fails to deliver notice in writing within such ten (10) day period of its election to purchase such Qualifying Investor’s full pro rata share of an offering of Equity Securities (a “ Nonpurchasing Investor ”), then such Nonpurchasing Investor shall forfeit the right hereunder to purchase that part of its pro rata share of such Equity Securities that it did not so elect to purchase and the Company shall promptly give each Qualifying Investor who has timely elected to purchase its full pro rata share of such offering of Equity Securities (a “ Purchasing Investor ”) written notice of the failure of any Nonpurchasing Investor to purchase such Nonpurchasing Investor’s full pro rata share of such offering of Equity Securities (the “ Over-Allotment Notice ”). Each Purchasing Investor shall have a right of over-allotment such that such Purchasing Investor may elect to purchase a portion of the Nonpurchasing Investors’ unpurchased pro rata share of such offering on a pro rata basis according to the relative pro rata share of the Purchasing Investors, by delivery of written notice of such election to the Company at any time within five (5) business days after receiving the Over-Allotment Notice.

3.3 Company Sales Period . After termination of the ten (10) business day period plus, if applicable, the subsequent five (5) business day period specified in subsection 3.2 above, the Company may, during a period of sixty (60) days following the end of such period, sell and issue such Equity Securities as to which a Qualifying Investor does not indicate a desire to purchase to another person upon the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the notice to the Qualifying Investors. In the event the Company has not sold the Equity Securities, or has not entered into an agreement to sell the Equity Securities, within said sixty (60) day period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities without first offering such securities to the Qualifying Investors in the manner provided above.

3.4 Closing of Investor Purchases . If a Qualifying Investor gives the Company notice that such Qualifying Investor desires to purchase any of the Equity Securities offered by the Company, payment for the Equity Securities shall be by check or wire transfer, against delivery of the Equity Securities at the executive offices of the Company within twenty (20) days after giving the Company such notice, or, if later, the closing date for the proposed sale of such Equity Securities. The Company shall take all such action as may be required by any regulatory authority in connection with the exercise by such Qualifying Investor of the right to purchase Equity Securities as set forth in this Section 3.

3.5 Exempted Issuances . The right of first refusal contained in this Section 3 shall not apply to the issuance by the Company of Equity Securities (i) upon conversion of the Securities; (ii) to officers, directors or employees of, or consultants to, the Company pursuant to a warrant, stock grant, option agreement or plan, purchase plan or other employee stock incentive program or agreement approved by the Board of Directors (each such agreement or plan, an “ Incentive Plan ”); (iii) in connection with the acquisition by the Company of another business entity or majority ownership thereof approved by the Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote of at least one (1) director designated by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, one (1) director designated by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and one (1) director designated by the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock; (iv) to lease companies, real estate lessors, banks or financial institutions, in connection with any lease or debt financing

 

16


transaction approved by the Board of Directors including one (1) director designated by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, one (1) director designated by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and one (1) director designated by the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock; (v) upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of the date of this Agreement or issued in accordance with this Section 3.5; (vi) in connection with any stock split, stock dividend, distribution, recapitalization or similar event; (vii) in connection with a strategic investment and/or acquisition of technology or intellectual property not principally for equity financing purposes approved by the Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote of at least one (1) director designated by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, one (1) director designated by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and one (1) director designated by the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock; (viii) in connection with the Initial Public Offering; (ix) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement; or (x) by way of a dividend or other distribution on Equity Securities described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (ix).

3.6 Equity Securities Defined . The term “Equity Securities” shall mean (i) Common Stock, rights, options or warrants to purchase Common Stock, (ii) any security other than Common Stock having voting rights in the election of the Board of Directors, not contingent upon a failure to pay dividends, (iii) any security convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing, and (iv) any agreement or commitment to issue any of the foregoing.

 

  4. COMPANY’S AND INVESTORS’ RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL .

4.1 Notice of Proposed Transfer . Before any Investor may effect any Transfer of any Offered Stock, such Investor must give at the same time to the Company and each Qualifying Investor a written notice signed by the Investor (“ Investor’s Notice ”) stating (a) the Investor’s bona fide intention to transfer such Offered Stock; (b) the number of shares of Offered Stock; (c) the name, address and relationship, if any, to the Investor of each proposed purchaser or other transferee; and (d) the bona fide cash price or, in reasonable detail, other consideration, per share for which the Investor proposes to transfer such Offered Stock (the “ Offered Price ”). Upon the request of the Company or an Qualifying Investor, the Investor will promptly furnish such information to the Company and to such Qualifying Investor as may be reasonably requested to establish that the offer and proposed transferee are bona fide.

4.2 Right of First Refusal .

(a) The Company and Qualifying Investors’ Right . With respect to any Transfer by any Investor, the Company and each Qualifying Investor shall have the right of first refusal to purchase all or any part of the Offered Stock, exercisable as set forth in subsections (b) and (c) hereof.

(b) Exercise of the Company’s Right of First Refusal . The Company’s right of first refusal may be exercised as follows:

(i) The Company shall have the opportunity to purchase all or any part of the Offered Stock.

(ii) If the Company desires to purchase all or any part of the Offered Stock, the Company must, within the ten (10) business day period (the “ Company

 

17


Refusal Period ”) commencing on the date of the Investor’s Notice, give written notice to the Investor of the Company’s election to purchase the Offered Stock. To the extent that the Company elects not to purchase all of the Offered Stock, the remaining shares of Offered Stock may be purchased by the Qualifying Investors as set forth in Section 4.2(c) below.

(iii) On or prior to the expiration of the Company Refusal Period, the Company will give written notice (the “ Company’s Expiration Notice ”) to the Investor and to the Qualifying Investors specifying either (A) that all or a portion of the Offered Stock was subscribed for by the Company exercising its right of first refusal or (B) that the Company waived its right to purchase any of the Offered Stock. Notwithstanding any failure by the Company to deliver a Company’s Expiration Notice, a failure by the Company to exercise its right of first refusal within the Company Refusal Period shall be deemed a waiver of such right, however such failure shall not affect the Qualifying Investors’ right of first refusal as set forth in Section 4.2(c) below.

(c) Exercise of Qualifying Investors’ Right of First Refusal . The Qualifying Investors’ right of first refusal may be exercised as follows:

(i) To the extent the Company does not purchase all of the Offered Stock, the Qualifying Investors shall have the opportunity to purchase the remaining Offered Stock.

(ii) If a Qualifying Investor or its permitted assignees desires to purchase any of the remaining Offered Stock, such Qualifying Investor must, within a ten (10) business day period (the “ Qualifying Investor Refusal Period ”) commencing on the first to occur of (A) the date of the Company’s Expiration Notice or (B) the twentieth (20th) business day after the Investor’s Notice, give written notice (the “ Qualifying Investors Notice ”) to the Investor and to the Company of such Investor’s election to purchase any remaining Offered Stock. In the event that an Qualifying Investor elects not to purchase any of the remaining Offered Stock, such Qualifying Investor shall, on or prior to the expiration of the Qualifying Investor Refusal Period, give written notice (the “ Qualifying Investor’s Expiration Notice ”) to the Investor that such Qualifying Investor is waiving its right to purchase any such Offered Stock under this Section 4(c). Notwithstanding any failure by a Qualifying Investor to deliver the Qualifying Investor’s Expiration Notice, a failure by a Qualifying Investor to exercise its right of first refusal within the Qualifying Investor Refusal Period shall be deemed a waiver of such right. If multiple Qualifying Investors elect to purchase the Offered Stock not purchased by the Company, each Qualifying Investor shall have the right to purchase its pro rata share of the Offered Stock not purchased by the Company, based on the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by such Qualifying Investor as a percentage of the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by all Qualifying Investors exercising such right.

(d) Notice; Over-Allotment . In the event that not all of the Qualifying Investors elect to purchase their pro rata share of the Offered Stock available pursuant to their rights set forth under this Section 4 within the time period set forth herein, then the Investor shall promptly give written notice to each of the Qualifying Investors electing to purchase the Offered Stock (“ Overallotment Notice ”), which shall set forth the number of shares of Offered Stock not purchased by the other Qualifying Investors, and shall offer such Qualifying Investors electing to

 

18


purchase the Offered Stock the right to acquire such unsubscribed shares. Such Qualifying Investors shall have five (5) business days after receipt of the Overallotment Notice to deliver a written notice to the Investor (the “ Participating Qualifying Investor’s Overallotment Notice ”) of its election to purchase its pro rata share of the unsubscribed shares on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Investor’s Notice. For purposes of this Section 4(d) each Qualifying Investor electing to participate in the purchase of Offered Stock shall have the right to purchase its pro rata share based on the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by such Qualifying Investor as a percentage of the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by all Qualifying Investors exercising such over-allotment right.

(e) Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Offered Stock to be purchased by the Company or the Qualifying Investor exercising its right of first refusal under this Agreement will be the Offered Price, but will be payable as set forth in Section 4(f) below. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, which determination will be binding upon the Company, the Qualifying Investor and the Investor absent fraud or error.

(f) Payment . Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Stock purchased by the Company or by the Qualifying Investor exercising its right of first refusal shall be made (A) within seven (7) days after the date of the Qualifying Investor’s Expiration Notice, (B) within five (5) days after delivery of the Participating Qualifying Investor’s Overallotment Notice or (C) prior to the sixtieth (60th) day following the Investor’s Notice. Payment of the purchase price will be made by the Company or the Investor (i) in cash or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, (ii) by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Investor to the Company or the Qualifying Investor, as applicable, or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing.

(g) Rights as a Stockholder . If the Company or an Qualifying Investor exercise their right of first refusal to purchase the Offered Stock, then, upon consummation of such purchase, the Investor will have no further rights in the Offered Stock except the right to receive payment for the Offered Stock from the Company or the Qualifying Investor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and the Investor will forthwith cause all certificate(s) evidencing such Offered Stock to be surrendered to the Company for transfer to the Company or to the Qualifying Investor.

(h) Investor’s Right to Transfer . If the Company or the Qualifying Investors have not elected to purchase all of the Offered Stock, then the Investor may transfer the remaining portion of the Offered Stock proposed to be sold by the Investor, to any person named as a purchaser or other transferee in the Investor’s Notice, at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such transfer (i) is consummated within sixty (60) days after the date of the Investor’s Notice and (ii) is in accordance with all the terms of this Agreement. If the Offered Stock is not so transferred during such sixty (60) day period, then the Investor may not transfer any of such Offered Stock without complying again in full with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

19


4.3 Restrictive Legend and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Right of First Refusal Legend . The Investors understand and agree that the Company will cause the legend set forth below, or a legend substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) or other documents or instruments evidencing ownership of the Preferred Stock:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFYING INVESTORS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BY THE HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. SUCH RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON CERTAIN TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(b) Stop Transfer Instructions . The Investors agree, to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, that the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” certificates or instructions and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its records.

 

  5. INFORMATION RIGHTS AND OTHER COVENANTS .

5.1 Financial Statements and Reports . The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. As long as an Investor (together with any persons it controls, is controlled by or is under common control with) or a transferee permitted under Section 2 hereof holds not less than one million (1,000,000) shares (as adjusted) of Registrable Securities, the Company shall deliver to such Investors, (i) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such year and consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such year, which year-end financial reports shall be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and audited by an accounting firm of national standing, and (ii) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, and in any event within sixty (60) days thereafter, an unaudited, consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such quarter and consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such quarter, which quarter-end financial reports shall be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company will further deliver to such Investor, within thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including a balance sheet and statement of operations for such months and, as soon as prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company. Each Investor agrees that any information obtained by the Investor pursuant to this Section 5 which is identified by the Company to be proprietary to the Company or otherwise confidential will not, unless such

 

20


Investor shall otherwise be required by law or the rules of any national securities exchange or association, be disclosed without the prior written consent of the Company. The Investor may disclose such proprietary or confidential information to any partner or representative of Investor for the purpose of evaluating its investment in the Company as long as such partner or representative is advised of the confidentiality provisions of this Section 5.1 and agrees in writing to be bound to the terms hereof, executes a similar confidentiality agreement or is otherwise bound by a duty of confidentiality not to disclose such information.

5.2 Proprietary Inventions and Information Agreement . The Company agrees to use its best efforts to cause each employee and consultant whose services are hereafter retained by the Company to execute a Proprietary Inventions and Information Agreement in substantially the form attached to the Purchase Agreement as Exhibit G .

5.3 Vesting . The Company agrees that grants of stock or options to employees and consultants will provide that such grants and options shall vest (or shall be subject to a right of repurchase that lapses) over a four-year period from the commencement of service to the Company, unless different vesting provisions are unanimously approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. Unvested shares of Common Stock issued by the Company shall be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company upon the termination of the employee’s services to the Company at the original cost thereof and the Company shall have a right of first refusal with respect to shares of Common Stock issued by the Company.

5.4 Observation Rights . The Company shall permit one (1) representative designated by Motorola, Inc. (the “ Motorola Observer ”), two (2) representatives of Cisco Systems, Inc. (the “ Cisco Observers ”) and one (1) representative designated by each other Investor who both is a Qualifying Purchaser, as defined below, and does not have a representative serving as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors (each a “Qualifying Purchaser Observer” ) to attend, in a non-voting observer capacity, each meeting of the Board of Directors and each meeting of any committee thereof so long as Motorola, Inc. (“ Motorola ”), Cisco Systems, Inc. (“ Cisco ”) and such Investor is a Qualifying Purchaser. “Qualifying Purchaser” means (i) an Investor who individually holds in the aggregate at least Two Million dollars ($2,000,000) of Original Series A Price, Original Series B Price, and Original Series C Price (as such terms are defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation) of Preferred Stock, (ii) CMEA Ventures Information Technology II, L.P. (or one of its affiliates), so long as it (together with its affiliates) holds in the aggregate at least Two Million dollars ($2,000,000) of Original Series D-1 Price, Original Series D-2 Price and Original Series D-3 Price (as such terms are defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation) of Preferred Stock, and (iii) Granite Ventures, L.P. (or one of its affiliates), so long as it (together with its affiliates) holds in the aggregate at least Two Million dollars ($2,000,000) of Original Series D-1 Price, Original Series D-2 Price, and Original Series D-3 Price (as such terms are defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation) of Preferred Stock. The rights, duties and obligations of Motorola and the Motorola Observer in connection with the observer rights provided by this Section 5.4 shall be as set forth in that certain board observation rights letter agreement entered into by and between the Company and Motorola as of March 27, 2003. The rights, duties and obligations of Cisco and the Cisco Observers in connection with the observer rights provided by this Section 5.4 shall be as set forth in that certain board observation rights letter agreement entered into by and between the Company and Cisco as of March 27, 2003. The rights, duties and obligations of a Qualifying

 

21


Purchaser and the Qualifying Purchaser Observers in connection with the observer rights provided by this Section 5.4 shall be as set forth in that certain board observation rights letter agreement entered into by and between the Company and the Qualifying Purchaser as of the date of the Prior Rights Agreement or as of the date hereof [ NOTE: NEED FORMS OF LETTERS FOR CMEA AND GRANITE ].

5.5 Indebtedness . Without the approval of the Board of Directors, including at least one director designated by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and one director designated by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Company will not incur, from the date hereof, indebtedness for borrowed money or other obligations in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate, excluding however ordinary course vendor and supplier financing, as well as non-debt obligations pursuant to customer contracts and strategic partnerships.

5.6 Stock Option Reserve . The Company shall not increase the number of shares of the capital stock of the Company reserved for issuance pursuant to the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan (except as contemplated by the Purchase Agreement) or authorize for issuance any shares pursuant to an Incentive Plan without the approval of (i) the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, (ii) the holders of at least a sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the issued and outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, (iii) the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class and (iv) the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding Series D Preferred Stock, with all series thereof voting together as a separate class.

5.7 Qualified Small Business Reporting . So long as Investors continue to hold Registrable Securities, or such shares are held by a transferee whose ownership thereof is eligible to qualify as Qualified Small Business Stock, as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (the “ Code ”), and such reporting and recordkeeping is necessary for such Registrable Securities to qualify as Qualified Small Business Stock, the Company will comply with all reporting and recordkeeping requirements required of a Qualified Small Business by the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, the Company shall submit such reports and comply with such other requirements as may be imposed by the Internal Revenue Service (or corresponding applicable state taxing authority) on corporations seeking to achieve and maintain status as a qualified small business within the meaning of Section 1202(d) of the Code.

5.8 Reservation of Common Stock . The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Securities, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

 

  6. GENERAL PROVISIONS .

6.1 Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (i) upon actual delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) 24 hours after confirmed facsimile transmission, (iii) the day of sending such notice by electronic mail, or (iv) one business day after deposit with a recognized overnight courier, addressed (a) if to an Investor or Holder, at such Investor’s or Holder’s address,

 

22


facsimile number and email address, if any, set forth in the Company’s stockholder records (and the Company hereby agrees promptly to provide the current full name, address, facsimile number and email address, if any, of the Investors and other Holders set forth in its corporate records to any Holder or Investor requesting the same for a proper purpose under this Agreement upon such request, and in no event later than five days after such request), or (b) if to the Company, at the following address or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investor upon 10 days’ notice:

Entropic Communications, Inc.

9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: (858) 546-2409

With a copy to:

Cooley Godward Kronish LLP

4401 Eastgate Mall

San Diego, CA 92121-1909

Attention: Charles S. Kim, Esq.

Fax: (858) 550-6420

Email: ckim@cooley.com

6.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with all the exhibits hereto, constitutes and contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, agreements, understandings, duties or obligations, including the Prior Rights Agreement, among the parties respecting the subject matter hereof.

6.3 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, excluding that body of law relating to conflict of laws and choice of law.

6.4 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

6.5 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

6.6 Successors and Assigns . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.1, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.

 

23


6.7 Captions . The captions to sections of this Agreement have been inserted for identification and reference purposes only and shall not be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

6.8 Counterparts; Facsimiles . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile signatures shall be as effective as original signatures.

6.9 Costs and Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that any action, suit or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereunder, the prevailing party shall recover all of such party’s costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions therefrom.

6.10 Adjustments for Stock Splits and Certain Other Changes . Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company of any class or series, then, upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination or stock dividend of such class or series of stock, the specific number of shares so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the affect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock by such subdivision, combination or stock dividend.

6.11 Amendment and Restatement of Prior Rights Agreement . The Prior Rights Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and restated herein. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of the Agreement by the Company and the Required Holders. Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Rights Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force and effect, including, without limitation, all rights of first refusal and any notice period associated therewith otherwise applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

6.12 Termination . Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of an Investor pursuant to Sections 3, 4 and 5 shall terminate at such time as that Investor shall no longer be the owner of any Registrable Securities. Unless sooner terminated in accordance with the preceding sentence, the obligations of the Company pursuant to Sections 3, 4 and 5 shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) a Liquidation (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time);

(b) the execution by the Company of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or the appointment of a receiver or trustee to take possession of the property and assets of the Company; or

(c) upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering.

 

24


[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Patrick Henry

  Patrick Henry
  Chief Executive Officer

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


INVESTORS:

A NTHEM V ENTURES F UND , L.P.

a Delaware limited Partnership

By:  

/s/ Brian Mesic

Name:   Brian Mesic
Title:   Partner
T IME W ARNER I NC .
By:  

/s/ Rachel Lam

Name:   Rachel Lam
Title:   Vice President, Time Warner Investments

T HE B OARD OF T RUSTEES OF THE L ELAND

S TANFORD J UNIOR U NIVERSITY – (SBST)

By:  

/s/ Martina S. Poquer

Name:  

Martina S. Poquer

Title:  

Director Separate Investments Division

S AINTS C APITAL B ELVEDERE , L.P.
By:  

/s/ Kenneth Pereria

Name:   Kenneth Pereria
Title:   Authorized Signatory and CFO

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


CISCO SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Ned Hooper

Name:   Ned Hooper
Title:   Vice President, Corporate Development

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


CMEA V ENTURES I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGY II, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Thomas Baruch

Name:   Thomas Baruch
Title:   General Partner
CMEA V ENTURES I NFORMATION T ECHNOLOGY , II,
Civil Law Partnership
By:  

/s/ Thomas Baruch

Name:   Thomas Baruch
Title:   General Partner
C OMCAST I NTERACTIVE C APITAL , LP
By:   Comcast CICG GP, Inc., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Sandra W. Crowell

Name:  

Sandra W. Crowell

 

Title:   Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer
C OX C OMMUNICATIONS EBD H OLDINGS , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Mary Thigpen

Name:   Mary Thigpen
Title:   VP of Strategy
D OW E MPLOYEES ’ P ENSION P LAN
By:   Diamond Capital Management, Inc., as agent
By:  

/s/ Kenneth J. Van Heel

Name:   Kenneth J. Van Heel
Title:   Director

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


E CHO S TAR T ECHNOLOGIES C ORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

F OCUS V ENTURES II, L.P.
By:   Focus Ventures Partners II, LP
By:  

/s/ James H. Boettcher

Name:  

James H. Boettcher

Title:   General Partner
FV I NVESTORS II QP, L.P.
By:   Focus Ventures Partners II, LP
By:  

/s/ James H. Boettcher

Name:  

James H. Boettcher

Title:  

Officer

FV I NVESTORS II A, L.P.
By:   Focus Ventures Partners II, LP
By:  

/s/ James H. Boettcher

Name:  

James H. Boettcher

Title:  

Officer

F REESCALE S EMICONDUCTOR , I NC . AS
S UCCESSOR -I N -I NTEREST TO M OTOROLA , I NC .
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


GCWF I NVESTMENT P ARTNERS II
By:   GCWF Investments LLC, Managing Partners
By:   Robert W. Ayling, Vice President
By:  

/s/ Laurence Tannenbaum

Name:  

Laurence Tannenbaum

Title:   Vice President
I NTEL C APITAL C ORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

L IBERTY A SSOCIATED P ARTNERS , LP
By:   Associated Group, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

M ARCO  J. & L AURA  S. T HOMPSON F AMILY

T RUST DATED 2-22-99

By:  

/s/ Marco J. Thompson

Name:   Marco J. Thompson
Title:   Trustee

/s/ Michael S. Bernath

 

M ICHAEL S . B ERNATH

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


M ATSUSHITA E LECTRIC I NDUSTRIAL C O ., L TD .
By:  

/s/ Susumu Koike

Name:   Susumu Koike
Title:   Senior Managing Director
M ISSION V ENTURES II, L.P.
By:   Mission Ventures Management II, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Leo S. Spiegel

Name:   Leo S. Spiegel
Title:   General Member
M ISSION V ENTURES A FFILIATES II, L.P.
By:   Mission Ventures Management II, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Leo S. Spiegel

Name:   Leo S. Spiegel
Title:   General Member
M OTOROLA , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Reese Schroder

Name:   Reese Schroder
Title:   Managing Director
P AUL N IKOLICH AND L AURA N IKOLICH JTE
By:  

/s/ Paul Nikolich

  Paul Nikolich
By:  

/s/ Laura Nikolich

  Laura Nikolich

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


/s/ Dennis Picker

D ENNIS P ICKER

P AUL B. J OHNSON AND R ENEE M. J OHNSON

as Community Property

By:  

/s/ Paul B. Johnson

  Paul B. Johnson
By:  

/s/ Renee M. Johnson

  Renee M. Johnson
R AGHAVAN L IVING T RUST D ATED 11-20-98
By:  

/s/ Sreen Raghavan

Name:   Sreen Raghavan
Title:   Trustee
R EDPOINT A SSOCIATES II, LLC
By:   Redpoint Ventures II, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ John Walecka

Name:   John Walecka
Title:   Managing Director
R EDPOINT T ECHNOLOGY P ARTNERS A-I, L.P.
By:   Redpoint Ventures I, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ John Walecka

Name:   John Walecka
Title:   Managing Director

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


R EDPOINT T ECHNOLOGY P ARTNERS Q-I, L.P.
By:   Redpoint Ventures I, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ John Walecka

Name:   John Walecka
Title:   Managing Director
R EDPOINT V ENTURES II, L.P.
By:   Redpoint Ventures II, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ John Walecka

Name:   John Walecka
Title:   Managing Director
R EVOLUTION C APITAL 5.0 LLC
By:  

/s/ Greg Mauro

 

Name:   Greg Mauro
Title:   Manager

/s/ Jun-Ichi Shibuta

J UN - ICHI S HIBUTA

/s/ Young Gun Shin

Y OUNG G UN S HIN

/s/ Randy Socol

R ANDY S OCOL
YAS B ROADBAND VENTURES , LLC.
By:  

/s/ Rouzbeh Yassini

 

Name:   Rouzbeh Yassini
Title:   President

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


MOTOTECH , INC .
By:  

/s/ K.Y. Chou

 

Name:   K.Y. Chou
Title:  

 

V ERIZON I NVESTMENTS I NC .
By:  

/s/ Janet M. Garrity

 

Name:   Janet M. Garrity
Title:   President and Treasurer

/s/ Mark Lehberg

 

M ARK L EHBERG

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


G RANITE V ENTURES , L.P.
By:   Granite Management, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jackie Berterretche

Name:   Jackie Berterretche
Title:   Attorney-in-Fact
TI V ENTURES III, L.P.
By:   TI Ventures Management III, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jackie Berterretche

Name:   Jackie Berterretche
Title:   Attorney-in-Fact
T ODD U.S. V ENTURES , LLC
By:   H&Q Todd Ventures Management, LLC
Its:   Member
By:  

/s/ Jackie Berterretche

Name:   Jackie Berterretche
Title:   Attorney-in-Fact

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


C ONEXANT S YSTEMS , I NC .
By  

/s/ Scott Blouin

  Scott Blouin, Sr. Vice President
  Chief Accounting Officer

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


R EVOLUTION C APITAL , LLC
By  

/s/ Gregory Mauro

  Gregory Mauro, Manager

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


E CHOSTAR C OMMUNICATIONS C ORPORATION
By  

/s/ David Moskowitz

  David Moskowitz, Senior Vice President
  and General Counsel

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


I NVEST , I NC .
By:  

 

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


S TMICROELECRONICS , N.V.
By  

/s/ Philippe Geyres

Name:   Philippe Geyres
Title:   Corporate Vice President

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


H AMILTON A PEX T ECHNOLOGY V ENTURES , L.P.
By:   Hamilton Apex Management Partners, LLC, General Partner
By  

/s/ Paul Bouchard

Name:   Paul Bouchard, Member

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


W AYPOINT V ENTURE P ARTNERS I, L.P.
By:   Waypoint Ventures, L.L.C., General Partner
By  

/s/ Marc Weiser

Name:   Marc Weiser
Title:   President

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


F INAFUND I (USA), L.P.
By:   Finafund I Management Company, Ltd.
Its:   General Partner
By  

/s/ Rachid Sefrioui

Name:   Rachid Sefrioui
Title:   Managing Director

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


C ONVERGENCE T ECH V ENTURE II, L IMITED
By  

/s/ David Chung

Name:   David Chung
Title:   General Partner
T AIWAN S PECIAL O PPORTUNITIES F UND III
By  

/s/ T.J. Huang

Name:   T.J. Huang
Title:   Director
VLG I NVESTMENTS LLC

By

 

/s/ Mark Royer

Name:

  Mark Royer

Title:

  Fund Manager
R EVOLUTION C APITAL 6.0 LLC

By

 

/s/ Greg Mauro

Name:

  Greg Mauro

Title:

  Manager
R OCKET V ENTURES LLC

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


/s/ Gregory F. Halik

G REGORY F. H ALIK

/s/ Joseph A. Casali, Jr. Revocable Trust

J OSEPH A. C ASALI , J R . R EVOCABLE T RUST

/s/ Earle Family Trust

E ARLE F AMILY T RUST

/s/ Ladd El Wardani

L ADD E L W ARDANI

/s/ Greg Bonfiglio

G REG B ONFIGLIO

/s/ Todd Jerry

T ODD J ERRY

/s/ Claudia Llanos

C LAUDIA L LANOS

/s/ Brian Mesic

B RIAN M ESIC

/s/ Alex Rubalcava

A LEX R UBALCAVA

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


/s/ Bill Woodward

B ILL W OODWARD

/s/ Itzhak Gurantz

I TZHAK G URANTZ

/s/ Gregory & Carol Halik

G REGORY & C AROL H ALIK

/s/ Gregory J. Ikohen

G REGORY J. I KOHEN

/s/ Tae Hea Nahm

T AE H EA N AHM

/s/ George Eisler

G EORGE E ISLER

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


WARRANT HOLDERS
HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FUNDING COMPANY II LLC
By:   Horizon Technology Finance, LLC, its sole member
By:  

/s/ Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.

Name:   Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.
Title:   Managing Member
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Norman Cutler

Name:   Norman Cutler
Title:   Derivatives Manager
LIGHTHOUSE CAPITAL PARTNERS V, LP
By:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[ THIS IS A SIGNATURE PAGE TO ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.’S

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


EXHIBIT A

Schedule of Investors

Holders of Series A Preferred Stock

Time Warner Inc. (formerly AOL Time Warner Inc.)

CMEA Ventures Information Technology II, L.P.

CMEA Ventures Information Technology, II, Civil Law Partnership

Mission Ventures II, L.P.

Mission Ventures Affiliates II, L.P.

Redpoint Associates II, LLC

Redpoint Technology Partners A-I, L.P.

Redpoint Technology Partners O-I, L.P.

Redpoint Ventures II, L.P.

YAS Broadband Ventures, LLC

Paul Nikolich and Laura Nikolich JTE

Dennis Picker

Revolution Capital 5.0 LLC

Liberty Associated Partners, LP

The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University – (SBST)

Michael S. Bernath

Young Gun Shin

Raghavan Living Trust Dated 11-20-98, Sreenivasa A. Raghavan & Marta R. Raghavan, Trustees

Marco J. & Laura S. Thompson Family Trust dated February 22, 1999

GCWF Investment Partners II

Jun-ichi Shibuta

Paul B. Johnson and Renee M. Johnson as Community Property

Randy L. Socol

Holders of Series B Preferred Stock

Anthem Ventures Fund, L.P.

Time Warner Inc. (formerly AOL Time Warner Inc.)

Saints Capital Belvedere, L.P.

Cisco Systems, Inc.

CMEA Ventures Information Technology II, L.P.

CMEA Ventures Information Technology, II, Civil Law Partnership

Comcast Interactive Capital, LP

Cox Communications EDB Holdings, Inc.

EchoStar Technologies Corporation

Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.

GCWF Investment Partners II, LP

Intel Capital Corporation


Matsushita Electric Industrial Co, Ltd.

Mission Ventures II, L.P.

Mission Ventures Affiliates II, L.P.

Motorola, Inc.

Redpoint Associates II, LLC

Redpoint Ventures II, L.P.

Revolution Capital 5.0 LLC

The Dow Employees’ Pension Plan

YAS Broadband Ventures, LLC

Mark Lehberg

Randy L. Socol

Holders of Series C Preferred Stock

Anthem Ventures Fund, L.P.

Time Warner Inc. (formerly AOL Time Warner Inc.)

Cisco Systems, Inc.

CMEA Ventures Information Technology II, L.P.

CMEA Ventures Information Technology, II, Civil Law Partnership

Comcast Interactive Capital, LP

EchoStar Technologies Corporation

Focus Ventures II, LP

FV Investors II QP, L.P.

FV Investors A, L.P.

Intel Capital Corporation

Matsushita Electric Industrial Co, Ltd.

Mission Ventures II, L.P.

Mission Ventures Affiliates II, L.P.

Motorola, Inc.

Mototech, Inc.

Redpoint Associates II, LLC

Redpoint Ventures II, L.P.

The Dow Employees’ Pension Plan

Verizon Investments Inc.

YAS Broadband Ventures, LLC

Holders of Series D Preferred Stock

Granite Ventures, L.P.

TI Ventures III, L.P.

Todd U.S. Ventures, LLC

CMEA Ventures Information Technology II, L.P.

Cmea Ventures Information Technology II, Civil Law Partnership

Anthem/CIC Ventures Fund, L.P.

Conexant Systems, Inc.

Revolution Capital, LLC


Echostar Communications Corporation

Invest, Inc.

Stmicroelecronics, N.V.

Hamilton Apex Technology Ventures, L.P.

Waypoint Venture Partners I, L.P.

Finafund I (USA), L.P.

Gregory F. Halik

Convergence Tech Venture II, Limited

Taiwan Special Opportunities Fund III

Comcast Interactive Capital, L.P.

Joseph A. Casali, Jr. Revocable Trust

Earle Family Trust

Ladd El Wardani

Greg Bonfiglio

Todd Jerry

Claudia Llanos

Brian Mesic

Alex Rubalcava

Bill Woodward

Itzhak Gurantz

Gregory & Carol Halik

Gregory J. Ikohen

Tae Hea Nahm

George Eisler

VLG Investments LLC

Revolution Capital 6.0 LLC

Rocket Ventures LLC

Exhibit 10.1

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

T HIS I NDEMNITY A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of                               , 2007, is made by and between E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC . a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                              (“ Indemnitee ”).

R ECITALS

A. The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals as directors, officers, employees and agents.

B. The Company’s bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) require that the Company indemnify its directors and executive officers, and empowers the Company to indemnify other officers, employees and agents, as authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “ Code ”), under which the Company is organized and such Bylaws expressly provide that the indemnification provided therein is not exclusive and contemplates that the Company may enter into separate agreements with its directors, officers and other persons to set forth specific indemnification provisions.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and available insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and the Company has determined that Indemnitee and other directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company may not be willing to serve or continue to serve in such capacities without additional protection.

D. The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, as the case may be, and has proffered this Agreement to Indemnitee as an additional inducement to serve in such capacity.

E. Indemnitee is willing to serve, or to continue to serve, as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, as the case may be, if Indemnitee is furnished the indemnity provided for herein by the Company.

A GREEMENT

N OW T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) Agent . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “agent” of the Company means any person who: (i) is or was a director, officer, employee or other fiduciary of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or (ii) is or was serving at the request or for the convenience of, or representing the interests of, the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, as a director, officer, employee or other fiduciary of a foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

1.


(b) Expenses . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’, witness, or other professional fees and related disbursements, premiums, security for and other costs relating to any bonds and other out-of-pocket costs of whatever nature), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, the Code or otherwise, and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of Indemnitee, but shall not include any judgments, fines or penalties actually levied against Indemnitee for such individual’s violations of law. The term “expenses” shall also include reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which he is not compensated by the Company or any subsidiary or third party (i) for any period during which Indemnitee is not an agent, in the employment of, or providing services for compensation to, the Company or any subsidiary; and (ii) if the rate of compensation and estimated time involved is approved by the directors of the Company who are not parties to any action with respect to which expenses are incurred, for Indemnitee while an agent of, employed by, or providing services for compensation to, the Company or any subsidiary.

(c) Proceeding . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal in any case, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of: (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company; (ii) the fact that any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action on Indemnitee’s part while acting as director, officer, employee or agent of the Company; or (iii) the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, and in any such case described above, whether or not serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of expenses may be provided under this Agreement.

(d) Subsidiary . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “subsidiary” means any corporation or limited liability company of which more than 20% of the outstanding voting securities or equity interests are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and one or more of its subsidiaries, and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(e) Independent Counsel . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “independent counsel” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “independent counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

2.


2. Agreement to Serve . Indemnitee will serve, or continue to serve, as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any subsidiary, as the case may be, faithfully and to the best of his or her ability, at the will of such corporation (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in the capacity Indemnitee currently serves as an agent of such corporation, so long as Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the bylaws or other applicable charter documents of such corporation, or until such time as Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation in writing; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement is intended as an employment or consulting agreement between Indemnitee and the Company or any of its subsidiaries or to create any right to continued employment or service of Indemnitee with the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any capacity. The Company acknowledges that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby, in addition to and separate from its obligations to Indemnitee under the Bylaws, to induce Indemnitee to serve, or continue to serve, as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company.

3. Indemnification.

(a) Indemnification in Third Party Proceedings . Subject to Section 10 below, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time (but, only to the extent that such amendment permits Indemnitee to broader indemnification rights than the Code permitted prior to adoption of such amendment), if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or otherwise involved in any proceeding (including, but not limited to, Indemnitee’s involvement in a proceeding as a witness), for any and all expenses, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such proceeding.

(b) Indemnification in Derivative Actions and Direct Actions by the Company . Subject to Section 10 below, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time (but, only to the extent that such amendment permits Indemnitee to broader indemnification rights than the Code permitted prior to adoption of such amendment), if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or otherwise involved in any proceeding (including, but not limited to, Indemnitee’s involvement in a proceeding as a witness) by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, against any and all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement, or appeal of such proceedings.

4. Indemnification of Expenses of Successful Party . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, including the dismissal of any action without prejudice, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of such proceeding.

 

3.


5. Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding, but is precluded by applicable law or the specific terms of this Agreement to indemnification for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

6. Advancement of Expenses . To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall advance the expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within twenty (20) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice) and upon request of the Company, an undertaking to repay the advancement of expenses if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. Advances shall be unsecured, interest free and without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses. Advances shall include any and all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee pursuing an action to enforce Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement, or otherwise and this right of advancement, including expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee acknowledges that the execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee shall, to the fullest extent required by law, repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The right to advances under this Section shall continue until final disposition of any proceeding, including any appeal therein. This Section 6 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 10(b).

7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures.

(a) Notification of Proceeding . Indemnitee will notify the Company in writing promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

(b) Request for Indemnification and Indemnification Payments . Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly in writing upon receiving notice of any demand, judgment or other requirement for payment that Indemnitee reasonably believes to be subject to indemnification under the terms of this Agreement, and shall request payment thereof by the Company. Indemnification payments requested by Indemnitee under Section 3 hereof shall be

 

4.


made by the Company no later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the written request of Indemnitee. Claims for advancement of expenses shall be made under the provisions of Section 6 herein.

(c) Application for Enforcement . In the event the Company fails to make timely payments as set forth in Sections 6 or 7(b) above, Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant to this Agreement. In such an enforcement hearing or proceeding, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to prove that indemnification or advancement of expenses to Indemnitee is not required under this Agreement or permitted by applicable law. Any determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, stockholders or independent counsel) that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall not be a defense by the Company to the action nor create any presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder.

(d) Indemnification of Certain Expenses . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all expenses incurred in connection with any hearing or proceeding under this Section 7 unless the Company prevails in such hearing or proceeding on the merits in all material respects.

8. Assumption of Defense . In the event the Company shall be requested by Indemnitee to pay the expenses of any proceeding, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such proceeding, or to participate to the extent permissible in such proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee. Upon assumption of the defense by the Company and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same proceeding, provided that Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in such proceeding at Indemnitee’s sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Indemnitee’s counsel delivers a written notice to the Company stating that such counsel has reasonably concluded that there is an actual or potential conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel or otherwise actively pursued the defense of such proceeding within a reasonable time, then in any such event the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to defend such proceeding shall be subject to the indemnification and advancement of expenses provisions of this Agreement.

9. Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company or of any subsidiary (“D&O Insurance”), Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has D&O Insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

5.


10. Exceptions.

(a) Certain Matters . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee on account of any proceeding with respect to (i) remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it is determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law (and, in this respect, both the Company and Indemnitee have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission believes that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication, as indicated in Section 10(d) below); (ii) a final judgment rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting, disgorgement or repayment of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company against Indemnitee or in connection with a settlement by or on behalf of Indemnitee to the extent it is acknowledged by Indemnitee and the Company that such amount paid in settlement resulted from Indemnitee’s conduct from which Indemnitee received monetary personal profit, pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other provisions of any federal, state or local statute or rules and regulations thereunder; (iii) a final judgment or other final adjudication that Indemnitee’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct (but only to the extent of such specific determination); or (iv) on account of conduct that is established by a final judgment as constituting a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which Indemnitee is not legally entitled. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, a final judgment or other adjudication may be reached in either the underlying proceeding or action in connection with which indemnification is sought or a separate proceeding or action to establish rights and liabilities under this Agreement.

(b) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other agents and not by way of defense, except (i) with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or under any other agreement, provision in the Bylaws or Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or (ii) with respect to any other proceeding initiated by Indemnitee that is either approved by the Board of Directors or Indemnitee’s participation is required by applicable law. However, indemnification or advancement of expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors determines it to be appropriate.

(c) Unauthorized Settlements . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold consent to any proposed settlement; provided, however, that the Company may in any event decline to consent to (or to otherwise admit or agree to any liability for indemnification hereunder in respect of) any proposed settlement if the Company is also a party in such proceeding and determines in good faith that such settlement is not in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

 

6.


(d) Securities Act Liabilities . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee or otherwise act in violation of any undertaking appearing in and required by the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or in any registration statement filed with the SEC under the Act. Indemnitee acknowledges that paragraph (h) of Item 512 of Regulation S-K currently generally requires the Company to undertake in connection with any registration statement filed under the Act to submit the issue of the enforceability of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement in connection with any liability under the Act on public policy grounds to a court of appropriate jurisdiction and to be governed by any final adjudication of such issue. Indemnitee specifically agrees that any such undertaking shall supersede the provisions of this Agreement and to be bound by any such undertaking.

11. Nonexclusivity and Survival of Rights . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under any provision of applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or other agreements, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and Indemnitee’s action as an agent of the Company, in any court in which a proceeding is brought, and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased acting as an agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators and assigns of Indemnitee. The obligations and duties of the Company to Indemnitee under this Agreement shall be binding on the Company and its successors and assigns until terminated in accordance with its terms. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her corporate status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the Code, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, by Indemnitee shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy by Indemnitee.

12. Subrogation . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who,

 

7.


at the request and expense of the Company, shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

13. Interpretation of Agreement . It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law.

14. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to Section 13 hereof.

15. Amendment and Waiver . No supplement, modification, amendment, or cancellation of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. Notice . Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice or demand which, by the provisions hereof, is required or which may be given to or served upon the parties hereto shall be in writing and, if by telegram, telecopy or telex, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered when sent, if by overnight delivery, courier or personal delivery, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered upon actual delivery and, if mailed, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail, as registered or certified mail, with proper postage prepaid and addressed to the party or parties to be notified at the addresses set forth on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address(es) as a party may designate for itself by like notice). If to the Company, notices and demands shall be delivered to the attention of the Secretary of the Company.

17. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware.

18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart need be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

8.


19. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.

20. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, the Code and any other applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, and does not diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

9.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

INDEMNITEE

 

Signature of Indemnitee

 

Print or Type Name of Indemnitee
Address:  

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

RF MAGIC, INC.

2000 INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN

(As Amended June 22, 2001 and

October 17, 2003)

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Stock Option Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(b) “ Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(f) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(g) “ Company ” means RF Magic, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(h) “ Consultant ” means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.

(i) “ Director ” means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

(j) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety days, unless


reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the 181st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(k) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(l) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(m) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(n) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(o) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(p) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(q) “ Option Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(r) “ Option Exchange Program ” means a program whereby outstanding Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price.

 

-2-


(s) “ Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a Stock Purchase Right.

(t) “ Optionee ” means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

(u) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(v) “ Plan ” means this 2000 Incentive Stock Plan.

(w) “ Restricted Stock ” means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 11 below.

(x) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(y) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(z) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 below.

(aa) “ Stock Purchase Right ” means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.

(bb) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to option and sold under the Plan is 4,588,888 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

-3-


4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, of any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder;

(vi) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under subsection 9(f) instead of Common Stock;

(vii) to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered by such Option has declined since the date the Option was granted;

(viii) to initiate an Option Exchange Program;

(ix) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

(x) to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and

(xi) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

 

-4-


5. Eligibility .

(a) Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

(b) Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(c) Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause.

6. Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 14 of the Plan.

7. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

8. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(1) granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(2) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

-5-


(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

(1) granted to a Service Provider who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the grant.

(2) granted to any other Service Provider, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

(b) The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares which (x) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

9. Exercise of Option .

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. Except in the case of Options granted to Officers, Directors and Consultants, Options shall become exercisable at a rate of no less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date the Options are granted. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

 

-6-


Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(b) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least thirty (30) days) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Optionee’s termination. If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(c) Disability of Optionee . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least six (6) months) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination, but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s termination. If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to the entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

If such disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option such Incentive Stock Option shall automatically cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option on the day three months and one day following such termination.

(d) Death of Optionee . If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least six (6) months) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s termination. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to the entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

-7-


(e) Buyout Provisions . The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares, an Option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

10. Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights . Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

11. Stock Purchase Rights .

(a) Rights to Purchase . Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer. The purchase price for the Shares subject to the Stock Purchase Right shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time the Stock Purchase Right is granted. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

(b) Repurchase Option . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s service with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine. Except with respect to Shares purchased by Officers, Directors and Consultants, the repurchase option shall in no case lapse at a rate of less than 20% per year over five years from the date of purchase.

(c) Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(d) Rights as a Stockholder . Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a stockholder and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

12. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Asset Sale .

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or

 

-8-


Stock Purchase Right, and the number of shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options or Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company. The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or Stock Purchase Right.

(b) Dissolution, Liquidation or Asset Sale . In the event of the proposed dissolution, liquidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. If, in such event, an Option or Stock Purchase Right is not assumed or substituted for, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate as of the date of the closing of the merger. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger.

13. Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights . The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

-9-


14. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) stockholder Approval . The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

15. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

16. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

17. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

18. stockholder Approval . The Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

 

-10-


19. Information to Optionees and Purchasers . To the extent required under applicable law, the Company shall provide to each Optionee and to each individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such Optionee or purchaser has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and, in the case of an individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares, copies of annual financial statements. The Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

 

-11-


RF MAGIC, INC.

2000 INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2000 Incentive Stock Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

 

 

     
  (Optionee’s Name)      
 

 

     
  (Optionee’s Address)      
 

 

     
  (Optionee’s Address)                          

The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

  Vesting Commencement Date      
  Date of Grant      
  Exercise Price per Share      
  Total Number of Shares Granted      
  Total Exercise Price      
  Type of Option:        X        Incentive Stock Option   
            Nonstatutory Stock Option   
  Term/Expiration Date:      

Vesting Schedule : One fourth (1/4) of the Shares subject to the Option shall become exercisable twelve months after the Vesting Commencement Date, and an additional one forty eighth (1/48) of the Shares subject to the Option shall become exercisable each month thereafter, subject to Optionee’s continuing to be a Service Provider on such dates.

Termination Period : This Option shall be exercisable for three months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Upon Optionee’s death or Disability, this Option may be exercised for such longer period as provided in the Plan. In no event may Optionee exercise this Option after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.


II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Plan Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant (the “Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 14(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Optionee’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

4. Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “Managing Underwriter”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such other period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “Market Standoff Period”) following the effective date of a registration

 

-2-


statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act. Such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) cash or check;

(b) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(c) surrender of other Shares which, (i) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

9. Tax Consequences . Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a) Exercise of ISO . If this Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

 

-3-


(b) Exercise of ISO Following Disability . If the Optionee ceases to be an Employee as a result of a disability that is not a total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, to the extent permitted on the date of termination, the Optionee must exercise an ISO within three months of such termination for the ISO to be qualified as an ISO.

(c) Exercise of Nonstatutory Stock Option . There may be a regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of a NSO. The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(d) Disposition of Shares . In the case of an NSO, if Shares are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. In the case of an ISO, if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for at least one year after exercise and of at least two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within one year after exercise or two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (1) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (2) the sale price of the Shares. Any additional gain will be taxed as capital gain, short-term or long-term depending on the period that the ISO Shares were held.

(e) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

 

-4-


11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-5-


Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

OPTIONEE      RF MAGIC, INC.

 

    

 

(Signature)      (Signature)

 

    

 

(Print Name)      (Print Name)

 

    

 

(Address)      (Title)

 

    
(Address)     


EXHIBIT A

2000 INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

RF Magic, Inc.

10182 Telesis Court, 4 th Floor

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Secretary

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                      , the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of RF Magic, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2000 Incentive Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                      (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement.

3. Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

6. Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

-2-


7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

-3-


9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

-4-


11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:      Accepted by:
OPTIONEE      RF MAGIC, INC.

 

    

 

(Signature)      (Signature)

 

    

 

(Print Name)      (Print Name)

 

    

 

(Address)      (Title)

 

    
(Address)     
    

 

     (Date Received)


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

OPTIONEE:   

 

  
COMPANY:    RF Magic, Inc.      
SECURITY:    Common Stock              
AMOUNT:   

 

     
DATE:   

 

     

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

(a) Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend that prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration


under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

Signature of Optionee:  

 

 
Date:  

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. E STABLISHMENT , P URPOSE AND T ERM OF P LAN .

1.1 Establishment . The Entropic Communications, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan” ) is hereby established effective as of March 29, 2001.

1.2 Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.

1.3 Term of Plan . The Plan shall continue in effect until the earlier of its termination by the Board or the date on which all of the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the agreements evidencing Options granted under the Plan have lapsed. However, all Options shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the stockholders of the Company.

2. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

2.1 Definitions . Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, “Board” also means such Committee(s).

(b) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

(d) “Company” means Entropic Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

(e) “Consultant” means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such

 

1.


services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

(f) “Director” means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.

(g) “Disability” means the inability of the Optionee, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Optionee’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Optionee.

(h) “Employee” means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination.

(i) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq SmallCap Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

 

2.


(ii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

(k) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(l) “Insider” means an Officer, a Director of the Company or other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(m) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(n) “Officer” means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

(o) “Option” means a right to purchase Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(p) “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionee setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Option granted to the Optionee and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. An Option Agreement may consist of a form of “Notice of Grant of Stock Option” and a form of “Stock Option Agreement” incorporated therein by reference, or such other form or forms as the Board may approve from time to time.

(q) “Optionee” means a person who has been granted one or more Options.

(r) “Parent Corporation” means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(s) “Participating Company” means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

(t) “Participating Company Group” means, at any point in time, all corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(u) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(v) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

3.


(w) “Service” means an Optionee’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. An Optionee’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee’s Service. Furthermore, an Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave the Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated unless the Optionee’s right to return to Service with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Optionee’s Option Agreement. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Optionee’s Service has terminated and the effective date of such termination.

(x) “Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.001, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(y) “Subsidiary Corporation” means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(z) “Ten Percent Owner Optionee” means an Optionee who, at the time an Option is granted to the Optionee, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

2.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

3. A DMINISTRATION .

3.1 Administration by the Board . The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Option shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Option.

3.2 Authority of Officers . Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or

 

4.


election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

3.3 Powers of the Board . In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Option;

(b) to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Option (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Option, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Option or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Option, (vi) the effect of the Optionee’s termination of Service with the Participating Company Group on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Option or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(e) to approve one or more forms of Option Agreement;

(f) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Option or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Option or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;

(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following an Optionee’s termination of Service with the Participating Company Group;

(h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Options; and

 

5.


(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Option as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

3.4 Administration with Respect to Insiders . With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

3.5 Indemnification . In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

4. S HARES S UBJECT TO P LAN .

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be thirty-three million three hundred twenty-five thousand (33,325,000) and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Option for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Option subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Optionee’s exercise price, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. However, except as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2, in no event shall more than thirty-three million three hundred twenty-five thousand (33,325,000) shares of Stock be available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options (the “ISO Share Issuance Limit” ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any such time as the offer and sale of securities pursuant to the Plan is subject to compliance with Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations ( “Section 260.140.45” ), the total number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Options (together with options outstanding under any other stock option plan of the Company) and the total number of shares provided for under any

 

6.


stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) (or such other higher percentage limitation as may be approved by the stockholders of the Company pursuant to Section 260.140.45) of the then outstanding shares of the Company as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45.

4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Options, in the ISO Share Issuance Limit set forth in Section 4.1, and in the exercise price per share of any outstanding Options. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Options are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, as defined in Section 8.1) shares of another corporation (the “New Shares” ), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Options to provide that such Options are exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Options shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the exercise price of any Option be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

5. E LIGIBILITY AND O PTION L IMITATIONS .

5.1 Persons Eligible for Options . Options may be granted only to Employees, Consultants, and Directors. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, “Employees,” “Consultants” and “Directors” shall include prospective Employees, prospective Consultants and prospective Directors to whom Options are granted in connection with written offers of an employment or other service relationship with the Participating Company Group. Eligible persons may be granted more than one (1) Option. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Option, or, having been granted an Option, to be granted an additional Option.

5.2 Option Grant Restrictions . Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee upon the condition that such person become an Employee shall be deemed granted effective on the date such person commences Service with a Participating Company, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with Section 6.1.

5.3 Fair Market Value Limitation . To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock option plans of the

 

7.


Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by an Optionee for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of Stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such Stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 5.3, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 5.3, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.

6. T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF O PTIONS .

Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Option Agreement. Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price . The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, (b) the exercise price per share for a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, and (c) no Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options . Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date

 

8.


of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (c) no Option granted to a prospective Employee, prospective Consultant or prospective Director may become exercisable prior to the date on which such person commences Service with a Participating Company, and (d) with the exception of an Option granted to an Officer, a Director or a Consultant, no Option shall become exercisable at a rate less than twenty percent (20%) per year over a period of five (5) years from the effective date of grant of such Option, subject to the Optionee’s continued Service. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized . Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value not less than the exercise price, (iii) by delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a “Cashless Exercise” ), (iv) provided that the Optionee is an Employee (unless otherwise not prohibited by law, including, without limitation, any regulation promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and in the Company’s sole discretion at the time the Option is exercised, by delivery of the Optionee’s promissory note in a form approved by the Company for the aggregate exercise price, provided that, if the Company is incorporated in the State of Delaware, the Optionee shall pay in cash that portion of the aggregate exercise price not less than the par value of the shares being acquired, (v) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (vi) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by approval of or by amendment to the standard forms of Option Agreement described in Section 7, or by other means, grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock . Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months (and not used for another Option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

 

9.


(ii) Cashless Exercise . The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.

(iii) Payment by Promissory Note . No promissory note shall be permitted if the exercise of an Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any law. Any permitted promissory note shall be on such terms as the Board shall determine. The Board shall have the authority to permit or require the Optionee to secure any promissory note used to exercise an Option with the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option or with other collateral acceptable to the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if the Company at any time is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company’s securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations.

6.4 Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option, or to accept from the Optionee the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to such Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. Alternatively or in addition, in its discretion, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise, to make adequate provision for any such tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group arising in connection with the Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to the Option Agreement until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Optionee.

6.5 Repurchase Rights . Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Option is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Optionee shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

 

10.


6.6 Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Option Exercisability . Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise provided by the Board in the grant of an Option and set forth in the Option Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable after an Optionee’s termination of Service only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section 6.6 and thereafter shall terminate:

(i) Disability . If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option (the “Option Expiration Date” ).

(ii) Death . If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the Optionee’s termination of Service.

(iii) Termination After Change in Control . The Board may, in its discretion, provide in any Option Agreement that if the Optionee’s Service ceases as a result of “Termination After Change in Control” (as defined in such Option Agreement), then (1) the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date, and (2) the exercisability and vesting of the Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof shall be accelerated effective as of the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated to such extent, if any, as shall have been determined by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company and the other party to the transaction constituting a Change in Control agree to treat such transaction as a “pooling-of-interests” for accounting purposes and it is determined that the provisions or operation of

 

11.


this Section 6.6(a)(iii) would preclude treatment of such transaction as a “pooling-of-interests” and provided further that in the absence of the preceding sentence such transaction would be treated as a “pooling-of-interests,” then this Section 6.6(a)(iii) shall be without force or effect, and the vesting and exercisability of the Option shall be determined under any other applicable provision of the Plan or the Option Agreement evidencing such Option.

(iv) Other Termination of Service . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Termination After Change in Control, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 10 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(c) Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

6.7 Transferability of Options . During the lifetime of the Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

7. S TANDARD F ORMS OF O PTION A GREEMENT .

7.1 Option Agreement . Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Option is granted, an Option shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the form of Option Agreement approved by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.

 

12.


7.2 Authority to Vary Terms . The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Option Agreement described in this Section 7 either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Option or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Option Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

8. C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

8.1 Definitions.

(a) An “Ownership Change Event” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A “Change in Control” shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “Transaction” ) wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of a Transaction described in Section 8.1(a)(iii), the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “Transferee” ), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Options . In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiring Corporation” ), may, without the consent of any Optionee, either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding Options or substitute for outstanding Options substantially equivalent options for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding Options in connection with a Change in Control, the exercisability and vesting of each such outstanding Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof held by Optionees

 

13.


whose Service has not terminated prior to such date shall be accelerated, effective as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control, to such extent, if any, as shall have been determined by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option. The exercise or vesting of any Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 and the provisions of such Option Agreement shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. Any Options which are neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Option Agreement evidencing such Option except as otherwise provided in such Option Agreement. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the outstanding Options immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 8.1(a)(i), constituting a Change in Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the outstanding Options shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its discretion.

9. P ROVISION OF I NFORMATION .

At least annually, copies of the Company’s balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Optionee and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information. Furthermore, the Company shall deliver to each Optionee such disclosures as are required in accordance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

10. C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECURITIES L AW .

The grant of Options and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Options shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. Options may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Option may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The

 

14.


inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of any Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

11. T ERMINATION OR A MENDMENT OF P LAN .

The Board may terminate or amend the Plan at any time. However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule. No termination or amendment of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Option unless expressly provided by the Board. In any event, no termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Option without the consent of the Optionee, unless such termination or amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule.

12. S TOCKHOLDER A PPROVAL .

The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the “Authorized Shares” ) shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date of adoption thereof by the Board. Options granted prior to stockholder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the stockholders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of stockholder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies that the foregoing sets forth the Entropic Communications, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan as duly adopted by the Board on March 29, 2001.

 

/s/ Paul Kreutz

 

Paul Kreutz, Secretary

 

 

15.


AMENDMENT TO THE

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

This Amendment to the Entropic Communications, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan” ) is effective as of September 12, 2001.

Section 2.1(e) of the Plan shall be amended to state in its entirety as follows:

“2.1(e) “Consultant” means a person or entity engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that (i) if the Consultant is a person, the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act, and (ii) if the Consultant is an entity would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such an entity pursuant to the Plan in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.”

IN WITNESS OF THE FOREGOING, the undersigned Secretary of Entropic Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), certifies that the foregoing amendment to the Entropic Communications, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on September 12, 2001.

 

16.


AMENDMENT TO THE

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

This Amendment to the Entropic Communications, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan” ) is effective as of March 24, 2003.

Section 4.1 of the Plan shall be amended to state in its entirety as follows:

“4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be Ten Million Two Hundred Thousand (10,200,000) and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Option for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Option subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Optionee’s exercise price, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. However, except as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2, in no event shall more than Ten Million Two Hundred Thousand (10,200,000)

shares of Stock be available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options (the “ISO Share Issuance Limit” ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any such time as the offer and sale of securities pursuant to the Plan is subject to compliance with Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations ( “Section 260.140.45” ), the total number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Options (together with options outstanding under any other stock option plan of the Company) and the total number of shares provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) (or such other higher percentage limitation as may be approved by the stockholders of the Company pursuant to Section 260.140.45) of the then outstanding shares of the Company as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45.”

IN WITNESS OF THE FOREGOING, the undersigned Secretary of Entropic Communications, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company” ), certifies that the foregoing amendment to the Entropic Communications, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on March 21, 2003 and approved by the stockholders of the Company on March 24, 2003.

 

17.


AMENDMENT TO THE

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

This Amendment to the Entropic Communications, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan” ) is effective as of October 25, 2004.

Section 6.7 of the Plan shall be amended to state in its entirety as follows:

“6.7 Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or (ii) to a trust, provided that the Optionee is considered the sole beneficial owner of the Option while it is held in the trust. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.”

 

18.


THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Immediately Exercisable)

Entropic Communications, Inc. has granted to the individual (the Optionee ) named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Notice ) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) is attached an option (the Option ) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Entropic Communications, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (the Plan ), as amended to the Date of Option Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has received copies of, and has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement.

1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

1


2. T AX C ONSEQUENCES .

2.1 Tax Status of Option . This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option . If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

 

2


2.3 Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code . If the Optionee exercises this Option to purchase shares of Stock that are both nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the Optionee understands that the Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which the Optionee exercises the Option. Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option are nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture if, for example, (a) they are unvested and are subject to a right of the Company to repurchase such shares at the Optionee’s original purchase price if the Optionee’s Service terminates, (b) the Optionee is an Insider and, under certain circumstances, exercises the Option within six (6) months of the Date of Option Grant (if a class of equity security of the Company is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act), or (c) the Optionee is subject to a restriction on transfer to comply with “Pooling-of-Interests Accounting” rules. Failure to file an election under Section 83(b), if appropriate, may result in adverse tax consequences to the Optionee. The Optionee acknowledges that the Optionee has been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to the Optionee of the exercise of the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE OPTIONEE PURCHASES SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS THE OPTIONEE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF THE OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

3. A DMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

4. E XERCISE OF THE O PTION .

4.1 Right to Exercise.

(a) In General. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Exercise Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the Number of Option Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11 and Section 12.

(b) ISO Exercise Limitation. If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, then notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1(a) and except as provided in Section 4.1(c), the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock with respect to which the Optionee may exercise the Option for the first time during any calendar

 

3


year, when added to the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares subject to any other options designated as Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group prior to the Date of Option Grant with respect to which such options are exercisable for the first time during the same calendar year, shall not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). For purposes of the preceding sentence, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of shares of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such shares is granted. Such limitation on exercise shall be referred to in this Option Agreement as the ISO Exercise Limitation . If Section 422 of the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 4.1(b), the ISO Exercise Limitation shall be deemed amended effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. The ISO Exercise Limitation shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the Optionee’s termination of Service, (ii) the day immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control in which the Option is not assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation as provided in Section 8, or (iii) the day ten (10) days prior to the Option Expiration Date. Upon such termination of the ISO Exercise Limitation, the Option shall be deemed a Nonstatutory Stock Option to the extent of the number of shares subject to the Option which would otherwise exceed the ISO Exercise Limitation.

(c) Exception to ISO Exercise Limitation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if compliance with the ISO Exercise Limitation as set forth in Section 4.1(b) will result in the exercisability of any Vested Shares being delayed more than thirty (30) days beyond the date such shares become Vested Shares (the Vesting Date ), the Option shall be deemed to be two (2) options. The first option shall be for the maximum portion of the Number of Option Shares that can comply with the ISO Exercise Limitation without causing the Option to be unexercisable in the aggregate as to Vested Shares on the Vesting Date for such shares. The second option, which shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option as described in section 422(b) of the Code, shall be for the balance of the Number of Option Shares; that is, those such shares which, on the respective Vesting Date for such shares, would be unexercisable if included in the first option and thereby made subject to the ISO Exercise Limitation. Shares treated as subject to the second option shall be exercisable on the same terms and at the same time as set forth in this Option Agreement; provided, however, that (i) Section 4.1(b) shall not apply to the second option and (ii) each such share shall become a Vested Share on the Vesting Date and each such share must first be allocated to the second option pursuant to the preceding sentence. Unless the Optionee specifically elects to the contrary in the Optionee’s written notice of exercise, the first option shall be deemed to be exercised first to the maximum possible extent and then the second option shall be deemed to be exercised.

4.2 Method of Exercise . Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating

 

4


Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6, accompanied by (i) full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased and (ii) an executed copy, if required herein, of the then current form of escrow agreement referenced below. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice, the aggregate Exercise Price, and, if required by the Company, such executed agreement.

4.3 Payment of Exercise Price .

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized . Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b), or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration .

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. The Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. A Cashless Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure.

4.4 Tax Withholding . At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Optionee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon

 

5


exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Option is not exercisable unless the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group are satisfied. Accordingly, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to this Option Agreement until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Optionee.

4.5 Certificate Registration . Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Optionee.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

5. N ONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE O PTION .

The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

6


6. T ERMINATION OF THE O PTION .

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7. E FFECT OF T ERMINATION OF S ERVICE .

7.1 Option Exercisability .

(a) Disability . If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death . If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months after the Optionee’s termination of Service.

(c) Other Termination of Service . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Termination After Change in Control, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such other longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Additional Limitations on Option Exercise . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.1, the Option may not be exercised after the Optionee’s termination of Service to the extent that the shares to be acquired upon exercise of the Option would be subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option as provided in Section 11.

7.3 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

7


7.4 Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

8. C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

8.1 Definitions.

(a) An Ownership Change Event shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A Change in Control shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a Transaction ) wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of a Transaction described in Section 8.1(a)(iii), the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the Transferee ), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Option . In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiring Corporation ), may, without the consent of the Optionee, either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring

 

8


Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the Option immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 8.1(a)(i) constituting a Change in Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the Option shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its discretion.

9. A DJUSTMENTS FOR C HANGES IN C APITAL S TRUCTURE .

In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and class of shares of stock subject to the Option. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares ), the Board may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the Number of Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner, as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 9 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 9 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10. R IGHTS AS A S TOCKHOLDER , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee’s Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

9


11. U NVESTED S HARE R EPURCHASE O PTION .

11.1 Grant of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . In the event the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, or, if the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) any Unvested Shares, as defined in Section 11.2 below (the Unvested Shares ), the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the Unvested Share Repurchase Option ).

11.2 Unvested Shares Defined . The Unvested Shares shall mean, on any given date, the number of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option which exceed the Vested Shares determined as of such date.

11.3 Exercise of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company may exercise the Unvested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to the Optionee within sixty (60) days after (a) termination of the Optionee’s Service (or exercise of the Option, if later) or (b) the Company has received notice of the attempted disposition of Unvested Shares. If the Company fails to give notice within such sixty (60) day period, the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate unless the Company and the Optionee have extended the time for the exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Unvested Share Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, for all of the Unvested Shares, except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree.

11.4 Payment for Shares and Return of Shares to Company . The purchase price per share being repurchased by the Company shall be an amount equal to the Optionee’s original cost per share, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9 (the Repurchase Price ). The Company shall pay the aggregate Repurchase Price to the Optionee in cash within thirty (30) days after the date of the written notice to the Optionee of the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any purchase money indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company for the shares shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest cancelled. The shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company by the Optionee at the same time as the delivery of the Repurchase Price to the Optionee.

11.5 Assignment of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company shall have the right to assign the Unvested Share Repurchase Option at any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.6 Ownership Change Event . Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and included in the terms “Stock” and “Unvested Shares” for all purposes of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event.

 

10


While the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same after such Ownership Change Event, the Repurchase Price per Unvested Share upon exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option following such Ownership Change Event shall be adjusted as appropriate. For purposes of determining the Vested Shares following an Ownership Change Event, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the Ownership Change Event.

12. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL .

12.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 12.7 below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the Transfer Shares ) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 12 (the Right of First Refusal ).

12.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the Transfer Notice ) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the Proposed Transferee ) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

12.3 Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 12, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 12. The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

12.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of

 

11


First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest cancelled.

12.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 12.4 above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 12.

12.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 12 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 12 are met.

12.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 12.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

 

12


12.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

12.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiring Corporation assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A public market shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

13. E SCROW .

13.1 Establishment of Escrow . To ensure that shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option will be available for repurchase, the Company may require the Optionee to deposit the certificate evidencing the shares which the Optionee purchases upon exercise of the Option with an agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of the Option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require the Optionee to so deposit the certificate in escrow. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event or a change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option that remain, following such Ownership Change Event or change described in Section 9, subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall be immediately subject to the escrow to the same extent as such shares of Stock immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the escrow.

13.2 Delivery of Shares to Optionee . As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, but not more frequently than twice each calendar year, the escrow agent shall deliver to the Optionee the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restriction.

13.3 Notices and Payments . In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the escrow agent shall deliver the shares and any other property which the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Optionee.

 

13


14. S TOCK D ISTRIBUTIONS S UBJECT TO O PTION A GREEMENT .

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

15. N OTICE OF S ALES U PON D ISQUALIFYING D ISPOSITION .

The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Optionee shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

16. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, the Right of First Refusal, and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

16.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT

 

14


COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

16.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

16.3 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

16.4 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO ). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [ INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE ]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

17. L OCK -U P A GREEMENT .

The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

15


18. R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER OF S HARES .

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and, except pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, until the date on which such shares become Vested Shares, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

19. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

19.1 Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

19.2 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8.2 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option, if designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

19.3 Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party’s signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

19.4 Integrated Agreement. The Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Notice and the Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

16


19.5 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

19.6 Counterparts. The Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

17


TM Incentive Stock Option    Optionee:  

 

 
TM Nonstatutory Stock Option       
                 Date:  

 

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

(IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)

 

Entropic Communications, Inc.  
Attention: Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer

 

 

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option . I was granted an option (the Option ) to purchase shares of the common stock (the Shares ) of Entropic Communications, Inc. (the Company ) pursuant to the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan (the Plan ), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Notice ) and my Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) as follows:

 

Grant Number:

 

 

Date of Option Grant:

 

 

Number of Option Shares:

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

  $  

 

2. Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares:

 

Vested Shares:

 

 

Unvested Shares:

 

 

Total Shares Purchased:

 

 

Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)

  $  

 

3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

TM Cash:

  $  

 

TM Check:

  $  

 

TM Tender of Company Stock:

  Contact Plan Administrator

 

1


4. Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

TM Cash:

  $  

 

TM Check:

  $  

 

5. Optionee Information .

 

My address is:  

 

 

 

My Social Security Number is:  

 

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Option Grant.

7. Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. If required by the Company, I agree to deposit the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, along with a blank stock assignment separate from certificate executed by me, with an escrow agent designated by the Company, to be held pursuant to the Company’s standard Joint Escrow Instructions.

8. Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

9. Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code . I understand and acknowledge that if I am exercising the Option to purchase Unvested Shares (i.e., shares that remain subject to the Company’s

 

2


Unvested Share Repurchase Option), that I should consult with my tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which I exercise the Option. I acknowledge that I have been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to me of exercising the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH I PURCHASE SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS MY SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF I REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON MY BEHALF.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

 

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

3


THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISPOSITION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

[FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS]

Entropic Communications, Inc. has granted to the individual (the “ Optionee ”) named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “ Notice ” to which this Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) is attached an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Entropic Communications, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), as amended to the Date of Option Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has received copies of and has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement.

1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

1.


2. T AX C ONSEQUENCES .

2.1 Tax Status of Option . This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option . If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation . If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option , then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

2.3 Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code. If the Optionee exercises this Option to purchase shares of Stock that are both nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the Optionee understands that the Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under

 

2.


Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which the Optionee exercises the Option. Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option are nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture if, for example, (a) they are unvested and are subject to a right of the Company to repurchase such shares at the Optionee’s original purchase price if the Optionee’s Service terminates, (b) the Optionee is an Insider and, under certain circumstances, exercises the Option within six (6) months of the Date of Option Grant (if a class of equity security of the Company is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act), or (c) the Optionee is subject to a restriction on transfer to comply with “Pooling-of-Interests Accounting” rules. Failure to file an election under Section 83(b), if appropriate, may result in adverse tax consequences to the Optionee. The Optionee acknowledges that the Optionee has been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to the Optionee of the exercise of the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE OPTIONEE PURCHASES SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS THE OPTIONEE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF THE OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

3. A DMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final, and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

4. E XERCISE OF THE O PTION .

4.1 Right to Exercise.

(a) In General. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Exercise Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of Option Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11 and Section 12.

(b) ISO Exercise Limitation. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1(a) and except as provided in Section 4.1(c), the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock with respect to which the Optionee may exercise the Option for the first time during any calendar year, when added to the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares subject to any other options designated as Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group prior to the Date of Option Grant with respect to which such options are exercisable for the first time during the same calendar year, shall not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). For purposes of the preceding sentence, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which

 

3.


they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of shares of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such shares is granted. Such limitation on exercise shall be referred to in this Option Agreement as the “ ISO Exercise Limitation .” If Section 422 of the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 4.1(b), the ISO Exercise Limitation shall be deemed amended effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. The ISO Exercise Limitation shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the Optionee’s termination of Service, (ii) the day immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control in which the Option is not assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation as provided in Section 8, or (iii) the day ten (10) days prior to the Option Expiration Date. Upon such termination of the ISO Exercise Limitation, the Option shall be deemed a Nonstatutory Stock Option to the extent of the number of shares subject to the Option which would otherwise exceed the ISO Exercise Limitation.

4.2 Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6, accompanied by (i) full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased and (ii) an executed copy, if required herein, of the then current form of escrow and security agreement referenced below. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice, the aggregate Exercise Price, and, if required by the Company, such executed agreements.

4.3 Payment of Exercise Price .

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b), (iv) provided the Optionee is an Employee (unless otherwise not prohibited by law, including, without limitation, any regulation promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and in the Company’s sole discretion at the time the Option is exercised, by delivery of the Optionee’s promissory note in a form approved by the Company for the aggregate Exercise Price, provided that, if the Company is incorporated in the State of Delaware, the Optionee shall pay in cash that portion of the aggregate Exercise Price not less than the par value of the shares being acquired, or (v) by any combination of the foregoing.

 

4.


(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. The Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. A “ Cashless Exercise ” means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure.

(iii) Payment by Promissory Note. No promissory note shall be permitted if an exercise of the Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any law. The promissory note permitted in clause (iv) of Section 4.3(a) shall be a full recourse note in a form satisfactory to the Company, with principal payable five (5) years after the date the Option is exercised. Interest on the principal balance of the promissory note shall be payable in annual installments at the minimum interest rate necessary to avoid imputed interest pursuant to all applicable sections of the Code. Such recourse promissory note shall be secured by the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the then current form of security agreement as approved by the Company. At any time the Company is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company’s securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations. Except as the Company in its sole discretion shall determine, the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal balance of the promissory note and any accrued interest thereon upon termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group for any reason, with or without cause.

4.4 Tax Withholding. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Optionee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of

 

5.


interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Option is not exercisable unless the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group are satisfied. Accordingly, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to this Option Agreement until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Optionee.

4.5 Certificate Registration. Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Optionee.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

5. N ONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE O PTION .

The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

6.


6. T ERMINATION OF THE O PTION .

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7. E FFECT OF T ERMINATION OF S ERVICE .

7.1 Option Exercisability.

(a) Disability. If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death. If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option, by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months after the Optionee’s termination of Service.

(c) Termination After Change in Control. If the Optionee’s Service ceases as a result of Termination After Change in Control (as defined below), (i) the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date, and (ii) 50% of the unvested shares under the Option as of the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated shall become immediately vested and exercisable in full as of the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(d) Other Termination of Service. If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Termination After Change in Control, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such other longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Additional Limitations on Option Exercise . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.1, the Option may not be exercised after the Optionee’s termination of Service to the extent that the shares to be acquired upon exercise of the Option would be subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option as provided in Section 11.

 

7.


7.3 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.4 Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

7.5 Certain Definitions.

(a) “ Termination After Change in Control ” shall mean any of the following events occurring within twelve (12) months after a Change in Control:

(i) termination by the Participating Company Group of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below); or

(ii) the Optionee’s resignation for Good Reason (as defined below) from all capacities in which the Optionee is then rendering Service to the Participating Company Group within a reasonable period of time following the event constituting Good Reason; or

(iii) termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group by reason of Optionee’s death or disability.

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Termination After Change in Control shall not include any termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group which (1) is for Cause (as defined below); (2) is a result of the Optionee’s voluntary termination of Service other than for Good Reason, death or disability; or (3) occurs prior to the effectiveness of a Change in Control.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean the definition of “Cause” set forth in the Optionee’s Change of Control Agreement with the Company.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the definition of “Good Reason” set forth in the Optionee’s Change of Control Agreement with the Company.

 

8.


8. C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

8.1 Definitions.

(a) An “ Ownership Change Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty-percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A “ Change in Control ” shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “ Transaction ”) wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of a Transaction described in Section 8.1(a)(iii), the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “ Transferee ”), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Option. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “ Acquiring Corporation ”), may, without the consent of the Optionee, either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option in connection with the Change in Control, and provided that the Optionee’s Service has not terminated prior to such date, any unexercised portion of the Option shall be immediately exercisable and vested in full as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control. Any vesting and exercisability of the Option that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the Option

 

9.


immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 8.l(a)(i) constituting a Change in Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section l504(b) of the Code, the Option shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its discretion.

9. A DJUSTMENTS FOR C HANGES IN C APITAL S TRUCTURE .

In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and class of shares of stock subject to the Option. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the “ New Shares ”), the Board may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the Number of Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner, as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 9 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 9 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10. R IGHTS AS A S TOCKHOLDER , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee’s Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

11. U NVESTED S HARE R EPURCHASE O PTION .

11.1 Grant of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . In the event the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, or, if the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) any Unvested Shares, as defined in Section 11.2 below (the Unvested Shares ), the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the Unvested Share Repurchase Option ).

 

10.


11.2 Unvested Shares Defined . The Unvested Shares shall mean, on any given date, the number of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option which exceed the Vested Shares determined as of such date.

11.3 Exercise of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company may exercise the Unvested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to the Optionee within sixty (60) days after (a) termination of the Optionee’s Service (or exercise of the Option, if later) or (b) the Company has received notice of the attempted disposition of Unvested Shares. If the Company fails to give notice within such sixty (60) day period, the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate unless the Company and the Optionee have extended the time for the exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Unvested Share Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, for all of the Unvested Shares, except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree.

11.4 Payment for Shares and Return of Shares to Company . The purchase price per share being repurchased by the Company shall be an amount equal to the Optionee’s original cost per share, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9 (the Repurchase Price ). The Company shall pay the aggregate Repurchase Price to the Optionee in cash within thirty (30) days after the date of the written notice to the Optionee of the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any purchase money indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company for the shares shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest cancelled. The shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company by the Optionee at the same time as the delivery of the Repurchase Price to the Optionee.

11.5 Assignment of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company shall have the right to assign the Unvested Share Repurchase Option at any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.6 Ownership Change Event . Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and included in the terms “Stock” and “Unvested Shares” for all purposes of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event. While the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same after such Ownership Change Event, the Repurchase Price per Unvested Share upon exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option following such Ownership Change Event shall be adjusted as appropriate. For purposes of determining the Vested Shares following an Ownership Change Event, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the Ownership Change Event.

 

11.


12. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL .

12.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 12.7 below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option (the “ Transfer Shares ”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 12 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

12.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transfree subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

12.3 Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 11. The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

12.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment

 

12.


for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest cancelled.

12.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.4 above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 11.

12.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.

12.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

12.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

12.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiring Corporation assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A

 

13.


public market ” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

13. E SCROW .

13.1 Establishment of Escrow. To ensure that shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and securing any promissory note will be available for repurchase, the Company may require the Optionee to deposit the certificate evidencing the shares which the Optionee purchases upon exercise of the Option with an agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow and security agreement in the form approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of the Option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require the Optionee to so deposit the certificate in escrow. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event or a change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option that remain, following such Ownership Change Event or change described in Section 9, subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and any security interest held by the Company shall be immediately subject to the escrow to the same extent as such shares of Stock immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the escrow.

13.2 Delivery of Shares to Optionee. As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Unvested Shares Repurchase Option or full repayment of any promissory note secured by the shares or other property in escrow, as applicable, but not more frequently than twice each calendar year, the escrow agent shall deliver to the Optionee the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restriction or securing any promissory note.

13.3 Notices and Payments. In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the escrow agent shall deliver the shares and any other property which the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Optionee.

14. S TOCK D ISTRIBUTIONS S UBJECT TO O PTION A GREEMENT .

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal and any security interest held by the Company with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal and such security interest immediately before such event.

 

14.


15. N OTICE OF S ALES U PON D ISQUALIFYING D ISPOSITION .

The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option , the Optionee shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

16. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, the Right of First Refusal, and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

16.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

16.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

 

15.


16.3 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

16.4 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [ INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE ]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

17. L OCK -U P A GREEMENT .

The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

18. R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER OF S HARES .

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and, except pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, until the date on which such shares become Vested Shares, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

 

16.


19. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

19.1 Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

19.2 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8.2 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option, if designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

19.3 Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party’s signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

19.4 Integrated Agreement. The Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Notice and the Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

19.5 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

19.6 Counterparts. The Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

17.


TM Incentive Stock Option    Optionee:  

 

 
TM Nonstatutory Stock Option       
                 Date:  

 

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

(IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)

 

Entropic Communications, Inc.  
Attention: Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer

 

 

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option . I was granted an option (the Option ) to purchase shares of the common stock (the Shares ) of Entropic Communications, Inc. (the Company ) pursuant to the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan (the Plan ), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Notice ) and my Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) as follows:

 

Grant Number:

 

 

Date of Option Grant:

 

 

Number of Option Shares:

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

  $  

 

2. Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares:

 

Vested Shares:

 

 

Unvested Shares:

 

 

Total Shares Purchased:

 

 

Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)

  $  

 

3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

TM Cash:

  $  

 

TM Check:

  $  

 

TM Tender of Company Stock:

  Contact Plan Administrator

 

1.


4. Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

TM Cash:

  $  

 

TM Check:

  $  

 

5. Optionee Information .

 

My address is:  

 

 

 

My Social Security Number is:  

 

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Option Grant.

7. Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. If required by the Company, I agree to deposit the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, along with a blank stock assignment separate from certificate executed by me, with an escrow agent designated by the Company, to be held pursuant to the Company’s standard Joint Escrow Instructions.

8. Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

9. Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code . I understand and acknowledge that if I am exercising the Option to purchase Unvested Shares (i.e., shares that remain subject to the Company’s Unvested Share Repurchase Option), that I should consult with my tax advisor regarding the advisability

 

2.


of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which I exercise the Option. I acknowledge that I have been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to me of exercising the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH I PURCHASE SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS MY SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF I REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON MY BEHALF.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

 

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

3.


THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISPOSITION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

[FOR PATRICK HENRY]

Entropic Communications, Inc. has granted to the individual (the “ Optionee ”) named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “ Notice ” to which this Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) is attached an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Entropic Communications, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), as amended to the Date of Option Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has received copies of and has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement.

1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

1.


2. T AX C ONSEQUENCES .

2.1 Tax Status of Option . This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option . If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) or your Termination in Connection with Change in Control (as defined below), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation . If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option , then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

2.3 Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code. If the Optionee exercises this Option to purchase shares of Stock that are both nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the Optionee understands that the Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s tax

 

2.


advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which the Optionee exercises the Option. Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option are nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture if, for example, (a) they are unvested and are subject to a right of the Company to repurchase such shares at the Optionee’s original purchase price if the Optionee’s Service terminates, (b) the Optionee is an Insider and, under certain circumstances, exercises the Option within six (6) months of the Date of Option Grant (if a class of equity security of the Company is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act), or (c) the Optionee is subject to a restriction on transfer to comply with “Pooling-of-Interests Accounting” rules. Failure to file an election under Section 83(b), if appropriate, may result in adverse tax consequences to the Optionee. The Optionee acknowledges that the Optionee has been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to the Optionee of the exercise of the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE OPTIONEE PURCHASES SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS THE OPTIONEE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF THE OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

3. A DMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final, and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

4. E XERCISE OF THE O PTION .

4.1 Right to Exercise.

(a) In General. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Exercise Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of Option Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11 and Section 12.

(b) ISO Exercise Limitation. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1(a) and except as provided in Section 4.1(c), the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock with respect to which the Optionee may exercise the Option for the first time during any calendar year, when added to the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares subject to any other options designated as Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group prior to the Date of Option Grant with respect to which such options are exercisable for the first time during the same calendar year, shall not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). For purposes of the preceding sentence,

 

3.


options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of shares of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such shares is granted. Such limitation on exercise shall be referred to in this Option Agreement as the “ ISO Exercise Limitation .” If Section 422 of the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 4.1(b), the ISO Exercise Limitation shall be deemed amended effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. The ISO Exercise Limitation shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the Optionee’s termination of Service, (ii) the day immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control in which the Option is not assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation as provided in Section 8, or (iii) the day ten (10) days prior to the Option Expiration Date. Upon such termination of the ISO Exercise Limitation, the Option shall be deemed a Nonstatutory Stock Option to the extent of the number of shares subject to the Option which would otherwise exceed the ISO Exercise Limitation.

4.2 Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6, accompanied by (i) full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased and (ii) an executed copy, if required herein, of the then current form of escrow and security agreement referenced below. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice, the aggregate Exercise Price, and, if required by the Company, such executed agreements.

4.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b), (iv) provided the Optionee is an Employee (unless otherwise not prohibited by law, including, without limitation, any regulation promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and in the Company’s sole discretion at the time the Option is exercised, by delivery of the Optionee’s promissory note in a form approved by the Company for the aggregate Exercise Price, provided that, if the Company is incorporated in the State of Delaware, the Optionee shall pay in cash that portion of the aggregate Exercise Price not less than the par value of the shares being acquired, or (v) by any combination of the foregoing.

 

4.


(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. The Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. A “ Cashless Exercise ” means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure.

(iii) Payment by Promissory Note. No promissory note shall be permitted if an exercise of the Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any law. The promissory note permitted in clause (iv) of Section 4.3(a) shall be a full recourse note in a form satisfactory to the Company, with principal payable five (5) years after the date the Option is exercised. Interest on the principal balance of the promissory note shall be payable in annual installments at the minimum interest rate necessary to avoid imputed interest pursuant to all applicable sections of the Code. Such recourse promissory note shall be secured by the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the then current form of security agreement as approved by the Company. At any time the Company is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company’s securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations. Except as the Company in its sole discretion shall determine, the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal balance of the promissory note and any accrued interest thereon upon termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group for any reason, with or without cause.

4.4 Tax Withholding. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Optionee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of

 

5.


interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Option is not exercisable unless the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group are satisfied. Accordingly, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to this Option Agreement until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Optionee.

4.5 Certificate Registration. Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Optionee.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

5. N ONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE O PTION .

The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

6.


6. T ERMINATION OF THE O PTION .

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7. E FFECT OF T ERMINATION OF S ERVICE .

7.1 Option Exercisability.

(a) Disability. If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death. If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option, by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months after the Optionee’s termination of Service.

(c) Termination in Connection with Change in Control. If the Optionee’s Service ceases as a result of Termination in Connection with Change in Control (as defined below), subject to the Optionee’s fulfillment of the conditions to receive a severance package as set forth in the Optionee’s Change of Control Agreement with the Company, (i) the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date, and (ii) 100% of the unvested shares under the Option as of the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated shall become immediately vested and exercisable in full as of the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(d) Other Termination of Service. If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Termination in Connection with Change in Control, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such other longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

7.


7.2 Additional Limitations on Option Exercise . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.1, the Option may not be exercised after the Optionee’s termination of Service to the extent that the shares to be acquired upon exercise of the Option would be subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option as provided in Section 11.

7.3 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.4 Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

7.5 Certain Definitions.

(a) “ Termination in Connection with Change in Control ” shall mean any of the following events occurring within four and one-half (4  1 / 2 ) months before, on or within one (1) year after a Change in Control:

(i) termination by the Participating Company Group of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below); or

(ii) the Optionee’s resignation for Good Reason (as defined below) from all capacities in which the Optionee is then rendering Service to the Participating Company Group within a reasonable period of time following the event constituting Good Reason; or

(iii) termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group by reason of Optionee’s death or disability.

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Termination in Connection with Change in Control shall not include any termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group which (1) is for Cause (as defined below); (2) is a result of the Optionee’s voluntary termination of Service other than for Good Reason, death or disability; or (3) occurs prior to the effectiveness of a Change in Control.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean the definition of “Cause” set forth in the Optionee’s Change of Control Agreement with the Company.

 

8.


(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the definition of “Good Reason” set forth in the Optionee’s Change of Control Agreement with the Company.

8. C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

8.1 Definitions.

(a) An “ Ownership Change Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty-percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A “ Change in Control ” shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “ Transaction ”) wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of a Transaction described in Section 8.1(a)(iii), the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “ Transferee ”), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Option. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “ Acquiring Corporation ”), may, without the consent of the Optionee, either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option in connection with the Change in Control, and provided that the Optionee’s Service has not terminated prior to such date, any unexercised portion of the Option shall be immediately exercisable and vested in full as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control. Any vesting and exercisability of the Option that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise

 

9.


of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the Option immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 8.l(a)(i) constituting a Change in Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section l504(b) of the Code, the Option shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its discretion.

9. A DJUSTMENTS FOR C HANGES IN C APITAL S TRUCTURE .

In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and class of shares of stock subject to the Option. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the “ New Shares ”), the Board may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the Number of Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner, as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 9 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 9 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10. R IGHTS AS A S TOCKHOLDER , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee’s Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

10.


11. U NVESTED S HARE R EPURCHASE O PTION .

11.1 Grant of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . In the event the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, or, if the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) any Unvested Shares, as defined in Section 11.2 below (the Unvested Shares ), the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the Unvested Share Repurchase Option ).

11.2 Unvested Shares Defined . The Unvested Shares shall mean, on any given date, the number of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option which exceed the Vested Shares determined as of such date.

11.3 Exercise of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company may exercise the Unvested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to the Optionee within sixty (60) days after (a) termination of the Optionee’s Service (or exercise of the Option, if later) or (b) the Company has received notice of the attempted disposition of Unvested Shares. If the Company fails to give notice within such sixty (60) day period, the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate unless the Company and the Optionee have extended the time for the exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Unvested Share Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, for all of the Unvested Shares, except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree.

11.4 Payment for Shares and Return of Shares to Company . The purchase price per share being repurchased by the Company shall be an amount equal to the Optionee’s original cost per share, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9 (the Repurchase Price ). The Company shall pay the aggregate Repurchase Price to the Optionee in cash within thirty (30) days after the date of the written notice to the Optionee of the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any purchase money indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company for the shares shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest cancelled. The shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company by the Optionee at the same time as the delivery of the Repurchase Price to the Optionee.

11.5 Assignment of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company shall have the right to assign the Unvested Share Repurchase Option at any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.6 Ownership Change Event . Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and included in the terms “Stock” and “Unvested Shares” for all purposes of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event. While the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same after such Ownership Change

 

11.


Event, the Repurchase Price per Unvested Share upon exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option following such Ownership Change Event shall be adjusted as appropriate. For purposes of determining the Vested Shares following an Ownership Change Event, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the Ownership Change Event.

12. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL .

12.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 12.7 below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option (the “ Transfer Shares ”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 12 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

12.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transfree subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

12.3 Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 11. The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

12.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer

 

12.


described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest cancelled.

12.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.4 above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 11.

12.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.

12.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

12.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

 

13.


12.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiring Corporation assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “ public market ” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

13. E SCROW .

13.1 Establishment of Escrow. To ensure that shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and securing any promissory note will be available for repurchase, the Company may require the Optionee to deposit the certificate evidencing the shares which the Optionee purchases upon exercise of the Option with an agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow and security agreement in the form approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of the Option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require the Optionee to so deposit the certificate in escrow. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event or a change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option that remain, following such Ownership Change Event or change described in Section 9, subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and any security interest held by the Company shall be immediately subject to the escrow to the same extent as such shares of Stock immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the escrow.

13.2 Delivery of Shares to Optionee. As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Unvested Shares Repurchase Option or full repayment of any promissory note secured by the shares or other property in escrow, as applicable, but not more frequently than twice each calendar year, the escrow agent shall deliver to the Optionee the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restriction or securing any promissory note.

13.3 Notices and Payments. In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the escrow agent shall deliver the shares and any other property which the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Optionee.

 

14.


14. S TOCK D ISTRIBUTIONS S UBJECT TO O PTION A GREEMENT .

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal and any security interest held by the Company with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal and such security interest immediately before such event.

15. N OTICE OF S ALES U PON D ISQUALIFYING D ISPOSITION .

The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option , the Optionee shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

16. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, the Right of First Refusal, and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

16.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT

 

15.


COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

16.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

16.3 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

16.4 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [ INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE ]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

17. L OCK -U P A GREEMENT .

The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

16.


18. R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER OF S HARES .

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and, except pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, until the date on which such shares become Vested Shares, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

19. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

19.1 Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

19.2 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8.2 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option, if designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

19.3 Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party’s signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

19.4 Integrated Agreement. The Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Notice and the Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

19.5 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

 

17.


19.6 Counterparts. The Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

18.


TM Incentive Stock Option    Optionee:  

 

 
TM Nonstatutory Stock Option       
                 Date:  

 

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

(IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)

 

Entropic Communications, Inc.  
Attention: Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer

 

 

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option . I was granted an option (the Option ) to purchase shares of the common stock (the Shares ) of Entropic Communications, Inc. (the Company ) pursuant to the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan (the Plan ), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Notice ) and my Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) as follows:

 

Grant Number:

 

 

Date of Option Grant:

 

 

Number of Option Shares:

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

  $  

 

2. Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares:

 

Vested Shares:

 

 

Unvested Shares:

 

 

Total Shares Purchased:

 

 

Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)

  $  

 

3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

TM Cash:

  $  

 

TM Check:

  $  

 

TM Tender of Company Stock:

  Contact Plan Administrator

 

1.


4. Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

TM Cash:

  $  

 

TM Check:

  $  

 

5. Optionee Information .

 

My address is:  

 

 

 

My Social Security Number is:  

 

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Option Grant.

7. Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. If required by the Company, I agree to deposit the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, along with a blank stock assignment separate from certificate executed by me, with an escrow agent designated by the Company, to be held pursuant to the Company’s standard Joint Escrow Instructions.

8. Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

9. Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code . I understand and acknowledge that if I am exercising the Option to purchase Unvested Shares (i.e., shares that remain subject to the Company’s Unvested Share Repurchase Option), that I should consult with my tax advisor regarding the advisability

 

2.


of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which I exercise the Option. I acknowledge that I have been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to me of exercising the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH I PURCHASE SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS MY SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF I REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON MY BEHALF.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

 

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

3.


THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Immediately Exercisable)

Entropic Communications, Inc. has granted to the individual (the Optionee ) named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Notice ) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) is attached an option (the Option ) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Entropic Communications, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (the Plan ), as amended to the Date of Option Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has received copies of, and has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement.

1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

1


2. T AX C ONSEQUENCES .

2.1 Tax Status of Option . This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option . If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

 

2


2.3 Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code . If the Optionee exercises this Option to purchase shares of Stock that are both nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the Optionee understands that the Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which the Optionee exercises the Option. Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option are nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture if, for example, (a) they are unvested and are subject to a right of the Company to repurchase such shares at the Optionee’s original purchase price if the Optionee’s Service terminates, (b) the Optionee is an Insider and, under certain circumstances, exercises the Option within six (6) months of the Date of Option Grant (if a class of equity security of the Company is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act), or (c) the Optionee is subject to a restriction on transfer to comply with “Pooling-of-Interests Accounting” rules. Failure to file an election under Section 83(b), if appropriate, may result in adverse tax consequences to the Optionee. The Optionee acknowledges that the Optionee has been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to the Optionee of the exercise of the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE OPTIONEE PURCHASES SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS THE OPTIONEE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF THE OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

3. A DMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

4. E XERCISE OF THE O PTION .

4.1 Right to Exercise.

(a) In General. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Exercise Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the Number of Option Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11 and Section 12.

(b) ISO Exercise Limitation. If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, then notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1(a) and except as provided in Section 4.1(c), the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock with respect to which the Optionee may exercise the Option for the first time during any calendar year, when added to the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares subject to any other options designated as

 

3


Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group prior to the Date of Option Grant with respect to which such options are exercisable for the first time during the same calendar year, shall not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). For purposes of the preceding sentence, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of shares of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such shares is granted. Such limitation on exercise shall be referred to in this Option Agreement as the ISO Exercise Limitation . If Section 422 of the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 4.1(b), the ISO Exercise Limitation shall be deemed amended effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. The ISO Exercise Limitation shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the Optionee’s termination of Service, (ii) the day immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control in which the Option is not assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation as provided in Section 8, or (iii) the day ten (10) days prior to the Option Expiration Date. Upon such termination of the ISO Exercise Limitation, the Option shall be deemed a Nonstatutory Stock Option to the extent of the number of shares subject to the Option which would otherwise exceed the ISO Exercise Limitation.

(c) Exception to ISO Exercise Limitation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if compliance with the ISO Exercise Limitation as set forth in Section 4.1(b) will result in the exercisability of any Vested Shares being delayed more than thirty (30) days beyond the date such shares become Vested Shares (the Vesting Date ), the Option shall be deemed to be two (2) options. The first option shall be for the maximum portion of the Number of Option Shares that can comply with the ISO Exercise Limitation without causing the Option to be unexercisable in the aggregate as to Vested Shares on the Vesting Date for such shares. The second option, which shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option as described in section 422(b) of the Code, shall be for the balance of the Number of Option Shares; that is, those such shares which, on the respective Vesting Date for such shares, would be unexercisable if included in the first option and thereby made subject to the ISO Exercise Limitation. Shares treated as subject to the second option shall be exercisable on the same terms and at the same time as set forth in this Option Agreement; provided, however, that (i) Section 4.1(b) shall not apply to the second option and (ii) each such share shall become a Vested Share on the Vesting Date and each such share must first be allocated to the second option pursuant to the preceding sentence. Unless the Optionee specifically elects to the contrary in the Optionee’s written notice of exercise, the first option shall be deemed to be exercised first to the maximum possible extent and then the second option shall be deemed to be exercised.

4.2 Method of Exercise . Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6, accompanied by (i) full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased and (ii) an executed copy, if required herein, of the then current form of escrow and security agreement referenced below. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice, the aggregate Exercise Price, and, if required by the Company, such executed agreements.

 

4


4.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized . Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b), (iv) provided the Optionee is an Employee (unless otherwise not prohibited by law, including, without limitation, any regulation promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and in the Company’s sole discretion at the time the Option is exercised, by delivery of the Optionee’s promissory note in a form approved by the Company for the aggregate Exercise Price, provided that, if the Company is incorporated in the State of Delaware, the Optionee shall pay in cash that portion of the aggregate Exercise Price not less than the par value of the shares being acquired, or (v) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. The Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. A Cashless Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure.

(iii) Payment by Promissory Note. No promissory note shall be permitted if an exercise of the Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any law. The promissory note permitted in clause (iv) of Section 4.3(a) shall be a full recourse note in a form satisfactory to the Company, with principal payable five (5) years after the date the Option is exercised. Interest on the principal balance of the promissory note shall be payable in

 

5


annual installments at the minimum interest rate necessary to avoid imputed interest pursuant to all applicable sections of the Code. Such recourse promissory note shall be secured by the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the then current form of security agreement as approved by the Company. At any time the Company is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company’s securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations. Except as the Company in its sole discretion shall determine, the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal balance of the promissory note and any accrued interest thereon upon termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group for any reason, with or without cause.

4.4 Tax Withholding . At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Optionee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Option is not exercisable unless the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group are satisfied. Accordingly, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to this Option Agreement until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Optionee.

4.5 Certificate Registration . Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Optionee.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN

 

6


THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

5. N ONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE O PTION .

The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

6. T ERMINATION OF THE O PTION .

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7. E FFECT OF T ERMINATION OF S ERVICE .

7.1 Option Exercisability.

(a) Disability . If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death . If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months after the Optionee’s termination of Service.

 

7


(c) Other Termination of Service . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Termination After Change in Control, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such other longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Additional Limitations on Option Exercise . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.1, the Option may not be exercised after the Optionee’s termination of Service to the extent that the shares to be acquired upon exercise of the Option would be subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option as provided in Section 11.

7.3 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.4 Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

8. C HANGE IN C ONTROL . Subject to the terms of Section 3 of that certain Offer Letter Agreement dated                                  between the Company and Optionee, attached as Exhibit A hereto (the Offer Letter ), in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Offer Letter) and provided that a seat on the Board of Directors of the surviving company is not offered to the Optionee in connection with the Change of Control (a Termination After Change in Control ), and provided further , that the Optionee’s Service has not terminated prior to the effective date of the Change of Control, the Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable in full and all shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be Vested Shares for purposes of Section 11 as of the date ten (10) days prior to the effective date of the Change in Control. Any vesting of the Option that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. In addition, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiring Corporation ) , may, without the consent of the Optionee, either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. For purposes of this Section 8, the Option shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to purchase in accordance with its terms and conditions, for each share of Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash or other securities or property) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled, provided that, if such consideration is not solely

 

8


common stock of the Acquiring Corporation, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiring Corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option to be solely common stock of the Acquiring Corporation equal in Fair Market Value per share as of the effective date of the Change in Control to the Fair Market Value of the consideration received by a holder of a share of Stock on such date. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

9. A DJUSTMENTS FOR C HANGES IN C APITAL S TRUCTURE .

In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and class of shares of stock subject to the Option. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares ), the Board may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the Number of Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner, as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 9 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 9 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10. R IGHTS AS A S TOCKHOLDER , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee’s Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

9


11. U NVESTED S HARE R EPURCHASE O PTION .

11.1 Grant of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . In the event the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, or, if the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) any Unvested Shares, as defined in Section 11.2 below (the Unvested Shares ), the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the Unvested Share Repurchase Option ).

11.2 Unvested Shares Defined . The Unvested Shares shall mean, on any given date, the number of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option which exceed the Vested Shares determined as of such date.

11.3 Exercise of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company may exercise the Unvested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to the Optionee within sixty (60) days after (a) termination of the Optionee’s Service (or exercise of the Option, if later) or (b) the Company has received notice of the attempted disposition of Unvested Shares. If the Company fails to give notice within such sixty (60) day period, the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate unless the Company and the Optionee have extended the time for the exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Unvested Share Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, for all of the Unvested Shares, except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree.

11.4 Payment for Shares and Return of Shares to Company . The purchase price per share being repurchased by the Company shall be an amount equal to the Optionee’s original cost per share, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9 (the Repurchase Price ). The Company shall pay the aggregate Repurchase Price to the Optionee in cash within thirty (30) days after the date of the written notice to the Optionee of the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any purchase money indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company for the shares shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest cancelled. The shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company by the Optionee at the same time as the delivery of the Repurchase Price to the Optionee.

11.5 Assignment of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company shall have the right to assign the Unvested Share Repurchase Option at any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.6 Ownership Change Event . Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and included in the terms “Stock” and “Unvested Shares” for all purposes of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event. While the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same after such Ownership Change

 

10


Event, the Repurchase Price per Unvested Share upon exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option following such Ownership Change Event shall be adjusted as appropriate. For purposes of determining the Vested Shares following an Ownership Change Event, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the Ownership Change Event.

12. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL .

12.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 12.7 below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the Transfer Shares ) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 12 (the Right of First Refusal ).

12.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the Transfer Notice ) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the Proposed Transferee ) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

12.3 Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 12, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 12. The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

12.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer

 

11


described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest cancelled.

12.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 12.4 above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 12.

12.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 12 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 12 are met.

12.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 12.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

12.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

 

12


12.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiring Corporation assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A public market shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

13. E SCROW .

13.1 Establishment of Escrow . To ensure that shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option or securing any promissory note will be available for repurchase, the Company may require the Optionee to deposit the certificate evidencing the shares which the Optionee purchases upon exercise of the Option with an agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow and security agreement approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of the Option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require the Optionee to so deposit the certificate in escrow. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event or a change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option that remain, following such Ownership Change Event or change described in Section 9, subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option or any security interest held by the Company shall be immediately subject to the escrow to the same extent as such shares of Stock immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the escrow.

13.2 Delivery of Shares to Optionee . As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and after full repayment of any promissory note secured by the shares or other property in escrow, but not more frequently than twice each calendar year, the escrow agent shall deliver to the Optionee the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restriction and no longer securing any promissory note.

13.3 Notices and Payments . In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the escrow agent shall deliver the shares and any other property which the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Optionee.

 

13


14. S TOCK D ISTRIBUTIONS S UBJECT TO O PTION A GREEMENT .

 

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, the Right of First Refusal and any security interest held by the Company with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, the Right of First Refusal and such security interest immediately before such event.

15. N OTICE OF S ALES U PON D ISQUALIFYING D ISPOSITION .

The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Optionee shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

16. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, the Right of First Refusal, and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

16.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF

 

14


COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

16.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

16.3 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

16.4 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO ). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [ INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE ]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

17. L OCK -U P A GREEMENT .

The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

15


18. R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER OF S HARES .

 

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and, except pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, until the date on which such shares become Vested Shares, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

19. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

19.1 Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

19.2 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option, if designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

19.3 Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party’s signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

19.4 Integrated Agreement. The Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Notice and the Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

19.5 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

 

16


19.6 Counterparts. The Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

17


E XHIBIT A

O FFER L ETTER A GREEMENT

 

18


TM Incentive Stock Option    Optionee:  

 

 
TM Nonstatutory Stock Option       
                 Date:  

 

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

(IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)

 

Entropic Communications, Inc.  
Attention: Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer

 

 

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option . I was granted an option (the Option ) to purchase shares of the common stock (the Shares ) of Entropic Communications, Inc. (the Company ) pursuant to the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan (the Plan ), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Notice ) and my Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) as follows:

 

Grant Number:

 

 

Date of Option Grant:

 

 

Number of Option Shares:

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

  $  

 

2. Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares:

 

Vested Shares:

 

 

Unvested Shares:

 

 

Total Shares Purchased:

 

 

Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)

  $  

 

3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

TM Cash:

  $  

 

TM Check:

  $  

 

TM Tender of Company Stock:

  Contact Plan Administrator

 

1


4. Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

TM Cash:

  $  

 

TM Check:

  $  

 

 

5. Optionee Information .

 

My address is:  

 

 

 

My Social Security Number is:  

 

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Option Grant.

7. Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. If required by the Company, I agree to deposit the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, along with a blank stock assignment separate from certificate executed by me, with an escrow agent designated by the Company, to be held pursuant to the Company’s standard Joint Escrow Instructions.

8. Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

9. Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code . I understand and acknowledge that if I am exercising the Option to purchase Unvested Shares (i.e., shares that remain subject to the Company’s

 

2


Unvested Share Repurchase Option), that I should consult with my tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which I exercise the Option. I acknowledge that I have been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to me of exercising the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH I PURCHASE SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS MY SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF I REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON MY BEHALF.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

 

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

3


E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

N OTICE OF G RANT OF S TOCK O PTION

2001 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to Optionee an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s common stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and the Stock Option Exercise Notice, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionee:  

 

Date of Option Grant:  

 

Initial Vesting Date:  

 

Initial Exercise Date:  

 

Number of Option Shares:  

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):  

 

Total Exercise Price:  

 

Option Expiration Date:  

 

 

Type of Grant:

           Incentive Stock Option    Nonstatutory Stock Option

Exercise Schedule:

   Early Exercise Permitted   
Vesting Schedule:    Provided the Optionee’s continuous Service has not terminated prior to such dates, 1/4th of the shares shall vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date and an additional 1/48th of the shares shall vest monthly thereafter over the next three years. Shares that have vested are referred to as Vested Shares.
Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Stock Option Agreement):
  

¨         By cash or check

  

¨         Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded

  

¨         By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionee acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Notice of Grant of Stock Option, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionee further acknowledges that as of the Date of Option Grant, this Notice of Grant of Stock Option, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionee and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionee under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

O THER  A GREEMENTS :

 

 

 

 

 

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

    O PTIONEE :

By:

 

 

   

 

  Signature       Signature

Title:

 

 

    Date:  

 

Date:

 

 

     

A TTACHMENTS : Stock Option Agreement , 2001 Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Exercise Notice


A TTACHMENT I

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT


A TTACHMENT II

2001 S TOCK O PTION P LAN


A TTACHMENT III

S TOCK O PTION E XERCISE N OTICE

Exhibit 10.4

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

2007 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A PPROVED BY THE B OARD : J ULY  24, 2007

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : [              ], 2007

T ERMINATION D ATE : J ULY  23, 2017

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Successor to Prior Plans. The Plan is intended as the successor to the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan and the RF Magic, Inc. 2000 Incentive Stock Plan (together, the “ Prior Plans ”). Following the Effective Date, no additional stock awards shall be granted under the Prior Plans. Any shares remaining available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of options or settlement of stock awards under the Prior Plans shall become available for issuance pursuant to Stock Awards granted hereunder, as provided in Section 3(a) hereof. Any shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plans that expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement shall become available for issuance pursuant to Stock Awards granted hereunder. All outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plans shall remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plans with respect to which they were originally granted.

(b) Eligible Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(c) Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards, (iv) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (v) Stock Appreciation Rights, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

(d) Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Awards as set forth in Section 1(b), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Stock Awards.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Awards shall be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; and (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person.

 

1.


(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (1) the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding Option or the strike price of any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right; (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right and the grant in substitution therefor of (a) a new Option or Stock Appreciation Right under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or different number of shares of Common Stock, (b) a Restricted Stock Award, (c) a Restricted Stock Unit Award, (d) an Other Stock Award, (e) cash, and/or (f) other valuable consideration as determined by the Board in its sole discretion; or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(vi) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vii) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (D) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (E) expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan, but in each of (A) through (E) only to the extent required by applicable law or listing requirements. Except as provided above, rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

 

2.


(viii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees, (B) Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options, or (C) Rule 16b-3.

(ix) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that a Participant’s rights under any Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards without the affected Participant’s consent if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the related guidance thereunder.

(x) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(xi) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in the Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii) Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance. In the sole discretion of the Board, the Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3. In addition, the Board or the Committee, in its sole discretion, may (A) delegate to a Committee who need not be Outside Directors the authority to grant Awards to eligible persons who are either (I) not then Covered Employees and are not expected to be Covered Employees at the time of recognition of income resulting from such Stock Award, or (II) not persons with respect to whom the Company wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, or (B) delegate to a Committee who need not be Non-Employee Directors the authority to grant Stock Awards to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

3.


(d) Delegation to Officers. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be recipients of Options (and, to the extent permitted by Delaware law, other Stock Awards) and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2(d), the Board may not delegate to an Officer authority to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock pursuant to Section 13(v)(ii) below.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve . Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards under the Plan shall not exceed [                      ] ([              ]) shares, subject to reduction as set forth below. Such share reserve consists of (i) the [                      ] ([              ]) unallocated shares remaining available for issuance under the Prior Plans as of the Effective Date, (ii) an additional [                      ] ([              ]) shares to be approved by the stockholders as part of the approval of this Plan, and (iii) the number of shares that may be added to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b) below (the “Share Reserve”) . In addition, the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall automatically increase on January 1st of each year commencing in 2008 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2017, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) [                      ] ([              ]%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, or (ii) [                      ] ([              ]) shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year, to provide that there shall be no increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year shall be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by Nasdaq Rule 4350(i)(1)(A)(iii) or, if applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, or AMEX Company Guide Section 711 and such issuance shall not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

(b) Additions to the Share Reserve. The Share Reserve also shall be increased from time to time by a number of shares equal to the number of shares of Common Stock that (i) are issuable pursuant to options outstanding under the Prior Plans as of the Effective Date and (ii) but for the termination of the Prior Plans as of the Effective Date, would otherwise have reverted to the share reserves of the Prior Plans pursuant to the provisions thereof.

 

4.


(c) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve . If any (i) Stock Award shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, (ii) shares of Common Stock issued to a Participant pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares, (iii) a Stock Award is settled in cash, (iv) if any shares of Common Stock are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation and regrant provisions of Section 3(b)(v), then the shares of Common Stock not issued under such Stock Award, or forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares subject to a Stock Award are not delivered to a Participant because such shares are withheld for the payment of taxes or the Stock Award is exercised through a reduction of shares subject to the Stock Award (i.e., “net exercised”) or an appreciation distribution in respect of a Stock Appreciation right is paid in shares of Common Stock, the number of shares subject to the Stock Award that are not delivered to the Participant shall remain available for subsequent issuance under the Plan. If the exercise price of any Stock Award is satisfied by tendering shares of Common Stock held by the Participant (either by actual delivery or attestation), then the number of shares so tendered shall remain available for issuance under the Plan.

(d) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(d), subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be [                      ] ([              ]) shares of Common Stock plus the amount of any increase in the number of shares that may be available for issuance pursuant to Stock Awards pursuant to Section 3(a).

(e) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

4. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

(c) Section 162(m) Limitation . Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, at such time as the Company may be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, no Employee shall be eligible to be granted during any calendar year Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Stock Award is granted covering more than [                      ] ([              ]) shares of Common Stock.

 

5.


(d) Consultants. A Consultant shall be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award only if, at the time of grant, a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act (“ Form S-8 ”) is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant.

5. O PTION P ROVISIONS .

Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical; provided, however , that each Option Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Option Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such options are Incentive Stock Options).

(c) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The methods of payment permitted by this Section 5(c) are:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

 

6.


(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are reduced to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(d) Transferability of Options. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options as the Board shall determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options shall apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws upon the Optionholder’s request.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, provided, however, that if an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company and any broker designated by the Company to effect Option exercises, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option. In the absence of such a designation, the executor or administrator of the Optionholder’s estate shall be entitled to exercise the Option.

(e) Vesting of Options Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(e) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.

 

7.


(f) Termination of Continuous Service. In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

(g) Extension of Termination Date. An Optionholder’s Option Agreement may provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in an Optionholder’s Option Agreement, if the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of an Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s Window Period Policy, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period equal to the post-termination exercise period described in Section 5(f) above or Sections 5(h) or 5(i) below after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of the Company’s Window Period Policy; or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.

(h) Disability of Optionholder. In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

(i) Death of Optionholder. In the event that (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the

 

8.


Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (A) the date twelve (12) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement), or (B) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

(j) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Optionholder’s Option Agreement, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate upon the termination date of such Optionholder’s Continuous Service, and the Optionholder shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(k) Non-Exempt Employees . No Option granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

6. P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS OTHER THAN O PTIONS .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical, provided, however , that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company; (B) past or future services actually or to be rendered to the Company or an Affiliate; or (C) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting . Shares of Common Stock awarded under a Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. In the event a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive via a forfeiture condition

 

9.


or a repurchase right, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical, provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

 

10.


(vi) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(vii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall incorporate terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(c) Stock Appreciation Rights. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted as stand-alone Stock Awards or in tandem with other Stock Awards. The terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Right Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Stock Appreciation Right Agreements need not be identical; provided, however , that each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Term. No Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.

(ii) Strike Price. Each Stock Appreciation Right will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents. The strike price of each Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock equivalents subject to the Stock Appreciation Right on the date of grant.

(iii) Calculation of Appreciation. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) the strike price.

(iv) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of such Stock Appreciation Right as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(v) Exercise. To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

 

11.


(vi) Payment . The appreciation distribution in respect of a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(vii) Termination of Continuous Service. In the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause), the Participant may exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement), or (B) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

(viii) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Participant’s Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate upon the termination date of such Participant’s Continuous Service, and the Participant shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Stock Appreciation Right from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(ix) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan that are not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall incorporate terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences described in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(d) Performance Awards.

(i) Performance Stock Awards . A Performance Stock Award is either a Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award that may be granted or may vest based upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained shall be conclusively determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares that may be granted to any Participant in a calendar year attributable to Performance Stock Awards described in this Section 6(d)(i) shall not exceed the value of [                      ] ([              ]) shares of Common Stock. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

 

12.


(ii) Performance Cash Awards. A Performance Cash Award is a cash award that may be granted upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained shall be conclusively determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The maximum value that may be granted to any Participant in a calendar year attributable to cash awards described in this Section 6(d)(ii) shall not exceed [                      ] dollars ($[              ]).The Board may provide for or, subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify, may permit a Participant to elect for, the payment of any Performance Cash Award to be deferred to a specified date or event. The Committee may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that Common Stock authorized under this Plan may be used in payment of Performance Cash Awards, including additional shares in excess of the Performance Cash Award as an inducement to hold shares of Common Stock.

(e) Other Stock Awards . Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

(c) No Obligation to Notify. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any holder of a Stock Award to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock

 

13.


Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock pursuant to such exercise has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant to the Plan shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without Cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(f) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and

 

14.


risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (x) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (y) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(g) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided, however , that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(h) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.

(i) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of employment or retirement, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(j) Compliance with Section 409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences described in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and

 

15.


Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Board determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Board may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (1) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (2) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a); (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(d); (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person pursuant to Section 4(c) and 6(d); and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . Except as otherwise provided in a Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights may be repurchased by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award.

(i) Stock Awards May Be Assumed. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards for Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the

 

16.


Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Stock Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Corporate Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of a Stock Award or substitute a similar stock award for only a portion of a Stock Award. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution shall be set by the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.

(ii) Stock Awards Held by Current Participants. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards in accordance with subsection (i) above, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction (referred to as the “ Current Participants ”), the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, with respect to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the time at which such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), and such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction).

(iii) Stock Awards Held by Persons other than Current Participants. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards in accordance with subsections (i) or (ii) above, respectively, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by persons other than Current Participants, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Award may be exercised) shall not be accelerated and such Stock Awards (other than a Stock Award consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Corporate Transaction.

(iv) Payment for Stock Awards in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Stock Award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a Corporate Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Stock Award may not exercise such Stock Award but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the holder of the Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award (including, at the discretion of the Board, any unvested portion of such Stock Award), over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

 

17.


(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant. A Stock Award may vest as to all or any portion of the shares subject to the Stock Award (i) immediately upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, whether or not such Stock Award is assumed, continued, or substituted by a surviving or acquiring entity in the Change in Control, or (ii) in the event a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated, actually or constructively, within a designated period before or after the occurrence of a Change in Control. In the absence of such provisions, no such acceleration shall occur.

10. T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless terminated sooner, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

11. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan shall become effective on the IPO Date, but no Award shall be exercised (or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, or Other Stock Award shall be granted) unless and until the Plan has been approved by the Stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

12. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of California shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. D EFINITIONS .

As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

 

18.


(b) “Award” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

(c) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without the receipt of consideration” by the Company.

(e) Cause ” means with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s conviction of, or a plea of nolo contendere to, a felony; (ii) such Participant’s theft or embezzlement, or attempted theft or embezzlement, of money or property or assets of the Company; (iii) such Participant’s violation of the Company’s drug policy; or (iv) such Participant’s intentional and willful engagement in misconduct which is materially injurious to the Company.

(f) Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person from the Company in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (B) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity

 

19.


in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii) the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company shall otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation;

(iv) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions relative to each other as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(v) individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of the Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

For avoidance of doubt, the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan, the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

The Board may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s consent, amend the definition of “Change in Control” to conform to the definition of “Change in Control” under Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations thereunder.

(g) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(h) Committee ” means a committee of one (1) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(i) Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

 

20.


(j) Company ” means Entropic Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(k) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

(l) Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an “Affiliate,” as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave; or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(m) Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(n) Covered Employee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

 

21.


(o) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(p) Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Section 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code.

(q) Effective Date ” means the effective date of the Plan as set forth in Section 11.

(r) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(s) Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(t) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(u) Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(v) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Global Market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.

 

22.


(w) Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option which qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(x) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(y) Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-K ”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(z) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(aa) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(bb) Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(cc) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(dd) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(ee) Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(e).

(ff) Other Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(gg) Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

23.


(hh) Own ,” “ Owned ,” “ Owner ,” “ Ownership A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(ii) Participant ” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(jj) “Performance Cash Award” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d)(ii).

(kk) Performance Criteria ” means the one or more criteria that the Board shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that shall be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following: (i) earnings per share; (ii) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (iii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA); (iv) total stockholder return; (v) return on equity; (vi) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (vii) operating margin; (viii) gross margin; (ix) operating income; (x) net income (before or after taxes); (xi) net operating income; (xii) net operating income after tax; (xiii) pre- and after-tax income; (xiv) pre-tax profit; (xv) operating cash flow; (xvi) sales or revenue targets; (xvii) orders and revenue; (xviii) increases in revenue or product revenue; (xix) expenses and cost reduction goals; (xx) improvement in or attainment of expense levels; (xxi) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (xxii) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (xxiii) market share; (xxiv) cash flow; (xxv) cash flow per share; (xxvi) share price performance; (xxvii) debt reduction; (xxviii) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (xxix) customer satisfaction; (xxx) stockholders’ equity; (xxxi) quality measures; and (xxxii) to the extent that an Award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by the Board. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award. The Board shall, in its sole discretion, define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period.

(ll) Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the satisfaction of the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. At the time of the grant of any Awards, the Board is authorized to determine whether, when calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period: (i) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (ii) to exclude exchange rate effects, as applicable, for non-U.S. dollar denominated net sales and operating earnings; (iii) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting standards required by the

 

24.


Financial Accounting Standards Board; (iv) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; and (v) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals.

(mm) Performance Period ” means one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping duration, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Performance Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

(nn) Performance Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d)(i).

(oo) Plan ” means this Entropic Communications, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.

(pp) Prior Plans ” means the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan and the RF Magic, Inc. 2000 Incentive Stock Plan, each as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date.

(qq) Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(rr) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ss) Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(tt) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(uu) Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(vv) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ww) Stock Appreciation Right ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c).

(xx) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

25.


(yy) Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award, or any Other Stock Award.

(zz) Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(aaa) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%).

(bbb) Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

26.


E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

2007 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . In the event that you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended ( i.e. , a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, notwithstanding any other provision of your option.

4. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in one or more of the following manners:

a. Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

b. Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, shall include delivery to the Company of your attestation of

 

27.


ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

c. Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal, and subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from you to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided further, however, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (1) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (2) shares are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (3) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations.

5. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

6. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

7. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the expiration of its term. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

a. immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

b. three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or death; provided, however, that (i) if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in Section 6, your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service and (ii) if (x) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (y) you terminate your Continuous Service within six (6) months after the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, and (z) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option shall not expire until the earlier of (A) the later of the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice or the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, or (B) the Expiration Date;

 

28.


c. twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

d. twelve (12) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

e. the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

f. the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

8. E XERCISE .

a. You may exercise the vested portion of your option during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

b. By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, or (ii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

c. If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

9. T RANSFERABILITY . Your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option. In addition, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust, provided that you and the trustee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

 

29.


10. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

11. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

a. At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

b. Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

c. You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.

12. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

13. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

30.


E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

2007 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION G RANT N OTICE

Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Option Agreement, the Plan, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:                                                     
Date of Grant:                                                     
Vesting Commencement Date:                                                     
Number of Shares Subject to Option:                                                     
Exercise Price (Per Share):                                                     
Total Exercise Price:                                                     
Expiration Date:                                                     

 

Type of Grant:    ¨  Incentive Stock Option 1                                 ¨ Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule:    Same as Vesting Schedule
Vesting Schedule:    [Initial Grant: 1/4 th of the shares vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest and become exercisable in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date.]
   [Refresher Grant: The shares vest and become exercisable in a series of forty-eight (48) successive equal monthly installments over the four (4)-year period measured from the Vesting Commencement Date.]
Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
  

x        By cash or check

  

x        Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded

  

x        By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded

  

¨         By net exercise 2

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

O THER  A GREEMENTS :     

 

    

 

 


1

If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

2

An Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised by a net exercise arrangement.

 

31.


E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .     O PTIONHOLDER :
By:  

 

   

 

  Signature     Signature
Title:  

 

    Date:  

 

Date:  

 

     

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, and Notice of Exercise

 

32.


A TTACHMENT I

O PTION A GREEMENT

 

33.


A TTACHMENT II

2007 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

 

34.


A TTACHMENT III

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

2007 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

N OTICE OF E XERCISE

 

Entropic Communications, Inc.  
9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200  
San Diego, CA 92121   Date of Exercise:                     

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):

     ¨   Incentive    ¨   Nonstatutory

Stock option dated:

                            

Number of shares as to which option is exercised:

                            

Shares to be issued in name of:

                            

Total exercise price:

   $                        

Cash or check payment delivered herewith:

   $                        

Regulation T Program (cashless exercise)

   $                        
Value of              shares of Entropic Communications, Inc. Common Stock delivered herewith 3 :    $

                    

  
[Value of              shares of Entropic Communications, Inc. common stock pursuant to net exercise 4 :]    $

                    

  

 


3

Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option. Shares must be valued on the date of exercise in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.

4

Entropic Communications, Inc. must have established net exercise procedures at the time of exercise in order to utilize this payment method and must expressly consent to your use of net exercise at the time of exercise.

 

35.


By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Entropic Communications, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option.

 

Very truly yours,

 

[Name]

 

36.

Exhibit 10.5

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

2007 N ON -E MPLOYEE D IRECTORS ’ S TOCK O PTION P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : J ULY  24, 2007

A PPROVED B Y THE S TOCKHOLDERS : [              ], 2007

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Eligible Option Recipients . The persons eligible to receive Options are the Non-Employee Directors of the Company.

(b) Purpose . The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of its Non-Employee Directors, to secure and retain the services of new Non-Employee Directors and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate by giving them an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the automatic grant of Nonstatutory Stock Options.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board . The Board shall administer the Plan. The Board may not delegate administration of the Plan.

(b) Powers of Board . The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine the provisions of each Option to the extent not specified in the Plan.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Options granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iii) To amend the Plan or an Option as provided in Section 10.

(iv) To terminate or suspend the Plan as provided in Section 11.

(v) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan.

(c) Effect of Board’s Decision . All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

1.


3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve . Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall not exceed [                      ] ([              ]), plus an automatic annual increase beginning on January 1, 2008 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2017, in an amount equal to the excess of (A) the number of shares subject to Options granted during the preceding calendar year, over (B) the number of shares, if any, added back to the share reserve during the preceding calendar year pursuant to the provisions of Section 3(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year, to provide that there shall be no increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year shall be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve . If an Option shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not acquired under such Option shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares subject to an Option are not delivered to an Optionholder because such shares are withheld for the payment of taxes or the Option is exercised through a reduction of shares subject to the Option ( i.e. , “net exercised”), the number of shares that are not delivered to the Optionholder shall remain available for issuance under the Plan. If the exercise price of an Option is satisfied by tendering shares of Common Stock held by the Optionholder (either by actual delivery or attestation), then the number of shares so tendered shall remain available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Source of Shares . The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

4. E LIGIBILITY .

The Options shall automatically be granted under the Plan as set forth in Section 5 to all Non-Employee Directors who meet the specified criteria.

5. N ON -D ISCRETIONARY G RANTS .

(a) Initial Grants. Without any further action of the Board, each person who after the IPO Date is elected or appointed for the first time to be a Non-Employee Director automatically shall, upon the date of his or her initial election or appointment to be a Non-Employee Director, be granted an Option (the “ Initial Grant ”) to purchase [                      ] ([              ]) shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(b) Annual Grants. Without any further action of the Board, on the date of each Annual Meeting, commencing with the Annual Meeting in 2008, each person who is then a Non-Employee Director automatically shall be granted an Option (the “ Annual Grant ”) to purchase [                      ] ([              ]) shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions set forth herein; provided, however , that if a person who is first elected as a Non-Employee

 

2.


Director after the Effective Date has not been serving as a Non-Employee Director for at least one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the time that an Annual Grant is to be made, then such person will not be eligible to receive an Annual Grant.

6. O PTION P ROVISIONS .

Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as required by the Plan. Each Option shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as the Board shall deem appropriate. Each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term . No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it was granted.

(b) Exercise Price . The exercise price of each Option shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted.

(c) Consideration . The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law, in any combination of (i) cash or check, (ii) delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock, or (iii) to the extent permitted by law, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

(d) Transferability . Except as otherwise provided for in this Section 6(d), an Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable only by the Optionholder during the life of the Optionholder. However, an Option may be transferred for no consideration upon written consent of the Board if (i) at the time of transfer, a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act is available for the issuance of shares by the Company upon the exercise of such transferred Option, or (ii) the transfer is to the Optionholder’s employer at the time of transfer or an affiliate of the Optionholder’s employer at the time of transfer. Any such transfer is subject to such limits as the Board may establish, and subject to the transferee agreeing to remain subject to all the terms and conditions applicable to the Option prior to such transfer. The forgoing right to transfer the Option shall apply to the right to consent to amendments to the Option Agreement for such Option. In addition, until the Optionholder transfers the Option, an Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

(e) Vesting . Options shall vest as follows:

(i) Initial Grant . The Initial Grant shall vest in equal annual installments with respect to twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the Initial Grant upon the Optionholder’s completion of each year of Continuous Service over the four (4)-year period measured from the date of grant.

 

3.


(ii) Annual Grant . The Annual Grant shall vest in a series of twelve (12) successive equal monthly installments during the Optionholder’s Continuous Service over the one (1)-year period measured from the date of grant.

(f) Termination of Continuous Service . In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability or upon a Change in Control), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

(g) Extension of Termination Date . If the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability or upon a Change in Control) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in an Optionholder’s Option Agreement, if the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of an Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service would violate the Company’s Window Period Policy, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period equal to the post-termination exercise period described in Section 6(f) above or Sections 6(h) or 6(i) below after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy; or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.

(h) Disability of Optionholder . In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise it as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

(i) Death of Optionholder . In the event that (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the three (3)-month period after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was

 

4.


entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, or by a person designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following the date of death, or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(j) Termination Upon Change in Control. In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as of, or within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following the effective date of the Change in Control, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Options, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance . The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Options and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Options; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Option or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Option. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Options unless and until such authority is obtained.

8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds . Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Options shall constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Stockholder Rights . No Optionholder shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Option unless and until such Optionholder has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Option pursuant to its terms.

(c) No Service Rights . Nothing in the Plan, any instrument executed, or Option granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Optionholder any right to continue to serve the Company as a Non-Employee Director or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to

 

5.


terminate the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(d) Investment Assurances . The Company may require an Optionholder, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Option, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Optionholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Option; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Optionholder is acquiring the Common Stock subject to the Option for the Optionholder’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (1) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Option has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (ii) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(e) Withholding Obligations . The Optionholder may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under an Option by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Optionholder by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) tendering a cash payment; (ii) authorizing the Company to withhold shares from the shares of the Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Optionholder as a result of the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Option; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law; or (iii) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered shares of the Common Stock.

(f) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; C ORPORATE T RANSACTIONS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall proportionately and appropriately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities for which the nondiscretionary grants of Options are made pursuant to Section 5, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Options. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

6.


(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Options shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation.

(c) Corporate Transaction.

(i) Options May Be Assumed. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Options outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock options for Options outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, options to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Options may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Corporate Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation may choose to assume or continue only a portion of an Option or substitute a similar option for only a portion of an Option.

(ii) Options Held by Active Optionholders. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Options or substitute similar stock options for such outstanding Options, then with respect to Options that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Optionholders whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction (referred to as the “ Active Optionholders ”), the vesting of such Options (and, if applicable, the time at which such Options may be exercised) shall (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), and the Options shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Options shall lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction).

(iii) Options Held by Former Optionholders. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Options or substitute similar stock options for such outstanding Options, then with respect to any other Options that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by persons other than Active Optionholders, the vesting of such Options (and, if applicable, the time at which such Options may be exercised) shall not be accelerated unless otherwise provided in Section 9(d) or in a written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of such Options, and such Options shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Options shall not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Corporate Transaction.

 

7.


(iv) Payment for Options in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event an Option will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a Corporate Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Option may not exercise such Option but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value to the excess, if any, of (i) the value of the property the holder of the Option would have received upon the exercise of the Option, over (ii) the exercise price payable by the Optionholder in connection with such exercise.

(d) Change in Control . In the event that an Optionholder (i) is required to resign his or her position as a Non-Employee Director as a condition of a Change in Control, or (ii) is removed from his or her position as a Non-Employee Director in connection with a Change in Control, the outstanding Options held by such Optionholder shall become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the effectiveness of such resignation or removal (and contingent upon the effectiveness of such Change in Control).

(e) Parachute Payments .

(i) If the acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of Options provided for in Sections 9(c) and 9(d), together with payments and other benefits of an Optionholder, (collectively, the “ Payment ”) (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, or any comparable successor provisions, and (ii) but for this Section 9(e) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any comparable successor provisions (the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Payment shall be either (1) provided to such Optionholder in full, or (2) provided to such Optionholder as to such lesser extent that would result in no portion of such Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of the foregoing amounts, when taking into account applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and employment taxes, the Excise Tax, and any other applicable taxes, results in the receipt by such Optionholder, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of the Payment, notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax.

(ii) Unless the Company and such Optionholder otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 9(e) shall be made in writing in good faith by the Accountant. If a reduction in the Payment is to be made as provided above, reductions shall occur in the following order unless the Optionholder elects in writing a different order ( provided, however, that such election shall be subject to Company approval if made on or after the date that triggers the Payment or a portion thereof): (i) reduction of cash payments; (ii) cancellation of accelerated vesting of Options; and (iii) reduction of other benefits paid to the Optionholder. If acceleration of vesting of Options is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of date of grant of Options ( i.e. , the earliest granted Option cancelled last) unless the Optionholder elects in writing a different order for cancellation.

(iii) For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 9(e), the Accountant may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of the Code

 

8.


and other applicable legal authority. The Company and the Optionholder shall furnish to the Accountant such information and documents as the Accountant may reasonably request in order to make such a determination. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountant may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 9(e).

(iv) If, notwithstanding any reduction described above, the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) determines that the Optionholder is liable for the Excise Tax as a result of the Payment, then the Optionholder shall be obligated to pay back to the Company, within thirty (30) days after a final IRS determination or, in the event that the Optionholder challenges the final IRS determination, a final judicial determination, a portion of the Payment (the “ Repayment Amount ”). The Repayment Amount with respect to the Payment shall be the smallest such amount, if any, as shall be required to be paid to the Company so that the Optionholder’s net after-tax proceeds with respect to the Payment (after taking into account the payment of the Excise Tax and all other applicable taxes imposed on the Payment) shall be maximized. The Repayment Amount with respect to the Payment shall be zero if a Repayment Amount of more than zero would not result in the Optionholder’s net after-tax proceeds with respect to the Payment being maximized. If the Excise Tax is not eliminated pursuant to this paragraph, the Optionholder shall pay the Excise Tax.

(v) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 9(e), if (i) there is a reduction in the Payment as described above, (ii) the IRS later determines that the Optionholder is liable for the Excise Tax, the payment of which would result in the maximization of the Optionholder’s net after-tax proceeds of the Payment (calculated as if the Payment had not previously been reduced), and (iii) the Optionholder pays the Excise Tax, then the Company shall pay or otherwise provide to the Optionholder that portion of the Payment that was reduced pursuant to this Section 9(e) contemporaneously or as soon as administratively possible after the Optionholder pays the Excise Tax so that the Optionholder’s net after-tax proceeds with respect to the Payment are maximized.

(vi) If the Optionholder either (i) brings any action to enforce rights pursuant to this Section 9(e), or (ii) defends any legal challenge to his or her rights under this Section 9(e), the Optionholder shall be entitled to recover attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with such action, regardless of the outcome of such action; provided, however, that if such action is commenced by the Optionholder, the court finds that the action was brought in good faith.

10. A MENDMENT OF THE P LAN AND O PTIONS .

(a) Amendment of Plan . Subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law, the Board, at any time and from time to time, may amend the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy applicable law.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Board, in its sole discretion, may submit any other amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval.

 

9.


(c) No Impairment of Rights . Rights under any Option granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Optionholder, and (ii) such Optionholder consents in writing.

(d) Amendment of Options . The Board, at any time and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Options; provided, however, that the rights under any Option shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Optionholder, and (ii) the Optionholder consents in writing.

11. T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) Plan Term . The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Options may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights . Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Option granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the Optionholder.

12. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan shall become effective on the IPO Date, but no Option shall be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

13. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the state of California shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

14. D EFINITIONS .

As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Accountant ” means the independent public accountants of the Company.

(b) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(c) Annual Grant ” means an Option granted annually to all Non-Employee Directors who meet the specified criteria pursuant to Section 5(b).

(d) Annual Meeting ” means the first annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company held each calendar year at which the Directors are selected.

(e) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

10.


(f) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Option after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without the receipt of consideration” by the Company.

(g) Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person from the Company in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (B) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii) the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company shall otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation;

 

11.


(iv) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions relative to each other as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(v) individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of the Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

For avoidance of doubt, the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan, the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Optionholder shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Options subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

The Board may, in its sole discretion and without a Optionholder’s consent, amend the definition of “Change in Control” to conform to the definition of “Change in Control” under Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations thereunder.

(h) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(i) Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) Company ” means Entropic Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(k) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

(l) Continuous Service ” means that the Optionholder’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Optionholder renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Optionholder renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionholder’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate an Optionholder’s

 

12.


Continuous Service; provided, however , if the corporation for which an Optionholder is rendering service ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Optionholder’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such corporation ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from a Non-Employee Director of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or an Employee of the Company will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Option only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy or in the written terms of the Optionholder’s leave of absence.

(m) Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90% )  of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(n) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(o) Disability ” means, with respect to a Optionholder, the inability of such Optionholder to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Section 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code.

(p) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(q) Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(r) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

13.


(s) Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(t) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Global Market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.

(u) Initial Grant ” means an Option granted to a Non-Employee Director who meets the specified criteria pursuant to Section 5(a).

(v) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(w) Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(x) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(y) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(z) Option ” means a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(aa) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

14.


(bb) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(cc) Own ,” “ Owned ,” “ Owner ,” “ Ownership ” A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(dd) Plan ” means this Entropic Communications, Inc. 2007 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan.

(ee) Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(ff) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(gg) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%).

 

15.


E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

2007 N ON -E MPLOYEE D IRECTORS ’ S TOCK O PTION P LAN

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

(N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice ( “Grant Notice” ) and this Stock Option Agreement, Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “Company” ) has granted you an option under its 2007 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan (the “Plan” ) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Stock Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. In addition, if the Company is subject to a Change in Control before your Continuous Service terminates, then all of the unvested shares subject to this option shall become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of such Change in Control.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for any Capitalization Adjustment, as provided in the Plan.

3. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice , which may include one or more of the following:

(a) In the Company’s sole discretion at the time your option is exercised and provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , by delivery of already-owned shares of Common Stock either that you have held for the period required to avoid a charge to the Company’s reported earnings (generally six months) or that you did not acquire, directly or indirectly from the Company, that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, shall include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may

 

16.


not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

4. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

5. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

6. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the commencement of its term or after its term expires. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than your Disability or death (or in connection with a Change in Control as provided in subsection (b) below), provided that if during any part of such three- (3-) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the preceding paragraph relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service;

(b) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service in connection with a Change in Control where all of the unvested shares subject to your option become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of such Change in Control in accordance with the provisions of Section 1 above;

(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if your sale of the shares acquired upon exercise of your option would subject you to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, your option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of ten (10) days after the date on which a sale of the shares by you would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the expiration of the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after your termination of Continuous Service, or (iii) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice.

 

17.


7. E XERCISE .

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

8. T RANSFERABILITY . Your option is not transferable, except (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, (ii) with the prior written approval of the Company, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust, in a form accepted by the Company, in which the option is to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) and (iii) with the prior written approval of the Company, by gift, in a form accepted by the Company, to a permitted transferee under Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

9. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective shareholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

10. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision as directed by the Company (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent directed by the Company), for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with your option.

(b) The Company may, in its sole discretion, and in compliance with any applicable conditions or restrictions of law, withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in

 

18.


excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein.

11. P ARACHUTE P AYMENTS .

(a) If any payment or benefit you would receive pursuant to a Change in Control from the Company or otherwise (“Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in your receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order unless you elect in writing a different order ( provided, however, that such election shall be subject to Company approval if made on or after the effective date of the event that triggers the Payment): reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of Stock Awards; reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of Stock Award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of your Stock Awards (i.e., earliest granted Stock Award cancelled last) unless you elect in writing a different order for cancellation.

(b) The accounting firm engaged by the Company for general audit purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder.

(c) The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to you and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which your right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by you or the Company) or such other time as requested by you or the Company. If the accounting firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it shall

 

19.


furnish you and the Company with an opinion reasonably acceptable to you that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Payment. Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon you and the Company, except as specified below.

(d) If, notwithstanding any reduction described in this Section 10, the IRS determines that you are liable for the Excise Tax as a result of the receipt of the payment of benefits as described above, then you shall be obligated to pay back to the Company, within thirty (30) days after a final IRS determination or in the event that you challenge the final IRS determination, a final judicial determination, a portion of the payment equal to the “Repayment Amount.” The Repayment Amount with respect to the payment of benefits shall be the smallest such amount, if any, as shall be required to be paid to the Company so that your net after-tax proceeds with respect to any payment of benefits (after taking into account the payment of the Excise Tax and all other applicable taxes imposed on such payment) shall be maximized. The Repayment Amount with respect to the payment of benefits shall be zero if a Repayment Amount of more than zero would not result in your net after-tax proceeds with respect to the payment of such benefits being maximized. If the Excise Tax is not eliminated pursuant to this paragraph, you shall pay the Excise Tax.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 10, if (i) there is a reduction in the payment of benefits as described in this Section 10, (ii) the IRS later determines that you are liable for the Excise Tax, the payment of which would result in the maximization of your net after-tax proceeds (calculated as if your benefits had not previously been reduced), and (iii) you pay the Excise Tax, then the Company shall pay to you those benefits which were reduced pursuant to this section contemporaneously or as soon as administratively possible after you pay the Excise Tax so that your net after-tax proceeds with respect to the payment of benefits is maximized.

12. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

13. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

20.


E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

2007 N ON -E MPLOYEE D IRECTORS ’ S TOCK O PTION P LAN

I NITIAL G RANT N OTICE

Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2007 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Option Agreement, the Plan, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:    ___________________________________
Date of Grant:    ___________________________________
Vesting Commencement Date:    ___________________________________
Number of Shares Subject to Option:    ___________________________________
Exercise Price (Per Share):    ___________________________________
Total Exercise Price:    ___________________________________
Expiration Date:    ___________________________________

 

Type of Grant:    Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule:    Same as Vesting Schedule
Vesting Schedule:    The shares shall vest in equal annual installments with respect to twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the Initial Grant upon the Optionholder’s completion of each year of Continuous Service over the four (4)-year period measured from the Vesting Commencement Date.
Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
   ¨     By cash or check
   ¨     Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded
   ¨     By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded
   ¨     By net exercise

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

O THER  A GREEMENTS :      ______________________________________________________
     ______________________________________________________

 

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .      O PTIONHOLDER :
By:   

 

    

 

   Signature         Signature
Title:   

 

     Date:   

 

Date:   

 

       

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2007 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan, and Notice of Exercise

 

21.


Attachment I

O PTION A GREEMENT

 

22.


Attachment II

2007 N ON -E MPLOYEE D IRECTORS ’ S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

23.


Attachment III

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

2007 N ON -E MPLOYEE D IRECTORS ’ S TOCK O PTION P LAN

N OTICE OF E XERCISE

 

Entropic Communications, Inc.   
9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200   
San Diego, CA 92121    Date of Exercise: _____________________________

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Stock option dated:                          
Number of shares as to which option is exercised:                          
Shares to be issued in name of:                          
Total exercise price:    $                     
Cash or check payment delivered herewith:    $                     
Regulation T Program (cashless exercise)    $                     
Value of              shares of Entropic Communications, Inc. Common Stock delivered herewith 1 :    $                     
Value of              shares of Entropic Communications, Inc. common stock pursuant to net exercise:    $                     

 


1

Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option. Shares must be valued on the date of exercise in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.

 

24.


By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Entropic Communications, Inc. 2007 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan and (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option.

 

Very truly yours,

 

[Name]

 

25.


E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

2007 N ON -E MPLOYEE D IRECTORS ’ S TOCK O PTION P LAN

A NNUAL G RANT N OTICE

Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2007 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Option Agreement, the Plan, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:    ___________________________________
Date of Grant:    ___________________________________
Vesting Commencement Date:    ___________________________________
Number of Shares Subject to Option:    ___________________________________
Exercise Price (Per Share):    ___________________________________
Total Exercise Price:    ___________________________________
Expiration Date:    ___________________________________

 

Type of Grant:    Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule:    Same as Vesting Schedule
Vesting Schedule:    The shares vest and become exercisable in a series of twelve (12) successive equal monthly installments measured from the Vesting Commencement Date.
Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
   ¨     By cash or check
   ¨     Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded
   ¨     By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded
   ¨     By net exercise

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

O THER  A GREEMENTS :      ______________________________________________________________________
     ______________________________________________________________________

 

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .   O PTIONHOLDER :
By:   

 

    

 

   Signature      Signature
Title:   

 

  Date:   

 

Date:   

 

    

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2007 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan, and Notice of Exercise

 

26.


Attachment I

O PTION A GREEMENT

 

27.


Attachment II

2007 N ON -E MPLOYEE D IRECTORS ’ S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

28.


Attachment III

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

2007 N ON -E MPLOYEE D IRECTORS ’ S TOCK O PTION P LAN

N OTICE OF E XERCISE

 

Entropic Communications, Inc.   
9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200   
San Diego, CA 92121    Date of Exercise:                     

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Stock option dated:                          
Number of shares as to which option is exercised:                          
Shares to be issued in name of:                          
Total exercise price:    $                     
Cash or check payment delivered herewith:    $                     
Regulation T Program (cashless exercise)    $                     
Value of              shares of Entropic Communications, Inc. Common Stock delivered herewith 2 :    $                     
Value of              shares of Entropic Communications, Inc. common stock pursuant to net exercise:    $                     

 


2

Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option. Shares must be valued on the date of exercise in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.

 

29.


By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Entropic Communications, Inc. 2007 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan and (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option.

 

Very truly yours,

 

[Name]

 

30.

Exhibit 10.6

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

2007 E MPLOYEE S TOCK P URCHASE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : J ULY  24, 2007

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : [              ], 2007

1. G ENERAL .

(a) The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain designated Related Corporations may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan is intended to permit the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(b) The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of such Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine how and when Purchase Rights to purchase shares of Common Stock shall be granted and the provisions of each Offering comprised of such Purchase Rights (which need not be identical).

(ii) To designate from time to time which Related Corporations of the Company shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(iii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Purchase Rights fully effective.

(iv) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under it.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Purchase Right granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

 

1.


(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 12(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to become Participants and receive Purchase Rights under the Plan, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of awards available for issuance under the Plan, but in each of (i) through (v) only to the extent required by applicable law or listing requirements. Except as provided above, the rights and obligations under any Purchase Rights granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan except: (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, or (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans).

(vii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Related Corporations and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(viii) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(c) The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(d) All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. S HARES OF C OMMON S TOCK S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 12(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be sold pursuant to Purchase Rights shall not exceed [                      ] ([              ]) shares. In addition, the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall automatically increase on January 1st of each year commencing in 2008 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2017, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) one and one-half percent (1.5%) of the total number of shares

 

2.


of Common Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, or (ii) [                      ] ([              ]) shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year, to provide that there shall be no increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year shall be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b) If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan shall for any reason terminate without having been exercised, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) The stock purchasable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

4. G RANT OF P URCHASE R IGHTS ; O FFERING .

(a) The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan to Eligible Employees in an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate, which shall comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights shall have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering shall include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering shall be effective, which period shall not exceed twenty-seven (27) months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8.

(b) If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in agreements or notices delivered hereunder: (i) each agreement or notice delivered by that Participant shall be deemed to apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) shall be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) shall be exercised.

(c) The Board shall have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on any Purchase Date within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering shall terminate immediately following the purchase of shares of Common Stock on such Purchase Date, and (ii) Participants in the terminated Offering automatically shall be enrolled in the Offering that commences immediately after such Purchase Date.

 

3.


5. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate as provided in Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation. Except as provided in Section 5(b), an Employee shall not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee has been in the employ of the Company or the Related Corporation, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event shall the required period of continuous employment be greater than two (2) years. In addition, the Board may provide that no Employee shall be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company or the Related Corporation is more than twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code.

(b) The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee shall, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right shall thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right shall have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(i) the date on which such Purchase Right is granted shall be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

(ii) the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right shall begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(iii) the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she shall not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c) No Employee shall be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights under the Plan if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options shall be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

(d) As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which exceeds twenty five thousand dollars ($25,000) of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, shall be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

 

4.


(e) Officers of the Company and any designated Related Corporation, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, shall be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code shall not be eligible to participate.

6. P URCHASE R IGHTS ; P URCHASE P RICE .

(a) On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, shall be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board, but in either case not exceeding fifteen percent (15%) of such Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date shall be no later than the end of the Offering.

(b) The Board shall establish one (1) or more Purchase Dates during an Offering as of which Purchase Rights granted pursuant to that Offering shall be exercised and purchases of shares of Common Stock shall be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(c) In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering. In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering. In addition, in connection with each Offering that contains more than one Purchase Date, the Board may specify a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available shall be made in as nearly a uniform manner as shall be practicable and equitable.

(d) The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights shall be not less than the lesser of:

(i) an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

(ii) an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

 

5.


7. P ARTICIPATION ; W ITHDRAWAL ; T ERMINATION .

(a) A Participant may elect to authorize payroll deductions pursuant to an Offering under the Plan by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form (in such form as the Company may provide). Each such enrollment form shall authorize an amount of Contributions expressed as a percentage of the submitting Participant’s earnings (as defined in each Offering) during the Offering (not to exceed the maximum percentage specified by the Board). Each Participant’s Contributions shall be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where applicable law requires that Contributions be deposited with a third party. To the extent provided in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions after the beginning of the Offering. To the extent provided in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. To the extent specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through the payment by cash or check prior to each Purchase Date of the Offering.

(b) During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company a notice of withdrawal in such form as the Company may provide. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time prior to the end of the Offering, except as provided otherwise in the Offering. Upon such withdrawal from the Offering by a Participant, the Company shall distribute to such Participant all of his or her accumulated Contributions (reduced to the extent, if any, such Contributions have been used to acquire shares of Common Stock for the Participant) under the Offering, and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering shall thereupon terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering shall have no effect upon such Participant’s eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant shall be required to deliver a new enrollment form in order to participate in subsequent Offerings.

(c) Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan shall terminate immediately upon a Participant ceasing to be an Employee for any reason or for no reason (subject to any post-employment participation period required by law) or other lack of eligibility. The Company shall distribute to such terminated or otherwise ineligible Employee all of his or her accumulated Contributions (reduced to the extent, if any, such Contributions have been used to acquire shares of Common Stock for the terminated or otherwise ineligible Employee) under the Offering.

(d) Purchase Rights shall not be transferable by a Participant except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or by a beneficiary designation as provided in Section 10. During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights shall be exercisable only by such Participant.

(e) Unless otherwise specified in an Offering, the Company shall have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

 

6.


8. E XERCISE OF P URCHASE R IGHTS .

(a) On each Purchase Date during an Offering, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions shall be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of Purchase Rights unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b) If any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock and such remaining amount is less than the amount required to purchase one share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount shall be held in such Participant’s account for the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the next Offering under the Plan, unless such Participant withdraws from such next Offering, as provided in Section 7(b), or is not eligible to participate in such Offering, as provided in Section 5, in which case such amount shall be distributed to such Participant after the final Purchase Date, without interest. If the amount of Contributions remaining in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock is at least equal to the amount required to purchase one (1) whole share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of the Offering, then such remaining amount shall be distributed in full to such Participant at the end of the Offering without interest.

(c) No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable federal, state, foreign and other securities and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date during any Offering hereunder the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights or any Offering shall be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date shall be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in such compliance, except that the Purchase Date shall not be delayed more than twelve (12) months and the Purchase Date shall in no event be more than twenty-seven (27) months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date under any Offering hereunder, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights or any Offering shall be exercised and all Contributions accumulated during the Offering (reduced to the extent, if any, such Contributions have been used to acquire shares of Common Stock) shall be distributed to the Participants without interest.

9. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

The Company shall seek to obtain from each federal, state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Purchase Rights. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights unless and until such authority is obtained.

 

7.


10. D ESIGNATION OF B ENEFICIARY .

(a) A Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Common Stock and/or cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to the end of an Offering but prior to delivery to the Participant of such shares of Common Stock or cash. In addition, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death during an Offering. Any such designation shall be on a form provided by or otherwise acceptable to the Company.

(b) The Participant may change such designation of beneficiary at any time by written notice to the Company. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

11. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

(a) The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering shall in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation, or on the part of the Company or a Related Corporation to continue the employment of a Participant.

(b) The provisions of the Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

(c) Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights shall constitute general funds of the Company.

(d) A Participant shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

12. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; C ORPORATE T RANSACTIONS .

(a) In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to outstanding Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities imposed by purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

8.


(b) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue Purchase Rights outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for those outstanding under the Plan, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for Purchase Rights outstanding under the Plan, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions shall be used to purchase shares of Common Stock within ten (10) business days prior to the Corporate Transaction under any ongoing Offerings, and the Participants’ Purchase Rights under the ongoing Offerings shall terminate immediately after such purchase.

13. T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate at the time that all of the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan, as increased and/or adjusted from time to time, have been issued under the terms of the Plan. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any Purchase Rights while the Plan is in effect shall not be impaired by suspension or termination of the Plan except (i) as expressly provided in the Plan or with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws, regulations or listing requirements, or (iii) as necessary to ensure that the Plan and/or Purchase Rights comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

14. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan shall become effective on the IPO Date, but no Purchase Rights shall be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

15. D EFINITIONS .

As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without the receipt of consideration” by the Company.

 

9.


(c) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) Committee ” means a committee of one (1) or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(b)(viii).

(e) Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(f) Company ” means Entropic Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(g) Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering, that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account, if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions.

(h) Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90% )  of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(i) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(j) Eligible Employee ” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(k) Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, who is employed for purposes of Section 423(b)(4) of the Code by the Company or a Related Corporation. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

 

10.


(l) Employee Stock Purchase Plan ” means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(m) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Global Market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.

(o) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(p) Offering ” means the grant of Purchase Rights to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan to Eligible Employees.

(q) Offering Date ” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(r) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right granted pursuant to the Plan.

(t) Plan ” means this Entropic Communications, Inc. 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(u) Purchase Date ” means one or more dates during an Offering established by the Board on which Purchase Rights shall be exercised and as of which purchases of shares of Common Stock shall be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(v) Purchase Period ” means a period of time specified within an Offering beginning on the Offering Date or on the next day following a Purchase Date within an Offering and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

 

11.


(w) Purchase Right ” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x) Related Corporation ” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f), respectively, of the Code.

(y) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(z) Trading Day ” means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including an established stock exchange, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market, is open for trading.

 

12.

Exhibit 10.7

Entropic Communications, Inc.

Amended and Restated 2007 Executive Bonus Plan

 

A. Purpose: The purpose of the Entropic Communications, Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Executive Bonus Plan (the “Plan” ) is to financially reward all executive officers, including all vice presidents, and director level employees (each a “Participant” ) for their contributions to the success of Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “Company” ).

 

B. Effective Date: This plan is effective for fiscal and calendar year 2007 beginning January 1, 2007 and ending December 31, 2007.

 

C. Change in Plan : The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board” ) or the Compensation Committee thereof (the “Committee” ), reserves the right to modify, suspend or terminate the Plan in total or in part, at any time or from time to time (an “Amendment” ). Any such Amendment must be approved by the Board or the Committee. Payments made pursuant to the Plan are made at the discretion of the Board or the Committee, as applicable.

 

D. Form of Payment; Tax Withholding: A Participant’s Actual Bonus, the CEO Actual Bonus and the VP Actual Bonus (each as defined below), if any, shall be paid in cash, unless otherwise specified by the Board or the Committee. The Company shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Participant arising in connection with an Actual Bonus paid pursuant to this Plan.

 

E. Entire Agreement : This Plan is the entire agreement between the Company and the Participants regarding the subject matter of this Plan and supersedes all prior compensation or bonus plans or any written or verbal representations regarding the subject matter of this Plan.

 

F. Eligibility: To be eligible for an annual payment, Participants must be:
   

in a bonus-eligible position for a minimum of 180 calendar days;

   

an active employee on December 31, 2006; and

   

employed on the date the bonus payment is made.

If a Participant’s employment is terminated prior to the date the bonus payment is made, the Participant is not eligible for any partial payment, except in the discretion of the Board or the Committee.

 

G. Target and Actual Bonus: The target bonus is the annual amount each Participant (not including the Chief Executive Officer and the Vice President of Worldwide Sales) is eligible to receive in bonus payment if target objectives (Participant Company Objectives and Participant Objectives, both as defined below) are met at 100% (the “Participant Target Bonus” ). The Participant Target Bonus amount will be communicated to each individual Participant. The actual bonus paid will be based on the percentage of achievement of the target objectives, which are the Participant Company Objectives and Participant Objectives (the “Participant Actual Bonus” ).
   

The Participant Company Objectives are comprised of three objectives:

  1. Annual Revenue Goal with Operational Expenses at or under budget (30% of target bonus, 40% if Annual Revenue Goal is achieved at an exceedingly high level)
  2. Gross Profit Margin Goal (20% of target bonus)
  3. Design/Segment wins (50% of target bonus, 10% for each of 5 objectives)


   

Participant Objectives are established for the individual Participant by the Company and/or the Board or Committee and achievement of each individual’s POs is assessed by each Participant’s manager during the semi-annual and annual performance reviews.

   

After multiplying the Participant Target Bonus amount by the appropriate percentage achieved from the Participant Company Objectives (as stated above), the remaining percentage of the Participant Target Bonus will use the following multiplier to calculate the final Participant Target Bonus percentage amount:

  ¡  

If a Participant receives a review rating of more than “3” (4 or 5) during their semi-annual and annual performance reviews, no bonus will be paid.

  ¡  

If a Participant receives a review rating of “3” during their semi-annual and annual performance reviews, then the Participant is eligible for 80% of the Participant Target Bonus remaining after applying the Participant Company Objectives multiplier.

  ¡  

If a Participant receives a review rating of “2” during their semi-annual and annual performance reviews, then the Participant is eligible for 100% of the Participant Target Bonus remaining after applying the Participant Company Objectives multiplier.

  ¡  

If a Participant receives a review rating of “1” during their semi-annual and annual performance reviews, then the Participant is eligible for 110% of the Participant Target Bonus remaining after applying the Participant Company Objectives multiplier.

 

H. Chief Executive Officer Target and Actual Bonus: The target bonus for the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO” ) is the annual amount he is eligible to receive in bonus payment if his individual objectives (the “CEO Objectives” ) (as set forth below) are met at 100% (the “CEO Target Bonus” ). The CEO Target Bonus amount is 50% of his base salary for fiscal 2007. The actual bonus paid to the CEO (the “CEO Actual Bonus” ) will be based on the percentage of achievement of the CEO Objectives .
   

The CEO Objectives are comprised of three objectives:

  1. Annual Revenue Goal (30% of Target Bonus, 40% if Annual Revenue Goal is achieved at an exceedingly high level)
  2. Quarterly Gross Profit Margin Goal (30% of Target Bonus, 10% for each of Q2, Q3 and Q4)
  3. Segment Goals (50% of target bonus, 10% for each of 4 objectives, plus an additional 10% for achievement of a “stretch” goal)

 

I. Vice President of Worldwide Sales Target and Actual Bonus: The target bonus for the Vice President of Worldwide Sales (the “VP” ) is the annual amount he is eligible to receive in bonus payment if his individual objectives (the “VP Objectives” ) (as set forth below) are met at 100% (the “VP Target Bonus” ). The VP Target Bonus amount is $126,250, with an upside of $236,250. The actual bonus paid to the VP (the “VP Actual Bonus” ) will be based on the percentage of achievement of the VP Objectives.
   

The VP Objectives are comprised of five objectives:

  1. Design Wins ($50,000, $10,000 for each of 5 objectives)
  2. Dollar Revenue Forecast Accuracy ($7,500 for each quarter, $30,000 total)
  3. Commissions from sales (target of $56,250)
  4. Achieving pre-determined annual revenue goals while exceeding the 2007 quarterly pricing plan ($50,000)
  5. Achieving a pre-determined “stretch” annual revenue goal while exceeding the 2007 quarterly pricing plan ($50,000)

Exhibit 10.8

[ENTROPIC LETTERHEAD]

August 18, 2003

Mr. Patrick Henry

430 Snug Harbor Road

Newport Beach, CA 92663

Dear Patrick

Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you employment on the terms set forth below.

 

  1. Position. You will serve in a full-time capacity as Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and President of the Company working out of the Company’s headquarters in San Diego, California. As CEO, you will be responsible for managing the day-to-day affairs of the entire Company and you will report only to the Company’s Board of Directors. By signing this letter agreement, you represent and warrant to the Company that you are under no contractual commitments inconsistent with your obligations to the Company.

 

  2. Board of Directors. You will be offered a seat on the Company’s Board of Directors within a reasonable period of time after commencing employment with the Company and you shall remain on the Board of Directors for so long as you remain the Company’s CEO.

 

  3. Salary. You will be paid a monthly salary of $18,750, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices for salaried employees. This salary and all other compensation will be subject to adjustment at the discretion of the Board of Directors, provided that the Board of Directors shall, at least once a year, raise your salary if the Board of Directors determines that a raise is warranted, and further provided that your salary may not be reduced, without your written consent, unless reductions comparable in amount and duration are concurrently made for all other Company “Management Team Executives.” For purposes of this letter agreement, “Management Team Executives” shall include the Company’s CEO, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Operating Officer, if any.

 

  4. Bonus. Commencing on January 1,2004, you will be eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 30% of your base salary based on the achievement of mutually agreed-upon milestones, assessed at the end of each calendar year.

 

  5. Employee Benefits. As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefits in accordance with the terms of the Company’s benefit plans. In addition, you will be entitled to paid time off in accordance with the Company’s policy. The Company reserves the right to change or eliminate these benefits on a prospective basis at any time, subject to the other terms of this letter agreement, including without limitation, the severance related provisions of this letter agreement.

 

1


  6. Stock Options. In connection with the commencement of your employment, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an option (“Option”) to purchase 3,850,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock with an exercise price equal to fair market value on the date of the grant. The current fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock is $0.10/share. The Company in good faith believes that 3,850,000 shares of the Company’s. Common Stock represents approximately five percent (5%) of the fully diluted capital of the Company (fully diluted capital includes, without limitation, all outstanding Common Stock, all stock reserved for issuance under all Company stock option plans, all outstanding preferred stock on an as converted to Common Stock basis, all warrants, and all convertible debt). These option shares will vest over a four (4)-year period with a 25% one (1)-year cliff, in accordance with the option plan approved by the Board of Directors. Vesting will depend on your continued employment with the Company, subject in all cases to the acceleration terms of this letter agreement and the Change of Control Agreement. The Option shares will be exercisable as they vest. The Option will he an incentive stock option to the maximum extent allowed by the tax code and will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. However, if there is a conflict between the terms in this Agreement and the 2001 Stock Option Plan and/or the Stock Option Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control. For purposes of the Stock Option Agreement, the “Participating Group” (as that term is defined in the Stock Option Agreement) consists of only the Company as of the date this letter agreement is executed.

 

  7. Relocation Expenses . In connection with your relocation from Newport Beach to San Diego, the Company will reimburse you for up to $100,000 for the following verifiable “Relocation Expenses” that are incurred by you: reasonable costs of moving your household goods, realty fees (including commission fees for the sale of your Newport Beach house and purchase of your San Diego house), closing costs and transfer taxes and up to two house hunting trips for your family. Relocation Expenses shall also include reasonable carrying costs (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance) for your Newport Beach residence after you rent an apartment and/or rent or purchase a house in San Diego (see below) and prior to the sale of your Newport Beach residence, but in no event will carrying costs be reimbursed for longer than three (3) months. Receipts or other v e w g documentation will be required for any reimbursement of such expenses and must be provided within three months of the expense sought to be reimbursed. Because you meet the requirements under Internal Revenue Code Section 217, all reimbursements for Relocation Expenses, which may, by applicable law, be reimbursed to you without a requirement that you pay taxes on the reimbursement, shall be reimbursed to you on a nontaxable basis. Any amounts received by you for Relocation Expenses which, by law, must be reimbursed as taxable income will be reported as taxable income to you in the year received as required by applicable tax law and you will be responsible for payment of all applicable income taxes due in connection with such reimbursement amounts. As provided in Section 14 of this letter agreement, the Company will also withhold applicable income and employment taxes from such reimbursement amounts. You agree to move to the San Diego area by September 30,2003 (at a minimum, to rent an apartment) and to move your family to the San Diego area after you are able to sell your Newport Beach House for a reasonable price. In the event that you voluntarily terminate your employment with the Company before the end of your first year of employment or the Company terminates your employment for Cause (as defined in Section 11 below) before the end of yow: first year of your employment with the Company, you agree to repay the Company on demand for Relocation Expenses on a pro-rata basis (e.g. the amount of reimbursed Relocation Expenses which must be repaid shall be reduced by 1 /l2” for each full month of your employment).

 

2


  8. Change of Control Agreement. The Company will enter into a Change of Control Agreement with you substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

  9. Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement. Like all Company employees, you will be required, as a condition of your employment with the Company, to sign the Company’s standard Employee Innovations and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (“Proprietary Rights Agreement”).

 

  10. At Will Employment. Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will”, meaning that either you or the Company will be entitled to terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause. Any contrary representations, which may have been made to you, are superseded by this offer. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company with Board of Directors’ approval.

 

  11. Severance. Although your employment will be “at will,” if your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for any reason other than for Cause (as defined in this Section below), or you resign for Good Reason (as defined in this Section below), you shall receive the following: (a) all compensation (including any applicable bonuses) due to you as of your termination date; (b) additional compensation in an amount equal to six (6) months then current salary, payable in one lump sum; (c) continuation of Company health and dental benefits by paying your Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”) premiums directly to the COBRA administrator for one (1) year after you termination date, provided that you elect to continue and remain eligible for these benefits under COBRA; (d) immediate accelerated vesting of the unvested shares of the Option in accordance with the following schedule: (i) if the termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason occurs within your first year of employment with the Company, there shall be no accelerated vesting of the Option; (ii) to the extent such termination or resignation occurs within your second year of employment with the Company, if any, the Company shall accelerate the vesting of the unvested shares of the Option so that the “Vested Ratio” (as that term is defined in the Stock Option Agreement) of the Option shall be increased by the number 1/4; or (iii) to the extent such termination or resignation occurs after your second year of employment with the Company, if any, the Company shall accelerate vesting of fifty percent (50%) of the remaining unvested shares of the Option; and (e) an extension of time until one (1)year after your employment termination date to exercise all vested shares of the Option; provided, however, that your entitlement to receive the payments and benefits described in Section 1l(b)-(e) above (the “Severance Package”) is conditioned upon and subject to your execution of a fuIl general release (“Release”), releasing all claims, known or unknown, that you may have against the Company arising out of or any way related to your employment or termination of employment with the Company, which Release shall be negotiated, in good faith, between you and the Company and which Release shall exclude: (1) your right to indemnification to the fullest extent provided for in the California Labor Code or other contractual right to indemnification; (2) your right to any vested benefits available to you under any employee benefit plan (e.g. 401(k) Plan) to the fullest extent provided fox in the plan; (3) your rights as a stockholder in the Company; or (4) the obligations incurred by the parties under the Release.

 

3


For purposes of this Section 11, “Cause” shall mean only: (a) your theft, dishonesty, or falsification of any Company documents or records; (b) your improper use or disclosure of any confidential or proprietary information of the Company; (c) repeated negligence in the performance of your duties; (d) your breach of your fiduciary duty to the Company by unlawfully competing with the Company in violation of Section 13; or (e) your conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or any felony or crime of moral turpitude . Notwithstanding the above, the Company may not terminate your employment for Cause under Section 11(c) or (d) above unless the Company has first given you written notice of the offending conduct and a thirty (30)-day opportunity to cure such conduct. Yow resignation at the request of the Board of Directors for reasons other than Cause shall be deemed an involuntary termination by the Company without Cause.

For the purposes of this Section 11, “Good Reason” shall mean only the occurrence of any of the following without your written consent: (a) any change in your title or the assignment to you of any duties, or any limitation of your authority or responsibilities, substantially inconsistent with your position, duties, authority or responsibilities as CEO; (b) the relocation of the principal place of your service with the Company to a location that is more than fifty (50) miles horn your current principal place of service with the Company (San Diego); (c) any material reduction by the Company of your base salary (unless reductions comparable in amount and duration are concurrently made for all other Company Management Team Executives) or any material reduction of your 30% target for bonus compensation; provided that, the modification of the milestones you must meet to earn such bonus compensation and the actual amount of bonus compensation earned by you if lower than 30% of your base salary shall not constitute “Good Reason” under this Section; or (d) any failure by the Company to continue to provide you with the opportunity to participate in any benefit or compensation plans and programs in which you were participating, including without limitation, life, disability, health, dental, medical, savings, profit sharing, stock purchase and retirement plans, if any, unless such benefit or compensation plans or programs are modified or eliminated on a company-wide basis and provided that the modification of the milestones you must meet to earn the bonus described in Section 4 above shall not constitute “Good Reason” under this Section; and (e) the failure of any successor in interest of the Company to fulfill the Company’s obligations under this letter agreement or any Exhibits to &is letter agreement . Notwithstanding the above, you may not resign for Good Reason unless you have first given the Company written notice of the offending conduct and a thirty (30)-day opportunity to cure such conduct.

You acknowledge and agree that the Severance Package provided pursuant to this Section 11 is in lieu of any other severance benefits for which you may be able under any other agreement and/or Company severance plan or practice. In no circumstance shall you receive the Severance Package described in this Section 11 and the Severance Package described in the Change in Control Agreement which is attached as Exhibit B. Nothing in this paragraph is intended to limit your ability to receive either the Severance Package in this Section 11 or the Severance Package described in the Change in Control Agreement, provided you otherwise qualify for the applicable Severance Package, but in no event shall you receive both.

The Company acknowledges and agrees that you shall not have a duty to mitigate by seeking alternative employment to receive the Severance Package or any part thereof.

 

4


  12. Termination Due to Death or Disability. In the event your employment terminates due to your death or ‘Disability” (as defined below), you will not be eligible to receive the Severance Package described in Section 11 above; provided, however, in the event your employment terminates due to your Disability, in addition to all other disability benefits available to you under the Company’s benefit plans and/or policies, the Company will pay your COBRA premiums for health and dental benefits directly to the COBRA administrator for one (1)year after your termination date; provided that you elect to continue and remain eligible for these benefits under COBRA and that you sign a Release. In addition, in the event your: employment terminates due to your death, you shall be eligible to receive any and all applicable benefits available to you under the Company’s benefit plans and/or For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability”‘ means your inability to perform the essential functions of your job, with or without reasonable accommodation, due to a mental or physical impairment or medical condition.

 

  13. Outside Activities. During your employment with the Company, you must not engage in any work, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual conflict of interest with the Company. Such work shall include, but is not limited to, directly or indirectly competing with the Company in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct competition with, the business in which the Company is now engaged or in which the Company becomes engaged during your employment with the Company, as may be determined by the Company in its sole discretion. If the Company believes such a conflict exists, the Company may ask you to choose to discontinue the other work or resign employment with the Company. While you render services to the Company, you also will not assist any person or organization in competing with the Company, in preparing to compete with the Company, or in hiring any employees from the Company. Notwithstanding any other term in this letter agreement, you may work as a volunteer in any community, civic, children’s and/or religious organizations and you may teach as long as you are not competing with the Company.

 

  14. Withholding Taxes. Except as otherwise expressly provided, all forms of compensation referred to in this letter ate subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes.

 

  15. Entire Agreement. This letter and the Exhibits attached hereto, which are herein incorporated by reference, contain all of the t e r n of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior understandings or agreements, whether oral or written, between yon and the Company.

 

  16. Amendment and Governing Law . This letter agreement may not be amended or modified except by an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company with Board of Directors’ approval. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes will be governed by California law.

 

  17. Expense Reimbursement. The Company shall promptly reimburse you for all actual and reasonable business expenses incurred by you in connection with your employment, including, without limitation, expenditures for entertainment, travel, or other expenses, provided that (i)the expenditures are of a nature qualifying them as legitimate business expenses as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, and (ii)you furnish to the Company adequate records and other documentary evidence reasonably required by the Company to substantiate the expenditures.

 

5


  18. Attorneys Fees For Negotiating The Terms of Your Employment. The Company shall reimburse you for your reasonable expenses, including attorney’s fees and costs, incurred in connection with the negotiation of this letter agreement and its Exhibits up to a maximum of $6,500.

 

  19. Dispute Resolution. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of the employment relationship between you and the Company, or the termination of such employment, you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully and finally resolved by a single, neutral arbitrator through binding arbitration before JAMS under its then-existing rules for the resolution of employment disputes. The exclusive venue for the arbitration shall be San Diego, California. The arbitrator shall have the power to enter any award that could be entered by a judge of the trial court of the State of California, and only such power, and shall follow the law. The parties agree to abide by and perform any award rendered by the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall issue the award in writing and therein state the essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. Any arbitration award may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction. The Company shall bear the costs of the arbitration filing and hearing fees and the costs of the arbitration. The prevailing party in any arbitration shall be entitled to an award of his or its reasonable attorneys fees and expert witness costs in addition to any other relief awarded by the ma of fact, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Notwithstanding the above, claims for breach of the Proprietary Rights Agreement, whether brought by you or the Company, are excluded from this Section.

 

  20. Severability . If any provision of this letter agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the provision shall be deemed to be modified or restricted to the extent and in the manner necessary to render the same valid and enforceable, or shall be deemed excised from this letter agreement, as the case may require, and this letter agreement shall be construed and enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law as if such provision had been originally incorporated in this letter agreement as so modified or restricted, or as if the provision had not been originally incorporated in this letter agreement, as the case may be.

 

  21. Headings . Section headings in this letter agreement are for convenience only and shall be given no effect in the construction or interpretation of this letter agreement.

 

  22. Notice. All notices made pursuant to this letter agreement, shall be given in writing, delivered by a generally recognized overnight express delivery service, and shall be made to the principal place of business of the Company if you are giving notice to the Company and to your residence if the Company is giving you notice.

 

  23. Conflicting Provisions. To the extent any of the provisions in this letter agreement conflict with the provisions of the Stock Option Agreement, the provisions of this letter agreement shall control.

We hope that you kind the foregoing terms acceptable. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept &s offer by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and returning it to me. This offer, if not accepted, will expire at the close of business on August 18, 2003.

As required by law, your employment with the Company is contingent upon your providing legal proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States.

Patrick, we look forward -with enthusiasm to your acceptance of our offer and to the commencement of your duties with the Company. Your start date with the Company will be Tuesday, September 2, 2003.

 

6


Very truly yours,

 

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Itzhak Gurantz

  Itzhak Gurantz, for the Board of Directors
I have read and accept this employment offer:
By:  

/s/ Patrick Henry

  Patrick Henry
Dated: August 18, 2003

 

7

Exhibit 10.9

[ENTROPIC LETTERHEAD]

December 1, 2005

Mr. Kurt Noyes,

Dear Kurt,

Thank you for your commitment to Entropic as our Director of Finance. I am grateful for your commitment to Entropic, and I really value the contribution that you and your team have made to Entropic.

As a result of your commitment and contribution thus far, and my confidence in your abilities, I am pleased to announce your promotion to Vice President of Finance and Administration and reward you with an annual salary increase to $145,000. This represents an 11.5% increase from your current salary of $130,000. You will also receive a one-time, special bonus of $15,000 for your exceptional performance over the last year. You will see the payroll increase and the special bonus on your next check. You will also be eligible for an annual bonus of 20 percent of your base salary in calendar 2006, payable in the first quarter of 2007. The annual bonus will be paid at the discretion of management. The Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase 200,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock with an exercise price equal to fair market value on the date of the grant. These option shares will vest over a four-year period with a 25% one-year cliff, in accordance with the standard option plan approved by the Board of Directors. Vesting will, of course, depend on your continued employment with the Company. The option will be an incentive stock option to the maximum extend allowed by the tax code and will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

As a vice president, the Company will enter into a Change of Control Agreement with you substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

This promotion brings with it a significantly higher visibility and expectation from a corporate standpoint and Iook forward to continuing to work with you.

Congratulations,

Patrick Henry

President & Chief Executive Officer

9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200 San Diego, CA 92121 858.625.3200 Main/853.546.2409 Fax

Exhibit 10.10

[ENTROPIC LETTERHEAD]

February 18,2004

Mr. Michael Economy

127 Capistrano Place

Los Gatos, CA 95032

Dear Michael:

Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you employment on the terms set forth below.

 

  1. Position. You will serve in a full-time capacity as Vice President of Sales working out of the Company’s headquarters in San Diego, California. You will report to the President and CEO. By signing this letter agreement, you represent and warrant to the Company that you are under no contractual commitments inconsistent with your obligations to the Company.

 

  2. Salary. You will be paid a monthly salary of $12,500, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices for salaried employees.

 

  3. Bonus You will be eligible for an annual bonus of up to 35% of your base salary based on achievement of mutually agreed-upon milestones, assessed at the end of each evaluation period beginning with the period ending December 31,2004. Payment of this bonus is at the discretion of the Company.

 

  4. Employee Benefits. As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefits in accordance with the terms of the Company’s benefit plans. In addition, you will be entitled to paid time off in accordance with the Company’s policy. The Company reserves the right to change or eliminate these benefits on a prospective basis at any time.

 

  5. Stock Options. In connection with the commencement of your employment, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an opinion to purchase 780,900 shares of the Company’s Common Stock with an exercise price equal to fair market value on the date of the grant. These option shares will vest over a four- year period with a 25% one-year cliff, in accordance with the standard option plan approved by the Board of Directors. Vesting will, of course, depend on your continued employment with the Company. The option will be an incentive stock option to the maximum extend allowed by the tax code and will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

  6. Signing Bonus. The Company will pay you a $25,000 one time bonus within one month of your start date. The Company expects that you will manage your own relocation expenses with part of this bonus. In the event that you terminate your employment with the Company before the end of the first year of employment, you agree to repay the Company on demand for this one time bonus on a pro-rata basis.


  7. Change of Control Agreement. The Company will enter into a Change of Control Agreement with you substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

  8. Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement. Like all Company employees, you will be required, as a condition of your employment with the Company, to sign the Company’s standard Employee Innovations and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

 

  9. At Will Employment. Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company Will be “at will”, meaning that either you or the Company will be entitled to terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause. Any contrary representations, which may have been made to you, are superseded by this offer. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer f the Company with Board of Directors’ approval.

 

  10. Outside Activities. During your employment with the Company, you must not engage in any work, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual conflict of interest with the Company. Such work shall include, but is not limited to, directly or indirectly competing with the Company in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct competition with, the business in which the Company is now engaged or in which the Company becomes engaged during your employment with the Company, as may be determined by the Company in its sole discretion. If the Company believes such a conflict exists, the Company may ask you to choose to discontinue the other work or resign employment with the Company. While you render services to the Company, you also will not assist any person or organization in competing with the Company, in preparing to compete with the Company, or in hiring any employees from the Company.

 

  11. Withholding Taxes. All forms of compensation referred to in this letter are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes.

 

  12. Entire Agreement. This letter and the Exhibits attached hereto contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior understandings or agreements, whether oral or written, between you and the Company.

 

  13. Amendment and Governing Law. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified except by an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes will be governed by California law.


  14. Expense Reimbursement. The Company shall promptly reimburse you for all actual and reasonable business expenses incurred by you in connection with your employment, including, without limitation, expenditures for entertainment, travel, or other expenses, providing that (i) the expenditures are of a nature qualifying them as legitimate business expenses, and (ii) you furnish to the Company adequate records and other documentary evidence reasonably required by the Company to substantiate the expenditures.

 

  15. Dispute Resolution. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of the employment relationship between you and the Company, you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, paid for by the Company, before JAMS under its then-existing rules for the resolution of employment disputes. The exclusive venue for the arbitration shall be San Diego, California. Any arbitration award may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction. The prevailing party in any arbitration shall be entitled to an award of his or its reasonable attorneys fees and expert witness costs in addition to any other relief awarded by the trier of fact.

 

  16. Severability. If any provision of this letter agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the provision shall be deemed to be modified or restricted to the extent and in the manner necessary to render the same valid and enforceable, or shall be deemed excised from this letter agreement, as the case may require, and this letter agreement shall be construed and enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law as if such provision had been originally incorporated in this letter agreement as so modified or restricted, or as if the provision had not been originally incorporated in this letter agreement, as the case may be.

 

  17. Headings. Section headings in this letter agreement are for convenience only and shall be given no effect in the construction or interpretation of this letter agreement.

 

  18. Notice. All notices made pursuant to this letter agreement, shall be given in writing, delivered by a generally recognized overnight express delivery service, and shall be made to the principal place of business of the Company if you are giving notice to the Company and to your residence if the Company is giving you notice.

 

  19. Mitigation. You shall not have a duty to mitigate any breach by the Company of this Agreement.

We hope that you find the foregoing terms acceptable, You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and returning it to me. This offer, if not accepted, will expire at the close of business on February 23,2004.

As required by law, your employment with the Company is contingent upon your providing legal proof of your identify and authorization to work in the United States.


Michael, we look forward with enthusiasm to your acceptance of our offer and to the commencement of your duties with the Company. Your start date with the Company will be March 1, 2004.

Sincerely,

/s/ Patrick Henry

Patrick Henry

President & CEO I Entropic Communications, Inc.

I have read and accept this employment offer:

/s/ Michael Economy

By:   Michael Economy

Dated: February 23 ,2004 1

Exhibit 10.11

[ENTROPIC LETTERHEAD]

June 23,2005

Mr. Andre Chartrand

91 Hattertown Road

Newtown, CT 06470

Dear Andre:

Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you employment on the terms set forth below.

1. Position. You will serve in a full-time capacity as Vice President of Engineering working out of the Company’s headquarters in San Diego, California. You will report to the President and CEO. By signing this letter agreement, you represent and warrant to the Company that you are under o contractual commitments inconsistent with your obligations to the Company.

2. Salary. You will be paid a monthly salary of $16,666, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices for salaried employees.

3. Bonus. You will be eligible for an annual bonus of up to 20% of your base salary based on achievement of mutually agreed-upon milestones, assessed at the end of each evaluation period beginning with the annual period ending December 31, 2006. You will not be eligible for a bonus program for calendar 2005. Payment of this bonus is at the discretion of the Company.

4. Employee Benefits. As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefits in accordance with the terms of the Company’s benefit plans. In addition, you will be entitled to paid time off in accordance with the Company’s policy. The Company reserves the right to change or eliminate these benefits on a prospective basis at any time.

5. Stock Options. In connection with the commencement of your employment, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase 920,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock with an exercise price equal to fair market value on the date of the grant. These option shares will vest over a four-year period with a 25% one-year cliff, in accordance with the standard option plan approved by the Board of Directors. Vesting will, of course, depend on your continued employment with the Company. The option will be an incentive stock option to the maximum extend allowed by the tax code and will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

6. Relocation Support. In connection with your relocation from Newtown, CT to San Diego, the Company will reimburse you for up to $100,000 for the following verifiable “Relocation Expenses” that are incurred by you: reasonable costs of moving your household goods, realty fees (including commission fees for the sale of your


Newtown, CT house and purchase of your San Diego house), closing costs and transfer taxes and up to two house hunting trips for your family. Relocation Expenses shall also include reasonable carrying costs (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance) for your Newtown, CT residence after you rent an apartment and/or rent or purchase a house in San Diego (see below) and prior to the sale of your Newtown, CT residence, but in no event will carrying costs be reimbursed for longer than three (3) months. Receipts or other verifying documentation will be required for any reimbursement of such expenses and must be provided within three months of the expense sought to be reimbursed. Because you meet the requirements under Internal Revenue Code Section 217, all reimbursements for Relocation Expenses, which may, by applicable law, be reimbursed to you without a requirement that you pay taxes on the reimbursement, shall be reimbursed to you on a nontaxable basis. Any amounts received by you for Relocation Expenses which, by law, must be reimbursed as taxable income will be reported as taxable income to you in the year received as required by applicable tax law and you will be responsible for payment of all applicable income taxes due in connection with such reimbursement amounts. As provided in Section 11 of this letter agreement, the Company will also withhold applicable income and employment taxes from such reimbursement amounts. You agree to move to the San Diego area by July 30, 2005 (at a minimum, to rent an apartment) and to move your family to the San Diego area after you are able to sell your Newtown, CT house for a reasonable price. In the event that you voluntarily terminate your employment with the Company before the end of your second year of employment or the Company terminates your employment for Cause (as defined below) before the end of your second year of your employment with the Company, you agree to repay the Company on demand for Relocation Expenses on a pro-rata basis (e.g., the amount of reimbursed Relocation Expenses which must be repaid shall be reduced by 1/24th for each full month of your employment). For purposes of this Section 6 only, “Cause” shall mean only: (a) your theft, dishonesty, or falsification of any Company documents or records; (b) your improper use or disclosure of any confidential or proprietary information of the Company; (c) repeated negligence in the performance of your duties; (d) your breach of your fiduciary duty to the Company by unlawfully competing with the Company in violation of Section 11 ; or (e) your conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or any felony or crime of moral turpitude. Notwithstanding the above, the Company may not terminate your employment for Cause under Section 6(c) or (d) above unless the Company has first given you written notice of the offending conduct and a thirty (30) day opportunity to cure such conduct.

7. Change of Control Agreement. The Company will enter into a Change of Control Agreement with you substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

8. Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement. Like all Company employees, you will be required, as a condition of your employment with the Company, to sign the Company’s standard Employee Innovations and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

9. At Will Employment. Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will”, meaning that either you or the Company will be entitled to terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause. Any contrary representations, which may have been made to you, are superseded by this offer. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as


well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company with Board of Directors’ approval.

10. Outside Activities. During your employment with the Company, you must not engage in any work, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual conflict of interest with the Company. Such work shall include, but is not limited to, directly or indirectly competing with the Company in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct competition with, the business in which the Company is now engaged or in which the Company becomes engaged during your employment with the Company, as may be determined by the Company in its sole discretion. If the Company believes such a conflict exists, the Company may ask you to choose to discontinue the other work or resign employment with the Company. While you render services to the Company, you also will not assist any person or organization in competing with the Company, in preparing to compete with the Company, or in hiring any employees from the Company.

11. Withholding Taxes. All forms of compensation referred to in this letter are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes.

12. Entire Agreement. This letter and the Exhibits attached hereto contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior understandings or agreements, whether oral or written, between you and the Company.

13. Amendment and Governing Law. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified except by an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes will be governed by California law.

14. Expense Reimbursement. The Company shall promptly reimburse you for all actual and reasonable business expenses incurred by you in connection with your employment, including, without limitation, expenditures for entertainment, travel, or other expenses, providing that (i) the expenditures are of a nature qualifying them as legitimate business expenses, and (ii) you furnish to the Company adequate records and other documentary evidence reasonably required by the Company to substantiate the expenditures.

15. Dispute Resolution. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of the employment relationship between you and the Company, you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, paid for by the Company, before JAMS under its then-existing rules for the resolution of employment disputes. The exclusive venue for the arbitration shall be San Diego, California. Any arbitration award may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction. The prevailing party in any arbitration shall be entitled to an award of his or its reasonable attorneys fees and expert witness costs in addition to any other relief awarded by the trier of fact.

16. Severability. If any provision of this letter agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the provision shall be deemed to be modified or


restricted to the extent and in the manner necessary to render the same valid and enforceable, or shall be deemed excised from this letter agreement, as the case may require, and this letter agreement shall be construed and enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law as if such provision had been originally incorporated in this letter agreement as so modified or restricted, or as if the provision had not been originally incorporated in this letter agreement, as the case may be.

17. Headings . Section headings in this letter agreement are for convenience only and shall be given no effect in the construction or interpretation of this letter agreement.

18. Notice. All notices made pursuant to this letter agreement, shall be given in writing, delivered by a generally recognized overnight express delivery service, and shall be made to the principal place of business of the Company if you are giving notice to the Company and to your residence if the Company is giving you notice.

19. Mitigation. You shall not have a duty to mitigate any breach by the Company of this Agreement. We hope that you find the foregoing terms acceptable. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and returning it to me. This offer, if not accepted, will expire at the close of business on June 27, 2004. As required by law, your employment with the Company is contingent upon your providing legal proof of your identify and authorization to work in the United States. Andre, we look forward with enthusiasm to your acceptance of our offer and to the commencement of your duties with the Company. Your start date with the Company will be July 18, 2005.

Sincerely,

/s/ Patrick Henry

Patrick Henry

President & CEO Entropic Communications, Inc.

I have read and accept this employment offer:

/s/ Andre Chartrand

By: Andre Chartrand

Dated: June     , 2005

Exhibit 10.12

[ENTROPIC LETTERHEAD]

January 19,2005

Dr. Anton Monk

Dear Anton:

Thank you for your commitment to Entropic as a co-founder and as the company’s Vice President of Engineering. Although you will be moving to a new role when we hire a new Vice President of Engineering, I want to assure you that I value your contribution to the company, and I want to keep you with Entropic on a going-forward basis. I am grateful for your commitment to Entropic, and I really value the contribution that you have made to Entropic thus far. You are a tremendous asset to the company, and 1 look forward to working with you in the future.

As a result of your commitment and contribution thus far, and my confidence in your abilities, I am pleased to inform you that Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you a new compensation plan on the terms set forth below.

 

  1. Salary. I am pleased to reward you with an annual salary increase to $462,000. This represents a 8% increase from your current salary of $1 50,000. You will see this additional increase on your next check, and the increase will he retroactive to January 1,2005. You will be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices for salaried employees.

 

  2. Employee Benefits. As a regular employee of the Company, you will continue to be eligible to participate in Company-sponsored benefits in accordance with the terms of the Company’s benefit plans. In addition, you will he entitled to paid time off in accordance with the Company’s policy. The Company reserves the right to change or eliminate these benefits on a prospective basis at any time.

 

  3. Stock Options. You will be granted an option to purchase 200,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock with an exercise price equal to fair market value on the date of the grant. These option shares will vest over a four- year period with a 25% one-year cliff, in accordance with the standard option plan approved by the Board of Directors. Vesting will, of course, depend on your continued employment with the Company. The option will be an incentive stock option to the maximum extend allowed by the tax code and will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

 

  4. Change of Control Agreement. The Company will enter into a Change of Control Agreement with you substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. If the Change.& Control Agreement is not approved by the Board of Directors, this employment agreement will be void.

 

  5.

At Will Employment. Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will”, meaning that either you or the Company will be entitled to terminate your employment at any time and for any reason,


 

with or without Cause. Any contrary representations, which may have been made to you, are superseded by this offer. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company with Board of Directors’ approval.

 

  6. Outside Activities. During your employment with the Company, you must not engage in any work, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual conflict of interest with the Company. Such work shall include, but is not limited to, directly or indirectly competing with the Company in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer, lender or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct competition with, the business in which the Company is now engaged or in which the Company becomes engaged during your employment with the Company, as may be determined by the Company in its sole discretion. If the Company believes such a conflict exists, the Company may ask you to choose to discontinue the other work or resign Employment with the Company. While you render services to the Company, you also will not assist any person or organization in competing with the Company, in preparing to compete with the Company, or in hiring any employees from the Company.

 

  7. Withholding Taxes. All forms of compensation referred to in this letter are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes.

 

  8. Entire Agreement. This letter and the Exhibits attached hereto contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior or contemporaneous understandings or agreements, whether oral or written, between you and the Company.

 

  9. Amendment and Governing Law. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified except by an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes will be governed by California law.

 

  10. Expense Reimbursement. The Company shall promptly reimburse you for all actual and reasonable business expenses incurred by you in connection with your employment, including, without limitation, expenditures for entertainment, travel, or other expenses, providing that (i) the expenditures are of a nature qualifying them as legitimate business expenses, and (ii) you furnish to the Company adequate records and other documentary evidence reasonably required by the Company to substantiate the expenditures.

 

  11. Dispute Resolution. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of the employment relationship between you and the Company, you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, paid for by the Company, before JAMS under its then-existing rules for the resolution of employment disputes, The exclusive venue for the arbitration shall be San Diego, California. Any arbitration award may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction. The prevailing party in any arbitration shall be entitled to an award of his or its reasonable attorneys fees and expert witness costs in addition to any other relief awarded by the trier of fact.


  12. Severability. If any provision of this letter agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the provision shall be deemed to be modified or restricted to the extent and in the manner necessary to render the same valid and enforceable, or shall be deemed excised from this letter agreement, as the case may require, and this letter agreement shall be construed and enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law as if such provision had been originally incorporated in this letter agreement as so modified or restricted, or as if the provision had not been originally incorporated in this letter agreement, as the case may be.

 

  13. Headings . Section headings in this letter agreement are for convenience only and shall be given no effect in the construction or interpretation of this letter agreement.

 

  14. Notice. All notices made pursuant to this letter agreement, shall be given in writing, delivered by a generally recognized overnight express delivery service, and shall be made to the principal place of business of the Company if you are giving notice to the Company and to your residence if the Company is giving you notice.

 

  15. Mitigation. You shall not have a duty to mitigate any breach by the Company of this Agreement.

Anton, I hope that you find the foregoing acceptable to you. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this letter agreement by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and returning it to me.

Sincerely,

/s/ Patrick Henry

Patrick Henry

President & CEO

Entropic Communications, Inc.

I have read and accept this employment offer:

/s/ Anton Monk

By: Anton Monk

Dated: January 19 ,2005

Exhibit 10.13

CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Change of Control Agreement is made effective as of August 18, 2003 between Entropic Communications, Inc. (“Entropic”), and Patrick Henry (“Employee”), subject to the approval of the Entropic Board of Directors.

RECITALS

 

  A. This Change of Control Agreement is executed contemporaneously with the execution of Employee’s employment letter agreement (“Employment Agreement”), to which this Change of Control Agreement is attached as an exhibit.

 

  B. Employee and Entropic desire to memorialize in writing their understanding regarding severance payments and vesting of options in the event of a Change of Control.

 

  C. Employee and Entropic acknowledge that this Change of Control Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to severance benefits in anticipation of, on or after a Change of Control (for a one (1)-year period after a Change of Central). The ferns in this Change of Control Agreement supersede any directly conflicting term(s) of any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between Employee and Entropic.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the promises and of the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

1. Effect of Certain Terminations in Connection with a Chancre of Control.

1.1 Severance Package . If within four and one-half (4%)  months before, on or within one (1) year after a Change of Control (as that term is defined below) Employee’s employment is terminated without “Cause” or Employee resigns for “Good Reason,” then Entropic will provide Employee with the following “Severance Package,” provided Employee complies with the conditions set forth in Section 1.2 below: (i) Employee will receive a severance payment equal to twelve (1 2) months of Employee’s base salary, payable in one lump sum; (ii) continuation of Employee’s health and dental benefits by paying Employee’s Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”) premiums directly to the COBRA administrator for one (1) year after Employee’s termination date, provided that Employee elects to continue and remains eligible for these benefits under COBRA; (iii) full accelerated vesting of all the unvested shares of the “Option (as that term is defined in the Employment Agreement) so that 100% of the Option is 100% vested on the termination date; and (iv) an extension of time until one (1) year after Employee’s termination date to exercise all vested shares of the Option. The acceleration of vesting provision set forth in this Section 1 .I is notwithstanding and in addition to any existing vesting provisions set forth in Entropic’s 2001 Stock Option Plan and/or in the Stock Option Agreement governing the Option. Entropic acknowledges and agrees that Employee shall not have a duty to mitigate by seeking alternative employment to receive the Severance Package described in this Change of Control Agreement or any part thereof.

 

1


1.2 Conditions to Receive Severance Package. The Severance Package described above will be paid provided Employee meets the following conditions: (a) Employee complies with all surviving provisions of any confidentiality or proprietary rights agreement signed by Employee; and (b) Employee executes a full general release (“Release”), in a form acceptable to Entropic, releasing all claims, known or unknown, that Employee may have against Entropic, and any subsidiary or related entity, their officers, directors, employees and agents, arising out of or any way related to Employee’s employment or termination of employment with Entropic, which Release shall be negotiated, in good faith, between Employee and Entropic and which Release shall exclude: (1)  Employee’s right to indemnification to the fullest extent provided for in the California Labor Code or other contractual right to indemnification; (2) Employee’s right to any vested benefits available to him under any employee benefit plan (e.g. 401(k) Plan) to the fullest extent provided for in the plan; (3) Employee’s rights as a stockholder in the Company; and (4) the obligations incurred by the parties under the Release.

1.3 280G . Notwithstanding Section 1. f above, if it is determined that the amounts payable to Employee under this Change of Control Agreement, when considered together with any other amounts payable to Employee as a result of a Change of Control, cause such payments to be treated as excess parachute payments within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, Entropic shall reduce the amount payable to Employee under this Section 1.3 (to the least extent possible) to an amount that will not subject Employee to the imposition of tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code.

1.4 Change of Contro l. A “Change of Control” means: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of Entropic of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of Entropic; (ii) a merger or consolidation or other transaction in which Entropic is a party after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the surviving entity; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Entropic after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of Entropic were transferred; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of Entropic.

1.5 Termination for “Cause” . For purposes of this Change of Control Agreement, a termination for “Cause” occurs only if Employee is terminated for any of the following reasons: (i) theft, dishonesty, or falsification of any Entropic documents or records; (ii) improper use or disclosure of confidential or material proprietary information of Entropic; (iii) repeated negligence in the performance of Employee’s duties; (iv) Employee’s breach of his fiduciary duty to Entropic by unlawfully competing with Entropic in violation of Section 13 of the Employment Agreement; (v) Employee’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or any felony or crime of moral turpitude. Notwithstanding the above, Entropic may not terminate Employee’s employment for Cause under sections I.5 (iii) or (iv) above unless Entropic has first given Employee written notice of the offending conduct and a thirty (30)-day opportunity to cure such conduct. Employee’s resignation at the request of the Board of Directors for reasons other than Cause shall be deemed an involuntary termination by the Company without Cause.

 

2


1.6 Voluntary Resignation for “Good Reason.” After a Change of Control, Employee may terminate Employee’s employment with Entropic for “Good Reason” by serving notice of resignation to Entropic with a description of the circumstances giving rise to the Good Reason. For purposes of this Change of Control Agreement, “Good Reason” means: (i) the assignment to Employee of any duties, or any limitation of Employee’s responsibilities, substantially inconsistent with his positions, duties and responsibilities with Entropic immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control; (b) the relocation of the principal place of Employee’s service with Entropic to a location that is more than fifty (50) miles from Employee’s principal place of service with Entropic immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control; (c) any material reduction by Entropic of Employee’s base salary in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control (unless reductions comparable in amount and duration are concurrently made for all other employees of Entropic’s “Management Team Executives” (as that term is defined in the Employment Agreement)), or any material reduction of Employee’s 30% target for bonus compensation; provided that, the modification of the milestones Employee must meet to earn such bonus compensation and the actual amount of bonus compensation earned by Employee if lower than 30% of Employee’s base salary shall not constitute “Good Reason” under this Section; and (d) any failure by Entropic to continue to provide Employee with the opportunity to participate in any benefit or compensation plans and programs in which Employee was participating immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control, or their equivalent, including without limitation, life, disability, health, dental, medical, savings, profit sharing, stock purchase and retirement plans, if any, unless such benefit or compensation plans are modified or eliminated on a company-wide basis and provided that the modification of the milestones Employee must meet to earn the bonus described in Section 4 of the Employment Agreement shall not constitute “Good Reason” under this Section. Notwithstanding the above, Employee may not resign for Good Reason unless Employee has first given Entropic written notice of the offending conduct and a thirty (30)-day opportunity to cure such conduct.

1.7 Payment Upon Death or Disability. Neither death nor disability shall affect Entropic’s obligations hereunder.

2. At-Will Employment. Employee acknowledges that Employee continues as an at- will employee and agrees that nothing in this Change of Control Agreement is intended to or should be construed to contradict, modify or alter Employee’s at-will employment relationship with Entropic.

3. No Other Severance Benefits . Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Severance Package provided pursuant to this Change of Control Agreement is in lieu of any other severance benefits to which Employee may be eligible under any other agreement and/or Entropic severance plan or practice. In no circumstance shall employee receive the Severance Package described in this Change of Control Agreement and the Severance Package described in the Employment Agreement. Nothing in this Section 3 is intended to limit Employee’s ability to receive either the Severance Package in Section 1.1 or the Severance Package described in the Employment Agreement, provided Employee otherwise qualifies for the applicable Severance Package, but in no event shall Employee receive both.

 

3


4. General Provisions.

4.1 Severability . If any provision of this Change of Control Agreement is held by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless continue in full force without being impaired or invalidated in any way.

4.2 Successors and Assigns . The rights and obligations of Entropic under this Change of Control Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Entropic. Employee shall not be entitled to assign any of his rights or obligations under this Change of Control Agreement, other than to his estate as provided in Section 1.7.

4.3 Applicable Law . This Change of Control Agreement shall be interpreted, construed, governed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the United States of America and the State of California without regard to California’s conflict of laws rules.

4.4 Dispute Resolution . In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of this Change of Control Agreement, Employee and Entropic that all such disputes shall be fully and finally resolved by a single, neutral arbitrator through binding arbitration before JAMS under its then-existing rules for the resolution of employment disputes. The exclusive venue for the arbitration shall be San Diego, California. The arbitrator shall have the power to enter any award that could be entered by a judge of the trial court of the State of California, and only such power, and shall follow the law. The parties agree to abide by and perform any award rendered by the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall issue the award in writing and therein state the essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. Any arbitration award may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction. Entropic shall bear the costs of the arbitration filing and hearing fees and the costs of the arbitration. The prevailing party in any arbitration shall be entitled to an award of his or its reasonable attorneys fees and expert witness costs in addition to any other relief awarded by the trier of fact, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

4.5 Amendments . No amendment or modification of the terms or conditions of this Change of Control Agreement shall be valid unless in subsequent writing and signed by Employee and a duly authorized officer of Entropic with Board of Directors’ approval.

4.6 Headings . Section headings are for convenience only and shall be given no effect in the construction or interpretation of this Change of Control Agreement.

4.7 Notice . All notices made pursuant to this Change of Control Agreement, shall be given in writing, delivered by a generally recognized overnight express delivery service, and shall be made to the principal place of business of Entropic or to Employee’s residence, as applicable.

4.8 Entry Into This Agreement . This Change of Control Agreement maybe entered into by facsimile and in counterparts, all of which taken together shall be one agreement.

 

4


4.9 Conflicting Provisions . To the extent any of the provisions in this letter agreement conflict with the provisions of the Stock Option Agreement, the provisions of this letter agreement shall control.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto execute this Agreement, effective as of the date first above written.

 

EMPLOYEE:

   ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

/s/ Patrick Henry

   By:  

/s/ Patrick Henry

Name:

  Patrick Henry    Title:   CEO

Address:

  430 Snug Harbor Road    Address:   9276 Scranton Road, Ste. 200
  Newport Beach, CA 92663      San Diego, California 92121

 

5


EXHIBIT C

Form of Employee Innovations and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement

 

6


In March 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company approved an amendment to Section 1.7 of the preceding Change of Control Agreement. Section 1.7 now reads in its entirety:

1.7 Payment Upon Death or Disability. Neither death nor disability shall affect Entropic’s obligations hereunder, provided, however that neither death nor disability shall be deemed to be Cause and death or disability shall be Good Reason under this Agreement.”

 

7

Exhibit 10.14

CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Change of Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made effective as of December 1, 2005 between Entropic Communications, Inc. (“Entropic”), and Kurt Noyes (“Employee”), subject to the approval of the Entropic Board of Directors.

RECITALS

 

  A. Employee is presently employed as the Vice President of Finance and Administration for Entropic.

 

  B. Employee and Entropic desire to memorialize in writing their understanding regarding severance payments and vesting of options in the event of a Change of Control.

 

  C. Employee and Entropic acknowledge that this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to severance benefits upon change of control and supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between Employee and Entropic and all other subsidiaries or affiliates of Entropic with respect to the matters discussed herein.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the promises and of the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Effect of Certain Terminations after Change in Control.

1.1 Severance Package . If within one (I)year after a Change of Control (as that term is defined below) Employee’s employment is terminated without “Cause,” or Employee resigns for “Good Reason,” then Entropic will provide Employee with the following “Severance Package,” provided Employee complies with the conditions set forth in section 1.2 below: (i) Employee will receive a severance payment equal to six (6) months of Employee’s base salary, payable in accordance with Entropic’s normal payroll practices; (ii) six (6) months of COBRA coverage paid by the Company; and (iii) accelerated vesting of fifty percent (50%) options granted to Employee under Entropic’s stock option plans that, as of the date of such termination without Cause or voluntary resignation for Good Reason, remain unvested, to the extent permissible by law. The acceleration of vesting provision set forth in this section 1 .I is notwithstanding and in addition to any existing vesting provisions set forth in Entropic’s stock option plans.

1.2 C onditions to Receive Severance Package . The Severance Package described above will be paid provided Employee meets the following conditions: (a) Employee complies with all surviving provisions of any confidentiality or proprietary rights agreement signed by Employee; and (b) Employee executes a full general release, in a form acceptable to Entropic, releasing ell claims, known or unknown, that Employee may have against Entropic, and any subsidiary or related entity, their officers, directors, employees and agents, arising out of or any way related to Employee’s employment or termination of employment with Entropic.


1.3 280G . Notwithstanding Section 1.1 above, if it is determined that the amounts payable to Employee under this Agreement, when considered together with any other amounts payable to Employee as a result of a Change in Control (collectively, the “Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Employee’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order unless Employee elects in writing a different order (provided, however, that such election shall be subject to Company approval if made on or after the effective date of the event that triggers the Payment): reduction of cash payments; reduction of accelerated vesting of stock options; reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock option compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Employee’s stock options (i.e., earliest granted stock option cancelled last) unless Employee elects in writing a different order for cancellation.

The accounting firm engaged by Entropic for general audit purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm-so engaged by Entropic is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, Entropic shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. Entropic shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder.

The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to Employee and Entropic within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which Employee’s right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by Employee or Entropic) or such other time as requested by Employee or Entropic. If the accounting firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it shall furnish Employee and Entropic with an opinion reasonably acceptable to Employee that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Payment. Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon Employee and Entropic, except as set forth below.

If, notwithstanding any reduction described in this Section j.3, the IRS determines that Employee is liable for the Excise Tax as a result of the receipt of the payment of benefits as described above, then Employee shall be obligated to pay back to Entropic, within thirty (30) days after a final IRS determination or in the event that Employee challenges the final IRS determination, a final judicial determination, a portion of the payment equal to the “ Repayment A mount.” The Repayment Amount with respect to the payment of benefits shall be the smallest such amount, if any, as . shall be required to be paid to Entropic so that Employee’s net after-

 

2


tax proceeds with respect to any payment of benefits-(after taking into account the payment of the Excise Tax and all other applicable taxes imposed on such payment) shall be maximized. The Repayment Amount with respect to the payment of benefits shall be zero if a Repayment Amount of more than zero would not result in Employee’s net after-tax proceeds with respect to the payment of such benefits being maximized. If the Excise Tax is not eliminated pursuant to this paragraph, Employee shall pay the Excise Tax.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section I.3 , if (i) there is a reduction in the payment of benefits as described in this section, (ii) the IRS later determines that Employee is liable for the Excise Tax, the payment of which would result in the maximization of Employee’s net after-tax proceeds (calculated as if Employee’s benefits had not previously been reduced), and (iii) Employee pays the Excise Tax, then Entropic shall pay to Employee those benefits which were reduced pursuant to this section contemporaneously or as soon as administratively possible after Employee pays the Excise Tax so that Employee’s net after-tax proceeds with respect to the payment of benefits is maximized.

1.4 Change in Control . A “Change in Control” means: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of Entropic of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of Entropic; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which Entropic is a party after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prier to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the surviving entity; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Entropic after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of Entropic were transferred; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of Entropic.

1.5 Termination for “Cause .” For purposes of this Agreement, a termination for “Cause” occurs if Employee is terminated for any of the following reasons: (i) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony; (ii) theft or embezzlement, or attempted theft or embezzlement, of money or property or assets of the Company; (iii) termination consistent with the provisions and procedures of the Company’s drug policy; (iv) continued neglect of your duties in connection with your employment by the Company (not due to a physical or mental illness), which continues far at least ten (10) days after written notice of demand for compliance is delivered to you by the Company, which demand identifies the manner in which the Company believes that you have not performed such duties and the steps required to cure such failure to perform; or (v) intentional and willful engagement in misconduct which is materially injurious to the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (iv), Employee may not be terminated for Cause as a result of his failure or inability to perform assigned duties which are substantially inconsistent with his duties and responsibilities in effect during the year preceding the Change in Control (or such shorter period of time as Employee was employed by Entropic). Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses, your employment shall not :- be deemed to be terminated for Cause, and no other action shall be taken by the Company which is adverse to you thereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a statement of the basis for Cause, signed and approved by an officer of the Company.

1.6 Voluntary Resignation for “Good Reason.” After a Change in Control, Employee may terminate Employee’s employment with Entropic for “Good Reason” by serving notice of resignation to Entropic with a description of the circumstances giving rise to the Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means: (a) the assignment to Employee of any

 

3


duties, or any limitation of Employee’s responsibilities, substantially inconsistent with his positions, duties, responsibilities and status with Entropic immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control, (b) the relocation of the principal place of Employee’s service with Entropic to a location that is more than fifty (50) miles from Employee’s principal place of service with Entropic immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control, (c) any material reduction by Entropic of Employee’s base salary in effect immediately prior to the: date of the Change of Control (unless reductions comparable in amount and duration are concurrently made for all other employees of Entropic with responsibilities, organizational level and title comparable to Employee) or (iv) any failure by Entropic to continue to provide Employee with the opportunity to participate in any benefit or compensation plans and programs in which Employee was participating immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control, or their equivalent.

1.7 Payment Upon Death or Disability . Neither death nor disability shall affect Entropic’s obligations hereunder, provided however that neither death nor disability shall be deemed to be Cause and death or disability shall be Good Reason under this agreement.

 

2. At-Will Employment . Employee acknowledges that Employee continues as an at-will employee and agrees that nothing in this Agreement is intended to or should be construed to contradict, modify or alter Employee’s at-will employment relationship with Entropic.

 

3. No Other Severance Benefits . Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Severance Package provided pursuant to this Agreement is in lieu of any other severance benefits to which Employee may be eligible under any other agreement and/or Entropic severance plan or practice.

 

4. General Provisions.

4.1 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless continue in full force without being impaired or invalidated in any way.

4.2 Successors and Assigns . The rights and obligations of Entropic under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Entropic. Employee shall not be entitled to assign any of his rights or obligations under this Agreement, other than to his estate as provided in section 1.7.

4.3 Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed, governed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the United States of America and the State of California. Each of the parties irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in San Diego, California, as applicable, for any matter arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

4.4 Amendments . No amendment or modification of the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in subsequent writing and signed by the parties thereto.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto execute this Agreement, effective as of the date first above written.

 

EMPLOYEE:

     ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

/s/ Kurt Noyes

     By:  

/s/ Patrick Henry

Name:

  Kurt Noyes      Title:   President & CEO

Address:

  8885 Calle Perico      Address:   9276 Scranton Road, Ste. 200
  San Diego, CA 92129        San Diego, CA 92121

 

5

Exhibit 10.15

CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Change of Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made effective as of February 8, 2004 between Entropic Communications, Inc. (“Entropic”), and Michael Economy (“Employee”), subject to the approval of the Entropic Board of Directors.

RECITALS

 

  A. Employee is presently employed as the Vice President of Sales for Entropic.

 

  B. Employee and Entropic desire to memorialize in writing their understanding regarding severance payments and vesting of options in the event of a Change of Control.

 

  C. Employee and Entropic acknowledge that this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to severance benefits upon change of control and supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between Employee and Entropic and all other subsidiaries or affiliates of Entropic with respect to the matters discussed herein.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the promises and of the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

1. Effect of Certain Terminations after Change in Control .

1.1 Severance Package . If within one (I) year after a Change of Control (as that term is defined Below) Employee’s employment is terminated without “Cause,” or Employee resigns for “Good Reason,” then Entropic will provide Employee with the following “Severance Package,” provided Employee complies with the conditions set forth in section 1.2 below: (i) Employee will receive a severance payment equal to six (6) months of Employee’s base salary, payable in accordance with Entropic’s normal payroll practices; (ii) six (6) months of COBRA coverage paid by the Company; and (iii) accelerated vesting of fifty percent (50%) options granted to Employee under Entropic’s stock option plans that, as of the date of such termination without Cause or voluntary resignation for Good Reason, remain unexercised and unvested, to the extent permissible by law. The acceleration of vesting provision set forth in this section 1.1 is notwithstanding and in addition to any existing vesting provisions set forth in Entropic’s stock option plans.

1.2 Conditions to Receive Severance Package . The Severance Package described above will be paid provided Employee meets the following conditions: (a) Employee complies with all surviving provisions of any confidentiality or proprietary rights agreement signed by Employee; and (b) Employee executes a full general release, in a form acceptable to Entropic, releasing all claims, known or unknown, that Employee may have against Entropic, and any subsidiary or related entity, their officers, directors, employees and agents, arising out of or any way related to Employee’s employment or termination of employment with Entropic.

1.3 280G . Notwithstanding section 1 .I above, if it is determined that the amounts payable to Employee under this Agreement, when considered together with any other


amounts payable to Employee as a result of a Change in Control, cause such payments to be treated as excess parachute payments within the meaning of :—Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, Entropic shall reduce the amount payable to Employee under this section 1.1 (to the least extent possible) to an amount that will not subject Employee to the imposition of tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code

1.4 Change in Contro l. A “Change in Control” means: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of Entropic of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of Entropic; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which Entropic is a party after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the surviving entity; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Entropic after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the corporation or other business entity to which the assets .of Entropic were transferred; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of Entropic.

1.5 Termination for “Cause.” For purposes of this Agreement, a termination for “Cause” occurs if Employee is terminated for any of the following reasons: (i) theft, dishonesty, or falsification of any Entropic documents or records; (ii) improper use or disclosure of Entropic’s confidential or proprietary information; (iii) any action by Employee which has a detrimental effect on Entropic’s reputation or business; (iv) Employee’s failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from Entropic of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (v) Employee’s material breach of Employee’s offer letter s agreement with Entropic, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vi) Employee’s conviction (including a plea of guilty or no contest) of any criminal act which impairs her ability to perform her duties as an employee of Entropic. Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (iii), Employee may not be terminated for Cause . as a result of his failure or inability to perform assigned duties which are substantially inconsistent with his duties and responsibilities in effect during the year preceding the Change in Control (or such shorter period of time as Employee was employed by Entropic).

1.6 Voluntary Resignation for “Good Reason.” After a Change in Control, Employee may terminate Employee’s employment with Entropic for “Good Reason by serving notice of resignation to Entropic with a description of the circumstances giving rise to the Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means: (a) the assignment to Employee of any duties, or any limitation of Employee’s responsibilities, substantially reducing his position, duties, responsibilities and status with Entropic immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control, (b) the relocation of the principal place of Employee’s service with Entropic to a location that is more than fifty (50) miles from Employee’s principal place of service with Entropic immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control, (c) any material reduction by Entropic of Employee’s base salary in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control (unless reductions comparable in amount and duration are concurrently made for all other employees of Entropic with responsibilities, organizational level and title comparable to Employee) or (d) any failure by Entropic to continue to provide Employee with the opportunity to participate in any benefit or—compensation plans and programs in which Employee was participating immediately prior to the date of the Change of control, or their equivalent.

1.7 Payment Upon Death or Disability . Neither death nor disability shall affect Entropic’s obligations hereunder.

2. At-Will Employment . Employee acknowledges that Employee continues as an at-will employee and agrees that nothing in this Agreement is intended to or should be construed to contradict, modify or alter Employee’s at-will employment relationship with Entropic.

 

2


3. No Other Severance Benefits . Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Severance Package provided pursuant to this Agreement is in lieu of any other severance benefits to which Employee may be eligible under any other agreement and/or Entropic severance plan or practice.

4. General Provisions .

4.1 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless continue in full force without being impaired or invalidated in any way.

4.2 Successors and Assigns . The rights and obligations of Entropic under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Entropic. Employee shall not be entitled to assign any of his rights or obligations under this Agreement, other than to his estate as provided in section 1.7.

4.3 Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed, governed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the United States of America and the State of California. Each of the parties irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in San Diego, California, as applicable, for any matter arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

4.4 Amendments . No amendment or modification of the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in subsequent writing and signed by the parties thereto.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto execute this Agreement, effective as of the date first above written.

 

EMPLOYEE:     ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
/s/ Michael Economy       /s/ Patrick C. Henry
NAME:   Michael Economy     By:   Patrick C. Henry, President and CEO
Address:  

127 Capistrano Place

Los Gatos, CA 95032

    Address:  

9276 Scranton Road, Ste. 200

San Diego, CA 92121

 

4

Exhibit 10.16

CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Change of Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made effective as of August 4, 2005 between Entropic Communications, Inc. (“Entropic”) and Andre Chartrand (“Employee”), subject to the approval of the Entropic Board of Directors.

RECITALS

 

  A. Employee is presently employed as the Vice President for Entropic.

 

  B. Employee and Entropic desire to memorialize in writing their understanding regarding severance payments and vesting of options in the event of a Change of Control.

 

  C. Employee and Entropic acknowledge that this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to severance benefits upon change of control and supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between Employee and Entropic and all other subsidiaries or affiliates of Entropic with respect to the matters discussed herein.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the promises and of the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

1. Effect of Certain Terminations after Change in Control.

1.1 Severance Package . If within one (1) year after a Change of Control (as that term is defined below) Employee’s employment is terminated without “Cause,” or Employee resigns for “Good Reason,” then Entropic will provide Employee with the following “Severance Package,” provided Employee complies with the conditions set forth in section 1.2 below: (i) Employee will receive a severance payment equal to six (6) months of Employee’s base salary, payable in accordance with Entropic’s normal payroll practices; (ii) six (6) months of COBRA coverage paid by the Company; and (iii) accelerated vesting of fifty percent (50%) options granted to Employee under Entropic’s stock option plans that, as of the date of such termination without Cause or voluntary resignation for Good Reason, remain unexercised and unvested, to the extent permissible by law. The acceleration of vesting provision set forth in this section 1.1 is notwithstanding and in addition to any existing vesting provisions set forth in Entropic’s stock option plans.

1.2 Conditions to Receive Severance Package. The Severance Package described above will be paid provided Employee meets the following conditions: (a) Employee complies with all surviving provisions of any confidentiality or proprietary rights agreement signed by Employee; and (b) Employee executes a full general release, in a form acceptable to Entropic, releasing all claims, known or unknown, that Employee may have against Entropic, and any subsidiary or related entity, their officers, directors, employees and agents, arising out of or any way related to Employee’s employment or termination of employment with Entropic.


1.3 280G . Notwithstanding section 1.1 above, if it is determined that the amounts payable to Employee under this Agreement, when considered together with any other amounts payable to Employee as a result of a Change in Control, cause such payments to be treated as excess parachute payments within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, Entropic shall reduce the amount payable to Employee under this section 1 .I (to the least extent possible) to an amount that will not subject Employee to the imposition of tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code.

1.4 Change in Control . A “Change in Control” means: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of Entropic of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of Entropic; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which Entropic is a party after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the surviving entity; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Entropic after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of Entropic were transferred; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of Entropic.

1.5 Termination for “Cause.” For purposes of this Agreement, a termination for “Cause” occurs if Employee is terminated for any of the following reasons: (i) theft, dishonesty, or falsification of any Entropic documents or records; (ii) improper use or disclosure of Entropic’s confidential or proprietary information; (iii) any action by Employee which has a detrimental effect on Entropic’s reputation or business; (iv) Employee’s failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from Entropic of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (v) Employee’s material breach of Employee’s offer letter agreement with Entropic, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; Or (vi) Employee’s conviction (including a plea of guilty or no contest) of any criminal act which impairs her ability to perform her duties as an employee of Entropic. Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (iii), Employee may not be terminated for Cause as result of his failure or inability to perform assigned duties which are substantially inconsistent with his duties and responsibilities in effect during the year preceding the Change in Control (or such shorter period of time as Employee was employed by Entropic).

1.6 Voluntary Resignation for “Good Reason.” After a Change in Control, Employee may terminate Employee’s employment with Entropic for “Good Reason” by serving notice of resignation to Entropic with a description of the circumstances giving rise to the Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means: (a) the assignment to Employee of any duties, or any limitation of Employee’s responsibilities, substantially inconsistent with his positions , duties, responsibilities and status with Entropic immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control, (b) the relocation of the principal place of Employee’s service with Entropic to a location that is more than fifty (50) miles from Employee’s principal place of service with Entropic immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control, (c) any material reduction by Entropic of Employee’s base salary in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control (unless reductions comparable in amount and duration are concurrently made

 

2


for all other employees of Entropic with responsibilities, . organizational level and title comparable to Employee) or (iv) any failure by Entropic to continue to provide Employee with the opportunity to participate in any benefit or compensation plans and programs in which Employee was participating immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control, or their equivalent.

1.7 Payment Upon Death or Disability . Neither death nor disability shall affect Entropic’s obligations hereunder, provided however that neither death nor ,disability shall be deemed to be Cause for Good Reason under this agreement.

2. At-Will Employment . Employee acknowledges that Employee continues as an at-will employee and agrees that nothing in this Agreement is intended to or should be construed to contradict, modify or alter Employee’s at-will employment relationship with Entropic.

3. No Other Severance Benefits . Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Severance Package provided pursuant to this Agreement is in lieu of any other severance benefits to which Employee may be eligible under any other agreement and/or Entropic severance plan or practice.

4. General Provisions.

4.1 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless continue in full force without being impaired or invalidated in any way.

4.2 Successors and Assigns . The rights and obligations of Entropic under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Entropic. Employee shall not be entitled to assign any of his rights or obligations under this Agreement, other than to his estate as provided in section 1.7.

4.3 Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed, governed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the United States of America and the State of California. Each of the parties irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in San Diego, California, as applicable, for any matter arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

4.4 Amendments . No amendment or modification of the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in subsequent writing and signed by the parties thereto.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto execute this Agreement, effective as of the date first above written.

 

EMPLOYEE     ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

/s/ Andre Chartrand

    By:  

/s/ Lynda Woodley

Name:   Andre Chartrand     Title:   Manager Human Resources and Recruitment
Address:  

91 Hatterton Road

Newtown, CT

    Address:  

9276 Scranton Road, Ste. 200

San Diego, CA 92121

 

4

Exhibit 10.17

CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Change of Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made effective as of January 19, 2005 between Entropic Communications, Inc. (“Entropic”), and Anton Monk (“Employee”), subject to the approval of the Entropic Board of Directors.

RECITALS

Employee is presently employed as the Vice President of Engineering for Entropic. Employee and Entropic desire to memorialize in writing their understanding regarding severance payments and vesting of options in the event of a Change of Control. Employee and Entropic acknowledge that this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to severance benefits upon change of control and supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between Employee and Entropic and all other subsidiaries or affiliates of Entropic with respect to the matters discussed herein.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the promises and of the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

1. Effect of Certain Terminations after Change in Control .

1.1 Severance Package . If within one (1) year after a Change of Control (as that term is defined below) Employee’s employment is terminated without “Cause,” or Employee resigns for good “Reason,” then Entropic will provide Employee with the following “Severance Package,” provided Employee complies with the conditions set forth in section I.2 below: (i) Employee will receive a severance payment equal to six (6) months of Employee’s base salary, payable in accordance with Entropic’s normal payroll practices; (ii) six (6) months of COBRA coverage paid by the Company; and (iii) accelerated vesting of fifty percent (50%) options granted to Employee under Entropic’s stock option plans that, as of the date of such termination without Cause or voluntary resignation for Good Reason, remain unvested, to the extent permissible by law. The acceleration of vesting provision set forth in this section 1.1 is notwithstanding and in addition to any existing vesting provisions set forth in Entropic’s stock option plans.

1.2 Conditions to Receive Severance Package . The Severance Package described above will be paid provided Employee meets the following conditions: (a) Employee complies with all surviving provisions of any confidentiality or proprietary rights agreement signed by Employee; and (b) Employee executes a full general release, in a form acceptable to Entropic* releasing all claims, known or unknown, that Employee may have against Entropic, and any subsidiary or related entity, their officers, directors, employees and agents, arising out of or any way related to Employee’s employment or termination of employment with Entropic.

1.3 280G . Notwithstanding section 1 .I above, if it is determined that the amounts payable to Employee under this Agreement, when considered together . with any other amounts payable to Employee as a result of a Change in Control (collectively, the “Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the—meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment


shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Employee’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order unless Employee elects in writing a different order (provided, however, that such election shall be subject to Company approval if made on or after the effective date of the event that: triggers the Payment): reduction of cash payments; reduction of accelerated vesting of stock options; reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock option compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Employee’s stock options (i.e. earliest granted stock option cancelled last) unless Employee elects in writing a different order for cancellation.

The accounting firm engaged by Entropic for general audit purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by Entropic is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, Entropic shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. Entropic shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder.

The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to Employee and Entropic within fifteen (j5) calendar days after the date on which Employee’s right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by Employee or Entropic) or such other time as requested by Employee or Entropic. If the accounting firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it shall furnish Employee and Entropic with an opinion reasonably acceptable to Employee that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Payment. Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon Employee and Entropic, except as set forth below.

If, notwithstanding any reduction described in this Section 1.3, the IRS determines that Employee is liable for the Excise Tax as a result of the receipt of the Payment of benefits as described above, then Employee shall be obligated to pay back to Entropic, within thirty (30) days after a final IRS determination or in the event that Employee challenges the final IRS determination, a final judicial determination, a . portion of the payment equal to the “Repayment Amount.” The Repayment Amount with respect to the payment of benefits shall be the smallest such amount, if any, as—shall be required to be paid to Entropic so that Employee’s net after-tax proceeds with respect to any payment of benefits (after taking into account the payment of the Excise Tax and all other applicable taxes imposed on such payment) shall be maximized. The Repayment Amount with respect to the payment of benefits shall be zero if a Repayment Amount of more than zero would not result in Employee’s net after-tax proceeds with respect to the payment of such benefits being maximized. If the Excise Tax is not eliminated pursuant to this paragraph, Employee shall pay the Excise Tax.


Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.3, if (i) there is a reduction in the payment of benefits as described in this section, (ii) the IRS later determines that Employee is liable for the Excise Tax, the payment of which would result in the maximization of Employee’s net after-tax proceeds (calculated as if Employee’s benefits had not previously been reduced), and (iii) Employee pays the Excise Tax, then Entropic shall pay to Employee those benefits which were reduced pursuant to this section contemporaneously or as soon as administratively possible after Employee pays the Excise Tax so that Employee’s net after-tax proceeds with respect to the payment of benefits is maximized.

1.4 Change in Control . A “Change in Control” means: (i) the direct or indirectly state or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of Entropic of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of Entropic; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which Entropic is a party after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (.50%) of the voting securities of the surviving entity; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Entropic after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of Entropic were transferred; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of Entropic.

1.5 Termination for “Cause.” For purposes of this Agreement, a termination for “Cause” occurs if Employee is terminated for any of the following reasons: (i) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony; (ii) theft or embezzlement, or attempted theft or embezzlement, of money or property or assets of the Company; (iii) termination consistent with the provisions and procedures of the Company’s drug policy; (iv) continued neglect of your duties in connection with your employment by the Company (not due to a physical or mental illness), which continues for at least ten (1 0) days after written notice of demand for compliance is delivered to you by the Company, which demand identifies the manner in which the Company believes that you have not performed such duties and the steps required to cure such failure to perform; or (v) intentional and willful engagement in misconduct which is materially injurious to the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (iv), Employee may not be terminated for Cause as a result of his failure or inability to perform assigned duties which are substantially inconsistent with his duties and responsibilities in effect during the year preceding the Change in Control (or such shorter period of time as Employee was employed by Entropic).

Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses, your employment shall not be deemed to be terminated for Cause, and no other action shall be taken by the Company which is adverse to you hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a statement of the basis for Cause, signed and approved by an officer of the Company.

1.6 Voluntary Resignation for “Good Reason.” After a Change in Control, Employee may terminate Employee’s employment with Entropic for “Good Reason” by serving notice of resignation to Entropic with a description of the circumstances giving rise to the Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means: (a) the assignment to Employee of any duties, or any limitation of Employee’s responsibilities, substantially inconsistent with his positions, duties, responsibilities and status with Entropic immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control, (b) the relocation of the principal place of Employee’s service with Entropic to a location that is more than fifty (50)  miles from Employee’s principal place of service with Entropic immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control, (c) any material reduction by Entropic of Employee’s base salary in effect immediately prior to the date


of the Change of Control (unless reductions comparable in amount and duration are concurrently made for all other employees of Entropic with responsibilities, organizational level and title comparable to Employee) or (iv) any failure by Entropic to continue to provide Employee with the opportunity to participate in any benefit or compensation plans and programs in which Employee was participating immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control, or their equivalent.

1.7 Payment Upon Death or Disability . Neither death nor disability shall affect Entropic’s obligations hereunder, provided however that neither death nor disability shall be deemed to be Cause and death or disability shall be Good Reason under this agreement.

2. At-Will Employment . Employee acknowledges that Employee continues as an at-will employee and agrees that nothing in this Agreement is intended to or should be construed to contradict, modify or alter Employee’s at-will employment relationship with Entropic.

3. No Other Severance Benefits . Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Severance Package provided pursuant to this Agreement is in lieu of any other severance benefits to which Employee may be eligible under any other agreement and/or Entropic severance plan or practice.

4. General Provisions.

4.1 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless continue in full force without being impaired or invalidated in any way.

4.2 Successors and Assigns . The rights and obligations of Entropic under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the , successors and assigns of Entropic. Employee shall not be entitled to assign any of his rights or obligations under this Agreement, other than to his estate as provided in section 1.7.

4.3 Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed, governed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the United States of America and the State of California. Each of the parties irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in San Diego, California, as applicable, for any matter arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

4.4 Amendments . No amendment or modification of the terms-or conditions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in subsequent writing and signed by the parties thereto.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto execute this Agreement, effective as of the date first above written.

 

EMPLOYEE:     ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

/s/ Anton Monk

    By:  

/s/ Illegible

Name:   Anton Monk     Title:   Director of Finance, Assistant Secretary
Address:  

5706 Willowmere Ln

San Diego, CA 92130

    Address:  

9276 Scranton Road, Ste. 200

San Diego, California 92121

Exhibit 10.18

LOGO

EMPLOYEE INNOVATIONS AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is intended to formalize in writing certain understandings and procedures which have been in effect since the time I was initially employed by Entropic Communications, Inc. (“ Company ”). In return for my new or continued employment by Company and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which I hereby acknowledge, I acknowledge and agree that:

1. Prior Work . All previous work done by me for Company relating in any way to the conception, reduction to practice, creation, derivation, design, development, manufacture, sale or support of products or services for Company is the property of Company, and I hereby assign to Company all of my right, title and interest in and to such previous work.

2. Proprietary Information . My employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between Company and me with respect to any information:

(a) Applicable to the business of Company; or

(b) Applicable to the business of any client or customer of Company, which may be made known to me by Company or by any client or customer of Company, or learned by me in such context during the period of my employment.

All such information has commercial value in the business in which Company is engaged and is hereinafter called “ Proprietary Information .” By way of illustration, but not limitation, Proprietary Information includes any and all technical and non-technical information including patent, copyright, trade secret, and proprietary information, techniques, sketches, drawings, models, inventions, know-how, processes, apparatus, equipment, algorithms, software programs, software source documents, and formulae related to the current, future and proposed products and services of Company, and includes, without limitation, respective information concerning research, experimental work, development, design details and specifications, engineering, financial information, procurement requirements, purchasing manufacturing, customer lists, business forecasts, sales and merchandising and marketing plans and information. “Proprietary Information” also includes proprietary or confidential information of any third party who may disclose such information to Company or to me in the course of Company’s business.

3. Ownership and Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information . All Proprietary Information is the sole property of Company, Company’s assigns, and Company’s customers, and Company, Company’s assigns and Company’s customers shall be the sole and exclusive owner of all patents, copyrights, mask works, trade secrets and other rights in the Proprietary Information. I hereby do and will assign to Company all rights, title and interest I may have or acquire in the Proprietary Information. At all times, both during my employment by Company and after termination of such employment, I will keep in confidence and trust all Proprietary Information, and I will not use or disclose any Proprietary Information or anything directly relating to Proprietary Information without the written consent of Company, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing my duties as an employee of Company.

 

1


4. Ownership and Return of Materials . All materials (including, without limitation, documents, drawings, models, apparatus, sketches, designs, lists, and all other tangible media of expression) furnished to me by Company shall remain the property of Company. Upon termination of my employment, or at any time on the request of Company before termination, I will promptly (but no later than fifteen (15) days after the earlier of my employment’s termination or Company’s request) destroy or deliver to Company, at Company’s option, (a) all materials furnished to me by Company, (b) all tangible media of expression which are in my possession and which incorporate any Proprietary Information or otherwise relate to Company’s business, and (c) written certification of my compliance with my obligations under this sentence.

5. Innovations . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Innovations ” means all processes, machines, manufactures, compositions of matter, improvements, inventions (whether or not protectable under patent laws), works of authorship, information fixed in any tangible medium of expression (whether or not protectable under copyright laws), moral rights, mask works, trademarks, trade names, trade dress, trade secrets, know-how, ideas (whether or not protectable under trade secret laws), and all other subject matter protectable under patent, copyright, moral right, mask work, trademark, trade secret or other laws, and includes without limitation all new or useful art, combinations, discoveries, formulae, manufacturing techniques, technical developments, discoveries, artwork, software, and designs. “Innovations” includes “ Inventions ,” which is defined to mean any inventions protected under patent laws.

6. Disclosure of Prior Innovations . I have identified on Exhibit A (“Prior Innovations”) attached hereto all Innovations, applicable to the business of Company or relating in any way to Company’s business or demonstrably anticipated research and development or business, which were conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made by me prior to my employment with Company (collectively, the “ Prior Innovations ”), and I represent that such list is complete. I represent that I have no rights in any such Innovations other than those Prior Innovations specified in Exhibit A (“Prior Innovations”). If there is no such list on Exhibit A (“Prior Innovations”), I represent that I have neither conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed nor made any such Prior Innovations at the time of signing this Agreement.

7. Assignment of Innovations; License of Prior Innovations . I hereby agree promptly to disclose and describe to Company, and I hereby do and will assign to Company or Company’s designee my entire right, title, and interest in and to, (a) each of the Innovations (including Inventions), and any associated intellectual property rights, which I may solely or jointly conceive, reduce to practice, create, derive, develop or make during the period of my employment with Company, which either (i) relate, at the time of conception, reduction to practice, creation, derivation, development, or making of such Innovation, to Company’s business or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (ii) were developed on any amount of Company’s time or with the use of any of Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information, or (iii) resulted from any work I performed for Company, and (b) each of the Innovations which is not an Invention (as demonstrated by me by evidence meeting the clear and convincing standard of proof), and any associated intellectual property

 

2


rights, which I may solely or jointly conceive, develop, reduce to practice, create, derive, develop, or make during the period of my employment with Company, which are applicable to the business of Company (collectively, the Innovations identified in clauses (a) and (b) are hereinafter the “ Company Innovations ”). To the extent any of the rights, title and interest in and to Company Innovations cannot be assigned by me to Company, I hereby grant to Company an exclusive, royalty-free, transferable, irrevocable, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to practice such non-assignable rights, title and interest. To the extent any of the rights, title and interest in and to Company Innovations can be neither assigned nor licensed by me to Company, I hereby irrevocably waive and agree never to assert such non-assignable and non-licensable rights, title and interest against Company or any of Company’s successors in interest to such non-assignable and non-licensable rights. I hereby grant to Company or Company’s designees a royalty free, irrevocable, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to practice all applicable patent, copyright, moral right, mask work, trade secret and other intellectual property rights relating to any Prior Innovations which I incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, in any Company Innovations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I agree that I will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, any Prior Innovations in any Company Innovations without Company’s prior written consent.

8. Cooperation in Perfecting Rights to Proprietary Information and Innovations .

(a) I agree to perform, during and after my employment, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by Company to permit and assist Company, at Company’s expense, in obtaining and enforcing the full benefits, enjoyment, rights and title throughout the world in the Proprietary Information and Innovations assigned or licensed to, or whose rights are irrevocably waived and shall not be asserted against, Company under this Agreement. Such acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents and assistance or cooperation (i) in the filing, prosecution, registration, and memorialization of assignment of any applicable patents, copyrights, mask work, or other applications, (ii) in the enforcement of any applicable patents, copyrights, mask work, moral rights, trade secrets, or other proprietary rights, and (iii) in other legal proceedings related to the Proprietary Information or Innovations.

(b) In the event that Company is unable for any reason to secure my signature to any document required to file, prosecute, register, or memorialize the assignment of any patent, copyright, mask work or other applications or to enforce any patent, copyright, mask work, moral right, trade secret or other proprietary right under any Proprietary Information (including improvements thereof) or any Innovations (including derivative works, improvements, renewals, extensions, continuations, divisionals, continuations in part, continuing patent applications, reissues, and reexaminations thereof), I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint Company and Company’s duly authorized officers and agents as my agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on my behalf and instead of me, (i) to execute, file, prosecute, register and memorialize the assignment of any such application, (ii) to execute and file any documentation required for such enforcement, and (iii) to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the filing, prosecution, registration, memorialization of assignment, issuance, and enforcement of patents, copyrights, mask works, moral rights, trade secrets or other rights under the Proprietary Information, or Innovations, all with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.

 

3


9. No Violation of Rights of Third Parties . My performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me prior to my employment with Company, and I will not disclose to Company, or induce Company to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others. I am not a party to any other agreement which will interfere with my full compliance with this Agreement. I agree not to enter into any agreement, whether written or oral, in conflict with the provisions of this Agreement.

10. Survival . This Agreement (i) shall survive my employment by Company; (ii) does not in any way restrict my right or the right of Company to terminate my employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason; (iii) inures to the benefit of successors and assigns of Company; and (iv) is binding upon my heirs and legal representatives.

11. Nonassignable Inventions . This Agreement does not apply to an Invention which qualifies fully as a nonassignable invention under the provisions of Section 2870 of the California Labor Code. I acknowledge that a condition for an Invention to qualify fully as a non-assignable invention under the provisions of Section 2870 of the California Labor Code is that the invention must be protected under patent laws. I have reviewed the notification in Exhibit B (“Limited Exclusion Notification”) and agree that my signature acknowledges receipt of the notification.

12. No Solicitation . During the term of my employment with Company and for a period of two (2) years thereafter, I will not solicit, encourage, or cause others to solicit or encourage any employees of Company to terminate their employment with Company.

13. Injunctive Relief . A breach of any of the promises or agreements contained herein will result in irreparable and continuing damage to Company for which there will be no adequate remedy at law, and Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and/or a decree for specific performance, and such other relief as may be proper (including monetary damages if appropriate).

14. Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows, with notice deemed given as indicated: (a) by personal delivery, when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier, upon written verification of receipt; (c) by telecopy or facsimile transmission, upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notices to me shall be sent to any address in Company’s records or such other address as I may specify in writing. Notices to Company shall be sent to Company’s Human Resources Department or to such other address as Company may specify in writing.

15. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the United States of America and by the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied to agreements entered into and to be performed entirely within California between California residents. Each of the parties irrevocably consents to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the

 

4


federal and state courts located in California, as applicable, for any matter arising out of or relating to this Agreement, except that in actions seeking to enforce any order or any judgment of such federal or state courts located in California, such personal jurisdiction shall be nonexclusive.

16. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of law to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (i) that provision shall be deemed amended to achieve as nearly as possible the same economic effect as the original provision, and (ii) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

17. Waiver; Amendment; Modification . The waiver by Company of a term or provision of this Agreement, or of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by me, shall not be effective unless such waiver is in writing signed by Company. No waiver by Company of, or consent by Company to, a breach by me, will constitute a waiver of, consent to or excuse of any other or subsequent breach by me. This Agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of both me and Company. No oral waiver, amendment or modification shall be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

18. Entire Agreement . This Agreement represents my entire understanding with Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all previous understandings, written or oral.

I certify and acknowledge that I have carefully read all of the provisions of this Agreement and that I understand and will fully and faithfully comply with such provisions.

 

COMPANY:

    EMPLOYEE:

Entropic Communications, Inc.

   

By:

 

 

    By:  

 

Title:

 

 

    Printed Name:  

 

Dated:

 

 

    Dated:  

 

 

5


EXHIBIT A

Prior Innovations

 

6


EXHIBIT B

Limited Exclusion Notificaiton

THIS IS TO NOTIFY you in accordance with Section 2872 of the California Labor Code that the foregoing Agreement between you and Company does not require you to assign or offer to assign to Company any invention that you developed entirely on your own time without using Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

1. Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to Company’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of Company; or

2. Result from any work performed by you for Company.

To the extent a provision in the foregoing Agreement purports to require you to assign an invention otherwise excluded from the preceding paragraph, the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

This limited exclusion does not apply to any patent or invention covered by a contract between Company and the United States or any of its agencies requiring full title to such patent or invention to be in the United States.

I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT of a copy of this notification.

 

By:

 

 

 

(Printed Name of Employee)

Date:

 

 

 

1

Exhibit 10.19

LOGO

September 1, 2004

Mr. Amir Mashkoori

16131 Azalea Way

Los Gatos, CA 95032

Dear Amir:

This letter outlines the terms of a proposed appointment of you to an open board of directors seat at Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

  1. Stock Option. In connection with your acceptance as a member of the board of directors of the Company, the Company will grant you an option to purchase 320,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock with an exercise price equal to fair market value on the date of the grant. These option shares will vest over a four-year period with a 25% one-year cliff, in accordance with the standard option plan approved by the Company’s board of directors. Vesting will, of course, depend on your continued service as a member of the board of directors with the Company. The option will be a nonstatutory stock option and will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

 

  2. Expense Reimbursement. The Company shall promptly reimburse you for all expenses associated with your attendance at the Company’s board of directors meetings providing that (i) the expenditures are of a nature qualifying them as legitimate and reasonable business expenses, and (ii) you furnish to the Company adequate records and other documentary evidence reasonably required by the Company to substantiate the expenditures.

 

  3. Change of Control. In the case of a Change of Control of the Company, if a board seat in the surviving company is not offered to you, vesting would be accelerated for 100 percent for any unvested stock options then held by you. A “Change in Control” means: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of Entropic of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of Entropic; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which Entropic is a party after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the

9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200 • San Diego, CA 92121 • 858.625.3200 Main / 858.546.2409 Fax


     surviving entity; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Entropic after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of Entropic were transferred; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of Entropic.

 

  4. Duration of Appointment. The Company expects your commitment to the Company will be for four years from the date of appointment. If you resign or you are removed from the board by a shareholder vote, vesting of your stock option will cease.

 

  5. D&O Insurance. The Company will provide you with the appropriate board of directors insurance.

We hope that you find the foregoing terms acceptable. You may indicate your agreement with these terms by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and returning it to me.

Amir, we look forward with enthusiasm to your acceptance of our offer and to the commencement of your duties as a member of the board of directors of the Company.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Patrick C. Henry

Patrick Henry
President & CEO
Entropic Communications, Inc.

Agreed and acknowledged:

 

By:  

/s/ Amir Mashkoori

  Amir Mashkoori

Dated: September 30, 2004

9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200 • San Diego, CA 92121 • 858.625.3200 Main / 858.546.2409 Fax

Exhibit 10.20

LOGO

November 23, 2004

Mr. Umesh Padval

1370 Corinne Lane

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Dear Umesh:

This letter outlines the terms of a proposed appointment of you to an open board of directors seat at Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

  1. Stock Option. In connection with your acceptance as a member of the board of directors of the Company, the Company will grant you an option to purchase 320,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock with an exercise price equal to fair market value on the date of the grant. These option shares will vest over a four-year period with a 25% one-year cliff, in accordance with the standard option plan approved by the Company’s board of directors. Vesting will, of course, depend on your continued service as a member of the board of directors with the Company. The option will be a nonstatutory stock option and will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

 

  2. Expense Reimbursement. The Company shall promptly reimburse you for all expenses associated with your attendance at the Company’s board of directors meetings providing that (i) the expenditures are of a nature qualifying them as legitimate and reasonable business expenses, and (ii) you furnish to the Company adequate records and other documentary evidence reasonably required by the Company to substantiate the expenditures.

 

  3. Change of Control. In the case of a Change of Control of the Company, if a board seat in the surviving company is not offered to you, vesting would be accelerated for 100 percent for any unvested stock options then held by you. A “Change in Control” means: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of Entropic of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of Entropic; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which Entropic is a party after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the

9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200 • San Diego, CA 92121 • 858.625.3200 Main / 858.546.2409 Fax


     surviving entity; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Entropic after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of Entropic were transferred; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of Entropic.

 

  4. Duration of Appointment. The Company expects your commitment to the Company will be for four years from the date of appointment. If you resign or you are removed from the board by a shareholder vote, vesting of your stock option will cease.

 

  5. D&O Insurance. The Company will provide you with the appropriate board of directors insurance.

We hope that you find the foregoing terms acceptable. You may indicate your agreement with these terms by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and returning it to me.

Umesh, we look forward with enthusiasm to your acceptance of our offer and to the commencement of your duties as a member of the board of directors of the Company.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Patrick C. Henry

Patrick Henry
President & CEO
Entropic Communications, Inc.

 

Agreed and acknowledged:
By:  

/s/ Umesh Padval

  Umesh Padval

Dated:                      , 2004

9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200 • San Diego, CA 92121 • 858.625.3200 Main / 858.546.2409 Fax

Exhibit 10.21

LOGO

April 11,2005

Mr. Rouzbeh Yassini

300 Brickstone Square

Andover, MA 01810

Dear Rouzbeh:

In consideration for your agreement to continue to serve on the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “Company”), the Company agrees as follows:

 

  1. Stock Option. The Company will grant you an option (the “Option”) to purchase 320,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, with an exercise price equal to fair market value on the date of the grant. The Option will vest over a four-year period with a 25% one-year cliff, in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “Plan”). Vesting will depend on your continued service as a member of the Board. The Option will be a nonstatutory stock option and will be subject to the terms of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

 

  2. Expense Reimbursement. The Company shall promptly reimburse you for all expenses associated with your attendance at the Board meetings provided that (i) the expenditures are of a nature qualifying them as legitimate and reasonable business expenses, and (ii) you furnish to the Company adequate records and other documentary evidence reasonably required by the Company to substantiate the expenditures.

 

  3. Change of Control. In the case of a Change of Control of the Company, if a board seat in the surviving company is not offered to you, vesting would be accelerated for 100 percent for any unvested stock options then held by you. A “Change of Control” means: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of Entropic of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of Entropic; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which Entropic is a party after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the surviving entity; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Entropic after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of Entropic were transferred; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of Entropic.

 

  4. 280G. Notwithstanding Section 3 above, if it is determined that the amounts payable to you under this Agreement, when considered together with any other amounts payable to you as a result of a Change of Control (collectively, the “Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute


payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in your receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order unless you elect in writing a different order (provided, however, that such election shall be subject to Company approval if made on or after the effective date of the event that triggers the Payment): reduction of cash payments; reduction of accelerated vesting of stock options; reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock option compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of your stock options (i.e., earliest granted stock option cancelled last) unless you elect in writing a different order for cancellation.

The accounting firm engaged by Entropic for general audit purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change of Control shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by Entropic is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, Entropic shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. Entropic shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder.

The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to you and Entropic within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which your right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by you or Entropic) or such other time as requested by you or Entropic. If the accounting firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it shall furnish you and Entropic with an opinion reasonably acceptable to you that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Payment. Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon you and Entropic, except as set forth below.

If, notwithstanding any reduction described in this Section 4, the IRS determines that you are liable for the Excise Tax as a result of the receipt of the payment of benefits as described above, then you shall be obligated to pay back to Entropic, within thirty (30) days after a final IRS determination or in the event that you challenge the final IRS determination, a final judicial determination, a portion of the payment equal to the “Repayment Amount.” The Repayment Amount with respect to the payment of benefits shall be the smallest such amount, if any, as shall be required to be paid to Entropic so that your net after-tax proceeds with respect to any payment of benefits (after taking into account the payment of the Excise Tax and all other applicable taxes imposed on such


payment) shall be maximized. The Repayment Amount with respect to the payment of benefits shall be zero if a Repayment Amount of more than zero would not result in your net after-tax proceeds with respect to the payment of such benefits being maximized. If the Excise Tax is not eliminated pursuant to this paragraph, you shall pay the Excise Tax.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4, if (i) there is a reduction in the payment of benefits as described in this section, (ii) the IRS later determines that you are liable for the Excise Tax, the payment of which would result in the maximization of your net after-tax proceeds (calculated as if your benefits had not previously been reduced), and (iii) you pay the Excise Tax, then Entropic shall pay to you those benefits which were reduced pursuant to this section contemporaneously or as soon as administratively possible after you pay the Excise Tax so that your net after-tax proceeds with respect to the payment of benefits is maximized.

 

  5. Duration of Appointment. The Company expects your commitment to the Company will be for four (4) years from the date hereof. If you resign or you are removed from the board by a stockholder vote, vesting of your Option will cease.

 

  6. D&O Insurance. The Company will provide you with the appropriate board of directors insurance.

We hope that you find the foregoing terms acceptable. You may indicate your agreement with these terms by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and returning it to me.

Rouzbeh, we look forward with enthusiasm to your acceptance of our offer and to the continuation of your duties as a member of the Board.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Patrick C. Henry

Patrick Henry
President & CEO
Entropic Communications, Inc.

 

Agreed and acknowledged:
By:  

/s/ Rouzbeh Yassini

  Mr. Rouzbeh Yassini
Dated: April 25, 2005

Exhibit 10.22

LOGO

March 25, 2007

Mr. Kenneth Merchant

28 Normandy Court

La Cañada, CA 91011

Dear Ken:

This letter outlines the terms of a proposed appointment of you to an open board of directors seat at Entropic Communications, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

  1. Stock Option. In connection with your acceptance as a member of the board of directors of the Company, the Company will grant you an option to purchase 320,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock with an exercise price equal to fair market value on the date of the grant. These option shares will vest over a four-year period with a 25% one-year cliff, in accordance with the standard option plan approved by the Company’s board of directors. Vesting will, of course, depend on your continued service as a member of the board of directors with the Company. The option will be a nonstatutory stock option and will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

 

  2. Expense Reimbursement. The Company shall promptly reimburse you for all expenses associated with your attendance at the Company’s board of directors meetings providing that (i) the expenditures are of a nature qualifying them as legitimate and reasonable business expenses, and (ii) you furnish to the Company adequate records and other documentary evidence reasonably required by the Company to substantiate the expenditures.

 

  3. Change of Control. In the case of a Change of Control of the Company, if a board seat in the surviving company is not offered to you, vesting would be accelerated for 100 percent for any unvested stock options then held by you. A “Change in Control” means: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of Entropic of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of Entropic; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which Entropic is a party after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the

9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200 • San Diego, CA 92121 • 858.625.3200 Main / 858.546.2409 Fax

 


surviving entity; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Entropic after which the stockholders of Entropic immediately prior to such transaction hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of Entropic were transferred; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of Entropic.

 

  4. Duration of Appointment. The Company expects your commitment to the Company will be for four years from the date of appointment. If you resign or you are removed from the board by a shareholder vote, vesting of your stock option will cease.

 

  5. D&O Insurance. The Company will provide you with the appropriate board of directors insurance.

If you accept this offer, your first day as an Entropic board member will be later this week when the Board approves your election by written consent. We have an in-person board meeting on April 17, but prior to that date we will have a telephonic meeting to approve a pending merger. To bring you up to speed I would be happy to brief you on the proposed acquisition at your first convenience. The board of directors is expected to approve your stock option grant on April 17 and appoint you to chair the Entropic Audit Committee on that date.

We hope that you find the foregoing terms acceptable. You may indicate your agreement with these terms by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and returning it to me.

Ken, we look forward with enthusiasm to your acceptance of our offer and to the commencement of your duties as a member of the board of directors of the Company.

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Patrick C. Henry

Patrick Henry
President & CEO
Entropic Communications, Inc.

 

Agreed and acknowledged:
By:  

/s/ Kenneth C. Merchant

  Kenneth Merchant
Dated: March 27, 2007

9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200 •San Diego, CA 92121 • 858.625.3200 Main / 858.546.2409 Fax

Exhibit 10.24

***Text Omitted and Filed Separately

with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Confidential Treatment Requested

Under 17 C.F.R. Sections 200.80(b)(4)

and 230.406

Corporate Supply Agreement

This Corporate Supply Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into on this 2nd day of March, 2006, effective as of the 1st day of September, 2004 (“Effective Date”), between Motorola, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 1303 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196 (“Motorola”), and Entropic Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200, San Diego, CA 92121 USA (“Supplier”). Motorola and Supplier may each be referred to individually as a “Party” or collectively as “Parties” to this Agreement. This Agreement is intended to be the Master Purchase Agreement referred to in the Entropic Materials License Agreement dated as of October 2004 (the “Materials License Agreement”) between Supplier and General Instrument Corporation, acting as the Broadband Communications Sector of Motorola. Motorola and Supplier agree as follows:

1. Definitions

A. References to “Motorola” or “Supplier” include their Affiliates. “Affiliate” means any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with a Party. “Control” means an entity owns or controls […***…] of the voting stock or other ownership interest of another entity.

B. “Confidential Information” means confidential or proprietary data or information disclosed by one Party to the other under this Agreement (i) in written, graphic, machine recognizable, electronic, sample, or any other visually perceptible form, which is clearly designated as “confidential” or “proprietary” at the time of disclosure, and (ii) in oral form, if it is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure, and confirmed in writing within thirty (30) days after disclosure.

C. “Customer” means any and all purchasers or licensees of Motorola.

D. “Fixes” mean the correction of a Problem which will restore or return the Software, and thus the Products, to performance in accordance with the applicable Specifications and any and all improvements that relate to performance but do not provide material New Features or Enhancements for the Software.

E. “Bypass” shall mean a temporary procedure by which a user can avoid a reported problem by changes to the procedures followed or data supplied by the user when using the Software or a temporary Fix supplied by the Supplier.

F. “Enhancement”, “Maintenance” or “Minor Release” means a new version of the Software that improves existing functionality or adds minor functionality, and continues to support the original functionality of the Software as provided to Motorola. The numbering system xx.yy is used to designate a Software release and the next higher consecutive number for “yy” will be used to designate an Enhancement, Maintenance or Minor Release.

G. “Major Release” means a release of new Software by Supplier that contains New Features or functionality. The numbering system xx.yy will be used to designate a Software release, and the next higher consecutive number for “xx” will be used to designate a Major Release.

H. “New Feature” means Software that adds substantial functionality in addition to the original functional characteristics of the Software as provided to Motorola. A New Feature shall be deemed to be a new item of Software and shall be subject to acceptance and warranty.

 

1

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


I. “Problem” means a defect, failure of performance or failure of the Software to conform to Supplier’s marketing literature provided to Motorola, the response time as warranted, the Documentation and operating manuals furnished by Supplier or the Specifications governing said Software and/or Products where such failure affects operational performance, functional performance or Motorola’s ability to license the Software to Customers.

J. “Technology” means Supplier’s Intellectual Property existing on the Effective Date and Supplier’s Intellectual Property developed during the Term of this Agreement. The term ‘Technology” shall include without limitation, (i) designs, drawings and specifications related to the Products, (ii) detailed source code files, listings, tools, encryption keys, compilers, designs, specifications, drawings, test programs, schematics, and other supporting documentation for all of the software; (iii) a complete list and description of any and all third party software that is included in the software; (iv) detailed procedures for the inspection and testing of the Products and software to ensure quality and compliance with the documentation; (v) all revised and supplemental documentation prepared or assembled by or on behalf of Supplier; (vi) any and all other improvements to any documentation made or authorized by Supplier; and (vii) detailed instructions for the use, operation, maintenance and servicing of the Products and software.

K. “Supplier’s Intellectual Property” means any and all technology, technical information, and rights therein owned or licensed from a third party by such Supplier, including, without limitation, technical data, inventions, concepts, processes, formulae, algorithms, know-how, system, apparatuses, software, designs, design elements, product features, product specifications, works of authorship, drawings, and any other technical subject matter related thereto, Including all of Supplier’s Patent Rights, copyrights, trade secrets, masks and mask works, industrial designs and other intellectual property rights therein protected under the laws of any country or the world (whether or not the rights therein are currently perfected).

L. “Patent Rights” means (a) all patent applications heretofore or hereafter filed or having legal force, in any country; (b) all patents that have issued or in the future issue there from, including utility, model and design patents and certificates of invention; and (c) all divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, re-issuances, renewals, extensions or additions to any such patent applications and patents.

M. “Third Party Materials” shall mean all third party software, firmware, tools, and other materials that are necessary to manufacture, sell and support the Product and Software.

N. “Acknowledgement” means Entropic will send an email response verifying receipt of a Report of a Problem.

O. “Report of a Problem” Problem reports need to be in email form detailing the nature and specific set up which results in generating a bug.

2. Products

A. This Agreement applies to the products listed in Exhibit A (“Products”). The Products will be developed and manufactured in accordance with the specifications, drawings and technical information set forth or identified in Exhibit B, as such exhibit may be amended from time to time pursuant to this Agreement (the “Specifications”).

3. Orders

A. If requested by Motorola and agreed by Supplier, Supplier will use Motorola’s forecasting and ordering program for schedule sharing. Motorola also may purchase Products through purchase orders, or as otherwise agreed by the Parties. Lead times for Products are set forth in Exhibit A. The Parties will meet periodically to review and make commercially reasonable efforts to reduce lead times to meet Customer requirements.

 

2


B. Motorola will provide Supplier with a written requirements notice, indicating the percentage of Motorola’s total requirements for specific Products sourced from Supplier. […***…]. Supplier will maintain adequate capacity to supply Motorola with a […***…] sustainable increase in upside demand over Motorola’s total requirements. If at any time Supplier cannot meet the upside demand, Supplier will notify Motorola in writing and the Parties will work together to address Motorola’s requirements on a timely basis.

C. The minimum order size for parts sold in […***…] is […***…] Products, and the minimum order size for parts sold in […***…] is […***…]. Supplier may not charge Motorola extra fees or charges on minimum size orders without prior written consent.

D. Supplier may be required to provide Products on an emergency basis to fulfill requirements for Motorola’s public safety Customers (“Public Safety Order”). […***…].

E. Motorola may assign all or a portion of its rights to purchase Products under this Agreement to a Motorola outsourcer, upon approval from Entropic in writing, not to be unreasonably withheld.

4. Product Changes and Discontinuances

A. Supplier will give Motorola at least […***…] prior written notice if Supplier decides to change the form, fit or function, or part numbers of any Product. In addition, Supplier will not make changes to Products being supplied pursuant to mutually agreed Specifications, without Motorola’s prior written approval.

B. Supplier will give Motorola at least […***…] prior written notice if Supplier decides to discontinue the manufacture or distribution of any Product. During such period, Motorola may make a final buy of the impacted Product and take delivery within […***…] of the final buy date.

5. Pricing and Payment

A. Prices for the Products are set forth in Exhibit A (“Prices”).

B. Payment for Products is due net […***…] from the date of Supplier’s invoice; provided that such date will not be before the Products covered by such invoice are delivered to Motorola’s carrier. Motorola agrees to accept partial shipments; provided that Supplier shall use its best efforts to only invoice Motorola for such quantity actually delivered to Motorola’s carrier.

C. […***…].

6. Delivery and Acceptance

A. Prices quoted are EXW Shipping Point (Incoterms 2000). Title and risk of loss will pass to Motorola or its Customer, as appropriate, upon receipt by (i) a Motorola facility or Motorola-designated third-party facility, (ii) a Motorola-designated carrier or freight forwarder, or (iii) a Customer, provided that title to software Products shall not pass to Motorola or its Customer at any time. Supplier is responsible for loss or damage discovered after receipt of Products and caused by Supplier.

 

3

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


B. […***…]. Within […***…] of Supplier’s receipt of non-conforming Products, Supplier will issue a return material authorization (“RMA”) to Motorola. Supplier will provide Motorola with a written report regarding the non-conforming Products within […***…] thereafter. The RMA process will not affect any Motorola right or remedy under applicable law to reject or revoke acceptance of non-conforming Products.

C. If requested by Motorola and agreed by Supplier, […***…], which may require Supplier to enter into additional contracts with Motorola […***…].

7. Imports and Customs/Exports

A. Motorola will be the importer of record for the Products, unless the parties agree otherwise. […***…]. All Products must be labeled in accordance with local customs marking laws (including U.S. federal regulation 19 C.F.R. §134 and other country of origin identification requirements), in a permanent and legible fashion. […***…]. Motorola reserves the right to claim duty drawback. Entropic reserves the right to claim duty drawback unless Motorola is responsible for paying the duty. […***…]. Supplier will comply with both the security recommendations of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security’s Customers & Border Protection’s “Customs-Trade Partnership against Terrorism (C-TPAT) Program” (http://www.customs.ustreas.gov/im-poexpo/impoexpo.htm), to the extent that the C-TPAT security recommendations are reasonable for Supplier’s operations; as well as any non-U.S. security recommendations.

B. […***…]. Supplier will only sell, license, ship, transfer, export, or re-export Products according to Motorola’s specific instructions. […***…].

8. Representations and Warranties

A. Supplier expressly warrants that all Products (i) are free from material defects in materials and workmanship, and (ii) conform, in all material respects, to the Specifications, and (iii) […***…] as defined below, for […***…] from the date of Supplier’s shipment. Supplier warrants that all Products are now, and at the time of delivery and acceptance, owned or licensed by Supplier, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances. Supplier warrants that all Products are wholly new and contain new components and parts throughout. This warranty applies to all Products regardless of the country of deployment. Supplier also represents and warrants that, except as identified on Exhibit E attached hereto, no part of any software or other deliverables delivered by Supplier under this Agreement shall contain any software or component licensed or obtained under any Open Source or other similar licensing program. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Open Source” shall mean software or code (“Software”) that is licensed pursuant to terms that require as a condition of use, modification and/or distribution that any software incorporated into, derived from or distributed with such Software be: (a) disclosed or distributed in source code form; (b) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works; or (c) re-distributable at a nominal charge. […***…]. All warranties run to Motorola […***…]. All warranties survive any inspection, acceptance, or payment by Motorola.

 

4

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


B. […***…]. Supplier agrees to indemnify and hold Motorola harmless against all claims, actions, liabilities, damages, losses, judgments, decrees, costs and expenses, and attorney’s fees incident to any claim or proceeding which is or may be made or brought against Motorola by a third party, including without limitation, all costs of any kind incurred by Motorola that are directly associated with recalling Products sold to Customers (if the Customer requires such a recall) (a “Loss”) based on a claim that the goods purchased by Motorola from Supplier fail to conform to the warranty expressed in this section. […***…].

C. In addition to the remedies set forth in Section 8(A) and 8(B) above, in the event of an Epidemic Failure, Supplier will […***…]. “Epidemic Failure” means Product failures that Motorola determines have a common root cause […***…], including without limitation (i) poor workmanship, (ii) noncompliance with the Specifications or industry standards […***…], and (iii) use of incorrect or known defective parts or software, or a missing test sequence.

D. Supplier represents and warrants that it is in compliance with the insurance requirements set forth in Exhibit C.

E. Supplier, on behalf of itself and all entities within its supply chain as it relates to this Agreement (“Supply Chain”), represents and warrants that all Products are produced and supplied in compliance with all applicable laws, orders, rules and regulations, including any local laws, orders, rules and regulations in effect where the Products are manufactured and all applicable jurisdictions’ rules and regulations concerning freedom of association, wages and working hours, safety and health, anti-discrimination and humane treatment of workers. For Products provided, sold in, or imported into the United States, Supplier represents and warrants that Supplier will, and Supplier will use reasonable efforts to ensure that its Supply Chain will, comply with the standards set forth in Exhibit D. Supplier will re-certify compliance annually.

F. GENERAL DISCLAIMER. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION 8, SUPPLIER DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, OR ANY AFFIRMATION OF FACT OR REPRESENTATION, INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN SECTION 8 SHALL CONSTITUTE THE ONLY WARRANTIES GRANTED BY SUPPLIER, AND, TO THE EXTENT ANY REMEDIES ARE PROVIDED HEREIN, SUCH REMEDIES SHALL CONSTITUTE SUPPLIER’S SOLE LIABILITY AND MOTOROLA’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR SUPPLIER’S BREACH OF SUCH WARRANTY.

9. License Grants

A. For the purposes of this Section 9, the term “Software” shall mean: (i) all software or firmware embedded in the Products; (ii) all free-standing software which works with, or runs on the Products provided to Motorola, in either object code and source code, either at the time the Products are delivered or at any other time; and (iii) all documentation relating to such software or firmware provided to Motorola. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Supplier hereby

 

5

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


grants Motorola a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable (except as expressly permitted herein), worldwide license to use Supplier’s intellectual property rights embodied in the Software or otherwise in the Products for the sole purpose of incorporating the Products into Motorola’s products for resale to Motorola’s customers pursuant to the terms of a separate written agreement between Motorola and each of its resellers, distributors, and/or end users that protects Supplier’s Confidential Information and intellectual property rights at least to the same extent as this Agreement. Supplier retains all rights not expressly granted to Motorola hereunder. In addition, and solely in conjunction with Motorola’s right to incorporate and resell the Products as set forth in this Section 9, Motorola shall have the right, to include in Motorola’s products, the binary files created by Motorola pursuant, if applicable, to its previously executed materials license agreement with Supplier (the “MLA”), provided that such binary files were properly created as authorized under the MLA, and that Motorola ensures that Supplier has no liability of any nature whatsoever regarding such binary files. For avoidance of doubt, such binary files may only be provided to third parties together with the Products, and may not be provided as standalone items.

B. Restrictions. Except as permitted hereunder and under the MLA, to the extent that the Products consist of software or firmware (“Supplier Code”), this Agreement shall be not construed to grant to Motorola any right, title, or interest in any intellectual property rights embodied in or associated with the Supplier Code, or any right to copy, modify or lease the Supplier Code. Except as permitted hereunder, Motorola shall not, nor shall Motorola permit any third person to, reverse assemble, reverse compile, reverse translate or otherwise reverse engineer the Supplier Code, or otherwise attempt to learn or derive the source code, structure, algorithms or ideas underlying the Supplier Code. Motorola shall take all appropriate actions by instruction to, or agreement with such third parties to satisfy Motorola’s obligations to Supplier under this Agreement regarding all Software. Supplier’s title to the Software, whether in whole or in part, and in all copies, will remain in and be the sole and exclusive property of Supplier.

10. Indemnities and Limitations of Liability

A. Each Party will indemnify and hold harmless the other Party, its officers, directors, employees, contractors and agents (“Indemnified Parties”) from any and all claims, damages, expenses, suits, losses, or liabilities for any death, injury, or property damage caused by the […***…].

B. Infringement Indemnification by Supplier. Supplier shall defend, indemnify and hold Motorola, its officers, directors, employees, agents and suppliers, harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, losses and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) suffered or incurred by Motorola in connection with any claim, demand, suit or other legal action (each, a “Claim”), […***…].

C. Additional Actions. In the event of a Claim or if Supplier reasonably believes a Claim is likely, Supplier may, in its sole discretion: (i) modify the infringing Product so that it is no longer infringing but functionally equivalent; (ii) replace the Product with a non-infringing version of the Product which is a form, fit and functionally equivalent product; or (iii) obtain a license for Motorola to continue using the Product as provided in this Agreement.

 

6

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


D. Exclusive Remedies and Limitations. The obligations and remedies set forth in this Section 10 shall be […***…] for the infringement of third-party rights by the Product. Supplier shall have no obligation under this Section 10 for any Claims to the extent that they result from or arise in connection with: […***…].

E. Conditions. The obligations set forth in this Section 10 are contingent upon: (i) the party seeking indemnification (the indemnified Party”) giving prompt written notice to the party providing the indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) of any such Claim; (ii) the Indemnified Party allowing the Indemnifying Party to have control of the defense and related settlement negotiations for the Claim; provided that the Indemnifying Party shall have no right to incur any liability on behalf of the Indemnified Party without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent; and (iii) the Indemnified Party fully assisting and cooperating in the defense and settlement negotiations as reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party so long as the Indemnifying Party pays the Indemnified Party’s out-of-pocket expenses associated with such assistance and cooperation. Subject to the Indemnifying Party’s right to control the defense and settlement of such Claims, the Indemnified Party may, at its cost and expense, engage its own counsel to advise the Indemnified Party regarding any Claims.

F. […***…], IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER MOTOROLA OR SUPPLIER, WHETHER AS A RESULT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE, HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO EACH OTHER OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY, FOR ANY INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES; OR, (II) IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY’S CUMULATIVE LIABILITY (EXCEPT FOR MOTOROLA’S OBLIGATION TO MAKE PAYMENT HEREUNDER) […***…]. […***…].

 

7

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


[…***…]

11. Fixes, Bypasses, Enhancements and Maintenance Releases

During the term of this Agreement, Supplier shall, unless explicitly stated in Exhibit F, provide any and all Fixes, Bypasses, Minor Releases and Maintenance Releases to Motorola, at no additional cost. Supplier shall provide any and all Fixes, Bypasses, Minor Releases and Maintenance Releases to Motorola no later than […***…]. In addition to these Fixes, Bypasses, Minor Releases and Maintenance Releases, Supplier hereby agrees to make certain other mutually agreed upon Software changes. The parties shall agree in writing on future Software changes and delivery dates as such needs arise. In the event during the term of this Agreement Supplier fails to meet any of the agreed upon delivery dates for such agreed upon Software changes and Supplier fails to cure the breach […***…] from Motorola to Supplier, then Supplier shall provide Motorola with […***…] until the breach is cured, […***…]. In the event that Supplier fails to cure the breach […***…] from Motorola to Supplier, […***…] until the breach is cured.

11.1 Support Limitations.

Supplier shall have no obligation to support: (a) altered, damaged or modified c.LINK MAC or driver Software; (b) c.LINK MAC or driver Software that is not the then current or previous sequential release; (c) c.LINK MAC or driver Software problems caused by Motorola’s negligence, hardware malfunction or other causes beyond the control of Supplier; or (d) c.LINK MAC or driver Software installed in an operating environment or in a hardware environment for which the c.LINK MAC or driver Software has not been licensed or authorized.

11.2 First Level Support for Driver Software.

Motorola shall be responsible for providing first-level technical support to sub-distributors and end users of the c.LINK MAC and Driver Software, which includes, without limitation, discussing maintenance and support issues about the Driver Software directly with sub-distributors and end users. Motorola shall also track Errors, perform problem determination and provide Supplier, as appropriate, documented Errors to assist Supplier in performing its support obligations under this Section. Motorola shall ensure that all questions regarding the use or operation of the Driver Software marketed by Motorola are addressed to, and answered by Motorola, and Motorola will not represent to any third party that Entropic is available to answer any end user questions directly. Supplier shall refer any end user questions relating to the Driver Software to Motorola.

12. Error Severity Level Description and Resolution Plan

During the Term of this Agreement and, in addition to Supplier’s warranty, if Software fails to operate in strict conformance with the Specifications, or if the following specified errors (“Error”) occur, Supplier agrees to respond and perform as follows:

 

8

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


Error
Severity
Level

  

Severity Level Description

  

Response

  

[...***...]

1

   FATAL: Reported problems preventing all useful work from being done or potential data loss or corruption, or Software functionality is inoperative; and such inability to use or potential data loss or corruption has a critical impact to Customer’s operations    • Acknowledgment    • […***…]
      • Work Around, temporary fix    • […***…]
      • Final fix, update, or new release    • […***…]
      • Communications    • […***…]

2

   SEVERE IMPACT: Problems disable major functions required to do productive work or Software is partially inoperative and is considered as severely restrictive by Customers.    • Acknowledgment    • […***…]
      • Work Around, temporary fix    • […***…]
      • Final fix, update, or new release    • […***…]
      • Communications    • […***…]

3

   DEGRADED OPERATIONS: Reported problems disabling specific non-essential functions; Error condition is not critical to continuing operation and/or Motorola or its Customer has determined a work-around for the Error condition.    • Acknowledgment    • […***…]
      • Work Around, temporary fix    • […***…]
      • Final fix, update, or new release    • […***…]
      • Communications    • […***…]

4

   MINIMAL IMPACT: Any deviation from Specifications not otherwise included in a Severity 1, 2, or 3 category.    • Acknowledgment    • […***…]
      • Work Around, temporary fix    • […***…]
      • Final fix, update, or new release    • […***…]
      • Communications    • […***…]

 

b. In the case of a FATAL or SEVERE IMPACT Error condition, Supplier shall use its commercial best efforts to acknowledge notification of such Error condition within the time frames indicated.

 

c. Supplier shall correct Errors in the Software in accordance with Error Severity Levels specified above. In addition, at any time during the Error correction or technical support process, Motorola may invoke the below listed escalation procedure:

 

  1.

Supplier’s escalation process is to ensure that when a problem is not being resolved in a satisfactory manner, (i) both Motorola and Supplier have a common perception of the

 

9

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


 

nature and criticality of the problem, (ii) the visibility of the problem is raised within Supplier’s organization, and (iii) appropriate Supplier resources are allocated toward solving the problem.

 

  2. The following escalation process may be invoked by Motorola when an Error, defect, non-conformity or technical support issue has been reported to Supplier, the Error substantially affects Motorola’s Customers use of the Software, and Supplier has not yet provided a patch or bypass around the Error.

 

  3. The escalation processes can be initiated by contacting the next higher management level within Supplier’s organization. Such Supplier designate will work with Motorola’s designated contact and management to bring a satisfactory solution to the situation. The effort will be focused on developing an action plan and coordinating whatever Supplier resources are required to meet Motorola’s needs as rapidly as possible, within the policy stated above.

 

  4. During the period of the action plan, regular status update communications will be established between Motorola’s designate and Supplier’s designate.

 

  5. If an action plan cannot be agreed to, or if the action plan fails to provide a satisfactory solution within the time frame defined in the action plan, the problem will be escalated to Supplier’s highest management level.

 

e. In addition, if a FATAL Error remains unresolved […***…] after reporting thereof by Motorola, or, if a SEVERE IMPACT Error remains unresolved […***…] after reporting by Motorola, upon Motorola’s request, and if agreed appropriate by both parties, Supplier shall provide a Software engineer at Motorola’s site(s) or Customer’s site(s), at no additional charge, to resolve the Software Error.

 

f. Supplier shall provide Motorola -telephone hotline assistance and a dedicated applications engineer related to operation of the Software, including questions about individual features or suspected malfunctions. In addition, Supplier shall provide Motorola with emergency after-hours or weekend contact numbers wherein support can be obtained in the event of unavailability of the Software due to a FATAL or SEVERE IMPACT Error. If a FATAL Error is reported after hours, or during the weekend, Supplier shall begin workaround/temporary fix activities as soon as possible.

13. Supplier’s Support of Changes Requested by Motorola

A. Upon the request of Motorola, Supplier hereby agrees to reasonably support changes to its Software, including without limitation, the drivers, to implement hardware and firmware changes by Motorola, and changes by […***…].

14. Confidentiality

A. The Parties will (i) maintain the confidentiality of each other’s Confidential Information and not disclose it to any third party, except as authorized by the original disclosing Party in writing, (ii) restrict disclosure of Confidential Information to employees and contractors who have a “need to know,” provided that the Party binds its employees, contractors, and subcontractors by terms of nondisclosure no less restrictive than those contained here and properly informs them of

 

10

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


the confidential status of information provided to them, and (iii) handle Confidential Information with the same degree of care the receiving Party applies to its own confidential information, but in no event, less than reasonable care. Confidential Information is and at all times will remain the property of the disclosing Party. No use of any Confidential Information is permitted except as expressly provided here, and no grant under any proprietary rights is hereby given or intended, including any license implied or otherwise.

B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the receiving Party has no obligation to preserve the confidentiality of any Information that is (i) previously known, or received rightfully by the receiving Party without any obligation to keep it confidential, (ii) distributed to third parties by the disclosing Party without restriction, (iii) publicly available other than by unauthorized disclosure by the receiving Party, (iv) independently developed by the receiving Party, without use of the disclosing party’s confidential information or (v) disclosed to a governmental authority lawfully demanding Confidential Information, provided that the receiving Party provides timely prior written notice of such demand to the disclosing Party sufficient to allow the disclosing Party a reasonable opportunity to object to the scope or terms of the governmental demand, and confidentiality is otherwise maintained by the Parties after the disclosure. Motorola or third parties may be developing products similar in functionality to those developed by Supplier; the receipt of Confidential Information by Motorola from Supplier will not prohibit Motorola or third parties from developing products, provided that the provisions of this Agreement regarding the protection of Confidential Information have not been breached.

C. The existence of this Agreement, and its terms and conditions, are Confidential Information.

D. Each Party’s obligations under this Agreement to keep confidential and restrict use of the other Party’s Confidential Information will survive […***…] from expiration or termination of this Agreement.

15. Notices

All notices and other communications will be in writing and transmitted to the address shown below by (i) personal delivery, (ii) expedited messenger service, (iii) registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, or (iv) electronic telefacsimile with confirmed answer back. Notices are effective on the date of delivery or at the time presented, if delivery is refused by the addressee.

Notices to Motorola

 


Motorola, Inc.

101 Tournament Drive

Horsham, PA 19044

Attention: Commodity Manager

Facsimile: 215-323-0672

with a copy to

 


Motorola, Inc.

101 Tournament Drive

Horsham, PA 19044

Attention: Legal

Facsimile: 215-323-1300

 

11

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


Notices to Supplier

     Entropic Communications, Inc.             

     9276 Scranton Road             

     Suite 200             

     San Diego, CA 92121             

Attention:      Michael Economy             

Facsimile:      1-858-546-2411             

with a copy to

     (same location)             



Attention:      Patty Johnson             

Facsimile:      1-858-546-2411             

16. Term and Termination

A. The term of this Agreement is […***…] from the Effective Date and shall renew from year to year thereafter unless either party gives the other party […***…] prior written notice before the end of the current term of its decision not to renew.

B. Either Party may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the other Party, if the other Party is in material breach and fails to cure the breach within […***…] of notice. Either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately by giving written notice to the other Party if (i) the other Party files a bankruptcy petition of any type or has a bankruptcy petition of any type filed against it, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or goes into liquidation or receivership, (ii) the other Party ceases to conduct business in the normal course, becomes insolvent, enters into suspension of payments, moratorium, reorganization or bankruptcy, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, admits in writing its inability to pay debts as they mature, suffers or permits the appointment of a receiver for its business or assets, or avails itself of or becomes subject to any other judicial or administrative proceeding that relates to insolvency or protection of creditors’ rights, or (iii) the direct or indirect ownership or control of the other Party that exists as of the Effective Date changes in any material manner that may adversely affect the rights of the terminating Party, including the acquisition of ownership or control by a competitor of the terminating Party.

17. Force Majeure

Neither Party is liable for delays in delivery or performance caused by the following, if beyond the actual control of the delayed Party: acts of God, including hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes, fires and floods; acts of terrorism; acts of civil or military authority, including war or embargoes; epidemics; and riots. If a force majeure event occurs, the date of delivery or performance will be extended for a period equal to the time lost by the occurrence of the force majeure event. The aggrieved Party will send written notice and particulars to the other Party, prior to or at the time of the original required performance. If a force majeure event results in a delay of more than […***…] and delivery or performance cannot be completed within an additional […***…], the aggrieved Party may cancel any further performance, including pending purchase orders and releases, with no liability.

 

12

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


18. Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

A. This Agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of New York, without regard to its conflict of law provisions. The Parties specifically disclaim application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods .

B. Motorola and Supplier will attempt to settle any claim or controversy arising out of this Agreement through consultation and negotiation in good faith and spirit of mutual cooperation. Disputes will be resolved by the following process. The dispute will be submitted in writing to a panel of […***…]. If the […***…] are unable to resolve the dispute within […***…], either Party may refer the dispute to mediation, the cost of which will be shared equally by the Parties, except that each Party will pay its own attorney’s fees. Within […***…] after written notice demanding mediation, the Parties will choose a mutually acceptable mediator. Neither Party will unreasonably withhold consent to the selection of the mediator. Mediation will be conducted in New York. If the dispute cannot be resolved through mediation within three […***…] either Party may submit the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction. Use of any dispute resolution procedure will not be construed under the doctrines of laches, waiver, or estoppel to adversely affect the rights of either Party. Nothing herein prevents either Party from resorting directly to judicial proceedings if the dispute is with respect to intellectual property rights, or interim relief from a court is necessary to prevent serious and irreparable injury to a Party or others. The Parties’ performance under this Agreement will not be suspended during the pendency of any dispute.

19. […***…].

20. [ …***…].

21. Other Terms and Conditions

Assignment. Neither Party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder, without the prior written approval of the other Party, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld. Supplier hereby authorizes Motorola to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the need for further Supplier approval, in whole or in part, in connection with the divestiture of a Motorola business unit covered by this Agreement. Motorola hereby authorizes Supplier to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement in the event of an acquisition of Supplier (by means of the purchase of Supplier’s stock, the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of Supplier, or a merger or consolidation of Supplier) by or with a third party which, in Motorola’s sole reasonable judgment, is not a substantial competitor of Motorola.

Authority. Each Party represents and warrants that (i) it has obtained all necessary approvals, consents and authorizations to enter into this Agreement and to perform and carry out its obligations under this Agreement, (ii) the person executing this Agreement on its behalf has express authority to do so and to bind the Party, and (iii) the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement does not violate any provision of any bylaw, charter, regulation, or any other governing authority of the Party, and has been duly authorized by all necessary partnership or corporate action, and this Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of that Party.

Business Interruption and Recovery Plan. On or before […***…], Supplier will provide Motorola with a mutually acceptable detailed, written business interruption and recovery plan, including business impact and risk assessment, crisis management, information technology disaster recovery, and business continuity. Supplier will update the plan annually. Supplier will notify Motorola in writing within […***…] of any activation of the plan.

 

13

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


Counterparts and Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which will be considered one and the same Agreement. This Agreement is fully executed when each Party has signed one or more counterparts and delivered the counterpart(s) to the other Party. Facsimile signatures will be binding to the same degree as original signatures.

Cumulative Remedies. Except as otherwise provided, if either Party breaches this Agreement, the non-breaching Party has the right to assert all available legal and equitable remedies.

Disclosures. This Agreement does not grant Supplier or any third party, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any right to inspect or examine any of Motorola’s data, documents, instruments, financial statements, balance sheets, business records, software, systems, premises, or plants unless necessary to resolve a dispute.

Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the attached Exhibits, and the Materials License Agreement constitute the entire understanding between the Parties concerning the subject matters hereof and thereof and supersede all prior discussions, agreements and representations, whether oral or written, express or implied, with respect to such subject matters; except, to the extent applicable, for the MLA which is not merged herein, and which shall continue to be in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. No alterations or modifications of this Agreement will be binding upon either Party unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of each Party.

Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for the Parties’ convenience and do not form a part of this Agreement.

Publicity. Neither Party will issue a press release or make any similar public announcement regarding this Agreement without the other Party’s prior written consent.

Records and Inspections. Supplier will maintain all records related to the Products, as required by law, rule, or regulation and for a period of […***…] after the last delivery of Products hereunder. Motorola, upon written notice to Supplier, may inspect and audit Supplier’s premises, facilities, records, processes and procedures, and physical assets with respect to the Products and Supplier’s performance under this Agreement, should Motorola have reasonable suspicion this agreement is being violated.

Relationship. Supplier will perform under this Agreement solely as an independent contractor and nothing in this Agreement will be construed to be inconsistent with that relationship. Under no circumstances will any of Supplier’s personnel be considered an employee or agent of Motorola. Nothing in this Agreement grants either Party the right or authority to make commitments of any kind for the other, implied or otherwise, without the other Party’s prior written agreement. This Agreement does not constitute, create, or in any way is interpreted as, a joint venture, partnership, or formal business organization of any kind.

Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the unenforceable portion will not affect any other provision of this Agreement. This Agreement will be construed as if the unenforceable provision was not present, and the Parties will negotiate in good faith to replace the unenforceable provision with an enforceable provision with effect nearest to that of the provision being replaced.

Subcontracting. Supplier will not subcontract any portion of this Agreement without Motorola’s prior written consent. Supplier retains responsibility for all services subcontracted hereunder and will indemnify Motorola against any liability caused by the acts or omissions of Supplier’s subcontractors.

 

14

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


Successors. This Agreement is binding upon, inures to the benefit of, and is enforceable by, the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Survival. A provision of this Agreement will survive expiration or termination of this Agreement if the context of the provision indicates that it is intended to survive.

Waiver. Failure of either Party to insist upon the performance of any term, covenant, or condition in this Agreement, or to exercise any rights under this Agreement, will not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of the future performance of any such term, covenant, or condition, or the future exercise of any such right, and the obligation of each Party with respect to such future performance will continue in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives, as of the Effective Date.

 

Motorola, Inc.

By

 

/s/ Janet O. Robinson

Name

  Janet O. Robinson

Title

  Vice President, Strategic Sourcing

Entropic Communications, Inc.

By

 

/s/ Patrick C. Henry

Name

  Patrick C. Henry

Title

  President and CEO

 

15


Exhibit A

Product Listing with Prices and Lead Times

 

1. Prices are effective for (i) all Products received by Motorola after the Effective Date, and (ii) all Products removed by Motorola from any Supplier or third-party hub. All prices are stated in U.S. dollars. Prices are effective for all Motorola facilities, regardless of the location of Supplier’s manufacture or distribution of Products.

 

2. Price information is Confidential Information under this Agreement.

 

3. […***…].

 

4. […***…]

 

5. […***…]

 

6. […***…]

 

7. Motorola shall provide Supplier with rolling […***…] forecast (“Motorola’s Forecast”) of the quantity and mix of Motorola’s anticipated required deliveries of the Products, broken down on a […***…] basis and specifying Product model numbers. […***…].

 

8. Motorola agrees to qualify alternate source products that do not affect form, fit or function within […***…] of receipt of the qualification samples; provided that such Product is consistent with the Specification attached hereto as Exhibit B. Supplier shall give Motorola […***…] prior written notice that Supplier will be using an alternative source for Products. As requested by Motorola, Supplier will provide qualification samples to Motorola prior to commercial production of such alternative source products.

Definitions: […***…]

Cancellation of and Changes to Orders . Any rescheduling or cancellation of orders of Products by Motorola must conform to the terms set forth below:

 

  (a) […***…].

 

  (b) […***…].

 

  (c) […***…].

 

  (d) […***…].

 

16

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


Exhibit B

Product Specifications

Attach hereto.

[…***…]

 

17

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


Exhibit C

Insurance

 

1. Supplier will procure and maintain insurance, in sufficient amounts and limits to meet the obligations stated in this Agreement, from a licensed and admitted insurance provider reasonably acceptable to Motorola. Such insurance will be designated as primary, and will name Motorola, Inc., as an additional insured and will include a cross-liability endorsement with respect to Commercial General Liability insurance, Such insurance will include, at a minimum, the following:

 

  (i) […***…];

 

  (ii) […***…];

 

  (iii) […***…]; and

 

  (iv) […***…]

 

2. Supplier will provide certificates of all insurance policies related to this Agreement, including a provision that such insurance may not be canceled except upon […***…] prior written notice to Motorola. The purchase of insurance coverage and furnishing of certificates will neither modify Supplier’s obligations to indemnify Motorola nor be in satisfaction of Supplier’s liability under this Agreement.

 

3. Supplier will be responsible for all contractors and subcontractors employed by Supplier in the performance of this Agreement and will require each contractor and subcontractor to maintain, at a minimum, the same insurance coverages and amounts as required of Supplier.

 

18

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


Exhibit D

Supplemental Compliance with Laws Standards

1. Supplier represents and warrants that Supplier will, and Supplier will use reasonable efforts to ensure that its Supply Chain will, comply with the following standards:

 

  (i) […***…].

 

  (ii) […***…].

 

  (iii) […***…].

 

2. […***…].

 

3. […***…].

 

4. […***…].

 

5. […***…].

 

19

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


Exhibit E

Open Source Software

[…***…]

 

20

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


Exhibit F

[…***…]

 

21

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


Exhibit G

[…***…]

 

22

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested

Exhibit 10.25

***Text Omitted and Filed Separately

with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Confidential Treatment Requested

Under 17 C.F.R. Sections 200.80(b)(4)

and 230.406

MASTER PURCHASE AGREEMENT

T HIS MASTER PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of July 1, 2006 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Entropic Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation located at 9276 Scranton Rd, San Diego, CA 92121 (“ Entropic or Supplier ”), and Tellabs Operations, Inc. a Delaware corporation having principal offices at One Tellabs Center, 1415 W. Diehl Rd., Naperville, IL 60563 (“ Tellabs ” or “ CUSTOMER ”). Each of the foregoing entities may be singularly referred to herein as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”. This Agreement is intended to be the Master Purchase Agreement (MPA) referred to in the Entropic Materials License Agreement (MLA) between Supplier and CUSTOMER.

B ACKGROUND

In consideration for the Parties entering into this Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Supplier desires to manufacture (or have manufactured) and supply to CUSTOMER, and CUSTOMER desires to purchase from Supplier, the Products (defined below). CUSTOMER shall incorporate the Products into Tellabs’ own end products.

N OW , T HEREFORE , the Parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

A GREEMENT

1. D EFINITIONS . All definitions below and elsewhere in this Agreement apply both to their singular and plural forms, as the context may require. The terms “ herein ”, “ hereunder ”, and “ hereof ” and similar expressions refer to this Agreement.

1.1 “Affiliate” shall mean any Entity (defined below) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with a Party, where control means the ownership or control, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of all the voting power of the shares (or other securities rights) entitled to vote for the election of directors or other governing authority, as of the Effective Date or hereafter during the Term (defined below); provided that such entity shall be considered an Affiliate only for the time during which such control exists.

1.2 “Device” means a semiconductor device (e.g., a chip) including any firmware or other software resident thereon, as provided by Supplier.

1.3 “Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other enterprise, association, organization, or entity.

1.4 “Intellectual Property” or “Intellectual Property Rights” collectively

 

Page 1 of 22


means all of the following legal rights, title, or interest in or arising under the laws of the United States, or any other country or international treaty regime, whether or not filed, perfected, registered or recorded and whether now or hereafter existing, filed, issued or acquired: (i) patents, patent applications, or patent rights, including any and all continuations, divisions, reissues, reexaminations or extensions thereof; (ii) rights associated with works of authorship, including copyrights, copyright applications, copyright registrations, or moral rights; (iii) rights relating to know-how or trade secrets, including rights in industrial property, customer, vendor and prospect lists ‘and all associated information or databases and other confidential or proprietary information; (iv) industrial design rights or mask work rights; (v) trademarks, service marks, logos, trade dress, trade names or service names; (vi) data rights; and (vii) any rights analogous to those set forth in the preceding clauses and any other proprietary rights relating to intangible property.

1.5 “Lead Time” means the time period between the date of acceptance of an applicable Purchase Order (defined below) by Supplier and the date of shipment by Supplier of the applicable Products in connection with such Purchase Order. To the extent of quantities noted in forecasts issued by CUSTOMER to Supplier, the applicable lead time shall be no greater than […***…]; provided, however, Supplier shall use commercially reasonable efforts to shorten the lead time.

1.6 “Process Technology” means the systematic techniques, methods, or approaches used by Supplier to manufacture, package, or test semiconductor chips or assemblies.

1.7 “Products” means the Devices that Supplier makes available pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

1.8 “Purchase Order” means a written purchase order for Products or Services submitted by CUSTOMER to Supplier pursuant to Section 4.2.

1.9 “Specifications” means the written specifications of a Product.

1.10 “Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.

2. M ARKET R IGHTS . The relationship of the Parties under this Agreement shall be non-exclusive in all respects. Other than the Parties’ respective obligations to comply fully with the terms of the NDA (as defined below), it is expressly understood and a greed that nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement shall be deemed to restrict: (i) Supplier’s right or ability, whether during the Term or at any time thereafter, to directly or indirectly sell, license, use, promote, market, exploit, develop or otherwise deal in the Products, or any other product, software or service; or (ii) Tellabs’ right to independently develop or cause to be developed and to make commercial usage of similar or competing technology as that which is incorporated in the Products; or (iii) either Party’s right to enter into any business arrangement of whatever nature or description, including arrangements similar to those contemplated in this Agreement, with any service supplier, distributor, reseller, system integrator, or any other third party wherever located.

3. C ONTRACT M ANUFACTURERS . Orders to purchase the Product may be issued by Tellabs and/or by Tellabs’ contract manufacturers listed in the attached Exhibit B (the “CMs” ).

 

Page 2 of 22

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


“Tellabs and/or CMs” shall be collectively or disjunctively referred to herein as “CUSTOMER.” In addition to Tellabs, Supplier agrees to extend all the terms of this Agreement, including pricing terms, to the CMs listed in Exhibit B. Tellabs shall remain fully liable to Supplier for the activities of each CM, and for each CM’s compliance with the terms hereof, and any breach committed by any CM shall be deemed a breach of this Agreement by Tellabs, except that in no event will Tellabs be responsible for the payment obligations of the CMs. Supplier acknowledges that it shall look only to the CMs for payment of purchase orders issued by the CMs.

4. P RICES

4.1 Supplier represents and warrants that, during the term of this Agreement, the purchase price and the material terms and conditions of sale for the sale of each of the Products provided to CUSTOMER under this Agreement is and shall be, […***…]. If at any time during the term of this Agreement, […***…].

4.2 The per unit price of the Product is set forth in the attached Exhibit A.

4.2.1 No adjustments will be made for […***…], except as mutually agreed by the parties in writing.

4.2.2 From time to time a need may arise whereby CUSTOMER and the Supplier may mutually agree upon specific Product pricing based on a specific CUSTOMER bid or CUSTOMER opportunity. The parties will negotiate in good faith to agree upon Product pricing to be used for these unique circumstances.

4.2.3 In the event that the Product does not remain competitive in terms of technology, design, quality or price, compared to similar goods available to CUSTOMER, the parties agree to make commercially reasonable efforts, in good faith, to agree upon any changes that are necessary to cause the Product to be competitive.

4.2.4 Upon the effective date of any […***…] price reduction set forth in Exhibit A or any other general price reduction instituted by Supplier, the reduction shall apply to any open purchase orders of Products not yet delivered, in addition to all newly issued purchase orders.

5. V OLUME A DJUSTMENTS

5.1 CUSTOMER shall not be subject to […***…] based on the quantity of Products purchased hereunder.

5.2 Any forecasts or annual usage figures provided hereunder are “best judgment” figures which are subject to change as business conditions change and are not to be construed as a commitment. Supplier shall rely upon such figures at its own risk.

5.3 Notwithstanding any provision herein or any other verbal or written requirements or provisions, CUSTOMER shall not be obligated to any specific dollar expenditure.

 

Page 3 of 22

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


6. F ORECASTS AND P URCHASE O RDERS .

6.1 Rolling Forecast. Upon the Effective Date, and on or before […***…] thereafter during the Term, Tellabs shall make reasonable efforts to cause the CMs to provide Supplier with a […***…] forecast of Products. […***…].

6.2 Purchase Orders. Upon the Effective Date and during the Term., CUSTOMER shall provide Supplier with Purchase Orders for Products, based on the Lead Time for such Products, which shall create a binding obligation to purchase such Products from Supplier within the Lead Time for the applicable Products. Each Purchase Order shall specify: (a) the quantity and part number of Products being ordered; (b) the applicable price; (c) the requested delivery date; (d) the delivery destination; and, (e) any special shipping instructions regarding the Products. Each Purchase Order shall be subject to acceptance by Supplier, such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Supplier shall make commercially reasonable efforts to provide written notice to CUSTOMER of any rejection of a CUSTOMER Purchase Order within […***…] of Supplier’s receipt thereof but in no event greater than […***…], and such Purchase Order shall be deemed accepted by Supplier if no such rejection notice is provided to CUSTOMER prior to the expiration of such […***…]. In the event of a conflict between the pricing in an accepted Purchase Order and the pricing set forth on Supplier quotes (the quoted price), the quoted price shall control. Furthermore, it is agreed that each such Purchase Order shall be governed by the provisions of this Agreement and that none of the provisions of a Purchase Order, or Supplier’s acknowledgement thereof (either printed, stamped, typed or written), if any, shall be applicable to the purchase if any of the foregoing is in addition to or in conflict with this Agreement. A general or standard acknowledgment of any such order or the making of delivery with respect thereto shall in no case be construed as an amendment to this Agreement.

7. D ELIVERY , A CCEPTANCE , R ESCHEDULING AND C ANCELLATION .

7.1 Delivery Performance.

Supplier shall ensure prompt delivery of Products purchased under this Agreement, with a goal of 100% on time delivery. Products shall be deemed to have been delivered “On Time” if they have been delivered […***…] before the mutually agreed delivery date and […***…] after such date. Any delivery that does not arrive at the specified location, does not contain the quantity of Products specified or does not contain the correct part number, will be considered late.

Supplier shall notify CUSTOMER in writing (including by email) if it becomes aware that any Product delivery will be late. If any Products are not delivered on time, CUSTOMER may exercise any of the following remedies:

(a) Require Supplier to pay the cost to expedite delivery (including freight, expedite charges, Supplier overtime and any charges associated with piece part expedites).

 

Page 4 of 22

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


(b) Cancel any pending purchase orders for late items that remain undelivered without liability and elect, at CUSTOMER’s sole discretion, to either (A) retain and pay for any Products previously delivered (if any) or (B) return any such late-delivered Products to Supplier at Supplier’s sole expense, without any liability of CUSTOMER; or

Overall on time delivery will be measured […***…] for all shipments delivered to CUSTOMER within the given time period. Upon receiving written notification by Tellabs that […***…] of Products have been delivered on-time for a given time period, an executive officer of Supplier in Supplier’s manufacturing operations shall participate in a corrective action meeting to establish a mutually agreeable corrective action plan within such time as is commercially reasonable under the circumstances.

7.2 Acceptance.

CUSTOMER shall accept or reject each shipment within […***…] of delivery. All Products shall be deemed accepted by CUSTOMER unless CUSTOMER provides Supplier with written notice of rejection, specifying the reason that such shipment is non-conforming or otherwise does not meet the requirements set forth in this Agreement, within […***…] of delivery.

7.3 Rescheduling and Cancellation.

Any rescheduling or cancellation of orders of Products by CUSTOMER must conform to the terms set forth below:

(a) During the period that is […***…] or less prior to the scheduled delivery date of an order, CUSTOMER shall not be permitted to modify, reschedule or cancel any order.

(b) During the period […***…] but more than […***…] prior to the scheduled delivery date of an order, CUSTOMER may modify and/or reschedule such order or part thereof. CUSTOMER will use commercially reasonable efforts to reschedule delivery of the complete order within […***…] following the originally scheduled delivery date, but shall not reschedule any delivery more than […***…] after the originally scheduled delivery date of such items. CUSTOMER may push out the scheduled delivery date up to […***…], provided that the cumulative effect is not greater than […***…] after the originally scheduled delivery date. Entropic shall use commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate a request by CUSTOMER to re-schedule any delivery to an earlier date. CUSTOMER may cancel prior rescheduled orders or part thereof; cancellation charges shall be determined per the cancellation schedule listed in Exhibit A 8(d).

(c) Outside […***…], CUSTOMER may modify, reschedule […***…] or cancel any order or part thereof at no charge to CUSTOMER. Multiple schedule changes are allowed.

(d) During the period […***…] but more than […***…] prior to the scheduled delivery date of an order, CUSTOMER may cancel orders or portions of orders per the below schedule. Supplier agrees to divert completed material and work in process to other

 

Page 5 of 22

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


customers wherever possible in order to minimize charges. CUSTOMER will pay the applicable cost set forth below for any order or portion of order so canceled. Additionally, Supplier agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to stop processing material within […***…] of cancellation but in no event greater than […***…].

Cost incurred for Product inventory and work-in-process intended to service packaged device deliveries shall be as follows:

 

Stage of Completion    Liability of CUSTOMER Upon Order Cancellation
[…***…]   

[…***…]

7.4 Modifications to Orders. Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain adequate capacity to supply CUSTOMER with a […***…] sustainable increase in upside demand over the aggregate purchase quantities forecasted by the CMs.

In the event CUSTOMER requires a modification in excess of the percentage set forth above, Supplier shall make commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate such modification.

8. S HIPPING .

8.1 Shipping Arrangements. Supplier shall ship Products in accordance with shipping instructions provided by CUSTOMER. CUSTOMER shall specify the CUSTOMER Product part number and quantity, ship to address, ,carrier, and other information required for the shipment. All Products shall be packaged for shipment as specified by CUSTOMER’s packaging instructions for each CUSTOMER Product. CUSTOMER shall pay or reimburse Supplier for all freight, duty, taxes or other charges associated with shipment of Products by Supplier.

8.2 Shipping Method; Transfer of Title. All shipments of Products by Supplier under this Agreement shall be made EXW Entropic shipping facility (INCOTERMS 2000). Accordingly, title to and risk of loss of Products shipped hereunder shall be transferred to CUSTOMER at the shipping point.

9. D ISCONTINUANCE OF P RODUCTS ; E NGINEERING AND M ANUFACTURING C HANGES .

9.1 Discontinuance of Products.

In the event that Supplier chooses to discontinue the manufacturing of any of the products to be sold hereunder, Supplier shall provide CUSTOMER with not less than […***…] prior written notice of such manufacturing discontinuance, followed by an additional […***…] period during which last time buy deliveries may be scheduled. Such last time buys shall be […***…].

 

Page 6 of 22

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


9.2 Engineering or Manufacturing Changes.

(a) Supplier shall make no change to a Product that would affect the form, fit, or function of such Product without having obtained the prior written consent of CUSTOMER, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(b) CUSTOMER may request changes to such specifications from time to time through the proposal of an Engineering Change Order (ECO), issued to Supplier. If Supplier agrees to such ECO, then the Parties shall negotiate appropriate changes in pricing, schedule, and other terms that are impacted by such ECO.

10. W ARRANTY AND D ISCLAIMERS .

10.1 Limited Product Warranty. For a period of […***…] after the date of shipment of Products to CUSTOMER (the “Warranty Period” ) Supplier warrants that each Product furnished under this Agreement shall: (a) materially conform to the Specifications for such Product; and, (b) be free from defects in design, material and workmanship that materially affect performance and functionality. This warranty will be valid only during the Warranty Period. Supplier shall, at its option, and as CUSTOMER’s sole and exclusive remedy for any breach of this warranty, repair or, replace the affected Product(s) or, if neither repair nor replacement is commercially reasonable, Supplier shall refund the monies paid by CUSTOMER for any defective Product for which CUSTOMER invoked this warranty by providing notice to Supplier within the applicable warranty period. CUSTOMER shall notify Supplier in writing of any defects and obtain Supplier’s approval pursuant to Section 11 before returning any Product. The warranty period for repaired or replacement Products shall be the lesser of […***…] from the date of shipment or […***…]. The remedies set forth in this Section shall be Entropic’s sole liability and CUSTOMER’s sole and exclusive remedies for any breach of the limited warranty set forth above.

10.2 Infringement Warranty. Supplier warrants that, as of the Effective Date it has no actual knowledge that the Products, or uses of the Products as specified in the documentation, infringe upon the patent, copyright, trade secret or trademark of any third party. If, following the Effective Date, Supplier obtains such actual knowledge, Supplier shall promptly notify CUSTOMER in writing thereof; but such situation shall not constitute a breach of warranty by Supplier hereunder. For any breach of the foregoing warranty, Supplier’s sole liability and CUSTOMER’s sole and exclusive remedy shall be Supplier’s indemnification obligation in Section 18.

10.3 Exceptions. The warranty provided in Section 10.1 above will be void as to such Product that: (i) fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of improper handling, installation, maintenance, storage, removal, modification or repair other than by Supplier or its agent(s); or (ii) is accidentally damaged, subjected to abuse (including electrostatic discharge) or improper use, or is otherwise used not in accordance with its intended purpose, other than by Supplier or its agent(s); or ( iii) is altered such that Supplier is unable to verify the defect with its (or its manufacturer’s) normal test equipment other than by Supplier or its agent(s). In no event will CUSTOMER or the carrier transporting the Products be deemed Supplier’s agent.

10.4 GENERAL DISCLAIMER. FOR ALL SUPPLIER PRODUCTS

 

Page 7 of 22

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


PROVIDED HEREUNDER, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, SUPPLIER DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, OR ANY AFFIRMATION OF FACT OR REPRESENTATION, INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

10.5 HIGH RISK ACTIVITIES DISCLAIMER. NEITHER THE PRODUCTS, NOR ANY GOOD THAT INCORPORATES THE PRODUCTS, ARE DESIGNED, MANUFACTURED OR INTENDED FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS REQUIRING FAIL-SAFE PERFORMANCE, SUCH AS IN THE OPERATION OF NUCLEAR FACILITIES, AIRCRAFT NAVIGATION OR AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL, DIRECT LIFE SUPPORT MACHINES, OR WEAPONS SYSTEMS, IN WHICH THE FAILURE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR GOODS INCORPORATING THE PRODUCTS, COULD LEAD DIRECTLY TO DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY OR SEVERE PHYSICAL OR ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGE ( “HIGH RISK ACTIVITIES” ). SUPPLIER SPECIFICALLY AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR HIGH RISK ACTIVITIES.

11. R ETURNS . Any returns of Products during the Warranty Period must be approved in writing by Supplier prior to return of Products by CUSTOMER. Supplier shall provide CUSTOMER with a Return Material Authorization (RMA) number […***…] of Supplier’s receipt of a written request by CUSTOMER. Requests for RMAs must specify the Product, the Product serial number, and the reason for return. Products must be returned in the same or equivalent packaging as originally provided by Supplier, with the RMA number included on the shipping container. Products returned without an RMA number may be refused by Supplier. CUSTOMER shall be responsible for any shipping costs associated with returning the Product to Supplier; Supplier shall be responsible for any shipping costs associated with shipping the repaired or replacement Product to CUSTOMER.

12. F ORCE M AJEURE . Neither Party shall be liable in damages for failure to comply with its obligations to the extent that its performance is prevented by causes beyond its reasonable control including acts of God or of the public enemy, acts of any governmental authority, fires, war, riots, terrorist acts, unavailability or shortages of electricity or other utilities, floods, unusually severe weather, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, labor disputes or shortages of labor, freight embargoes, or inability to secure necessary parts and materials.

13. L IMITATION OF L IABILITY . WITH THE EXCEPTIONS OF A BREACH OF THE NDA (AS DEFINED BELOW) AND FOR SUPPLIER’S LIABILITY ARISING FROM A BREACH OF THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN THE FIRST SENTENCE OF SECTION 10.2, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW: (I) SUPPLIER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOSS OF REVENUE OR PROFITS) ARISING FROM OR CAUSED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, BY THE USE OF THE SUPPLIER

 

Page 8 of 22

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


PRODUCTS BY CUSTOMER OR ANY CUSTOMER OF CUSTOMER, OR BY THE PERFORMANCE OR FAILURE OF THE SUPPLIER PRODUCTS TO PERFORM, OR BY ANY OTHER ACT OR OMISSION, OR BY ANY OTHER CAUSE ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT; AND, (II) WITH THE EXCEPTIONS OF A BREACH OF THE NDA AND FOR SUPPLIER’S LIABILITY ARISING FROM A BREACH OF THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN THE FIRST SENTENCE OF SECTION 10.2, IN NO EVENT SHALL SUPPLIER’S LIABILITY TO CUSTOMER FOR ANY CLAIM ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE, [ …***… ]; PROVIDED THAT, NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, SUPPLIER’S LIABILITY TO INDEMNIFY CUSTOMER UNDER SECTION 18.1 SHALL BE [ …***… ].

14. P AYMENT AND T AXES .

14.1 Payment. Supplier will invoice CUSTOMER for amounts due for the Products upon shipment. Tellabs and its CMs shall pay Supplier within thirty (30) days of Supplier’s invoice date. CUSTOMER agrees to accept partial shipments; provided that with the exception of any disputes between the parties in good faith, Supplier shall only invoice CUSTOMER for such quantity actually delivered to CUSTOMER’s carrier.

14.2 Late Payment. Any payment not paid when due, which is not the subject of a bona fide dispute between the parties in good faith, may accrue interest from the date due until the date paid at a rate of […***…] per annum, or the maximum rate allowed under applicable law, whichever is less.

14.3 Taxes. All prices are exclusive of federal, state, or local sales, use, excise, or similar taxes applicable to the sale of the Products sold pursuant to this Agreement. CUSTOMER shall pay all such taxes (except any taxes based on Supplier’s income).

15. C OMPLIANCE . Each Party shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations, statutes, treaties, administrative orders and court orders, including export laws, as well as (i) the laws and regulations of other applicable countries which prohibit export or diversion of certain technical Products to certain countries and individuals and any other applicable law, and (ii) the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and Anti-Boycott Regulations in their respective dealings with the Products and in performing their respective obligations under this Agreement. CUSTOMER shall not export or re-export, or request Supplier to export or re-export, any Products, including all Products and/or technical data received from Supplier or any direct product thereof, directly or indirectly, to any country, entity or person prohibited by the U.S. Government. CUSTOMER acknowledges that compliance with U.S. export laws may cause delays in shipments and/or prohibit Supplier from exporting certain Products to certain countries and entities for certain uses. In no event shall Supplier be liable for any such delays or prohibition.

 

Page 9 of 22

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


16. T ERM AND T ERMINATION .

16.1 Term of Agreement. The term of this Agreement begins on the Effective Date and will continue, unless earlier terminated as described herein, for a period of […***…]. (the “Initial Terns” ).

16.2 Termination for Cause by Either Party. Either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice: (i) if the other Party breaches the NDA; (ii) if the other Party breaches any provision of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after receipt by the breaching Party of written notice from the non-breaching Party describing such breach; (iii) upon the institution by or against the other Party of insolvency, receivership, or bankruptcy proceedings or any other proceedings for the settlement of the other Party’s debts, which proceedings are not stayed or dismissed within sixty (60) days after institution; (iv) upon the other Party’s making an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (v) upon the other Party’s dissolution or ceasing to conduct business.

16.3 Effect of Termination. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, CUSTOMER may elect to […***…] Upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement: (a) all licenses granted by Supplier hereunder shall immediately terminate; except that CUSTOMER may continue to distribute, subject to the terms of this Agreement, any Products that are in CUSTOMER’s inventory as of the effective date of such termination or expiration or that later come into CUSTOMER’s inventory as a result of the operation of subsection (i) of this Section 16.3; and, (b) each Party shall return to the other Party any Confidential Information (defined below) of the other Party in such Party’s possession, and such party shall purge all of the other Party’s Confidential System from such Party’s electronic systems. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the termination or expiration of this Agreement shall not affect any licenses or sub-licenses properly granted by CUSTOMER to its end user customers in connection with this Agreement either: (1) prior to the effective date of such termination or expiration; or (2) thereafter, relative to those Products described by this Section 16.3 that either are in CUSTOMER’s inventory as of the effective date of such termination or expiration or that later come into CUSTOMER’s inventory as a result of the operation of subsection (i) of this Section 16.3. Any such licenses under either subsection (1) or (2) above of this Section 16.3 shall continue to be in effect in accordance with their terms notwithstanding any such termination or expiration of this Agreement.

17. S URVIVAL . All payment obligations of CUSTOMER hereunder and the following provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement: Sections 1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16.3, 17, 18, 22, 23.1, 23.2 (only regarding CUSTOMER’s distribution rights), 23.3 and 25.

18. I NDEMNITY .

18.1 Infringement Indemnification by Supplier. Supplier shall defend, indemnify and hold CUSTOMER, its Affiliates (as listed in the MLA) and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives, harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, judgments, losses, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) suffered or incurred by CUSTOMER or the other designated indemnitees in connection with any claim, demand, suit or other legal action (each, a “Claim” ), brought by a third party against CUSTOMER based upon the

 

Page 10 of 22

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


actual or alleged infringement or misappropriation of Intellectual Property Rights by the Products and/or the binary files that Section 23.2 below authorizes CUSTOMER to provide to third parties together with the Products.

(a) Additional Actions. In the event of a Claim or if Supplier reasonably believes a Claim is likely, Supplier may, in its sole discretion: (i) modify the infringing Product so that it is no longer infringing but of equivalent form and fit, and is functionally equivalent; (ii) replace the Product with a non-infringing version of the Product which is a form, fit and functionally equivalent product; (iii) obtain a license for CUSTOMER to continue using the Product as provided in this Agreement; or, (iv) in the event that none of the foregoing are commercially reasonable, terminate this Agreement. In the event of such termination, Supplier agrees to refund to CUSTOMER the amount actually paid by CUSTOMER to Supplier for the infringing Product(s).

(b) Exclusive Remedies and Limitations. The obligations and remedies set forth in this Section 18.1 shall be the sole and exclusive remedies of CUSTOMER for the infringement of third-party rights by the Product. Supplier shall have no obligation under this Section 18.1 for any Claims which result from or arise in connection with: (i) any use of the Product in combination with third party software and/or hardware or other technology not provided by Supplier to the extent such infringement would not have occurred but for such combination; (ii) modification of the Product by CUSTOMER or any third party to the extent such infringement would not have occurred but for such modification; (iii) any use, except for its intended purpose as specified in the MLA and/or the applicable documentation of such Product; (iv) use of the Product that exceeds the scope of the licenses expressly granted in this Agreement; provided that such exception shall not apply to the extent the Product is used within the scope of the licenses granted in this Agreement; (v) use of other than the latest update or upgrade of the Product once such update or upgrade has been provided by Supplier to CUSTOMER at no cost or expense to CUSTOMER, provided that (1) such update or upgrade yields a product of the same form and fit and which is functionally equivalent, (2) CUSTOMER has been afforded a reasonable period of time to implement such update or upgrade if the Claim would have been avoided by such use of such update or upgrade, (3) Supplier has notified CUSTOMER in writing that the usage of such update or upgrade is necessary to avoid possible liability for infringement; and (4) relative to each Product distributed by CUSTOMER prior to Supplier’s provision of a given update or upgrade or prior to expiration of the reasonable period of time described above by subsection (b)(v)(2) of this Section 18.1 for a given update or upgrade, this subsection (b)(v) of this Section 18.1 shall not be construed to limit any rights of CUSTOMER or obligations of Supplier under this Section 18.1 relative to such previously distributed Product as a result of any failure to use such given update or upgrade or (vi) use of the Product not in compliance with applicable laws. Supplier shall have no liability under this Section 18.1 for increased damages for willful infringement by CUSTOMER (or any attorneys fees associated with such willful infringement) to the extent that the basis for the increased damages award, as determined by the court, is the result of the conduct, acts or omissions of CUSTOMER with the willful intent of engaging in infringement.

18.2 By Customer. CUSTOMER shall defend, indemnify and hold Supplier, its officers, directors, employees, agents and suppliers, harmless from and against any claim

 

Page 11 of 22

  


(including for any product liability, whether based on negligence, strict liability or otherwise), action, suit, damages, liabilities, losses and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) suffered or incurred by Supplier: (i) in connection with any damage, defect or injury actually or allegedly caused by or related to any CUSTOMER Devices or any CUSTOMER products that incorporate the Products, which are not attributable to the Products; or, (ii) that is based on CUSTOMER’s use, sale, or distribution of CUSTOMER products that incorporate the Products but not based on the Products; or (iii) in connection with any allegation that the CUSTOMER Specifications, CUSTOMER Devices, or CUSTOMER products that incorporate the Products but not the Products themselves, infringe on the Intellectual Property Rights or other proprietary rights of any third party; or (iv) in connection with any use of a Product, by CUSTOMER or any third party that receives such Product from CUSTOMER, in any High Risk Activity.

18.3 Conditions. The obligations set forth in Section 18.1 and 18.2 are contingent upon: (i) the Party seeking indemnification (the “Indemnified Party” ) giving prompt written notice to the Party providing the indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party” ) of any such Claim; (ii) the Indemnified Party allowing the Indemnifying Party to have sole control of the defense and related settlement negotiations for the Claim; provided that the Indemnifying Party shall have no right to incur any liability on behalf of the Indemnified Party without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent; and (iii) the Indemnified Party fully assisting and cooperating in the defense and settlement negotiations as reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party, so long as The Indemnifying Party pays the Indemnified Party’s out-of-pocket expenses associated with such assistance and cooperation. Subject to the Indemnifying Party’s right to control the defense and settlement of such Claims, the Indemnified Party may, at its cost and expense, engage its own counsel to participate in the defense and settlement of such Claims and to advise the Indemnifying Party regarding any Claims.

19. S UPPLIER D EVELOPMENT : Q UALITY C ONTROL

Supplier agrees to participate in CUSTOMER’s supplier development programs. In addition, Supplier will institute a quality and inspection system which incorporates IS09001/TL9001 and such other standards and procedures as mutually agreed by the parties in writing.

20. T ECHNICAL S UPPORT AND I NFORMATION

(a) In addition to its other duties set forth herein, Supplier shall provide technical support services to Tellabs, as described in the attached Exhibit C.

(b) Supplier acknowledges that CUSTOMER will need technical information for uses such as design., validation, manufacture, benchmarking, assembly, and service of the Product. Supplier will cooperate to create, maintain, update, and deliver technical information relating to the Product and its manufacture as needed. Notwithstanding any other agreement between Supplier and CUSTOMER, Supplier will not withhold delivery of such information or documents needed by CUSTOMER and will not impose legal restrictions on CUSTOMER’s use thereof, other than under the NDA.

 

Page 12 of 22

  


21. T RADEMARK R IGHTS

No right is granted hereunder for either party to use the trademark of the other party, except as specifically permitted in writing by such other party. Willful use of a party’s trademark contrary to the provisions of the Agreement shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

22. C ONFIDENTIAL I NFORMATION

The Mutual Confidentiality Agreement between the parties, bearing an effective date of September 7, 2004 (the “NDA” ) is hereby incorporated by reference herein.

23. I NTELLECTUAL P ROPERTY

23.1 Ownership. Subject to the rights expressly granted to CUSTOMER hereunder, Supplier, or its licensors, shall retain all rights, title and interest in and to ownership of all industrial rights and Intellectual Property Rights embodied in or related to the Specifications, the Process Technology, and the Products.

23.2 License. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Supplier hereby grants CUSTOMER (i) a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable (except as expressly permitted herein), worldwide royalty-free license to use Supplier’s Intellectual Property Rights embodied in the Products for the sole purpose of incorporating the Products into CUSTOMER’s products and for marketing and distributing such CUSTOMER’s products to CUSTOMER’s customers including, without limitation, resellers, distributors, and/or end users, provided that CUSTOMER enters into a binding agreement with each of the foregoing that protects Supplier’s Confidential Information and Intellectual Property Rights at least to the same extent as CUSTOMER protects its own Confidential Information and Intellectual Property Rights in the relevant transactions, and (ii) a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable (except as expressly permitted herein), worldwide royalty-free license under Supplier’s intellectual Property Rights embodied in the Products to grant sublicenses to CUSTOMER’s customers, including without limitation resellers, distributors, and/or end users, for the sole purpose of marketing, distributing and using the Products as incorporated into CUSTOMER’s products. Each party retains all rights not expressly granted to the other party hereunder. In addition, and solely in conjunction with CUSTOMER’s right to incorporate, market and distribute the Products as set forth in this Section 23.2, CUSTOMER shall have the right: (a) to include, market and distribute in CUSTOMER’s products, the binary files created by CUSTOMER pursuant, if applicable, to its previously executed materials license agreement with Supplier (the “MLA” ), provided that such binary files were properly created as authorized under the MLA ; and (b) grant sublicenses to CUSTOMER’s customers, including without limitation resellers, distributors, and/or end users, for the sole purpose of marketing, distributing and using such binary files as included in CUSTOMER’s products. In connection with any distribution of such binary files, CUSTOMER agrees that Supplier shall have no liability of any nature whatsoever regarding such binary files, other than any liability based on the source code as initially furnished by Supplier to Tellabs pursuant to the terms of the MLA. For avoidance of doubt, such binary files may only be provided to third parties together with the Products, and may not be provided as standalone items.

 

Page 13 of 22

  


23.3 Restrictions. To the extent that the Products consist of software or firmware ( “Supplier Code” ), except as expressly set forth herein or the MLA, this Agreement shall be not construed to grant to CUSTOMER any right, title, or interest in any Intellectual Property Rights embodied in or associated with the Supplier Code, or any right to copy, modify or lease the Supplier Code. Except as permitted under applicable law, under no circumstances shall CUSTOMER, nor shall CUSTOMER permit any third person to, reverse assemble, reverse compile, reverse translate or otherwise reverse engineer the Supplier Code or otherwise attempt to learn or derive the source code, structure, algorithms or ideas underlying the Supplier Code.

24. Q UALITY C ERTIFICATION .

Unless Supplier furnishes Tellabs with a written waiver, signed by […***…], upon signing this Agreement, Supplier shall be fully ISO 9000 compliant within […***…] of the Effective Date. Supplier shall be ISO 9000 certified within […***…] of the Effective Date and shall fully cooperate with […***…] mandatory source inspections, as […***…] sees fit.

25. G ENERAL .

25.1 Notices. All notices and other communications pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, sent by facsimile, sent by nationally recognized overnight courier or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid, to the Parties at the addresses set forth below or to such other address as the Party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other Party in writing in accordance with this Section 25.2. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been delivered and received (a) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery, (b) in the case of facsimile, on the date sent if confirmation of receipt is received, (c) in the case of a nationally recognized overnight courier in circumstances under which such courier provides next business day delivery, on the next business day after the date when sent and (d) in the case of mailing, on the third business day following that on which the piece of mail containing such communication is posted:

 

If to CUSTOMER:    Tellabs Operations, Inc.
   1465 N. McDowell Blvd.
   Petaluma, CA 94954
   Fax: 707-794-7878
   Attention: Legal Department
   e-mail:
If to Supplier:    Entropic Communications, Inc.
   9276 Scranton Rd, Suite 200
   San Diego, CA 92121
   Fax: 858-546-2411
   Attention: Customer Service
   e-mail: meconomy@entropic.com

 

Page 14 of 22

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


or to such other address as the person to whom notice is given may have previously furnished to the others in writing in the manner set forth above.

25.2 Governing Law and Jurisdiction and Disputes. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted solely and exclusively in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not govern this Agreement and is hereby specifically disclaimed. In the event that Supplier initiates legal proceedings to enforce the terms of this Agreement, it may only do so in Cook County, Illinois; in the event that Tellabs initiates such legal proceedings, it may only do so in San Diego County, California. Each Party hereby irrevocably consents to such jurisdiction and venue, and irrevocably waives any objections thereto.

25.3 Injunctive Relief. The Parties agree that in such cases where irreparable damage would occur and the Parties would not have any adequate remedy at law in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or where otherwise breached, each Party shall be entitled to seek injunctive or other equitable relief, wherever such Party deems appropriate, to prevent such breaches of this Agreement or to so protect such Party’s rights under this Agreement. The foregoing remedy is in addition to any other remedy to which the Party seeking such equitable relief is entitled to at law.

25.4 Assignment. Neither Party shall assign or transfer this Agreement or all or any part of its rights hereunder, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign this entire Agreement, including all of such Party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the other Party: (i) to any Affiliate of the assigning Party; (ii) to the surviving Entity in the event of a merger, acquisition, or consolidation involving the assigning Party; or (iii) to the successor or purchaser of any portion of the business of the assigning Party resulting from a reorganization, spin-off, or sale of all or a portion of all the assets of any business, division, or group of assigning Party, provided , however , that any such Affiliate, surviving Entity, successor or purchaser agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and is no less adequately capitalized than Supplier. In the event of any of the foregoing assignments, the assigning Party will have no further obligations or liability to the other Party under this Agreement except for obligations and liabilities that accrued before such assignment. Any unauthorized assignment or transfer shall be null and void. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each Party and its successors and permitted assigns.

25.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any Exhibits attached hereto and the NDA, each of which are incorporated by reference into this Agreement) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all other prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings both written and oral between the Parties with respect to such subject matter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement is not intended to supersede or replace any of the pre-existing license agreements between CUSTOMER and Supplier that are related to the Products, including, without limitation, the MLA, or any other agreements that are otherwise expressly referenced in this Agreement, such license and other agreements to remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

Page 15 of 22

  


25.6 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and to such end the provisions of this Agreement are agreed to be severable. In such event, the affected provision shall be amended to achieve as nearly as possible the same economic effect as the original provision.

25.7 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing signed by authorized representatives of both Parties.

25.8 Construction. The descriptive headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All Section and Exhibit references in this Agreement are to Sections and Exhibits, respectively, of or to this Agreement unless specified otherwise. Unless expressly stated otherwise, when used in this Agreement the word “including” means “including but not limited to.”

25.9 Waiver. Any waiver of compliance with any obligation, covenant, agreement, provision or condition of this Agreement or consent pursuant to this Agreement shall not be effective unless evidenced by an instrument in writing executed by the Party to be charged. Any waiver of compliance with any such obligation, covenant, agreement, provision or condition of this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other non-compliance.

25.10 Relationship. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed as creating a joint venture or partnership between the Parties. Neither Party is by virtue of this Agreement authorized as an agent, employee, or legal representative of the other Party, and the relationship of the Parties is, and at all times shall continue to be, that of independent contractors.

25.11 Attorneys’ Fees. If any action at law or in equity, including an action for declaratory relief or injunctive relief is brought to enforce or interpret the provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to recover its court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees from the non-prevailing Party, in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing Party may be entitled.

25.12 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

25.13 Ambiguities. The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

Page 16 of 22

  


25.14 Execution. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures and such signature shall be deemed binding for all purposes of this Agreement, without delivery of an original signature being thereafter required.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute and deliver this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

E NTROPIC C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .     T ELLABS O PERATIONS , I NC .
Signed:  

/s/ Patrick C. Henry

    Signed:  

/s/ John Brots

Name:   Patrick C. Henry     Name:   John Brots
Title:   President and CEO     Title:   Executive V.P. – Global Operations
Date:   7/10/06     Date:   7/12/06

 

Page 17 of 22

  


EXHIBIT A

PRODUCTS AND PRICING

[…***…]

 

Page 18 of 22

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


EXHIBIT B

TELLABS’ CONTRACT MANUFACTURERS

[…***…]

 

Page 19 of 22

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


EXHIBIT C

TECHNICAL SUPPORT

Entropic Obligations.

 

  1.1. Support. During the warranty period, Supplier shall provide Support to CUSTOMER in the event that CUSTOMER is not able to identify and resolve an End-User reported problem. Supplier shall have no responsibility with regard to Support directly to any End-User. Support provided by Supplier to CUSTOMER shall include the following:

 

  1.1.1 Technical Telephone Support. Supplier shall provide telephone assistance with respect to the Products within […***…] after CUSTOMER’s designated representative(s) contacts Supplier’s technical support engineer. Technical telephone support shall be available between 8:00 am and 5:00 pm Pacific Time, Monday through Friday, excluding US holidays. CUSTOMER’s personnel will be requested to provide a name, company name and any applicable call back numbers at the time the call is placed. The information and level of detail that CUSTOMER provides to Supplier technical engineers will reduce the amount of time to troubleshoot CUSTOMER’s reported problem. Supplier shall review CUSTOMER’s troubleshooting methods and results to determine if Supplier’s products are related to the failure. If so, Supplier shall work with CUSTOMER to suggest the proper course of action. Mailing shall make reasonable commercial efforts to track the reported problem and identify a reasonable workaround or resolution. CUSTOMER shall also report any engineering or quality complaints received by End-Users to Supplier via the process described in this section.

 

  1.1.2 Email Support. Technical assistance not requiring a […***…] response may be requested via email.

 

  1.1.3 On-Site Support. If a problem cannot be resolved via phone support, upon CUSTOMER’s request, Supplier shall provide on-site support to perform additional troubleshooting, identification and implementation of a resolution. Such on-site support shall be available on an as-available basis upon a schedule to be mutually agreed. If the problem is found not to be caused by Supplier’s Product, CUSTOMER will be responsible for actual reasonable travel and personal expenses. If the problem is found to be caused by Supplier’s Product, Supplier shall bear its own respective costs for such services.

 

  1.1.4

Returned Material Authorizations. If during the troubleshooting and fault isolation process, it is determined that a hardware failure is the root cause of the problem, CUSTOMER shall replace the defective product from its spares pool and then contact Supplier to initiate a Returned

 

Page 20 of 22

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested


 

Material Authorization (RMA) for the defective Product. Supplier shall promptly provide an RMA number to CUSTOMER and instructions on failed product disposition and return of the defective product to Supplier. CUSTOMER shall ensure that the Product is shipped back following the provided RMA procedures and packed suitably to prevent damage in shipping. No Products may be returned to Supplier without an RMA. Units returned under RMA will be repaired or replaced and shipped back to CUSTOMER within thirty (30) days of receipt at Supplier’s designated facility. CUSTOMER pays shipping charges to Supplier; Supplier pays shipping charges back to CUSTOMER.

 

  1.1.4.1 Failure Reports . Supplier shall provide a report on any Product returned for failure analysis. Such report shall state how the Product was tested, the nature of the defect or failure, if known, what corrective action was taken, and the final test results.

 

  1.1.5 Software Support. CUSTOMER may report bugs or malfunctions in the firmware to Supplier by contacting the Supplier technical support engineer as described in Section 1.1.1 above. Supplier, shall make reasonable commercial efforts to track the reported problem and identify a reasonable workaround or resolution, including bug fixes if deemed necessary, to bring such firmware into compliance with the applicable Product Specification as soon as reasonably possible. Any necessary firmware or software bug fixes will be provided to CUSTOMER for installation by CUSTOMER in the field. During the warranty period, Supplier shall provide CUSTOMER with any bug fixes for the firmware, when and if available, as released by Supplier and applicable to the Products supplied. Supplier shall provide CUSTOMER with hardware compatibility information applicable to any such firmware bug fix released. The parties agree that any out-of-warranty software support shall be negotiated in good faith at the time of request.

 

  1.1.6 Emergency Support. Upon request, Supplier shall provide reasonable commercial efforts to support CUSTOMER on a priority basis in the event of a Product failure that causes an emergency “out of service” condition of an End-User. Such support shall include telephone assistance, expedited RMA processing and on-site support as mutually agreed.

 

  1.2 Additional Support. Additional support services that may be requested by CUSTOMER, and agreed to by Supplier, which are for services other than Support as described herein shall be provided upon a schedule and at such rates as mutually agreed by the parties in writing, as well as actual reasonable travel and personal expenses.

 

Page 21 of 22

  


2. Escalation Procedure.

 

  2.1. Supplier. At any time, CUSTOMER may contact the Supplier technical support engineer to request escalation of a technical issue or previously reported problem. Upon receipt of such escalation request, the Supplier technical support engineer shall route the caller to an appropriate individual and/or provide contact information to CUSTOMER as necessary.

 

  2.2. Tellabs. At any time, Supplier may contact the Tellabs Customer Call Center at 1-800-690-2324 to request escalation of a technical issue or previously reported problem. Upon receipt of such escalation request, the Tellabs Customer Call Center shall route the caller to an appropriate individual and/or provide contact information to Supplier as necessary. Any customer that initially contacts Supplier as its initial line of support shall be referred by Supplier to CUSTOMER at the number above.

 

Page 22 of 22


***Text Omitted and Filed Separately

with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Confidential Treatment Requested

Under 17 C.F.R. Sections 200.80(b)(4)

and 230.406

AMENDMENT ONE

TO THAT CERTAIN MASTER PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Reference is made to that certain Master Purchase Agreement dated July 1, 2006 (the “Agreement) by and between Entropic Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation located at 9276 Scranton Rd, San Diego, CA 92121 ( “Entropic” ), and Tellabs Operations, Inc., a Delaware corporation having principal offices at One Tellabs Center, 1415 W. Diehl Rod., Naperville, IL 60563 (“ Tellabs” ).

WHEREAS, Tellabs and Entropic desire to amend the Agreement to modify existing terms and incorporate new terms, as required by the parties, as set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows as of the date hereof:

 

  1. Exhibit A of the Agreement, “Products and Pricing,” is hereby supplemented by adding the products and pricing terms set forth in the attached Exhibit A.

 

  2. All other terms and conditions in the reference Agreement shall remain the same.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

Tellabs Operations, Inc.     Entropic Communications, inc.

/s/ Joelle Prather

   

/s/ Kent Vandenberg

Signature     Signature

Joelle Prather

   

Kent Vandenberg

Printed Name     Printed Name

VP Global Sourcing

   

Executive Director of Americas

Title     Title

6/26/2007

   

6/20/2007

Date     Date


EXHIBIT A

PRODUCTS AND PRICING

[…***…]

 

   ***Confidential Treatment Requested

Exhibit 10.26

VENTURE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Dated as of October 6, 2006

by and between

HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FUNDING COMPANY LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

76 Batterson Park Road

Farmington, CT 06032

as Lender

And

RF MAGIC, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

10182 Telesis Court, 4 th Floor

San Diego, CA 92121

as Borrower

 

Commitment Amount Loan A:

   $ 5,000,000

Commitment Amount Loan B:

   $ 2,000,000

Commitment Termination Date Loan A:

     October 31, 2006

Commitment Termination Date Loan B:

     June 30, 2007


The Lender and Borrower hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Definitions and Construction .

1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

Account Control Agreement ” means an agreement acceptable to Lender which perfects via control Lender’s security interest in Borrower’s deposit accounts and/or accounts holding securities.

Affiliate ” means any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten percent (10%) or more of the stock of another entity, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Persons or any Affiliate of such Persons and each of such Person’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners.

Agreement ” means this certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement by and between Borrower and Lender dated as of the date on the cover page hereto (as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented in writing signed by the Borrower and Lender).

Borrower ” means the Borrower as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Borrower’s Home State ” means California.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required to close in Connecticut or Borrower’s Home State.

Claim ” has the meaning given such term in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in effect in the State of Connecticut, as amended from time to time; provided that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the creation and/or perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than Connecticut, the term “Code” shall also mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such creation, perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection.

Collateral ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

Commitment Amount Loan A ” and “ Commitment Amount Loan B ” have the meanings as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Commitment Fee ” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.6(c) of this Agreement.

 

1


Commitment Termination Date Loan A” and “ Commitment Termination Date Loan B ” have the meanings as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Default ” means any event which with the passing of time or the giving of notice or both would become an Event of Default hereunder.

Default Rate ” means the per annum rate of interest equal to five percent (5%) over the Loan Rate, but such rate shall in no event be more than the highest rate permitted by applicable law to be charged on commercial loans in a default situation.

Disclosure Schedule ” means Exhibit A attached hereto.

Environmental Laws ” means all foreign, federal, state or local laws, statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with all administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authorities, in each case relating to environmental, health, safety and land use matters, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act and the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act.

Equity Securities ” of any Person means (a) all common stock, preferred stock, participations, shares, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests in and of such Person (regardless of how designated and whether or not voting or non-voting) and (b) all warrants, options and other rights to acquire any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7.12 of this Agreement.

Event of Default ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8 of this Agreement.

Funding Certificate ” means a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as Lender may agree to accept.

Funding Date ” means any date on which a Loan is made to or on account of Borrower under this Agreement.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the United States of America from time to time, consistently applied.

Good Faith Deposit ” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.6(a) of this Agreement.

Governmental Authority ” means (a) any federal, state, county, municipal or foreign government, or political subdivision thereof, (b) any governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority, board, bureau, commission, department, instrumentality or public body, (c) any court or administrative tribunal, or (d) with respect to any Person, any arbitration tribunal or other non-governmental authority to whose jurisdiction that Person has consented.

 

2


Hazardous Materials ” means all those substances which are regulated by, or which may form the basis of liability under, any Environmental Law, including all substances identified under any Environmental Law as a pollutant, contaminant, hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, special waste, hazardous substance, hazardous material, or toxic substance, or petroleum or petroleum derived substance or waste.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to Borrower or any Subsidiary, the aggregate amount of, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade payables aged less than one hundred eighty (180) days), (d) all capital lease obligations of such Person, (e) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such obligation or liability is assumed, and (f) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person. Unless otherwise indicated, the term “ Indebtedness ” shall include all Indebtedness of Borrower and the Subsidiaries.

Indemnified Person ” has the meaning given such term in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Intellectual Property ” means all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to patents, patent rights (and applications and registrations therefor), trademarks and service marks (and applications and registrations therefor), inventions, copyrights, mask works (and applications and registrations therefor), trade names, trade styles, software and computer programs, source code, object code, trade secrets, methods, processes, know how, drawings, specifications, descriptions, and all memoranda, notes, and records with respect to any research and development, all whether now owned or subsequently acquired or developed by Borrower and whether in tangible or intangible form or contained on magnetic media readable by machine together with all such magnetic media (but not including embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code).

Investment ” means the purchase or acquisition of any capital stock, equity interest, or any obligations or other securities of, or any interest in, any Person, or the extension of any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or any other investment in, or deposit with, any Person.

Landlord Agreement ” means an agreement by which a lessor to Borrower of certain real property furnishes its consent to removal of personal property by Lender under certain conditions, substantially in the form provided by Lender to Borrower or such other form as is reasonably acceptable to Lender.

Lender ” means the Lender as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Lender’s Expenses ” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, documentation, administration and funding of the Loan Documents; and Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in amending, modifying, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal or review), including the exercise of any

 

3


rights or remedies afforded hereunder or under applicable law, whether or not suit is brought, whether before or after bankruptcy or insolvency, including without limitation all fees and costs incurred by Lender in connection with Lender’s enforcement of its rights in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding filed by or against Borrower or its Property.

Lien ” means any voluntary or involuntary security interest, pledge, bailment, lease, mortgage, hypothecation, conditional sales and title retention agreement, encumbrance or other lien with respect to any Property in favor of any Person.

Loan ” means each advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement and, “ Loans ” means, collectively all such advances of credit.

Loan A ” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Commitment Amount Loan A.

Loan B ” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Commitment Amount Loan B.

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Warrant, any Landlord Agreement, any Account Control Agreement and all other documents, instruments and agreements entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

Loan Rate ” means, with respect to each Loan, the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of twelve 30-day months) equal to the greater of (a) 11.90 % or (b) 11.90% plus the difference between (i) the one month LIBOR Rate (rounded to the nearest one hundredth percent), as reported in the Wall Street Journal , on the date which is five (5) Business Days before the Funding Date for such Loan (or, if the Wall Street Journal is not published on such date, the next earlier date on which it is published).and (ii) 5.33%.

Maturity Date ” means, with respect to Loan A, May 1, 2010 and with respect to Loan B, the date which is forty-two (42) months from the first day of the month next following the first day of the month following the Funding Date for Loan B, or, in the case of Loan A or Loan B, if earlier, the date of acceleration of the Loans following an Event of Default or the date of prepayment, whichever is applicable.

Note ” means each promissory note executed in connection with a Loan in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, and, collectively, “ Notes ” means all such promissory notes.

Obligations ” means all debt, principal, interest, fees, charges, expenses and attorneys’ fees and costs and other amounts, obligations, covenants, and duties owing by Borrower to Lender of any kind and description (whether pursuant to or evidenced by the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or by any other agreement between Lender and Borrower, and whether or not for the payment of money), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including all Lender’s Expenses.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit E or such other form as Lender may agree to accept.

 

4


Payment Date ” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

Permitted Indebtedness ” means and includes:

(a) Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender;

(b) Indebtedness of Borrower secured by Liens permitted under clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Liens;

(c) Indebtedness arising from the endorsement of instruments in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth on the Disclosure Schedule;

(e) Indebtedness owed to Silicon Valley Bank consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility in which the loans are limited to not more than Eighty Percent (80%) of Borrower’s outstanding accounts receivable plus (ii) term debt existing on the date hereof in the outstanding aggregate principal amount of $1,650,000;

(f) Other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $250,000 at any time; and

(g) Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments ” means and includes any of the following Investments as to which Lender has a perfected security interest:

(a) Deposits and deposit accounts with commercial banks organized under the laws of the United States or a state thereof to the extent: (i) the deposit accounts of each such institution are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the legal limit; and (ii) each such institution has an aggregate capital and surplus of not less than One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000);

(b) Investments consisting of securities accounts, in which the investments therein otherwise meet the definition of Permitted Investments;

(c) Investments in marketable obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the United States and maturing not more than one (1) year from the date of issuance;

(d) Investments in open market commercial paper rated at least “A1” or “P1” or higher by a national credit rating agency and maturing not more than one (1) year from the creation thereof and Investments in money market accounts and certificates of deposit;

(e) Investments pursuant to or arising under currency agreements or interest rate agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

5


(f) Investments consisting of (1) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business; provided the aggregate amount of such loans do not exceed $250,000 at any one time outstanding and (2) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors; provided the aggregate amount of such do not exceed $250, 000 at any one time outstanding (exclusive of any non-cash based loan options, pursuant to which no cash is distributed from the Borrower to such employee, officer or director, to acquire such securities);

(g) Investments consisting of debt obligations received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of; and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions to, customers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Investments to fund operating expenses or capital costs of Borrower’s subsidiaries operations, provided that such Investments are consistent with Borrower’s annual operating budget and plan as delivered to Lender each year pursuant to Section 6.3 of this Agreement; provided that (i) the aggregate amount of such Investments does not exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in any fiscal year of Borrower and (ii) upon Lender’s request, Borrower provides or causes any of its domestic subsidiaries to provide any and all documents required by Lender to make any such domestic subsidiaries guarantors of the Obligations and grant a security in the personal property, excluding Intellectual Property, to secure any such guaranty; and

(j) Other Investments aggregating not in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) at any time.

Permitted IP Claims ” means the granting of co-inventor status to, and the allowance of certain system claims by, Echostar Technology Holdings Corporation, solely with respect to the following patents of Borrower: 10/735521, 10/734603, 10/734604 and 11/164768.

Permitted Liens ” means and includes:

(a) the Lien created by this Agreement;

(b) Liens for fees, taxes, levies, imposts, duties or other governmental charges of any kind which are not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof ( provided that such appropriate proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such Lien or reserves sufficient to discharge such Lien have been provided on the books of Borrower);

 

6


(c) Liens identified on the Disclosure Schedule;

(d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings ( provided that such appropriate proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such Lien or reserves sufficient to discharge such Lien have been provided on the books of Borrower);

(e) Liens upon any equipment or other personal property acquired by Borrower after the date hereof to secure (i) the purchase price of such equipment or other personal property, or (ii) lease obligations or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such equipment or other personal property; provided that (A) such Liens are confined solely to the equipment or other personal property so acquired and the amount secured does not exceed the acquisition price thereof, and (B) no such Lien shall be created, incurred, assumed or suffered to exist in favor of Borrower’s officers, directors or stockholders holding five percent (5%) or more of Borrower’s Equity Securities;

(f) Liens granted to a lender providing Indebtedness permitted under subparagraph (e) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness;

(g) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property entered into in the ordinary course of business, or exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property with respect to scope or geographic area, (A) to customers in connection with Borrower’s customization of software or other products for such customers, or (B) in connection with “end-of-life” source code where such source code is no longer integral to Borrower’s business;

(h) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default;

(i) Liens securing Subordinated Debt;

(j) Leases or subleases and licenses and sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law, in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(l) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums; and

(m) Deposits in the ordinary course of business under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other similar laws, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure statutory obligations (other than liens arising under ERISA or environmental liens) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds.

 

7


Person ” means and includes any individual, any partnership, any corporation, any business trust, any joint stock company, any limited liability company, any unincorporated association or any other entity and any domestic or foreign national, state or local government, any political subdivision thereof, and any department, agency, authority or bureau of any of the foregoing.

Property ” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, whether tangible or intangible.

Responsible Officer ” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.3 of this Agreement.

Scheduled Payments ” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

Solvent ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11 of this Agreement.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the outstanding Equity Securities entitled to vote for the election of directors or other governing body (otherwise than as the result of a default) is owned by Borrower directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries.

Third Party Equipment ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.8 of this Agreement.

Transfer ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.4 of this Agreement.

Warrant ” means the separate warrant or warrants dated on or about the date hereof in favor of the Lender or its designees to purchase securities of Borrower.

1.2 Construction . References in this Agreement to “Articles,” “Sections,” “Exhibits,” “Schedules” and “Annexes” are to recitals, articles, sections, exhibits, schedules and annexes herein and hereto unless otherwise indicated. References in this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to any document, instrument or agreement shall include (a) all exhibits, schedules, annexes and other attachments thereto, (b) all documents, instruments or agreements issued or executed in replacement thereof, and (c) such document, instrument or agreement, or replacement or predecessor thereto, as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time and in effect at any given time. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. The words “include” and “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not be construed to be limiting or exclusive. Unless otherwise indicated in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, all accounting terms used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be construed, and all accounting and financial computations hereunder or thereunder shall be computed, in accordance with GAAP, and all terms describing Collateral shall be construed in accordance with the Code. The terms and information set forth on the cover page of this Agreement are incorporated into this Agreement.

 

8


2. Loans; Repayment .

2.1 Commitment .

(a) The Commitment Amount . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth as and when made or deemed to be made, Lender agrees to lend to Borrower prior to the Commitment Termination Date Loan A, Loan A. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation Section 3.3 below, and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth as and when made or deemed to be made, Lender agrees to lend to Borrower on or after January 1, 2007, but prior to the Commitment Termination Date Loan B, Loan B.

(b) The Loans and the Notes . The obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of and interest on the Loan shall be evidenced by a Note issued to Lender.

(c) Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of each Loan shall be used solely for working capital or general corporate purposes of Borrower.

(d) Termination of Commitment to Lend . Notwithstanding anything in the Loan Documents, Lender’s obligation to lend the undisbursed portion of the Commitment Amount Loan A or Commitment Amount Loan B to Borrower hereunder shall terminate on the earlier of (i) at Lender’s sole election, the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder, and (ii) with respect to Loan A, Commitment Termination Date Loan A and with respect to Loan B; Commitment Termination Date Loan B. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender’s obligation to lend the undisbursed portion of the Commitment Amount Loan A or Commitment Amount Loan B to Borrower shall terminate if, in Lender’s sole judgment, there has been a material adverse change in the business, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Borrower, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business.

2.2 Payments .

(a) Scheduled Payments . Borrower shall make payments of accrued interest only on the outstanding principal amount of each Loan on the first twelve (12) Payment Dates specified in the Note applicable to such Loan and thirty (30) equal payments of principal plus accrued interest on the outstanding principal amount of each Loan on each subsequent Payment Date as set forth in the Note applicable to such Loan (collectively, the “ Scheduled Payments ”). Borrower shall make such Scheduled Payments commencing on the date set forth in the Note applicable to such Loan and continuing thereafter on the first Business Day of each calendar month (each a “ Payment Date ”) through the Maturity Date. In any event, all unpaid principal and accrued interest shall be due and payable in fall on the Maturity Date.

 

9


(b) Interim Payment . Unless the Funding Date for a Loan is the first day of a calendar month, Borrower shall pay the per diem interest (accruing at the Loan Rate from the Funding Date through the last day of that month) payable with respect to such Loan on the first Business Day of the next calendar month following the Funding Date.

(c) Payment of Interest . Borrower shall pay interest on each Loan at a per annum rate of interest equal to the Loan Rate. All computations of interest (including interest at the Default Rate, if applicable) shall be based on a year of twelve 30-day months. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the amount of interest payable hereunder shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount permitted by the law applicable to interest charged on commercial loans.

(d) Application of Payments . All payments received by Lender when no Event of Default exists shall be applied as follows: (1) first, to Lender’s Expenses then due and owing; and (2) second to all Scheduled Payments then due and owing ( provided , however , if such payments are not sufficient to pay the whole amount then due, such payments shall be applied first to unpaid interest at the Loan Rate, then to the remaining amount then due). During the existence of an Event of Default, all payments and application of proceeds shall be made as set forth in Section 9.7 .

(e) Late Payment Fee . Borrower shall pay to Lender a late payment fee equal to three percent (3%) of any Scheduled Payment not paid when due.

(f) Default Rate . Borrower shall pay interest at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate on any amounts required to be paid by Borrower under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including Scheduled Payments), payable with respect to any Loan, accrued and unpaid interest, and any fees or other amounts which remain unpaid after such amounts are due. If an Event of Default has occurred and the Obligations have been accelerated (whether automatically or by Lender’s election), Borrower shall pay interest on the aggregate, outstanding accelerated balance hereunder from the date of the Event of Default until all Events of Default are cured, at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate.

2.3 Prepayments .

(a) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Loans are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 9.1(a) hereof, then Borrower, in addition to any other amounts which may be due and owing hereunder, shall immediately pay to Lender the amount set forth in Section 2.3(b) below, as if the Borrower had opted to prepay on the date of such acceleration.

(b) Optional Prepayment . Upon ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to Lender, Borrower may, at its option, at any time, prepay all of the Loans by paying to Lender an amount equal to (i) any accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loans; (ii) for each Loan an amount equal to (A) if the Loan is prepaid in calendar year 2006, four (4%) percent of the then outstanding principal balance of the Loan, (B) if the Loan is prepaid in calendar year 2007, two and one half of one (2.5%) percent of the then outstanding principal balance of the Loan, or (C) ) if the Loan is prepaid after December 31,

 

10


2007, one (1.0%) percent of the then outstanding principal balance of the Loan,; (iii) the outstanding principal balance of the Loans and (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if on or before the prepayment of the Loans, Borrower completes the sale of its Equity Securities in an initial public offering or is sold for an amount which results in the Lender receiving net cash proceeds per share equal to two times the Warrant Price (as defined in the Warrant), Borrower shall not owe the amount set forth in Section 2.3(b)(ii) above.

2.4 Other Payment Terms .

(a) Place and Manner . Borrower shall make all payments due to Lender in lawful money of the United States. All payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts payable by Borrower hereunder shall be made, in immediately available funds, not later than 4:00 p.m. Connecticut time, on the date on which such payment is due. Borrower shall make such payments to Lender via wire transfer as follows:

 

Payment via wire transfer:

  

Credit:

   Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC

Bank Name:

   ABN Amro/LaSalle Bank NA CDO Trust Services

Bank Address:

   135 South LaSalle Street, Suite 1625
   Chicago, Illinois 60603
   Attn: Greg Meyers, 312-904-0283

Account No.:

   2090067 – Trust GL

FFCT-Reference Account Number

   721771.1

ABA Routing No.:

   071000505

Reference:

   RF Magic Invoice #                         

(b) Date . Whenever any payment is due hereunder on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

2.5 Procedure for Making the Loans .

(a) Notice . Borrower shall notify Lender of the date on which Borrower desires Lender to make any Loan at least five (5) Business Days in advance of the desired Funding Date, unless Lender elects at its sole discretion to allow the Funding Date to be within five (5) Business Days of Borrower’s notice. Borrower’s execution and delivery to Lender of a Note shall be Borrower’s agreement to the terms and calculations thereunder with respect to the Loan. Lender’s obligation to make any Loan shall be expressly subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 .

(b) Loan Rate Calculation . Prior to each Funding Date, Lender shall establish the Loan Rate with respect to such Loan, which shall be set forth in the Note to be executed by Borrower with respect to such Loan and shall be conclusive in the absence of a manifest error.

 

11


(c) Disbursement . Lender shall disburse the proceeds of each Loan by wire transfer to Borrower at the account specified in the Funding Certificate for the Loan.

2.6 Good Faith Deposit; Legal and Closing Expenses; and Commitment Fee .

(a) Good Faith Deposit . Borrower has delivered to Lender a good faith deposit in the amount of Thirty Five Thousand Dollars ($35,000) (the “ Good Faith Deposit ”). The Good Faith Deposit will be applied to Lender’s Costs (as defined in Section 2.3(b) below) and the balance to the Commitment Fee. If the Funding Date does not occur (other than as a result of Lender’s election not to fund pursuant to Section 2.1(d) above), Lender shall retain the Good Faith Deposit as compensation for its time, expenses and opportunity cost.

(b) Legal, Due Diligence and Documentation Expenses . Concurrently with its execution and delivery of this Agreement, Borrower shall pay to Lender (from the Good Faith Deposit) Lender’s legal, due diligence and documentation expenses (“Lender’s Costs”) in connection with the negotiation and documentation of this Agreement and the Loan Documents in an amount not to exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000).

(c) Commitment Fee . Borrower shall pay Lender concurrently with its execution and delivery of this Agreement a commitment fee in the amount of Thirty Five Thousand Dollars ($35,000) (the “ Commitment Fee ”). The Commitment Fee shall be retained by Lender and be deemed fully earned upon receipt.

3. Conditions of Loan .

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Closing . At the time of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Lender shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, all of the following (unless Lender has agreed to waive such condition or document, in which case such condition or document shall be a condition precedent to the making of any Loan and shall be deemed added to Section 3.2 ):

(a) Loan Agreement . This Agreement duly executed by Borrower and Lender.

(b) Warrant . The Warrant duly executed by Borrower.

(c) Secretary’s Certificate . A certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary of Borrower with copies of the following documents attached: (i) the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Borrower certified by Borrower as being complete and in full force and effect on the date thereof, (ii) incumbency and representative signatures, and (iii) resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.

(d) Good Standing Certificates . A good standing certificate from Borrower’s state of incorporation and the state in which Borrower’s principal place of business is located, each dated as of a recent date.

 

12


(e) Certificate of Insurance . Evidence of the insurance coverage required by Section 6.8 of this Agreement.

(f) Consents . All necessary consents of stockholders and other third parties with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Warrant and the other Loan Documents.

(g) Legal Opinion . A legal opinion of Borrower’s counsel covering the matters set forth in Exhibit D hereto.

(h) Account Control Agreements . Account Control Agreements for all of Borrower’s deposit accounts and accounts holding securities duly executed by all of the parties thereto, in the forms provided by or reasonably acceptable to Lender.

(i) Other Documents . Such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to Making a Loan . The obligation of Lender to make each Loan is further subject to the following conditions:

(a) No Default . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(b) Note . Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered to Lender a Note in the amount of the Loan.

(c) UCC Financing Statements . Lender shall have received such documents, instruments and agreements, including UCC financing statements or amendments to UCC financing statements, as Lender shall reasonably request to evidence the perfection and priority of the security interests granted to Lender pursuant to Section 4 . Borrower authorizes Lender to file any UCC financing statements, continuations of or amendments to UCC financing statements it deems necessary to perfect its security interest in the Collateral.

(d) Funding Certificate . Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered to Lender a Funding Certificate for such Loan.

(e) Subordination Agreement . A Subordination Agreement with respect to the Indebtedness constituting Permitted Indebtedness under subsection (e) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, executed by the lender providing such Indebtedness.

(f) Other Documents . Such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.3 Condition Precedent to Making Loan B . Borrower shall not request and Lender shall have no obligation to make, Loan B unless, in addition to all of the other terms and conditions contained herein, (a) on or before June 30, 2007, Borrower provides Lender with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that Borrower has achieved aggregate revenues, as determined in accordance with GAAP, of not less than Fourteen Million Dollars ($14,000,000) in Borrower’s fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006.

 

13


3.4 Covenant to Deliver . Borrower agrees (not as a condition but as a covenant) to deliver to Lender each item required to be delivered to Lender as a condition to each Loan, if such Loan is advanced. Borrower expressly agrees that the extension of such Loan prior to the receipt by Lender of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Lender of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Lender’s sole discretion.

4. Creation of Security Interest .

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower grants to Lender a valid and continuing security interest in all presently existing and hereafter acquired or arising Collateral in order to secure prompt, full and complete payment of any and all Obligations and in order to secure prompt, full and complete performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under each of the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant). The “ Collateral ” shall mean and include all right, title, interest, claims and demands of Borrower in and to all personal property of Borrower, including without limitation, all of the following:

(a) All goods (and embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code) and equipment now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all laboratory equipment, computer equipment, office equipment, machinery, fixtures, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing, and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and improvements to any of the foregoing, wherever located;

(b) All inventory now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products including such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above, and Borrower’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(c) All contract rights and general intangibles (except to the extent included within the definition of Intellectual Property), now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, goodwill, license agreements, franchise agreements, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, infringements, claims, software, computer programs, computer disks, computer tapes, literature, reports, catalogs, design rights, income tax refunds, payment intangibles, commercial tort claims, payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind;

(d) All now existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, royalties, license rights, license fees and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods, the licensing of technology or the rendering of services by

 

14


Borrower (subject, in each case, to the contractual rights of third parties to require funds received by Borrower to be expended in a particular manner), whether or not earned by performance, and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(e) All documents, cash, deposit accounts, letters of credit (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), certificates of deposit, instruments, promissory notes, chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic) and investment property, including, without limitation, all securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts and commodity accounts, and all financial assets held in any securities account or otherwise, wherever located, now owned or hereafter acquired and Borrower’s books relating to the foregoing (but excluding any cash, deposit accounts or certificates of deposits which are pledged and continue to be pledged to secure reimbursement obligations of Borrower under letters of credit issued on Borrower’s or its subsidiaries behalf with respect to leases of real property);

(f) Any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions and accessions to and proceeds thereof, including, without limitation, insurance, condemnation, requisition or similar payments and proceeds of the sale or licensing of Intellectual Property to the extent such proceeds no longer constitute Intellectual Property; but

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any Intellectual Property; provided , however , that the Collateral shall include all accounts receivables, accounts, and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “ Rights to Payment ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the date hereof, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.

4.2 After-Acquired Property . If Borrower shall at any time acquire a commercial tort claim, as defined in the Code, Borrower shall promptly notify Lender in writing signed by Borrower of the brief details thereof and grant to Lender in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

4.3 Duration of Security Interest . Lender’s security interest in the Collateral shall continue until the payment in full and the satisfaction of all Obligations (other than indemnity obligations which have not arisen prior to the date of repayment in full of all other Obligations) and termination of Lender’s commitment to fund the Loans, whereupon such security interest shall terminate. Lender shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, execute such further documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to make effective the release contemplated by this Section 4.3 , including duly authorizing and delivering termination statements for filing in all relevant jurisdictions under the Code.

 

15


4.4 Location and Possession of Collateral . The Collateral is and shall remain in the possession of Borrower at its location listed on the cover page hereof or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule. Borrower shall remain in full possession, enjoyment and control of the Collateral (except only as may be otherwise required by Lender for perfection of its security interest therein) and so long as no Event of Default has occurred, shall be entitled to manage, operate and use the same and each part thereof with the rights and franchises appertaining thereto; provided that the possession, enjoyment, control and use of the Collateral shall at all time be subject to the observance and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

4.5 Delivery of Additional Documentation Required . Borrower shall from time to time execute and deliver to Lender, at the request of Lender, all financing statements and other documents Lender may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Lender, to perfect and continue Lender’s perfected security interests in the Collateral and in order to consummate fully all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents.

4.6 Right to Inspect . Lender (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours, to inspect Borrower’s books and records and to make copies thereof and to inspect, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral.

4.7 Intellectual Property . Borrower shall (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of any material Intellectual Property and promptly advise Lender in writing of material infringements, and (ii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without the consent of the board of directors of the Borrower.

4.8 Lien Subordination . Lender agrees that the Liens granted to it hereunder shall be subordinate to the Liens to secure the Indebtedness permitted under clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness. Lender agrees that the Liens granted to it hereunder in Third Party Equipment shall be subordinate to the Liens of future lenders providing equipment financing and equipment lessors for equipment and other personal property acquired by Borrower after the date hereof (“ Third Party Equipment ”); provided that in the case of equipment financings and leasing such Liens are confined solely to the equipment so financed and the proceeds thereof and are Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Obligations hereunder shall not be subordinate in right of payment to any obligations to other equipment lenders or equipment lessors and Lender’s rights and remedies hereunder shall not in any way be subordinate to the rights and remedies of any such equipment lenders or equipment lessors, except for its rights and remedies with respect to Third Party Equipment. So long as no Event of Default exists, Lender agrees to execute and deliver such agreements and documents as may be reasonably requested by Borrower from time to time which set forth the lien subordination described in this Section 4.8 and are reasonably acceptable to Lender. Lender shall have no obligation to execute any agreement or document which would impose obligations, restrictions or lien priority on Lender which are less favorable to Lender than those described in this Section 4.8 .

 

16


5. Representations and Warranties . Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Organization and Qualification . Borrower is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation and qualified and licensed to do business in, and is in good standing in, any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of Property requires that it be so qualified or in which the Collateral is located, except for such states as to which any failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on Borrower.

5.2 Authority . Borrower has all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform in accordance with the terms thereof, the Loan Documents to which it is a party. Borrower has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its Property and to carry on its businesses as now conducted.

5.3 Conflict with Other Instruments, etc. Neither the execution and delivery of any Loan Document to which Borrower is a party nor the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated nor compliance with the terms, conditions and provisions thereof will conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the by-laws, or any other organizational documents of Borrower or any law or any regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality or any material agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound or to which it or any of its Property is subject, or constitute a default thereunder or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien, other than Permitted Liens.

5.4 Authorization; Enforceability . The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the security interest in the Collateral, the incurring of the Loans, the execution and delivery of the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated have each been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Borrower. Except for the consent of Silicon Valley Bank, which consent shall be obtained prior to the making of a Loan, no authorization, consent, approval, license or exemption of, and no registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Person is, was or will be necessary to (i) the valid execution and delivery of any Loan Document to which Borrower is a party, (ii) the performance of Borrower’s obligations under any Loan Document, or (iii) the granting of the security interest in the Collateral, except for filings in connection with the perfection of the security interest in any of the Collateral or the issuance of the Warrant. The Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity.

5.5 No Prior Encumbrances . Borrower has good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens. Borrower has good title and ownership of, or is licensed under, all of Borrower’s current Intellectual Property that is necessary to operate its business. Borrower has not received any communications alleging that Borrower has violated, or by conducting its business as proposed, would violate any proprietary rights of

 

17


any other Person. Borrower has no knowledge of any infringement or violation by it of the intellectual property rights of any third party and has no knowledge of any violation or infringement by a third party of any of its Intellectual Property. The Collateral and the Intellectual Property constitute substantially all of the assets and property of Borrower.

5.6 Name; Location of Chief Executive Office, Principal Place of Business and Collateral . Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof. Borrower’s jurisdiction of incorporation, chief executive office, principal place of business, and the place where Borrower maintains its records concerning the Collateral are presently located in the state and at the address set forth on the cover page of this Agreement. The Collateral is presently located at the address set forth on the cover page hereof or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule.

5.7 Litigation . There are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Borrower before any court or administrative agency in which an adverse decision could have a material adverse effect on Borrower or the aggregate value of the Collateral. Borrower does not have knowledge of any such pending or threatened actions or proceedings.

5.8 Financial Statements . All financial statements relating to Borrower or any Affiliate that have been or may hereafter be delivered by Borrower to Lender present fairly in all material respects Borrower’s financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s results of operations for the period then ended.

5.9 No Material Adverse Effect . No event has occurred and no condition exists which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business or operations of Borrower since December 31, 2005.

5.10 Full Disclosure . No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any Loan Document (including the Disclosure Schedule), certificate or written statement furnished to Lender contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by the Lender that projections and estimates as to future events, although reflecting Borrower’s good faith projections or forecasts based on methods and data which Borrower believes to be reasonable and accurate, are not to be viewed as facts and that the actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and estimates may differ from projected or estimated results). There is no fact known to Borrower which materially adversely affects, or which could in the future be reasonably expected to materially adversely affect, its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

5.11 Solvency, Etc. Borrower is Solvent (as defined below) and, after the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, Borrower will be Solvent. “ Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person on any date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the fair value of the liabilities (including, without limitation, contingent liabilities) of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or

 

18


liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital.

5.12 Subsidiaries . Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than those listed on the Disclosure Schedule.

5.13 Catastrophic Events; Labor Disputes . Neither Borrower nor its properties is or has been affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or other casualty that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business or operations of Borrower. There are no disputes presently subject to grievance procedure, arbitration or litigation under any of the collective bargaining agreements, employment contracts or employee welfare or incentive plans to which Borrower is a party, and there are no strikes, lockouts, work stoppages or slowdowns, or, to the knowledge of Borrower, jurisdictional disputes or organizing activity occurring or threatened which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business or operations of Borrower.

5.14 Certain Agreements of Officers, Employees and Consultants .

(a) No Violation . To the knowledge of Borrower, no officer, employee or consultant of Borrower is, or is now expected to be, in violation of any term of any employment contract, proprietary information agreement, nondisclosure agreement, noncompetition agreement or any other material contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant relating to the right of any such officer, employee or consultant to be employed by Borrower because of the nature of the business conducted or to be conducted by Borrower or relating to the use of trade secrets or proprietary information of others, and to Borrower’s knowledge, the continued employment of Borrower’s officers, employees and consultants does not subject Borrower to any material liability for any claim or claims arising out of or in connection with any such contract, agreement, or covenant.

(b) No Present Intention to Terminate . To the knowledge of Borrower, no officer of Borrower, and no employee or consultant of Borrower whose termination, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business or operations of Borrower, has any present intention of terminating his or her employment or consulting relationship with Borrower.

6. Affirmative Covenants . Borrower, until the full and complete payment of the Obligations (other than indemnity obligations which have not arisen prior to the date of repayment in full of all other Obligations), covenants and agrees that:

6.1 Good Standing . Borrower shall maintain its corporate existence and its good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business of Borrower. Borrower shall maintain in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, operations or business.

 

19


6.2 Government Compliance . Borrower shall comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the financial condition, operations or business of Borrower.

6.3 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Borrower shall deliver to Lender: (a) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, a company prepared balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement covering Borrower’s operations during such period, certified by Borrower’s president, treasurer or chief financial officer (each, a “ Responsible Officer ”); (b) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with an unqualified (except as a “going concern” or other similar qualification) opinion on such financial statements of a nationally recognized or other independent public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Lender; and (c) as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year or, if later, the date of Borrower’s board of directors’ adoption, Borrower’s operating budget and plan for the next fiscal year; and (d) such other financial information as Lender may reasonably request from time to time. From and after such time as Borrower becomes a publicly reporting company, promptly as they are available and in any event: (x) at the time of filing of Borrower’s Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, the financial statements of Borrower filed with such Form 10-K; and (y) at the time of filing of Borrower’s Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of Borrower, the financial statements of Borrower filed with such Form 10-Q. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Lender (i) promptly upon becoming available, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders; and (ii) immediately upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any material legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or the commencement of any action, proceeding or governmental investigation involving Borrower is commenced that is reasonably expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000).

6.4 Certificates of Compliance . Each time financial statements are furnished pursuant to Section 6.3 above, Borrower shall deliver to Lender an Officer’s Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in the form of, and certifying to the matters set forth in Exhibit E hereto.

6.5 Notice of Defaults . As soon as possible, and in any event within five (5) days after the discovery of a Default or an Event of Default, Borrower shall provide Lender with an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the facts relating to or giving rise to such Default or Event of Default and the action which Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

6.6 Taxes . Borrower shall make due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law or imposed upon any Property belonging to it, and will execute and deliver to Lender, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; and Borrower will make timely payment or deposit of all material tax payments and withholding taxes required of it by applicable laws, including those laws concerning F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A., state disability, and local, state, and federal income taxes, and will, upon request, furnish Lender with proof satisfactory to

 

20


Lender indicating that Borrower has made such payments or deposits; provided that Borrower need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof ( provided that such proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such amounts or reserves sufficient to discharge such amounts have been provided on the books of Borrower).

6.7 Use; Maintenance . Borrower shall keep and maintain all items of equipment and other similar types of personal property that form any significant portion or portions of the Collateral in good operating condition and repair and shall make all necessary replacements thereof and renewals thereto so that the value and operating efficiency thereof shall at all times be maintained and preserved. Borrower shall not permit any such material item of Collateral to become a fixture to real estate or an accession to other personal property, without the prior written consent of Lender. Borrower shall not permit any such material item of Collateral to be operated or maintained in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation. With respect to items of leased equipment (to the extent Lender has any security interest in any residual Borrower’s interest in such equipment under the lease), Borrower shall keep, maintain, repair, replace and operate such leased equipment in accordance with the terms of the applicable lease.

6.8 Insurance . Borrower shall keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts as are customary for companies of Borrower’s size and type of business. Insurance policies shall be in a form and with companies that are satisfactory to Lender. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Lender as an additional loss payee and all liability policies shall show Lender as an additional insured and all policies shall provide that the insurer must give Lender at least thirty (30) days notice before canceling its policy. At Lender’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Lender’s option, be payable to Lender on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that (i) any such replaced or repaired property (a) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (b) shall be deemed Collateral in which Lender has been granted a first priority security interest and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Lender, be payable to Lender, on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under Section 6.8 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Lender, Lender may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in Section 6.8, and take any action under the policies Lender deems prudent. On or prior to the first Funding Date and prior to each policy renewal, Borrower shall furnish to Lender certificates of insurance or other evidence satisfactory to Lender that insurance complying with all of the above requirements is in effect.

6.9 Security Interest . Assuming the proper filing of one or more financing statement(s) identifying the Collateral with the proper state and/or local authorities, the security interests in the Collateral granted to Lender pursuant to this Agreement (i) constitute and will continue to constitute first priority security interests to the extent that a security interest in such

 

21


Collateral can be perfected by the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement (except to the extent any Permitted Liens may have a superior priority to Lender’s Lien under this Agreement) and (ii) are and will continue to be superior and prior to the rights of all other creditors of Borrower to the extent that a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected by the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement (except to the extent of such Permitted Liens).

6.10 Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Lender to make effective the purposes of this Agreement, including without limitation, the continued perfection and priority of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

6.11 Equity Investment . Borrower shall permit Lender or its assignees, at Lender’s option, to purchase up to Five Hundred Thousand ($500,000) of the securities sold in Borrower’s next round of equity financing at the same price and on the same terms as paid and received by the lead investor of the equity financing. Borrower agrees that it shall notify Lender promptly upon the execution by Borrower of a term sheet or letter of intent setting forth the terms and conditions of such financing and in any event within five (5) days of such execution.

7. Negative Covenants . Borrower, until the full and complete payment of the Obligations (other than indemnity obligations which have not arisen prior to the date of repayment in full of all other Obligations), covenants and agrees that Borrower shall not:

7.1 Chief Executive Office . Change its name, jurisdiction of incorporation, chief executive office, principal place of business or any of the items set forth in Section 1 of the Disclosure Schedule without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender.

7.2 Collateral Control . Subject to its rights under Sections 4.4 and 7.4 , remove any items of Collateral from Borrower’s facility located at the address set forth on the cover page hereof or as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule.

7.3 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind upon any of Borrower’s Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.

7.4 Other Dispositions of Collateral . Convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral to any Person (collectively, a “ Transfer ”), except for: (i) Transfers of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (ii) Transfers of worn-out or obsolete equipment; or (iii) Transfers permitted under subclause (f) of the definition of Permitted Liens with respect to Collateral, (iv) Transfers otherwise permitted under this Section 7, (v) Transfers of non-exclusive (or exclusive solely with respect to scope or geographic area) licenses of property in the ordinary course of business and (vi) Transfers of exclusive licenses of property with respect to scope or geographic area (A) to customers in connection with Borrower’s customization of software or other products for such customers, or (B) in connection with “end-of-life” source code where such source code is no longer integral to Borrower’s business.

7.5 Distributions . (i) Pay any dividends or make any distributions on its Equity Securities, except for dividends payable in capital stock; (ii) purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any of its Equity Securities (other than repurchases pursuant to the

 

22


terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements or similar arrangements in an aggregate amount not to exceed Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000) or by cancellation of Indebtedness); (iii) except as permitted pursuant to Section 7.5(ii), return any capital to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; (iv) except for distributions in capital stock, make any distribution of assets, Equity Securities, obligations or securities to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; or (v) set apart any sum for any such purpose; provided, however. Borrower may pay dividends payable solely in capital stock.

7.6 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate with or into any other Person or acquire all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of another Person; provided that, if any acquisition of all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of another Person does not materially adversely affect the business or financial performance of Borrower, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Lender.

7.7 Change in Ownership . Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower or reasonably related thereto or have a material change in its ownership of greater than fifty percent (50%) (other than by the sale by Borrower of Borrower’s Equity Securities in a public offering or to venture capital or institutional investors so long as Borrower identifies to Lender the venture capital or institutional investors prior to the closing of the investment).

7.8 Transactions With Affiliates . Except for transactions between Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are not otherwise prohibited by any other provision of Section 7, enter into any contractual obligation with any Affiliate or engage in any other transaction with any Affiliate except upon terms at least as favorable to Borrower as an arms-length transaction with Persons who are not Affiliates of Borrower.

7.9 Indebtedness Payments . (i) Except for the conversion of Indebtedness to Equity Securities and the payment of cash in lieu of issuing fractional shares upon conversion thereof, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy in any manner prior to the scheduled repayment thereof any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than amounts due or permitted to be prepaid under this Agreement or under any revolving credit agreement constituting Permitted Indebtedness under clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness) or lease obligations, (ii) except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7.9(i) amend, modify or otherwise change the terms of any Indebtedness for borrowed money or lease obligations so as to accelerate the scheduled repayment thereof or (iii) repay any notes to officers, directors or stockholders.

7.10 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness except Permitted Indebtedness.

7.11 Investments . Make any Investment except for Permitted Investments.

7.12 Compliance . Become regulated as an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Loan for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of

 

23


the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations, as amended from time to time (“ ERISA ”), permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations or could reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse change, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.13 Maintenance of Accounts . (i) Maintain any deposit account or account holding securities owned by Borrower except accounts with respect to which Lender is able to take such actions as it deems necessary to obtain a perfected security interest in such accounts through one or more Account Control Agreements; or (ii) grant or allow any other Person (other than Lender) to perfect a security interest in, or enter into any agreements with any Persons (other than Lender) accomplishing perfection via control as to, any of its deposit accounts or accounts holding securities, other than any lender providing Indebtedness permitted under clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness.

7.14 Negative Pledge Regarding Intellectual Property . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind upon any Intellectual Property or Transfer any Intellectual Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than licenses of Intellectual Property entered into in the ordinary course of business and Permitted IP Claims.

8. Events of Default . Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” by Borrower under this Agreement:

8.1 Failure to Pay . If Borrower fails to pay when due and payable or when declared due and payable in accordance with the Loan Documents: (i) any Scheduled Payment within five (5) Business Days of the relevant Payment Date or the relevant Maturity Date, or (ii) any other portion of the Obligations within five (5) Business Days after receipt of written notice from Lender that such payment is due.

8.2 Certain Covenant Defaults . If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Section 6.8 or Sections 7.6, 7.7, 7.9, 7.10, 7.11, 7.12 and 7.13 of this Agreement.

8.3 Other Covenant Defaults . If Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than as set forth in Sections 8.1. 8.2 or 8.4 through 8.13 ), in any of the other Loan Documents and Borrower has failed to cure such default within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of such default. During this thirty (30) day period, the failure to cure the default is not an Event of Default (but no Loan will be made during the cure period).

8.4 Intentionally Omitted .

8.5 Seizure of Assets, Etc. If any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or Person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within ten (10) days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from

 

24


continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of Borrower’s assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof; provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower.

8.6 Service of Process . The service of process upon Lender seeking to attach by a trustee or other process any funds of the Borrower on deposit or otherwise held by Lender, or the delivery upon Lender of a notice of foreclosure by any Person seeking to attach or foreclose on any funds of the Borrower on deposit or otherwise held by Lender, or the delivery of a notice of foreclosure or exclusive control to any entity holding or maintaining Borrower’s deposit accounts or accounts holding securities by any Person (other than Lender) seeking to foreclose or attach any such accounts or securities.

8.7 Default on Indebtedness . One or more defaults shall exist under any agreement with any third party or parties which consists of the failure to pay any Indebtedness at maturity or which results in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of Indebtedness in an aggregate amount in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) or a default shall exist under any financing agreement with Lender or any of Lender’s Affiliates.

8.8 Judgments . If a judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of twenty (20) days or more.

8.9 Misrepresentations . If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement is determined to exist in any warranty, representation, statement, certification, or report made to Lender by Borrower or any officer, employee, agent, or director of Borrower as of the date such warranty, representation, statement, certification or report is made or deemed made.

8.10 Breach of Warrant . If Borrower shall breach any material term of the Warrant.

8.11 Unenforceable Loan Document . If, prior to the repayment in full of all Obligations, Borrower shall assert that any Loan Document is not, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms.

8.12 Involuntary Insolvency Proceeding . If a proceeding shall have been instituted in a court having jurisdiction in the premises seeking a decree or order for relief in respect of Borrower in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee (or similar official) of Borrower or for any substantial part of its Property, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed and in effect for a period of forty-five (45) consecutive days or such court shall enter a decree or order granting the relief sought in such proceeding.

 

25


8.13 Voluntary Insolvency Proceeding . If Borrower shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian (or other similar official) of Borrower or for any substantial part of its Property, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due, or shall take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

9. Lender’s Rights and Remedies .

9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default, Lender shall not have any further obligation to advance money or extend credit to or for the benefit of Borrower. In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the rights, options, duties and remedies of a secured party as permitted by law and, in addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, Lender may, at its election, without notice of election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

(a) Acceleration of Obligations . Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, including (i) any accrued and unpaid interest, (ii) the amounts which would have otherwise come due under Section 2.3(b)(ii) if the Loans had been voluntarily prepaid, (iii) the unpaid principal balance of the Loans and (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder, immediately due and payable ( provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.12 or 8.13 all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Lender);

(b) Protection of Collateral . Make such payments and do such acts as Lender considers necessary or reasonable to protect Lender’s security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Lender so requires and to make the Collateral available to Lender as Lender may designate. Borrower authorizes Lender and its designees and agents to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which in Lender’s determination appears or is claimed to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Lender a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, for up to one hundred twenty (120) days in order to exercise any of Lender’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

(c) Preparation of Collateral for Sale . Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Lender and its agents and any purchasers at or after foreclosure are hereby granted a non-exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid, royalty-free license or other right,

 

26


solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, Borrower’s Intellectual Property, including without limitation, labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any Property of a similar nature, now or at any time hereafter owned or acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now or at any time hereafter has any rights; provided that such license shall only be exercisable in connection with the disposition of Collateral upon Lender’s exercise of its remedies hereunder;

(d) Sale of Collateral . Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Lender determines are commercially reasonable; and

(e) Purchase of Collateral . Credit bid and purchase all or any portion of the Collateral at any public sale.

Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

9.2 Set Off Right . Lender may set off and apply to the Obligations any and all indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower or any other assets of Borrower in Lender’s possession or control.

9.3 Effect of Sale . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to the extent permitted by law, Borrower covenants that it will not at any time insist upon or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take any benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law now or at any time hereafter in force, nor claim, take nor insist upon any benefit or advantage of or from any law now or hereafter in force providing for the valuation or appraisement of the Collateral or any part thereof prior to any sale or sales thereof to be made pursuant to any provision herein contained, or to the decree, judgment or order of any court of competent jurisdiction; nor, after such sale or sales, claim or exercise any right under any statute now or hereafter made or enacted by any state or otherwise to redeem the property so sold or any part thereof, and, to the full extent legally permitted, except as to rights expressly provided herein, hereby expressly waives for itself and on behalf of each and every Person, except decree or judgment creditors of Borrower, acquiring any interest in or title to the Collateral or any part thereof subsequent to the date of this Agreement, all benefit and advantage of any such law or laws, and covenants that it will not invoke or utilize any such law or laws or otherwise hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted and delegated to Lender, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such power, law or laws had been made or enacted. Any sale, whether under any power of sale hereby given or by virtue of judicial proceedings, shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity, of Borrower in and to the Property sold, and shall be a perpetual bar, both at law and in equity, against Borrower, its successors and assigns, and against any and all Persons claiming the Property sold or any part thereof under, by or through Borrower, its successors or assigns.

 

27


9.4 Power of Attorney in Respect of the Collateral . Borrower does hereby irrevocably appoint Lender (which appointment is coupled with an interest), the true and lawful attorney in fact of Borrower with full power of substitution, for it and in its name to file any notices of security interests, financing statements and continuations and amendments thereof pursuant to the Code or federal law, as may be necessary to perfect, or to continue the perfection of Lender’s security interests in the Collateral. Borrower does hereby irrevocably appoint Lender (which appointment is coupled with an interest) during the existence of an Event of Default, the true and lawful attorney in fact of Borrower with full power of substitution, for it and in its name: (a) to ask, demand, collect, receive, receipt for, sue for, compound and give acquittance for any and all rents, issues, profits, avails, distributions, income, payment draws and other sums in which a security interest is granted under Section 4 with full power to settle, adjust or compromise any claim thereunder as fully as if Lender were Borrower itself; (b) to receive payment of and to endorse the name of Borrower to any items of Collateral (including checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money) that come into Lender’s possession or under Lender’s control; (c) to make all demands, consents and waivers, or take any other action with respect to, the Collateral; (d) in Lender’s discretion to file any claim or take any other action or proceedings, either in its own name or in the name of Borrower or otherwise, which Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect and preserve the right, title and interest of Lender in and to the Collateral; (e) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (f) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any account or drafts against account debtors; (g) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (h) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and on terms Lender determines reasonable; (i) transfer the Collateral into the name of Lender or a third party as the Code permits; and (j) to otherwise act with respect thereto as though Lender were the outright owner of the Collateral.

9.5 Lender’s Expenses . If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Lender may do any or all of the following: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; or (b) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.8 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Lender deems prudent. Any amounts paid or deposited by Lender shall constitute Lender’s Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, shall bear interest at the Default Rate and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Lender shall not constitute an agreement by Lender to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Lender of any Event of Default under this Agreement. Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including without limitation, Lender’s Expenses, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of the Obligations hereunder not performed when due.

9.6 Remedies Cumulative . Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Lender shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Lender of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Lender of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Lender shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it.

 

28


9.7 Application of Collateral Proceeds . The proceeds and/or avails of the Collateral, or any part thereof, and the proceeds and the avails of any remedy hereunder (as well as any other amounts of any kind held by Lender, at the time of or received by Lender after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default hereunder) shall be paid to and applied as follows:

(a) First , to the payment of out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including all amounts expended to preserve the value of the Collateral, of foreclosure or suit, if any, and of such sale and the exercise of any other rights or remedies, and of all proper fees, expenses, liability and advances, including reasonable legal expenses and attorneys’ fees, incurred or made hereunder by Lender, including, without limitation, Lender’s Expenses;

(b) Second , to the payment to Lender of the amount then owing or unpaid on the Loans for any accrued and unpaid interest, the amounts which would have otherwise come due under Section 2.3(b)(ii), if the Loans had been voluntarily prepaid, the principal balance of the Loans, and all other Obligations with respect to the Loans ( provided , however , if such proceeds shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due, owing or unpaid upon the Loans, then to the unpaid interest thereon, then to the amounts which would have otherwise come due under Section 2.3(b)(ii), if the Loans had been voluntarily prepaid, then to the principal balance of the Loans, and then to the payment of other amounts then payable to Lender under any of the Loan Documents); and

(c) Third , to the payment of the surplus, if any, to Borrower, its successors and assigns, or to the Person lawfully entitled to receive the same.

9.8 Reinstatement of Rights . If Lender shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely, then and in every such case (unless otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction), Lender shall be restored to its former position and rights hereunder with respect to the Property subject to the security interest created under this Agreement.

10. Waivers; Indemnification .

10.1 Demand; Protest . Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by Lender on which Borrower may in any way be liable.

10.2 Lender’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Lender complies with its obligations, if any, under the Code, Lender shall not in any way or manner be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause other than Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; (c) any diminution in the value thereof; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency, or other Person whomsoever. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

 

29


10.3 Indemnification and Waiver . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated:

(a) General Indemnity . Borrower agrees upon demand to pay or reimburse Lender for all liabilities, obligations and out-of-pocket expenses, including Lender’s Expenses and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for Lender from time to time arising in connection with the enforcement or collection of sums due under the Loan Documents, and in connection with any amendment or modification of the Loan Documents or any “work-out” in connection with the Loan Documents. Borrower shall indemnify, reimburse and hold Lender, and each of its respective successors, assigns, agents, attorneys, officers, directors, equity holders, servants, agents and employees (each an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, damages, actions, suits, demands, claims of any kind and nature (including claims relating to environmental discharge, cleanup or compliance), all costs and expenses whatsoever to the extent they may be incurred or suffered by such Indemnified Person in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), fines, penalties (and other charges of any applicable Governmental Authority), licensing fees relating to any item of Collateral, damage to or loss of use of property (including consequential or special damages to third parties or damages to Borrower’s property), or bodily injury to or death of any person (including any agent or employee of Borrower) (each, a “ Claim ”), directly or indirectly relating to or arising out of the use of the proceeds of the Loans or otherwise, the falsity of any representation or warranty of Borrower or Borrower’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document. The foregoing indemnity shall cover, without limitation, (i) any Claim in connection with a design or other defect (latent or patent) in any item of equipment or product included in the Collateral, (ii) any Claim for infringement of any patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property right, (iii) any Claim resulting from the presence on or under or the escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, discharge, emission or release of any Hazardous Materials on the premises owned, occupied or leased by Borrower, including any Claims asserted or arising under any Environmental Law, (iv) any Claim for negligence or strict or absolute liability in tort, or (v) any Claim asserted as to or arising under any Account Control Agreement or any Landlord Agreement; provided , however , Borrower shall not indemnify Lender for any liability incurred by Lender as a direct and sole result of Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Such indemnities shall continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Agreement. Upon Lender’s written demand, Borrower shall assume and diligently conduct, at its sole cost and expense, the entire defense of Lender, each of its members, partners, and each of their respective, agents, employees, directors, officers, equity holders, successors and assigns against any indemnified Claim described in this Section 10.3(a) . Borrower shall not settle or compromise any Claim against or involving Lender without first obtaining Lender’s written consent thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(b) Waiver . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANYWHERE ELSE, BORROWER AGREES THAT IT SHALL NOT SEEK FROM LENDER UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING ANY THEORY IN TORTS), ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES.

 

30


(c) Survival; Defense . The obligations in this Section 10.3 shall survive payment of all other Obligations pursuant to Section 12.8 . At the election of any Indemnified Person, Borrower shall defend such Indemnified Person using legal counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Person in such Person’s reasonable discretion, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower. All amounts owing under this Section 10.3 shall be paid within thirty (30) days after written demand.

11. Notices . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by prepaid nationally recognized overnight courier, as the case may be, at their respective addresses set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:

   RF Magic, Inc.
   10182 Telesis Court, 4th Floor
   San Diego, CA 92121
   Attention: David Lyle, CFO
   Ph: (858) 546-2401 x309

If to Lender:

   Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC
   76 Batterson Park Road
   Farmington, CT 06032
   Attention: Legal Department
   Ph: (860) 676-8654

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

12. General Provisions .

12.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties; provided , however , neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without Lender’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Lender’s sole discretion. Lender shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participations in all or any part of, or any interest in Lender’s rights and benefits hereunder, except that Lender may not sell, transfer, assign, negotiate or grant participations in all or any part of, or any interest in Lender’s rights and benefits hereunder to any competitor of Borrower unless an Event of Default shall, have occurred and be continuing and Borrower shall have accelerated the Obligations. Lender may disclose the Loan Documents and any other financial or other information relating to Borrower or any Subsidiary to any potential participant or assignee of any of the Loans, provided that such participant or assignee agrees to protect the confidentiality of such documents and information using the same measures that it uses to protect its own confidential information.

12.2 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

 

31


12.3 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be several from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

12.4 Entire Agreement; Construction; Amendments and Waivers .

(a) Entire Agreement . This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents dated as of the date hereof, taken together, constitute and contain the entire agreement between Borrower and Lender and supersede any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications between the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof. Borrower acknowledges that it is not relying on any representation or agreement made by Lender or any employee, attorney or agent thereof, other than the specific agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

(b) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of Borrower and Lender executing this Agreement as of the date hereof and their respective counsel; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against Borrower or Lender. Borrower and Lender agree that they intend the literal words of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that no parol evidence shall be necessary or appropriate to establish Borrower’s or Lender’s actual intentions.

(c) Amendments and Waivers . Any and all discharges or waivers of, or consents to any departures from any provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents shall not be effective without the written consent of Lender. Any and all amendments and modifications of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents shall not be effective without the written consent of Lender and Borrower. Any waiver or consent with respect to any provision of the Loan Documents shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on Borrower in any case shall entitle Borrower to any other or farther notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, waiver or consent affected in accordance with this Section 12.4 shall be binding upon Lender and on Borrower.

12.5 Reliance by Lender . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein by Borrower shall be deemed to be material to and to have been relied upon by Lender, notwithstanding any investigation by Lender.

12.6 No Set-Offs by Borrower . All sums payable by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall be payable without notice or demand and shall be payable in United States Dollars without set-off or reduction of any manner whatsoever.

12.7 12.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts (including signatures delivered by facsimile or other electronic means), each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

 

32


12.8 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations (other than indemnity obligations which have not arisen prior to the date of repayment in full of all other Obligations) or commitment to fund remain outstanding. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Lender with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 10.3 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Lender have run.

13. Relationship of Parties . Borrower and Lender acknowledge, understand and agree that the relationship between Borrower, on the one hand, and Lender, on the other, is, and at all time shall remain solely that of a borrower and lender. Lender shall not under any circumstances be construed to be a partner or a joint venturer of Borrower or any of its Affiliates; nor shall Lender under any circumstances be deemed to be in a relationship of confidence or trust or a fiduciary relationship with Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or to owe any fiduciary duty to Borrower or any of its Affiliates. Lender does not undertake or assume any responsibility or duty to Borrower or any of its Affiliates to select, review, inspect, supervise, pass judgment upon or otherwise inform Borrower or any of its Affiliates of any matter in connection with its or their Property, any Collateral held by Lender or the operations of Borrower or any of its Affiliates. Borrower and each of its Affiliates shall rely entirely on their own judgment with respect to such matters, and any review, inspection, supervision, exercise of judgment or supply of information undertaken or assumed by Lender in connection with such matters is solely for the protection of Lender and neither Borrower nor any Affiliate is entitled to rely thereon.

14. Confidentiality . All information (other than periodic reports filed by Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission) disclosed by Borrower to Lender in writing or through inspection pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered confidential, except for information that (a) was known to the public prior to disclosure by Borrower under this Agreement, (b) becomes known to the public through no fault of Lender, (c) is disclosed to Lender by a third party having a legal right to make such disclosure, or (d) is independently developed by Lender. Lender agrees to use the same degree of care to safeguard and prevent disclosure of such confidential information as Lender uses with its own confidential information, but in any event no less than a reasonable degree of care. Lender shall not disclose such information to any third party (other than to Lender’s members, partners, attorneys, governmental regulators, or auditors, or to Lender’s subsidiaries and affiliates and prospective transferees and purchasers of the Loans, all subject to the same confidentiality obligation set forth herein or as required by law, regulation, subpoena or other order to be disclosed) and shall use such information only for purposes of evaluation of its investment in Borrower and the exercise of Lender’s rights and the enforcement of its remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to any information that (a) was known to the public prior to disclosure by Borrower under this Agreement, (b) becomes known to the public through no fault of Lender, (c) is disclosed to Lender by a third party having a legal right to make such disclosure, or (d) is independently developed by Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender’s agreement of confidentiality shall not apply if Lender has acquired indefeasible title to any Collateral or in connection with any enforcement or exercise of Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement following an Event of Default, including the enforcement of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

 

33


15. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT. BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

34


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:  
RF MAGIC, INC.  
By:  

/s/ Mark H. Foley

 
Name:   Mark H. Foley  
Title:   CEO & President  
LENDER:  
HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FUNDING COMPANY LLC  
By: Horizon Technology Finance, LLC, its sole member  
By:  

/s/ Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.

 
Name:   Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.  
Title:   Managing Member  

 

35

Exhibit 10.27

VENTURE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 5, 2007

by and between

HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FUNDING COMPANY LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

76 Batterson Park Road

Farmington, CT 06032

as a Lender

and

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

a California bank

2400 Geng Road, Suite 200

Palo Alto, California 94303

as a Lender

and

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92121

as Borrower

 

Commitment Amount Loan A (Horizon):

   $ 1,000,000

Commitment Amount Loan B (Horizon):

   $ 3,000,000

Commitment Amount Loan B (Silicon):

   $ 1,000,000

Commitment Amount Loan C (Horizon):

   $ 2,000,000

Commitment Amount Loan C (Silicon):

   $ 1,000,000

 

Commitment Termination Date Loan A:

   April 5, 2007

Commitment Termination Date Loan B:

   August 31, 2007

Commitment Termination Date Loan C:

   December 31, 2007


The Lenders and Borrower hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Definitions and Construction .

1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

Account Control Agreement ” means an agreement acceptable to Lenders which perfects via control Lenders’ security interest in Borrower’s deposit accounts and/or accounts holding securities.

Affiliate ” means any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten percent (10%) or more of the stock of another entity, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Persons or any Affiliate of such Persons and each of such Person’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners.

Agreement ” means this certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement by and between Borrower and Lenders dated as of the date on the cover page hereto (as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented in writing signed by the Borrower and Lender).

Arabella Merger ” means the stock purchase transaction, pursuant to which Borrower has acquired or will acquire all of the stock of Arabella Software, Inc under the provisions of the Arabella Purchase Agreement.

Arabella Purchase Agreement ” means that certain stock purchase agreement by and between Borrower and Arabella Software, Inc, as seller, together with any and all amendments, modifications, and supplements thereto, restatements thereof, and substitutes therefor.

Borrower ” means the Borrower as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Borrower’s Home State ” means California.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required to close in Connecticut or Borrower’s Home State.

Claim ” has the meaning given such term in Section 10.3 of this Agreement

Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in effect in the State of Connecticut, as amended from time to time; provided that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the creation and/or perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than Connecticut, the term “Code” shall also mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such creation, perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection.

 

1


Collateral ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

Commitment Amount ” means each of Commitment Amount Loan A (Horizon), Commitment Amount Loan B (Horizon), Commitment Amount Loan B (Silicon), Commitment Amount Loan C (Horizon) and Commitment Amount Loan C (Silicon).

“Commitment Amount Loan A (Horizon) ”, “ Commitment Amount Loan B (Horizon) ”, “ Commitment Amount Loan B (Silicon) ”, “ Commitment Amount Loan C (Horizon) ” and “ Commitment Amount Loan C (Silicon) ” each have the respective meanings as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Commitment Fee ” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.6(c) of this Agreement.

Commitment Termination Date ” means collectively, Commitment Termination Date Loan A, Commitment Termination Date Loan B and Commitment Termination Date Loan C.

Commitment Termination Date Loan A ”, “ Commitment Termination Date Loan B ” and “ Commitment Termination Date Loan C ” each have the respective meanings as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Default ” means any event which with the passing of time or the giving of notice or both would become an Event of Default hereunder.

Default Rate ” means the per annum rate of interest equal to five percent (5%) over the Loan Rate, but such rate shall in no event be more than the highest rate permitted by applicable law to be charged on commercial loans in a default situation.

Disclosure Schedule ” means Exhibit A attached hereto.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or a state hereof.

Environmental Laws ” means all foreign, federal, state or local laws, statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with all administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authorities, in each case relating to environmental, health, safety and land use matters, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act and the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act.

Equity Securities ” of any Person means (a) all common stock, preferred stock, participations, shares, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests in and of such Person (regardless of how designated and whether or not voting or non-voting) and (b) all warrants, options and other rights to acquire any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7.12 of this Agreement.

 

2


Event of Default ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8 of this Agreement.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary not organized under the laws of the United States or a state hereof.

Funding Certificate ” means a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as Lenders may agree to accept.

Funding Date ” means any date on which a Loan is made to or on account of Borrower under this Agreement.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the United States of America from time to time, consistently applied.

Good Faith Deposit ” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.6(a ) of this Agreement.

Governmental Authority ” means (a) any federal, state, county, municipal or foreign government, or political subdivision thereof, (b) any governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority, board, bureau, commission, department, instrumentality or public body, (c) any court or administrative tribunal, or (d) with respect to any Person, any arbitration tribunal or other non-governmental authority to whose jurisdiction that Person has consented.

Guaranty ” means a Guaranty and Security Agreement now or hereafter executed by a Subsidiary of Borrower in favor of the Lender.

Hazardous Materials ” means all those substances which are regulated by, or which may form the basis of liability under, any Environmental Law, including all substances identified under any Environmental Law as a pollutant, contaminant, hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, special waste, hazardous substance, hazardous material, or toxic substance, or petroleum or petroleum derived substance or waste.

Horizon ” means Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC, or its successors and/or assigns.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to Borrower or any Subsidiary, the aggregate amount of, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade payables aged less than one hundred eighty (180) days), (d) all capital lease obligations of such Person, (e) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such obligation or liability is assumed, (f) all obligations or liabilities of others guaranteed by such Person, and (g) any other obligations or liabilities which are required by GAAP to be shown as debt on the balance sheet of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated, the term “ Indebtedness ” shall include all Indebtedness of Borrower and the Subsidiaries.

 

3


Indemnified Person ” has the meaning given such term in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Intellectual Property ” means all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to patents, patent rights (and applications and registrations therefor), trademarks and service marks (and applications and registrations therefor), licenses, inventions, copyrights, mask works (and applications and registrations therefor), trade names, trade styles, software and computer programs, source code, object code, trade secrets, methods, processes, know how, drawings, specifications, descriptions, and all memoranda, notes, and records with respect to any research and development, all whether now owned or subsequently acquired or developed by Borrower and whether in tangible or intangible form or contained on magnetic media readable by machine together with all such magnetic media (but not including embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code).

Investment ” means the purchase or acquisition of any capital stock, equity interest, or any obligations or other securities of, or any interest in, any Person, or the extension of any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or any other investment in, or deposit with, any Person.

Landlord Agreement ” means a landlord agreement substantially in the form provided by Lenders to Borrower or such other form as Lenders may agree to accept.

Lender ” means individually, each of Horizon and Silicon.

Lenders ” means collectively, Horizon and Silicon.

Lenders’ Expenses ” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, documentation, administration and funding of the Loan Documents; and Lenders’ reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in amending, modifying, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal or review), including the exercise of any rights or remedies afforded hereunder or under applicable law, whether or not suit is brought, whether before or after bankruptcy or insolvency, including without limitation all fees and costs incurred by Lenders in connection with Lenders’ enforcement of its rights in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding filed by or against Borrower or its Property.

Lien ” means any voluntary or involuntary security interest, pledge, bailment, lease, mortgage, hypothecation, conditional sales and title retention agreement, encumbrance or other lien with respect to any Property in favor of any Person.

Loan A ” means the advance of credit to Borrower under this Agreement in the Commitment Amount Loan A (Horizon).

Loan A (Horizon) ” means the advance of credit to Borrower under this Agreement in the Commitment Amount Loan A (Horizon).

 

4


Loan B ” means each advance of credit to Borrower this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(ii) hereof.

Loan C ” means each advance of credit to Borrower this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(iii) hereof.

Loan ” means each advance of credit by Lenders to Borrower under this Agreement, and, “ Loans ” means, collectively all such advances of credit

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Warrants, any Landlord Agreement, any Account Control Agreement and all other documents, instruments and agreements entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

Loan Rate ” means, with respect to each Loan, the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of twelve 30-day months) equal to the greater of (a) eleven and eighty five hundredths of one percent (11.85%) or (b) eleven and eighty five hundredths of one percent (11.85%)  plus the difference between (i) the one month LIBOR Rate (rounded to the nearest one hundredth percent), as reported in the Wall Street Journal , on the date which is three (3) Business Days before the Funding Date for such Loan (or, if the Wall Street Journal is not published on such date, the next earlier date on which it is published) and (ii) five and thirty two hundredths of one percent (5.32%).

Maturity Date ” means, with respect to each Loan, September 1, 2010, or if earlier, the date of acceleration of such Loan following an Event of Default or the date of prepayment, whichever is applicable.

Note ” means each promissory note executed in connection with a Loan, or a separate draw under Loan B, in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, and, collectively, “ Notes ” means all such promissory notes.

Obligations ” means all debt, principal, interest, fees, charges, expenses and attorneys’ fees and costs and other amounts, obligations, covenants, and duties owing by Borrower to Lenders of any kind and description (whether pursuant to or evidenced by the Loan Documents (other than the Warrants and the SVB Loan Documents), or by any other agreement between Lenders and Borrower, and whether or not for the payment of money), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including all Lenders’ Expenses.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit E or such other form as Lenders may agree to accept.

Permitted Indebtedness ” means and includes:

(a) Indebtedness of Borrower to Lenders;

 

5


(b) Indebtedness of Borrower secured by Liens permitted under clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Liens;

(c) Indebtedness arising from the endorsement of instruments in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth on the Disclosure Schedule; and

(e) Indebtedness to Silicon in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding Ten Million Dollars ($10,00,000) pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between Silicon and Borrower dated as of April 5, 2007 (as amended, the “ SVB Loan Agreement ”), which provides that advances will not exceed eighty percent (80%) of receivables:

(f) Subordinated Indebtedness; and

(g) capital lease obligations in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Investments ” means and includes any of the following Investments as to which Lenders have a perfected security interest:

(a) Deposits and deposit accounts with commercial banks organized under the laws of the United States or a state thereof to the extent: (i) the deposit accounts of each such institution are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the legal limit; and (ii) each such institution has an aggregate capital and surplus of not less than One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000).

(b) Investments in marketable obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the United States and maturing not more than one (1) year from the date of issuance.

(c) Investments in open market commercial paper rated at least “A1” or “P1” or higher by a national credit rating agency and maturing not more than one (1) year from the creation thereof.

(d) Investments pursuant to or arising under currency agreements or interest rate agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business.

(e) Investments which are otherwise consistent with the investment policy of Borrower as provided to Lenders prior to the date hereof.

(f) Investments in connection with the Arabella Merger.

(g) Other Investments aggregating not in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) at any time.

Permitted Liens ” means and includes:

(a) the Lien created by this Agreement and the SVB Loan Agreement;

 

6


(b) Liens for fees, taxes, levies, imposts, duties or other governmental charges of any kind which are not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof ( provided that such appropriate proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such Lien or reserves sufficient to discharge such Lien have been provided on the books of Borrower);

(c) Liens identified on the Disclosure Schedule;

(d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings ( provided that such appropriate proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such Lien or reserves sufficient to discharge such Lien have been provided on the books of Borrower);

(e) Liens upon any equipment or other personal property acquired by Borrower after the date hereof to secure (i) the purchase price of such equipment or other personal property, or (ii) lease obligations or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such equipment or other personal property; provided that (A) such Liens are confined solely to the equipment or other personal property so acquired and the amount secured does not exceed the acquisition price thereof, and (B) no such Lien shall be created, incurred, assumed or suffered to exist in favor of Borrower’s officers, directors or stockholders holding five percent (5%) or more of Borrower’s Equity Securities; and

(f) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Person ” means and includes any individual, any partnership, any corporation, any business trust, any joint stock company, any limited liability company, any unincorporated association or any other entity and any domestic or foreign national, state or local government, any political subdivision thereof, and any department, agency, authority or bureau of any of the foregoing.

Property ” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, whether tangible or intangible.

Responsible Officer ” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.3 of this Agreement.

Scheduled Payments ” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

Silicon ” means Silicon Valley Bank.

 

7


Solvent ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11 of this Agreement.

Stock Pledge ” means a Pledge, Assignment and Security Agreement executed by a Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower in favor of the Lender.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions acceptable to Lenders in their sole and absolute discretion.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the outstanding Equity Securities entitled to vote for the election of directors or other governing body (otherwise than as the result of a default) is owned by Borrower directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries.

SVB Loan Agreement ” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” hereof.

SVB Loan Documents ” means the Loan Documents (as defined in the SVB Loan Agreement).

Third Party Equipment ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.8 of this Agreement.

Transfer ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.4 of this Agreement.

Warrants ” means the separate warrants dated on or about the date hereof in favor of the Lenders or their designees to purchase securities of Borrower.

1.2 Construction . References in this Agreement to “Articles,” “Sections,” “Exhibits,” “Schedules” and “Annexes” are to recitals, articles, sections, exhibits, schedules and annexes herein and hereto unless otherwise indicated. References in this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to any document, instrument or agreement shall include (a) all exhibits, schedules, annexes and other attachments thereto, (b) all documents, instruments or agreements issued or executed in replacement thereof, and (c) such document, instrument or agreement, or replacement or predecessor thereto, as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time and in effect at any given time. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. The words “include” and “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not be construed to be limiting or exclusive. Unless otherwise indicated in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, all accounting terms used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be construed, and all accounting and financial computations hereunder or thereunder shall be computed, in accordance with GAAP, and all terms describing Collateral shall be construed in accordance with the Code. The terms and information set forth on the cover page of this Agreement are incorporated into this Agreement.

 

8


2. Loans; Repayment .

2.1 Commitment .

(a) The Commitment Amount.

(i) The Commitment Amount Loan A . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth as and when made or deemed to be made, Horizon agrees to lend to Borrower on the Commitment Termination Date Loan A, Loan A (Horizon) in an amount equal to Commitment Amount Loan A (Horizon).

(ii) The Commitment Amount Loan B . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth as and when made or deemed to be made, Horizon agrees to lend to Borrower prior to the Commitment Termination Date Loan B, an amount not to exceed the Commitment Amount Loan B (Horizon). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth as and when made or deemed to be made, Silicon agrees to lend to Borrower prior to the Commitment Termination Date Loan B, an amount not to exceed the Commitment Amount Loan B (Silicon). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Borrower may request the Lenders fund Loan B in up to two (2) draws, provided that each draw from Horizon will be in an amount equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of the aggregate amount drawn and each draw from Silicon will be in an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate amount drawn. In addition the aggregate amount of the first draw under Loan B shall be in an amount not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).

(iii) The Commitment Amount Loan C . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth as and when made or deemed to be made, Horizon agrees to lend to Borrower on or after September 1, 2007 and prior to the Commitment Termination Date Loan C, one draw in an amount not to exceed the Commitment Amount Loan C (Horizon) or be less than Six Hundred Sixty Six Thousand Six Hundred and Sixty Seven Dollars ($666,667). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth as and when made or deemed to be made, Silicon agrees to lend to Borrower on or after September 1, 2007 and prior to the Commitment Termination Date Loan C, one (1) draw in an amount not to exceed the Commitment Amount Loan C (Silicon) or be less than Three Hundred Thirty Three Thousand Three Hundred Thirty Three Dollars ($333,333). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of Lenders to make Loan C is subject to Borrower’s delivery to Lenders of evidence satisfactory to Lenders in their sole discretion, including without limitation an opinion of Borrower’s counsel upon the request of Lenders, that the maximum number of Shares (as defined in the Warrants) issuable pursuant to exercise or conversion of the Warrants have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by Borrower and, when issued in accordance with the terms thereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(b) The Loans and the Notes . The obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of and interest on each Loan and, if there is more than one (1) draw under Loan B, each draw under Loan B shall be evidenced by a Note issued to the applicable Lender or Lenders.

 

9


(c) Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of each Loan shall be used solely for working capital or general corporate purposes of Borrower.

(d) Termination of Commitment to Lend . Notwithstanding anything in the Loan Documents, Lenders’ obligation to lend the undisbursed portion of any Commitment Amount to Borrower hereunder shall terminate on the earlier of (i) at Lenders’ sole election, the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder which has not been waived in writing by Lenders, and (ii) the Commitment Termination Date for such Commitment Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lenders’ obligation to lend the undisbursed portion of the Commitment Amount to Borrower shall terminate if, in Lenders’ reasonable judgment, there has been a material adverse change in the general affairs, management, results of operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower, or there has been any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the business plan of Borrower presented to Lenders on or before the date of this Agreement.

2.2 Payments .

(a) Scheduled Payments . Borrower shall make payments of accrued interest only on the outstanding principal amounts of Loan A, Loan B, and Loan C on the monthly payment dates specified in the Note applicable to such Loan through and including March 1, 2008. Thereafter, Borrower shall make thirty (30) equal payments of principal plus accrued interest on the outstanding principal amount of each Loan. A payment shall be made on each subsequent monthly payment date as set forth in the Note applicable to such Loan (collectively, the “ Scheduled Payments ”) through the Maturity Date. In any event, all unpaid principal and accrued interest shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.

(b) Interim Payment . Unless the Funding Date for a Loan is the first day of a calendar month, Borrower shall pay the per diem interest (accruing at the Loan Rate from the Funding Date through the last day of that month) payable with respect to such Loan on the first Business Day of the next calendar month.

(c) Payment of Interest . Borrower shall pay interest on each Loan at a per annum rate of interest equal to the Loan Rate. All computations of interest (including interest at the Default Rate, if applicable) shall be based on a year of twelve (12) 30-day months. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the amount of interest payable hereunder shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount permitted by the law applicable to interest charged on commercial loans.

(d) Application of Payments . All payments received by Lenders when no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing shall be applied as follows: (1) first, to Lenders’ Expenses then due and owing; and (2) second to all Scheduled Payments then due and owing ( provided , however , if such payments are not sufficient to pay the whole amount then due, such payments shall be applied first to unpaid interest at the Loan Rate, then to the remaining amount then due). While an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all payments and application of proceeds shall be made as set forth in Section 9.7 .

 

10


(e) Late Payment Fee . Borrower shall pay to Lenders a late payment fee equal to five percent (5%) of any Scheduled Payment not paid when due.

(f) Default Rate . Borrower shall pay interest at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate on any amounts required to be paid by Borrower under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including Scheduled Payments), payable with respect to any Loan, accrued and unpaid interest, and any fees or other amounts which remain unpaid after such amounts are due (after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure periods). If an Event of Default has occurred and the Obligations have been accelerated (whether automatically or by Lenders’ election), Borrower shall pay interest on the aggregate, outstanding accelerated balance hereunder from the date of the Event of Default until all Events of Default are cured, at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate.

2.3 Prepayments .

(a) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Loans are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 9.1(a) hereof, then Borrower, in addition to any other amounts which may be due and owing hereunder, shall immediately pay to Lenders the amount set forth in Section 2.3(b) below, as if the Borrower had opted to prepay on the date of such acceleration.

(b) Optional Prepayment . Upon three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to Lenders, Borrower may, at its option, at any time, prepay all of the Loans by paying to Lenders an amount equal to (i) any accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loans; (ii) for each Loan an amount equal to (A) if the Loan is prepaid on or before December 31, 2007, three (3%) percent of the then outstanding principal balance of the Loan, (B) if the Loan is prepaid on or after January 1, 2008 and before January 1, 2009, two (2%) percent of the then outstanding principal balance of the Loan, or (C) if the Loan is prepaid on or after January 1, 2009, one (1%) percent of the then outstanding principal balance of the Loan; (iii) the outstanding principal balance of the Loan; and (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Borrower (x) completes the sale of its Equity Securities in an initial public offering in which the Lenders and holders of the Warrants have been offered the right to register and sell their shares and such initial public offering results in the Lenders or the holders of the Warrants receiving net cash proceeds per share equal to at least two (2) times the Warrant Price (as defined in the Warrants) or would have resulted in the Lenders or the holders of the Warrants receiving net cash proceeds per share equal to at least two (2) times the Warrant Price had the Lenders or holders exercised their right to register and sell their shares in the offering or (y) is sold for an amount which results in the Lenders or the holders of the Warrants receiving net cash proceeds per share equal to at least two (2) times the Warrant Price (as defined in the Warrants), then Lenders shall waive payment of the amount set forth in Section 2.3(b)(ii) above, if the Loan is prepaid in connection with or after such initial public offering or sale.

 

11


2.4 Other Payment Terms .

(a) Place and Manner . Borrower shall make all payments due to Lenders in lawful money of the United States. All payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts payable by Borrower hereunder shall be made, in immediately available funds, not later than 10:00 a.m. Central time, on the date on which such payment is due. Borrower shall make such payments to Lenders via wire transfer as follows:

 

Payment via wire transfer:   

Credit:

   Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC

Bank Name:

   ABN Amro/LaSalle Bank NA CDO Trust Services

Bank Address:

  

135 South LaSalle Street, Suite 1625

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Attn: Greg Meyers, 312-904-0283

Account No.:

   2090067 – Trust GL

FFCT-Reference Account Number

   721771.1

ABA Routing No.:

   071000505

Reference:

   Entropic Communications Invoice #                         

(b) Date . Whenever any payment is due hereunder on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

2.5 Procedure for Making the Loans .

(a) Notice . Borrower shall notify Lenders of the date on which Borrower desires Lenders to make any Loan at least five (5) Business Days in advance of the desired Funding Date, unless Lenders elects at their sole discretion to allow the Funding Date to be within three (3) Business Days of Borrower’s notice. Borrower’s execution and delivery to Lenders of a Note shall be Borrower’s agreement to the terms and calculations thereunder with respect to the Loan. Lenders’ obligation to make any Loan shall be expressly subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 .

(b) Loan Rate Calculation . Prior to each Funding Date, Lenders shall establish the Loan Rate with respect to such Loan, which shall be set forth in the Note to be executed by Borrower with respect to such Loan and shall be conclusive in the absence of a manifest error.

(c) Disbursement . Lenders shall disburse the proceeds of each Loan by wire transfer to Borrower at the account specified in the Funding Certificate for the Loan.

 

12


2.6 Good Faith Deposit; Legal and Closing Expenses; and Commitment Fee .

(a) Good Faith Deposit . Borrower has delivered to Lenders a good faith deposit in the amount of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) (the “ Good Faith Deposit ”). The Good Faith Deposit will be utilized to pay the Commitment Fee.

(b) Legal, Due Diligence and Documentation Expenses . Concurrently with its execution and delivery of this Agreement, Borrower shall pay to Lenders such Lenders’ legal, due diligence and documentation expenses for one (1) counsel in the aggregate (not including in-house counsel) in connection with the negotiation and documentation of this Agreement and the Loan Documents, which amount shall not exceed Twelve Thousand Dollars ($12,000) without the prior consent of Borrower.

(c) Commitment Fee . Borrower shall pay Lenders concurrently with its execution and delivery of this Agreement a commitment fee in the amount of Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000) (the “ Commitment Fee ”). The Commitment Fee shall be retained by Lenders and be deemed fully earned upon receipt.

3. Conditions of Loan .

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Closing . At the time of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Lenders shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lenders, all of the following (unless Lenders have agreed to waive such condition or document, in which case such condition or document shall be a condition precedent to the making of any Loan and shall be deemed added to Section 3.2 ):

(a) Loan Agreement . This Agreement duly executed by Borrower and Lenders.

(b) Warrants . The Warrants duly executed by Borrower.

(c) Secretary’s Certificate . A certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary of Borrower with copies of the following documents attached: (i) the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Borrower certified by Borrower as being complete and in full force and effect on the date thereof, (ii) incumbency and representative signatures, and (iii) resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.

(d) Good Standing Certificates . A good standing certificate from Borrower’s state of incorporation and the state in which Borrower’s principal place of business is located, each dated as of a recent date.

(e) Certificate of Insurance . Evidence of the insurance coverage required by Section 6.8 of this Agreement.

(f) Consents . All necessary consents of stockholders and other third parties with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Warrants and the other Loan Documents.

 

13


(g) Legal Opinion . A legal opinion of Borrower’s counsel covering the matters set forth in Exhibit D hereto.

(h) Account Control Agreements . Account Control Agreements for all of Borrower’s deposit accounts and accounts holding securities duly executed by all of the parties thereto, in the forms provided by Lenders.

(i) Intercreditor Agreement . An Intercreditor Agreement by and among Silicon and the Lenders.

(j) Other Documents . Such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Lenders may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to Making a Loan . The obligation of Lenders to make each Loan is further subject to the following conditions:

(a) No Default . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(b) Landlord Agreements . Borrower shall have provided Lenders with a Landlord Agreement for each location where Borrower’s books and records and the Collateral is located (unless Borrower is the fee owner thereof).

(c) Notes . Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered to each Lender a Note in the amount of such Loan.

(d) UCC Financing Statements . Lenders shall have received such documents, instruments and agreements, including UCC financing statements or amendments to UCC financing statements, as Lenders shall reasonably request to evidence the perfection and priority of the security interests granted to Lenders pursuant to Section 4 . Borrower authorizes Lenders to file any UCC financing statements, continuations of or amendments to UCC financing statements it deems necessary to perfect its security interest in the Collateral.

(e) Funding Certificate . Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered to Lenders a Funding Certificate for such Loan.

(f) Other Documents . Such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Lenders may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver . Borrower agrees (not as a condition but as a covenant) to deliver to Lenders each item required to be delivered to Lenders as a condition to each Loan, if such Loan is advanced. Borrower expressly agrees that the extension of such Loan prior to the receipt by Lenders of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Lenders of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Lenders’ sole discretion.

 

14


4. Creation of Security Interest .

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower grants to Lenders a valid, continuing security interest in all presently existing and hereafter acquired or arising Collateral in order to secure prompt, full and complete payment of any and all Obligations and in order to secure prompt, full and complete performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under each of the Loan Documents (other than the Warrants). The “ Collateral ” shall mean and include all right, title, interest, claims and demands of Borrower in and to all personal property of Borrower, including without limitation, all of the following:

(a) All goods (and embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code) and equipment now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all laboratory equipment, computer equipment, office equipment, machinery, fixtures, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing, and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and improvements to any of the foregoing, wherever located;

(b) All inventory now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products including such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above, and Borrower’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(c) All contract rights and general intangibles (except to the extent included within the definition of Intellectual Property), now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, goodwill, license agreements, franchise agreements, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, infringements, claims, software, computer programs, computer disks, computer tapes, literature, reports, catalogs, design rights, income tax refunds, payment intangibles, commercial tort claims, payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind;

(d) All now existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, royalties, license rights, license fees and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods, the licensing of technology or the rendering of services by Borrower (subject, in each case, to the contractual rights of third parties to require funds received by Borrower to be expended in a particular manner), whether or not earned by performance, and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(e) All documents, cash, deposit accounts, letters of credit (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), certificates of deposit, instruments, promissory notes, chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic) and investment property, including, without limitation, all securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts and commodity accounts, and all financial assets held in any securities account or otherwise, wherever located, now owned or hereafter acquired and Borrower’s books relating to the foregoing;

 

15


(f) Any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions and accessions to and proceeds thereof, including, without limitation, insurance, condemnation, requisition or similar payments and proceeds of the sale or licensing of Intellectual Property to the extent such proceeds no longer constitute Intellectual Property; but

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any Intellectual Property; provided , however , that the Collateral shall include all accounts receivables, accounts, and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “ Rights to Payment ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the date hereof, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Lenders’ security interest in the Rights to Payment.

4.2 After-Acquired Property . If Borrower shall at any time acquire a commercial tort claim, as defined in the Code, Borrower shall immediately notify Lenders in writing signed by Borrower of the brief details thereof and grant to Lenders in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to Lenders.

4.3 Duration of Security Interest . Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral shall continue until the payment in full and the satisfaction of all Obligations and termination of Lenders’ commitment to fund the Loans, whereupon such security interest shall terminate. Lenders shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, execute such further documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to make effective the release contemplated by this Section 4.3 , including duly executing and delivering termination statements for filing in all relevant jurisdictions under the Code.

4.4 Location and Possession of Collateral . The Collateral is and shall remain in the possession of Borrower at its location listed on the cover page hereof or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule. Borrower shall remain in full possession, enjoyment and control of the Collateral (except only as may be otherwise required by Lenders for perfection of its security interest therein) and so long as no Event of Default has occurred, and is continuing shall be entitled to manage, operate and use the same and each part thereof with the rights and franchises appertaining thereto; provided that the possession, enjoyment, control and use of the Collateral shall at all time be subject to the observance and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

4.5 Delivery of Additional Documentation Required . Borrower shall from time to time execute and deliver to Lenders, at the request of Lenders, all financing statements and other documents Lenders may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Lenders, to perfect and continue Lenders’ perfected security interests in the Collateral and in order to consummate fully all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents.

 

16


4.6 Right to Inspect . Lenders (through any of their officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours, to inspect Borrower’s books and records and to make copies thereof and to inspect, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral; provided that such inspections shall occur no more often than twice per calendar year, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

4.7 Protection of Intellectual Property . Borrower shall (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property and promptly advise Lenders in writing of material infringements, and (ii) not allow any Intellectual Property necessary to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Lenders’ written consent.

4.8 Lien Subordination . Lenders agree that the Liens granted to them hereunder shall be subordinate to the Liens to secure the Indebtedness permitted under clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness. Lenders agree that the Liens granted to them hereunder in Third Party Equipment shall be subordinate to the Liens of existing and future lenders providing equipment financing and equipment lessors for equipment and other personal property now existing acquired by Borrower after the date hereof (“ Third Party Equipment ”); provided that such Liens are confined solely to the equipment so financed and the proceeds thereof and are Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Obligations hereunder shall not be subordinate in right of payment to any obligations to other lenders, equipment lenders or equipment lessors and Lenders’ rights and remedies hereunder shall not in any way be subordinate to the rights and remedies of any such lenders or equipment lessors. So long as no Event of Default has occurred, Lenders agree to execute and deliver such agreements and documents as may be reasonably requested by Borrower from time to time which set forth the lien subordination described in this Section 4.8 and are reasonably acceptable to Lenders. Lenders shall have no obligation to execute any agreement or document which would impose obligations, restrictions or lien priority on Lenders which are less favorable to Lenders than those described in this Section 4.8 .

5. Representations and Warranties . Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Organization and Qualification . Borrower is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation and qualified and licensed to do business in, and is in good standing in, any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of Property requires that it be so qualified or in which the Collateral is located, except for such states as to which any failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on Borrower.

5.2 Authority . Borrower has all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform in accordance with the terms thereof, the Loan Documents to which it is a party. Borrower has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its Property and to carry on its businesses as now conducted.

 

17


5.3 Conflict with Other Instruments, etc . Neither the execution and delivery of any Loan Document to which Borrower is a party nor the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated nor compliance with the terms, conditions and provisions thereof will conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the by-laws, or any other organizational documents of Borrower or any law or any regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality or any material agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound or to which it or any of its Property is subject, or constitute a default thereunder or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien, other than Permitted Liens, to the extent that any of the foregoing would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.4 Authorization; Enforceability . The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the security interest in the Collateral, the incurring of the Loans, the execution and delivery of the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated have each been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Borrower. No authorization, consent, approval, license or exemption of, and no registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Person is, was or will be necessary to (i) the valid execution and delivery of any Loan Document to which Borrower is a party, (ii) the performance of Borrower’s obligations under any Loan Document, or (iii) the granting of the security interest in the Collateral, except for filings in connection with the perfection of the security interest in any of the Collateral or the issuance of the Warrants. The Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity.

5.5 No Prior Encumbrances . Borrower has good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens. Borrower has good title and ownership of, or is licensed under, all of Borrower’s current Intellectual Property which is necessary for the conduct of Borrower’s business. Borrower has not received any communications alleging that Borrower has violated, or by conducting its business as proposed, would violate any proprietary rights of any other Person. Borrower has no knowledge of any infringement or violation by it of the intellectual property rights of any third party and has no knowledge of any violation or infringement by a third party of any of its Intellectual Property. The Collateral and the Intellectual Property constitute substantially all of the assets and property of Borrower.

5.6 Name; Location of Chief Executive Office, Principal Place of Business and Collateral . Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof. Borrower’s jurisdiction of incorporation, chief executive office, principal place of business, and the place where Borrower maintains its records concerning the Collateral are presently located in the state and at the address set forth on the cover page of this Agreement. The Collateral is presently located at the address set forth on the cover page hereof or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule.

 

18


5.7 Litigation . There are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Borrower before any court or administrative agency in which an adverse decision could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower or the aggregate value of the Collateral. Borrower does not have knowledge of any such pending or threatened actions or proceedings.

5.8 Financial Statements . All financial statements relating to Borrower that have been or may hereafter be delivered by Borrower to Lenders present fairly in all material respects Borrower’s financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s results of operations for the period then ended.

5.9 No Material Adverse Effect . No event has occurred and no condition exists which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business or operations of Borrower since December 31, 2006.

5.10 Full Disclosure . No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any Loan Document (including the Disclosure Schedule), certificate or written statement furnished to Lenders contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading. There is no fact known to Borrower which materially adversely affects, or which could in the future be reasonably expected to materially adversely affect, its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

5.11 Solvency, Etc . Borrower is Solvent (as defined below) and, after the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, Borrower will be Solvent. “ Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person on any date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the fair value of the liabilities (including, without limitation, contingent liabilities) of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital.

5.12 Subsidiaries . Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than Entropic Communications (Hong Kong) Limited.

5.13 Catastrophic Events; Labor Disputes . Neither Borrower nor its properties is or has been affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or other casualty that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business or operations of Borrower. There are no disputes presently subject to grievance procedure, arbitration or litigation under any of the collective bargaining agreements, employment contracts or employee welfare or incentive plans to which Borrower is a party, and there are no strikes, lockouts, work stoppages or slowdowns, or, to the knowledge of Borrower, jurisdictional disputes or organizing activity occurring or threatened which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business or operations of Borrower.

 

19


5.14 Certain Agreements of Officers, Employees and Consultants .

(a) No Violation . To the knowledge of Borrower, no officer, employee or consultant of Borrower is, or is now expected to be, in violation of any term of any employment contract, proprietary information agreement, nondisclosure agreement, noncompetition agreement or any other material contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant relating to the right of any such officer, employee or consultant to be employed by Borrower because of the nature of the business conducted or to be conducted by Borrower or relating to the use of trade secrets or proprietary information of others, and to Borrower’s knowledge, the continued employment of Borrower’s officers, employees and consultants does not subject Borrower to any material liability for any claim or claims arising out of or in connection with any such contract, agreement, or covenant.

(b) No Present Intention to Terminate . To the knowledge of Borrower, no officer of Borrower, and no employee or consultant of Borrower whose termination, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business or operations of Borrower, has any present intention of terminating his or her employment or consulting relationship with Borrower.

6. Affirmative Covenants . Borrower, until the full and complete payment of the Obligations, covenants and agrees that:

6.1 Good Standing . Borrower shall maintain its corporate existence and its good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business of Borrower. Borrower shall maintain in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, operations or business.

6.2 Government Compliance . Borrower shall comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the financial condition, operations or business of Borrower.

6.3 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Borrower shall deliver to Lender: (a) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, a company prepared balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement covering Borrower’s operations during such period, certified by Borrower’s president, treasurer or chief financial officer or vice president of finance (each, a “ Responsible Officer ”); (b) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with an unqualified opinion on such financial statements of a nationally recognized or other independent public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Lender; and (c) as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year or the

 

20


date of Borrower’s board of directors’ adoption, Borrower’s operating budget and plan for the next fiscal year; and (d) such other financial information as Lenders may reasonably request from time to time. From and after such time as Borrower becomes a publicly reporting company, promptly as they are available and in any event: (x) at the time of filing of Borrower’s Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, the financial statements of Borrower filed with such Form 10-K; and (y) at the time of filing of Borrower’s Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of Borrower, the financial statements of Borrower filed with such Form 10-Q. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Lenders (i) promptly upon becoming available, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders; and (ii) immediately upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any material legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or the commencement of any action, proceeding or governmental investigation involving Borrower is commenced that is reasonably expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

6.4 Certificates of Compliance . Each time financial statements are furnished pursuant to Section 6.3 above, Borrower shall deliver to Lenders an Officer’s Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in the form of, and certifying to the matters set forth in Exhibit E hereto.

6.5 Notice of Defaults . As soon as possible, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after the discovery of a Default or an Event of Default, Borrower shall provide Lenders with an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the facts relating to or giving rise to such Default or Event of Default and the action which Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

6.6 Taxes . Borrower shall make due and timely payment or deposit of all federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law or imposed upon any Property belonging to it, and will execute and deliver to Lenders, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; and Borrower will make timely payment or deposit of all tax payments and withholding taxes required of it by applicable laws, including those laws concerning F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A., state disability, and local, state, and federal income taxes, and will, upon request, furnish Lenders with proof satisfactory to Lenders indicating that Borrower has made such payments or deposits; provided that Borrower need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof ( provided that such proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such amounts or reserves sufficient to discharge such amounts have been provided on the books of Borrower).

6.7 Use; Maintenance . Borrower shall keep and maintain all items of equipment and other similar types of personal property that form any significant portion or portions of the Collateral in good operating condition and repair and shall make all necessary replacements thereof and renewals thereto so that the value and operating efficiency thereof shall at all times

 

21


be maintained and preserved. Borrower shall not permit any such material item of Collateral to become a fixture to real estate or an accession to other personal property, without the prior written consent of Lenders. Borrower shall not permit any such material item of Collateral to be operated or maintained in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation. With respect to items of leased equipment (to the extent Lenders have any security interest in any residual Borrower’s interest in such equipment under the lease), Borrower shall keep, maintain, repair, replace and operate such leased equipment in accordance with the terms of the applicable lease.

6.8 Insurance . Borrower shall keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts, and as Lenders may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Lenders. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing each Lender as an additional loss payee and all liability policies shall show each Lender as an additional insured and all policies shall provide that the insurer must give each Lender at least thirty (30) days notice before canceling its policy. At Lenders’ request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Lenders’ option, be payable to each Lender on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that (i) any such replaced or repaired property (a) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (b) shall be deemed Collateral in which Lenders have been granted a first priority security interest and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Lenders, be payable to Lenders, on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under Section 6.8 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Lenders, Lenders may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in Section 6.8, and take any action under the policies Lenders deem prudent. On or prior to the first Funding Date and prior to each policy renewal, Borrower shall furnish to Lenders certificates of insurance or other evidence satisfactory to Lenders that insurance complying with all of the above requirements is in effect.

6.9 Security Interest . Assuming the proper filing of one or more financing statement(s) identifying the Collateral with the proper state and/or local authorities, the security interests in the Collateral granted to Lenders pursuant to this Agreement (i) constitute and will continue to constitute first priority security interests (except to the extent any Permitted Liens may have a superior priority to Lenders’ Lien under this Agreement) and (ii) are and will continue to be superior and prior to the rights of all other creditors of Borrower (except to the extent of such Permitted Liens).

6.10 Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Lenders to make effective the purposes of this Agreement, including without limitation, the continued perfection and priority of Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral.

 

22


6.11 Equity Investment . Borrower shall permit Lenders or their assignees, at Lenders’ option, to purchase up to an aggregate of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand ($250,000) of the securities sold in Borrower’s next round of private equity financing at the same price and on the same terms as paid and received by the lead investor of the equity financing. Lenders agree that they shall not have rights under this Section 6.11 with respect to any public offering of the equity securities of Borrower. Borrower agrees that it shall notify Lenders promptly upon the execution by Borrower of a term sheet or letter of intent setting forth the terms and conditions of such financing and in any event within five (5) days of such execution.

6.12 Guarantor Subsidiary . If Lenders determine in their sole discretion that, if liquidated, the value of the Collateral would not be sufficient to repay the Obligations in full, Borrower shall, at Borrower’s expense and within twenty (20) days of Lenders’ request, either (a) execute and deliver, or cause any Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Borrower to execute and deliver, as directed by Lenders, a Stock Pledge, Guaranty and such other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Lenders as Lenders may request, including without limitation, original stock certificates, an opinion of foreign counsel, together with such additional documents as Lenders may require to perfect a first priority lien on the assets described in the Stock Pledge and Guaranty, or (b) post a letter of credit or other credit enhancement from a source satisfactory to the Lenders and which Lenders deem adequate in their sole discretion to eliminate any potential shortfall from the liquidation of the Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Borrower nor any Domestic Subsidiary of Borrower shall be required to pledge more than sixty five percent (65%) of the outstanding voting stock of any Foreign Subsidiary.

6.13 Registration Rights . On the earliest of (a) the date that Borrower sells shares of its Preferred Stock (as defined in the Warrants) to a new investor not already a party to Borrower’s Investor Rights Agreement (the “ Investor Rights Agreement ”) and in connection therewith amends the Investor Rights Agreement to make such new investor a party, or (b) September 1, 2007, Borrower shall amend the Investor Rights Agreement to secure for each holder of the Warrants (the “Holders”) the registration rights of an “Investor” under such agreement. In such case, Lenders agree to use their best efforts to cause such Holders, at the time of any exercise of such Warrants, to execute a joinder agreement to the Investor Rights Agreement described herein or such other agreement as may be necessary to secure for the Holders the registration rights of an “Investor” thereunder.

7. Negative Covenants . Borrower, until the full and complete payment of the Obligations, covenants and agrees that Borrower shall not:

7.1 Chief Executive Office . Change its name, jurisdiction of incorporation, chief executive office, principal place of business or any of the items set forth in Section 1 of the Disclosure Schedule without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lenders.

7.2 Collateral Control . Subject to its rights under Sections 4.4 and 7.4 , remove any items of Collateral from Borrower’s facility located at the address set forth on the cover page hereof or as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule.

 

23


7.3 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind upon any of Borrower’s Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.

7.4 Other Dispositions of Collateral . Convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral to any Person (collectively, a “ Transfer ”), except for: (i) Transfers of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (ii) Transfers of worn-out or obsolete equipment; or (iii) Transfers permitted under subclause (f) of the definition of Permitted Liens with respect to Collateral, (iv) Transfers consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; and (v) other Transfers not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per year.

7.5 Distributions . (i) Pay any dividends or make any distributions on its Equity Securities; (ii) purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any of its Equity Securities (other than repurchases pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements or similar arrangements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase in an aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000)); (iii) return any capital to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; (iv) make any distribution of assets, Equity Securities, obligations or securities to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; or (v) set apart any sum for any such purpose; provided , however , Borrower may pay dividends payable solely in Borrower’s common stock.

7.6 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate with or into any other Person other than the Arabella Merger.

7.7 Change in Ownership . Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower or reasonably related thereto or have a material change in its ownership of greater than twenty five percent (25%) (other than by the sale by Borrower of Borrower’s Equity Securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Lenders the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the investment).

7.8 Transactions With Affiliates . Enter into any contractual obligation with any Affiliate or engage in any other transaction with any Affiliate except upon terms at least as favorable to Borrower as an arms-length transaction with Persons who are not Affiliates of Borrower.

7.9 Indebtedness Payments . (i) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy in any manner prior to the scheduled repayment thereof any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than amounts due or permitted to be prepaid under this Agreement or under any revolving credit agreement constituting Permitted Indebtedness under clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness) or lease obligations, (ii) amend, modify or otherwise change the terms of any Indebtedness for borrowed money or lease obligations so as to accelerate the scheduled repayment thereof or (iii) repay any notes to officers, directors or stockholders.

7.10 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness except Permitted Indebtedness.

 

24


7.11 Investments . Make any Investment except for Permitted Investments.

7.12 Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Loan for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations, as amended from time to time (“ ERISA ”), permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations or could reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse change, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.13 Maintenance of Accounts . (i) Maintain any deposit account or account holding securities owned by Borrower except accounts with respect to which Lenders are able to take such actions as it deems necessary to obtain a perfected security interest in such accounts through one or more Account Control Agreements; or (ii) grant or allow any other Person (other than Lenders) to perfect a security interest in, or enter into any agreements with any Persons (other than Lenders) accomplishing perfection via control as to, any of its deposit accounts or accounts holding securities.

7.14 Negative Pledge Regarding Intellectual Property . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind upon any Intellectual Property or Transfer any Intellectual Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property entered into in the ordinary course of business and the deposit of certain source codes relating to Intellectual Property into escrow pursuant to arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business.

8. Events of Default . Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” by Borrower under this Agreement:

8.1 Failure to Pay . If Borrower fails to pay when due and payable or when declared due and payable in accordance with the Loan Documents: (i) any Scheduled Payment within three (3) days of when due, or (ii) any other portion of the Obligations within five (5) Business Days after receipt of written notice from Lenders that such payment is due.

8.2 Certain Covenant Defaults . If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Sections 6.8, 6.12 or 6.13 or violates any of the covenants contained in Section 7 of this Agreement.

8.3 Other Covenant Defaults . If Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than as set forth in Sections 8.1, 8.2 or 8.5 through 8.13 ), in any of the other Loan Documents and Borrower has failed to cure such default within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of such default. During this thirty (30) day period, the failure to cure the default is not an Event of Default (but no Loan will be made during the cure period).

 

25


8.4 Intentionally Omitted.

8.5 Seizure of Assets, Etc. If any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or Person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within ten (10) days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of Borrower’s assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof; provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower.

8.6 Service of Process . The service of process upon Lenders seeking to attach by a trustee or other process any funds of the Borrower on deposit or otherwise held by Lenders, or the delivery upon Lenders of a notice of foreclosure by any Person seeking to attach or foreclose on any funds of the Borrower on deposit or otherwise held by Lenders, or the delivery of a notice of foreclosure or exclusive control to any entity holding or maintaining Borrower’s deposit accounts or accounts holding securities by any Person (other than Lenders) seeking to foreclose or attach any such accounts or securities.

8.7 Default on Indebtedness . One or more defaults shall exist under any agreement with any third party or parties which consists of the failure to pay any Indebtedness at maturity or which results in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of Indebtedness in an aggregate amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or an event of default shall exist under any financing agreement with Lenders or any of their Affiliates.

8.8 Judgments . If a judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of ten (10) days or more.

8.9 Misrepresentations . If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty, representation, statement, certification, or report made to Lenders by Borrower or any officer, employee, agent, or director of Borrower.

8.10 Breach of Warrants . If Borrower shall breach any material term of the Warrants and such breach is not cured within thirty (30) days.

8.11 Unenforceable Loan Document . If any Loan Document shall in any material respect cease to be, or Borrower shall assert that any Loan Document is not, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

26


8.12 Involuntary Insolvency Proceeding . If a proceeding shall have been instituted in a court having jurisdiction in the premises seeking a decree or order for relief in respect of Borrower in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee (or similar official) of Borrower or for any substantial part of its Property, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed and in effect for a period of forty-five (45) consecutive days or such court shall enter a decree or order granting the relief sought in such proceeding.

8.13 Voluntary Insolvency Proceeding . If Borrower shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian (or other similar official) of Borrower or for any substantial part of its Property, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due, or shall take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

9. Lenders’ Rights and Remedies .

9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, Lenders shall not have any further obligation to advance money or extend credit to or for the benefit of Borrower. In addition, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lenders shall have the rights, options, duties and remedies of a secured party as permitted by law and, in addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, Lenders may, at their election, without notice of election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

(a) Acceleration of Obligations . Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, including (i) any accrued and unpaid interest, (ii) the amounts which would have otherwise come due under Section 2.3(b)(ii) if the Loans had been voluntarily prepaid, (iii) the unpaid principal balance of the Loans and (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder, immediately due and payable ( provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.12 or 8.13 all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Lenders);

(b) Protection of Collateral . Make such payments and do such acts as Lenders consider necessary or reasonable to protect Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Lenders so require and to make the Collateral available to Lenders as Lenders may designate. Borrower authorizes Lenders and their designees and agents to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which in Lenders’ determination appears or is claimed to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Lenders a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, for up to one hundred twenty (120) days in order to exercise any of Lenders’ rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

 

27


(c) Preparation of Collateral for Sale . Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Lenders and their agents and any purchasers at or after foreclosure are hereby granted a non-exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid, royalty-free license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1 , to use, without charge, Borrower’s Intellectual Property, including without limitation, labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any Property of a similar nature, now or at any time hereafter owned or acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now or at any time hereafter has any rights; provided that such license shall only be exercisable in connection with the disposition of Collateral upon Lenders’ exercise of its remedies hereunder;

(d) Sale of Collateral . Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Lenders determine are commercially reasonable; and

(e) Purchase of Collateral . Credit bid and purchase all or any portion of the Collateral at any public sale.

Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

9.2 Set Off Right . Lenders may set off and apply to the Obligations any and all indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower or any other assets of Borrower in Lenders’ possession or control.

9.3 Effect of Sale . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to the extent permitted by law, Borrower covenants that it will not at any time insist upon or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take any benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law now or at any time hereafter in force, nor claim, take nor insist upon any benefit or advantage of or from any law now or hereafter in force providing for the valuation or appraisement of the Collateral or any part thereof prior to any sale or sales thereof to be made pursuant to any provision herein contained, or to the decree, judgment or order of any court of competent jurisdiction; nor, after such sale or sales, claim or exercise any right under any statute now or hereafter made or enacted by any state or otherwise to redeem the property so sold or any part thereof, and, to the full extent legally permitted, except as to rights expressly provided herein, hereby expressly waives for itself and on behalf of each and every Person, except decree or judgment creditors of Borrower, acquiring any interest in or title to the Collateral or any part thereof subsequent to the date of this Agreement, all benefit and advantage of any such law or laws, and covenants that it will not invoke or utilize any such law or laws or otherwise hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted and delegated to Lenders, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such power, law or laws had been made or enacted. Any sale, whether under any power of sale hereby given or by virtue of

 

28


judicial proceedings, shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity, of Borrower in and to the Property sold, and shall be a perpetual bar, both at law and in equity, against Borrower, its successors and assigns, and against any and all Persons claiming the Property sold or any part thereof under, by or through Borrower, its successors or assigns.

9.4 Power of Attorney in Respect of the Collateral . Borrower does hereby irrevocably appoint each Lender (which appointment is coupled with an interest), the true and lawful attorney in fact of Borrower with full power of substitution, for it and in its name to file any notices of security interests, financing statements and continuations and amendments thereof pursuant to the Code or federal law, as may be necessary to perfect, or to continue the perfection of Lenders’ security interests in the Collateral. Borrower does hereby irrevocably appoint each Lender (which appointment is coupled with an interest) on the occurrence of an Event of Default, the true and lawful attorney in fact of Borrower with full power of substitution, for it and in its name: (a) to ask, demand, collect, receive, receipt for, sue for, compound and give acquittance for any and all rents, issues, profits, avails, distributions, income, payment draws and other sums in which a security interest is granted under Section 4 with full power to settle, adjust or compromise any claim thereunder as fully as if each Lender were Borrower itself; (b) to receive payment of and to endorse the name of Borrower to any items of Collateral (including checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money) that come into any Lender’s possession or under any Lender’s control; (c) to make all demands, consents and waivers, or take any other action with respect to, the Collateral; (d) in Lenders’ discretion to file any claim or take any other action or proceedings, either in its own name or in the name of Borrower or otherwise, which Lenders may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect and preserve the right, title and interest of Lenders in and to the Collateral; (e) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (f) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any account or drafts against account debtors; (g) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (h) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and on terms Lenders determine reasonable; (i) transfer the Collateral into the name of Lenders or a third party as the Code permits; and (j) to otherwise act with respect thereto as though Lenders were the outright owners of the Collateral.

9.5 Lenders’ Expenses . If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Lenders may do any or all of the following: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; or (b) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.8 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Lenders deem prudent. Any amounts paid or deposited by Lenders shall constitute Lenders’ Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, shall bear interest at the Default Rate and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Lenders shall not constitute an agreement by Lenders to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Lenders of any Event of Default under this Agreement. Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including without limitation, Lenders’ Expenses, incurred by Lenders in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of the Obligations hereunder not performed when due.

 

29


9.6 Remedies Cumulative . Lenders’ rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Lenders shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Lenders of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Lenders of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Lenders shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it.

9.7 Application of Collateral Proceeds . The proceeds and/or avails of the Collateral, or any part thereof, and the proceeds and the avails of any remedy hereunder (as well as any other amounts of any kind held by Lenders, at the time of or received by Lenders after the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder) shall be paid to and applied as follows:

(a) First , to the payment of out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including all amounts expended to preserve the value of the Collateral, of foreclosure or suit, if any, and of such sale and the exercise of any other rights or remedies, and of all proper fees, expenses, liability and advances, including reasonable legal expenses and attorneys’ fees, incurred or made hereunder by Lenders, including, without limitation, Lenders’ Expenses;

(b) Second , to the payment to Lenders of the amount then owing or unpaid on the Loans for any accrued and unpaid interest, the amounts which would have otherwise come due under Section 2.3(b)(ii), if the Loans had been voluntarily prepaid, the principal balance of the Loans, and all other Obligations with respect to the Loans ( provided , however , if such proceeds shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due, owing or unpaid upon the Loans, then to the unpaid interest thereon, then to the amounts which would have otherwise come due under Section 2.3(b)(ii), if the Loans had been voluntarily prepaid, then to the principal balance of the Loans, and then to the payment of other amounts then payable to Lenders under any of the Loan Documents); and

(c) Third , to the payment of the surplus, if any, to Borrower, its successors and assigns, or to the Person lawfully entitled to receive the same.

9.8 Reinstatement of Rights . If Lenders shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely, then and in every such case (unless otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction), Lenders shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder with respect to the Property subject to the security interest created under this Agreement.

10. Waivers; Indemnification .

10.1 Demand; Protest . Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by Lenders on which Borrower may in any way be liable.

 

30


10.2 Lenders’ Liability for Collateral . So long as Lenders complies with their obligations, if any, under the Code, Lenders shall not in any way or manner be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause other than Lenders’ gross negligence or willful misconduct; (c) any diminution in the value thereof; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency, or other Person whomsoever. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

10.3 Indemnification and Waiver . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated:

(a) General Indemnity . Borrower agrees upon demand to pay or reimburse Lenders for all liabilities, obligations and out-of-pocket expenses, including Lenders’ Expenses and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for Lenders from time to time arising in connection with the enforcement or collection of sums due under the Loan Documents, and in connection with any amendment or modification of the Loan Documents or any “work-out” in connection with the Loan Documents. Borrower shall indemnify, reimburse and hold Lenders, and each of its respective successors, assigns, agents, attorneys, officers, directors, stockholders, servants, agents and employees (each an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, damages, actions, suits, demands, claims of any kind and nature (including claims relating to environmental discharge, cleanup or compliance), all costs and expenses whatsoever to the extent they may be incurred or suffered by such Indemnified Person in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), fines, penalties (and other charges of any applicable Governmental Authority), licensing fees relating to any item of Collateral, damage to or loss of use of property (including consequential or special damages to third parties or damages to Borrower’s property), or bodily injury to or death of any person (including any agent or employee of Borrower) (each, a “ Claim ”), directly or indirectly relating to or arising out of the use of the proceeds of the Loans or otherwise, the falsity of any representation or warranty of Borrower or Borrower’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document. The foregoing indemnity shall cover, without limitation, (i) any Claim in connection with a design or other defect (latent or patent) in any item of equipment or product included in the Collateral, (ii) any Claim for infringement of any patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property right, (iii) any Claim resulting from the presence on or under or the escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, discharge, emission or release of any Hazardous Materials on the premises owned, occupied or leased by Borrower, including any Claims asserted or arising under any Environmental Law, (iv) any Claim for negligence or strict or absolute liability in tort, or (v) any Claim asserted as to or arising under any Account Control Agreement or any Landlord Agreement; provided , however , Borrower shall not indemnify Lenders for any liability incurred by Lenders to the extent such liability results from Lenders’ gross negligence or willful misconduct. Such indemnities shall continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Agreement. Upon Lenders’ written demand, Borrower shall assume and diligently conduct, at its sole cost and expense, the entire defense of Lenders, each of their partners, and each of their respective, agents, employees, directors, officers, stockholders, successors and assigns against any indemnified Claim described in this Section 10.3(a) . Borrower shall not settle or compromise any Claim against or involving Lenders without first obtaining Lenders’ written consent thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

31


(b) Waiver . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANYWHERE ELSE, BORROWER AGREES THAT IT SHALL NOT SEEK FROM LENDERS UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING ANY THEORY IN TORTS), ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES.

(c) Survival; Defense . The obligations in this Section 10.3 shall survive payment of all other Obligations pursuant to Section 12.8 . At the election of any Indemnified Person, Borrower shall defend such Indemnified Person using legal counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Person in such Person’s reasonable discretion, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower. All amounts owing under this Section 10.3 shall be paid within thirty (30) days after written demand.

11. Notices . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, by prepaid nationally recognized overnight courier, or by prepaid facsimile to Borrower or to Lenders, as the case may be, at their respective addresses set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:

   Entropic Communications, inc.
   9276 Scranton Road, Suite 200
   San Diego, CA 92121
   Attention:
   Fax:                         
   Ph:                           

If to Horizon:

   Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC
   76 Batterson Park Road
   Farmington, CT 06032
   Attention: Legal Department
   Fax: (860) 676-8655
   Ph: (860) 676-8654

If to Silicon:

   Silicon Valley Bank
   4445 Eastgate Mall Suite 110
   San Diego, California 92121
   Attention: Frederick Kreppel
   Fax: (858) 622-1492
   Ph: (858) 784-3321

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

 

32


12. General Provisions .

12.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties; provided , however , neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without Lenders’ prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Lenders’ sole discretion. Lenders shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participations in all or any part of, or any interest in Lenders’ rights and benefits hereunder. Lenders may disclose the Loan Documents and any other financial or other information relating to Borrower or any Subsidiary to any potential participant or assignee of any of the Loans, provided that such participant or assignee agrees to protect the confidentiality of such documents and information using the same measures that it uses to protect its own confidential information.

12.2 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

12.3 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be several from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

12.4 Entire Agreement; Construction; Amendments and Waivers .

(a) Entire Agreement . This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents dated as of the date hereof, taken together, constitute and contain the entire agreement between Borrower and Lenders and supersede any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications between the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof. Borrower acknowledges that it is not relying on any representation or agreement made by Lenders or any employee, attorney or agent thereof, other than the specific agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

(b) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of Borrower and Lenders executing this Agreement as of the date hereof and their respective counsel; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against Borrower or Lenders. Borrower and Lenders agree that they intend the literal words of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that no parol evidence shall be necessary or appropriate to establish Borrower’s or Lenders’ actual intentions.

(c) Amendments and Waivers . Any and all discharges or waivers of, or consents to any departures from any provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents shall not be effective without the written consent of Lenders. Any and all amendments and modifications of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents shall not be effective without the written consent of Lenders and Borrower. Any waiver or consent with respect to any provision of the Loan Documents shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on Borrower in any case shall entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, waiver or consent affected in accordance with this Section 12.4 shall be binding upon Lenders and on Borrower.

 

33


12.5 Reliance by Lenders . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein by Borrower shall be deemed to be material to and to have been relied upon by Lenders, notwithstanding any investigation by Lenders.

12.6 No Set-Offs by Borrower . All sums payable by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall be payable without notice or demand and shall be payable in United States Dollars without set-off or reduction of any manner whatsoever.

12.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

12.8 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations or commitment to fund remain outstanding. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Lenders with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 10.3 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Lenders have run.

13. Relationship of Parties . Borrower and Lenders acknowledge, understand and agree that the relationship between Borrower, on the one hand, and Lenders, on the other, is, and at all time shall remain solely that of a borrower and lender. Lenders shall not under any circumstances be construed to be a partner or a joint venturer of Borrower or any of its Affiliates; nor shall Lenders under any circumstances be deemed to be in a relationship of confidence or trust or a fiduciary relationship with Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or to owe any fiduciary duty to Borrower or any of its Affiliates. Lenders do not undertake or assume any responsibility or duty to Borrower or any of its Affiliates to select, review, inspect, supervise, pass judgment upon or otherwise inform Borrower or any of its Affiliates of any matter in connection with its or their Property, any Collateral held by Lenders or the operations of Borrower or any of its Affiliates. Borrower and each of its Affiliates shall rely entirely on their own judgment with respect to such matters, and any review, inspection, supervision, exercise of judgment or supply of information undertaken or assumed by Lenders in connection with such matters is solely for the protection of Lenders and neither Borrower nor any Affiliate is entitled to rely thereon.

14. Confidentiality . All information (other than periodic reports filed by Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission) disclosed by Borrower to Lenders in writing or through inspection pursuant to this Agreement that is marked confidential shall be considered confidential. Lenders agree to use the same degree of care to safeguard and prevent disclosure of such confidential information as Lenders use with their own confidential information, but in any event no less than a reasonable degree of care. Lenders shall not disclose such information to any third party (other than to Lenders’ partners, attorneys, governmental regulators, or auditors, or to Lenders’ subsidiaries and affiliates and prospective transferees and purchasers of the Loans,

 

34


all subject to the same confidentiality obligation set forth herein or as required by law, regulation, subpoena or other order to be disclosed) and shall use such information only for purposes of evaluation of its investment in Borrower and the exercise of Lenders’ rights and the enforcement of its remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to any information that (a) was known to the public prior to disclosure by Borrower under this Agreement, (b) becomes known to the public through no fault of Lenders, (c) is disclosed to Lenders by a third party having a legal right to make such disclosure, or (d) is independently developed by Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lenders’ agreement of confidentiality shall not apply if Lenders have acquired indefeasible title to any Collateral or in connection with any enforcement or exercise of Lenders’ rights and remedies under this Agreement following an Event of Default, including the enforcement of Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral.

15. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDERS HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT. BORROWER AND LENDERS HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:

 

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Kurt Noyes

 

Name:

  Kurt Noyes  

Title:

  VP Finance  

LENDERS:

 
HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FUNDING COMPANY LLC  
By: Horizon Technology Finance, LLC, its sole member  

By:

 

/s/ Gerald A. Michaud

 

Name:

  Gerald A. Michaud  

Title:

  Managing Member  

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

By:

 

/s/ Derek R. Brunelle

 

Name:

  Derek R. Brunelle  

Title:

  Vice President  

Exhibit 10.28

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) dated as of the Effective Date between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation ( “Bank” ), and ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC. , a Delaware corporation ( “Borrower” ), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP (except with respect to monthly reports which do not comply with FAS 123). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Revolving Advances.

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, Bank will make Advances to Borrower, provided that, after giving effect to such Advances, the total of the amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, plus the FX Reserve, plus amounts used and reserved for Cash Management Services, and plus the outstanding principal balance of all Advances shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Maximum Dollar Amount, or (ii) the Borrowing Base.

(b) Streamline Period . [omitted].

(c) Termination; Repaymen t. The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.1.2 Letters of Credit Sublimit.

(a) Subject to the Overall Sublimit in Section 2.1.5 below, as part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit for Borrower’s account, provided that, after giving effect to such Letters of Credit, the total of the amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, plus the FX Reserve, plus amounts used and reserved for Cash Management Services, and plus the outstanding principal balance of all Advances shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Maximum Dollar Amount, or (ii) the Borrowing Base. The aggregate amounts utilized hereunder shall at all times reduce the amount otherwise available for Advances under the Revolving Line. If, on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to 105% of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to said Letters of Credit. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the “Letter of Credit Application” ). Borrower agrees to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request. Borrower further agrees to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guarantied by Bank and opened for Borrower’s account or by Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for Borrower’s account, and Borrower understands and agrees that Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto.

 

- 1 -


(b) The obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.

(c) Borrower may request that Bank issue a Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency. If a demand for payment is made under any such Letter of Credit, Bank shall treat such demand as an Advance to Borrower of the equivalent of the amount thereof (plus fees and charges in connection therewith such as wire, cable, SWIFT or similar charges) in Dollars at the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

(d) To guard against fluctuations in currency exchange rates, upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency, Bank shall create a reserve (the “Letter of Credit Reserve” ) under the Revolving Line in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit. The amount of the Letter of Credit Reserve may be adjusted by Bank from time to time to account for fluctuations in the exchange rate. The availability of funds under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the amount of such Letter of Credit Reserve for as long as such Letter of Credit remains outstanding.

2.1.3 Foreign Exchange Sublimit. Subject to the Overall Sublimit in Section 2.1.5 below, as part of the Revolving Line, Borrower may enter into foreign exchange contracts with Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency (each, a “FX Forward Contract” ) on a specified date (the “Settlement Date” ); provided that, after giving effect to such FX Forward Contracts and the FX Reserve applicable thereto, the total of the amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, plus the FX Reserve, plus amounts used and reserved for Cash Management Services, and plus the outstanding principal balance of all Advances shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Maximum Dollar Amount, or (ii) the Borrowing Base. FX Forward Contracts shall have a Settlement Date of at least one (1) FX Business Day after the contract date and shall be subject to a reserve of ten percent (10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract, such reserve to be in a maximum aggregate amount equal to $5,000,000 (the “FX Reserve”). The aggregate amount of FX Forward Contracts at any one time may not exceed ten (10) times the amount of the FX Reserve.

2.1.4 Cash Management Services Sublimit. Subject to the Overall Sublimit in Section 2.1.5 below, Borrower may use up to $5,000,000 (the “Cash Management Services Sublimit” ) of the Revolving Line for Bank’s cash management services which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing services identified in Bank’s various cash management services agreements (collectively, the “Cash Management Services”), provided that, after giving effect to such utilization, the total of the amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, plus the FX Reserve, plus amounts utilized and reserved for Cash Management Services, and plus the outstanding principal balance of any Advances shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Maximum Dollar Amount, or (ii) the Borrowing Base. Any amounts Bank pays on behalf of Borrower or any amounts that are not paid by Borrower for any Cash Management Services will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.

2.1.5 Overall Aggregate Sublimit . In no event shall the total amount of (i) outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), and (ii) the FX Reserve, and (iii) the amount of the Revolving Line utilized for Cash Management Services, at any time exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate (the “Overall Sublimit” ).

2.2 Overadvances . If at any time or for any reason the total of all outstanding Advances and all other monetary Obligations exceeds the limitation set forth in Section 2.1.l(a) (an “Overadvance” ), Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of the excess to Bank, without notice or demand. Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay to Bank the amount of any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

 

- 2 -


2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest Rate; Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the amounts outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a per annum rate based on Borrower’s Liquidity Ratio (as defined below), as follows:

 

Liquidity Ratio as of the end of a month

  

Interest Rate

Equal to or greater than 1.75 to 1

   Prime Rate plus 0.50% (the “Reduced Rate”)

Less than 1.75 to 1

   Prime Rate plus 2.0% (the “Regular Rate”)

Interest shall be payable monthly.

Changes in the interest rate based on the Borrower’s Liquidity Ratio as provided above shall go into effect as of the first day of the month following the month in which Borrower’s financial statements are received, reviewed and approved by Bank. If, based on the Liquidity Ratio as shown in Borrower’s financial statements there is to be an increase in the interest rate, the interest rate increase may be put into effect by Bank as of the first day of the month closest to the date on which the financial statements are due, even if the delivery of the financial statements is delayed. As used above, “Liquidity Ratio” shall mean the ratio of the following (as determined by Bank): (A) the sum of Borrower’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents and net billed Accounts to (B) all of Borrower’s Obligations plus all Indebtedness of Borrower to Horizon Technology Funding Company, LLC determined in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points above the rate which is otherwise applicable to the Obligations (the “Default Rate”). Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) 360-Day Year . Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

(e) Debit of Accounts . Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

(f) Minimum Monthly Interest. [omitted].

(g) Payment; Interest Computation: Float Charge . Interest is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month. In computing interest on the Obligations, all Payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. In addition, so long as any principal or interest with respect to any Credit Extension remains outstanding, Bank shall be entitled to charge Borrower a “float” charge in an amount equal to one (I) Business Day interest (provided, however, while the Reduced Rate is in effect, then the float charge will not be applicable), at the interest rate applicable to the Advances, on all Payments received by Bank. Said float charge is not included in interest for purposes of computing Minimum Monthly Interest (if any) under this Agreement. The float charge for each month shall be payable on the last day of the month. Bank shall not,

 

- 3 -


however, be required to credit Borrower’s account for the amount of any item of payment which is unsatisfactory to Bank in its good faith business judgment, and Bank may charge Borrower’s Designated Deposit Account for the amount of any item of payment which is returned to Bank unpaid.

2.4 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of $35,000, on the Effective Date, provided, however, if Borrower elects to increase the Maximum Dollar Amount to $10,000,000 before the first anniversary of the Effective Date, then an additional $15,000 on the date of such election pro-rated for the remainder of the year until the first anniversary of the Effective Date; provided. further, if Borrower elects to increase the Maximum Dollar Amount to $10,000,000 after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, then an additional $15,000 on the date of such election pro-rated for the remainder of the year until the second anniversary of the Effective Date; and

(b) Letter of Credit Fee . Bank’s customary fees and expenses for the issuance or renewal of Letters of Credit, including, without limitation, a Letter of Credit Fee of one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum of the face amount of each Letter of Credit issued, upon the issuance or renewal of such Letter of Credit by Bank; and

(c) Termination Fee . [omitted]; and

(d) Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee . [omitted]; and

(e) Collateral Monitoring Fee . A monthly collateral monitoring fee of $750, payable in arrears on the last day of each month (prorated for any partial month at the beginning and upon termination of this Agreement), provided, however, while the Reduced Rate is in effect, then the Collateral Monitoring Fee will not be applicable; and

(f) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due; and

(g) Anniversary Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of $35,000, on the first anniversary of the Effective Date, provided, however, if Borrower elects, prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date, to increase the Maximum Dollar Amount to $10,000,000, then an additional $15,000 on the first anniversary of the Effective Date; and

(h) Good Faith Deposit. Borrower has paid to Bank a deposit of $10,000 (the “Good Faith Deposit”) to initiate Bank’s due diligence review process. Any portion of the Good Faith Deposit not utilized to pay Bank Expenses will be applied to the Commitment Fee.

3 . CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) Borrower shall have delivered duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(b) Borrower shall have delivered duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreements;

 

- 4 -


(c) Borrower shall have delivered its Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(d) Borrower shall have delivered duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(e) If Borrower has entered or concurrently herewith Borrower enters into a loan facility with Horizon Technology Funding Company, LLC, Borrower shall have delivered the Subordination Agreement duly executed by Horizon Technology Funding Company, LLC in favor of Bank;

(f) Bank shall have received certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(g) Borrower shall have delivered the Perfection Certificate(s) executed by Borrower;

(h) Borrower shall have delivered the insurance policies and/or endorsements required pursuant to Section 6.5 hereof; and

(i) Borrower shall have paid the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4, timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;

(b) the representations and warranties in Section 5 shall be true in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in Section 5 remain true in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) in Bank’s good faith business judgment, there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver.

Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that the extension of a Credit Extension prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Together with such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail or

 

- 5 -


facsimile a completed Transaction Report executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee.

4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank or if Bank’s obligation to fund Credit Extensions terminates pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1 .l(c). Notwithstanding any such termination, Bank’s lien and security interest in the Collateral shall continue until Borrower fully satisfies its Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and cash-collateralized Letters of Credit following maturity). Upon payment in full of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and cash-collateralized Letters of Credit following maturity) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall release its liens and security interests in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.

4.2 Authorization to Fie Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.

5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization and Authorization. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are duly existing and in good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and are qualified and licensed to do business and are in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of their business or their ownership of property requires that they be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries as accurate and complete. If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized, and do not conflict with Borrower’s organizational documents, nor constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

 

- 6 -


5.2 Collateral. Borrower has good title to the Collateral, free of Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no deposit account other than the deposit accounts with Bank and deposit accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse). Except as hereafter disclosed to Bank in writing by Borrower, none of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate. In the event that Borrower, after the date hereof, intends to store or otherwise deliver any portion of the Collateral greater than $50,000 per location to a bailee, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank and such bailee must acknowledge in writing that the bailee is holding such Collateral for the benefit of Bank.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

5.3 Accounts Receivable.

(a) For each Account with respect to which Advances are requested, on the date each Advance is requested and made, such Account shall be an Eligible Account, set forth in Section 13 below.

(b) All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has and will have no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are shown as Eligible Accounts in any Transaction Report. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Accounts are and will be genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are and will be legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

5.4 Litigation. There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than $250,000 except for the potential Sonics contract litigation identified by Borrower in the Perfection Certificate.

5.5 No Material Deviation in Financial Statements. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations, it being understood that projections and forecasts are not to be viewed as facts and actual results may vary. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency. Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to, cause a Material Adverse Change. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all government authorities that are necessary to continue its business as currently conducted.

 

- 7 -


5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not have any Subsidiaries, other than Entropic Communications (Hong Kong) Limited and other Subsidiaries organized with the prior written consent of Bank, and does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities in any other Person, except for Permitted Investments.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower. Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital, and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representations, warranties, or other statements were made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance. Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.

(a) Borrower shall provide Bank with the following:

(i) While the Reduced Rate is in effect, a Transaction Report monthly within fifteen (15) days of the end of each month and at the time of each request for an Advance; provided, however, while the Regular Rate is in effect, then weekly and at the time of each request for an Advance;

(ii) within fifteen (15) days after the end of each month,

 

  (A) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date,

 

- 8 -


  (B) monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, and outstanding or held check registers, if any,

 

  (C) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), transaction reports, and general ledger,

 

  (D) [omitted]

 

  (iii) as soon as available, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, monthly unaudited financial statements;

 

  (iv) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month a monthly Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank shall reasonably request, including, without limitation, a statement that at the end of such month there were no held checks;

 

  (v) [omitted];

 

  (vi) within thirty (30) days after the beginning of each fiscal year of Borrower, (A) annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month) for the upcoming fiscal year of Borrower, and (B) annual financial projections for the following fiscal year (on a quarterly basis) as approved by Borrower’s board of directors, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections; and

 

  (vii) as soon as available, and in any event within 180 days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, annual financial statements certified by, and with an unqualified opinion of, independent certified public accountants acceptable to Bank.

(b) At all times that Borrower is subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within five (5) days after filing, all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a link thereto on Borrower’s or another website on the Internet.

(c) Prompt written notice of (i) any material change in the composition of the Intellectual Property, (ii) the registration of any Copyright, including any subsequent ownership right of Borrower in or to any Copyright, Patent or Trademark not previously disclosed to Bank, or (iii) Borrower’s knowledge of an event that materially adversely affects the value of the Intellectual Property.

6.3 Accounts Receivable.

(a) Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts . Borrower shall deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank’s standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s request based on Bank’s good faith business judgment, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary endorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

 

- 9 -


(b) Disputes . Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in fill, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base.

(c) Collection of Accounts . Borrower shall have the right to collect all Accounts, unless and until a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall hold all payments on, and proceeds of, Accounts in trust for Bank, and Borrower shall immediately deliver all such payments and proceeds to Bank in their original form, duly endorsed. While the Reduced Rate is in effect, and provide no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all payments on, and proceeds of, Accounts shall be deposited by Bank into Borrower’s operating account maintained at Bank. While the Regular Rate is in effect, and after a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all payments on, and proceeds of, Accounts shall be applied to the Obligations pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof. Bank may, in its good faith business judgment, require that all proceeds of Accounts be deposited by Borrower into a lockbox account, or such other “blocked account” as Bank may specify, pursuant to a blocked account agreement in such form as Bank may specify in its good faith business judgment.

(d) Returns . Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower, Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank. In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall hold the returned Inventory in trust for Bank, and immediately notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.

(e) Verification. Bank may, from time to time, upon prior notice to Borrower (via an invoice copy request or otherwise) verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose; provided, however, the Bank shall not incur any liability for inadvertently or negligently failing to provide such notice.

(f) No Liability. Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

6.4 Remittance of Proceeds. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3(c), deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral to Bank in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided that, if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Bank the proceeds of the sale of worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000 or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year). Borrower agrees that it will not commingle proceeds of Collateral with any of Borrower’s other funds or property, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other finds and property and in an express trust for Bank. Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

6.5 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file all required tax returns and reports and timely pay all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

 

- 10 -


6.6 Access to Collateral; Books and Records. At reasonable times, on two (2) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s Books. The parties contemplate that the initial audit will be conducted within sixty (60) days of the Effective Date, and thereafter such audits will be performed no more frequently than semi-annually, but nothing herein restricts Bank’s right to conduct such audits more frequently if (i) Bank believes that it is advisable to do so in Bank’s good faith business judgment, or (ii) Bank believes in good faith that a Default or Event of Default has occurred. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be $750 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses; provided that the charges for each such audit shall not exceed $2,500 (but said limitation shall not apply if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing). In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedules the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank and Bank incurs a fee for such cancellation, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), Borrower shall pay Bank such fee plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

6.7 Insurance. Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank in its good faith business judgment. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as an additional lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank, and all liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer must give Bank at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to $50,000, in the aggregate, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.8 Operating Accounts.

(a) Maintain its primary depository and operating accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s affiliates which accounts shall represent at least 85% of the dollar value of Borrower’s accounts at all financial institutions.

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or its Affiliates. In addition, for each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

6.9 Financial Covenants. [omitted]

6.10 Intellectual Property Rights. Borrower shall: (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its intellectual property; (b) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its intellectual property; and (c) not allow any intellectual property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent. Borrower

 

- 11 -


hereby advises Bank that it will, in certain instances, deposit certain source codes relating to Intellectual Property into escrow pursuant to arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business, and Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that Borrower shall at all times retain title to such source codes so deposited (the “Escrow Deposits”).

6.11 Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.12 [omitted]

6.13 Further Assurances. Borrower shall execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer” ), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for (a) Transfers of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) Transfers of worn-out or obsolete Equipment; and (c) Transfers consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) Transfers of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and (e) other Transfers not to exceed $50,000 per year. For purposes of clarification, it is understood and agreed by the parties that Borrower shall not transfer any assets or Collateral to its Subsidiary, Entropic Communications (Hong Kong) Limited (and ASL upon completion of the Arabella Merger (as those terms are defined in Section 7.3 hereof)), except that Borrower may transfer cash to the extent required to pay for such Subsidiary’s operating expenses, not to exceed $300,000 per month per Subsidiary.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations.

(a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto;

(b) liquidate or dissolve; or

(c) permit a change in the record or beneficial ownership of an aggregate of more than 30% of the outstanding shares of stock of Borrower, in one or more transactions, compared to the ownership of outstanding shares of stock of Borrower in effect on the date hereof (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction); or

(d) without at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new domestic offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain assets and property of Borrower with an aggregate value of less than $50,000), (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change its organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, except that a Subsidiary of Borrower may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary of Borrower or into Borrower. Borrower has advised Bank that Borrower intends to acquire all of

 

- 12 -


the outstanding capital stock of Arabella Software, Ltd. (“ASL”) (the “Arabella Merger”). Bank hereby consents to the Arabella Merger on the terms previously disclosed to Bank in writing; provided, however, that (a) Bank receive copies of ASL’s financial statements and approves the same in its good faith business judgment, (b) the consideration used by Borrower shall be stock of Borrower and not cash (except for cash to be utilized by Borrower for the Arabella Merger not to exceed $550,000 for cash consideration and up to $250,000 for cash expenses under GAAP related to such merger) and (c) Bank reserves its rights to require that up to 65% of the ownership interests of ASL be pledged to Bank, as determined by Bank in its discretion, and Borrower shall cause ASL to execute all such documents required by Bank in conjunction therewith.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, or allow any Lien on any of its property or assets, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (subject to Permitted Liens), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any subsidiary’s intellectual property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Lien” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8.(b) hereof.

7.7 Investments; Distributions. (a) Directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; or (b) pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock, provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided such repurchase does not exceed in the aggregate of $150,000 per fiscal year.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or the amount of any permitted payments thereunder or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

- 13 -


7.11 Negative Pledge Re Intellectual Property. Borrower agrees as follows (the “Negative Pledge”):

1. Except for non-exclusive licenses granted by Borrower in the ordinary course of business, Borrower shall not sell, transfer, assign, mortgage, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of Borrower’s Intellectual Property, including, without limitation, the following:

a. Any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held (“Copyrights”);

b. Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

c. Any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

d. All patents, patent applications and like protections including, without limitation, improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same, including without limitation the patents and patent applications now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held (“Patents”);

e. Any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held (“Trademarks”);

f. Any mask works or similar rights available for the protection of semiconductor chips, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

g. Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringements of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

h. All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights; and

i. All amendments, extensions, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents; and

j. All proceeds and products of the foregoing, including without limitation all payments under insurance or any indemnity or warranty payable in respect of any of the foregoing;

2. It shall be an event of default under the Loan Documents between Borrower and Bank if there is a breach of any term of this Negative Pledge; provided. however, Borrower is permitted to transfer certain source codes into the Escrow Deposits as provided for in Section 6.10 hereof.

8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal’ or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3)  Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable. During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

- 14 -


8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.6 or 6.8, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Grace periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in subsection (a) above;

8.3 Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment. (a) Any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver and the attachment, seizure or levy is not removed in ten (10) days; (b) the service of process upon Bank seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower, or any entity under control of Borrower (including a subsidiary) on deposit with Bank; (c) Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or prevented by court order from conducting a material part of its business; (d) a judgment or other claim in excess of $50,000 becomes a Lien on any of Borrower’s assets; or (e) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any government agency and not paid within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice. These are not Events of Default if stayed or if a bond is posted pending contest by Borrower within ten days after the date such events occur (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during the cure period);

8.5 Insolvency. (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements. There is a default in any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $150,000 or that could result in a Material Adverse Change with respect to Borrower’s; provided, however, that the Event of Default under this Section 8.6 caused by the occurrence of a default under such other agreement shall be cured or waived for purposes of this Agreement upon Bank receiving written notice from the party asserting such default of such cure or waiver of the default under such other agreement, if at the time of such cure or waiver under such other agreement (a) Bank has not declared an Event of Default under this Agreement and/or exercised any rights with respect thereto; (b) any such cure or waiver does not result in an Event of Default under any other provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document; and (c) in connection with any such cure or waiver under such other agreement, the terms of any agreement with such third party are not modified or amended in any manner which could in the good faith judgment of Bank be materially less advantageous to Borrower;

8.7 Judgments. A judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in , the aggregate, of $99,000 or more (not covered by independent third-party insurance) shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of ten (10) days after the entry thereof (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of such judgment);

8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

 

- 15 -


8.9 Subordinated Debt. A default or breach occurs under any agreement between Borrower and any creditor of Borrower that signed a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement with Bank, or any creditor that has signed such an agreement with Bank breaches any terms of such agreement; or

8.10 Guaranty. [omitted].

9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of any Letters of Credit remaining undrawn, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Forward Contracts;

(e) demand payment of, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles comprising Collateral, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts, on terms, and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Account Debtor or other Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, verify the amount of the same and collect the same;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

 

- 16 -


(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of any security interest regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and cash-collateralized Letters of Credit following maturity) have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and cash collateralized Letters of Credit following maturity) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest applicable rate, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds. Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, or proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, first, to Bank Expenses, including without limitation, the reasonable costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations and attorneys’ fees incurred by Bank in the exercise of its rights under this Agreement; second, to the interest due upon any of the Obligations; and third, to the principal of the Obligations and any applicable fees and other charges, in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Bank and then is only effective for the specific instance and

 

- 17 -


purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver. Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication (collectively, “Communication”), other than Advance requests made pursuant to Section 3.4, by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and be delivered or sent by facsimile at the addresses or facsimile numbers listed below. Bank or Borrower may change its notice address by giving the other party written notice thereof. Each such Communication shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by facsimile transmission (with such facsimile promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States mail as otherwise provided in this Section 10); (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile number indicated below. Advance requests made pursuant to Section 3.4 must be in writing and may be in the form of electronic mail, delivered to Bank by Borrower at the email address of Bank provided below and shall be deemed to have been validly sewed, given, or delivered when sent (with such electronic mail promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States mail as otherwise provided in this Section 10). Bank or Borrower may change its address, facsimile number, or electronic mail address by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:

 

Entropic Communications, Inc.

9276 Scranton Road

San Diego, CA 921 21

Attn: Kurt Noyes, VP of Finance and Administration

Fax: 858-546-2410

Email: knoyes@entropic.com

If to Bank:

 

Silicon Valley Bank

38 Technology West, Suite 150

Irvine, CA 92618

Attn: Relationship Manager

Fax: 949-789-1930

Email: dbrunelle@svb.com

11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE .

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or .equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or

 

- 18 -


certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL. WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure 88 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. ‘All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and order applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to the California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

12.2 Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims”) asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses incurred, or paid by Bank from, following, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses to the extent directly caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Limitation of Actions. Any claim or cause of action by Borrower against Bank, its directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank based upon, arising from, or relating to this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any other transaction contemplated hereby or thereby or relating hereto or thereto, or any other matter, cause or thing whatsoever,

 

- 19 -


occurred, done, omitted or suffered to be done by Bank, its directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants or attorneys, shall be barred unless asserted by Borrower by the commencement of an action or proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction by (a) the filing of a complaint within one year from the earlier of (i) the date any of Borrower’s officers or directors had knowledge of the first act, the occurrence or omission upon which such claim or cause of action, or any part thereof, is based, or (ii) the date this Agreement is terminated, and (b) the service of a summons and complaint on an officer of Bank, or on any other person authorized to accept service on behalf of Bank, within thirty (30) days thereafter. Borrower agrees that such one-year period is a reasonable and sufficient time for Borrower to investigate and act upon any such claim or cause of action. The one-year period provided herein shall not be waived, tolled, or extended except by the written consent of Bank in its sole discretion. This provision shall survive any termination of this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

12.4 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.5 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.6 Amendments in Writing; Integration. All amendments to this Agreement must be in writing signed by both Bank and Borrower. This Agreement and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement and the Loan Documents merge into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

12.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, are an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.8 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, cash collateralized Letters of Credit and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to all claims and causes of action with respect to which indemnity is given to Bank shall have run.

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; and (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under this Agreement. Confidential information does not include information that either: (i) is in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (ii) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses. In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

13 DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

“Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

 

- 20 -


“Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Advance” or “Advances” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.

“Affiliate” of any Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

“Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Bank Expenses” are all reasonable audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, negotiating, amending, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

“Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

“Borrowing Base” is (a) 80% of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing percentages in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral. Bank will provide Borrower with prior notice of any such decrease provided that Bank shall have no liability for inadvertently or negligently failing to provide such notice.

“Borrowing Base Certificate” [omitted].

“Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions adopted by such Person’s Board of Directors and delivered by such Person to Bank approving the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, together with a certificate executed by its secretary on behalf of such Person certifying that (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) sets forth the resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the names of the Persons authorized to execute the Loan Documents on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signatures of such Persons, and (d) that Bank may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Bank a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate.

“Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (I) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition and (e) other marketable securities permitted pursuant to Borrower’s investment policy attached hereto as Exhibit G.

“Cash Management Services” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

 

- 21 -


“Cash Management Services Sublimit” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

“Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes on the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

“Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A.

“Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Communication” is defined in Section 10.

“Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E.

“Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Credit Extension” is any Advance, Letter of Credit, FX Forward Contract, amount utilized for Cash Management Services, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

“Default” means any event which with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

“Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

“Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

- 22 -


“Designated Deposit Account” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number 3300340876, maintained with Bank.

“Dollars,” “dollars” and “$” each mean lawful money of the United States.

“Effective Date” is the date Bank executes this Agreement and as indicated on the signature page hereof.

“Eligible Accounts” are Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right at any time and from time to time after the Effective Date, with written notice to Borrower, to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank agrees otherwise in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(c) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, fifty percent (50%) or more of whose Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(d) Credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, including Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five (25%) of all Accounts (except for (i) Motorola, (ii) Actiontech, (iii) Tellabs, (iv) Foxconn (HonHi Precision), (v) Alcatel and (vi) Jabil Circuits, for each of which such percentage is 60%) for the amounts that exceed the foregoing percentages, unless Bank approves in writing;

(f) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States except for Eligible Foreign Accounts;

(g) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a federal, state or local government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof except for Accounts of the United States if Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

(h) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise—sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts), with the exception of customary credits, adjustments and/or discounts given to an Account Debtor by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business;

(i) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, “bill and hold”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(j) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

(k) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(l) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received deferred revenue (but only to the extent of such deferred revenue);

(m) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful; and

 

- 23 -


(n) other Accounts Bank deems ineligible in the exercise of its good faith business judgment.

“Eligible Foreign Accounts” means Accounts arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business from an Account Debtor that does not have its principal place of business in the United States but are otherwise Eligible Accounts that are (a) supported by letter(s) of credit acceptable to Bank in its discretion; or (b) that Bank approves in writing including from the following Account Debtors: (i) Motorola, (ii) Actiontech, (iii) Tellabs, (iv) Foxconn (HonHi Precision), (v) Alcatel and (vi) Jabil Circuits.

“Eligible Inventory” [omitted].

“Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

“ERISA” is the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

“Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

“Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

“Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or on account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

“FX Business Day” is any day when (a) Bank’s Foreign Exchange Department is conducting its normal business and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by Borrower is available to Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign Currency.

“FX Forward Contract” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

“FX Reserve” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

“GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

“General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, any trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

“Guarantor” [omitted].

“Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

 

- 24 -


“Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Intellectual Property” is as defined in Exhibit A hereto.

“Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

“Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“IP Agreement” [omitted].

“Letter of Credit” means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank as set forth in Section 2.1.2.

“Letter of Credit Application” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a).

“Letter of Credit Reserve” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2(d).

“Lien” is a mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

“Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, the Subordination Agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

“Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

“Maximum Dollar Amount” is $7,000,000; provided, however, at Borrower’s election (and provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), upon prior written notice to Bank by Borrower, Borrower may increase the Maximum Dollar Amount to $10,000,000.

“Obligations” are Borrower’s obligation to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement or the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit, cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and the performance of Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the term “Obligations” will not include any Warrants to Purchase issued by Borrower in favor of Bank pursuant to that certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated as of an approximate even date hereof by and between Borrower on the one hand and Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC and Bank on the other.

“Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than 30 days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

 

- 25 -


“Payment/Advance Form” [omitted].

“Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.

“Permitted Indebtedness” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens;

(g) capital lease obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(h) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (g) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Permitted Investments” are:

(a) Investments shown on the Perfection Certificate and existing on the Effective Date;

(b) Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower and Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed $300,000 per month per Subsidiary as provided for in Section 7.1 hereof;

(g) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

- 26 -


(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(j) Joint ventures or strategic alliances (in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business) consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash investments by Borrower do not exceed $150,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year, provided that no such cash investment may be made if an Event of Default is then occurring or would otherwise occur upon the making thereof; and

(k) Investments necessary by Borrower in conjunction with the Arabella Merger.

“Permitted Liens” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, if they have no priority over any of Bank’s Liens;

(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than $50,000 in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) statutory Liens securing claims or demands of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other Persons imposed without action of such parties, provided, they have no priority over any of Bank’s Lien and the aggregate amount of such Liens does not at any time exceed $50,000;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, provided, they have no priority over any of Bank’s Liens and the aggregate amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Liens does not at any time exceed $50,000;

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), & any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of business, and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of property (other than real property or intellectual property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest;

(h) non-exclusive license of intellectual property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business; and

(i) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.4 or 8.7.

“Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

“Prime Rate” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.

 

- 27 -


“Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Reserves” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time, with prior notice to the Borrower, establish and revise in its good faith business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances, Letters of Credit and other Credit Extensions which would otherwise be available to Borrower under the lending formula(s) provided herein: (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s good faith belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines in good faith constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

“Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller and Vice President of Finance of Borrower.

“Revolving Line” is an Advance or Advances in an aggregate amount of up to the Maximum Dollar Amount outstanding at any time.

“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is April 5, 2009.

“Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Settlement Date” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

“Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now ,or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than 50% of the voting stock or other equity interests is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more Affiliates of such Person.

“Tangible Net Worth” [omitted].

“Total Liabilities” [omitted].

“Transaction Report” is a report in such form as Bank shall specify.

“Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.

“Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee” [omitted].

 

- 28 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
BY:  

/s/ Kurt Noyes

Name:   KURT NOYES
Title:   Vice President, Finance
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
BY:  

/s/ Derek R. Brunell

 

Name:   Derek R. Brunell
Title:   Vice President
Effective Date: April 11, 2007

 

Exhibits

A

  “Collateral”

B

  [intentionally omitted]

C

  [intentionally omitted]

D

  [intentionally omitted]

E

  Compliance Certificate

F

  Transaction Report

G

  Investment Policy

[Signature page to Loan and Security Agreement]

 

- 29 -


EXHIBIT A

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) any of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”): any inbound licenses, copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, patent applications and like protections, including improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions, and continuations-in-part of the same, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, and the goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized thereby, know-how, operating manuals, trade secret rights, rights to unpatented inventions, and any claims for damage by way of any past, present, or future infringement of any of the foregoing; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts, license and royalty fees and other revenues, proceeds, or income arising out of or relating to any of the foregoing or (ii) any ownership interests in any foreign subsidiary of Borrower to the extent such ownership interest exceeds 65% of the total outstanding voting interests in such foreign subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, patent applications and like protections, including improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions, and continuations-in-part of the same, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, and the goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized thereby, know-how, operating manuals, trade secret rights, rights to unpatented inventions, and any claims for damage by way of any past, present, or future infringement of any of the foregoing, without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

- 30 -

Exhibit 10.29

GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

(Horizon - RF Magic Loan)

THIS GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Guaranty” ) , dated as of June 30, 2007 is executed by ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation ( “Guarantor” ) , in favor of HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FUNDING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability corporation ( “Lender” ) .

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to a certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated October 6, 2006 (as modified, amended or restated from time to time, the “Loan Agreement” ) , between RF MAGIC, INC., a Delaware corporation ( “Borrower” ) , and Lender, Lender has agreed to make a venture loan in an aggregate original principal amount of up to Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000) (the “Loan” ) to Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

B. On the date hereof, Guarantor is consummating a merger (the “Merger” ) with Borrower pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated as of April 9, 2007 (as amended, the “Merger Plan” ) , by and among Borrower, Guarantor and, Raptor Acquisition Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Guarantor (the “Merger Sub” ). Pursuant to the Merger Plan, the Merger Sub is merging with, and into, Borrower, and Borrower shall survive as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Guarantor.

C. Lender has agreed to consent to the closing of the Merger subject, among other conditions, to receipt by Lender of this Guaranty duly executed by the Guarantor.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. Definitions and Interpretation .

(a) Definitions . When used in this Guaranty, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

“Borrower” shall have the meaning given to that term in Recital A hereof.

“Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code adopted and in effect in the State of Connecticut.

“Collateral” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).

“Guaranteed Obligations” shall mean the Obligations (as defined in the Loan Agreement).


“Guarantor” shall have the meaning given to that term in the introductory paragraph hereof.

“Guarantor Loan Agreement” means that certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement by and among Guarantor, Lender and Silicon Valley Bank dated April 5, 2007, as such agreement has been or will be amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Insolvency Proceeding” shall mean any case or proceeding under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other similar law, rule or regulation of the United States or any other jurisdiction or any other action or proceeding for the reorganization, liquidation, appointment of a receiver, rearrangement of debts, marshalling of assets or similar action relating to Borrower or Guarantor, their respective creditors or any substantial part of their respective assets, whether or not any such case, proceeding or action is voluntary or involuntary.

“Intellectual Property” means all of Guarantor’s right, title and interest in and to patents, patent rights (and applications and registrations therefor), trademarks and service marks (and applications and registrations therefor), inventions, copyrights, mask works (and applications and registrations therefor), trade names, trade styles, software and computer programs, source code, object code, trade secrets, methods, processes, know how, drawings, specifications, descriptions, and all memoranda, notes, and records with respect to any research and development, all whether now owned or subsequently acquired or developed by Guarantor and whether in tangible or intangible form or contained on magnetic media readable by machine together with all such magnetic media (but not including embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code).

“Lender” shall have the meaning given to that term in the introductory paragraph hereof.

“Loan Agreement” shall have the meaning given to that term in Recital A hereof.

“Permitted Indebtedness” shall have the meaning given to that term in the Guarantor Loan Agreement.

“Permitted Investments” shall have the meaning given to that term in the Guarantor Loan Agreement.

“Permitted Liens” shall have the meaning given to that term in the Guarantor Loan Agreement. In addition, “Permitted Liens” means the Liens created pursuant to this Guaranty and the Liens created pursuant to the Guaranty (SVB-RF Magic Loan) dated as of June 30, 2007 by Guarantor in favor of Silicon Valley Bank.

“Subordinated Obligations” shall have the meaning given to that term in Section 7 hereof.

Unless otherwise defined herein, all other capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Guarantor Loan Agreement or the Loan Agreement shall have the respective meanings given to those terms in the Guarantor Loan Agreement or the Loan Agreement.

(b) Other Interpretive Provisions . All references in this Guaranty to any Person shall be deemed to include all permitted successors and assigns of such Person. The rules of construction set forth in the Loan Agreement shall, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of this Guaranty, apply to this Guaranty and are hereby incorporated by reference. Guarantor acknowledges receipt of copies of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

2


2. Guaranty .

(a) Payment Guaranty . Guarantor unconditionally guarantees and promises to pay and perform as and when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, any and all of the Guaranteed Obligations. If any Insolvency Proceeding relating to Borrower is commenced, Guarantor further unconditionally guarantees and promises to pay and perform, upon the demand of Lender, any and all of the Guaranteed Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, whether or not such obligations are then due and payable by Borrower and whether or not such obligations are modified, reduced or discharged in such Insolvency Proceeding. This Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not of collection.

(b) Continuing Guaranty . This Guaranty is an irrevocable continuing guaranty of the Guaranteed Obligations which shall continue in effect until all obligations of Lender to extend credit to Borrower have terminated and all of the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully, finally and indefensibly paid. If any payment on any Guaranteed Obligation is set aside, avoided or rescinded or otherwise recovered from Lender, such recovered payment shall constitute a Guaranteed Obligation hereunder and, if this Guaranty was previously released or terminated, it automatically shall be fully reinstated, as if such payment was never made.

(c) Independent Obligation . The liability of Guarantor hereunder is independent of the Guaranteed Obligations and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Guarantor irrespective of whether action is brought against Borrower or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or whether Borrower or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations is joined in any such action or actions.

(d) Fraudulent Transfer Limitation . If, in any action to enforce this Guaranty, any court of competent jurisdiction determines that enforcement against Guarantor for the full amount of the Guaranteed Obligations is not lawful under or would be subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any applicable provision of any comparable law of any state or other jurisdiction, the liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be limited to the maximum amount lawful and not subject to such avoidance.

(e) Termination . This Guaranty shall continue until the payment in full and the satisfaction of all Guaranteed Obligations and termination of Lender’s commitment to fund the Loan, whereupon this Guaranty shall terminate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guaranty shall continue to be in full force and effect and applicable to any Guaranteed Obligations arising thereafter which arise because prior payments of Guaranteed Obligations are rescinded or otherwise required to be surrendered by Lender after receipt.

3. Representations and Warranties . Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, Guarantor represents and warrants to Lender as follows:

(a) Organization and Qualification . Guarantor is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and qualified and licensed to do business in, and is in good standing in, any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of Property requires that it be so qualified or in which any material portion of the Collateral is located, except for such states as to which any failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on Guarantor.

 

3


(b) Authority . Guarantor has all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform in accordance with the terms thereof, this Guaranty. Guarantor has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its Property and to carry on its businesses as now conducted.

(c) Conflict with Other Instruments, etc . Neither the execution and delivery by Guarantor of this Guaranty nor the consummation by Guarantor of the transactions therein contemplated nor compliance by Guarantor with the terms, conditions and provisions thereof will conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the by-laws, or any other organizational documents of Guarantor or any law or any regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality or any material agreement or instrument to which Guarantor is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound or to which it or any of its Property is subject, or constitute a default by Guarantor thereunder or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any property of Guarantor, other than Permitted Liens.

(d) Authorization; Enforceability . The execution and delivery by Guarantor of this Guaranty, the granting by Guarantor of the security interest in the Collateral, and the consummation by Guarantor of the transactions herein contemplated have each been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Guarantor. No authorization, consent, approval, license or exemption of, and no registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Person is, was or will be necessary to (i) the valid execution and delivery by Guarantor of this Guaranty, (ii) the performance of Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, or (iii) the granting by Guarantor of the security interest in the Collateral, except for filings in connection with the perfection of the security interest in any of the Collateral for which authorizations, consents and approvals have been obtained. This Guaranty has been duly executed and delivered by Guarantor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation, of Guarantor, enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity.

(e) No Prior Encumbrances . Guarantor has good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens. Guarantor has good title and ownership of, or is licensed under, all of Guarantor’s current Intellectual Property. Guarantor has not received any communications alleging that Guarantor has violated, or by conducting its business as proposed, would violate any proprietary rights of any other Person, which has not been satisfactorily resolved. Guarantor has no knowledge of any infringement or violation by it of the intellectual property rights of any third party and has no knowledge of any violation or infringement by a third party of any of its Intellectual Property. The Collateral and the Intellectual Property constitute substantially all of the assets and property of Guarantor.

(f) Name; Location of Chief Executive Office, Principal Place of Business and Collateral . Guarantor has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof or the Disclosure Schedule. Guarantor’s jurisdiction of incorporation, chief executive office, principal place of business, and the place where Guarantor maintains its records concerning the Collateral are presently located in the state and at the address set forth herein or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule. The Collateral is presently located at the address set forth herein or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule.

(g) Litigation . There are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Guarantor before any court or administrative agency in which an adverse decision could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Guarantor or the aggregate value of the Collateral. Guarantor does not have knowledge of any such pending or threatened actions or proceedings.

 

4


(h) Financial Statements . All financial statements relating to Guarantor or any Affiliate that have been or may hereafter be delivered by Guarantor to Lender present fairly in all material respects Guarantor’s financial condition as of the date thereof and Guarantor’s results of operations for the period then ended.

(i) Full Disclosure . No representation, warranty or other statement made by Guarantor in this Guaranty or in any certificate or written statement furnished to Lender by Guarantor contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made. There is no fact known to Guarantor which materially adversely affects, or which could in the future be reasonably expected to materially adversely affect, its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

4. Affirmative Covenants . Guarantor, until the full and complete payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, covenants and agrees that:

(a) Good Standing . Guarantor shall maintain its corporate existence and its good standing in the State of Delaware and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business of Guarantor. Guarantor shall maintain in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or business.

(b) Government Compliance . Guarantor shall comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the financial condition, results of operations or business of Guarantor.

(c) Taxes . Guarantor shall make due and timely payment or deposit of all federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law or imposed upon any Property belonging to it, and will execute and deliver to Lender, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; and Guarantor will make timely payment or deposit of all tax payments and withholding taxes required of it by applicable laws; provided that Guarantor need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof ( provided that such proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Guarantor and that Guarantor has adequately bonded such amounts or reserves sufficient to discharge such amounts have been provided on the books of Guarantor).

(d) Security Interest . Assuming the proper filing of one or more financing statement(s) identifying the Collateral with the proper state and/or local authorities, the security interests in the Collateral granted to Lender pursuant to this Agreement, to the extent that such security interest may be perfected by the filing of such financing statement(s) (i) constitute and will continue to constitute first priority security interests (except to the extent any Permitted Liens may have a superior priority to Lender’s Lien under this Guaranty) and (ii) are and will continue to be superior and prior to the rights of all other creditors of Guarantor (except to the extent of such Permitted Liens).

 

5


(e) Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Lender to make effective the purposes of this Agreement, including without limitation, the continued perfection and priority of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

5. Negative Covenants . Guarantor, until the full and complete payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, covenants and agrees that Guarantor shall not:

(a) Chief Executive Office . Change its name, jurisdiction of incorporation, chief executive office, principal place of business or any of the items set forth in Section 1 of the Disclosure Schedule without ten (10) days prior written notice to Lender.

(b) Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind upon any of Guarantor’s Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.

(c) Other Dispositions of Collateral . Convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral to any Person (collectively, a “ Transfer ”), except for: (i) Transfers of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (ii) Transfers of worn-out or obsolete equipment; or (iii) Transfers permitted under subclause (f) of the definition of Permitted Liens with respect to Collateral, (iv) Transfers consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; and (v) other Transfers not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per year.

(d) Distributions . (i) Pay any dividends or make any distributions on its Equity Securities; (ii) purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any of its Equity Securities (other than repurchases pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements or similar arrangements in an aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000)); (iii) return any capital to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; (iv) make any distribution of assets, Equity Securities, obligations or securities to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; or (v) set apart any sum for any such purpose; provided , however , Guarantor may pay dividends payable solely in common stock.

(e) Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate with or into any other Person without Lender’s prior written consent.

(f) Change in Ownership . Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Guarantor or reasonably related thereto or have a material change in its ownership of greater than twenty five percent (25%) (other than by the sale by Guarantor of Guarantor’s Equity Securities in a public offering or to venture capital or other institutional or strategic investors so long as Guarantor identifies to Lender the investors prior to the closing of the investment).

(g) Transactions With Affiliates . Except as permitted pursuant to this Section 5 , enter into any contractual obligation with any Affiliate or engage in any other transaction with any Affiliate except upon terms at least as favorable to Guarantor as an arms-length transaction with Persons who are not Affiliates of Guarantor.

 

6


(h) Indebtedness Payments . (i) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy in any manner prior to the scheduled repayment thereof any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than amounts due or permitted to be prepaid under this Agreement or under any revolving credit agreement constituting Permitted Indebtedness under clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness (as defined in the Guarantor Loan Agreement)) or lease obligations, (ii) amend, modify or otherwise change the terms of any Indebtedness for borrowed money or lease obligations so as to accelerate the scheduled repayment thereof or (iii) repay any notes to officers, directors or stockholders.

(i) Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness except Permitted Indebtedness.

(j) Investments . Make any Investment except for Permitted Investments.

(k) Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Loan (as defined in the Guarantor Loan Agreement) for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations, as amended from time to time (“ ERISA ”), permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Guarantor’s business or operations or could reasonably be expected to cause such a material adverse change, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

6. Authorizations, Waivers, Etc .

(a) Authorizations . Guarantor authorizes Lender, in its discretion, without notice to Guarantor, irrespective of any change in the financial condition of Borrower, Guarantor, or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations since the date hereof, and without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of such Guarantor hereunder, from time to time to:

(i) Create new Guaranteed Obligations and renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment or performance of, or otherwise amend or modify the Loan Documents or change the terms of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, including increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon;

(ii) Take and hold security for the payment or performance of the Guaranteed Obligations and exchange, enforce, waive or release any such security; apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof; and purchase such security at public or private sale;

(iii) Otherwise exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrower, Guarantor, or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security, including, without limitation, the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale;

 

7


(iv) Settle, compromise with, release or substitute any one or more makers, endorsers or guarantors of the Guaranteed Obligations; and

(v) Assign the Guaranteed Obligations, this Guaranty or the other Loan Documents in whole or in part to the extent provided in the Loan Agreement.

(b) Waivers . Guarantor hereby waives:

(i) Any right to require Lender to (A) proceed against Borrower or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations, (B) proceed against or exhaust any security received from Borrower, Guarantor, or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise marshal the assets of Borrower, Guarantor, or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or (C) pursue any other remedy in Lender’s power whatsoever;

(ii) Any defense arising by reason of the application by Borrower of the proceeds of any borrowing;

(iii) Any defense resulting from the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement, subrogation, contribution or other right or remedy of Guarantor against Borrower, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security, whether resulting from an election by Lender to foreclose upon security by nonjudicial sale, or otherwise;

(iv) Any setoff or counterclaim of Borrower or any defense which results from any disability or other defense of Borrower or the cessation or stay of enforcement from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower (including, without limitation, the lack of validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents);

(v) Any defense based upon any law, rule or regulation which provides that the obligation of a surety must not be greater or more burdensome than the obligation of the principal;

(vi) Until all obligations of Lender to extend credit to Borrower have terminated and all of the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully, finally and indefensibly paid, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution and other similar right to enforce any remedy which Lender or any other Person now has or may hereafter have against Borrower on account of the Guaranteed Obligations, and any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security now or hereafter received by Lender or any other Person on account of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(vii) All presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, notices delivered under the Loan Documents, protests, notice of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Guaranty and of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional Guaranteed Obligations and notices of any public or private foreclosure sale;

(viii) The benefit of any statute of limitations to the extent permitted by law;

(ix) Any appraisement, valuation, stay, extension, moratorium redemption or similar law or similar rights for marshalling;

 

8


(x) Any right to be informed by Lender of the financial condition of Borrower or any other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(xi) Until all obligations of Lender to extend credit to Borrower have terminated and all of the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully, finally and indefensibly paid, any right to revoke this Guaranty;

(xii) Any defense arising from an election for the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the United States Bankruptcy Code which applies to the Guaranteed Obligations;

(xiii) Any defense based upon any borrowing or grant of a security interest under Section 364 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; and

(xiv) Any right it may have to a fair value hearing to determine the size of a deficiency judgment following any foreclosure on any security for the Guaranteed Obligations.

(c) Financial Condition of Borrower, Etc . Guarantor is fully aware of the financial condition and affairs of Borrower. Guarantor has executed this Guaranty without reliance upon any representation, warranty, statement or information concerning Borrower furnished to Guarantor by Lender and has, independently and without reliance on Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of the financial condition and affairs of Borrower and of other circumstances affecting the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Guaranteed Obligations. Guarantor is in a position to obtain, and assumes full responsibility for obtaining, any additional information about the financial condition and affairs of Borrower and of other circumstances affecting the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Guaranteed Obligations and will, independently and without reliance upon Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action in connection with this Guaranty.

7. Subordination . Guarantor hereby subordinates any and all debts, liabilities and obligations owed to Guarantor by Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower (the “ Subordinated Obligations ”) to the Guaranteed Obligations as provided in this Section 7 .

(a) Prohibited Payments, Etc . After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default or any default by Guarantor hereunder (including the commencement and continuation of any Insolvency Proceeding relating to Borrower, however, unless Lender otherwise requests, Guarantor shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, demand, accept or take any action to collect any payment on account of the Subordinated Obligations.

(b) Prior Payment of Guaranteed Obligation . In any Insolvency Proceeding relating to Borrower, Guarantor agrees that Lender shall be entitled to receive payment of all Guaranteed Obligations before Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries receives payment of any Subordinated Obligations.

(c) Turn-Over . After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default (including the commencement and continuation of any Insolvency Proceeding relating to Borrower), Guarantor and its Subsidiaries shall, if Lender so requests, collect, enforce and receive payments on account of the Subordinated Obligations as trustee for Lender and deliver such payments to Lender on account of the Guaranteed Obligations, together with any necessary endorsements or other instruments of transfer, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty.

 

9


(d) Lender Authorization . After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default or any default by Guarantor hereunder (including the commencement and continuation of any Insolvency Proceeding relating to Borrower), Lender is authorized and empowered (but without any obligation to so do), in its discretion, (i) in the name of Guarantor, to collect and enforce, and to submit claims in respect of, Subordinated Obligations and to apply any amounts received thereon to the Guaranteed Obligations, and (ii) to require Guarantor (A) to collect and enforce, and to submit claims in respect of, Subordinated Obligations and (B) to pay any amounts received on such obligations to Lender for application to the Guaranteed Obligations.

8. Creation of Security Interest .

(a) Grant of Security Interest . Guarantor grants to Lender a valid, first priority, continuing security interest in all presently existing and hereafter acquired or arising Collateral in order to secure prompt, full and complete payment and performance of any and all Guaranteed Obligations (other than any warrants issued pursuant to the Loan Agreement). The “ Collateral ” shall mean and include all right, title, interest, claims and demands of Guarantor in and to all personal property of Guarantor, including without limitation, all of the following:

(i) All goods (and embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code) and equipment now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all laboratory equipment, computer equipment, office equipment, machinery, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing, and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and improvements to any of the foregoing, wherever located;

(ii) All inventory now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products including such inventory as is temporarily out of Guarantor’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above, and Guarantor’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(iii) All contract rights and general intangibles (including Intellectual Property), now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, goodwill, license agreements, franchise agreements, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, infringements, claims, software, computer programs, computer disks, computer tapes, literature, reports, catalogs, design rights, income tax refunds, payment intangibles, commercial tort claims, payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind;

(iv) All now existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, royalties, license rights, license fees and all other forms of obligations owing to Guarantor arising out of the sale or lease of goods, the licensing of technology or the rendering of services by Guarantor (subject, in each case, to the contractual rights of third parties to require funds received by Guarantor to be expended in a particular manner), whether or not earned by performance, and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Guarantor and Guarantor’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

 

10


(v) All documents, cash, deposit accounts (other than payroll accounts), letters of credit (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), certificates of deposit, instruments, promissory notes, chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic) and investment property, including, without limitation, all securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts and commodity accounts, and all financial assets held in any securities account or otherwise, wherever located, now owned or hereafter acquired and Guarantor’s books relating to the foregoing; and

Any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions and accessions to and proceeds thereof, including, without limitation, insurance, condemnation, requisition or similar payments and proceeds of the sale or licensing of Intellectual Property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any Intellectual Property; provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts receivables, accounts, and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the date hereof, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.

(b) After-Acquired Property . If Guarantor shall at any time acquire a commercial tort claim, as defined in the Code, Guarantor shall immediately notify Lender in writing signed by Guarantor of the brief details thereof and grant to Lender in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

(c) Duration of Security Interest . Lender’s security interest in the Collateral shall continue until the payment in full and the satisfaction of all Guaranteed Obligations and termination of Lender’s commitment to fund the Loan, whereupon such security interest shall terminate. Lender shall, at Guarantor’s sole cost and expense, execute such further documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to make effective the release contemplated by this Section 8(c) , including duly executing and delivering termination statements for filing in all relevant jurisdictions under the Code.

(d) Lien Subordination . Lender agrees that the Liens granted to it hereunder shall be subordinate to the Liens to secure the Indebtedness permitted under clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness (as such term is defined in the Guarantor Loan Agreement). Lender agrees that the Liens granted to it hereunder in Third Party Equipment (as hereinafter defined) shall be subordinate to the Liens of existing and future lenders providing equipment financing and equipment lessors for equipment and other personal property now existing acquired by Guarantor after the date hereof (“ Third Party Equipment ”); provided that such Liens are confined solely to the equipment so financed and the proceeds thereof and are Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteed Obligations hereunder shall not be subordinate in right of payment to any obligations to other lenders, equipment lenders or equipment lessors and Lender’s rights and remedies hereunder shall not in any way be subordinate to the rights and remedies of any such lenders or equipment lessors. So long as no Event of Default has occurred, Lender agrees to execute and deliver such

 

11


agreements and documents as may be reasonably requested by Guarantor from time to time which set forth the lien subordination described in this Section 8(d) and are reasonably acceptable to Lender. Lender shall have no obligation to execute any agreement or document which would impose obligations, restrictions or lien priority on Lender which are less favorable to Lender than those described in this Section 8(d) .

9. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications to or upon Guarantor or Lender under this Guaranty shall be in writing and fixed, mailed or delivered, if to Guarantor or Lender, as set forth in the Loan Agreement, with Guarantor’s notices being delivered in the same manner and place as the Borrower. All such notices and communications shall be effective as set forth in the Loan Agreement.

(b) Payments . Guarantor shall make all payments required hereunder to Lender, or its order, as set forth in Section 2 of the Loan Agreement, or at such other office or by wire transfer as Lender may designate, on demand, in U.S. dollars. If any amounts required to be paid by Guarantor under this Guaranty are not paid when due, Guarantor shall pay interest on the aggregate, outstanding balance of such amounts from the date due until those amounts are paid in full at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate.

(c) Expenses . Guarantor shall pay on demand (i) all reasonable fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by Lender in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of, and the exercise of its duties under, this Guaranty and the preparation, execution and delivery of amendments and waivers hereunder and (ii) all reasonable fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by Lender in connection with the enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Guaranty or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or in preserving any of Lender’s rights and remedies (including, without limitation, all such fees and expenses incurred in connection with any “workout” or restructuring affecting the Loan Documents or the Guaranteed Obligations or any bankruptcy or similar proceeding involving Guarantor or Borrower).

(d) Waivers, Amendments . This Guaranty may not be amended or modified, nor may any of its terms be waived, except by written instruments signed by Guarantor and Lender to the extent amendments are permitted pursuant to the Loan Agreement. Each waiver or consent under any provision hereof shall be effective only in the specific instances for the purpose for which given. No failure or delay on Lender’s part in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof or of any other right nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other further exercise thereof or of any other right.

(e) Assignment . This Guaranty shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns.

(f) Cumulative Rights, etc . The rights, powers and remedies of Lender under this Guaranty shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to Lender by virtue of any applicable law, rule or regulation of any governmental authority, the Loan Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, all of which rights, powers, and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised successively or concurrently without impairing Lender’s rights hereunder. Guarantor waives any right to require Lender to proceed against any Person or to exhaust any Collateral or to pursue any remedy in Lender’s power.

 

12


(g) Payments Free of Taxes, Etc . All payments made by Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be made by Guarantor free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present and future taxes, levies, charges, deductions and withholdings except for taxes based on Lender’s net income. In addition, Guarantor shall pay upon demand any stamp or other taxes, levies or charges of any jurisdiction with respect to the execution, delivery, registration, performance and enforcement of this Guaranty. If any taxes, levies, charges or other amounts are required to be withheld from any amounts payable to Lender, hereunder, the amounts so payable to Lender shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to Lender (after payment of all such amounts) any such amounts payable hereunder in the amounts, specified in this Guaranty. Upon request by Lender, Guarantor shall furnish evidence satisfactory to Lender that all requisite authorizations and approvals by, and notices to and filings with, governmental authorities and regulatory bodies have been obtained and made and that all requisite taxes, levies and charges have been paid.

(h) Partial Invalidity . If at any time any provision of this Guaranty is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law or any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Guaranty nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction shall in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(i) CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF GUARANTOR AND LENDER HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT. GUARANTOR AND LENDER HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kurt Noyes

 
Name:   Kurt Noyes  
Title:  

VP, Finance & Admin

Entropic Communications, Inc.

 

[Signature Page to Entropic Guaranty of RF Magic Debt-HTF]


GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

(Horizon - Entropic Loan)

THIS GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Guaranty” ), dated as of June 30, 2007 is executed by RF MAGIC, INC., a Delaware corporation ( “Guarantor” ), in favor of HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FUNDING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability corporation ( “Lender” ).

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to a certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated April 5, 2007 (as modified, amended or restated from time to time, the “Loan Agreement” ), among ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation ( “Borrower” ), Silicon Valley Bank and Lender, Silicon Valley Bank and Lender have agreed to make a venture loan in an aggregate original principal amount of up to Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000) (the “Loan” ) to Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

B. On the date hereof, Guarantor is consummating a merger (the “Merger” ) with Borrower pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated as of April 9, 2007 (as amended, the “Merger Plan” ), by and among Borrower, Guarantor and, Raptor Acquisition Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Guarantor (the “Merger Sub” ). Pursuant to the Merger Plan, the Merger Sub is merging with, and into, Guarantor, and Guarantor shall survive as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Borrower.

C. Lender has agreed to consent to the closing of the Merger subject, among other conditions, to receipt by Lender of this Guaranty duly executed by the Guarantor.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. Definitions and Interpretation .

(a) Definitions . When used in this Guaranty, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

“Borrower” shall have the meaning given to that term in Recital A hereof.

“Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code adopted and in effect in the State of Connecticut.

“Collateral” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).

“Guaranteed Obligations” shall mean the Obligations (as defined in the Loan Agreement).

“Guarantor” shall have the meaning given to that term in the introductory paragraph hereof.


“Guarantor Loan Agreement” means that certain Venture Loan and Security agreement by and among Guarantor and Lender dated October 6, 2006, as such agreement has been or will be amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Insolvency Proceeding” shall mean any case or proceeding under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other similar law, rule or regulation of the United States or any other jurisdiction or any other action or proceeding for the reorganization, liquidation, appointment of a receiver, rearrangement of debts, marshalling of assets or similar action relating to Borrower or Guarantor, their respective creditors or any substantial part of their respective assets, whether or not any such case, proceeding or action is voluntary or involuntary.

“Intellectual Property” means all of Guarantor’s right, title and interest in and to patents, patent rights (and applications and registrations therefor), trademarks and service marks (and applications and registrations therefor), inventions, copyrights, mask works (and applications and registrations therefor), trade names, trade styles, software and computer programs, source code, object code, trade secrets, methods, processes, know how, drawings, specifications, descriptions, and all memoranda, notes, and records with respect to any research and development, all whether now owned or subsequently acquired or developed by Guarantor and whether in tangible or intangible form or contained on magnetic media readable by machine together with all such magnetic media (but not including embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code).

“Lender” shall have the meaning given to that term in the introductory paragraph hereof.

“Loan Agreement” shall have the meaning given to that term in Recital A hereof.

“Permitted Indebtedness” shall have the meaning given to that term in the Guarantor Loan Agreement.

“Permitted Investments” shall have the meaning given to that term in the Guarantor Loan Agreement.

“Permitted Liens” shall have the meaning given to that term in the Guarantor Loan Agreement. In addition, “Permitted Liens” means the Liens created pursuant to this Guaranty and the Liens created pursuant to the Guaranty (SVB-Entropic Loan) dated as of June 30, 2007 by Guarantor in favor of Silicon Valley Bank.

“Subordinated Obligations” shall have the meaning given to that term in Section 7 hereof.

Unless otherwise defined herein, all other capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Guarantor Loan Agreement or the Loan Agreement shall have the respective meanings given to those terms in the Guarantor Loan Agreement or the Loan Agreement.

(b) Other Interpretive Provisions . All references in this Guaranty to any Person shall be deemed to include all permitted successors and assigns of such Person. The rules of construction set forth in the Loan Agreement shall, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of this Guaranty, apply to this Guaranty and are hereby incorporated by reference. Guarantor acknowledges receipt of copies of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

2


2. Guaranty .

(a) Payment Guaranty . Guarantor unconditionally guarantees and promises to pay and perform as and when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, any and all of the Guaranteed Obligations. If any Insolvency Proceeding relating to Borrower is commenced, Guarantor further unconditionally guarantees and promises to pay and perform, upon the demand of Lender, any and all of the Guaranteed Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, whether or not such obligations are then due and payable by Borrower and whether or not such obligations are modified, reduced or discharged in such Insolvency Proceeding. This Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not of collection.

(b) Continuing Guaranty . This Guaranty is an irrevocable continuing guaranty of the Guaranteed Obligations which shall continue in effect until all obligations of Lender to extend credit to Borrower have terminated and all of the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully, finally and indefensibly paid. If any payment on any Guaranteed Obligation is set aside, avoided or rescinded or otherwise recovered from Lender, such recovered payment shall constitute a Guaranteed Obligation hereunder and, if this Guaranty was previously released or terminated, it automatically shall be fully reinstated, as if such payment was never made.

(c) Independent Obligation . The liability of Guarantor hereunder is independent of the Guaranteed Obligations and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Guarantor irrespective of whether action is brought against Borrower or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or whether Borrower or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations is joined in any such action or actions.

(d) Fraudulent Transfer Limitation . If, in any action to enforce this Guaranty, any court of competent jurisdiction determines that enforcement against Guarantor for the full amount of the Guaranteed Obligations is not lawful under or would be subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any applicable provision of any comparable law of any state or other jurisdiction, the liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be limited to the maximum amount lawful and not subject to such avoidance.

(e) Termination . This Guaranty shall continue until the payment in full and the satisfaction of all Guaranteed Obligations and termination of Lender’s commitment to fund the Loan, whereupon this Guaranty shall terminate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guaranty shall continue to be in full force and effect and applicable to any Guaranteed Obligations arising thereafter which arise because prior payments of Guaranteed Obligations are rescinded or otherwise required to be surrendered by Lender after receipt.

3. Representations and Warranties . Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, Guarantor represents and warrants to Lender as follows:

(a) Organization and Qualification . Guarantor is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and qualified and licensed to do business in, and is in good standing in, any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of Property requires that it be so qualified or in which any material portion of the Collateral is located, except for such states as to which any failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on Guarantor.

(b) Authority . Guarantor has all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform in accordance with the terms thereof, this Guaranty. Guarantor has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its Property and to carry on its businesses as now conducted.

 

3


(c) Conflict with Other Instruments, etc . Neither the execution and delivery by Guarantor of this Guaranty nor the consummation by Guarantor of the transactions therein contemplated nor compliance by Guarantor with the terms, conditions and provisions thereof will conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the by-laws, or any other organizational documents of Guarantor or any law or any regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality or any material agreement or instrument to which Guarantor is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound or to which it or any of its Property is subject, or constitute a default by Guarantor thereunder or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any property of Guarantor, other than Permitted Liens.

(d) Authorization; Enforceability . The execution and delivery by Guarantor of this Guaranty, the granting by Guarantor of the security interest in the Collateral, and the consummation by Guarantor of the transactions herein contemplated have each been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Guarantor. No authorization, consent, approval, license or exemption of, and no registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Person is, was or will be necessary to (i) the valid execution and delivery by Guarantor of this Guaranty, (ii) the performance of Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, or (iii) the granting by Guarantor of the security interest in the Collateral, except for filings in connection with the perfection of the security interest in any of the Collateral for which authorizations, consents and approvals have been obtained. This Guaranty has been duly executed and delivered by Guarantor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Guarantor, enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity.

(e) No Prior Encumbrances . Guarantor has good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens. Guarantor has good title and ownership of, or is licensed under, all of Guarantor’s current Intellectual Property. Guarantor has not received any communications alleging that Guarantor has violated, or by conducting its business as proposed, would violate any proprietary rights of any other Person, which has not been satisfactorily resolved. Guarantor has no knowledge of any infringement or violation by it of the intellectual property rights of any third party and has no knowledge of any violation or infringement by a third party of any of its Intellectual Property. The Collateral and the Intellectual Property constitute substantially all of the assets and property of Guarantor.

(f) Name; Location of Chief Executive Office, Principal Place of Business and Collateral . Guarantor has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof or the Disclosure Schedule. Guarantor’s jurisdiction of incorporation, chief executive office, principal place of business, and the place where Guarantor maintains its records concerning the Collateral are presently located in the state and at the address set forth herein or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule. The Collateral is presently located at the address set forth herein or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule.

(g) Litigation . There are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Guarantor before any court or administrative agency in which an adverse decision could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Guarantor or the aggregate value of the Collateral. Guarantor does not have knowledge of any such pending or threatened actions or proceedings.

(h) Financial Statements . All financial statements relating to Guarantor or any Affiliate that have been or may hereafter be delivered by Guarantor to Lender present fairly in all material respects Guarantor’s financial condition as of the date thereof and Guarantor’s results of operations for the period then ended.

 

4


(i) Full Disclosure . No representation, warranty or other statement made by Guarantor in this Guaranty or in any certificate or written statement furnished to Lender by Guarantor contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made. There is no fact known to Guarantor which materially adversely affects, or which could in the future be reasonably expected to materially adversely affect, its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

4. Affirmative Covenants . Guarantor, until the full and complete payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, covenants and agrees that:

(a) Good Standing . Guarantor shall maintain its corporate existence and its good standing in the State of Delaware and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business of Guarantor. Guarantor shall maintain in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or business.

(b) Government Compliance . Guarantor shall comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the financial condition, results of operations or business of Guarantor.

(c) Taxes . Guarantor shall make due and timely payment or deposit of all federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law or imposed upon any Property belonging to it, and will execute and deliver to Lender, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; and Guarantor will make timely payment or deposit of all tax payments and withholding taxes required of it by applicable laws; provided that Guarantor need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof ( provided that such proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Guarantor and that Guarantor has adequately bonded such amounts or reserves sufficient to discharge such amounts have been provided on the books of Guarantor).

(d) Security Interest . Assuming the proper filing of one or more financing statement(s) identifying the Collateral with the proper state and/or local authorities, the security interests in the Collateral granted to Lender pursuant to this Agreement, to the extent that such security interest may be perfected by the filing of such financing statement(s) (i) constitute and will continue to constitute first priority security interests (except to the extent any Permitted Liens may have a superior priority to Lender’s Lien under this Guaranty) and (ii) are and will continue to be superior and prior to the rights of all other creditors of Guarantor (except to the extent of such Permitted Liens).

(e) Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Lender to make effective the purposes of this Agreement, including without limitation, the continued perfection and priority of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

 

5


5. Negative Covenants . Guarantor, until the full and complete payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, covenants and agrees that Guarantor shall not:

(a) Chief Executive Office . Change its name, jurisdiction of incorporation, chief executive office, principal place of business or any of the items set forth in the Disclosure Schedule without ten (10) days prior written notice to Lender.

(b) Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind upon any of Guarantor’s Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.

(c) Other Dispositions of Collateral . Convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral to any Person (collectively, a “ Transfer ”), except for: (i) Transfers of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (ii) Transfers of worn-out or obsolete equipment; or (iii) Transfers permitted under subclause (f) of the definition of Permitted Liens (as defined in the Guarantor Loan Agreement) with respect to Collateral, (iv) Transfers otherwise permitted under Section 7 of the Guarantor Loan Agreement; (v) Transfers of non-exclusive (or exclusive solely with respect to scope or geographic area) licenses of property in the ordinary course of business; and (vi) Transfers of exclusive licenses of property with respect to scope or geographic area (A) to customers in connection with Guarantor’s customization of software or other products for such customers, or (B) in connection with “end-of-life” source code where such source code is no longer integral to Guarantor’s business.

(d) Distributions . (i) Pay any dividends or make any distributions on its Equity Securities except for dividends payable in capital stock; (ii) purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any of its Equity Securities (other than repurchases pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements or similar arrangements in an aggregate amount not to exceed Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000) or by cancellation of Indebtedness); (iii) except as permitted pursuant to clause (ii), return any capital to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; (iv) except for distributions in capital stock, make any distribution of assets, Equity Securities, obligations or securities to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; or (v) set apart any sum for any such purpose; provided , however , Guarantor may pay dividends payable solely in capital stock.

(e) Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate with or into any other Person or acquire all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of another Person, without Lender’s prior written consent; provided that, if any acquisition of all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of another Person does not materially adversely affect the business or financial performance of Guarantor, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Lender.

(f) Change in Ownership . Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Guarantor or reasonably related thereto or have a material change in its ownership of greater than fifty percent (50%) (other than by the sale by Guarantor of Guarantor’s Equity Securities in a public offering or to venture capital or other institutional or strategic investors so long as Guarantor identifies to Lender the investors prior to the closing of the investment).

 

6


(g) Transactions With Affiliates . Except as permitted pursuant to this Section 5 , enter into any contractual obligation with any Affiliate or engage in any other transaction with any Affiliate except upon terms at least as favorable to Guarantor as an arms-length transaction with Persons who are not Affiliates of Guarantor.

(h) Indebtedness Payments . (i) Except for the conversion of Indebtedness to Equity Securities and the payment of cash in lieu of issuing fractional shares upon conversion thereof, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy in any manner prior to the scheduled repayment thereof any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than amounts due or permitted to be prepaid under this Agreement or under any revolving credit agreement constituting Permitted Indebtedness under clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness (as defined in the Guarantor Loan Agreement)) or lease obligations, (ii) except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7.9(i) of the Guarantor Loan Agreement, amend, modify or otherwise change the terms of any Indebtedness for borrowed money or lease obligations so as to accelerate the scheduled repayment thereof or (iii) repay any notes to officers, directors or stockholders.

(i) Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness except Permitted Indebtedness.

(j) Investments . Make any Investment except for Permitted Investments.

(k) Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Loan for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations, as amended from time to time (“ ERISA ”), permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Guarantor’s business or operations or could reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse change, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

6. Authorizations, Waivers, Etc .

(a) Authorizations . Guarantor authorizes Lender, in its discretion, without notice to Guarantor, irrespective of any change in the financial condition of Borrower, Guarantor, or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations since the date hereof, and without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of such Guarantor hereunder, from time to time to:

(i) Create new Guaranteed Obligations and renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment or performance of, or otherwise amend or modify the Loan Documents or change the terms of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, including increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon;

(ii) Take and hold security for the payment or performance of the Guaranteed Obligations and exchange, enforce, waive or release any such security; apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof; and purchase such security at public or private sale;

 

7


(iii) Otherwise exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrower, Guarantor, or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security, including, without limitation, the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale;

(iv) Settle, compromise with, release or substitute any one or more makers, endorsers or guarantors of the Guaranteed Obligations; and

(v) Assign the Guaranteed Obligations, this Guaranty or the other Loan Documents in whole or in part to the extent provided in the Loan Agreement.

(b) Waivers . Guarantor hereby waives:

(i) Any right to require Lender to (A) proceed against Borrower or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations, (B) proceed against or exhaust any security received from Borrower, Guarantor, or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise marshal the assets of Borrower, Guarantor, or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or (C) pursue any other remedy in Lender’s power whatsoever;

(ii) Any defense arising by reason of the application by Borrower of the proceeds of any borrowing;

(iii) Any defense resulting from the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement, subrogation, contribution or other right or remedy of Guarantor against Borrower, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security, whether resulting from an election by Lender to foreclose upon security by nonjudicial sale, or otherwise;

(iv) Any setoff or counterclaim of Borrower or any defense which results from any disability or other defense of Borrower or the cessation or stay of enforcement from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower (including, without limitation, the lack of validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents);

(v) Any defense based upon any law, rule or regulation which provides that the obligation of a surety must not be greater or more burdensome than the obligation of the principal;

(vi) Until all obligations of Lender to extend credit to Borrower have terminated and all of the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully, finally and indefensibly paid, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution and other similar right to enforce any remedy which Lender or any other Person now has or may hereafter have against Borrower on account of the Guaranteed Obligations, and any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security now or hereafter received by Lender or any other Person on account of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(vii) All presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, notices delivered under the Loan Documents, protests, notice of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Guaranty and of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional Guaranteed Obligations and notices of any public or private foreclosure sale;

(viii) The benefit of any statute of limitations to the extent permitted by law;

 

8


(ix) Any appraisement, valuation, stay, extension, moratorium redemption or similar law or similar rights for marshalling;

(x) Any right to be informed by Lender of the financial condition of Borrower or any other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(xi) Until all obligations of Lender to extend credit to Borrower have terminated and all of the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully, finally and indefensibly paid, any right to revoke this Guaranty;

(xii) Any defense arising from an election for the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the United States Bankruptcy Code which applies to the Guaranteed Obligations;

(xiii) Any defense based upon any borrowing or grant of a security interest under Section 364 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; and

(xiv) Any right it may have to a fair value hearing to determine the size of a deficiency judgment following any foreclosure on any security for the Guaranteed Obligations.

(c) Financial Condition of Borrower, Etc . Guarantor is fully aware of the financial condition and affairs of Borrower. Guarantor has executed this Guaranty without reliance upon any representation, warranty, statement or information concerning Borrower furnished to Guarantor by Lender and has, independently and without reliance on Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of the financial condition and affairs of Borrower and of other circumstances affecting the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Guaranteed Obligations. Guarantor is in a position to obtain, and assumes full responsibility for obtaining, any additional information about the financial condition and affairs of Borrower and of other circumstances affecting the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Guaranteed Obligations and will, independently and without reliance upon Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action in connection with this Guaranty.

7. Subordination . Guarantor hereby subordinates any and all debts, liabilities and obligations owed to Guarantor by Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower (the “ Subordinated Obligations ”) to the Guaranteed Obligations as provided in this Section 7 .

(a) Prohibited Payments, Etc . After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default or any default by Guarantor hereunder (including the commencement and continuation of any Insolvency Proceeding relating to Borrower, however, unless Lender otherwise requests, Guarantor shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, demand, accept or take any action to collect any payment on account of the Subordinated Obligations.

(b) Prior Payment of Guaranteed Obligation . In any Insolvency Proceeding relating to Borrower, Guarantor agrees that Lender shall be entitled to receive payment of all Guaranteed Obligations before Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries receives payment of any Subordinated Obligations.

(c) Turn-Over . After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default (including the commencement and continuation of any Insolvency Proceeding relating to Borrower), Guarantor and its Subsidiaries shall, if Lender so requests, collect, enforce and receive payments on account

 

9


of the Subordinated Obligations as trustee for Lender and deliver such payments to Lender on account of the Guaranteed Obligations, together with any necessary endorsements or other instruments of transfer, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty.

(d) Lender Authorization . After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default or any default by Guarantor hereunder (including the commencement and continuation of any Insolvency Proceeding relating to Borrower), Lender is authorized and empowered (but without any obligation to so do), in its discretion, (i) in the name of Guarantor, to collect and enforce, and to submit claims in respect of, Subordinated Obligations and to apply any amounts received thereon to the Guaranteed Obligations, and (ii) to require Guarantor (A) to collect and enforce, and to submit claims in respect of, Subordinated Obligations and (B) to pay any amounts received on such obligations to Lender for application to the Guaranteed Obligations.

8. Creation of Security Interest .

(a) Grant of Security Interest . Guarantor grants to Lender a valid, first priority, continuing security interest in all presently existing and hereafter acquired or arising Collateral in order to secure prompt, full and complete payment and performance of any and all Guaranteed Obligations (other than any warrants issued pursuant to the Loan Agreement). The “ Collateral ” shall mean and include all right, title, interest, claims and demands of Guarantor in and to all personal property of Guarantor, including without limitation, all of the following:

(i) All goods (and embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code) and equipment now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all laboratory equipment, computer equipment, office equipment, machinery, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing, and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and improvements to any of the foregoing, wherever located;

(ii) All inventory now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products including such inventory as is temporarily out of Guarantor’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above, and Guarantor’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(iii) All contract rights and general intangibles (including Intellectual Property), now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, goodwill, license agreements, franchise agreements, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, infringements, claims, software, computer programs, computer disks, computer tapes, literature, reports, catalogs, design rights, income tax refunds, payment intangibles, commercial tort claims, payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind;

(iv) All now existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, royalties, license rights, license fees and all other forms of obligations owing to Guarantor arising out of the sale or lease of goods, the licensing of technology or the rendering of services by Guarantor (subject, in each case, to the contractual rights of third parties to require funds received by Guarantor to be expended in a particular

 

10


manner), whether or not earned by performance, and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Guarantor and Guarantor’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(v) All documents, cash, deposit accounts (other than payroll accounts), letters of credit (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), certificates of deposit, instruments, promissory notes, chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic) and investment property, including, without limitation, all securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts and commodity accounts, and all financial assets held in any securities account or otherwise, wherever located, now owned or hereafter acquired and Guarantor’s books relating to the foregoing; and

Any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions and accessions to and proceeds thereof, including, without limitation, insurance, condemnation, requisition or similar payments and proceeds of the sale or licensing of Intellectual Property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any Intellectual Property; provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts receivables, accounts, and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the date hereof, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.

(b) After-Acquired Property . If Guarantor shall at any time acquire a commercial tort claim, as defined in the Code, Guarantor shall immediately notify Lender in writing signed by Guarantor of the brief details thereof and grant to Lender in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

(c) Duration of Security Interest . Lender’s security interest in the Collateral shall continue until the payment in full and the satisfaction of all Guaranteed Obligations and termination of Lender’s commitment to fund the Loan, whereupon such security interest shall terminate. Lender shall, at Guarantor’s sole cost and expense, execute such further documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to make effective the release contemplated by this Section 8(c) , including duly executing and delivering termination statements for filing in all relevant jurisdictions under the Code.

(d) Lien Subordination . Lender agrees that the Liens granted to it hereunder shall be subordinate to the Liens to secure the Indebtedness permitted under clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness (as such term is defined in the Guarantor Loan Agreement). Lender agrees that the Liens granted to it hereunder in Third Party Equipment (as hereinafter defined) shall be subordinate to the Liens of existing and future lenders providing equipment financing and equipment lessors for equipment and other personal property now existing acquired by Guarantor after the date hereof (“ Third Party Equipment ”); provided that such Liens are confined solely to the equipment so financed and the proceeds thereof and are Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteed Obligations hereunder shall not be subordinate in right of payment to any obligations to other lenders, equipment lenders or equipment lessors and Lender’s rights and remedies hereunder shall not in any way be subordinate to the rights and remedies of any such lenders or

 

11


equipment lessors. So long as no Event of Default has occurred, Lender agrees to execute and deliver such agreements and documents as may be reasonably requested by Guarantor from time to time which set forth the lien subordination described in this Section 8(d) and are reasonably acceptable to Lender. Lender shall have no obligation to execute any agreement or document which would impose obligations, restrictions or lien priority on Lender which are less favorable to Lender than those described in this Section 8(d) .

9. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications to or upon Guarantor or Lender under this Guaranty shall be in writing and fixed, mailed or delivered, if to Guarantor or Lender, as set forth in the Loan Agreement, with Guarantor’s notices being delivered in the same manner and place as the Borrower. All such notices and communications shall be effective as set forth in the Loan Agreement.

(b) Payments . Guarantor shall make all payments required hereunder to Lender, or its order, as set forth in Section 2 of the Loan Agreement, or at such other office or by wire transfer as Lender may designate, on demand, in U.S. dollars. If any amounts required to be paid by Guarantor under this Guaranty are not paid when due, Guarantor shall pay interest on the aggregate, outstanding balance of such amounts from the date due until those amounts are paid in full at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate.

(c) Expenses . Guarantor shall pay on demand (i) all reasonable fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by Lender in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of, and the exercise of its duties under, this Guaranty and the preparation, execution and delivery of amendments and waivers hereunder and (ii) all reasonable fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by Lender in connection with the enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Guaranty or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or in preserving any of Lender’s rights and remedies (including, without limitation, all such fees and expenses incurred in connection with any “workout” or restructuring affecting the Loan Documents or the Guaranteed Obligations or any bankruptcy or similar proceeding involving Guarantor or Borrower).

(d) Waivers, Amendments . This Guaranty may not be amended or modified, nor may any of its terms be waived, except by written instruments signed by Guarantor and Lender to the extent amendments are permitted pursuant to the Loan Agreement. Each waiver or consent under any provision hereof shall be effective only in the specific instances for the purpose for which given. No failure or delay on Lender’s part in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof or of any other right nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other further exercise thereof or of any other right.

(e) Assignment . This Guaranty shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns.

(f) Cumulative Rights, etc . The rights, powers and remedies of Lender under this Guaranty shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to Lender by virtue of any applicable law, rule or regulation of any governmental authority, the Loan Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, all of which rights, powers, and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised successively or concurrently without impairing Lender’s rights hereunder. Guarantor waives any right to require Lender to proceed against any Person or to exhaust any Collateral or to pursue any remedy in Lender’s power.

 

12


(g) Payments Free of Taxes, Etc . All payments made by Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be made by Guarantor free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present and future taxes, levies, charges, deductions and withholdings except for taxes based on Lender’s net income. In addition, Guarantor shall pay upon demand any stamp or other taxes, levies or charges of any jurisdiction with respect to the execution, delivery, registration, performance and enforcement of this Guaranty. If any taxes, levies, charges or other amounts are required to be withheld from any amounts payable to Lender, hereunder, the amounts so payable to Lender shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to Lender (after payment of all such amounts) any such amounts payable hereunder in the amounts, specified in this Guaranty. Upon request by Lender, Guarantor shall furnish evidence satisfactory to Lender that all requisite authorizations and approvals by, and notices to and filings with, governmental authorities and regulatory bodies have been obtained and made and that all requisite taxes, levies and charges have been paid.

(h) Partial Invalidity . If at any time any provision of this Guaranty is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law or any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Guaranty nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction shall in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(i) CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF GUARANTOR AND LENDER HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT. GUARANTOR AND LENDER HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

RF MAGIC, INC.  
By:  

/s/ David Lyle

 
Name:   DAVID LYLE  
Title:   CFO  

[Signature Page to RF Magic Guaranty of Entropic Debt-HTF]


GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

(SVB - Entropic Loan)

THIS GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Guaranty ”), dated as of June 30, 2007 is executed by RF MAGIC, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Guarantor ”), in favor of SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California bank (“ Lender ”).

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to a certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated April 5, 2007 (as modified, amended or restated from time to time, the “ Venture Loan Agreement ”), by and among ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC and Lender, Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC and Lender have agreed to make a venture loan in an aggregate original principal amount of up to Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000) (the “ Venture Loan ”) to Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein. Pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between Borrower and Lender dated April 11, 2007 (as modified, amended or restated from time to time, the “ Revolving Loan Agreement ”, and together with the Venture Loan Agreement, the “ Loan Agreements ”), Lender has agreed to make a revolving loan in the maximum principal amount of up to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) (the “ Revolving Loan ”, and together with the Venture Loan, collectively, the “ Loan ”) to Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

B. On the date hereof, Guarantor is consummating a merger (the “ Merger ”) with Borrower pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated as of April 9, 2007 (as amended, the “ Merger Plan ”), by and among Borrower, Guarantor and, Raptor Acquisition Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Guarantor (the “ Merger Sub ”). Pursuant to the Merger Plan, the Merger Sub is merging with, and into, Borrower, and Borrower shall survive as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Guarantor.

C. Lender has agreed to consent to the closing of the Merger subject, among other conditions, to receipt by Lender of this Guaranty duly executed by the Guarantor.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. Definitions and Interpretation .

(a) Definitions . When used in this Guaranty, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

“Borrower” shall have the meaning given to that term in Recital A hereof.


“Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code adopted and in effect in the State of California.

“Collateral” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).

“Guaranteed Obligations” shall mean the Obligations (as defined in the Loan Agreements).

“Guarantor” shall have the meaning given to that term in the introductory paragraph hereof.

“Guarantor Loan Agreement” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement and Amendment to Existing Loan Agreement by and between Lender and Guarantor dated July 28, 2005, as such agreement has been or will be amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Insolvency Proceeding” shall mean any case or proceeding under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other similar law, rule or regulation of the United States or any other jurisdiction or any other action or proceeding for the reorganization, liquidation, appointment of a receiver, rearrangement of debts, marshalling of assets or similar action relating to Borrower or Guarantor, their respective creditors or any substantial part of their respective assets, whether or not any such case, proceeding or action is voluntary or involuntary.

“Intellectual Property” means all of Guarantor’s right, title and interest in and to patents, patent rights (and applications and registrations therefor), trademarks and service marks (and applications and registrations therefor), inventions, copyrights, mask works (and applications and registrations therefor), trade names, trade styles, software and computer programs, source code, object code, trade secrets, methods, processes, know how, drawings, specifications, descriptions, and all memoranda, notes, and records with respect to any research and development, all whether now owned or subsequently acquired or developed by Guarantor and whether in tangible or intangible form or contained on magnetic media readable by machine together with all such magnetic media (but not including embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code).

“Lender” shall have the meaning given to that term in the introductory paragraph hereof.

“Loan Agreements” shall have the meaning given to that term in Recital A hereof.

“Permitted Indebtedness” shall have the meaning given to that term in the Guarantor Loan Agreement.

“Permitted Investments” shall have the meaning given to that term in the Guarantor Loan Agreement.

“Permitted Liens” shall have the meaning given to that term in the Guarantor Loan Agreement. In addition, “Permitted Liens” means the Liens created pursuant to this Guaranty and the Liens created pursuant to the Guaranty (Horizon-Entropic Loan) dated as of June 30, 2007 by Guarantor in favor of Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC.

“Subordinated Obligations” shall have the meaning given to that term in Section 7 hereof.

 

2


Unless otherwise defined herein, all other capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Guarantor Loan Agreement or the Loan Agreements shall have the respective meanings given to those terms in the Guarantor Loan Agreement or the Loan Agreements.

(b) Other Interpretive Provisions . All references in this Guaranty to any Person shall be deemed to include all permitted successors and assigns of such Person. The rules of construction set forth in the Loan Agreements shall, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of this Guaranty, apply to this Guaranty and are hereby incorporated by reference. Guarantor acknowledges receipt of copies of the Loan Agreements and the other Loan Documents.

2. Guaranty .

(a) Payment Guaranty . Guarantor unconditionally guarantees and promises to pay and perform as and when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, any and all of the Guaranteed Obligations. If any Insolvency Proceeding relating to Borrower is commenced, Guarantor further unconditionally guarantees and promises to pay and perform, upon the demand of Lender, any and all of the Guaranteed Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, whether or not such obligations are then due and payable by Borrower and whether or not such obligations are modified, reduced or discharged in such Insolvency Proceeding. This Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not of collection.

(b) Continuing Guaranty . This Guaranty is an irrevocable continuing guaranty of the Guaranteed Obligations which shall continue in effect until all obligations of Lender to extend credit to Borrower have terminated and all of the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully, finally and indefensibly paid. If any payment on any Guaranteed Obligation is set aside, avoided or rescinded or otherwise recovered from Lender, such recovered payment shall constitute a Guaranteed Obligation hereunder and, if this Guaranty was previously released or terminated, it automatically shall be fully reinstated, as if such payment was never made.

(c) Independent Obligation . The liability of Guarantor hereunder is independent of the Guaranteed Obligations and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Guarantor irrespective of whether action is brought against Borrower or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or whether Borrower or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations is joined in any such action or actions.

(d) Fraudulent Transfer Limitation . If, in any action to enforce this Guaranty, any court of competent jurisdiction determines that enforcement against Guarantor for the full amount of the Guaranteed Obligations is not lawful under or would be subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any applicable provision of any comparable law of any state or other jurisdiction, the liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be limited to the maximum amount lawful and not subject to such avoidance.

(e) Termination . This Guaranty shall continue until the payment in full and the satisfaction of all Guaranteed Obligations and termination of Lender’s commitment to fund the Loan, whereupon this Guaranty shall terminate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guaranty shall continue to be in full force and effect and applicable to any Guaranteed Obligations arising thereafter which arise because prior payments of Guaranteed Obligations are rescinded or otherwise required to be surrendered by Lender after receipt.

3. Representations and Warranties . Except as set forth in the Schedule, Guarantor represents and warrants to Lender as follows:

(a) Organization and Qualification . Guarantor is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and qualified and licensed to do business in, and is in good standing in, any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified or in which any material portion of the Collateral is located, except for such states as to which any failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on Guarantor.

 

3


(b) Authority . Guarantor has all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform in accordance with the terms thereof, this Guaranty. Guarantor has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its property and to carry on its businesses as now conducted.

(c) Conflict with Other Instruments, etc . Neither the execution and delivery by Guarantor of this Guaranty nor the consummation by Guarantor of the transactions therein contemplated nor compliance by Guarantor with the terms, conditions and provisions thereof will conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the by-laws, or any other organizational documents of Guarantor or any law or any regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality or any material agreement or instrument to which Guarantor is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound or to which it or any of its property is subject, or constitute a default by Guarantor thereunder or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any property of Guarantor, other than Permitted Liens.

(d) Authorization; Enforceability . The execution and delivery by Guarantor of this Guaranty, the granting by Guarantor of the security interest in the Collateral, and the consummation by Guarantor of the transactions herein contemplated have each been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Guarantor. No authorization, consent, approval, license or exemption of, and no registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Person is, was or will be necessary to (i) the valid execution and delivery by Guarantor of this Guaranty, (ii) the performance of Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, or (iii) the granting by Guarantor of the security interest in the Collateral, except for filings in connection with the perfection of the security interest in any of the Collateral for which authorizations, consents and approvals have been obtained. This Guaranty has been duly executed and delivered by Guarantor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Guarantor, enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity.

(e) No Prior Encumbrances . Guarantor has good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens. Guarantor has good title and ownership of, or is licensed under, all of Guarantor’s current Intellectual Property. Guarantor has not received any communications alleging that Guarantor has violated, or by conducting its business as proposed, would violate any proprietary rights of any other Person, which has not been satisfactorily resolved. Guarantor has no knowledge of any infringement or violation by it of the intellectual property rights of any third party and has no knowledge of any violation or infringement by a third party of any of its Intellectual Property. The Collateral and the Intellectual Property constitute substantially all of the assets and property of Guarantor.

(f) Name; Location of Chief Executive Office, Principal Place of Business and Collateral . Guarantor has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof or the Schedule. Guarantor’s jurisdiction of incorporation, chief executive office, principal place of business, and the place where Guarantor maintains its records concerning the Collateral are presently located in the state and at the address set forth herein or as set forth in the Schedule. The Collateral is presently located at the address set forth herein or as set forth in the Schedule.

 

4


(g) Litigation . There are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Guarantor before any court or administrative agency in which an adverse decision could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Guarantor or the aggregate value of the Collateral. Guarantor does not have knowledge of any such pending or threatened actions or proceedings.

(h) Financial Statements . All financial statements relating to Guarantor or any Affiliate that have been or may hereafter be delivered by Guarantor to Lender present fairly in all material respects Guarantor’s financial condition as of the date thereof and Guarantor’s results of operations for the period then ended.

(i) Full Disclosure . No representation, warranty or other statement made by Guarantor in this Guaranty or in any certificate or written statement furnished to Lender by Guarantor contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made. There is no fact known to Guarantor which materially adversely affects, or which could in the future be reasonably expected to materially adversely affect, its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

4. Affirmative Covenants . Guarantor, until the full and complete payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, covenants and agrees that:

(a) Good Standing . Guarantor shall maintain its corporate existence and its good standing in the State of Delaware and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business of Guarantor. Guarantor shall maintain in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or business.

(b) Government Compliance . Guarantor shall comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the financial condition, results of operations or business of Guarantor.

(c) Taxes . Guarantor shall make due and timely payment or deposit of all federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law or imposed upon any property belonging to it, and will execute and deliver to Lender, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; and Guarantor will make timely payment or deposit of all tax payments and withholding taxes required of it by applicable laws; provided that Guarantor need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof ( provided that such proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Guarantor and that Guarantor has adequately bonded such amounts or reserves sufficient to discharge such amounts have been provided on the books of Guarantor).

 

5


(d) Security Interest . Assuming the proper filing of one or more financing statement(s) identifying the Collateral with the proper state and/or local authorities, the security interests in the Collateral granted to Lender pursuant to this Agreement, to the extent that such security interest may be perfected by the filing of such financing statement(s) (i) constitute and will continue to constitute first priority security interests (except to the extent any Permitted Liens may have a superior priority to Lender’s Lien under this Guaranty) and (ii) are and will continue to be superior and prior to the rights of all other creditors of Guarantor (except to the extent of such Permitted Liens).

(e) Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Lender to make effective the purposes of this Agreement, including without limitation, the continued perfection and priority of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

5. Negative Covenants . Guarantor, until the full and complete payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, covenants and agrees that Guarantor shall not:

(a) Chief Executive Office; New Offices or Business Locations . Relocate its chief executive office or add any new offices or business locations in which Guarantor maintains or stores over $25,000 in Guarantor’s assets or property, or change the location of any Equipment which, individually or in the aggregate, has a value of $50,000 or more, without at least 30 days prior written notice to Lender.

(b) Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind upon any of Guarantor’s property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Permitted Liens

(c) Other Dispositions of Collateral . Convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral to any Person (collectively, a “ Transfer ”), except as permitted pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Guarantor Loan Agreement.

(d) Distributions . Except as permitted pursuant to Section 7.6 of the Guarantor Loan Agreement, pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock.

(e) Mergers or Acquisitions . Except as permitted pursuant to Section 7.3 of the Guarantor Loan Agreement, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person or acquire all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of another Person, without Lender’s prior written consent.

(f) Change in Ownership . Except as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2 of the Guarantor Loan Agreement, engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Guarantor or reasonably related thereto or have a material change in its ownership greater than 25%.

(g) Transactions With Affiliates . Except as permitted pursuant to this Section 5 and Section 7.7 of the Guarantor Loan Agreement, directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Guarantor.

 

6


(h) Subordinated Debt . Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt without Lender’s prior written consent.

(i) Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or be liable for any Indebtedness except Permitted Indebtedness.

(j) Investments . Except as permitted pursuant to Section 7.6 of the Guarantor Loan Agreement, make any Investment except for Permitted Investments.

(k) Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension (as defined in the Guarantor Loan Agreement) for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”), permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Guarantor’s business or operations or would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change (as defined in the Guarantor Loan Agreement), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

Notwithstanding anything set forth to the contrary in the Guarantor Loan Agreement and any termination of the Guarantor Loan Agreement, Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that the negative covenants set forth in Section 7 of the Guarantor Loan Agreement shall remain in full force and effect for so long as this Guaranty remains in full force and effect.

6. Authorizations, Waivers, Etc .

(a) Authorizations . Guarantor authorizes Lender, in its discretion, without notice to Guarantor, irrespective of any change in the financial condition of Borrower, Guarantor, or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations since the date hereof, and without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of such Guarantor hereunder, from time to time to:

(i) Create new Guaranteed Obligations and renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment or performance of, or otherwise amend or modify the Loan Documents or change the terms of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, including increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon;

(ii) Take and hold security for the payment or performance of the Guaranteed Obligations and exchange, enforce, waive or release any such security; apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof; and purchase such security at public or private sale;

(iii) Otherwise exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrower, Guarantor, or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security, including, without limitation, the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale;

 

7


(iv) Settle, compromise with, release or substitute any one or more makers, endorsers or guarantors of the Guaranteed Obligations; and

(v) Assign the Guaranteed Obligations, this Guaranty or the other Loan Documents in whole or in part to the extent provided in the Loan Agreements.

(b) Waivers . Guarantor hereby waives:

(i) Any right to require Lender to (A) proceed against Borrower or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations, (B) proceed against or exhaust any security received from Borrower, Guarantor, or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise marshal the assets of Borrower, Guarantor, or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or (C) pursue any other remedy in Lender’s power whatsoever;

(ii) Any defense arising by reason of the application by Borrower of the proceeds of any borrowing;

(iii) Any defense resulting from the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement, subrogation, contribution or other right or remedy of Guarantor against Borrower, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security, whether resulting from an election by Lender to foreclose upon security by nonjudicial sale, or otherwise;

(iv) Any setoff or counterclaim of Borrower or any defense which results from any disability or other defense of Borrower or the cessation or stay of enforcement from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower (including, without limitation, the lack of validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents);

(v) Any defense based upon any law, rule or regulation which provides that the obligation of a surety must not be greater or more burdensome than the obligation of the principal;

(vi) Until all obligations of Lender to extend credit to Borrower have terminated and all of the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully, finally and indefensibly paid, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution and other similar right to enforce any remedy which Lender or any other Person now has or may hereafter have against Borrower on account of the Guaranteed Obligations, and any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security now or hereafter received by Lender or any other Person on account of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(vii) All presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, notices delivered under the Loan Documents, protests, notice of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Guaranty and of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional Guaranteed Obligations and notices of any public or private foreclosure sale;

(viii) The benefit of any statute of limitations to the extent permitted by law;

(ix) Any appraisement, valuation, stay, extension, moratorium redemption or similar law or similar rights for marshalling;

 

8


(x) Any right to be informed by Lender of the financial condition of Borrower or any other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(xi) Until all obligations of Lender to extend credit to Borrower have terminated and all of the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully, finally and indefensibly paid, any right to revoke this Guaranty;

(xii) Any defense arising from an election for the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the United States Bankruptcy Code which applies to the Guaranteed Obligations;

(xiii) Any defense based upon any borrowing or grant of a security interest under Section 364 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; and

(xiv) Any right it may have to a fair value hearing to determine the size of a deficiency judgment following any foreclosure on any security for the Guaranteed Obligations.

(c) Financial Condition of Borrower, Etc . Guarantor is fully aware of the financial condition and affairs of Borrower. Guarantor has executed this Guaranty without reliance upon any representation, warranty, statement or information concerning Borrower furnished to Guarantor by Lender and has, independently and without reliance on Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of the financial condition and affairs of Borrower and of other circumstances affecting the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Guaranteed Obligations. Guarantor is in a position to obtain, and assumes full responsibility for obtaining, any additional information about the financial condition and affairs of Borrower and of other circumstances affecting the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Guaranteed Obligations and will, independently and without reliance upon Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action in connection with this Guaranty.

7. Subordination . Guarantor hereby subordinates any and all debts, liabilities and obligations owed to Guarantor by Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower (the “ Subordinated Obligations ”) to the Guaranteed Obligations as provided in this Section 7 .

(a) Prohibited Payments, Etc . After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default or any default by Guarantor hereunder (including the commencement and continuation of any Insolvency Proceeding relating to Borrower), however, unless Lender otherwise requests, Guarantor shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, demand, accept or take any action to collect any payment on account of the Subordinated Obligations.

(b) Prior Payment of Guaranteed Obligation . In any Insolvency Proceeding relating to Borrower, Guarantor agrees that Lender shall be entitled to receive payment of all Guaranteed Obligations before Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries receives payment of any Subordinated Obligations.

(c) Turn-Over . After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default (including the commencement and continuation of any Insolvency Proceeding relating to Borrower), Guarantor and its Subsidiaries shall, if Lender so requests, collect, enforce and receive payments on account of the Subordinated Obligations as trustee for Lender and deliver such payments to Lender on account of the Guaranteed Obligations, together with any necessary endorsements or other instruments of transfer, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty.

 

9


(d) Lender Authorization . After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default or any default by Guarantor hereunder (including the commencement and continuation of any Insolvency Proceeding relating to Borrower), Lender is authorized and empowered (but without any obligation to so do), in its discretion, (i) in the name of Guarantor, to collect and enforce, and to submit claims in respect of, Subordinated Obligations and to apply any amounts received thereon to the Guaranteed Obligations, and (ii) to require Guarantor (A) to collect and enforce, and to submit claims in respect of, Subordinated Obligations and (B) to pay any amounts received on such obligations to Lender for application to the Guaranteed Obligations.

8. Creation of Security Interest .

(a) Grant of Security Interest . Guarantor grants to Lender a valid, first priority, continuing security interest in all presently existing and hereafter acquired or arising Collateral in order to secure prompt, full and complete payment and performance of any and all Guaranteed Obligations (other than any warrants issued pursuant to the Loan Agreements). The “ Collateral ” shall mean and include all right, title, interest, claims and demands of Guarantor in and to all personal property of Guarantor, including without limitation, all of the following:

(i) All goods (and embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code) and equipment now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all laboratory equipment, computer equipment, office equipment, machinery, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing, and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and improvements to any of the foregoing, wherever located;

(ii) All inventory now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products including such inventory as is temporarily out of Guarantor’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above, and Guarantor’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(iii) All contract rights and general intangibles (including Intellectual Property), now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, goodwill, license agreements, franchise agreements, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, infringements, claims, software, computer programs, computer disks, computer tapes, literature, reports, catalogs, design rights, income tax refunds, payment intangibles, commercial tort claims, payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind;

(iv) All now existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, royalties, license rights, license fees and all other forms of obligations owing to Guarantor arising out of the sale or lease of goods, the licensing of technology or the rendering of services by Guarantor (subject, in each case, to the contractual rights of third parties to require funds received by Guarantor to be expended in a particular manner), whether or not earned by performance, and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Guarantor and Guarantor’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

 

10


(v) All documents, cash, deposit accounts (other than payroll accounts), letters of credit (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), certificates of deposit, instruments, promissory notes, chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic) and investment property, including, without limitation, all securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts and commodity accounts, and all financial assets held in any securities account or otherwise, wherever located, now owned or hereafter acquired and Guarantor’s books relating to the foregoing; and

Any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions and accessions to and proceeds thereof, including, without limitation, insurance, condemnation, requisition or similar payments and proceeds of the sale or licensing of Intellectual Property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any Intellectual Property; provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts receivables, accounts, and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the date hereof, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.

(b) After-Acquired Property . If Guarantor shall at any time acquire a commercial tort claim, as defined in the Code, Guarantor shall immediately notify Lender in writing signed by Guarantor of the brief details thereof and grant to Lender in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

(c) Duration of Security Interest . Lender’s security interest in the Collateral shall continue until the payment in full and the satisfaction of all Guaranteed Obligations and termination of Lender’s commitment to fund the Loan, whereupon such security interest shall terminate. Lender shall, at Guarantor’s sole cost and expense, execute such further documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to make effective the release contemplated by this Section 8(c) , including duly executing and delivering termination statements for filing in all relevant jurisdictions under the Code.

(d) Lien Subordination . Lender agrees that the Liens granted to it hereunder in Third Party Equipment (as hereinafter defined) shall be subordinate to the Liens of existing and future lenders providing equipment financing and equipment lessors for equipment and other personal property now existing acquired by Guarantor after the date hereof (“ Third Party Equipment ”); provided that such Liens are confined solely to the equipment so financed and the proceeds thereof and are Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteed Obligations hereunder shall not be subordinate in right of payment to any obligations to other lenders, equipment lenders or equipment lessors and Lender’s rights and remedies hereunder shall not in any way be subordinate to the rights and remedies of any such lenders or equipment lessors. So long as no Event of Default has occurred, Lender agrees to execute and deliver such agreements and documents as may be reasonably requested by Guarantor from time to time which set forth the lien subordination described in this Section 8(d) and are reasonably acceptable to Lender. Lender shall have no obligation to execute any

agreement or document which would impose obligations, restrictions or lien priority on Lender which are less favorable to Lender than those described in this Section 8(d) .

 

11


9. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications to or upon Guarantor or Lender under this Guaranty shall be in writing and fixed, mailed or delivered, if to Guarantor or Lender, as set forth in the Loan Agreements, with Guarantor’s notices being delivered in the same manner and place as the Borrower. All such notices and communications shall be effective as set forth in the Loan Agreements.

(b) Payments . Guarantor shall make all payments required hereunder to Lender, or its order, as set forth in Section 2 of the Loan Agreements, or at such other office or by wire transfer as Lender may designate, on demand, in U.S. dollars. If any amounts required to be paid by Guarantor under this Guaranty are not paid when due, Guarantor shall pay interest on the aggregate, outstanding balance of such amounts from the date due until those amounts are paid in full at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate.

(c) Expenses . Guarantor shall pay on demand (i) all reasonable fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by Lender in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of, and the exercise of its duties under, this Guaranty and the preparation, execution and delivery of amendments and waivers hereunder and (ii) all reasonable fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by Lender in connection with the enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Guaranty or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or in preserving any of Lender’s rights and remedies (including, without limitation, all such fees and expenses incurred in connection with any “workout” or restructuring affecting the Loan Documents or the Guaranteed Obligations or any bankruptcy or similar proceeding involving Guarantor or Borrower).

(d) Waivers, Amendments . This Guaranty may not be amended or modified, nor may any of its terms be waived, except by written instruments signed by Guarantor and Lender to the extent amendments are permitted pursuant to the Loan Agreements. Each waiver or consent under any provision hereof shall be effective only in the specific instances for the purpose for which given. No failure or delay on Lender’s part in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof or of any other right nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other further exercise thereof or of any other right.

(e) Assignment . This Guaranty shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns.

(f) Cumulative Rights, etc . The rights, powers and remedies of Lender under this Guaranty shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to Lender by virtue of any applicable law, rule or regulation of any governmental authority, the Loan Agreements, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, all of which rights, powers, and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised successively or concurrently without impairing Lender’s rights hereunder. Guarantor waives any right to require Lender to proceed against any Person or to exhaust any Collateral or to pursue any remedy in Lender’s power.

(g) Payments Free of Taxes, Etc . All payments made by Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be made by Guarantor free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present and future taxes, levies, charges, deductions and withholdings except for taxes based on Lender’s net income. In addition, Guarantor

 

12


shall pay upon demand any stamp or other taxes, levies or charges of any jurisdiction with respect to the execution, delivery, registration, performance and enforcement of this Guaranty. If any taxes, levies, charges or other amounts are required to be withheld from any amounts payable to Lender, hereunder, the amounts so payable to Lender shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to Lender (after payment of all such amounts) any such amounts payable hereunder in the amounts, specified in this Guaranty. Upon request by Lender, Guarantor shall furnish evidence satisfactory to Lender that all requisite authorizations and approvals by, and notices to and filings with, governmental authorities and regulatory bodies have been obtained and made and that all requisite taxes, levies and charges have been paid.

(h) Partial Invalidity . If at any time any provision of this Guaranty is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law or any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Guaranty nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction shall in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(i) CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF GUARANTOR AND LENDER HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. GUARANTOR AND LENDER HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

RF MAGIC, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ David Lyle

 

Name:

  DAVID LYLE  

Title:

  CFO  

[Signature Page to RF Magic Guaranty of Entropic Debt-SVB]

Exhibit 10.30

STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

BY AND BETWEEN

ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

a Maryland limited partnership,

AS LANDLORD,

AND

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

AS TENANT

SUITE 200

ARDEN TOWERS AT SORRENTO - SOUTH


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

 

              P AGE

ARTICLE 1

     BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS    1

ARTICLE 2

     TERM/PREMISES    2

ARTICLE 3

     RENTAL    2
 

(a)

       Basic Rental    2
 

(b)

       Increase in Direct Costs    2
 

(c)

       Definitions    3
 

(d)

       Determination of Payment    4
 

(e)

       Audit Right    5

ARTICLE 4

     SECURITY DEPOSIT    5

ARTICLE 5

     HOLDING OVER    6

ARTICLE 6

     OTHER TAXES    6

ARTICLE 7

     USE    7

ARTICLE 8

     CONDITION OF PREMISES    7

ARTICLE 9

     REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS    8
 

(a)

       Landlord’s Obligations    8
 

(b)

       Tenant’s Obligations    8
 

(c)

       Alterations    8
 

(d)

       Insurance; Liens    9
 

(e)

       Costs and Fees; Removal    9

ARTICLE 10

     LIENS    9

ARTICLE 11

     PROJECT SERVICES    9
 

(a)

       Basic Services    9
 

(b)

       Excess Usage    10
 

(c)

       Additional Electrical Service    10
 

(d)

       HVAC Balance    10
 

(e)

       Telecommunications    10
 

(f)

       After-Hours Use    11
 

(g)

       Reasonable Charges    11
 

(h)

       Sole Electrical Representative    11

ARTICLE 12

     RIGHTS OF LANDLORD    11
 

(a)

       Right of Entry    11
 

(b)

       Maintenance Work    11
 

(c)

       Rooftop    12

 

-i-


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

( CONTINUED )

 

              P AGE

ARTICLE 13

     INDEMNITY; EXEMPTION OF LANDLORD FROM LIABILITY    12
 

(a)

       Indemnity    12
 

(b)

       Exemption of Landlord from Liability    12
 

(c)

       Security    12

ARTICLE 14

     INSURANCE    13
 

(a)

       Tenant’s Insurance    13
 

(b)

       Form of Policies    13
 

(c)

       Landlord’s Insurance    14
 

(d)

       Waiver of Subrogation    14
 

(e)

       Compliance with Law    14

ARTICLE 15

     ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING    14

ARTICLE 16

     DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION    16

ARTICLE 17

     SUBORDINATION    17

ARTICLE 18

     EMINENT DOMAIN    18

ARTICLE 19

     DEFAULT    18

ARTICLE 20

     REMEDIES    19

ARTICLE 21

     TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST    21

ARTICLE 22

     BROKER    21

ARTICLE 23

     PARKING    21

ARTICLE 24

     WAIVER    22

ARTICLE 25

     ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE    22

ARTICLE 26

     LIABILITY OF LANDLORD    23

ARTICLE 27

     INABILITY TO PERFORM    23

ARTICLE 28

     HAZARDOUS WASTE    23

ARTICLE 29

     SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF PROPERTY    25

ARTICLE 30

     MISCELLANEOUS    26
 

(a)

       SEVERABILITY; ENTIRE AGREEMENT    26
 

(b)

       Attorneys’ Fees; Waiver of Jury Trial    26
 

(c)

       Time of Essence    27
 

(d)

       Headings; Joint and Several    27
 

(e)

       Reserved Area    27

 

-ii-


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

( CONTINUED )

 

              P AGE
 

(f)

       NO OPTION    27
 

(g)

       Use of Project Name; Improvements    27
 

(h)

       Rules and Regulations    27
 

(i)

       Quiet Possession    27
 

(j)

       Rent    28
 

(k)

       Successors and Assigns    28
 

(l)

       Notices    28
 

(m)

       Persistent Delinquencies    28
 

(n)

       Right of Landlord to Perform    28
 

(o)

       Access, Changes in Project, Facilities, Name    28
 

(p)

       Signing Authority    29
 

(q)

       Identification of Tenant    29
 

(r)

       Intentionally Omitted    30
 

(s)

       Survival of Obligations    30
 

(t)

       Confidentiality    30
 

(u)

       Governing Law    30
 

(v)

       Office of Foreign Assets Control    30
 

(w)

       Financial Statements    30
 

(x)

       Exhibits    30
 

(y)

       Independent Covenants    30
 

(z)

       Counterparts    31

ARTICLE 31

     SIGNAGE/DIRECTORY    31

Exhibit “A” Premises

Exhibit “B” Rules and Regulations

 

-iii-


INDEX

 

     Page(s)

Additional Rent

   2

Alterations

   8

Base Year

   1

Basic Rental

   1

Brokers

   1

Commencement Date

   1

Direct Costs

   3

Estimate

   4

Estimate Statement

   4

Estimated Excess

   4

Event of Default

   18

Excess

   4

Expiration Date

   1

Force Majeure

   23

Hazardous Material

   24

Initial Installment of Basic Rental

   1

Insurance Costs

   3

Landlord

   1

Landlord Parties

   12

Laws

   25

Lease

   1

Lease Year

   2

Miscellaneous Costs

   4

Operating Costs

   3

Parking Passes

   1

Partnership Tenant

   29

Permitted Use

   1

Premises

   1

Project

   1

Real Property

   3

Security Deposit

   1

Square Footage

   1

Statement

   4

Tax Costs

   3

Tenant

   1

Tenant Improvements

   8

Tenant’s Proportionate Share

   1

Term

   1

Transfer

   15

Transfer Premium

   16

Transferee

   16

Utility Costs

   3

 

(i)


STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

This Standard Office Lease (“ Lease ”) is made and entered into as of this 29 th day of September, 2005, by and between ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, s Maryland limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation(“ Tenant ”).

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises described as Suite No. 200, as designated on the plan attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit “A” (“ Premises ”), of the project (“ Project ”) now known as Arden Towers at Sorrento - South whose address is 9276 Scranton Road, San Diego, California for the Term and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

A.

   Term:    One (1) year.
   Commencement Date:    June 1, 2006.
   Expiration Date:    May 31, 2007.

B.

   Square Footage:    14,951 rentable (13,602 usable) square feet.

C.

   Basic Rental:   

 

Period

 

Annual

Basic Rental

 

Monthly

Basic Rental

 

Monthly Basic Rental

Per Rentable Square Foot

*6/1/06-5/31/07

  $439,559.40   $36,629.95   $2.45

* In addition Tenant shall pay for electricity supplied to the Premises as described in Section 11(a) below.

 

D.   Base Year:    2006
E.   Tenant’s Proportionate Share:    12.18%.
F.   Security Deposit:    A security deposit of $36,629.00 shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease.
G.   Permitted Use:    General office use.
H.   Brokers:    Irving Hughes Group represents Tenant.
I.   Parking Passes:    Tenant shall rent forty-one (41) unreserved surface parking passes and fourteen (14) unreserved covered parking passes, at the rate provided in Article 23 hereof.
J.   Initial Installment of Basic Rental:    The first full month’s Basic Rental of $36,620.05 shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease.


ARTICLE 2

TERM/PREMISES

The Term of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date as set forth in Article 1.A. of the Basic Lease Provisions and shall end on the Expiration Date set forth in Article 1.A. of the Basic Lease Provisions. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Term, with the first (1 st ) Lease Year commencing on the Commencement Date. Landlord and Tenant hereby stipulate that the Premises contains the number of square feet specified in Article 1.B. of the Basic Lease Provisions, except that the rentable and usable square feet of the Premises and the Project are subject to verification from time to time by Landlord’s architect/space planner. In the event that Landlord’s architect/space planner determines that the amounts thereof shall be different from those set forth in this Lease, all amounts, percentages and figures appearing or referred to in this Lease based upon such incorrect amount (including, without limitation, the amount of the Basic Rental and Tenant’s Proportionate Share) shall be modified in accordance with such determination. If such determination is made, it will be confirmed in writing by Landlord to Tenant. Landlord may deliver to Tenant a Commencement Letter in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit “C”, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within five (5) days of receipt thereof. Failure of Tenant to timely execute and deliver the Commencement Letter shall constitute acknowledgement by Tenant that the statements included in such notice are true and correct, without exception.

ARTICLE 3

RENTAL

(a) Basic Rental . Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord during the Tenant hereof, at Landlord’s office or to such other person or at such other place as directed from time to time by written notice to Tenant from Landlord, the initial monthly and annual sums as set forth in Article 1.C. of the Basic Lease Provisions, payable in advance on the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month, without demand, setoff or deduction, and in the event this Lease commences or the date of expiration of this Lease occurs other than on the first (1 st ) day or last day of a calendar month, the rent for such month shall be prorated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first full month’s Basic Rental shall be paid to Landlord in accordance with Article 1.J. of the Basic Lease Provisions.

(b) Increase in Direct Costs . The term “ Base Year ” means the calendar year set forth in Article 1.D. of the Basic Lease Provisions. If, in any calendar year during the Term of this Lease, the “Direct Costs” (as hereinafter defined) paid or incurred by Landlord shall be higher than the Direct Costs for the Base Year, Tenant shall pay an additional sum for each such subsequent calendar year equal to the product of the amount set forth in Article 1.E. of the Basic Lease Provisions multiplied by such increased amount of “Direct Costs.” In the event either the Premises and/or the Project is expanded or reduced, then Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be appropriately adjusted, and as to the calendar year in which such change occurs, Tenant’s Proportionate Share for such calendar year shall be determined on the basis of the number of days during that particular calendar year that such Tenant’s Proportionate Share was in effect. In the event this Lease shall terminate on any date other than the last day of a calendar year, the additional sum payable hereunder by Tenant during the calendar year in which this Lease terminates shall be prorated on the basis of the relationship which the number of days which have elapsed from the commencement of said calendar year to and including said date on which this Lease terminates bears to three hundred sixty five (365). Any and all amounts due and payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease (other than Basic Rental) shall be deemed “ Additional Rent ” and Landlord shall be entitled to exercise the same rights and remedies upon default in these payments as Landlord is entitled to exercise with respect to defaults in monthly Basic Rental payments.

 

-2-


(c) Definitions . As used herein the term “ Direct Costs ” shall mean the sum of the following:

(i) Tax Costs ”, which shall mean any and all real estate taxes and other similar charges on real property or improvements, assessments, water and sewer charges, and all other charges assessed, reassessed or levied upon the Project and appurtenances thereto and the parking or other facilities thereof, or the real property thereunder (collectively the “ Real Property ”) or attributable thereto or on the rents, issues, profits or income received or derived therefrom which are assessed, reassessed or levied by the United States, the State of California or any local government authority or agency or any political subdivision thereof, and shall include Landlord’s reasonable legal fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings for reduction of Tax Costs or any part thereof provided, however, if at any time after the date of this Lease the methods of taxation now prevailing shall be altered so that in lieu of or as a supplement to or a substitute for the whole or any part of any Tax Costs, there shall be assessed, reassessed or levied (a) a tax, assessment, easement, levy, imposition or charge wholly or partially as a net income, capital or franchise levy or otherwise on the rents, issues, profits or income derived therefrom, or (b) a tax, assessment, reassessment, levy (including but not limited to any municipal, state or federal levy), imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon the Real Property and imposed upon Landlord, then except to the extent such items are payable by Tenant under Article 6 below, such taxes, assessments, reassessments or levies or the part thereof so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included in the term “Direct Costs.” In no event shall Tax Costs included in Direct Costs for any year subsequent to the Base Year be less than the amount of Tax Costs included in Direct Costs for the Base Year. In addition, when calculating Tax Costs for the Base Year, special assessments shall only be deemed included in Tax costs for the Base Year to the extent that such special assessments are included in Tax Costs for the applicable subsequent calendar year during the Term.

(ii) Operating Costs ”, which shall mean all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the maintenance, operation, replacement, ownership and repair of the Project, the equipment, the intrabuilding cabling and wiring, adjacent walks, malls and landscaped and common areas and the parking structure, areas and facilities of the Project, including, but not limited to, salaries, wages, medical, surgical and general welfare benefits and pension payments, payroll taxes, fringe benefits, employment taxes, workers’ compensation, uniforms and dry cleaning thereof for all persons who perform duties connected with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Project, its equipment, the intrabuilding cabling and wiring and the adjacent walks and landscaped areas, including janitorial, gardening, security, parking, operating engineer, elevator, painting, plumbing, electrical, carpentry, heating, ventilation, air conditioning, window washing, hired services, a reasonable allowance for depreciation of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, accountant’s fees incurred in the preparation of rent adjustment statements, legal fees, real estate tax consulting lees, personal property taxes on property used in the maintenance and operation of the Project, fees, costs, expenses or dues payable pursuant to the terms of any covenants, conditions or restrictions or owners’ association pertaining to the Project, capital expenditures incurred to effect economies of operation of, or stability of services to, the Project and capital expenditures required by government regulations, laws, or ordinances including, but not limited to the Americans with Disabilities Act; costs incurred (capital or otherwise) on a regular recurring basis every three (3) or more years for certain maintenance projects (e.g., parking lot slurry coat or replacement of lobby and elevator cab carpeting); the cost of all charges for electricity, gas, water and other utilities finished to the Project, including any taxes thereon (collectively, “ Utility Costs ”); the cost of all charges for fire and extended coverage, liability and all other insurance in connection with the Project carried by Landlord (collectively “ Insurance Costs ”); the cost of all building and cleaning supplies and materials; the cost of all charges for cleaning, maintenance and service contracts and other services with independent contractors and administration fees; a property management fee (which fee may be imputed if Landlord has internalized management or otherwise acts as its own property manager) and license,

 

-3-


permit and inspection fees relating to the Project. In the event, during any calendar year, the project is less than ninety-five percent (95%) occupied at all times, Operating Costs shall be adjusted to reflect the Operating Costs of the Project as though ninety-five percent (95%) were occupied at all times, and the increase or decrease in the sums owed hereunder shall be based upon such Operating Costs as so adjusted. The term “ Miscellaneous Costs ” shall mean all Operating Costs other than Utility Costs and Insurance Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 3, in no event shall (A) Utility Costs included in Direct Costs for any year subsequent to the Base Year be less than the amount of Utility Costs for the Base Year, (B) Insurance Costs included in Direct Costs for any year subsequent to the Base Year be less than the amount of Insurance Costs for the Base Year, or (C) Miscellaneous Costs included in Direct Costs for any year subsequent to the Base Year be less than the amount of Miscellaneous Costs for the Base Year. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 3, when calculating Operating Costs for the Base Year, unless Operating Costs for the applicable subsequent calendar year include the applicable following items, Operating Costs shall exclude (a) increases due to extraordinary circumstances including, but not limited to, labor-related boycotts and strikes, utility rate hikes, utility conservation surcharges, or other surcharges, insurance premiums resulting from terrorism coverage, catastrophic events and/or the management of environmental risks, and (b) amortization of any capital items including, but not limited to, capital improvements, capital repairs and capital replacements (including such amortized costs where the actual improvement, repair or replacement was made in prior years).

(d) Determination of Payment .

(i) If for any calendar year ending or commencing within the Term, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs for such calendar year exceeds Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs for the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Sections 3(d)(ii) and (iii), below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the excess (the “ Excess ”).

(ii) Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of what the total amount of Direct Costs for the then-current calendar year shall be and the estimated Excess (the “ Estimated Excess ”) as calculated by comparing Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs for such calendar year, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs for the Base Year. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any calendar year shall not preclude Landlord from subsequently enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Excess under this Article 3, once such Estimated Excess has been determined by Landlord. If pursuant to the Estimate Statement an Estimated Excess is calculated for the then-current calendar year, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Monthly Basic Rental due, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current calendar year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 3(d)(ii)). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current calendar year to the month of such payment, both months inclusive, and shall have twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished, Tenant shall pay monthly, with the Monthly Basic Rental installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

(iii) In addition, Landlord shall endeavor to give to Tenant as soon as reasonably practicable following the end of each calendar year, a statement (the “ Statement ”) which shall state the Direct Costs incurred or accrued for such preceding calendar year, and which shall indicate the amount, if any, of the Excess. Upon receipt of the Statement for each calendar year during the Term, if amounts paid by Tenant as Estimated Excess are less than the actual Excess as specified on the Statement, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of monthly Basic Rental due, the full amount of the Excess for such calendar year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such calendar year as Estimated Excess. If, however,

 

-4-


the Statement indicates that amounts paid by Tenant as Estimated Excess are greater than the actual Excess as specified on the Statement, such overpayment shall be credited against Tenant’s next installments of Estimated Excess. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any calendar year shall not prejudice Landlord from enforcing its rights under this Article 3, once such Statement has been delivered. Even though the Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Direct Costs for the calendar year in which this Lease terminates, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord an amount as calculated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3(d). The provisions of this Section 3(d)(iii) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

(iv) If the Project is a part of a multi-building development, those Direct Costs attributable to such development as a whole (and not attributable solely to any individual building therein) shall be allocated by Landlord to the Project and to the other buildings within such development on an equitable basis.

(e) Audit Right . Within one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a Statement by Tenant (“ Review Period ”), if Tenant disputes the amount set forth in the Statement, Tenant’s employees or an independent certified public accountant (which accountant is a member of a nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm and is not retained on a contingency fee basis), designated by Tenant, may, after reasonable notice to Landlord and at reasonable times, inspect Landlord’s records at Landlord’s offices, provided that Tenant is not then in default after expiration of all applicable cure periods and provided further that Tenant and such accountant or representative shall, and each of them shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause their respective agents and employees to, maintain all information contained in Landlord’s records in strict confidence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall only have the right to review Landlord’s records one (1) time during any twelve (12) month period. Tenant’s failure to dispute the amounts set forth in any Statement within the Review Period shall be deemed to be Tenant’s approval of such Statement and Tenant, thereafter, waives the right or ability to dispute the amounts set forth in such Statement. If after such inspection, but within thirty (30) days after the Review Period, Tenant notifies Landlord in writing that Tenant still disputes such amounts, a certification as to the proper amount shall be made in accordance with Landlord’s standard accounting practices, at Tenant’s expense, by an independent certified public accountant selected by Landlord and who is a member of a nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm. Landlord shall cooperate in good faith with Tenant and the accountant to show Tenant and the accountant the information upon which the certification is to be based. However, if such certification by the accountant proves that the Direct Costs set forth in the Statement were overstated by more than ten percent (10%), then the cost of the accountant and the cost of such certification shall be paid for by Landlord. Promptly following the parties receipt of such certification, the parties shall make such appropriate payments or reimbursements, as the case may be, to each other, as are determined to be owing pursuant to such certification.

ARTICLE 4

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Tenant has deposited with Landlord the sum set forth in Article 1.F. of the Basic Lease Provisions as security for the full and faithful performance of every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. If Tenant breaches any provision of this Lease, including but not limited to the payment of rent, Landlord may use all or any part of this security deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sums in default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of said deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the security deposit to its full amount. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be required to keep the security deposit in

 

-5-


trust, segregate it or keep it separate from Landlord’s general funds, but Landlord may commingle the security deposit with its general funds and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit. At the expiration of the Term, and provided there exists no default by Tenant hereunder, the security deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to Tenant’s “Transferee”, as such term is defined in Article 15 below), provided that subsequent to the expiration of this Lease, Landlord may retain from said security deposit (i) an amount reasonably estimated by Landlord to cover potential Direct Cost reconciliation payments due with respect to the calendar year in which this Lease terminates or expires (such amount so retained shall not, in any event, exceed ten percent (10%) of estimated Direct Cost payments due from Tenant for such calendar year through the date of expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and any amounts so retained and not applied to such reconciliation shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery of the Statement for such calendar year), (ii) any and all amounts reasonably estimated by Landlord to cover the anticipated costs to be incurred by Landlord to remove any signage provided to Tenant under this Lease, to remove cabling and other items required to be removed by Tenant under Section 29(b) below and to repair any damage caused by such removal (in which case any excess amount so retained by Landlord shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such removal and repair), and (iii) any and all amounts permitted by law or this Article 4. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified in this Article 4 above and/or those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the acts or omissions of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent, contractor or invitee of Tenant.

ARTICLE 5

HOLDING OVER

Should Tenant, without Landlord’s written consent, hold over after termination of this Lease, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon each and all of the terms herein provided as may be applicable to such a tenancy and any such holding over shall not constitute an extension of this Lease. During such holding over, Tenant shall pay in advance, monthly, Basic Rental at a rate equal to two (2) times the rate in effect for the last month of the Term of this Lease, in addition to, and not in lieu of, all other payments required to be made by Tenant hereunder including but not limited to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any increase in Direct Costs. Nothing contained in this Article 5 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over of the Premises by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, loss, expense or liability, including without limitation, claims made by any succeeding tenant and real estate brokers claims and attorney’s fees and costs.

ARTICLE 6

OTHER TAXES

Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against or levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property of Tenant located in the Premises. In the event any or all of Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and other personal property shall be assessed and taxed with property of Landlord, or if the cost or value of any leasehold improvements in the Premises exceeds the cost or value of a Project-standard buildout as determined by Landlord and, as a result, real

 

-6-


property taxes for the Project are increased, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after delivery to Tenant by Landlord of a written statement setting forth such amount, the amount of such taxes applicable to Tenant’s property or above-standard improvements. Tenant shall assume and pay to Landlord at the time Basic Rental next becomes due (or if assessed after the expiration of the Term, then within ten (10) days), any excise, sales, use, rent, occupancy, garage, parking, gross receipts or other taxes (other than net income taxes) which may be assessed against or levied upon Landlord on account of the letting of the Premises or the payment of Basic Rental or any other sums due or payable hereunder, and which Landlord may be required to pay or collect under any law now in effect or hereafter enacted. In addition to Tenant’s obligation pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall pay directly to the party or entity entitled thereto all business license fees, gross receipts taxes and similar taxes and impositions which may from time to time be assessed against or levied upon Tenant, as and when the same become due and before delinquency. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any sums payable by Tenant under this Article 6 shall not be included in the computation of “Tax Costs.”

ARTICLE 7

USE

Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises only for the use set forth in Article 1.G. of the Basic Lease Provisions and shall not use or occupy the Premises or permit the same to be used or occupied for any other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, and Tenant agrees that it will use the Premises in such a manner so as not to interfere with or infringe upon the rights of other tenants or occupants in the Project. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, governmental regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereafter be in force relating to or affecting (i) the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises or the Project (excluding structural changes to the Project not related to Tenant’s particular use of the Premises), and (ii) improvements installed or constructed in the Premises by or for the benefit of Tenant. Tenant shall not permit more than six (6) people per one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of the Premises to occupy the Premises at any time. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which would invalidate or increase the cost of any fire and extended coverage insurance policy covering the Project and/or the property located therein and Tenant shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of any organization which sets out standards, requirements or recommendations commonly referred to by major fire insurance underwriters, and Tenant shall promptly upon demand reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charges for any such insurance policy assessed or increased by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article.

ARTICLE 8

CONDITION OF PREMISES

Tenant hereby agrees that the Premises shall be taken “as is”, “with all faults”, “without any representations or warranties”, and Tenant hereby agrees and warrants that it has investigated and inspected the condition of the Premises and the suitability of same for Tenant’s purposes, and Tenant does hereby waive and disclaim any objection to, cause of action based upon, or claim that its obligations hereunder should be reduced or limited because of the condition of the Premises or the Project or the suitability of same for Tenant’s purposes. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent nor any employee of Landlord has made any representations or warranty with respect to the Premises or the Project or with respect to the suitability of either for the conduct of Tenant’s business and Tenant expressly warrants and represents that Tenant has relied solely on its own investigation and inspection of the Premises and the Project in its decision to enter into this Lease and let the Premises in the above-

 

-7-


described condition. The existing leasehold improvements in the Premises as of the date of this Lease may be collectively referred to herein as the “ Tenant Improvements .” The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Premises and the Project were at such time in satisfactory condition. Tenant hereby waives subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the Civil Code of California or any successor provision of law.

ARTICLE 9

REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS

(a) Landlord’s Obligations . Landlord shall maintain the structural portions of the Project, including the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof, curtain wall, exterior glass, columns, beams, shafts, stairs, stairwells, elevator cabs and common areas, and shall also maintain and repair the basic mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler systems and heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems (provided, however, that Landlord’s obligation with respect to any such systems shall be to repair and maintain those portions of the systems located in the core of the Project or in other areas outside of the Premises, but Tenant shall be responsible to repair and maintain any distribution of such systems throughout the Premises).

(b) Tenant’s Obligations . Except as expressly provided as Landlord’s obligation in this Article 9, Tenant shall keep the Premises in good condition and repair. All damage or injury to the Premises or the Project resulting from the act or negligence of Tenant, its employees, agents or visitors, guests, invitees or licensees or by the use of the Premises, shall be promptly repaired by Tenant at its sole cost and expense, to the satisfaction of Landlord; provided, however, that for damage to the Project as a result of casualty or for any repairs that may impact the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilation or air-conditioning systems of the Project, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to select the contractor and oversee all such repairs. Landlord may make any repairs which are not promptly made by Tenant after Tenant’s receipt of written notice and the reasonable opportunity of Tenant to make said repair within five (5) business days from receipt of said written notice, and charge Tenant for the cost thereof, which cost shall be paid by Tenant within five (5) days from invoice from Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for the design and function of all non-standard improvements of the Premises, whether or not installed by Landlord at Tenant’s request. Tenant waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Landlord, or to deduct the cost thereof from the rent.

(c) Alterations . Tenant shall make no alterations, installations, changes or additions in or to the Premises or the Project (collectively, “ Alterations ”) without Landlord’s prior written consent. Any Alterations approved by Landlord must be performed in accordance with the terms hereof, using only contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord in writing and upon the approval by Landlord in writing of fully detailed and dimensioned plans and specifications pertaining to the Alterations in question, to be prepared and submitted by Tenant at its sole cost and expense. Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense obtain all necessary approvals and permits pertaining to any Alterations approved by Landlord. Tenant shall cause all Alterations to be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with all applicable federal, state, county and municipal laws, rules and regulations, pursuant to a valid building permit, and in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations. If Landlord, in approving any Alterations, specifies a commencement date therefor, Tenant shall not commence any work with respect to such Alterations prior to such date. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord free and harmless from all liens and claims of lien, and all other liability, claims and demands arising out of any work done or material supplied to the Premises by or at the request of Tenant in connection with any Alterations.

 

-8-


(d) Insurance; Liens . Prior to the commencement of any Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood that all such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 14 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

(e) Costs and Fees; Removal . If permitted Alterations are made, they shall be made at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall be and become the property of Landlord, except that Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant given prior to the end of the Term, require Tenant at Tenant’s expense to remove all partitions, counters, railings, cabling and other Alterations installed by Tenant, and to repair any damage to the Premises and the Project caused by such removal. Any and all costs attributable to or related to the applicable building codes of the city in which the Project is located (or any other authority having jurisdiction over the Project) arising from Tenant’s plans, specifications, improvements, Alterations or otherwise shall be paid by Tenant at its sole cost and expense. With regard to repairs, Alterations or any other work arising from or related to this Article 9, Landlord shall be entitled to receive an administrative/coordination fee (which fee shall vary depending upon whether or not Tenant orders the work directly from Landlord) sufficient to compensate Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such work.

ARTICLE 10

LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Project free from any mechanics’ liens, vendors liens or any other liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant, and Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any such lien or claim or action thereon, together with costs of suit and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any such claim or action. Before commencing any work of alteration, addition or improvement to the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) business days’ written notice of the proposed commencement of such work (to afford Landlord an opportunity to post appropriate notices of non-responsibility). In the event that there shall be recorded against the Premises or the Project or the property of which the Premises is a part any claim or lien arising out of any such work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant and such claim or lien shall not be removed or discharged within ten (10) days of filing, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to pay and discharge said lien without regard to whether such lien shall be lawful or correct, or to require that Tenant promptly deposit with Landlord in cash, lawful money of the United States, one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount of such claim, which sum may be retained by Landlord until such claim shall have been removed of record or until judgment shall have been rendered on such claim and such judgment shall have become final, at which time Landlord shall have the right to apply such deposit in discharge of the judgment on said claim and any costs, including attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord, and shall remit the balance thereof to Tenant.

ARTICLE 11

PROJECT SERVICES

(a) Basic Services. Landlord agrees to furnish to the Premises, at a cost to be included in Operating Costs, from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Mondays through Fridays and 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on

 

-9-


Saturdays, excepting local and national holidays, air conditioning and heat all in such reasonable quantities as in the judgment of Landlord is reasonably necessary for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises. In addition, Landlord shall provide electric current for normal lighting and normal office machines, elevator service and water on the same floor as the Premises for lavatory and drinking purposes in such reasonable quantities as in the judgment of Landlord is reasonably necessary for general office use and in compliance with applicable codes. To the extent reasonably determined by Landlord to be practicable, all such electricity (including, without limitation, electricity in order to power the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system serving the Premises) shall be separately metered or submetered and Tenant shall make payment directly to the entity providing such electricity if such separate meters are installed. If, however, separate meters are not installed and the Premises are submetered or are jointly metered, then Landlord shall determine and Tenant shall pay the amount reasonably determined by Landlord to be Tenant’s equitable share of the monthly charge for such electricity, as Additional Rent. Janitorial and maintenance services shall be furnished five (5) days per week, excepting local and national holidays. Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations which Landlord may establish for the proper functioning and protection of the common area air conditioning, heating, elevator, electrical, intrabuilding cabling and wiring and plumbing systems. Landlord shall not be liable for, and there shall be no rent abatement as a result of, any stoppage, reduction or interruption of any such services caused by governmental rules, regulations or ordinances, riot, strike, labor disputes, breakdowns, accidents, necessary repairs or other cause. Except as specifically provided in this Article 11, Tenant agrees to pay for all utilities and other services utilized by Tenant and any additional building services furnished to Tenant which are not uniformly furnished to all tenants of the Project, at the rate generally charged by Landlord to tenants of the Project for such utilities or services.

(b) Excess Usage . Tenant will not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus or device in the Premises which will in any way increase the amount of electricity or water usually furnished or supplied for use of the Premises as general office space; nor connect any apparatus, machine or device with water pipes or electric current (except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises), for the purpose of using electric current or water.

(c) Additional Electrical Service . If Tenant shall require electric current in excess of that which Landlord is obligated to furnish under Section 11(a) above, Tenant shall first obtain the written consent of Landlord, which Landlord may refuse in its sole and absolute discretion.

(d) HVAC Balance . If any lights, machines or equipment (including but not limited to computers and computer systems and appurtenances) are used by Tenant in the Premises which materially affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system, or generate substantially more heat in the Premises than would be generated by the building standard lights and usual office equipment, Landlord shall have the right to install any machinery and equipment which Landlord reasonably deems necessary to restore temperature balance, including but not limited to modifications to the standard air conditioning equipment, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and any additional cost of operation and maintenance occasioned thereby, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord.

(e) Telecommunications . Upon request from Tenant from time to time, Landlord will provide Tenant with a listing of telecommunications and media service providers serving the Project, and Tenant shall have the right to contract directly with the providers of its choice. If Tenant wishes to contract with or obtain service from any provider which does not currently serve the Project or wishes to obtain from an existing carrier services which will require the installation of additional equipment, such provider must, prior to providing service, enter into a written agreement with Landlord setting forth the terms and conditions of the access to be granted to such provider. In considering the installation of any new or additional telecommunications cabling or equipment at the Project, Landlord will consider all

 

-10-


relevant factors in a reasonable and non-discriminatory manner, including, without limitation, the existing availability of services at the Project, the impact of the proposed installations upon the Project and its operations and the available space and capacity for the proposed installations. Landlord may also consider whether the proposed service may result in interference with or interruption of other services at the Project or the business operations of other tenants or occupants of the Project. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to incur any costs or liabilities in connection with the installation or delivery of telecommunication services or facilities at the Project. All such installations shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval and shall be performed in accordance with the terms of Article 9. If Landlord approves the proposed installations in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord will deliver its standard form agreement upon request and will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly enter into an agreement on reasonable and non-discriminatory terms with a qualified, licensed and reputable carrier confirming the terms of installation and operation of telecommunications equipment consistent with the foregoing.

(f) After-Hours Use . If Tenant requires heating, ventilation and/or air conditioning during times other than the times provided in Section 11(a) above, Tenant shall give Landlord such advance notice as Landlord shall reasonably require and shall pay Landlord’s standard charge for such after-hours use.

(g) Reasonable Charges . Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for any utilities or services (other than electric current and heating, ventilation and/or air conditioning which shall be governed by Sections 11(c) and (f) above) utilized by Tenant in excess of the amount or type that Landlord reasonably determines is typical for general office use.

(h) Sole Electrical Representative . Tenant agrees that Landlord shall be the sole and exclusive representative with respect to, and shall maintain exclusive control over, the reception, utilization and distribution of electrical power, regardless of point or means of origin, use or generation.

ARTICLE 12

RIGHTS OF LANDLORD

(a) Right of Entry . Landlord and its agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times for the purpose of cleaning the Premises, examining or inspecting the same, serving or posting and keeping posted thereon notices as provided by law, or which Landlord deems necessary for the protection of Landlord or the Project, showing the same to prospective tenants, lenders or purchasers of the Project, in the case of an emergency, and for making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable. If Tenant shall not be personally present to open and permit an entry into the Premises at any time when such an entry by Landlord is necessary or permitted hereunder, Landlord may enter by means of a master key, or may forcibly enter in the case of an emergency, in each event without liability to Tenant and without affecting this Lease.

(b) Maintenance Work . Landlord reserves the right from time to time, but subject to payment by and/or reimbursement from Tenant as otherwise provided herein: (i) to install, use, maintain, repair, replace, relocate and control for service to the Premises and/or other parts of the Project pipes, ducts, conduits, wires, cabling, appurtenant fixtures, equipment spaces and mechanical systems, wherever located in the Premises or the Project, (ii) to alter, close or relocate any facility in the Premises or the common areas or otherwise conduct any of the above activities for the purpose of complying with a general plan for fire/life safety for the Project or otherwise, and (iii) to comply with any federal, state or local law, rule or order. Landlord shall attempt to perform any such work with the least inconvenience to Tenant as is reasonably practicable, but in no event shall Tenant be permitted to withhold or reduce Basic

 

-11-


Rental or other charges due hereunder as a result of same, make any claim for constructive eviction or otherwise make any claim against Landlord for interruption or interference with Tenant’s business and/or operations.

(c) Rooftop . If Tenant desires to use the rooftop of the Project for any purpose, including the installation of communication equipment to be used from the Premises, such rights will be granted in Landlord’s sole discretion and Tenant must negotiate the terms of any rooftop access with Landlord or the rooftop management company or lessee holding rights to the rooftop from time to time. Any rooftop access granted to Tenant will be at prevailing rates and will be governed by the terms of a separate written agreement or an amendment to this Lease.

ARTICLE 13

INDEMNITY; EXEMPTION OF LANDLORD FROM LIABILITY

(a) Indemnity . Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, Arden Realty, Inc., Arden Realty Limited Partnership, their subsidiaries, partners, affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) harmless from any and all claims arising from Tenant’s use of the Premises or the Project or from the conduct of its business or from any activity, work or thing which may be permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises or the Project and shall further indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all claims arising from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease or arising from any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, patrons, customers or members in or about the Project and from any and all costs, attorneys’ fees and costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in the defense of any claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon, including negotiations in connection therewith. Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Premises from any cause, and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord and the Landlord Parties, excepting where the damage is caused solely by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties.

(b) Exemption of Landlord from Liability . Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business, or loss of income therefrom, however occurring (including, without limitation, from any failure or interruption of services or utilities or as a result of Landlord’s negligence), or, except in connection with damage or injury resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties, for damage that may be sustained by the person, goods, wares, merchandise or property of Tenant, its employees, invitees, customers, agents, or contractors, or any other person in, on or about the Premises directly or indirectly caused by or resulting from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, fire, steam, electricity, gas, water, or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of the pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning, light fixtures, or mechanical or electrical systems, or from intrabuilding cabling or wiring, whether such damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Project or from other sources or places and regardless of whether the cause of such damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is inaccessible to Tenant. Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages arising from any willful or negligent action or inaction of any other tenant of the Project.

(c) Security . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s election whether or not to provide any type of mechanical surveillance or security personnel whatsoever in the Project is solely within Landlord’s discretion; Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall have no liability in connection with the provision, or lack, of such services, and Tenant hereby agrees to hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties

 

-12-


harmless with regard to any such potential claim. Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for losses due to theft, vandalism, or like causes. Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from any such claims made by any employee, licensee, invitee, contractor, agent or other person whose presence in, on or about the Premises or the Project is attendant to the business of Tenant.

ARTICLE 14

INSURANCE

(a) Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant, shall at all times during the Term of this Lease, and at its own cost and expense, procure and continue in force the following insurance coverage: (i) Commercial General Liability Insurance, written on an occurrence basis, with a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damages of not less than Two Million Dollars (S2,000,000) per occurrence and Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the annual aggregate, including products liability coverage if applicable, owners and contractors protective coverage, blanket contractual coverage including both oral and written contracts, and personal injury coverage, covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance of Tenant of the indemnity and exemption of Landlord from liability agreements set forth in Article 13 hereof; (ii) a policy of standard fire, extended coverage and special extended coverage insurance (all risks), including a vandalism and malicious mischief endorsement, sprinkler leakage coverage and earthquake sprinkler leakage where sprinklers are provided in an amount equal to the full replacement value new without deduction for depreciation of all (A) Tenant Improvements, Alterations, fixtures and other improvements in the Premises, including but not limited to all mechanical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, telecommunication and other equipment, systems and facilities, and (B) trade fixtures, furniture, equipment and other personal property installed by or at the expense of Tenant; (iii) Worker’s Compensation coverage as required by law; and (iv) business interruption, loss of income and extra expense insurance covering any failure or interruption of Tenant’s business equipment (including, without limitation, telecommunications equipment) and covering all other perils, failures or interruptions sufficient to cover a period of interruption of not less than twelve (12) months. Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Term (including any option periods, if applicable), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 14 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably required by Landlord.

(b) Form of Policies . The aforementioned minimum limits of policies and Tenant’s procurement and maintenance thereof shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant hereunder. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policy shall name Landlord, the Landlord Parties, Landlord’s property manager, Landlord’s lender(s) and such other persons or firms as Landlord specifies from time to time, as additional insureds with an appropriate endorsement to the policy(s). All such insurance policies carried by Tenant shall be with companies having a rating of not less than A-VIII in Best’s Insurance Guide. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, from the insurance companies, or cause the insurance companies to furnish, certificates of coverage. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification or cancellation except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord by the insurer. All such policies shall be endorsed to agree that Tenant’s policy is primary and that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and not contributing with any Tenant insurance requirement hereunder. Tenant shall, at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewals or binders. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance or furnish Landlord with renewals or binders in a timely manner, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure said insurance on Tenant’s behalf and charge Tenant the cost thereof, which amount shall be payable by Tenant upon demand with interest (at the rate set forth in Section 20(e)

 

-13-


below) from the date such sums are expended. Tenant shall have the right to provide such insurance coverage pursuant to blanket policies obtained by Tenant, provided such blanket policies expressly afford coverage to the Premises and to Tenant as required by this Lease.

(c) Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord may, as a cost to be included in Operating Costs, procure and maintain at all times during the Term of this Lease, a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage to the Project in the amount of the full replacement costs without deduction for depreciation thereof, providing protection against all perils included within the classification of fire and extended coverage, vandalism coverage and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, water damage, and special extended coverage on the building. Additionally, Landlord may carry: (i) Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability Insurance and/or Excess Liability Coverage Insurance; and (ii) Earthquake and/or Flood Damage Insurance; and (iii) Rental Income Insurance; and (iv) any other forms of insurance Landlord may deem appropriate or any lender may require. The costs of all insurance carried by Landlord shall be included in Operating Costs.

(d) Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each agree to require their respective insurers issuing the insurance described in Sections 14(a)(ii), 14(a)(iv) and the first sentence of Section 14(c), waive any rights of subrogation that such companies may have against the other party. Tenant hereby waives any right that Tenant may have against Landlord and Landlord hereby waives any right that Landlord may have against Tenant as a result of any loss or damage to the extent such loss or damage is insurable under such policies.

(e) Compliance with Law . Tenant agrees that it will not, at any time, during the Term of this Lease, carry any stock of goods or do anything in or about the Premises that will in any way tend to increase the insurance rates upon the Project. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord forthwith upon demand the amount of any increase in premiums for insurance that may be carried during the Term of this Lease, or the amount of insurance to be carried by Landlord on the Project resulting from the foregoing, or from Tenant doing any act in or about the Premises that does so increase the insurance rates, whether or not Landlord shall have consented to such act on the part of Tenant. If Tenant installs upon the Premises any electrical equipment which causes an overload of electrical lines of the Premises, Tenant shall at its own cost and expense, in accordance with all other Lease provisions (specifically including, but not limited to, the provisions of Article 9, 10 and 11 hereof), make whatever changes are necessary to comply with requirements of the insurance underwriters and any governmental authority having jurisdiction thereover, but nothing herein contained shall be deemed to constitute Landlord’s consent to such overloading. Tenant shall, at its own expense, comply with all insurance requirements applicable to the Premises including, without limitation, the installation of fire extinguishers or an automatic dry chemical extinguishing system.

ARTICLE 15

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

Tenant shall have no power to, either voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, sell, assign, transfer or hypothecate this Lease, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by anyone other than Tenant or Tenant’s employees without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If Tenant is a corporation, unincorporated association, partnership or limited liability company, the sale, assignment, transfer or hypothecation of any class of stock or other ownership interest in such corporation, association, partnership or limited liability company in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) in the aggregate shall be deemed a “Transfer” within the meaning and provisions of this Article 15. Tenant may transfer its interest pursuant to this Lease only upon the following express conditions, which conditions are agreed by Landlord and Tenant to be reasonable:

 

-14-


(a) That the proposed Transferee (as hereafter defined) shall be subject to the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld but, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to deny such consent if:

(i) The use to be made of the Premises by the proposed Transferee is (a) not generally consistent with the character and nature of all other tenancies in the Project, or (b) a use which conflicts with any so-called “exclusive” then in favor of, or for any use which might reasonably be expected to diminish the rent payable pursuant to any percentage rent lease with another tenant of the Project or any other buildings which arc in the same complex as the Project, or (c) a use which would be prohibited by any other portion of this Lease (including but not limited to any Rules and Regulations then in effect);

(ii) The financial responsibility of the proposed Transferee is not reasonably satisfactory to Landlord or in any event not at least equal to those which were possessed by Tenant as of the date of execution of this Lease;

(iii) The proposed Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

(iv) Either the proposed Transferee or any person or entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the proposed Transferee (A) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent, or (B) is negotiating with Landlord or has negotiated with Landlord during the six (6) month period immediately preceding the date of the proposed Transfer, to lease space in the Project; or

(v) The rent charged by Tenant to such Transferee during the term of such Transfer, calculated using a present value analysis, is less than the rent being quoted by Landlord at the time of such Transfer for comparable space in the Project for a comparable term, calculated using a present value analysis.

(b) Upon Tenant’s submission of a request for Landlord’s consent to any such Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Landlord’s then standard processing fee and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with the proposed Transfer, which the parties hereby stipulate to be $1,500.00, unless Landlord provides to Tenant evidence that Landlord has incurred greater costs in connection with the proposed Transfer;

(c) That the proposed Transferee shall execute an agreement pursuant to which it shall agree to perform faithfully and be bound by all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease applicable to that portion of the Premises so transferred; and

(d) That an executed duplicate original of said assignment and assumption agreement or other transfer on a form reasonably approved by Landlord, shall be delivered to Landlord within five (5) days after the execution thereof, and that such transfer shall not be binding upon Landlord until the delivery thereof to Landlord and the execution and delivery of Landlord’s consent thereto. It shall be a condition to Landlord’s consent to any subleasing, assignment or other transfer of part or all of Tenant’s interest in the Premises (“ Transfer ”) that (i) upon Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall pay and continue to pay seventy-five percent (75%) of any “Transfer Premium” (defined below), received by Tenant from the transferee; (ii) any sublessee of part or all of Tenant’s interest in the Premises shall agree

 

-15-


that in the event Landlord gives such sublessee notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such sublessee shall thereafter make all sublease or other payments directly to Landlord, which will be received by Landlord without any liability whether to honor the sublease or otherwise (except to credit such payments against sums due under this Lease), and any sublessee shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns at their request should this Lease be terminated for any reason, except that in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; (iii) any such Transfer and consent shall be effected on forms supplied by Landlord and/or its legal counsel; (iv) Landlord may require that Tenant not then be in default hereunder in any respect; and (v) Tenant or the proposed subtenant or assignee (collectively, “ Transferee ”) shall agree to pay Landlord, upon demand, as Additional Rent, a sum equal to the additional costs, if any, incurred by Landlord for maintenance and repair as a result of any change in the nature of occupancy caused by such subletting or assignment. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, Additional Rent or other consideration payable by a Transferee in connection with a Transfer in excess of the Basic Rental and Direct Costs payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer and if such Transfer is for less than all of the Premises, the Transfer Premium shall be calculated on a rentable square foot basis. “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by a Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to the Transferee and any payment in excess of fair market value for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to the Transferee in connection with such Transfer. Any Transfer of this Lease which is not in compliance with the provisions of this Article 15 shall be voidable by written notice from Landlord and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate this Lease. In no event shall the consent by Landlord to any Transfer be construed as relieving Tenant or any Transferee from obtaining the express written consent of Landlord to any further Transfer, or as releasing Tenant from any liability or obligation hereunder whether or not then accrued and Tenant shall continue to be fully liable therefor. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any person other than Tenant shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 15 or the acceptance of any Transferee hereunder, or a release of Tenant (or of any Transferee of Tenant). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under this Article 15 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 15, their sole remedies shall be a declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought without any monetary damages, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 15, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of a request for consent to a proposed Transfer, to terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises that is the subject of the proposed Transfer. If this Lease is so terminated with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Basic Rental and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be prorated based on the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant as compared to the total number of rentable square feet previously contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon the request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same.

ARTICLE 16

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

If the Project is damaged by fire or other insured casualty and the insurance proceeds have been made available therefor by the holder or holders of any mortgages or deeds of trust covering the Premises or the Project, the damage shall be repaired by Landlord to the extent such insurance proceeds are available therefor and provided such repairs can, in Landlord’s sole opinion, be completed within two

 

-16-


hundred seventy (270) days after the necessity for repairs as a result of such damage becomes known to Landlord, without the payment of overtime or other premiums, and until such repairs are completed rent shall be abated in proportion to the part of the Premises which is unusable by Tenant in the conduct of its business (but there shall be no abatement of rent by reason of any portion of the Premises being unusable for a period equal to one (1) day or less). However, if the damage is due to the fault or neglect of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, guests, invitees and the like, there shall be no abatement of rent, unless and to the extent Landlord receives rental income insurance proceeds. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Section 14(a)(ii)(A) above; provided, however, that if the cost of repair of improvements within the Premises by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, as so assigned by Tenant, such excess costs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s repair of such damage. If repairs cannot, in Landlord’s opinion, be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the necessity for repairs as a result of such damage becomes known to Landlord without the payment of overtime or other premiums, Landlord may, at its option, either (i) make such repairs in a reasonable time and in such event this Lease shall continue in effect and the rent shall be abated, if at all, in the manner provided in this Article 16, or (ii) elect not to effect such repairs and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after Landlord learns of the necessity for repairs as a result of damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises. In addition, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease if the Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, if the damage is not fully covered, except for deductible amounts, by Landlord’s insurance policies. Finally, if the Premises or the Project is damaged to any substantial extent during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, then notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 16 to the contrary, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Tenant of the exercise of such option within sixty (60) days after Landlord learns of the necessity for repairs as the result of such damage. A total destruction of the Project shall automatically terminate this Lease. Except as provided in this Article 16, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business or property arising from such damage or destruction or the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Project or the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. Tenant understands that Landlord will not carry insurance of any kind on Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures or equipment, and that Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall have no right to any proceeds of insurance carried by Landlord relating to property damage. With respect to any damage which Landlord is obligated to repair or elects to repair, Tenant, as a material inducement to Landlord entering into this Lease, irrevocably waives and releases its rights under the provisions of Sections 1932 and 1933 of the California Civil Code.

ARTICLE 17

SUBORDINATION

This Lease is subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases, mortgages and deeds of trust which affect the property or the Project, including all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof; provided, however, if the lessor under any such lease or the holder or holders of any such mortgage or deed of trust shall advise Landlord that they desire or require this Lease to be prior and superior thereto, upon written request of Landlord to Tenant, Tenant agrees to promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all documents or instruments which Landlord or such lessor, holder or holders deem necessary or desirable for purposes thereof. Landlord shall have the right to cause this Lease to be and become and remain subject and subordinate to any and all ground or underlying leases, mortgages or deeds of trust which may hereafter be executed covering the Premises,

 

-17-


the Project or the property or any renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, for the full amount of all advances made or to be made thereunder and without regard to the time or character of such advances, together with interest thereon and subject to all the terms and provisions thereof; provided, however, that Landlord obtains from the lender or other party in question a written undertaking in favor of Tenant to the effect that such lender or other party will not disturb Tenant’s right of possession under this Lease if Tenant is not then or thereafter in breach of any covenant or provision of this Lease. Tenant agrees, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request therefor, to execute, acknowledge and deliver upon request any and all documents or instruments requested by Landlord or necessary or proper to assure the subordination of this Lease to any such mortgages, deed of trust, or leasehold estates. Tenant agrees that in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any mortgage or deed of trust or any deed in lieu thereof, to attorn to the purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof as so requested to do so by such purchaser and to recognize such purchaser as the lessor under this Lease; Tenant shall, within five (5) days after request execute such further instruments or assurances as such purchaser may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm such attornment. Tenant agrees to provide copies of any notices of Landlord’s default under this Lease to any mortgagee or deed of trust beneficiary whose address has been provided to Tenant and Tenant shall provide such mortgagee or deed of trust beneficiary a commercially reasonable time after receipt of such notice within which to cure any such default. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

ARTICLE 18

EMINENT DOMAIN

If the whole of the Premises or the Project or so much thereof as to render the balance unusable by Tenant shall be taken under power of eminent domain, or is sold, transferred or conveyed in lieu thereof, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date of such condemnation, or as of the date possession is taken by the condemning authority, at Landlord’s option. No award for any partial or entire taking shall be apportioned, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any award which may be made in such taking or condemnation, together with any and all rights of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to the same or any part thereof; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in or to require Tenant to assign to Landlord any award made to Tenant for the taking of personal property and trade fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant at the expiration of the Term hereof as provided hereunder or for the interruption of, or damage to, Tenant’s business. In the event of a partial taking described in this Article 18, or a sale, transfer or conveyance in lieu thereof, which does not result in a termination of this Lease, the rent shall be apportioned according to the ratio that the part of the Premises remaining useable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULT

Each of the following acts or omissions of Tenant or of any guarantor of Tenant’s performance hereunder, or occurrences, shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) Failure or refusal to pay Basic Rental, Additional Rent or any other amount to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder within three (3) calendar days after notice that the same is due or payable hereunder; said three (3) day period shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, the notice requirements of Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or any similar or successor law;

 

-18-


(b) Except as set forth in items (a) above and (c) through and including (g) below, failure to perform or observe any other covenant or condition of this Lease to be performed or observed within thirty (30) days following written notice to Tenant of such failure. Such thirty (30) day notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any required under Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or any similar or successor law;

(c) Abandonment or vacating or failure to accept tender of possession of the Premises or any significant portion thereof;

(d) The taking in execution or by similar process or law (other than by eminent domain) of the estate hereby created;

(e) The filing by Tenant or any guarantor hereunder in any court pursuant to any statute of a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or arrangement for the appointment of a receiver of all or a portion of Tenant’s property; the filing against Tenant or any guarantor hereunder of any such petition, or the commencement of a proceeding for the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant, or for any guarantor hereunder, or of any of the property of either, or a proceeding by any governmental authority for the dissolution or liquidation of Tenant or any guarantor hereunder, if such proceeding shall not be dismissed or trusteeship discontinued within thirty (30) days after commencement of such proceeding or the appointment of such trustee or receiver; or the making by Tenant or any guarantor hereunder of an assignment for the benefit of creditors. Tenant hereby stipulates to the lifting of the automatic stay in effect and relief from such stay for Landlord in the event Tenant files a petition under the United States Bankruptcy laws, for the purpose of Landlord pursuing its rights and remedies against Tenant and/or a guarantor of this Lease;

(f) Tenant’s failure to cause to be released any mechanics liens filed against the Premises or the Project within twenty (20) days after the date the same shall have been filed or recorded; or

(g) Tenant’s failure to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 7, 14, 17 or 25 within two (2) business days after notice from Landlord.

All defaults by Tenant of any covenant or condition of this Lease shall be deemed by the parties hereto to be material.

ARTICLE 20

REMEDIES

(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under this Lease as provided in Article 19 hereof, Landlord may exercise all of its remedies as may be permitted by law, including but not limited to the remedy provided by Section 1951.4 of the California Civil Code, and including without limitation, terminating this Lease, reentering the Premises and removing all persons and property therefrom, which property may be stored by Landlord at a warehouse or elsewhere at the risk, expense and for the account of Tenant. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant the aggregate of all amounts permitted by law, including but not limited to (i) the worth at the time of award of the amount of any unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have

 

-19-


been reasonably avoided; plus (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, tenant improvement expenses, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and (v) at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law. The term “rent” as used in this Section 20(a) shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in items (i) and (ii), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in item (e), below, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in item (iii), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

(b) Nothing in this Article 20 shall be deemed to affect Landlord’s right to indemnification for liability or liabilities arising prior to the termination of this Lease for personal injuries or property damage under the indemnification clause or clauses contained in this Lease.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Landlord’s re-entry to perform acts of maintenance or preservation of or in connection with efforts to relet the Premises or any portion thereof, or the appointment of a receiver upon Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises or any portion thereof and, until Landlord does elect to terminate this Lease, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Landlord may enforce all of Landlord’s rights and remedies hereunder including, without limitation, the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

(d) All rights, powers and remedies of Landlord hereunder and under any other agreement now or hereafter in force between Landlord and Tenant shall be cumulative and not alternative and shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to Landlord by law, and the exercise of one or more rights or remedies shall not impair Landlord’s right to exercise any other right or remedy.

(e) Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the lower of twelve percent (12%) per annum or the maximum lawful rate of interest from the due date until paid, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. In addition to such interest: (i) if Basic Rental is not paid on or before the fifth (5th) day of the calendar month for which the same is due, a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the amount overdue or $100, whichever is greater, shall be immediately due and owing and shall accrue for each calendar month or part thereof until such rental, including the late charge, is paid in full, which late charge Tenant hereby agrees is a reasonable estimate of the damages Landlord shall suffer as a result of Tenant’s late payment and (ii) an additional charge of $25 shall be assessed for any check given to Landlord by or on behalf of Tenant which is not honored by the drawee thereof; which damages include Landlord’s additional administrative and other costs associated with such late payment and unsatisfied checks and the parties agree that it would be

 

-20-


impracticable or extremely difficult to fix Landlord’s actual damage in such event. Such charges for interest and late payments and unsatisfied checks are separate and cumulative and are in addition to and shall not diminish or represent a substitute for any or all of Landlord’s rights or remedies under any other provision of this Lease.

ARTICLE 21

TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST

In the event of any transfer or termination of Landlord’s interest in the Premises or the Project by sale, assignment, transfer, foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or otherwise whether voluntary or involuntary, Landlord shall be automatically relieved of any and all obligations and liabilities on the part of Landlord from and after the date of such transfer or termination, including furthermore without limitation, the obligation of Landlord under Article 4 and California Civil Code 1950.7 above to return the security deposit, provided said security deposit is transferred to said transferee. Tenant agrees to attorn to the transferee upon any such transfer and to recognize such transferee as the lessor under this Lease and Tenant shall, within five (5) days after request, execute such further instruments or assurances as such transferee may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm such attornment.

ARTICLE 22

BROKER

In connection with this Lease, Tenant warrants and represents that it has had dealings only with firm(s) set forth in Article I.H. of the Basic Lease Provisions and that it knows of no other person or entity who is or might be entitled to a commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection herewith and does hereby indemnify and agree to hold Landlord, its agents, members, partners, representatives, officers, affiliates, stockholders, employees, successors and assigns harmless from and against any and all loss, liability and expenses that Landlord may incur should such warranty and representation prove incorrect, inaccurate or false.

ARTICLE 23

PARKING

Tenant shall rent from Landlord, commencing on the Commencement Date, the number of unreserved parking passes set forth in Article 1.1. of the Basic Lease Provisions, which parking passes shall pertain to the Project parking facility. There shall be no charge for Tenant’s lease of unreserved surface parking passes; however, as to unreserved covered parking passes, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($50.00) per unreserved covered parking pass per month. In addition, Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of such parking passes by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located, including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord, Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations, and Tenant not being in default under this Lease. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of rent under this Lease, from time to time, close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such

 

-21-


construction, alteration or improvements. Landlord may, from time to time, relocate any reserved parking spaces (if any) rented by Tenant to another location in the Project parking facility. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator or a lessee of the parking facility in which case such parking operator or lessee shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Article 23 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval. Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may establish, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

ARTICLE 24

WAIVER

No waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by Tenant of the same or any other provision. No provision of this Lease may be waived by Landlord, except by an instrument in writing executed by Landlord. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act of Tenant, whether or not similar to the act so consented to or approved. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the Term of this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord. The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent. Any payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of an amount less than the total amount then due hereunder shall be deemed to be in partial payment only thereof and not a waiver of the balance due or an accord and satisfaction, notwithstanding any statement or endorsement to the contrary on any check or any other instrument delivered concurrently therewith or in reference thereto. Accordingly, Landlord may accept any such amount and negotiate any such check without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover all balances due and owing and to pursue its other rights against Tenant under this Lease, regardless of whether Landlord makes any notation on such instrument of payment or otherwise notifies Tenant that such acceptance or negotiation is without prejudice to Landlord’s rights.

ARTICLE 25

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Tenant shall, at any time and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying the following information, (but not limited to the following information in the event further information is requested by Landlord): (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as modified, is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any; (iii) the amount of Tenant’s security deposit, if any; and (iv) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, and no events or conditions then in existence which, with the passage of time or notice or both, would constitute a default on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults, events or conditions, if any are claimed. It is expressly understood and agreed that any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Real Property. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall constitute

 

-22-


an admission by Tenant that all statements contained therein are true and correct. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact and in Tenant’s name, place and stead to execute any and all documents described in this Article 25 if Tenant fails to do so within the specified time period.

ARTICLE 26

LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, any remedy of Tenant for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default by Landlord hereunder or any claim, cause of action or obligation, contractual, statutory or otherwise by Tenant against Landlord or the Landlord Parties concerning, arising out of or relating to any matter relating to this Lease and all of the covenants and conditions or any obligations, contractual, statutory, or otherwise set forth herein, shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the lesser of (i) the interest of Landlord in and to the Project, and (ii) the interest Landlord would have in the Project if the Project were encumbered by third party debt in an amount equal to ninety percent (90%) of the then current value of the Project (as such value is reasonably determined by Landlord). No other property or assets of Landlord or any Landlord Party shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to this Lease, Landlord’s obligations to Tenant, whether contractual, statutory or otherwise, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder, or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

ARTICLE 27

INABILITY TO PERFORM

This Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall not be affected or impaired because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or is delayed in doing so, if such inability or delay is caused by reason of any prevention, delay, stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, acts of God, or any other cause previously, or at such time, beyond the reasonable control or anticipation of Landlord (collectively, a “ Force Majeure ”) and Landlord’s obligations under this Lease shall be forgiven and suspended by any such Force Majeure.

ARTICLE 28

HAZARDOUS WASTE

(a) Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material (as defined in Section 28(d) below) to be brought, kept or used in or about the Project by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, or invitees. Tenant indemnifies Landlord and the Landlord Parties from and against any breach by Tenant of the obligations stated in the preceding sentence, and agrees to defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities, or losses (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Project, damages for the loss or restriction or use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Project, damages arising from any adverse impact or marketing of space in the Project, and sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees and costs, consultant fees, and expert fees) which arise during or after the Term of this Lease as a result of such breach. This indemnification of Landlord and the Landlord. Parties by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state, or local governmental agency or political subdivision because of Hazardous Material present in the soil or ground water on or under the Project.

 

-23-


Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Material on the Project caused or permitted by Tenant results in any contamination of the Project, then subject to the provisions of Articles 9, 10 and 11 hereof, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense as are necessary to return the Project to the condition existing prior to the introduction of any such Hazardous Material and the contractors to be used by Tenant for such work must be approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Project and so long as such actions do not materially interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Project by the other tenants thereof; provided however, Landlord shall also have the right, by written notice to Tenant, to directly undertake any such mitigation efforts with regard to Hazardous Materials in or about the Project due to Tenant’s breach of its obligations pursuant to this Section 28(a), and to charge Tenant, as Additional Rent, for the costs thereof.

(b) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Landlord may become legally liable for the costs of complying with Laws (as defined in Section 28(e) below) relating to Hazardous Material which are not the responsibility of Landlord or the responsibility of Tenant, including the following: (i) Hazardous Material present in the soil or ground water on the Project of which Landlord has no knowledge as of the effective date of this Lease; (ii) a change in Laws which relate to Hazardous Material which make that Hazardous Material which is present on the Real Property as of the effective date of this Lease, whether known or unknown to Landlord, a violation of such new Laws; (iii) Hazardous Material that migrates, flows, percolates, diffuses, or in any way moves on to, or under, the Project after the effective date of this Lease; or Hazardous Material present on or under the Project as a result of any discharge, dumping or spilling (whether accidental or otherwise) on the Project by other lessees of the Project or their agents, employees, contractors, or invitees, or by others. Accordingly, Landlord and Tenant agree that the cost of complying with Laws relating to Hazardous Material on the Project for which Landlord is legally liable and which are paid or incurred by Landlord shall be an Operating Cost (and Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share thereof in accordance with Article 3) unless the cost of such compliance as between. Landlord and Tenant, is made the responsibility of Tenant pursuant to Section 28(a) above. To the extent any such Operating Cost relating to Hazardous Material is subsequently recovered or reimbursed through insurance, or recovery from responsible third parties or other action, Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate reimbursement to the extent it has paid its share of such Operating Cost to which such recovery or reimbursement relates.

(c) It shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer if (i) the proposed transferee’s anticipated use of the Premises involves the generation, storage, use, treatment, or disposal of Hazardous Material; (ii) the proposed Transferee has been required by any prior landlord, lender, or governmental authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Material contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such Transferee’s actions or use of the property in question; or (iii) the proposed Transferee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any governmental authority in connection with the use, disposal, or storage of a Hazardous Material.

(d) As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material, or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local governmental authority, the State of California or the United States Government. The term “Hazardous Material” includes, without limitation, any material or substance which is (i) defined as “Hazardous Waste,” “Extremely Hazardous Waste,” or “Restricted Hazardous Waste” under Sections 25115, 25117 or 25122.7, or listed pursuant to Section 25140, of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.5 (Hazardous Waste Control Law), (ii) defined as a “Hazardous Substance” under Section 25316 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.8 (Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act), (iii) defined as a “Hazardous Material,” “Hazardous Substance,” or “Hazardous Waste” under Section 25501 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.95 (Hazardous Materials Release Response Plans and Inventory), (iv) defined as a “Hazardous Substance” under Section 25281 of

 

-24-


the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.7 (Underground Storage of Hazardous Substances), (v) petroleum, (vi) asbestos, (vii) listed under Article 9 or defined as Hazardous or extremely hazardous pursuant to Article 11 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code, Division 4, Chapter 20, (viii) designated as a “Hazardous Substance” pursuant to Section 311 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. § 1317), (ix) defined as a “Hazardous Waste” pursuant to Section 1004 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq. (42 U.S.C. § 6903), or (x) defined as a “Hazardous Substance” pursuant to Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq. (42. U.S.C. § 9601).

(e) As used herein, the term “ Laws ” means any applicable federal, state or local law, ordinance, or regulation relating to any Hazardous Material affecting the Project, including, without limitation, the laws, ordinances, and regulations referred to in Section 28(d) above.

ARTICLE 29

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF PROPERTY

(a) The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant to Landlord, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and shall at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises.

(b) Upon the expiration of the Term of this Lease, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in good order and condition, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are Landlord’s obligation excepted, and shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, all furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, moveable partitioning, telephone and data cabling and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its own expense in the Premises, and all similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant (unless Landlord exercises its option to have any subleases or subtenancies assigned to it), and Tenant shall repair all damage to the Premises resulting from the removal of such items from the Premises.

(c) Whenever Landlord shall reenter the Premises as provided in Article 20 hereof, or as otherwise provided in this Lease, any property of Tenant not removed by Tenant upon the expiration of the Term of this Lease (or within forty-eight (48) hours after a termination by reason of Tenant’s default), as provided in this Lease, shall be considered abandoned and Landlord may remove any or all of such items and dispose of the same in any manner or store the same in a public warehouse or elsewhere for the account and at the expense and risk of Tenant, and if Tenant shall fail to pay the cost of storing any such property after it has been stored for a period of thirty (30) days or more, Landlord may sell any or all of such property at public or private sale, in such manner and at such times and places as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem proper, without notice to or demand upon Tenant, for the payment of all or any part of such charges or the removal of any such property, and shall apply the proceeds of such sale as follows: first, to the cost and expense of such sale, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs for services rendered; second, to the payment of the cost of or charges for storing any such property; third, to the payment of any other sums of money which may then or thereafter be due to Landlord from Tenant under any of the terms hereof; and fourth, the balance, if any, to Tenant.

(d) All fixtures, equipment, leasehold improvements, Alterations and/or appurtenances attached to or built into the Premises prior to or during the Term, whether by Landlord or Tenant and whether at the expense of Landlord or Tenant, or of both, shall be and remain part of the Premises and shall not be removed by Tenant at the end of the Term unless otherwise expressly provided for in this

 

-25-


Lease or unless such removal is required by Landlord. Such fixtures, equipment, leasehold improvements, Alterations, additions, improvements and/or appurtenances shall include but not be limited to: all floor coverings, drapes, paneling, built-in cabinetry, molding, doors, vaults (including vault doors), plumbing systems, security systems, electrical systems, lighting systems, silencing equipment, communication systems, all fixtures and outlets for the systems mentioned above and for all telephone, radio, telegraph and television purposes, and any special flooring or ceiling installations.

ARTICLE 30

MISCELLANEOUS

(a) SEVERABILITY; ENTIRE AGREEMENT . ANY PROVISION OF THIS LEASE WHICH SHALL PROVE TO BE INVALID, VOID, OR ILLEGAL SHALL IN NO WAY AFFECT, IMPAIR OR INVALIDATE ANY OTHER PROVISION HEREOF AND SUCH OTHER PROVISIONS SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT. THIS LEASE AND THE EXHIBITS AND ANY ADDENDUM ATTACHED HERETO CONSTITUTE THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO WITH REGARD TO TENANT’S OCCUPANCY OR USE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THE PROJECT, AND NO PRIOR AGREEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING PERTAINING TO ANY SUCH MATTER SHALL BE EFFECTIVE FOR ANY PURPOSE. NO PROVISION OF THIS LEASE MAY BE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED EXCEPT BY AN AGREEMENT IN WRITING SIGNED BY THE PARTIES HERETO OR THEIR SUCCESSOR IN INTEREST. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY DELETION OF LANGUAGE FROM THIS LEASE PRIOR TO ITS MUTUAL EXECUTION BY LANDLORD AND TENANT SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO HAVE ANY PARTICULAR MEANING OR TO RAISE ANY PRESUMPTION, CANON OF CONSTRUCTION OR IMPLICATION INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE PARTIES INTENDED THEREBY TO STATE THE CONVERSE, OBVERSE OR OPPOSITE OF THE DELETED LANGUAGE.

(b) Attorneys’ Fees; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(i) In any action to enforce the terms of this Lease, including any suit by Landlord for the recovery of rent or possession of the Premises, the losing party shall pay the successful party a reasonable sum for attorneys’ fees and costs in such suit and such attorneys’ fees and costs shall be deemed to have accrued prior to the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment.

(ii) Should Landlord, without fault on Landlord’s part, be made a party to any litigation instituted by Tenant or by any third party against Tenant, or by or against any person holding under or using the Premises by license of Tenant, or for the foreclosure of any lien for labor or material furnished to or for Tenant or any such other person or otherwise arising out of or resulting from any act or transaction of Tenant or of any such other person, Tenant covenants to save and hold Landlord harmless from any judgment rendered against Landlord or the Premises or any part thereof and from all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such litigation.

(iii) When legal services are rendered by an attorney at law who is an employee of a party, attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by that party shall be deemed to include an amount based upon the number of hours spent by such employee on such matters multiplied by an appropriate billing rate determined by taking into consideration the same factors, including but not limited by, the importance of the matter, time applied, difficulty and results, as are considered when an attorney not in the employ of a party is engaged to render such service.

 

-26-


(iv) EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION SEEKING SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OF ANY PROVISION OF THIS LEASE, FOR DAMAGES FOR ANY BREACH UNDER THIS LEASE, OR OTHERWISE FOR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY RIGHT OR REMEDY HEREUNDER.

(c) Time of Essence . Each of Tenant’s covenants herein is a condition and time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease.

(d) Headings; Joint and Several . The article headings contained in this Lease are for convenience only and do not in any way limit or amplify any term or provision hereof. The terms “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular, the neuter shall include the masculine and feminine genders and the obligations herein imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several as to each of the persons, firms or corporations of which Tenant may be composed.

(e) Reserved Area . Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the exterior walls of the Premises and the area between the finished ceiling of the Premises and the slab of the floor of the Project thereabove have not been demised hereby and the use thereof together with the right to install, maintain, use, repair and replace pipes, ducts, conduits, wiring and cabling leading through, under or above the Premises or throughout the Project in locations which will not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises and serving other parts of the Project are hereby excepted and reserved unto Landlord.

(f) NO OPTION . THE SUBMISSION OF THIS LEASE BY LANDLORD, ITS AGENT OR REPRESENTATIVE FOR EXAMINATION OR EXECUTION BY TENANT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OPTION OR OFFER TO LEASE THE PREMISES UPON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN OR A RESERVATION OF THE PREMISES IN FAVOR OF TENANT, IT BEING INTENDED HEREBY THAT THIS LEASE SHALL ONLY BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXECUTION HEREOF BY LANDLORD AND TENANT AND DELIVERY OF A FULLY EXECUTED LEASE TO TENANT.

(g) Use of Project Name; Improvements . Tenant shall not be allowed to use the name, picture or representation of the Project, or words to that effect, in connection with any business carried on in the Premises or otherwise (except as Tenant’s address) without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event that Landlord undertakes any additional improvements on the Real Property including but not limited to new construction or renovation or additions to the existing improvements, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any noise, dust, vibration or interference with access to the Premises or disruption in Tenant’s business caused thereby.

(h) Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall observe faithfully and comply strictly with the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit “B” and made a part hereof, and such other Rules and Regulations as Landlord may from time to time reasonably adopt for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Project, the facilities thereof, or the preservation of good order therein. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of any such Rules and Regulations, or for the breach of any covenant or condition in any lease by any other tenant in the Project. A waiver by Landlord of any Rule or Regulation for any other tenant shall not constitute nor be deemed a waiver of the Rule or Regulation for this Tenant.

(i) Quiet Possession . Upon Tenant’s paying the Basic Rental, Additional Rent and other sums provided hereunder and observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed hereunder, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire Term hereof, subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

 

-27-


(j) Rent . All payments required to be made hereunder to Landlord shall be deemed to be rent, whether or not described as such.

(k) Successors and Assigns . Subject to the provisions of Article 15 hereof, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

(l) Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall he in writing and may be given. by personal service evidenced by a signed receipt or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or via overnight courier, and shall be effective upon proof of delivery, addressed to Tenant at the Premises or to Landlord at the management office for the Project, with a copy to Landlord, c/o Arden Realty, Inc., 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Fourth Floor, Los Angeles, California 90025, Attn: Legal Department. Either party may by notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes except that, upon Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Tenant’s address for notice purposes. A copy of all notices to be given to Landlord hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted by Tenant to such party hereafter designated by notice from Landlord to Tenant. Any notices sent by Landlord regarding or relating to eviction procedures, including without limitation three day notices, may be sent by regular mail.

(m) Persistent Delinquencies . In the event that Tenant shall be delinquent by more than fifteen (15) days in the payment of rent on three (3) separate occasions in any twelve (12) month period, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by thirty (30) days written notice given by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the last such delinquency.

(n) Right of Landlord to Perform . All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement of rent. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, other than rent, required to be paid by it hereunder or shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, and such failure shall continue beyond any applicable cure period set forth in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, make any such payment or perform any such other act on Tenant’s part to be made or performed as is in this Lease provided. All sums so paid by Landlord and all reasonable incidental costs, together with interest thereon at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the date of such payment by Landlord, shall be payable to Landlord on demand and Tenant covenants to pay any such sums, and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of the nonpayment thereof by Tenant as in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of the rent.

(o) Access, Changes in Project, Facilities, Name .

(i) Every part of the Project except the inside surfaces of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Premises (including exterior building walls, the rooftop, core corridor walls and doors and any core corridor entrance), and any space in or adjacent to the Premises or within the Project used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance, decoration and repair, are reserved to Landlord.

(ii) Tenant shall permit Landlord to install, use and maintain pipes, ducts and conduits within the walls, columns and ceilings of the Premises and throughout the Project.

(iii) Landlord reserves the right, without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor, to make such changes in or to the Project and the fixtures and equipment thereof, as well as in or to the street entrances, halls, passages, elevators, stairways and other improvements thereof, as it may deem necessary or desirable.

 

-28-


(iv) Landlord may adopt any name for the Project and Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to change the name and/or address of the Project at any time.

(p) Signing Authority . Each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said entity in accordance with the By-laws of said corporation.

(q) Identification of Tenant .

(i) If Tenant constitutes more than one person or entity, (A) each of them shall be jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant, (B) the term “Tenant” as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of them jointly and severally, and (C) the act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them, with respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons or entities executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or so given or received such notice or refund or so signed.

(ii) If Tenant is a partnership (or is comprised of two or more persons, individually and as co-partners of a partnership) or if Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be assigned to a partnership (or to two or more persons, individually and as co-partners of a partnership) pursuant to Article 15 hereof (any such partnership and such persons hereinafter referred to in this Section 30(q)(ii) as “ Partnership Tenant ”), the following provisions of this Lease shall apply to such Partnership Tenant:

(A) The liability of each of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant shall be joint and several.

(B) Each of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant hereby consents in advance to, and agrees to be bound by, any written instrument which may hereafter be executed, changing, modifying or discharging this Lease, in whole or in part, or surrendering all or any part of the Premises to the Landlord, and by notices, demands, requests or other communication which may hereafter be given, by the individual or individuals authorized to execute this Lease on behalf of Partnership Tenant under Subparagraph (p) above.

(C) Any bills, statements, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or rendered to Partnership Tenant or to any of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant shall be deemed given or rendered to Partnership Tenant and to all such parties and shall be binding upon Partnership Tenant and all such parties.

(D) If Partnership Tenant admits new partners, all of such new partners shall, by their admission to Partnership Tenant, be deemed to have assumed performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed.

(E) Partnership Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of the admission of any such new partners, and, upon demand of Landlord, shall cause each such new partner to execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement in form satisfactory to Landlord, wherein each such new partner shall assume performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on

 

-29-


Partnership Tenant’s part to be observed and performed (but neither Landlord’s failure to request any such agreement nor the failure of any such new partner to execute or deliver any such agreement to Landlord shall terminate the provisions of clause (D) of this Section 30(q)(ii) or relieve any such new partner of its obligations thereunder).

(r) Intentionally Omitted .

(s) Survival of Obligations . Any obligations of Tenant occurring prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall survive such expiration or earlier termination.

(t) Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal and space planning consultants and any proposed Transferees.

(u) Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. No conflicts of law rules of any state or country (including, without limitation, California conflicts of law rules) shall be applied to result in the application of any substantive or procedural laws of any state or country other than California. All controversies, claims, actions or causes of action arising between the parties hereto and/or their respective successors and assigns, shall be brought, heard and adjudicated by the courts of the State of California, with venue in the County of San Diego. Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to personal jurisdiction by the courts of the State of California in connection with any such controversy, claim, action or cause of action, and each of the parties hereto consents to service of process by any means authorized by California law and consent to the enforcement of any judgment so obtained in the courts of the State of California on the same terms and conditions as if such controversy, claim, action or cause of action had been originally heard and adjudicated to a final judgment in such courts. Each of the parties hereto further acknowledges that the laws and courts of California were freely and voluntarily chosen to govern this Lease and to adjudicate any claims or disputes hereunder.

(v) Office of Foreign Assets Control . Tenant certifies to Landlord that Tenant is not entering into this Lease, nor acting, for or on behalf of any person or entity named as a terrorist or other banned or blocked person or entity pursuant to any law, order, rule or regulation of the United States Treasury Department or the Office of Foreign Assets Control. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from any and all Claims arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing certification.

(w) Financial Statements . Within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with current financial statements of Tenant and financial statements for the two (2) calendar or fiscal years (if Tenant’s fiscal year is other than a calendar year) prior to the current financial, statement year. Any such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant.

(x) Exhibits . The Exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein by this reference as if fully set forth herein.

(y) Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent (and not dependent) and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to set off of any of the rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

 

-30-


(z) Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement.

ARTICLE 31

SIGNAGE/DIRECTORY

Provided Tenant is not in default hereunder, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense to install, shall have the right to one (1) line in the lobby directory during the Term.

[R EMAINDER O F P AGE I NTENTIONALLY L EFT B LANK ]

 

-31-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease, consisting of the foregoing provisions and Articles, including all exhibits and other attachments referenced therein, as of the date first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”

 

ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

a Maryland limited partnership

  By:  

ARDEN REALTY, INC.,

a Maryland corporation

  Its:   Sole General Partner
    By:  

/s/ Robert C. Peddicord

      Robert C. Peddicord
     

Its Executive Vice President

Operations and Leasing

 

“TENANT”

 

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  By:  

/s/ Kurt Noyes

  Print Name:   Kurt Noyes
  Title:   Director of Finance
  By:  

/s/ Patrick Henry

  Print Name:   Patrick Henry
  Title:   CEO/President

 

-32-


EXHIBIT “A”

PREMISES

LOGO

This Exhibit “A” is provided for informational purposes only and is intended to be only an approximation of the layout of the Premises and shall not be deemed to constitute any representation by Landlord as to the exact layout or configuration of the Premises.

 

EXHIBIT “A”

-i-


EXHIBIT “B”

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. No sign, advertisement or notice shall be displayed, printed or affixed on or to the Premises or to the outside or inside of the Project or so as to be visible from outside the Premises or Project without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to remove any non-approved sign, advertisement or notice, without notice to and at the expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable in damages for such removal. All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by Landlord or by a person selected by Landlord and in a manner and style acceptable to Landlord.

2. Tenant shall not obtain for use on the Premises ice, waxing, cleaning, interior glass polishing, rubbish removal, towel or other similar services, or accept barbering or bootblackening, or coffee cart services, milk, soft drinks or other like services on the Premises, except from persons authorized by Landlord and at the hours and under regulations fixed by Landlord. No vending machines or machines of any description shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent.

3. The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress and egress from Tenant’s Premises. Under no circumstances is trash to be stored in the corridors. Notice must be given to Landlord for any large deliveries. Furniture, freight and other large or heavy articles, and all other deliveries may be brought into the Project only at times and in the manner designated by Landlord, and always at Tenant’s sole responsibility and risk. Landlord may impose reasonable charges for use of freight elevators after or before normal business hours. All damage done to the Project by moving or maintaining such furniture, freight or articles shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall not take or permit to be taken in or out of entrances or passenger elevators of the Project, any item normally taken, or which Landlord otherwise reasonably requires to be taken, in or out through service doors or on freight elevators. Tenant shall move all supplies, furniture and equipment as soon as received directly to the Premises, and shall move all waste that is at any time being taken from the Premises directly to the areas designated for disposal.

4. Toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein.

5. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises or mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, ceilings or floor or in any way deface the Premises. Tenant shall not place typed, handwritten or computer generated signs in the corridors or any other common areas. Should there be a need for signage additional to the Project standard tenant placard, a written request shall be made to Landlord to obtain approval prior to any installation. All costs for said signage shall be Tenant’s responsibility.

6. In no event shall Tenant place a load upon any floor of the Premises or portion of any such flooring exceeding the floor load per square foot of area for which such floor is designed to carry and which is allowed by law, or any machinery or equipment which shall cause excessive vibration to the Premises or noticeable vibration to any other part of the Project. Prior to bringing any heavy safes, vaults, large computers or similarly heavy equipment into the Project, Tenant shall inform Landlord in writing of the dimensions and weights thereof and shall obtain Landlord’s consent thereto. Such consent shall not constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord that the safe, vault or other equipment complies, with

 

EXHIBIT “B”

-1-


regard to distribution of weight and/or vibration, with the provisions of this Rule 6 nor relieve Tenant from responsibility for the consequences of such noncompliance, and any such safe, vault or other equipment which Landlord determines to constitute a danger of damage to the Project or a nuisance to other tenants, either alone or in combination with other heavy and/or vibrating objects and equipment, shall be promptly removed by Tenant, at Tenant’s cost, upon Landlord’s written notice of such determination and demand for removal thereof,

7. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or Project any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable, explosive or combustible fluid or material, or use any method of healing or air-conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord,

8. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord.

9. Tenant shall not install or use any blinds, shades, awnings or screens in connection with any window or door of the Premises and shall not use any drape or window covering facing any exterior glass surface other than the standard drapes, blinds or other window covering established by Landlord.

10. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in obtaining maximum effectiveness of the cooling system by closing window coverings when the sun’s rays fall directly on windows of the Premises. Tenant shall not obstruct, alter, or in any way impair the efficient operation of Landlord’s heating, ventilating and air-conditioning system. Tenant shall not tamper with or change the setting of any thermostats or control valves.

11. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the permitted use of the Premises. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied or used for the manufacture or sale of liquor or tobacco in any form, or a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purpose. No auction shall be conducted on the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises, or disturb or interfere with occupants of Project or neighboring buildings or premises or those having business with it by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonographs or unusual noise, or in any other way.

13. No bicycles, vehicles or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Premises, and no cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant in the Premises, except that the preparation of coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar items for tenants, their employees and visitors shall be permitted. No tenant shall cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to be produced in or permeate from or throughout the Premises. The foregoing notwithstanding, Tenant shall have the right to use a microwave and to heat microwavable items typically heated in an office. No hot plates, toasters, toaster ovens or similar open element cooking apparatus shall be permitted in the Premises.

14. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Project shall not be covered or obstructed by any tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the window sills.

15. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by any tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanisms thereof unless Landlord is first notified thereof, gives written approval, and is furnished a key therefor. Each tenant

 

EXHIBIT “B”

-2-


must, upon the termination of his tenancy, give to Landlord all keys and key cards of stores, offices, or toilets or toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, such tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, such tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such change. If more than two keys for one lock are desired, Landlord will provide them upon payment therefor by Tenant. Tenant shall not key or re-key any locks. All locks shall be keyed by Landlord’s locksmith only.

16. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Project or its desirability as an office building and upon written notice from Landlord any tenant shall refrain from and discontinue such advertising.

17. Landlord reserves the right to control access to the Project by all persons after reasonable hours of generally recognized business days and at all hours on Sundays and legal holidays and may at all times control access to the equipment areas of the Project outside the Premises. Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests after hours access and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to establish reasonable rules and charges pertaining to freight elevator usage, including the allocation and reservation of such usage for tenants’ initial move-in to their premises, and final departure therefrom. Landlord may also establish from time to time reasonable rules and charges for accessing the equipment areas of the Project, including the risers, rooftops and telephone closets.

18. Any person employed by any tenant to do janitorial work shall, while in the Project and outside of the Premises, be subject to and under the control and direction of the Office of the Project or its designated representative such as security personnel (but not as an agent or servant of Landlord, and the Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons).

19. All doors opening on to public corridors shall be kept closed, except when being used for ingress and egress. Tenant shall cooperate and comply with any reasonable safety or security programs, including fire drills and air raid drills, and the appointment of “fire wardens” developed by Landlord for the Project, or required by law. Before leaving the Premises unattended, Tenant shall close and securely lock all doors or other means of entry to the Premises and shut off all lights and water faucets in the Premises.

20. The requirements of tenants will be attended to only upon application to the Office of the Project.

21. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Project are prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

22. All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by tenants in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise or annoyance.

23. No air-conditioning unit or other similar apparatus shall be installed or used by any tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall pay the cost of all electricity used for air-conditioning in the Premises if such electrical consumption exceeds normal office requirements, regardless of whether additional apparatus is installed pursuant to the preceding sentence.

24. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Project, either by any tenant or others, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards.

 

EXHIBIT “B”

-3-


25. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Project must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord. Tenant shall not permit the consumption in the Premises of more than 2  1 / 2 watts per net usable square foot in the Premises in respect of office lighting nor shall Tenant permit the consumption in the Premises of more than 1  1 / 2 watts per net usable square foot of space in the Premises in respect of the power outlets therein, at any one time. In the event that such limits are exceeded, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to remove lighting fixtures and equipment and/or to charge Tenant for the cost of the additional electricity consumed.

26. Parking.

(a) Subject to Landlord’s reasonable security requirements, repairs made by Landlord to the Project and Articles 16 and 18 of the Lease, Tenant shall have access to the Project parking facility twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week throughout the Term.

(b) Automobiles must be parked entirely within the stall lines on the floor.

(c) All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

(d) The speed limit shall be 5 miles per hour.

(e) Parking is prohibited in areas not striped for parking.

(f) Parking cards or any other device or form of identification supplied by Landlord (or its operator) shall remain the property of Landlord (or its operator). Such parking identification device must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the parking identification device may not be obliterated. Devices are not transferable or assignable and any device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void. There will be a replacement charge to the Tenant or person designated by Tenant of $25.00 for loss of any parking card. There shall be a security deposit of $25.00 due at issuance for each card key issued to Tenant.

(g) The monthly rate for parking is payable one (1) month in advance and must be paid by the third business day of each month. Failure to do so will automatically cancel parking privileges and a charge at the prevailing daily rate will be due. No deductions or allowances from the monthly rate will be made for days parker does not use the parking facilities.

(h) Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may approve, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

(i) Landlord (and its operator) may refuse to permit any person who violates the within rules to park in the Project parking facility, and any violation of the rules shall subject the automobile to removal from the Project parking facility at the parker’s expense. In either of said events, Landlord (or its operator) shall refund a prorata portion of the current monthly parking rate and the sticker or any other form of identification supplied by Landlord (or its operator) will be returned to Landlord (or its operator).

(j) Project parking facility managers or attendants are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these Rules and Regulations.

(k) All responsibility for any loss or damage to automobiles or any personal property therein is assumed by the parker.

 

EXHIBIT “B”

-4-


(l) Loss or theft of parking identification devices from automobiles must be reported to the Project parking facility manager immediately, and a lost or stolen report must be filed by the parker at that time.

(m) The parking facilities are for the sole purpose of parking one automobile per space. Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicles by the parker or his agents is prohibited.

(n) Landlord (and its operator) reserves the right to refuse the issuance of monthly stickers or other parking identification devices to any Tenant and/or its employees who refuse to comply with the above Rules and Regulations and all City, State or Federal ordinances, laws or agreements.

(o) Tenant agrees to acquaint all employees with these Rules and Regulations.

(p) No vehicle shall be stored in the Project parking facility for a period of more than one (1) week.

27. The Project is a non-smoking Project. Smoking or carrying lighted cigars or cigarettes in the Premises or the Project, including the elevators in the Project, is prohibited.

28. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s absolute discretion), allow any employee or agent to carry any type of gun or other firearm in or about any of the Premises or Project.

 

EXHIBIT “B”

-5-


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(SORRENTO TOWERS-SOUTH)

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE ( “First Amendment” ) is made and entered into as of the 30th day of May, 2006, by and between TRIZEC CAL HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation ( “Tenant” ).

RECITALS

A. Arden Realty Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership ( “Original Landlord” ) and Tenant entered into that certain Standard Office Lease dated as of September 29, 2005 (the “Lease” ) whereby Original Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Original Landlord certain office space located in that certain building located and addressed at 3276 Scranton Road, San Diego, California (the “Building” ). Landlord is the successor to Original Landlord’s interest in the Lease.

B. By this First Amendment, Landlord and Tenant desire to expand the Premises, extend the Term and to otherwise modify the Lease as provided herein.

C. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms as used herein shall have the same meanings as given thereto in the Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and tile mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. The Existing Premises . Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that pursuant to the Lease, effective as of the Commencement Date, Landlord will lease to Tenant and Tenant will lease from Landlord that certain office space in the Building containing 14,951 rentable square feet located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building and known as Suite 200 (the “Existing Premises” ), as outlined on Exhibit “A” to the Lease. Article 2 of the Lease shall be modified by deleting all of Article 2 beginning with the term “except” in the third (3rd) sentence; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, due to a remeasurement of the Building, effective as of June 1, 2007, the parties stipulate that the Existing Premises shall contain 15,175 rentable square feet.

2. Expansion of the Premises

2.1. First Expansion Space . That certain space known as Suite 250 located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building consisting of 4,893 rentable square feet, as outlined on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit “A” and made a part hereof, may be referred to herein as the “First Expansion Space.” Effective as of the date that Landlord delivers possession of the First Expansion Space to Tenant, professionally cleaned in Landlord’s Building-standard manner and with all of the Building’s heating, ventilation, air conditioning, electrical, lighting, plumbing and other systems serving the First Expansion Space in good working order (such date of delivery in such condition to be referred to herein as the “First Expansion Commencement Date” ), Tenant shall lease from Landlord and Landlord shall lease to Tenant the First Expansion Space. Accordingly, effective upon the First Expansion Commencement Date, the Existing Premises shall be increased to include the First Expansion Space. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that such addition of the First Expansion Space to the Existing Premises shall, effective as of the Pint Expansion Commencement Date, increase the number of rentable square feet leased by Tenant in the Building to a total of 19,844 rentable square feet. The First Expansion Commencement Date is anticipated to be September 1, 2006. Effective as of the First Expansion Commencement Date, all references to the “Premises” shall mean and refer lo the Existing Premises as expanded by the First Expansion Space.

2.2. Second Expansion Space . That certain space known as Suite 270 located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building consisting of 2,276 rentable square feet, as outlined on the floor plan


attached hereto as Exhibit “A” and made a part hereof, may be referred to herein as the “Second Expansion Space!’ Effective as of January 1, 2007 (“Second Expansion Commencement Date”), Tenant shall lease from Landlord and Landlord shall lease to Tenant the Second Expansion Space. Accordingly, effective upon the Second Expansion Commencement Date, the Premises shall be increased to include the Second Expansion Space. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that such addition of the Second Expansion Space to the Premises shall, effective as of the Second Expansion Commencement Date, increase the number of rentable square feet leased by Tenant in the Building to a total of 22,120 rentable square feet (to increase to 22,344 rentable square feet on June 1,2007 due to the Building’s remeasurement ns described in Section 1 above). Tenant is currently a subtenant in the Second Expansion Space pursuant to a sublease which expires on December 31, 2006. Effective as of the Second Expansion Commencement Date, a I1 references to the “Premises” shall mean and refer to the Existing Premises and the First Expansion Space as expanded by the Second Expansion Space.

3. Extended Lease Term . The Expiration Date shall be extended such that the Lease shall terminate as to the Existing Premises, the First Expansion Space and the Second Expansion Space on May 31, 2010 ( “New Termination Date” ). The period from June 1, 2007 through the New Termination Date specified above, shall be referred to herein as the “Extended Term.” Tenant shall not have any right to extend the Lease beyond the Extended Term.

4. Monthly Basic Rental

4.1. First Expansion Space . From the First Expansion Commencement Date through the New Termination Date, Tenant shall pay in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.1, monthly Basic Rental for the First Expansion Space only as follows:

 

Period

  

Monthly Basic Rental

  

Monthly Basic Rental Per

Rentable Square Foot*

First Expansion

Commencement Date –

08/31/07

   $12,477.15    $2.55

09/01/07 – 08/31/08

   $12,917.52    $2.64

09/01/08 – 08/31/09

   $13,357.89    $2.73

09/01/09 – 05/31/10

   $13,847.19    $2.83

* In addition, Tenant shall pay for electricity supplied to the First Expansion Space as described in Section 1.1(a) of the Lease.

4.2. Second Expansion Space . From the Second Expansion Commencement Date through the new Termination Date, Tenant shall pay in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.2, monthly Basic Rental for the Second Expansion Space only as follows:

 

Period

  

Monthly Basic Rental

  

Monthly Basic Rental Per

Rentable Square Foot*

Second Expansion

Commencement Date –

08/31/07

   $5,803.80    $2.55

09/01/07 – 08/31/08

   $6,008.64    $2.64

09/01/08 – 08/31/09

   $6,213.48    $2.73

09/01/09 – 05/31/10

   $6,441.08    $2.83

* In addition, Tenant shall pay for electricity supplied to the Second Expansion Space as described in Section 1.1(a) of the Lease.


4.3. Existing Premises . During the Extended Term, Tenant shall pay in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.3, monthly Basic Rental for the Existing Premises only as follows:

 

Period

  

Monthly Basic Rental

  

Monthly Basic Rental Per

Rentable Square Foot*

06/01/07 – 08/31/07

   $38,696.25    $2.55

09/01/07 – 08/31/08

   $40,062.00    $2.64

09/01/08 – 08/31/09

   $41,427.75    $2.73

09/01/09 – 05/31/10

   $42,945.25    $2.83

* In addition, Tenant shall pay for electricity supplied to the Existing Premises as described in Section 1.1(a) of the Lease.

5. Tenant’s Proportionate Share and Base Year . Effective us of the First Expansion Commencement Date and continuing until the dote immediately preceding the Second Expansion Commencement Date, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any increase in Direct Costs for the Premises shall be increased to sixteen point two six percent (16.26%). Effective as of the Second Expansion Commencement Date and continuing through May 3 1, 2007, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any increase in Direct Costs for the Premises shall be increased to eighteen point one three percent ( 18.13%). Due to the remeasurement of the Building as described in Section 1 above, effective as of June 1, 2007 and continuing through the New Termination Date, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any increase in Direct Costs for the Premises shall be increased to eighteen point three one percent (18.31%). The Base Year shall remain the calendar year 2006 as to the Existing Premises until June 1, 2007 at which time the Base Year for the Existing Premises shall become calendar year 2007. The Base Year for both the First Expansion Space and the Second Expansion Space shall be the calendar year 2007.

6. Tenant Improvements . Except for Landlord’s obligation to professionally clean the First Expansion Space and deliver the First Expansion Space to Tenant with all of the Building’s heating. ventilation, air-conditioning, electrical, lighting, plumbing, and other systems serving the First Expansion Space in good working order, Tenant hereby agrees to accept the Existing Premises, tile First Expansion Space and the Second Expansion Space in their current “as-is” condition and Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement construction work or services related to the improvement of the Existing Premises, the First Expansion Space or the Second Expansion Space. Tenant also acknowledges that the provisions of Article 8 of the Lease shall apply to the Existing Premises, the First Expansion Space and the Second Expansion Space.

7. Parking . Effective as of the First Expansion Commencement Date and continuing through the New Termination Date, Tenant shall rent from Landlord an additional fourteen (14) unreserved surface parking passes-& an additional five (5) unreserved covered parking passes for use in the Building’s parking facility. Effective as of the Second Expansion Commencement Date and continuing through the New Termination Date and in addition to the parking passes set forth in the preceding sentence, Tenant shall rent from Landlord an additional seven (7) unreserved surface parking passes and an additional two (2) unreserved covered parking passes for use in the Building’s parking facility. Tenant’s rental and use of such additional parking passes shall be in accordance with, and subject to, all provisions of Article 23 of the Lease including, without limitation, payment of the monthly parking rate specified therein.

8. Security Deposi t. Tenant has previously deposited with Landlord Thirty-Six Thousand Six Hundred Twenty-Nine and 95/100 Dollars ($36,629.95) as a Security Deposit under the Lease. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this First Amendment, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord an


additional Twenty Six Thousand Six Hundred Three and 57/100 Dollars ($26,603.57), for a total Security Deposit under the Lease, as amended herein, of Sixty-Three Thousand Two Hundred Thirty-Three and 52/100 Dollars ($63,233.52). Landlord shall continue to hold the Security Deposit ns increased herein in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 4 of the Lease.

9. Notice of First Expansion Commencement Date . Landlord may deliver to Tenant a commencement letter in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit “B” and made a part hereof at any time after the First Expansion Commencement Date. Tenant agrees to execute and return to Landlord said commencement letter within ten ( 10) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof (provided that Tenant may make any reasonable comments to the commencement letter to ensure its accuracy).

10. Brokers . Each party represents and warrants to the other that no broker, agent or finder negotiated or was instrumental in negotiating or consummating this First Amendment other than The Irving Hughes Group on behalf of Tenant. Each party further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other party from and against any claim for commission or finder’s fee by any person or other entity (other than The Irving Hughes Group, whose commission shall be payable by Landlord pursuant to a separate written agreement) who claims or alleges that they were retained or engaged by the first patty or at the request of such party in connection with this First Amendment.

11. Signing Authority . Each individual executing this First Amendment on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this First Amendment on behalf of said entity in accordance with the By-laws of said corporation.

12. Defaults . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that, as of he date of this First Amendment, Tenant is in full compliance with all terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease and that, to the best of Tenant’s actual current knowledge, there are no breaches or defaults under the Lease by Landlord or Tenant, and that Tenant knows of no events or circumstances which, given the passage of time, would constitute a default under the Lease by either Landlord or Tenant.

13. No Further Modification . Except as set forth in this First Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall apply with respect to the First Expansion Space and the Second Expansion Space and shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. Effective as of the First Expansion Commencement Date, all references to the “Lease” shall refer to the Lease as amended by this First Amendment.

14. Contingency . This First Amendment is hereby expressly made contingent upon Landlord’s consummation of a new lease with Fitch, Even, Tabin and Flannery (“Flitch Even”), “ which new lease shall provide for (i) the termination of the existing Fitch Even lease for the First Expansion Space and (ii) the leasing of space by Fitch Even at 9330 Scranton Road, San Diego, California (the “Contingent Transaction”). Landlord shall notify Tenant upon consummation of the Contingent Transaction. In the event Landlord does not consummate the Contingent Transaction by June 15,2006, this First Amendment shall be null and void.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this First Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”

 

TRIZEC CAL HOLDINGS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

  By:  

/s/ William Tresham

    WILLIAM TRESHAM, EVP/COO
  By:  

/s/ Mark C. Phillips

    MARK C. PHILLIPS, Assistant Secretary


“TENANT”

 

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

  By:  

/s/ Kurt Noyes

    KURT NOYES, Vice President, Finance


EXHIBIT “A”

OUTLINE OF FIRST EXPANSION SPACE

AND SECOND EXPANSION SPACE

This Exhibit “A” is provided for informational purposes only and is intended to be only an approximation of the layout of the First Expansion Space and the Second Expansion Space and shall not be deemed to constitute any representation by Landlord as to the exact layout or configuration of the First Expansion Space or the Second Expansion Space.


EXHIBIT “B”

NOTICE OF FIRST EXPANSION COMMENCEMENT DATE

 

TO:

  

 

     DATE:                      , 2006
  

 

    
  

 

    

Attention:

  

 

    

 

RE:   First Amendment dated ,2006, between TRIZEC CAL HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC. a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), concerning Suite 250 (the “First Expansion Space”) and Suite 200 (the “Existing Premises” ), located at 9276 Scranton Road, San Diego, California.

Dear Mr. [or Ms.]                      :

In accordance with the First Amendment described above, Landlord wishes to advise and/or confirm the following (with capitalized but undefined terms below having their meaning set forth in such First Amendment):

1. That the Tenant is in possession of the First Expansion Space and the Existing Premises and Tenant acknowledges that under the provisions of the First Amendment, the First Expansion Commencement Date is , 2006 and the term of the Existing Premises and the First Expansion Space shall expire on May 31, 2010.

2. That in accordance with the First Amendment, monthly Basic Rental for the First Expansion Space commenced to accrue on                      , 2006.

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

TENANT:

 

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

 

Print Name:

 

Its:

 

By:

 

 

Print Name:

 

Its:

 


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This Second Amendment to Lease (this “Second Amendment”) is dated as of January 26, 2007 (the “Effective Date”), and is made by and between TRIZEC CAL HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Standard Office Lease dated as of September 9,2005 (the “Original Lease”). The Original Lease has been amended pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of May 30,2006 (the “First Amendment”). Pursuant to the terms of the Original Lease, Tenant leases from Landlord approximately 14,951 rentable square feet on the second floor, commonly known as Suite 200 of that certain building located at 9276 Scranton Road, San Diego, California (the “Building”). Pursuant to the First Amendment, Tenant leases from Landlord an additional 4,893 rentable square feet on the second floor commonly known as Suite 250. The Original Lease as amended shall be referred to herein as the “Lease”.

B. Tenant has notified Landlord that Tenant desires to lease additional space on the first floor of the Building commonly known as Suite 120 for a temporary period which is less than the remainder of the Term of the Lease (the “Temporary Space”).

C. Landlord and Tenant are making this Second Amendment to confirm the terms of the leasing of the Temporary Space.

D. Initially capitalized terms used in this Second Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Lease.

NOW THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Leasing of Temporary Space. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Temporary Space, comprising 1,222 rentable square feet, as shown more particularly on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof as of the Temporary Space Commencement Date (defined below), the Premises under the Lease shall be deemed to include the Temporary Space, and Tenant’s leasing of the Temporary Space shall be subject to all of the terms of the Lease (excluding the terms for base rent, the base year, any tenant improvements or the payment of operating costs, taxes and insurance), except as provided otherwise in this Second Amendment.

2. Temporary Space Term. The Temporary Space shall be leased to Tenant for a term commencing on March 1, 2007 (the “Temporary Space Commencement Date”) and ending on July  3 1,2007 (the “Target Termination Date”), provided that unless Tenant delivers written notice of termination of the leasing of the Temporary Space to Landlord more than 30 days prior to the Target Termination Date, then Tenant’s tenancy in the Temporary Space shall not terminate on the Target Termination Date, and from and after such date the leasing of the Temporary Space shall be deemed to be a tenancy month to month, which either party may terminate upon 30 days written notice to the other party. Tenant’s month to month tenancy of the Temporary Space shall continue until terminated.

3. Base Rent on Temporary Space. From and after the Temporary Space Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay base rent on the Temporary Space at the rate of $3.10 per rentable square foot of the Temporary Space per month, being $3,788.20 per month, prorated for any partial month. Such amount shall be payable in tile same manner and at the same time as set forth in the Lease for the payment of Base Rent.

4. Utilities. During the term of the leasing of the Temporary Space, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord monthly for the cost of utility use which is attributable to the Temporary Space, or if the Temporary Space is separately metered, Tenant shall pay the utility provider directly. The square footage of the Temporary Space shall not be included in any calculation of Tenant’s obligations to pay any portion of operating costs, taxes or insurance on that part of the Premises not comprising the Temporary Space.


5. Condition of Temporary Space. Landlord is leasing the Temporary Space to Tenant absolutely “as is, where is”, without representation or warranty, and without the obligation to make any improvements to the Temporary Space. Tenant shall be permitted to enter the Temporary Space from and after February 15,2007 for the purpose of preparing the Temporary Space for occupancy.

6. Surrender of Temporary Space. Upon the expiration of the leasing of the Temporary Space, Tenant shall m n d e r the Temporary Space to Landlord in substantially the same condition as such space was delivered to Tenant, free of Tenant’s personal property, and having removed any data cabling or other systems or equipment installed by Tenant. Tenant shall restore any damage to the Temporary Space done by Tenant. If Tenant fails to remove any property (including without limitation any data cabling) or restore any damage, Landlord may remove such property of Tenant or restore such damage and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of removal or restoration.

7. Brokers. Each party (each, the “Indemnifying Party”) represents to the other party that it has dealt with no brokers in connection with this First Amendment other than Cushman & Wakefield as Landlord’s broker and Irving Hughes as Tenant’s broker (collectively, the “Brokers”). The Indemnifying Party hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other party from claims through the Indemnifying Party by any broker other than the Brokers for a commission or other fee arising out of this First Amendment. Landlord shall compensate Cushrnan & Wakefield pursuant to a separate agreement between them.

8. Ratification. The Lease, as amended by this Second Amendment, is hereby ratified by Landlord and Tenant, and the parties hereby agree that the Lease, as so amended, shall continue in fill force and effect.

9. Miscellaneous. The agreements, conditions and provisions herein contained shall apply to and bind the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties hereto. If any provisions of this Second Amendment or the Lease shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect any other provision of the Lease or this Second Amendment and all such other provisions shall remain in MI force and effect. If there is any inconsistency between the provisions of this Second Amendment and the other provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Second Amendment shall control with respect to the subject matter of this Second Amendment. This Second Amendment shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the state of California. This Second Amendment constitutes a part of the Lease and is incorporated by this reference.

SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Second Amendment effective as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:

TRIZEC CAL HOLDINGS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

/s/ William Tresham

Print Name:

  William Tresham

Its:

  EVP/COO

 

TENANT:

ENTROPIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

/s/ Kurt Noyes

  KURT NOYES. Vice President Finance

 

3


EXHIBIT A

TEMPORARY SPACE

attach a diagram of the Temporary Space

 

4

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Entropic Communications, Inc.:

 

NAME:

  

JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION:

RF Magic, Inc.

   Delaware

SAS RF Magic

   France

RF Magic Ltd.

   United Kingdom

Entropic Communications Israel Ltd.

   Israel

Arabella Software, Inc.

   Delaware

Entropic Commutations (Hong Kong) Ltd.

   Hong Kong

Entropic Communications (Shenzhen) Co., Limited

   China

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated June 8, 2007, except for Note 12, as to which the date is July 25, 2007, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Entropic Communications, Inc. included in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Entropic Communications, Inc. expected to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about July 27, 2007.

/s/  E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

San Diego, California

July 25, 2007

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated June 8, 2007, except for Note 10, as to which the date is July 25, 2007, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of RF Magic, Inc. included in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Entropic Communications, Inc. expected to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about July 27, 2007.

s/  E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

San Diego, California

July 25, 2007